Lemba Archaeological Project: Excavations at Kissonerga-Mosphilia v. 2. 1A (Studies in Mediterranean Archaeology)

DEPARTMENT OF ARCHAEOLOGY

Occasional Paper 19 LEMBA ARCHAEOLOGICAL PROJECT, CYPRUS Volume II.1B

Excavations at Kissonerga-Mosphilia, 19791992 by Edgar Peltenburg

and Diane Bolger, Paul Croft, Elizabeth Goring, Brian Irving, Dorothy A. Lunt, Sturt W. Manning, Mary Anne Murray, Carole McCartney, J. S. Ridout-Sharpe, Gordon Thomas, Marie E Watt, Carolyn Elliott-Xenophontos

with contributions by

Evi Baxevani, W. Finlayson, B. Gratuze, T. Lawrence, Louise Maguire, Denis Miles, Clare Peters, Anita Quye, Sarah Ritson, F. M. K. Stephen, Richard Tipping, M. Tite, Paul Wilthew

IN MEMORIAM

ALISTAIR R. GORDON A Staunch Friend of Cyprus and an Energetic Supporter of the Lemba Archaeological Project

Copyright 1998  Lemba Archaeological Project ISSN 0144-3313 Typesetting by Denis Miles, Kings Langley, Hertfordshire Web Conversion by Ian Morrison, Department of Archaeology, Edinburgh Published by the Department of Archaeology, University of Edinburgh

Contents Volume II.1A Frontispieces List of Figures ..................................................................................................................................................... ix List of Plates .................................................................................................................................................. xxxiii List of Tables ................................................................................................................................................. xxxiv Abbreviations .................................................................................................................................................... xlii List of References ............................................................................................................................................ xliii Acknowledgements ............................................................................................................................................. lx Introduction ....................................................................................................................................................... lxii 1

Kissonerga and its Setting by Edgar Peltenburg .......................................................................................... 1

2

Multiperiod Kissonerga: the Sequence by Diane Bolger, Sturt W. Manning and Edgar Peltenburg ............ 4 2.1 Stratigraphy (E.P.) ........................................................................................................................... 4 2.2 Ceramic phases (D.B., E.P.) ............................................................................................................. 8 2.3 Towards a dated framework: radiocarbon chronology (S.W.M., E.P.) ............................................. 12

3

Structures and other Occupational Evidence from the Aceramic Neolithic to the Early Bronze Age by Edgar Peltenburg, Clare Peters, Gordon Thomas and Richard Tipping ................................................. 3.1 Periods 1A-1B: Neolithic activities (E.P.) ....................................................................................... 3.2 Period 2: Early Chalcolithic occupation (E.P., C.P., R.T.) .............................................................. 3.3 Period 3A: Middle Chalcolithic buildings (E.P.) ............................................................................. 3.4 Period 3B: Middle Chalcolithic structures (E.P.) ............................................................................ 3.5 Period 4: Late Chalcolithic buildings (E.P.) .................................................................................... 3.6 Period 5: Remnants of the Philia settlement (E.P.) .......................................................................... 3.7 Structural components of buildings (G.T.) ...................................................................................... 3.8 Extra-mural features (E.P.) .............................................................................................................

22 22 23 25 30 36 52 54 62

4

Mortuary Practices by Dorothy A. Lunt, Edgar Peltenburg and Marie E. Watt ......................................... 4.1 Introduction (E.P.) .......................................................................................................................... 4.2 Structural variation: typology and chronology (E.P.) ....................................................................... 4.3 The human dentitions (D.A.L., M.E.W.) ........................................................................................ 4.4 Death and society (E.P.) .................................................................................................................

65 65 68 73 83

5

The Pottery by Diane Bolger, Louise Maguire, Anita Quye, Sarah Ritson and F. M. K. Stephen ................ 93 5.1 Ceramic structures and analytical methods (D.B.) .......................................................................... 93 5.2 The evolution of ceramic types (D.B.) ........................................................................................... 102 5.3 Function, context and spatial variation (D.B.) ............................................................................... 123 5.4 Red-on-White Period 3B sherdage: motif analysis (L.M.) ............................................................. 132 5.5 Evidence for wax on pottery from the Pithos House (A.Q., S.R.) ................................................... 139 5.6 Red Polished (Philia) ware analyses (F.M.K.S.) ............................................................................ 141 5.7 Conclusions (D.B.) ....................................................................................................................... 144

6

Figurines, Figurine Fragments, Phalli, Possibly Figurative Worked and Unworked Stones, Unidentifiable Worked Stone and Pottery Fragments by Elizabeth Goring .......................................... 6.1 Stone anthropomorphic figurines, pendant figurines and figurine fragments ................................. 6.2 Pottery anthropomorphic figurines and figurine fragments ........................................................... 6.3 Phalli ........................................................................................................................................... 6.4 Zoomorphic figurine fragments .................................................................................................... 6.5 Worked and unworked stones, possibly figurative ......................................................................... 6.6 Model furniture ............................................................................................................................ 6.7 Unidentifiable worked stone fragments ......................................................................................... 6.8 Unidentifiable pottery fragments ................................................................................................... 6.9 The contextual evidence ...............................................................................................................

v

148 148 154 158 159 159 160 160 160 160

6.10 6.11

Damage and wear ......................................................................................................................... 162 Conclusions and interpretation ...................................................................................................... 164

7

The Ground Stone Industry by Carolyn Elliott-Xenophontos .................................................................. 168 7.1 Typology ....................................................................................................................................... 168 7.2 Development of stone artefacts through Periods 1 - 5 .................................................................... 179 7.3 Spatial distribution of ground stone objects ................................................................................... 182 7.4 Exceptional tools from contaminated contexts ............................................................................... 183 7.5 Multi-function and reworked tools ................................................................................................ 184 7.6 Tools with traces of red pigment ................................................................................................... 185 7.7 Rock types .................................................................................................................................... 186

8

Other Artefacts by Paul Croft, Edgar Peltenburg and M. Tite ................................................................. 188 8.1 Metals and metalworking (E.P.) .................................................................................................... 188 8.2 Pendants and picrolite (E.P.) ......................................................................................................... 189 8.3 Beads, with faience analysis (E.P., M.T.) ...................................................................................... 192 8.4 Small conical and grooved stones (E.P.) ........................................................................................ 195 8.5 Discs (E.P.) ................................................................................................................................... 197 8.6 Spindle whorls (E.P.) .................................................................................................................... 199 8.7 The bone and antler industry (P.C.) .............................................................................................. 199 8.8 Miscellaneous objects (E.P.) .......................................................................................................... 200

9

The Chipped Stone Assemblage by W. Finlayson, B. Gratuze and Carole McCartney ............................. 202 9.1 Summary (C.M.) ........................................................................................................................... 202 9.2 Use-wear analysis (W.F.) .............................................................................................................. 204 9.3 Analysis of seven obsidian chips (B.G.) ........................................................................................ 205

10 Animal Remains: Synopsis by Paul Croft ................................................................................................ 207 10.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 207 10.2 Sample bias and recovery .............................................................................................................. 207 10.3 Skeletal element representation ..................................................................................................... 209 10.4 The animals .................................................................................................................................. 209 10.5 Faunal change through time .......................................................................................................... 212 10.6 The spatial distribution of the faunal remains ............................................................................... 213 10.7 Discussion and conclusions ........................................................................................................... 213 11 Archaeobotanical Report by Mary Anne Murray ..................................................................................... 215 11.1 Objectives ..................................................................................................................................... 215 11.2 Methodology ................................................................................................................................. 215 11.3 The plant remains ......................................................................................................................... 215 11.4 Archaeobotanical discussion ......................................................................................................... 217 11.5 Plant husbandry ............................................................................................................................ 220 11.6 General discussion ........................................................................................................................ 222 11.7 Conclusions .................................................................................................................................. 223 12 The Mollusca by Janet Ridout-Sharpe ...................................................................................................... 224 12.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 224 12.2 The marine species ....................................................................................................................... 224 12.3 Land and freshwater species ......................................................................................................... 228 12.4 Summary and conclusions ............................................................................................................. 229 13 Fish Remains by Brian Irving ................................................................................................................... 230 14 The Character and Evolution of Settlements at Kissonerga by Edgar Peltenburg ................................. 233 14.1 Site taphonomy and building functions ......................................................................................... 233 14.2 The Kissonerga chalcolithic house ................................................................................................ 237 14.3 Period 1A (late 7th millennium BC) and 1B (Late Neolithic) ........................................................ 240

vi

14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 14.9

Period 2 (early/mid-4th millennium BC) ...................................................................................... Period 3A (mid/late 4th millennium BC) ...................................................................................... Period 3B (c. 3,200 - 2,900 BC) ................................................................................................... Period 4 (c. 2,700 - 2,400 BC) ...................................................................................................... Period 5 (c. 2,400 BC) .................................................................................................................. Locational stability and occupational instability ............................................................................

240 241 244 249 258 259

Index to buildings and graves ......................................................................................................................... 261 Index to illustrated objects ............................................................................................................................. 263

Volume II.1B (Part 1) Frontispieces for Volume II.1B List of Figures in Volume II.1B ........................................................................................................................... ix List of Tables in Volume II.1B ............................................................................................................................. x Introduction to Volume II.1B .............................................................................................................................. xv 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy by Denis Miles, Edgar Peltenburg and Gordon Thomas ............................. 1 15.1 Relative stratigraphy (E.P.) ............................................................................................................... 1 15.2 The buildings (E.P.) ......................................................................................................................... 3 15.3 Structural components of buildings: typology (G.T.) ....................................................................... 35 15.4 Structural components of buildings: catalogue (G.T.) ..................................................................... 48 15.5 Catalogue of pits (D.M., E.P.) ........................................................................................................ 64 16 Mortuary Evidence by Evi Baxevani, Dorothy A. Lunt, Edgar Peltenburg and Marie E. Watt ................... 87 16.1 Catalogue of graves and tombs (E.B., E.P.) ..................................................................................... 87 16.2 Archive report on the human dentitions (D.A.L., M.E.W.) ........................................................... 101 16.3 Analytical parameters (E.P.) ......................................................................................................... 117 17 Pottery Archive Report by Diane Bolger, Anita Quye, Edgar Peltenburg, Sarah Ritson and F. M. K. Stephen ...................................................................................................................................... 17.1 Ceramic structures and analytical methods (D.B.) ........................................................................ 17.2 The evolution of ceramic types (D.B.) ........................................................................................... 17.3 Function, context, and spatial variation (D.B.) .............................................................................. 17.4 Evidence for wax on pottery from the Pithos House (A.Q., S.R.) ................................................... 17.5 Red Polished (Philia) ware - analyses and results (F.M.K.S.) ........................................................ 17.6 Notes for Key Sequences (D.B., E.P.) ...........................................................................................

121 121 126 164 169 171 174

18 Catalogue of Figurines, Figurine Fragments, Phalli, possibly Figurative Worked and Unworked Stones, Unidentifiable Worked Stone and Pottery Fragments by Elizabeth Goring .............................. 18.1 Stone anthropomorphic figurines, pendant figurines and figurine fragments ................................. 18.2 Pottery anthropomorphic figurines and figurine fragments ........................................................... 18.3 Phalli ........................................................................................................................................... 18.4 Zoomorphic figurine fragments .................................................................................................... 18.5 Worked and unworked stone, possibly figurative .......................................................................... 18.6 Model furniture ............................................................................................................................ 18.7 Unidentifiable worked stone fragments ......................................................................................... 18.8 Unidentifiable pottery fragments ...................................................................................................

176 176 184 188 189 189 190 190 191

19 Ground Stone Tools by Carolyn Elliott-Xenophontos ............................................................................... 19.1 Typology ...................................................................................................................................... 19.2 Spatial distribution of ground stone artefacts ................................................................................ 19.3 Tools with traces of red pigment ................................................................................................... 19.4 Rock types .................................................................................................................................... 19.5 Catalogue of ground stone artefacts ..............................................................................................

193 193 196 204 205 210

vii

Volume II.1B (Part 2) 20 Other Artefacts by Paul Croft, Edgar Peltenburg, M. Tite and Paul Wilthew ........................................... 231 20.1 Metal and metal analyses (E.P., P.W.) .......................................................................................... 231 20.2 Pendants (E.P.) ............................................................................................................................. 233 20.3 Beads (E.P., M.T.) ........................................................................................................................ 236 20.4 Small conical and grooved stones (E.P.) ........................................................................................ 238 20.5 Discs (E.P.) ................................................................................................................................... 240 20.6 Spindle whorls (E.P.) .................................................................................................................... 241 20.7 The bone and antler industry (P.C.) .............................................................................................. 242 20.8 Miscellaneous artefacts (E.P.) ....................................................................................................... 248 21 The Chipped Stone Report by W. Finlayson and Carole McCartney ....................................................... 249 21.1 Definitions (C.M.) ........................................................................................................................ 249 21.2 Assemblage total (C.M.) ............................................................................................................... 252 21.3 Artefact indices (C.M.) ................................................................................................................. 253 21.4 Debitage and core context (C.M.) .................................................................................................. 255 21.5 Core types (C.M.) ......................................................................................................................... 256 21.6 Raw materials (C.M.) ................................................................................................................... 258 21.7 Obsidian (C.M.) ............................................................................................................................ 259 21.8 Tools (C.M.) ................................................................................................................................. 261 21.9 Conclusions (C.M.) ....................................................................................................................... 288 21.10 Use-wear analysis (W.F.) .............................................................................................................. 293 22 Animal Remains: Discussion by Paul Croft ............................................................................................. 295 22.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 295 22.2 Sample bias and recovery .............................................................................................................. 296 22.3 Skeletal element representation ..................................................................................................... 299 22.4 The animals .................................................................................................................................. 299 22.5 Faunal change through time .......................................................................................................... 310 22.6 The spatial distribution of the faunal remains ............................................................................... 313 22.7 Discussion and conclusions ........................................................................................................... 314 23 Archaeobotanical Report by Mary Anne Murray ..................................................................................... 317 23.1 Methodology ................................................................................................................................. 317 23.2 The presentation of the data .......................................................................................................... 317 23.3 The plant remains ......................................................................................................................... 318 24 The Mollusca by Janet Ridout-Sharpe ...................................................................................................... 338 24.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 338 24.2 The marine species ....................................................................................................................... 338 24.3 Land and freshwater species ......................................................................................................... 341 24.4 Contextual analysis ....................................................................................................................... 342 24.5 Chronological analysis .................................................................................................................. 344 24.6 Utilisation of molluscs .................................................................................................................. 345 24.7 Environmental considerations ....................................................................................................... 349 24.8 Summary and conclusions ............................................................................................................. 350 25 Fish remains by Brian Irving .................................................................................................................... 352 26 Sedimentological Characterisation of Units 1667, 1556, 1570 and 1568 by Clare Peters and Richard Tipping ........................................................................................................................................ 354 27 List of Charcoal Identifications by T. Lawrence ...................................................................................... 357 Appendix A Appendix A1 Appendix B

Unit Log compiled by Denis Miles ........................................................................................ 359 Buildings Contexts: General Analysis compiled by Denis Miles .......................................... 386 Register of Small Finds compiled by Denis Miles ................................................................. 389

viii

List of Figures For Figures 1.1 to 107.17, see LAP II.1A. Volume II.1B (Part 2) 108

Element Frequency distributions for deer, pig and caprines ................................................................. 299

109

Deer distal metatarsal. Depth (DAPCD) x breadth (DTCD) ................................................................ 301

110

Deer proximal ulna. Olecranon length (LO) x depth (SDO) ................................................................ 301

111

Deer distal radius. Breadth (Bd) x articular breadth (BFd) .................................................................. 302

112

Deer proximal femur. Breadth (Bp) x depth of caput (DC) .................................................................. 302

113

Pigs. Dispersion diagram .................................................................................................................... 305

114

Caprine scapula. SGC x SLC .............................................................................................................. 305

115

Caprine humerus. H x B.art ................................................................................................................ 307

116

Size distribution of selected dimensions of mature specimens of later fusing elements of goats ............ 308

117

Burin type percent .............................................................................................................................. 264

118

Denticulate type percent ...................................................................................................................... 267

119

Glossed element type percent .............................................................................................................. 270

120

Notch type percent .............................................................................................................................. 272

121

Perforator type percent ........................................................................................................................ 275

122

Retouched piece percent - A ................................................................................................................ 279

123

Retouched piece percent - B ................................................................................................................ 280

124

Scraper type percent - A ...................................................................................................................... 283

125

Scraper type percent - B ...................................................................................................................... 283

126

Utilised type percent ........................................................................................................................... 287

ix

List of Tables For Tables 2.1 to 14.8, see LAP II.1A

Volume II.1B (Part 1) 15.1 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.8 16.9 16.10 16.11 16.12 16.13 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 17.6 17.7 17.8 17.9 17.10 17.11 17.12 17.13 17.14 17.15 17.16 17.17 17.18 17.19 17.20 17.21 17.22 17.23 17.24 17.25 17.26

Occurrence of pits by period ..................................................................................................................... 86 Prevalence of shovel-shaped permanent maxillary incisors ..................................................................... 104 Prevalence of shovel-shaped deciduous maxillary incisors ...................................................................... 104 Permanent mandibular molar cusp numbers ........................................................................................... 105 Deciduous mandibular molar cusp numbers ........................................................................................... 106 Permanent mandibular molar groove patterns ........................................................................................ 106 Maxillary molar cusp numbers ............................................................................................................... 106 Deciduous maxillary first molar cusp numbers ....................................................................................... 107 Cusp of Carabelli in permanent maxillary first molars ........................................................................... 107 Cusp of Carabelli in deciduous maxillary second molars ........................................................................ 108 Additional traits of mandibular second deciduous molars ....................................................................... 108 C6, C7 and deflecting wrinkle in mandibular permanent first and deciduous second molars ................... 108 Orientation of graves with respect to near-neighbour walls ..................................................................... 118 Volume of soil removed to construct interment facilities in volume order ............................................... 119 Inventory of complete/near complete vessels .......................................................................................... 122 Inventory of supplemental vessels .......................................................................................................... 123 Lug and handle types ............................................................................................................................. 124 Inventory of pot lids and jar stoppers ...................................................................................................... 125 Inventory of pottery burnishers and possible burnishers .......................................................................... 126 Inventory of Coarse Ware oven lining fragments .................................................................................... 126 Inventory of miscellaneous pottery objects .............................................................................................. 126 Preliminary results of abrasion analysis .................................................................................................. 127 Sherd count on all wares from White Process analysis ............................................................................ 127 Total White Process results by morphological type ................................................................................. 128 Total White Process results by period ..................................................................................................... 128 Red-on-White Banded Ware White Process results by morphological type .............................................. 129 Red-on-White Banded Ware motif types ................................................................................................. 129 Red-on-White Banded Ware special process results ................................................................................ 130 Frequency of Red-on-White Banded Ware motifs ................................................................................... 131 Combed Ware, Painted and Combed Ware White Process results ........................................................... 132 Glossy Burnished Ware White Process results ........................................................................................ 133 Red-on-White Band and Line Ware special process results by morphological type ................................. 134 Red-on-White Band and Line Ware motif types ..................................................................................... 134 Red-on-White Band and Line Ware special process results from Period 2 .............................................. 134 Frequencies of Red-on-White Band and Line Ware motifs from Period 2 ............................................... 135 Red-on-White Band and Line Ware special process results from post-Period 2 ....................................... 136 Frequencies of Red-on-White Band and Line Ware motifs from post-Period 2 ........................................ 139 Early Monochrome special process results .............................................................................................. 141 Red Monochrome Painted-A Ware White Process results from Periods 3A and 3A/3B ........................... 143 Black Topped Ware White Process results from Periods 3A and 3A/3B .................................................. 143

x

17.27 17.28 17.29 17.30 17.31 17.32 17.33 17.34 17.35 17.36 17.37 17.38 17.39 17.40 17.41 17.42 17.43 17.44 17.45 17.46 17.47 17.48 17.49 17.50 17.51 17.52 17.53 17.54 17.55 17.56 17.57 17.58 17.59 17.60 17.61 17.62 17.63 17.64 17.65 17.66 17.67 17.68 17.69 17.70 17.71

Red-on-White Parallel Band Ware special process results by morphological type from Period 3A .......... Red-on-White Parallel Band Ware motif types ....................................................................................... Red-on-White Parallel Band special process results from Period 3A ...................................................... Frequencies of Red-on-White Parallel Band Ware motifs from Period 3A .............................................. Red-on-White Parallel Band Ware special process results from Period 2/3A .......................................... Frequencies of Red-on-White Parallel Band Ware motifs from Period 2/3A ........................................... Red-on-White Parallel Band Ware special process results from post-Period 3A ...................................... Frequencies of Red-on-White Parallel Band Ware motifs from post-Period 3A ...................................... Comparative motif frequencies on Red-on-White Parallel Band Ware from all periods .......................... Spalled Ware White Process results from Period 3A .............................................................................. Red Monochrome Painted-B Ware White Process results from Period 3B .............................................. Red Monochrome Painted-B Ware White Process results from all units ................................................. Red-on-White Middle Chalcolithic White Process results from Period 3B .............................................. Red-on-White Middle Chalcolithic White Process results from all periods ............................................. Red-on-White Lattice Ware painted style analysis (vessels) .................................................................... Spalled Ware White Process results from Period 3B ............................................................................... Coarse Painted Ware White Process results from Period 3B ................................................................... Black Topped Ware White Process results from Period 3B ..................................................................... Red Lustrous Ware White Process results from Period 3B ...................................................................... Coarse Ware White Process results from Period 3B ................................................................................ Relief decoration on pottery from Period 3B ........................................................................................... Red and Black Stroke Burnished Ware White Process results from Period 4 .......................................... Spalled Ware White Process results from Period 4 ................................................................................. Coarse Painted Ware White Process results from Period 4 ..................................................................... Coarse Ware White Process results from Period 4 .................................................................................. Red Polished (Philia) Ware White Process from Period 4 ....................................................................... Relief decoration on vessels and sherds from Period 4 ............................................................................ Incised decoration on sherds from Period 4 and surface ......................................................................... Red Polished (Philia) Ware Grey Process from Periods 5, 5? and surface finds ....................................... Incised decoration on Red Polished (Philia) sherdage ............................................................................. Black Slip-and-Combed Ware Grey Process results from Periods 5 and 5? ............................................. Miscellaneous White Process sherdage from Periods 5 and 5? ................................................................ Vessel function ...................................................................................................................................... Vessels in buildings of Period 3A .......................................................................................................... Vessels in buildings of Period 3B ........................................................................................................... Vessels in buildings of Period 4 ............................................................................................................. List of complete vessels from graves ...................................................................................................... White Process sherdage from graves of Periods 3A and 3A? .................................................................. White Process sherdage from graves of Period 3B .................................................................................. White Process sherdage from graves of Period 4 .................................................................................... White Process sherdage from graves of Periods 4? and 4/5? ................................................................... White Process sherdage from graves of Periods 5 and 5? ........................................................................ List of complete vessels from pits ........................................................................................................... Petrographic analysis of Vasilia-Evrima pottery samples ....................................................................... Petrographic analysis of Kissonerga pottery samples ..............................................................................

xi

144 144 144 145 147 147 148 150 152 152 154 154 155 155 155 156 156 156 156 156 157 160 160 160 160 161 161 163 163 164 164 164 165 166 166 166 167 167 168 168 168 168 168 172 172

17.72 17.73 19.1 19.2 19.3 19.4 19.5 19.6 19.7 19.8 19.9 19.10 19.11 19.12 19.13 19.14 19.15 19.16 19.17 19.18 19.19 19.20 19.21 19.22 19.23 19.24 19.25 19.26

Petrographic analysis of Sotira-Kamminoudhia pottery samples ............................................................. 173 Catalogue of Red Polished (Philia) ceramics .......................................................................................... 173 Registered and inventoried (5000 series) stone artefacts by period .......................................................... 193 Distribution of ground stone artefacts by period ...................................................................................... 196 Ground stone artefacts found in pits and pit fills by period ..................................................................... 197 Registered stone artefacts from funerary facilities fills by period ............................................................. 199 Registered stone artefacts from buildings by period and depositional mode ............................................. 200 Occurrence of pigment and stone artefacts with traces of pigment found in pits and pit fills ................... 204 Occurrence of pigment and stone artefacts with traces of pigment found in funerary facilities fills ......... 204 Occurrence of pigment and stone artefacts with traces of pigment found in buildings and building fills .. 204 Occurrence of pigment and stone artefacts with traces of pigment from general contexts and surface ..... 205 Axe rock types by period ........................................................................................................................ 205 Adze rock types by period ...................................................................................................................... 205 Chisel rock types by period ..................................................................................................................... 205 Axe-shaped grinder rock types by period ................................................................................................ 206 Hammerstone rock types by period ......................................................................................................... 206 Hammerstone/grinder rock types by period ............................................................................................. 206 Pestle rock types by period ..................................................................................................................... 207 Pounder rock types by period .................................................................................................................. 207 Rubbing stone rock types by period ........................................................................................................ 207 Polisher rock types by period .................................................................................................................. 208 Rubber rock types by period ................................................................................................................... 208 Quern rock types by period ..................................................................................................................... 208 Cupped stone rock types by period .......................................................................................................... 208 Bowl rock types by period ...................................................................................................................... 209 Pot lid rock types by period .................................................................................................................... 209 Pebble rock types by period .................................................................................................................... 209 Miscellaneous worked stone rock types by period ................................................................................... 209

Volume II.1B (Part 2) 20.1 20.2

XRF analysis for copper on possible crucible KM 693 ............................................................................ 233 Occurrence of pendants by type and period ............................................................................................. 234

20.3 20.4

Occurrence of beads by type and period .................................................................................................. 236 Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry analysis of faience bead KM 2056 ............................................... 238

20.5 20.6

Occurrence of small conical and grooved stones by type and period ........................................................ 239 Occurrence of pottery and stone discs by type and period ........................................................................ 240

20.7 20.8

Classified list of artefacts of bone, antler and pig tusk ............................................................................ 243 Lengths of large and small robust points ................................................................................................ 243

21.1 Assemblage category counts and percentages ......................................................................................... 250 21.2a Assemblage category summary - counts and percentages ........................................................................ 251 21.2b Core and debitage context counts and percentages .................................................................................. 256 21.3 Core type counts and percentages ........................................................................................................... 257 21.4 21.5

Burin types by period ............................................................................................................................. 261 Burin attributes ...................................................................................................................................... 263

21.6 21.7

Burin raw materials (based on a sample of 163) ..................................................................................... 263 Burin context ......................................................................................................................................... 264

xii

21.8 21.9 21.10 21.11 21.12 21.13 21.14 21.15 21.16 21.17 21.18 21.19 21.20 21.21 21.22 21.23 21.24 21.25 21.26 21.27 21.28 21.29 21.30 21.31 21.32 21.33 21.34 21.35 21.36 21.37 21.38 21.39 21.40 22.1 22.2 22.3 22.4 22.4a 22.4b 22.4c 22.4d 22.5a 22.5b 22.6a 22.6b

Denticulate type by period ...................................................................................................................... Denticulate attributes ............................................................................................................................. Denticulate raw materials (based on a sample of 114) ............................................................................ Denticulate context ................................................................................................................................ Glossed element types by period ............................................................................................................. Glossed element attributes ..................................................................................................................... Glossed element raw materials (based on a sample of 80) ...................................................................... Glossed element context ........................................................................................................................ Notch types by period ............................................................................................................................ Notch attributes ..................................................................................................................................... Notch raw materials (based on a sample of 213) .................................................................................... Notch context ........................................................................................................................................ Perforator types by period ...................................................................................................................... Perforator attributes ............................................................................................................................... Perforator raw materials (based on a sample of 117) .............................................................................. Perforator context .................................................................................................................................. Retouched piece types by period ............................................................................................................. Retouched piece attributes ...................................................................................................................... Retouched piece raw materials (based on a sample of 435) ..................................................................... Retouched piece context ......................................................................................................................... Scraper types by period .......................................................................................................................... Scraper attributes ................................................................................................................................... Scraper raw materials ............................................................................................................................ Scraper context ...................................................................................................................................... Utilised piece types by period ................................................................................................................. Utilised piece attributes .......................................................................................................................... Utilised piece raw materials ................................................................................................................... Utilised piece context ............................................................................................................................. Number and percentage of complete tools for each major tool type ......................................................... Percentages of each tool class within each period ................................................................................... Number and percentage of blades in each tool class by period ................................................................ Percentage of complete tools made on blank fragments by period ........................................................... Percentages of raw material types for each tool class .............................................................................. Total numbers of identified mammalian bone fragments ........................................................................ Weights of non-fossil terrestrial mammalian bone ................................................................................. The impact of wet sieving on the bone assemblages for selected animals ................................................ Breakdown by element of identified material of the main animal taxa: Deer ...................................................................................................................................................... Pig ......................................................................................................................................................... Caprines ................................................................................................................................................ Fox ........................................................................................................................................................ Mortality of deer, based on epiphysial fusion and taking the assemblage as a whole ............................... Mortality of deer in Periods 3A, 3B and 4, based on epiphysial fusion ................................................... Mortality of pigs .................................................................................................................................... Mortality of pigs in Periods 3A, 3B and 4 ..............................................................................................

xiii

265 266 266 267 267 268 269 270 271 272 272 273 274 275 275 276 278 279 279 280 281 283 284 285 286 286 287 288 288 289 291 292 292 295 295 296 297 297 298 298 300 300 303 303

22.7 22.8a 22.8b 22.9 22.10 22.11 22.12 22.13 22.14 23.1 23.2 23.3 23.4 23.5 23.6 23.7 23.8 23.9 23.10 23.11 23.12 23.13 24.1 24.2 24.3 24.4 24.5 24.6 24.7 24.8 24.9 24.10 25.1 26.1 26.2 27.1

Eruption and wear data for some pig mandibular teeth ........................................................................... 304 Mortality of goats, based on epiphysial fusion and taking the assemblage as a whole .............................. 306 Mortality of goats in Periods 3A, 3B and 4, based on epiphysial fusion .................................................. 306 Eruption and wear data for some caprine mandibular teeth .................................................................... 307 Identified bone fragments of the main animals by period - including uncertain attributions to period and low quality contexts .......................................................................................................... 311 Identified bone fragments of the main animals by period ........................................................................ 312 Taxonomic composition of bone samples from various contexts ............................................................. 313 Taxonomic composition of bone samples from building and non-building contexts ................................ 313 Adjusted fragments counts and estimated relative meat yields by period ................................................. 315 Presence of selected flora taxa by period and location ............................................................................. 318 Presence of all flora taxa by period ......................................................................................................... 319 Economic species from Cypriot sites ...................................................................................................... 328 Summary of context types with flora, by period ...................................................................................... 329 Flora sample data for Period 2 (16 samples) ........................................................................................... 329 Flora sample data for Period 3A (24 samples) ........................................................................................ 330 Flora sample data for Period 3B (55 samples) ......................................................................................... 330 Flora sample data for Period 4 (150 samples) ......................................................................................... 331 Summary of seed densities by location and period .................................................................................. 333 Contexts with flora in Upper Terrace ..................................................................................................... 333 Contexts with flora in Main Area ........................................................................................................... 334 Measurements of economic species by period ......................................................................................... 334 Measurements of wild/weed species ....................................................................................................... 335 Marine Mollusca .................................................................................................................................... 339 Size of the marine shells ........................................................................................................................ 340 Non-molluscan invertebrates .................................................................................................................. 341 Land snails ............................................................................................................................................ 341 Freshwater and brackish water Mollusca ................................................................................................ 342 Distribution of molluscan samples by context ......................................................................................... 342 Occurrence of marine Mollusca by context ............................................................................................. 343 Occurrence of the most frequent land and freshwater Mollusca by context .............................................. 343 Frequency of the more common marine Mollusca by period ................................................................... 345 Frequency of the more common freshwater and brackish water Mollusca by period ................................ 345 Catalogue of fish remains ....................................................................................................................... 352 Descriptions of the 11 natural exposures, and their resultant saturation magnetisation (concentration) values ............................................................................................................................ 354 Mean percentages of particle size distributions (n=35) ........................................................................... 355 Identified charcoal ................................................................................................................................. 357

xiv

Introduction This volume is meant to be used with its companion Lemba Archaeological Project, Cyprus, Volume II.1A, Excavations at Kissonerga-Mosphilia, 1979-1992 by Edgar Peltenburg et al. (Studies In Mediterranean Archaeology Volume LXX:2) Jonsered 1998. That volume is referred to as LAP II.1A; this is LAP II.1B. Readers will find descriptions of the most important features, summaries, syntheses, list of references, some tables, figures and all plates in LAP II.1A. This volume comprises detailed supporting evidence for arguments in LAP II.1A, other analytical data and catalogues, including a complete list of Units (or loci) and inventory of registered and catalogued small finds. As such it is table-rich, it has a larger body of text, and it has graphs, but no half tones. For Abbreviations and List of references, see LAP II.1A. It is mainly generated from data held in KAIS, the Kissonerga Archaeological Information System, a Paradox 3.5 database which was adapted from information held on proforma fieldwork sheets. It constitutes the major record of results, suitable for specialists, students of higher learning and researchers. LAP II.1B is accessible in a variety of media. Websites: http://super3.arch.ed.ac.uk/arch/publications/cyprus/kissonerga http://ads.ahds.ac.uk/ahds/ Disks and hard copy: The latter is a basic printout supplied in ring-bound volumes in the series Occasional Papers of the Department of Archaeology, University of Edinburgh. Enquiries for disk and hard copies should be addressed to: The Secretary, Department of Archaeology, University of Edinburgh, Old High School, Edinburgh EH1 1LT Scotland-U.K. Disks and website files facilitate interactive investigation of the Kissonerga records. They can be used as research tools in which enquirers can download and print out segments of specific interest to them, query and copy files, manipulate data, and so on. Some contributions to this report were received prior to final analysis of the allocation of units to periods. This has affected § 4.3, 9.1, 16.2 and 21.1-9, but as differences are minor, without affecting conclusions, the contributions are included without modification. It should also be noted that some Cadastral Plot numbers quoted in LAP II.1A have changed. They were based on the 1975 edition of Sheet XLV Plan 42 W.1. New ones are issued on the 1988 edition. Relevant changes: old Plot 157 west, central and riverside becomes 515; Plot 157 east and 158 become 516. Kissonerga unit numbers, which incorporate cadastral plots, have not been altered to take account of this mapping revision.

xv

Chapter 15: Architecture and Stratigraphy by Denis Miles, Edgar Peltenburg and Gordon Thomas

remnant of a curvilinear structure, wall 261. This wall appears well above 796, the wall of B 1165 in section F-F1 (Fig. 21). Unfortunately, walls of sequences 1 and 2 did not intersect, and links have to be established by following eroded floors and intervening deposits between sequence 1 buildings westwards. The floor of B 855 lies some 30 cm below the base of the wall of B 1165 (Section F-F1). The latter was abutted by a general level, 326 (Section F-F1), which extended below the northern side of B 493, hence B 493 was founded after B 1165. It is possible that the two buildings were contemporary, but if so, B 493 probably abutted the older B 1165, otherwise its assumed circular wall would have cut that of B 1165. B 493 was overlain by disturbed level 638. In the south-west, it continues as 1350 (Sections C-C1 and B-B1, Figs. 18.2 and 19.1) to abut the wall of B 1165. However, it passed over the wall of B 1165 immediately west of B 493 where it was cut by the foundation trench, 903 (?animal runnel, drip trench), of B 866. From this more definitive relationship we may infer that B 493 went out of use before or during the life of B 866. It is possible, on spatial grounds, that B 200 was contemporary with B 866, but general levels 747 and 772 under B 200 seemed to overlie B 866. The area was disturbed and so while it is not possible to be certain of this, there is slightly more evidence in favour of contemporaneity between B 200 and wall 261. These links between sequences 1 and 2 suggest that structures were not built synchronously, as part of a general construction programme, but independently as needs arose (see chart of Fig. 2.1). It is likely that B 493 and 1165 were occupied at the same time, less likely, but still possible, that B 200 and 866 were so.

§ 15.1 Relative stratigraphy (E.P.) As explained in § 2.1, the principal components of a site-wide stratigraphy in the absence of extensive coherent stratigraphic levels are seven discrete building sequences, together with some interconnections between sequences. Details of these sequences in the two excavated exposures are provided below. For succinct descriptions of Units, their periods, status and associations, see Appendix A, Unit Log. Ceramic links used to establish a cohesive chronology between the exposures are discussed in § 2.2 and § 3.3, B 1016. Main Area Sequence 1: Buildings 855, 493 and 200 (Section C-C1, Figs. 3.4, 3.12, 3.15;17; 19.1: B 493 does not reach section face) B 855 was partly founded on natural. Its floor, 952, and wall, 831, are shown in Section C-C1 (Fig. 19.1). B 493 was cut into abandonment and post-abandonment deposits, with its east wall flush up against the interior of the equivalent B 855 wall. The makeup of the first floor of B 493, Unit 820, projects into the same section, and is sealed by the wall of overlying B 200. To the east, B 494 was constructed after B 855 had collapsed, since stony rubble from its distinctive wall lay below general Unit 453 into which B 494 seemed to be placed. Although even higher than B 493 (43.02/42.70 m), this matters little when account is taken of the rise in slope to the east and the fact that B 493 was so deeply incised into the shell of B 855. Unit 453 was a 5 cm thin level extending from the upstanding stub of the wall of B 855, and it contained a little Period 4 sherdage. This suggests that B 494 belongs to Period 4, but its masonry is wholly characteristic of Period 3B. Since its floor in this small exposure lacked diagnostic finds, the allocation of B 494 to Period 3B or 4 is problematic. It is tentatively attributed to Period 3B in this report because of its typical Period 3B wall type. The few Period 4 sherds in 453 are regarded as intrusive.

Sequence 3: Buildings 1044, 1046 Building 1044 was annexed to B 1046, its walls abutting the latter. Both are at the same absolute height just under plough soil. This brief horizontal sequence is tenuously locked into the stratigraphy of sequence 2 to the south by Unit 1411 which linked B 1046 with 866. Unit 1411 abutted B 1046 and, within it, wall plaster from the external wall face of B 1046 slumped at an angle down towards B 866. Although a foundation trench for B 866, Unit 903, was clear on the east side of the building, it was not obvious within 1411 in this critical area adjacent to B 1046. The two were probably contemporary, with

Sequence 2: Buildings 1165, 866 and wall 261 (Figs. 3.17; 21) The wall foundation of B 866 lay on top of the wall of B 1165, the lowest structure of this series (Pl. 18.1). Although badly disturbed in the west, it was overlain by a general deposit, 851, which was associated with the

1

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

B 866 on a terrace 0.65 m lower than B 1046. Buildings 1044, 1046 and 1052 were built on surface 1054, hence they are contemporary (Section G-G1, Fig. 23). Further to the north-west of this sequence lies B 834. It had a portico with plastered surfaces 1385 and 1271 which extend 0.40 m below the base of B 1052 (Section H-H1, Fig. 48), hence B 834 went out of use well before sequence 3 buildings were constructed. The surfaces could also be traced under wall 910 belonging to an unexcavated structure at the western limit of excavation that was probably contemporary with the buildings of sequence 3. Relationships between sequences 3 and 4 were established by a general deposit with a surface at its base, Unit 150 (Sections F-F1; G-G1, Figs. 21, 23). The Mortuary Enclosure, B 375 in sequence 4, was founded on 150 surface, while B 1044 was located within the lower build-up of 150, hence it was constructed a little later. Since B 98 closely followed the Mortuary Enclosure, these two adjacent structures were broadly contemporary.

on the same level, even though B 206 subsequently encroached over B 2 (see wall 147, Figs. 32, 34). The intervening area between B 96 and B 206 was disturbed by Unit 100, amongst others. B 96 lies above general wash deposits 151 and 167, and the latter extends over Period 3B B 206. Sequence 5: Buildings 1103, 3, 706 and 86 (Section DD1, Figs. 3.5, 3.11,17, 19.2) The Pithos House (B 3) floor lay on top of the wall stub of B 1103, the lowest building in this sequence (Section D-D1; Pl. 9.3). A working surface of B 706, Unit 238 in Section D-D1, was cut into the burnt debris of the Pithos House, and it was sealed by the Floor 1 of B 86, the last of these four superimposed structures. An important series of levels extended to the south, tying in sequences 5 and 4, 20 m distant from each other, via B 834. The main units between B 3 and B 834 are 803 and 775. Surface 803 abutted B 3 and the upper part of B 834, although there was a suspicion of a foundation trench cut from this level. After wash had accumulated, a better surface could be traced between these structures, although it should be noted that there were pits and other interruptions in both surfaces. It abutted B 3, but overlay B 834. They are partly contemporary, therefore, with a possibility that B 3 may have been constructed before B 834 and continued in existence thereafter. After further build-up occurred on 775, a cluster of four buildings, B 204, 346, 376 and that represented by wall 624, were installed. They were not necessarily all installed at the same time, but as they largely respect each other, they are considered together. The surfaces extending from the entrance of B 204, 387/603 and 487, could be followed to the entrance of B 86, thus confirming the general integrity of the sequence between sequence 5 and settlement components to the south. These stratigraphic observations are important for the reconstruction of two phases of occupation in Period 4 (see § 14.7). Surface 803, and above it the wall of B 204 and wall 624, also lay well above floor 1288 of B 206. Thus, the Red Building 206 antedates all structures associated with sequences 5 and 4, except B 1103. Links to the east were destroyed by modern terracing and quarry 654 (Pl. 19.5), though to the south the quarry destroyed part of B 206 before passing under B 3, so confirming their diachronic positions. To the north-east, the foundation trench of B 3, 392, was cut into the wall tumble of B 1161 (Pl. 3.2), so demonstrating that this small structure also antedated B 3.

Sequence 4: Buildings 4, 994, 375, 96/98 and 1 (Section F2-F3, Figs. 17, 22 for relationship between B 4 and B 1) At the base of this sequence lies B 4, which was terraced into natural? in the east. Two structures overlapped its remains, B 994 (floor) and virtually the whole of B 1 (Section F-F1, Fig. 21). Erosion and poorly defined hollows north of B 1 prevented a stratigraphic link between it and B 994, and it is on architectural and ceramic grounds that B 994 is attributed to Period 3B, 1 to Period 4. None of the B 1, 96 and 98 walls intersect clearly, even though they are all at about the same absolute level. B 1 and 98 had access to the same external surface, 17 (Fig. 40), so they were contemporary. On the other hand, it seems that the builders of B 1 may have truncated the eastern part of B 98 since the floor edge of the former was intact and the floor of the latter petered out at the juncture. The evidence is not secure, and one could even have served as an annex to the other. The second floor of B 98 may have risen over Units 166/7 which underlie B 96, hence there is a possible sequence B 98 - 96 - 1 here. While these relationships must remain in some doubt due largely to the fact that all three buildings lay in ploughsoil, no doubt surrounds the position of the Mortuary Enclosure, B 375, whose postholes were securely stratified under B 98 (Fig. 47). B 994 sealed pits of the Ceremonial Area. In LAP II.1A, 5, Fig. 2.1, they are shown above B 4, but more recent evidence for similar pits below that structure suggests that some or all of the Ceremonial Area may antedate B 4 also (see § 3.8). LAP II.1A, 5, Fig. 2.1 also shows the relationship between sequence 4 and buildings to the north and west. B 2 and 206 were laid

Sequence 6: Walls 2089, 1299/2039, 2100 and Building 1295 (Fig. 30) This sequence comprises remnants of the eastern arcs of building walls preceding B 1295. They are located to the west of B 1295 in Fig. 30. The first, 2089, has part of 1299/2039 placed over its floor. It is assumed, but

2

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

not proven, that wall 2100 is the last since it was incorporated into B 1295. See also § 3.3. To the north and contemporary or founded a little earlier than B 1295 lay contiguous wall 1398. Connections to the south were disturbed by later T. 550 (Section A-A1) and 558, but the remaining plastery fill of the corridor, 1215, abutted both structures. We have seen that B 1161 antedates sequence 5, hence all buildings north of B 3 are earlier than that major Period 4 structure. The section through Paved Track 35 (Fig. 30 inset) shows that the first two surfaces of the track antedate B 1328 but are contemporary with B 1161. With the construction of B 1328, road pavings blocked entry 2002 of B 1161. Thus, sequence 6 also antedates the large buildings to the south-east, and hence structures within it are the earliest in the Main Area.

Log. Associated objects are detailed in LAP Volume II.1A where the buildings are treated by period (see § 3.2-5). B 1 (Pl. 9.4,5; Figs. 22, 39, 40). See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 5, 60 Severely plough disturbed sub-circular structure founded in a 10-15 cm deep plastered scoop immediately over B 4 of Period 3B in 20.24.2 and 21.24.4. It belongs to Period 4 because of diagnostic ceramic types on its floor and its stratigraphic relationship with Period 4 B 98 to the west. This is also confirmed by contemporary well-preserved Period 4 surface 17 to its south. As they overlay other Period 4 deposits, including B 375, and B 1 was cut by Period 4 pits 7, 18 (containing Gr. 501), 19 and 20, it was built during the course of Period 4, probably later rather than earlier. Maximum external length 5.4 m; internal roofed space 20.5 m2.

Upper Terrace Sequence 7: Buildings 2180, 1547 and 1016 (Figs. 3.1, 3.3; Section J-J1, Fig. 24)

Wall 9 Type 2 wall with reddish clay and mud and many derived objects, including RWL bowl KM 400 (Pl. 25.1012; Fig. 74.9) which very likely came from underlying B 4. It is not certain if the wall continued as such on the north side where no trace survives. It may have been replaced or accompanied by posts (e.g. Units 241, 247-9) just beyond the scoop. Typical wall plaster, 2163, which continued down the edge of the floor scoop, provides good evidence for its original position in the west. Other postholes, 16 and 223, interrupt the wall line and so it is not entirely clear if posts along the wall circumference are part of its structure, post-date it or antedate it in the manner of the adjacent, better preserved sequence B 375 - B 98. There, distinct floors were attributable to B 375 and B 98, but in B 1 there is only a single floor. So, unless an earlier floor was removed in the creation of B 1 scoop, it is assumed there is only one structure here with a badly preserved Type 2 wall. A secondary rubbly floor patch, 15, may be no more than minor refurbishment.

Compact soil conditions here and minimal superficial disturbance or LChal pitting allow greater certainty with regard to stratigraphic relations than in the Main Area. J-J1 is a north - south section that shows the floor of B 1547 and, 0.50 m above, and separated by the prolific general level 1539, B 1016. The centre of the latter replacement structure was transposed 5 m to the south of B 1547. Some 30 cm below and to the south of B 1547 are traces of postholes and a surface, the earlier remains of a curvilinear timber-bounded structure, B 2178, that is associated with a number of deep pits to the north-west of J-J1. They lie below 1570 and are associated with surface 1556. Both units are shown in section E-E1 on the west (Fig. 20). There, however, 1556 lay above colluvial deposits in a large cut, 1667, which could be attributed to a much earlier period on the basis of finds and a C14 date (see § 3.1) . To conclude, sequence 7 stone-based structures may be attributed to two successive occupational phases separated by general deposit 1539 and its congeners. The first comprises B 1547, B 1638 to its south and B 1590 to its east. B 1547 and 1638 are tenuously connected by a general deposit 1631 which underlay B 1016. The second consists of B 1016 and B 1565 to its north. While it was not possible to link the two by a continuous level, both were securely stratified above 1539.

Entrance? An irregular gap in the southern part of the wall incorporated postholes 16, 22-3. These may be part of arrangements for an entrance and porch, but no characteristic door pivot was found here, or elsewhere by the wall. On the other hand, edge-set stones interpreted as wedges for a door prop (see Fig. 3.2) were located in socket 11 south-west of the central hearth and so not oriented to this gap. They were aligned instead with a slight interruption in the wall, but preservation is too poor to venture beyond the suggestion that an entrance probably existed in the south. This proposal is supported by the occurrence of stakeholes in the area since they are sometimes found inside entrances (cf. Figs. 41, 49; Pl. 14.3).

§ 15.2 The buildings (E.P.) Buildings here are presented sequentially and for each structure a general description with grid location, overall measurements, stratigraphic notes, wall, entrance, hearth and floor deposits are given. Buildings are in the Main Area unless otherwise stated. For succinct further details of units mentioned here, see Appendix A, Unit

3

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

Floor 1 ( 2161, 5, 24-5)

walls (441, 455, 1074) in the south-east segment, immediately to the right of the entry, the remnants of a central hearth 41-2, and in the remaining area, at a slightly lower level, an earth floor consolidated with plaster, 131, in the north-west. Over the thin occupation were a scatter of wall stones up to 1.60 m from the wall base and compacted mud wash, Unit 36, up to the top level of the stone wall base, then a mass of compacted mud wash 33, 107, 130, 161 and 286, at 0.60 m thick, the thickest building superstructure collapse recorded at Kissonerga. Either before or after the commencement of the collapse, a pit, 125, was cut into Gr. 503 in the north-east of the interior and its capstone replaced inside the grave and not on its ledge as customary (see § 4.2 and Fig. 52).

Once the wide earth wall base had been installed at the edge of the scoop, the interior was levelled up with mud and rubble (24), and finished off with plaster (2161). This surface was plough scarred, but this was only the deepest of three differently aligned levels of ploughing that affected this structure, especially its fill, comprising Units 5 and 242. The floor was also damaged by irregular scoops in the north and was disturbed in the east. A central platform hearth, 10, survived between north-south furrows and several stake and postholes (2162) were recorded in the floor. Many of these could post-date the structure, but the arrangement of a series of postholes, 6, 12, 14 around the hearth and beside stone KM 386, suggests that they are roof supports for B 1. The depth of their bases are within 6 cm of each other. The eastern floor was stained red for an area of nearly 2 m2. Since plough furrows cause only very limited lateral displacement of artefacts and there are no traces of overlying structures, some of the 24 registered objects from prolific fills 5 and 242 probably belonged to onfloor activities in the building. This is supported by consistency of object type in these fills and on the floor. If we include items above these fills in superficial deposits over B 1, some 50 objects may be associated with A and S* deposition modes in the structure. Small ground stone tools, together with some 9 conical stones dominate the assemblage. The only unusual object, figurine KM 332 (Fig. 80.6), comes from the packing in posthole 6, and all objects from there are considered derived.

Wall 34 Type 3 wall, the best preserved at Kissonerga, showing how great care, commensurate with the engineering feats required to roof such a structure, was taken to lay a regular foundation course at this time. Hard compacted mud 15 cm thick was found in patches on top of this stone base. Against its northern base was skirting, 388, as in other Period 3B structures, here put in place before the construction of the final paving of adjacent Paved Track 35 which respected its position. It was cut by Period 4? pit 733 which contained exceptionally large pestles (KM 631-2: Fig. 91.4) placed vertically. The pit was sunk through cloddy, light brown wash from the walls and roof, and other units, but these were disturbed by plough furrows and Periods 4 and 5 occupation. Another pit, 2121, slighted its north-east arc. Although empty of finds, position and shape suggest it was a grave. See also replacement structure? below.

Building 2, probable replacement structure and Courtyard 1328 (Pls. A.2, 1.3, 5, 5.1-3, 20.7; Figs. 21, 31-2). See also § 3.4; Preliminary 5, 60-1, Fig. 3 right; 7, 35, Pl. V.1; Prehistory 7, 23, Fig. 5

Entrance 1695 Located in the south-west where it received protection from the adjacent wall of B 206, unpaved, with western jamb destroyed by pit 71, eastern finished off neatly but unthickened. There were no traces of a pivot stone for the door, but pit 171 on the interior is aligned with the eastern jamb and would have been suitable for an edgeset stone for a door prop wedged at c. 1.50 m from the door.

Located mainly in Square 22.24, this large, fine structure occupied the space between Paved Track 35, B 206 and 1000 and the Ceremonial Area (see LAP II.2) belonging to Period 3B. Buttress 147 of B 206 was placed on the wall foundation of B 2 (Pl. 6.4) and hence, although initially contemporary foundations, B 2 was demolished during the life of B 206. B 2 was founded on Unit 2156, Period 2 wash, and is stratified below a pitted and eroded area that contain fragments of typical Period 3B plaster flooring indicative of a replacement structure. It had one occupation deposit (245, 286, 347, 444) in which floors were patched up, and it was deliberately abandoned, with few finds left on the floors and the partition walls carefully dismantled. With a max diam. 10 m and internal area of 64.3 m2, this is one of the largest buildings at Kissonerga and of prehistoric Cyprus. The interior comprised a single phase occupation with a high quality Type 4 floor 389 defined by robbed

Hearth 41-2 Type 2? consisting of the lower remnants of a well constructed, large example with traces of burning in its core. The upper, finished part of the hearth seems to have eroded away or, more likely, to have been intentionally removed (cf. B 1547). Room 2158, Floor 131 The majority of the interior was an uneven earth floor with a thin spread of plaster, patched up, in the northeast. In keeping with the deliberate removal of items

4

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

from the building, the other areas only retained sparse remains, without the fixtures that were to become common in Period 4. This is unfortunate as B 2 is the only Period 3B building with an intact western floor zone. Clearly, storage jars were placed here, but evidence for 5+ examples can only represent a small proportion of the original complement. This observation is supported by the traces of three storage jars (Type 6, but too little remained to register) from uprooted wall channel 441/455 beside Room 2157. Associated lids and stopper (KM 341-3) are for other vessels since they are too small for extant vessel shapes (unless lids in fact served as bases: they would match the basal diameter of KM 5501). To judge from the numerous Period 3B sherds and pithoi KM 3490-1, many objects from the building were dumped in the adjoining courtyard, 1328. A line of stake holes, 201, may have been for stakes to help prop up the unstable jars, or a screen to demarcate a store area. If, as suggested, the building had been deliberately vacated and a new one placed 60 cm higher, it is possible that some items were re-used there. In that case, the RWL basin KM 3260 (Fig. 67.2), and figurines KM 291-2, 670 (Pl. 32.6; Figs. 84.8, 15, 87.1) may originally have been used in B 2.

In its vicinity, some 10 cm lower, were fragmentary remains of pits (e.g. 105, 118, 411/80, 637), hollow 171, floor 84 with setting 70 and hearth 78 and a curving wall fragment 148 set above and on the inner perimeter as the wall of B 2. The floor fragment lay some 5 m to the east of the concave face of wall 148. While several of these features possessed Period 4 pottery, the evidence from others was exclusively Period 3B. Those with Period 4 material were probably cut down from levels removed in modern land consolidation. A successor to B 2 therefore might have been largely removed by Period 4 activity and the plough. The superimposition of wall 148 partly over and largely congruent with wall 34 is consistent with sequential structure relationships at Kissonerga (e.g. B 3/86; 855/493). While poor preservation prevents certainty, it seems highly likely that a fine Period 3B building existed over the collapse of abandoned B 2. This is significant since it bears on the longevity of Period 3B, on the question of the existence of a contemporary building to the north of the Ceremonial Area with perhaps direct access to it, and on the context of the remarkable events surrounding the disturbance of Gr. 503 in B 2 (see § 4.4).

Room 2157, Floor 389

Courtyard 1328

Floor 389 was originally defined by stone walls radiating east and south from the central hearth. Ghosts of removed stones attest to the deliberate removal of these radials, though a line of 10 stones was left in place in 1074, and postholes beside pit 171 suggest a halftimbered or ‘colonnaded’ roof-support from the entrance to the hearth. Floor edges have frayed and cracked in time as, unsupported by retaining walls, they subsided to the lower levels of adjacent surfaces. No entry to Room 2157 was preserved (but note the possibility of openings between posts), and any imperishable contents had been removed. The floor itself was laid so that, in places, it did not quite reach the wall, either because of an intermediate cladding 4-5 cm thick or because of multiple phasing. A post against the wall, 290, and random stake holes, 2164, in the hard floor indicate the presence of roof supports or furnishings. Pit 734 and later Gr. 512 were the only other features in this cleaned out room.

Abutting its north was an annex, paved courtyard 1328, a much-pitted yard of undefined extent, but probably enclosing an area of some 38.5 m2, with about 20 posts in a zone parallel to and up to 1 m from the wall of B 2. There were no signs of direct access between the two, but one may have existed since B 2 wall foundation was low and late pit 416/733 cut it in this area. Another? access to courtyard 1328 existed 4 m north of B 2 off Paved Track 35 at 1361 where a hard lime block? was placed as a threshold. An exceptional pit inside this annex, 1426, probably sealed by 292, the surface from which the posts outside B 2 wall were cut, contained 17 stone lids, large pithos fragments and three jar stoppers. The size of these objects correspond to store vessels in adjoining B 2, but pottery fabric suggests Period 3A. The preponderance of RMP and scarcity of RWL in the pit also corresponds with statistics in B 2. This anomaly has not been satisfactorily resolved. Pithos House (Building 3) (Pls. 1.5, 6; 9.3; 10-13; Figs. 3.5-10, 19.2, 39, 41-3). See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 5, 60-61, Fig. 3 left; Preliminary 7, 29, 34, Pl. V. 3,4; 9, 3,6-7; Prehistory 5, 5, Fig. 6; 7, 28-9, Fig. 8

Replacement structure? A thick, white plastered Type 4 floor, 77, was found 0.60 m above floor 131 on a solid ridge between plough furrows. It was 1.35 m in length and hence, taken together with other fragments, e.g. 211, it once covered a substantial area. Such floors are only attested inside buildings of Period 3B, so it probably belonged to a successor Period 3B structure. The density of nearby finds in the same plough disturbed horizon, especially RWL basin KM 3260 (Fig. 67.2), supports this contention.

[For references to illustrations of the many pottery vessels from this building, see Table 5.10 and Appendix B] Large circular destroyed structure of Period 4, freestanding except for short abutting wall 47 on the east. Located partly below B 86 and immediately north of

5

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

and stratigraphically below B 204, mainly in Quadrants 22.23.1-2 and 23.23.3. Max ext. diam. 9.1 m, roofed area c. 48.4 m2, entrance facing south. This severely burnt structure is known as the Pithos House because it yielded 37 storage vessels (more existed originally) which occupied a large proportion of its floor area, far in excess of the needs of a normal domestic unit and quite atypical for Kissonerga or other prehistoric sites of Cyprus. The Pithos House is superimposed over B 1103 of Period 3B (Pl. 9.3), but it was established after the start of Period 4 since it was also partly superimposed above quarry 654 which belonged to the same period (Pl. 19.5). A ‘squatter’ occupation, called B 706, and a succeeding structure, B 86, were established in the shell of its ruins. Both also belong to Period 4 on ceramic and stratigraphic grounds. Since B 86 was a two-phase structure it is probable that the Pithos House is relatively early within Period 4 (see § 2.3 and 14.7) It was slighted by pits 63 and 2132 which cut its wall, and by pits 279, 471 and 631 (see discussion under B 706) and probably 777/823, an irregular gully to the east of the hearth. The Pithos House was cut into the collapsed wall of B 1161 to the north (Pl. 3.2) where we found an irregular, c. 30 cm deep foundation trench (392, 778, 1121: see Section D-D1, Fig. 19.2). External surfaces were truncated there, and to the south. These stratigraphic details and five radiocarbon dates from the building supersede preliminary reports which suggested it was contemporary with B 2 (Preliminary 5, 61) Signs of severe burning occurred throughout the Pithos House. The suddenness of its destruction is vividly attested by the body of a child, Unit 2138, trapped in the western collapse of the upper wall and roof.

and compacted mud from the upper walls followed subsequently. Bricky material (354) retained parallel timber impressions of a half-timbered component, perhaps where the roof joined the wall. In the north-east, compacted mud, plaster and ash (fill 324) above stones suggest that the wall was plastered high up. Another fill, 330, possessed numerous stakeholes (cf. Unit 821 over B 855). Internal roof supports were probably necessary for a flat-roofed structure this size, but only three probable pairs of shallow postholes in the north and east, and a single one, 1260, were disclosed. A group of flat stones (2175) 0.80 m to the south-west of the hearth and rougher stones beside mortar 612, about the same distance from the hearth as two postholes to the north, may mean that posts were also propped on slabs, as shown in Fig. 3.9. Linear timber stains 349, 429 and 461 lay in the ash above the floor. Most were oriented NE-SW and some were aligned with postholes, as if fallen from those positions. Widths varied from 10 to 30 cm, but these figures are probably meaningless due to distortions from above. In one instance, compacted mud was encased by timber that survived as bands of dark soil replacements. They were concentrated in the south part of the structure, especially the south-east where there was an exceptionally dense concentration of fine ash, 5 x 1 m, against the wall. Ash and some timbers may come from internal furnishings. The absence of timbers in the north may be due to inextricable mixture with abundant pottery and ash. Above one charred timber stain and pottery lay Unit 492, a rectangular area of stones set in rough courses, two deep, in hard-packed mortar, 1.40 x 0.97 m, bounded on two parallel sides by a burnt timber frame, 0.06 - 0.08 m wide. This boxed element was aligned with the entrance 1.45 m to the south and it has the same width as the entrance. Surviving side timbers are aligned with the entrance jambs. It may thus be part of a collapsed, blocked doorway, though it seems far from the entrance. Alternative explanations, such as a ramp leading from the entrance (cf. B 98 and 834), or a seat or bench near the hearth and mortar emplacements are unlikely since it lies over a burnt timber, collapsed pithos sherds and the edge-set stone for the door brace, hence it arrived in the position we found it after the destructive fire had commenced. Above the timbers and lighter ash lay wall and roof? stones in disarray, together with bricky material, plaster patches, ash and burnt, compacted mud. They had crashed down onto the pithoi in such a way that sherds and stones became inextricably mixed.

Wall 46 Substantial wall, surviving 7 courses to a max height of 0.78 m, eroded to the south-west. The large number of calcarenites is unusual for a Period 4 structure and may be accounted for by robbing of B 206 during havara quarry 654 operations, perhaps to extract material for B 3. A short skirting of stones, 763, was placed at the external south-eastern wallbase. On the inside, small stones in its lowest course merge into pebbles which extend below the inner wall face as a backing for the sloped wall mud coating. Amongst this aggregate in the north-east was a fragmentary cruciform figurine, KM 2952 (Fig. 84.2). The wall interior was coated with a thick mud coating which was unevenly applied and, in addition to being burnt and flaked, in a poor state suggestive of prolonged use. Its elevation leaned inwards 3 cm in a height of 0.50 m. Structural debris comprising burnt timbers, reed impressed daub (S 335) and compacted mud below discoloured and fire-blackened stones filled the interior together with objects to a depth of some 0.50 m. This sequence suggests that the roof collapsed and stones

Entrance 607 Roughly paved entry with fill 606 and missing western jamb; pivot stone 1705 on the inner west corner, partly covered with floor plaster, edge-set stone 1711 aligned at a distance of 1.50 m from the eastern jamb. Between it and the entry were many stake holes that formed part

6

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

of wider distribution, 2173 (see below). Another possible pivot, 2140, was flanked by a small upright as in some stone settings. It was situated some 7 cm lower inside the eastern jamb. Pivot? 2140, double post settings (2 pairs in the east, one in the north) and extensive traces of early activity within the structure suggests that the destroyed occupation was the last in a building with a lengthy/intense use, involving at least one renovation event.

others were undoubtedly pushed into the soft matrix below the broken up floor. As there was no clear way of dissociating them, they are considered in primary depositional context, though it is likely that many were curated or earlier discards. Another inflationary bias that may affect the ‘A’ category is the density of artefacts around pot settings. Leaving aside the ‘S*’ recycled tools used as pot wedges, loose objects here may be de facto material. In spite of these caveats, it should be emphasised that the vast majority of recovered material from B 3 clearly belongs to ‘A’ mode. In general terms, the interior contained a substantial assemblage of pithoi in the north opposite the entrance, interrupted once by a possible oil press, an unbounded store area for ground stone tools against the western wall, more pithoi, some basins and a large stone mortar, KM 882, resting on a flat slab in the south-east, a fixture-free area in the east and a large platform hearth, 828, in the centre. The pithoi were installed in two systems: as permanent components of B 3, fixed in two rows of 16 stands against the northern wall and as temporary components set loosely on the floor, the unstable ones propped up by adjacent vessels. The latter filled much of the area from the fixed pithoi to within 2 m of the doorway. Another stand, 845, was located against the south-west wall. Much of the interior floor space therefore was occupied by pithoi and other containers at the time of its destruction. Objects (see list, § 3.5) were abundant throughout the destruction/occupation material over the floor to a max depth of 0.57 m. The axes and adzes that were common in the north could have been derived from cache 846, in which case the cache was originally much larger than recorded. The large mortar, KM 882, may have been used to prepare foodstuffs destined for some of the pithoi, or for crushing olives, but no pestle was recovered in its vicinity. Pestles were found amongst some 20 stone tools piled against the west wall. Conical stones and fragments of RB/B bowls were the most common artefacts on the floor. Numerous natural materials suggest industrial and other activities. Flint knapping is indicated by cores, red ochre working by flecks and lumps throughout, picrolite working by a waste flake, food preparation by relevant equipment and by faunal remains in the south-east, and ceremony by tritons against the west wall. It may well be that the dentalia beads in the south-west segment, and figurines and pendants came from disturbed pits. On the other hand, many finds attributed to B 706 may originally have belonged to the Pithos House (see B 706 in § 3.5).

Early features Below the final occupation level were signs of earlier activity that apparently belonged to the building, even if no associated floor could be defined. The zone of stake holes, 2173, stretching from the entrance around the east of the hearth to the pithos stands, as well as rubble, ground stone tools and axe cache 846 sealed below the pithos stands, small hearth 887 patched over with grey plaster, and perhaps finds from the subsided south-east segment are all stratified below components ascribed to the final occupation. Since Department of Antiquities policy demands that major intact buildings are not removed in excavation, this disturbed occupation was only partly excavated and results are too ambiguous to indicate its character. The rubble in the north and the south-east may be no more than builders’ infill for floor 695, obtained from levelling the northwest part of B 206 unaffected by quarrying. See below for implications regarding artefact inventory analysis. Floor 1 (695) Only patches of the orangey clay floor were found together with a thin lime-based plaster. Its dilapidated state is accounted for by long usage, lack of solid foundation and pressure from overlying collapse. Only the clean eastern segment was tamped down hard, and partly rested on natural marl? as in several chalcolithic buildings. Unwoven silicates occurred regularly on the undersides of stones resting on the floor, so suggesting that it was carpeted with irregular matting or the like. So soft was it in places that we had difficulties ascertaining what lay on or below floor level, and this issue has important implications regarding allocation of objects to the ‘A’ deposition mode of Floor 1. That a sequence of activities and structural changes took place during the occupancy is made clear by the early features mentioned above, by occupation material 1285 and 1287 securely below the floor, and by triton shells inaccessibly trapped behind pithoi against the wall, but in no place was an earlier floor discerned. This might be insignificant were it not for the plentiful finds recovered from the softer fills below a horizontal projection of floor 695. Some could antedate the main use of the building, perhaps as components of floor foundation, though the material lay in a soft ashy matrix and it comprised the same types of small objects as on the floor rather than have the characteristics of ballast;

The pithoi (for Areas see Fig. 3.7) Permanently installed pithoi were supported on stone slabs, shallow pits and especially by stone tools recycled as wedgestones. Eight stands stood against the back wall, 6 in front of them (Areas 1 and 3) and one more had been placed between the second row and the

7

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

hearth. A band av 1.5 m deep against the north wall opposite the entrance was thus set aside for permanent storage. Fragmentary remains of a temporary stand, 824, and stand 845 for special vessel KM 5581 occurred in Area 4. This is a minimal number of stands as there were dislodged wedgestones which could not be associated with existing settings. There were three areas of vessels without stands: between the permanent pithoi and the hearth (Area 2), between the door pivot and the hearth (Area 4) and to the right of the entry (Area 5). As many containers had small, slightly rounded bottoms, they must have been unstable and so originally leaned against each other for support. Details of the reconstruction of these badly destroyed, friable vessels are found in § 5.2. Only those protected by the wall, KM 3299, 3300, 5556, 5552 (Pl. 12.4) were tolerably well preserved. Because of lack of variation in types, it was possible to restore on paper many of the total of 37 pithoi for typological, spatial, volumetric and other studies. Many are shown on Figs. 70 and 72. KM 5581 was probably a special vessel with flat base. Contrary to assessments in preliminary reports, maximum diameters allow the full complement to rest on the floor: there was no need for stacking. Two groups are to be distinguished on the basis of presence or absence of fixed supports: 1) a permanent group associated with such installations and 2) a temporary group without built-in supports (Table 3.1). Some of the latter were occasionally propped by single stones (e.g. KM 5564). Permanent group 1) comprises mainly holemouth store jars and large barrel types, whereas temporary group 2) in Areas 2-4 had a greater variety of types, with the holemouth store jars still dominant. There is thus a sound correlation between vessel types and the two groups (§ 5.3). Close to the hearth were smaller vessels of different shapes: bowls, spouted vessels and slender collared jars. This spatial distinction is important. The small pouring vessels near the hearth indicate complementary activities in which liquids and comestibles were being processed or prepared for storage, or for consumption. The large mortar, KM 882, was fixed south-east of the hearth between the concentrations of group 2) vessels, and hence central to these processing activities. These associations suggest that at the time of its destruction B 3 was used for food processing and storage rather than exclusively as a depot for empty pots (Preliminary 9, 3) or for feasting (Keswani 1994). KM 5581, a CW massive barrel against the south-west wall, truncated by the wall of B 86 and by occupation in B 706, was also special by virtue of its isolated location, the flat compacted mud surface on which it stood and association with animal bones. So coarse and badly burnt was it that it was originally thought to be an oven. Other stands have concave slots to receive pithoi.

The stabilisers of KM 5581 were set on an accumulation of occupation material, hence it is a secondary installation. Small, fragile RB/B hemibowls and ovoid bowls also occurred in large numbers in the Pithos House. The best preserved were protected near the wall base and inside jars. Barrel jar KM 5558 contained a triangular bowl, KM 1248 (Pl. 28.6; Fig. 70.8), and nests of bowls that included KM 1246, 1249, 1254-5 and 1257 (Pl. 28.3; Figs. 69.6, 10, 12, 70.1, 2). The bowl sherd density plot (Fig. 3.8) indicates that while they occurred throughout floor deposits, their distribution correlates specifically with both groups of pithoi. The correlations suggest that some fine ware bowls were used to distribute stored products; and, their gradated sizes indicates their use as measures (see § 5.3). Unfortunately, breakage was severe amongst these thin-walled vessels, and consequently most rim sherdage is so small it falls below the 10% threshold required by the LAP recording system to establish diameters. Of the complete bowls, small hemibowls (n=4) have an average capacity of 1.3 litres, with a s.d. of 0.2, and ovoid bowls (n=5) contain an average of 1.39 litres with a s.d. of 0.32. The absence of wheel or mould production precludes real regularity. Although it was not possible to establish a minimum bowl count, they were extremely common in the Pithos House and much more standardised than in previous periods (see § 5.3 and Wallace 1995). Even allowing for normal breakage through time, numbers suggest there were more than required by a nuclear family and so their use as measures for redistribution of stored commodities beyond the Pithos House cannot be ruled out. Approximately 4,000 litres could be stored in the pithoi. In two other notable cases of Mediterranean island storage vessel concentrations, it has been assumed (Warren 1972; but see now Hamilakis 1996) or plausibly shown (Keswani 1992) that olive oil was the major stored commodity. While it is clear that liquids were amongst the handled products (see § 5.3), and olive oil would account for the severity of the fire, olive pits were rare amongst the recovered carbonised flora from the structure, and only come from general fills (Units 383 and 2134). There is, however, other evidence that points to olive oil production in association with bulk storage here. Initially interpreted as atypical pot stands because of their position amongst stands against the north wall and the quantity of sherdage lying on and round them, Units 725 and 2174 on Fig. 41 (= KM 5045-6 on Fig. 42) are a pair of unusually large worked stones, 2174 a thick block with elongated depression on its upper surface, 725 a drum-shaped block with a recess around the top of a circular cavity (Fig. 3.10). Clearly, they are too large, anomalous and specialised to have been intended as pot supports, although they may have been used as such secondarily. (KM 5046 from Unit 725 and KM

8

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

5045 from Unit 2174 are classed as a mortar and stone setting in § 7.4 and 19.5, but the holemouth-shaped cavity of KM 5046 is too awkward and unusual for it to have served as such conveniently). The exceptional character of these two heavy blocks, their association and the specific attributes of KM 5046 are virtually identical with installations for olive oil production, for example at Tell Miqne-Ekron (Gitin 1995, 63, Fig. 4.2). In these installations, olives were crushed in the shallow basin by a roller, and the remaining olive pulp was put in baskets or bags stacked on drum-shaped presses. Around the cavities of the latter are recesses to seat the bags, exactly as on KM 5046. This pair of stone objects was flanked on the east by stands 726 and 836 and on the west by 723 and 724. Since there were no stands to the south, between these blocks and the hearth, there was unimpeded access for working. (Note: Vessel positions in Fig. 3.1 are secure for those locked onto stands; the others are approximate and hence it is uncertain if vessels stood in front of the installation). Given the proximity of the installation to the wall, a press lever may even have been inserted in a recess higher up, as in later instances. While the structural parallels with later olive oil presses are striking, Gitin notes some peculiarities (pers comm 21.2.96). Thus, the size of the press is about half that of the Miqne presses, and the sump about a third. The design on the top, on the other hand, is rather sophisticated. These are not insuperable qualms in the present state of our knowledge of the development of olive press technology, especially in Cyprus. The basin, it should be noted, does not have a spout or high rim to control the liquids, hence the majority of the liquid may have been obtained from the only other heavy duty stone object here, the large mortar beside the hearth, KM 882. The many pestles from B 3 could have been used in the mortar, as well as rollers in the basin. Whatever the function of 725 and 2154, they imply heavy-duty activities, catchment of liquids in a sump and, most likely, storage in the adjacent pithoi. These factors are consistent with olive oil production. Thus, we may have here the evidence for oil extraction that Hadjisavvas, in his survey of Cypriot olive oil processing, believes to have existed prior to the LC (Hadjisavvas 1992, 115). While palaeobotanical and gas chromatography analysis do not contradict this conclusion, they do little to provide positive support. Only some olive pits were recovered from B 3. The small number may be due to the fact that most were crushed (cf. Tyree and Stefanoudaki 1996; Hamilakis 1996, 3), or burnt in the destruction. According to Murray, olives were morphologically wild at this time (§ 11.6), but they are attested from the aceramic neolithic, and there are many lamps from Vrysi, presumably oil lamps (Peltenburg 1982). Gas chromatography failed to identify likely contents of the pithoi, although it was thought that oil

was unlikely (§ 5.5). However, the sampled pithoi (Table 5.18) do not come from the pots around this installation or the main jars against the back wall. The botanical evidence could suggest that the inhabitants possessed a great variety of edibles in B 3, but we do not know what was inside the pithoi. Flotation yielded wheat, barley, grape, lentils, pistacia, fig and olive. However, none of the species is present in sufficient quantity to conclude that it was being stored. Carbonised seeds were associated with four of the 17 permanent pithoi and with 9 of the 18 temporary vessels (Fig. 3.6). The range of seed types from the area of the potspreads belonging to individual vessels is always too great to indicate contents, assuming that stored species were unique to individual vessels. For example, there were 7 types associated with collared jar KM 1825, 6 with each of holemouth storage jars KM 3299 and 3300. If pots contained distinct crop products, these became irretrievably mixed when the vessels cracked and split in the fire and the superstructure smashed onto the remnants. Murray (§ 11) believes most carbonised seeds from B 3 are from fuels. Thus, other storage possibilities need to be considered. Filleted meat could, theoretically, have been stored, but this seems unlikely. Very few identified faunal remains were associated with the pithoi (pig and deer only). Another approach is to consider vessel function. Bolger concludes that most capacity was for liquid storage (see § 5.3). Pouring vessels indicate that liquids were used here. Within a Mediterranean economy, olive oil and wine are likely. As noted above, olive oil is probable, and its ignition may account for the many severely burnt in situ pithos bases. A powdery white substance on vessels KM 1951, 5558 and 5565 was unanalysed. Wine would turn sour unless it was sealed in the pots. Most pithoi had wide mouths, and the only recovered lids/stoppers, a friable plaster jar stopper KM 700 and 1082, and S 345 are too small to have sealed the pithoi mouths. The possibility that vessels were empty at the time of the destruction is real, but unlikely since we have concluded that processing activities were taking place at the time of the destruction and, unless they represent dung fuel, there is the evidence of the seeds. This evidence suggests that a high volume of liquid storage existed in the Pithos House. The wide mouths of store vessels and the material remains of processing equipment suggests that wine and water could not have been important. Olive oil, therefore, may have comprised a significant proportion of bulk storage in B 3. Building 4 (Pls. A.2, 1.5, 5.4-6, 6.1, 8.2; Figs. 22, 31, 33). See also § 3.4 and Preliminary 5, 60; 7, 31-2 The eastern half of this partitioned circular structure survives below B 1 in 20.24.2 and 21.24.4. Originally contiguous with B 206 to its north-west (Fig. 14.5). Max external diam. 9.3 m, reconstructed roofed area

9

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

c. 50.3 m2. Substantial sub-divided building founded in the north over discrete stone scatters 2082 and 2087/2104 which, although at the same depth and contiguous with the Ceremonial Area stone-filled pits, do not share their characteristics. Foundation trench 1696 suggests that B 4 was terraced into sloping ground from levels which have now disappeared. Sealed by B 1 of Period 4 which lay 0.25 m above its single floor. The surviving northern wall terminal was just overlain by the wall and floor of B 994, the last recorded structure of Period 3B in this area. Its western half was truncated by Period 4 hollow 228, surface 150, pit 19 and graves of Mortuary Enclosure 375. Pit 18 containing Gr. 501 slighted its south-eastern wall, and contemporary Gr. 568 was placed beyond its north-east wall. Between Gr. 568 and the wall was Gr. 514. It is attributed to Period 4 on the basis of associated sherdage from that period (the majority ware is RB/B). On the other hand, its position at the north-east of B 4 wall arc is conventional, and it could have belonged to Period 3B. In that case, it is another example of the rare burials in the high sector of Period 3B and, as argued elsewhere, the Period 4 sherdage is a result of looting by LChal inhabitants of Kissonerga (see § 14.6). Against its south side, to the east of the presumed entrance, was an alcove formed by walls 281-282 containing parts of stone figurines KM 671-2 (Pl. 31.3; Fig. 80.9) high in the fill. Both walls incorporate calcarenite blocks typical of Period 3B masonry and 281 was keyed into the wall of B 4. Traces of other walls, including 176, extend in an arc from the southern terminal of wall 29 of B 4. All these fragments indicate that the history of this part of the Period 3B settlement was complex. B 4 was probably contemporary with B 206 and contemporary or a little later than the Ceremonial Area to its north.

Room 2159, Floor 291

Wall 29

A triangular area of this partly paved room survives to the north of gully 304. Some 34 stake holes were found here, together with a tray, KM 5528, in pit 313, a RMP lid?, KM 5529, and pits on a darkened floor area. Pots were associated with powdery reddish soil common to ovens, and some cooking facility may have stood in the elongated disturbance 313. Although fragmentary, Room 2160 yielded sufficient information to show that it had a different function from Room 2159, most likely connected to cooking. Two special RWL vessels, goblet KM 1241 (Pl. 26.8; Fig. 65.6) and spouted bowl KM 400 (Pl. 25.1012; Fig. 74.9), were found in gully 304 and over wall 29 respectively (for location of latter, see Fig. 40). Although out of position, both probably belonged to B 4 and both are exceptional in terms of shape and finish. An occupation deposit of dark ash mixed with silicates accumulated to a depth of 0.20 m on the floors, but this gradated into more compacted mud-like fill when preserved for any depth. Modifications for secon-

The south-eastern segment of B 4 was paved with a Type 4 floor, thinly replastered in places, and defined now by wall 29 and gullies 304-5 and 991. The last still contains traces of its stone wall and the dimensions of 304-5 suggest that they too contained load-bearing walls that extended from the central hearth rather than merely ridges. Floor plaster curved at the juncture of 304 and 29, so forming a rounded north-east corner to the room. Extensive remnants of the hearth were detected in the dense stone scatter at 990, evidence which tallies with basal compositions of Type 4 hearths. Few features were found in Room 2159, and many were secondary. Thus, a poor earth and stone plinth (?hearth), 300, was placed over the fine white floor against the north wall, in the centre lay an arc of larger stones, 299, with a group of similar, dislodged stones 0.35 m to its south and vestiges of plastery flooring descending to the west above 314. Some Period 4 pottery was associated with 299, but as the stones project into immediately overlying B 1 foundation material, they are considered intrusive. In the 15 cm thick white floor and extending westwards from the large stone clusters near the centre of the room are two arcs of large stake holes. They were placed vertically in the hard floor and surrounded smaller ones inclined to the south-west. The purpose of this setting is unknown, and it may be questioned if stakes could have been driven into the 10 cm thick hard floor after it had been laid and allowed to harden. Their southerly extent is marked by intrusive pit 307, presumably a grave since it contained tiny fragments of human bone. The stakeholes extended beyond the thick paving into the area of the hearth, 990. Room 2160

Since almost no stone tumble was found and calcarenites typical of this wall Type (3) were not redeployed in the overlying wall of B 1, it seems unlikely that wall 29 ever possessed more than the two courses intermittently in place now. Its internal face does not seem to have been plastered, but the lowest course was partly covered by floor plaster. An external skirting may have existed. Occupation deposit 278 contained over 400 sherds and a C14 date consistent with Period 3B (Table 2.3). The latter comes from charred seeds. It is likely that Unit 278 represents a mixture of superstructure collapse and occupation. Entrance None survives, but analogy with similar roomed and ridge buildings suggests it was in the south, where the wall in gully 991, extending south from the hearth, originally abutted external wall 29.

10

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

dary use may be suggested, but most evidence for this has been removed by the terracing for B 1.

stones may have come from the roof; as there were signs of disturbance, some may have been removed or added; there were many more smaller stones than in the in situ basal courses, hence course height may have been inconsistent. In light of these variables, we suggest the 2.4 m. height be modified to c. 1.8+ m. If building heights varied according to diameter, this evidence suggests a height:diameter ratio of 1.8:4.5, or roughly 2:5 for chalcolithic curvilinear buildings.

Stone Building 86 (Pls. 13.4, 14.1-3; Figs. 3.11, 19.2, 39, 44) See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 6, 56, Pl. IIA Oval stone structure with two successive floors and entrances, int. space c. 15.6 m2, max external diameter 5.6 m. Founded on the collapsed debris of B 3 and ephemeral B 706 occupation in 22.23.1, immediately north of B 204 to which it is connected by contemporary paving 296/603. As in that adjacent structure, the upper wall here collapsed over Floor 2 and it was sealed by Unit 66. Large quantities of stone fill attest to its unusual drystone construction. B 86 was cut into B 706 and the upper fill of B 3 in such a way that some of the B 3 pottery nearly protruded into Floor 1. In order to stabilise the external periphery over the debris of B 3, a rough cobbling of small stones was inserted between walls 87 and 46, the latter being the socle of B 3 wall which was at the same height as B 86 wall base, so forming an outer ‘yard’ perimeter. The cobbled yard or corridor was devoid of finds and, it would seem, too rough in its present condition to have formed a surface for other than animals.

Entrances 94, 202 Thickened jambs flank the southern entrance, 94, with its pecked threshold slab. The doorpost presumably swung in a pivot stone which was removed from pit 93 at the inner corner of the western jamb. No edge-set stone was located, but the door in this case may have been secured by 4 vertical stakes that left a line of stake holes (280) in Floor 1, flush with the inner face of a closed door. If this reconstruction is correct, the door must have been only a few centimetres thick, at least where the stakes were placed. As is usually the case, the stakeholes were only revealed immediately below the surface of the floor. Considered together with the removal of the pivot stone, this suggests that entrance 94 was primary, and was blocked with stones when a new entrance, 202, was cut through the north wall. A ramp, 9 cm deep, led from the threshold stone c. 1 m. to the interior. Traces of plaster surfaces suggest this was a refurbishment of a heavily trodden area. It was not possible to make sense of stones on the exterior (collapse? porch?) where there was a dense concentration of stakeholes (296/603). Secondary entrance 202 only had its western jamb intact, and there was no distinct threshold or evidence for door pivot. Its eastern jamb was disturbed by basin 92 which was set into the wall base in such a way as to undermine the foundation. Cobbled exterior was uninterrupted at the entrance. It did not have the appearance of formal usage, although its western jamb was suitably rebated for a door.

Wall 87 The plan of this stone wall was an oval, flattened and thickened at its southern entrance which was placed almost directly over the entrance of underlying B 3. Another entrance, 202, pierced its north-eastern arc. The Type 4 wall was founded in a scoop so that its surviving external face comprised small stones, tilted inwards, the internal alternating courses of large rusticated blocks and smaller untreated ones. The masonry must rank as some of the best from prehistoric Cyprus since larger blocks were pecked to achieve a flat, even inner facade. Its stone superstructure, Unit 88, fell directly onto Floor 2. As whole sections, up to 5 courses high, were intact it is reasonable to conclude that it fell suddenly; that it only fell onto the interior moreover suggests deliberate action, a corbelled superstructure or other mitigating circumstance. Minor, post-collapse plough disturbance and a concentration of flint flakes and scrapers (perhaps associated with Unit 66?) were recorded in this collapse. The 5 intact tumbled courses were found in the south-east where they extended for a distance of 1.5 m from this part of wall 86. This represents the only evidence at Kissonerga for a wall built entirely of drystone masonry. Thus, min 5 courses may be reconstructed above the in situ 3 courses, giving a total stone wall height of c. 1.6 m. Another computation suggests this is a minimum height. Some 150 stones were used per course in the wall foundation. In total, 1,322 were collected from the collapse, thus indicating c. 12 courses or a wall height of c. 2.4 m. There are, however, several unknown quantities to be taken into account: some

Floor 1 (222) Some 25 cm below the superstructure tumble, 88, lay a dished floor of hard flaky plaster disturbed along its western arc by Unit 217 (see B 706). An irregular hollow in the centre, basin? 236, may once have served as a hearth. Beside it was a hemispherical basin, 216. Another, rather amorphous basin, 230, was located against the north-east wall. Its size, a plaster ridge along its base and an associated rubber (unnumbered) suggests this may have been a compartmented basin type. The scarcity of objects associated with this floor suggests that it was cleaned out before refurbishment. Floor 2 (90) Laid almost directly over Floor 1, this orangey-white fine plaster floor survived best in the centre and north-

11

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

east. It was disturbed in the west by Unit 217. A fragmentary hearth lay 2 m from entrance 202. It is assumed, but not proven, that entrance 94 was now out of use. Replacing basin 230 was a well constructed stone setting, 92, possibly a bin, so far set into the wall that it may have formed a niche or small alcove in the latter. Between it and the hearth lay part of an oven, KM 5551. To the north-west of the hearth was a group of stone tools, but most finds, mainly pounders, came from wall collapse 88. A fine light grey fill, av 10 cm thick, accumulated over the floor before the wall collapsed. It was deepest near the wall and, together with the meagre finds, it suggests a period of silting prior to collapse. The external complex at platform 2103 shown on Fig. 44 belongs to a succeeding occupation (see § 3.6).

Only a small patch of this plough scarred and stakeholed surface survived c. 6-10 cm above Floor 1. It was replastered once after c. 5 cm of occupation material had accumulated, but there were only a few conical stones that could be attributed to its use. Building 98 (Figs. 39, 40). See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 6, 56, Pl. IIB Partially preserved curvilinear structure in Quadrant 20.24.1, to west of B 1. Its northern and eastern portions are missing due to disturbance and removal, probably for the construction of B 1. Its second floor may rise over Units 166/7 which underlie B 96. There is a possible sequence B 98 - 96 here. It was sealed by the large ashy spread 65 which lay immediately below the ploughzone, and it replaced Mortuary Structure B 375. Both 65 and B 375 belong to Period 4, hence B 98 is securely stratified within the same period. Preserved covered space c. 15.9 m2.

Building 96 (Figs. 39, 40). See also § 3.5 Only a narrow eastern segment of this curvilinear structure with two floors survives in Quadrant 21.24.3. It lies immediately below the widespread ashy deposit 65-6, which to some extent cuts the western edge of the surviving building, and above general wash deposits 151 and 167. The latter extend over Period 3B B 206, and both wash units are clearly Period 4. B 96 was thus built over external ashy hollows well into Period 4. Its relationship with adjacent Period 4 B 1 is uncertain due to disturbance to the south-east. B 96 probably postdated B 98 (see § 15.1, Sequence 4 and B 98, below). It may not have been a regular circle, but assuming that it was, its estimated external diam. is 5 m, internal space 15.9 m2.

Wall 75 As in adjacent structures, B 1 and 96, this narrow wall rested on a wide bank of mud and incorporated only a few stones. Also as in B 1, it was associated with a series of postholes, but in this case the postholes were clearly sealed by the mud and stones and hence they belonged to a different, earlier structure, B 375. Because they were exactly beneath wall 75, and indeed probably preserved by that capping, B 98 may be regarded as a replacement of the underlying timber structure B 375. This is important since B 375 had a mortuary role. B 98, therefore, may have been linked in some way to the preceding burials. If so, it might explain the location of the hearth 124 (see below). Attached to the western external face was plaster basin 103, and outside the southern entrance was a plastered area (17/150) with circular (21) and other (102) arrangements of stakeholes, and an accumulation of occupation material 79 and 83.

Wall 73 A 3 m irregularly curving arc of a feeble Type 5 wall survives on the uphill, eastern edge of the structure. In places only c. 25 cm wide, it is unlikely to have supported a substantial superstructure. Floor 1 (69)

Entrance 1702

Badly broken up plastered surface lying directly on preexisting ashy material beneath. About 3 m2 of this stake-holed (1701) surface survives as a crescent against the east wall, together with plastered stone setting 111 abutting the wall, a number of indistinct and better preserved (145) postholes or pits, and a fragmentary plastered sub-circular feature (172) beyond the floor crescent which by its dimensions, central hollow and position was probably the hearth. Its centre is 2.3 m from the wall, so suggesting an original internal diameter of 4.6 m if B 96 was circular. Occupation deposit 129 increases in depth closer to the wall and it was there that virtually all tools were recovered, some perhaps derived from disturbed settings.

The narrow entrance was placed in the south, framed by large jamb stones with door pivot 1703 on the left and edge-set stone 1707 set upright by the hearth, c. 1 m from and along the central axis of the entrance. The unpaved threshold, unusually, leads down from the floors to the external surface, 17. Floor 1 (128) A levelled off area, tamped flat with plaster patches best preserved where they run up to inner face of wall 75. Although it was of poor consistency, it clearly sealed the many pits below (see B 375). The most important feature of this remnant floor area was hearth 124. Its reddened top was truncated hence only its base, without firebowl survived. That it was a platform hearth is confirmed by its makeup, size and location. A

Floor 2 (68)

12

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

special feature of its position is that it was placed directly in the fill of the upper shaft of chamber T. 505 (Fig. 53). Given the builders’ knowledge of underlying Mortuary Structure B 375 (see above), the possibility exists that there was an intended relationship between burials and hearth. Less speculatively, because the floor was disturbed round the hearth at the lip of the T. 505 shaft, it might be argued that the grave was cut through the building, that 124 belongs to the grave and that both post-date B 98. This is regarded as highly unlikely because no other graves have hearths inside their shafts and the disturbance is better explained by shaft subsidence. It is quite unlikely that grave-diggers chose to dig the shaft precisely where B 98 hearth was, take it away in the course of the construction of the tomb and then replace it with another for continued use of B 98. A more plausible explanation is gained from an appreciation of traditional building practices and natural agencies. As described in § 15.3, Type 3 hearths were constructed in hollows (cf. Pl. 4.1-2: B 1547), so subsidence in pre-existing T. 505 shaft provided a readymade setting for overlying B 98 hearth 124. The disturbance of the floor around its perimeter is no more than the result of continued shaft subsidence. B 98, therefore, post-dates T. 505 which belongs to underlying activities associated with B 375.

Type 4 on a terra rosa foundation surviving two courses high. Absence of stones in four sectors accounted for by entrance 645, superficial erosion gully 357, pit 288 and pit 649 which also cuts external deposit 184. Some stones and compacted mud wall collapse accumulated c. 15 cm above the burnt occupation material on the last floor (184, 189, 372), but the top of this deposit was eroded and plough damaged. Entrance 645 A plaster-paved path, 644 in the south-east, leads imperceptibly to a threshold, subsequently blocked. The level of the threshold is stratigraphically important since it lies below the level of Floor 2. Floors of Kissonerga buildings normally dip down from thresholds, yet there were no traces of a floor below Floor 2. It is assumed that the occupation and floor associated with this threshold was removed in laying special Floor 2. Upon excavation, only a disturbed area, 638, was found below Floor 2. The threshold for Floors 2 and 3 was not located and may have been removed during blocking. To the right and outside the entrance, jar KM 5578 was placed on a plaster pad, 643, which may have been contemporary with Floor 2. Floor 1 See discussion under Entrance 645.

Floor 2 (123)

Floor 2 (390)

This patch-up is mainly preserved in the south-west (120) where it was laid directly on Floor 1. Hearth 124 continued in use and the occupation material, 76, accumulated to a depth of c. 30 cm on both floors. This was very ashy, but mixture with 65 which is widespread over the centre of the Main Area, means it is not possible to state on this evidence that B 98 was destroyed by burning. The absence of objects from the deposit rather suggests that B 98 was purposefully cleaned out or that it had a special function.

This unique floor comprised a single level of closely fitting rounded stones laid without mortar. A deliberate attempt was made to provide a level surface over the underlying decline to the south by placing larger blocks in the south, smaller in the north. Re-cycled artefacts were incorporated in this cobbled paving, especially in the central pit, 431, which consisted of uprights in a circle over a slab base. Although it possessed a reddish fill, there were no traces of burning against the stones. Two other gaps in the paving, 415 and 422, were subcircular and contained distinctive fills, 414 and 402 respectively, but their use is unknown. Sherds lay flat on the surface of 414, and the surface of the area around 422 was concave in cross-section, as if depressed by a heavy weight, e.g. a round-based jar. The pavement was cleaned out prior to the refurbishment of B 200.

Building 200 (Pl. 14.4; Figs. 3.12, 19.1, 39, 45). See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 7, 31, Pl. V.2 Circular structure with three floors projecting beyond limit of excavation in Quadrants 18.24.2 and 18.25.1. North-west part slighted by pit 288 which contained Gr. 508. Units 184, 342, 747 and 772 linked B 200 with B 866 and wall 261, but they were difficult to follow and we can only surmise that it was contemporary with wall 261, the surviving remnant of a curvilinear building to its north-west on the same general horizon (See § 15.1, Sequence 2) and/or B 866. B 200 is superimposed directly above B 493 and 855, and it lies beneath plough disturbed wash, including 229 and 445, which contained significant numbers of Red Polished (Philia) pottery. External diam. 4.9 m, internal roofed area c. 11.9 m2. Wall 186

Floor 3 (185) A gritty, plaster floor was laid c. 3 cm above the pavement of Floor 2. Were it not for limited in situ sherdage and structural features in Floor 2, it could be argued that the former was no more than a foundation for the latter. The function of the structure must have changed fundamentally, but there were insufficient finds or features on Floors 2 and 3 to indicate their roles. Postholes? 234, 235 and two others formed a line from south-west to north-east, but they are suspect. The cen-

13

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

tral part of the floor was overlain by dense black ash, 218, and a reddish area 221 to the east. This may have resulted from a terminal destruction, but the structural components of the building are so unusual that they could also be due to occupational activities.

roof and wall collapsed over these deposits. Trapped below the collapse were remains of at least 5 storage vessels and a bowl (Tables 5.10, 17.62). This provides a good indication of the number of store pots in small buildings and the importance attached to storage late in Period 4. In addition to the tools listed in § 3.5, two adzes and two grinders from the soft underlying 488 may have been trampled in from the floor area above.

Building 204 (Pls. 1.4, 15.1-2, 19.6; Figs. 3.13, 23, 39, 46). See also § 3.5 Curvilinear structure B 204 in Quadrant 22.23.3, between B 86 and 376, was found abandoned with several finds on its floor. Stratigraphy, ceramics and spatial considerations indicate that the three contiguous buildings are contemporary structures belonging to Period 4. They were all sealed by the extensive ashy Period 5 deposit, 66. An associated external surface 603 links up with B 86 and seals destroyed B 3, also belonging to Period 4. Traces of two more contiguous buildings, B 346 and another indicated by linear? wall 624, and basins (191), postholes (190, 198, 742), hearths (137, 1307) and plaster surfaces in 21.23.2 demonstrate that this area was densely occupied late in Period 4. Its relationship with the building? to the east represented by wall 624 is not entirely clear since junctures were disturbed by pits 730-1. It may have abutted; certainly wall 624 would have been slighted more than recorded had the wall of B 204 continued on an even arc. Gr. 516 to the north-east abutted and was cut from the same level as wall 194. The centre of the collapsed structure was cut by a rectilinear pit 466. External diameter 3.9 m, internal roofed space, 6.8 m2.

Red Building 206 (Pls. 1.4, 6.2-4, 19.5; Figs. 14.6, 31, 34). See also § 3.4 and Preliminary 6, 55-6; 7, 33; 9, 4-5, 7 [For references to illustrations of the many pottery vessels from this building, see Table 5.9 and Appendix B] Eastern portions of what was probably the largest building at Kissonerga, and in our present state of knowledge, prehistoric Cyprus, survive primarily in Quadrants 21.23.2 and 22.23.4. This assessment of size depends upon its reconstruction as a circle, a conclusion deemed likely because of the consistent perimeter formed by two wall fragments that supply over a quarter of its circumference, the regular outline of a major wall arc and the circularity of other buildings of this type. The exceptional width of its revetted and buttressed? wall 168 supports such a conclusion. Its diam. would thus have been c. 14.5 m, internal roofed space 132.7 m2. Surviving eastern Room 970, defined by radial wall 197 and the edge of paved floor 744, is an impressive 40.5 m2 in extent, almost a third of the total building area. B 206 was positioned in a key sector of the Period 3B settlement plan, crowded in by other contiguous structures. To the south-east lay B 4, to the east the Ceremonial Area (see LAP II.2), to the north-east B 2, to the north Paved Track 35 and B 1161, to the northwest B 1103 (Fig. 14.5). Its proximity to the last two settlement components is inferred from the projection of its circular plan in those areas where B 206 has been destroyed. Its northern part was removed by Period 4 havara quarry, 654, its north-west by the construction of B 3 and its west by erosion. It is not certain what lay to the south. Wall 1401 seems to be earlier. Since traces of a floor together with finds like restored platter KM 2596 (Fig. 61.1) were found near its concave face, wall 1401 may have formed a boundary for occupation. Remains above this wall were disturbed. A pre-existing ditch/terrace had been filled up by the time B 206 was constructed, though further to the south, the ditch was still open. Once again we have a chalcolithic building which was deliberately placed so that its western portion extended over much less compact soils than its east (e.g. Kissonerga B 1547; Lemba B 1). For further discussion of the ditch and wall 401, see § 14.6. B 206 was founded over the filled ditch, on wash and some stone-filled pits in the north, sealed by Period

Wall 194 Type 4 wall founded on ashy deposit 488 except near entrance where it thickens noticeably and is founded on harder material underlying 386. Projecting from its internal southern face is a group of flat stones including re-used quern KM 649. This unique feature may have served as a stand or bench (see below, Floor 1). The wall survived to a height of 2-3 courses, and considerable tumble with compacted mud lumps (193, 315) was found towards the centre of the interior, leaving a stone-free margin 0.50 m wide between the wall base and the tumble. Vestigial traces of mud plaster with chaff filler adhered to both wall faces. Floor 1 (377) A thin plaster coated the top of ashy 488. The combination of brittle and soft material meant that negative features could only be poorly defined. Posthole 482 is the most secure. A sloping, 3 cm thick curve of plaster on the floor is probably all that survives of the central hearth, 1710, which was almost entirely cut away by later pit 466. Ash and compacted mud lumps accumulated on the floor, with sherds from restorable vessels as high as 10 cm above floor level. It is not certain if the building was destroyed, but it probably lay abandoned with material in situ for some time before the

14

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

4 units (190, 169, 409, 460), and cut by graves and tombs (504, 523, 526 and 536) and pits (498, 654, 746, 1284), also of Period 4. Its stratigraphy, contents, relationship with adjoining settlement elements and radiocarbon dates pinpoint its chronological position in Period 3B. In the south below the wall fragment lay another hard plastered floor common to Period 3B large building interiors. Another building, therefore, probably preceded B 206 in this area, but nothing else is known of this predecessor.

Thin radial wall Type 5 probably extending from the north-east hearth corner for 4.50 m where it abutted wall 168. Only 1.50 m length by 0.55 m height was preserved in situ. Both faces carried a 2.5 cm thick brown render with a 2 cm coating of plain whitish plaster. It is uncertain if posts were associated with the wall. One, 864, was found directly on its axis, but it contained Period 4 material and hence is probably intrusive. Hearth 784/1164/1182 Surviving edges suggest that this was a large rectilinear hearth at most 2 m long on one side. Its top was a thick mixture of white burnt plaster and cobbles, 784, set into a cut and overlapping floor 744. Below lay a reddish burnt surface on more small stones, 1164, on a poor plaster 1184 that extended south to merge with surface 1288.

Wall 168 Type 3 with the greatest width (0.9 m) of any curvilinear Kissonerga wall, placed in foundation trench 1362 which was cut at least into the upslope north-eastern ground, and thickened by the addition of a skin, 1370, of no great height. Wall 147 was planted over this skin, as well as the wall of B 2; it may have acted as a buttress where internal partition wall 197 joined 168. The socle may never have stood more than the preserved three courses since few stones were found in the fill of B 206 or in external tumble. Its line was cut by quarry 654 (Pl. 19.5) in the north and shallow pits 1284 and 498 in the east, but the plaster floor-edge in that direction revealed its position and this was confirmed by an attached wall fragment preserved between Gr. 504 and T. 526, 7 m to the south. Ample evidence was found to show that the wall interior had been decorated, a factor which initially led to the building being called “Painted Unit 206” (Preliminary 6, 55). Closer analysis revealed it was not painted, but inlaid with irregular small shapes of 0.5 cm thick pink plaster in the white plaster of wall 168 at 10-20 cm above floor level. Much more had fallen in fill along its base in Room 970, suggesting that the decoration had once carried further up the wall face, though never covering much of its surface. Unfortunately, the fallen pieces had become water worn nodules and smears and no observable inlay pattern was retained by the wall plaster. It was not possible to determine if the laminated fragments represented replasterings or were the result of conflation of up to three pieces of fallen red plaster with white backing. Inlays had not been cut to particular contours, some were no larger than specks, surviving pieces never exceeded a max dimension of 10 cm, and obverse face was smooth, reverse uneven. Fallen plaster occurred in the 27 cm thick upper fill, 196, a buff deposit, laminated near wall 168 and including hard daub blocks (20 x 20 x 10 cm). A further 9 cm of lower fill (626) gradually became ashier and was clearly mixed with occupation material.

Room 970, Floor 1 (976) A red-painted floor, 2 mm thick, was exposed for a length of 50 cm against the southern fragment of wall 168. The red was readily distinguished from fallen red wall inlays, being much harder, redder and thinner. It was slighted when Floor 2 was laid, but there is little reason to doubt that, in its earliest phase, the entire floor was vivid red as in the contemporary Building Model found near the structure (LAP II.2, frontispiece). Room 970, Floor 2 (744) Type 4 floor laid at the same time as the application of the decorated wall plaster. The floor was devoid of fixtures, save for those which stood in random postholes and a line of stakes, 2165. Such linear arrangements of stakeholes are found inside entrances at Erimi (Dikaios 1936, Pl. V.2), Lemba (LAP I, 224) and Kissonerga (B 86 Floor 1) and so 2165 may be evidence for the location of a doorway c. 1.2 m wide into Room 970 just south of the hearth. Note a similar, less defined, concentration in this same location in B 2 (Fig. 32). Inferior floor paving continued to the west beyond the suggested doorway, but its real edge was so sharp that it most likely abutted a shallowly founded barrier that projected from the south-east corner of the large central square hearth. A pale, compacted clay, 655, lay over some of the floor in a band 2 m wide against the walls and it was on top of this trodden material that many vessels and some objects were found. The two elements of figurine KM 778+854 (Pl. B.5) were located 9 cm apart in Units 139 above the fill of the building and 196, its fill. It had served as an appliqué but the carrier from which it had become detached was not recovered. Apart from this and a cache of 9 dentalium shell beads, KM 985, furnishings comprised utilitarian items: stone tools including a cache of 3 pestles, KM 879-81 and two clusters of pots, one in the north-east, the other to the south of the hearth. A heap of hearth? ash 60 cm

Wall 197

15

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

diam. x 17 cm high, located on the floor beside pots KM 2896 (Fig. 62.2) and 5505, supports the impression that the room was in use at the time of the destruction of the Red Building. The pottery assemblage comprised some 33 vessels, but this is an underestimate of the real number since large fragments of similar vessels were recovered from Period 4 Unit 460 which slighted deposits to within 8 cm of the floor. By comparison with vessels in B 3, shapes are restricted. The concentration of bowls south of the hearth suggests that food service/eating was taking place here upon the destruction of the building. Other overlying Period 4 deposits came close to the floor in places, intruding into it at 813 south of the hearth and, in a very minor way, discretely disturbing fill 626. Some sherds from the latter are readily ascribed to Period 4, but, in general, finds are securely attributed to Period 3B.

Some 10 postholes survive in a 3 m long arc, most forming pairs for a presumed palisade or half-timbered wattle and daub wall c. 0.60 m wide. On the assumption that this is but the surviving arc of a curvilinear boundary, it would have enclosed a maximum total of six interment facilities: Gr. 507, 511, 562 and another at pit 307, and T. 505-6. (Only some are shown in Figs 3.7 and 47). The posts have good vertical sides, 20 - 30 cm deep, cut from level 43.20 m that corresponds to the top of surface 150. Their uniform ashy grey fill suggests posts were simultaneously removed for the installation of B 98. No traces of superstructure or entrance gap survives. Floor 150 The posts were sunk into this surface which continued on both sides of the wall base, hence there is no distinct interior floor associated with the timber wall. On it was a unique 20 cm high rectangular plaster platform, 308, that projected into the axis of the wall where subsequently the entrance of B 98 was placed. It was cut by one tomb, 505, and part of its south-east corner was lost in subsidence? in Gr. 507, 562. Inside the arc of the timber wall was the greatest concentration of graves at Kissonerga, one pit (511) and two chamber tombs (5056). It is possible that pit Gr. 507 and 562 also belong, but the preserved lip of 507 seemed sealed by and 10 cm below the base of platform 308 and 562 was undoubtedly cut by the south chamber of 505. The finely polished platform surface was free of finds and signs of use. Much of surface 150 was removed in the construction of B 98 and pits like 101 on the west. The space delimited by the exceptional timber wall, therefore, lacked the usual appurtenances of Kissonerga domestic structures.

Room 969 Floor 1(968) A triangular corner between walls 168 and 197 in the room to the north escaped quarry 654. It was painted red, like 976, but there was no evidence for repaving with normal white plaster. Building 346 (Figs. 39, 46). See also § 3.5 The existence of this structure is assumed from wall arc 344 to the west of B 376 in 21.23.1. It stands on the edge of modern terracing to the south-west and is linked to adjacent Period 4 B 204 and 376 by surfaces 322 and 387. As in the case of the neighbouring buildings, it was sealed by 66. The curved wall extends for 1.6 m with max 2 courses in situ. Upper courses had fallen into the interior together with chaff-filled compacted mud lumps (345). Post-occupation history is thus very similar to that of adjacent buildings and, like them, it was founded on ashy deposits which ran beneath the wall. No floor surface was encountered, but given the flimsy nature of other surfaces in the area, this is hardly surprising.

Building 376 (Figs. 39, 46). See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 7, 32-3 Small fragmentary, curvilinear structure beside B 204 in Quadrant 21.23.1. Founded on unstable, westward sloping, ashy material, its wall had slumped and could now only be traced in part. Slighted by extensive disturbances to east and west, the latter a result of modern terracing. Feature-free plaster surfaces to west (625) and south (293), Period 4 chamber T. 523 beside projected eastern wall. Probably had one major resurfacing originally. External reconstructed max diameter 4 m, internal covered space 7.5 m2.

Mortuary Enclosure 375 (Figs. 3.7, 47). See also § 3.5, 4.4 and Preliminary 7, 32 A double line of postholes was preserved below wall 75 of B 98 in Quadrant 20.24.1, and it is likely that, since the holes were preserved by the overlying wall, posts originally continued into disturbed ground beyond the recovered arc. They were sunk from Period 4 surface 150, as were T. 505-6 and Gr. 511. The graves were also sealed by B 98, hence it is likely that posts and funerary facilities are contemporary, the surviving south-western components of a curvilinear Mortuary Enclosure. There is no evidence for roofing, and northern parts were disturbed by pits preceding B 96, eastern by the hollow for B 1. Wall

Wall 362 Discontinuous stretches of stones in north and south, sometimes only one stone wide, maximum two courses preserved. The mortar of this Type 5 wall had largely been replaced by ash. There are no clues to the whereabouts of the entrance. Floor 1 (361)

16

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

There is some evidence to suggest that the building was founded on a pre-existing, thinly plastered external surface, 775. This was given unit number 610 on the interior, and as main floor 361 was an intermittent refurbishment, there may well have been at least two main occupation phases. The most substantial internal feature, the hearth, had a complex history. In its first phase, 770, it lay below 610, hence it may be a preB 376 feature. In the second, truncated 618, it was associated with 610, and it now had a square plaster plinth, 617, attached to its north perimeter. In the third phase, contemporary with Floor 1, the plinth continued in use with refurbished hearth 370. As only a few cms separate these uneven, merging floors, with some ash (633) between, it is not possible to be certain that these different hearths were anything other than patch-ups. Conical stone KM 1120 and five stone tools from fill 633 may belong to occupation activities on the major floor. Other brittle plaster patches include 671. RWL bowl KM 1492 was placed beside the hearth plinth and was found in fragments on the floor and in the ashy occupation fills 371 and 609. Its extremely worn condition suggests it was derived and re-used. Over this was 254, the ash, compacted mud lumps and stones of the disturbed and collapsed wall. As in the cases of B 204 and 86, it is possible that this represents a destruction level, sealed by the rubble and compacted mud wash of 66. Outside to south was well plastered surface 293; its eastern periphery was disturbed.

of B 866 and 1165. Its reconstructed internal area is 50 m2. Wall 262 This Type 4 wall survives as an arc 3.60 m in length and 5 courses high (0.58 m). Robber pit 708 on the south and denudation and robbing? on the west account for its disappearance in those areas. It was faced internally with a patched up mud and white limestone wash plaster. The wall was notable because of the preserved interface between stone foundation and compacted mud/cob superstructure. The interface was finished in a levelling course of water worn hand-sized pebbles placed either to provide a key for the overlying compacted mud and/or a level base for it. Floor 1 (651) A small area of this threadbare, poorly plastered floor survives some 10-15 cm below the lowest stone course of wall 262 in an area roughly 4 m2 near the wall. It coincides with the stake-hole area 821 below and presumably accounts for the survival of the latter enigmatic deposit between the B 855 and B 493. It was cut by pits 758 and 776 in the south (see Fig. 19.1). Of these, 776 may be contemporary with the use of this floor or Floor 2. It was severely burnt and covered by stonespread 761. Its circular shape and position suggest 776 may have served as an earth oven where a platform hearth might normally have stood. To the west of 651 was a lumpy compact deposit, 820, possibly a poorer internal surface contemporary with 651. All that remains of installations is an irregular, ash-filled hollow, 783, c. 1 m. from the compacted mud base of the north arc of wall 262.

Building 493 (Pls. 15.3-5; Fig. 39) See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 7, 31; 9, 4 Only the denuded north-east segment of this structure survives below B 200 in a scoop or terrace, 255. Its robbed wall was slotted against the inner wall face of underlying B 855, hence the builders made use of a hollow in the shell of that destroyed structure. The three buildings, therefore, comprise a column of well stratified structures. Because its western portion is missing, the relationship of B 493 with the neighbouring column of structures is only moderately well established (see Fig. 2.1). A re-occupation surface, 602, extended to near the wall of B 866 which may have been cut down from slightly higher up. Disturbed Unit 638 over B 493 extends below B 866, hence that relationship is assured. The base of the wall of B 493 near the neighbouring column stood at 43.01 m., and the top of wall foundation 796 of B 1165 was at c. 42.80/42.86 m. Since wall 796 was probably in a foundation trench (now not visible) and the old ground surface sloped to the south-west, this data is inconclusive. Unit 326 seemed to run from below B 493 to abut B 1165, hence the constructional sequence B 1165, 493, 866 in Fig. 2.1. This allows for the contemporary use of B 493 and 1165. The wall of B 493 does not form a regular arc, hence the reconstructed mean diameter of 8 m may be suspect. If correct, it could have respected the positions

Floor 2 (753 and 894) Patches of a plastered surfaces were recorded c. 20 cm above Floor 1 and against the lowest course of wall 262. This was badly disturbed by pits (748 and 758) and animal action (e.g. 853). In the north-west where a patch of flooring, 894, had been preserved by overlying wall 261, were three pits, one containing a cache of 10 stone tools, mainly axes and adzes. Beside it stood the remains of a plaster basin 752, and, beside disturbance 758, a firepit, 658. The stonespread 761 (see above) may have belonged to this floor, but the absence of any firm surface prevents certainty and this is only attributed to the floor on the basis of absolute height. Overlying fill was comprised of brown compacted mud, presumably the washed in superstructure of wall 262. Floor 3 (602) Approximately 25 cm above Floor 2 was a compacted, lumpy surface that overlapped the top of the stone wall stub of B 493. Clearly, the wall no longer stood, but since this surface roughly followed its line, some relationship is evident. The only feature on this surface

17

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

within the demolished structure was a fireplace, 495. Over the surface lay an accumulation of ash and rubble (477, 284) which suggests that a ‘squatter’ occupation may have existed here.

with almost all features situated in a 20 cm deep deposit (43.15-43.35 m asl). Activities The upper western portion of the stone collapse in B 3 had been modified to provide open spaces and, in one case, 353, a paved? area. This consisted of only a few stones, but they were not explicable in terms of B 3 collapse. With them were limestone blocks with rusticated surfaces. These are otherwise only know from overlying B 86. The open spaces seem unlikely floors since the fragile upper walls of B 3 pithoi projected. Nonetheless, it was in these spaces (231, 238, 246, 350 and 353) that an unusually high number of finds were located. They include metalworking debris: a chisel, KM 694, ore, 701 and a possible crucible, 693. The last two lay 70 cm apart. A metal axe/adze, KM 457, was found in the same area but higher up, in Unit 66. It may be derived from this concentration. Extensive traces of burning are more likely to be due to the B 3 conflagration than to metal processing. Further craft activity is indicated by the presence of an axe cache (KM 734-740), flint caches and worked molluscs. A variety of stone tools predominated in the assemblage, but noteworthy is the paucity of domestic items such as querns (2) and rubbers (0) and the scarcity of conical stones (2) in complete contrast to their ubiquity in B 3. The presence of a conoid seal, KM 597, suggests that this was no mere squatter activity. Amongst the objects were also some beads and pendants. These may have had a different origin since they could have come from pits that might have been looted graves. A total of six pits could be attributed to B 706, three sealed by the western wall of B 86. One, 490, was an earth oven, another, 257, a probable pot pit. Two of the others might have been graves. Pit 471 cut through B 3 collapse and floor to a depth of 90 cm where its sides became unclear. At the eastern base it seemed to bell over many loose stones, but excavation had to be suspended in order to preserve B 3. Pit 631 also had a stone and silty fill and may have had a similar history. Pit 279 (fills 619/620) had a compressed lime seal caulked with small stones, a silty, 75 cm deep fill and 3-5 cm above its base, five annular shell pendants, two fine picrolite pendants and 158 dentalia (KM 852-3, 856-61). It is not certain if the dentalia are production offcuts or from a necklace with miniature dentalia spacers (see § 8.3, 20.3). Their association with finely polished picrolites suggests the latter, and consequently a possible grave. However, no human bones were recovered, and while graves cannot be ruled out, direct evidence is lacking. Varied, disparate activities are thus indicated for this intermediate deposit. Stone masonry, metalworking, use of glyptic and axe-caching are some. This was an overtly non-domestic area, lacking a normal hearth or floor, but containing earth ovens that are character-

Building 494 (Fig. 31). See also § 3.4 and Preliminary 7, 31 The western segment of this curvilinear structure was recovered to the east of B 855 in 18.25.1. Its southern portion was disturbed by Gr. 522, but as the wall increased in preserved height towards the north we may suppose survival is better beyond the limits of excavation. It was, however, cut by another pit, 480, which just clipped the eastern limit of excavation. External surface 646 overlies its wall and continues up to B 493, so B 494 should be earlier. Although Period 4 sherdage was found close to its floor and in overlying fill, wall type and spatial considerations strongly suggest it belongs to 3B. Since it was not possible to establish the relationship between 646 and B 855, and late sherdage may come from the suspect southern portions of B 494, it is best attributed to Period 3B, though we cannot rule out Period 4. Estimated external diameter 10 m, internal space 63.6 m2. Wall 456 This short stretch in the south-west corner of the main excavated area survived as 4 courses in the north, a compacted mud bank 5-10 cm high in the south. Type 4 wall made with limestone and reef limestone blocks. Floor 762 This patchy plaster floor retained two circular settings 759, 760, near the north-east wall arc. Their diameter, character, position and inclusion of lid KM 1046 suggest that they were jar settings. It was not possible to distinguish clearly occupation deposit from mixed compacted mud and stone wall collapse. However, these fills are related to the floor and setting 759 by virtue of the recurrence of cutting tools in all components. The total of 10 recovered axes and adzes suggests that they were once in place in the north-west of the building or that a cache had been disturbed. Building 706 (Figs. 3.5, 43). See also § 3.5 This structure is primarily inferred from a concentration of activities sandwiched between overlying B 86 with its cobbled yard 199, and the underlying collapsed debris of the Pithos House, B 3 in 22.23.1. Normally, they would have been treated as part of B 3, since they are confined by the walls of that structure, but these discrete activities are so distinctive that they are best treated separately. It was decided to assemble them as B 706. They were unaccompanied by definite structural remains, but some covering may have existed. The activities, represented by pits, cleared surfaces and densities of finds, are securely stratified within Period 4,

18

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

istic of the out-of-doors.

Interpretation 3). A c. 1 m wide strip, 217, against the south and west wall arc of B 86 was so disturbed that it was difficult to be certain if features there belonged to B 86 or to the underlying B 706 (Fig. 44). However, pits 471, 490 and 631 were partly sealed by the wall of B 86. Slightly higher than these was the lip of 279, a putative grave. Its contents may well have subsided or been robbed of valuables and re-filled and plugged at the level of 271. So, at least some pits definitely antedate B 86, contra option 3a). The occurrence of one limestone block with a pecked face in B 706 is the strongest evidence that stone-masonry consistent with the unique wallstones of B 86 took place in B 706. Only B 86 possessed an unambiguous and extensive rusticated facade in the manner of this block. It was found beside rough paving 353 that may have served as a working surface. Of these options, therefore, 3b), occupation by builders of B 86, most commends itself. Yet, the quality of the associated finds suggests that this was more than a construction camp. B 86 building location and entrance orientation indicate strong continuity with the underlying Pithos House and hence a combination of options that reflects this continuity seems best to correspond with the evidence, i.e., option 4: a combination of 1b) and 3b). No great lapse of time is indicated between B 3 and B 86, and so it may well be that B 706 represents a temporary work area where the previous occupants of B 3 prepared to rebuild their lives. While reduction of building size and the exceptional stone wall of B 86 may be accounted for by reactions to the devastation caused by the burning and collapse of B 3, prestige was maintained by the very fine quality of its rusticated masonry.

Stratigraphy and interpretation Given the absence of a coherent floor surface or boundary, the generally disturbed conditions of the ‘collapse’ setting, and the compressed stratigraphy, a number of interpretations of the general character of B 706 are possible. They are not necessarily mutually exclusive: 1) It is associated with B3. There are at least three kinds of association possible: a) B 706 represents collapsed material from upper parts of B 3; b) It consists of certain possessions curated in advance of perceived threat and reused by inhabitants? after destruction of B 3; c) The objects were scavenged from destroyed in situ deposits below and reused. 2) It is a distinct occupational activity. 3) It is associated with B 86: a) Pits were cut down from disturbed area of B 86 (e.g. see disturbance 217 in Fig. 44) b) B 706 comprises temporary occupation by prospective inhabitants/builders of B 86. 4) A combination of 1) and 3). Interpretation 1). B 3 destruction sequence indicates that a roof/loft or upper compacted mud wall fell before the stones of the upper wall. Had B 706 finds originated on the roof/loft or on shelves, they would have been found under or between the stones. As they were found on top of the central stony rubble, it seems unlikely that they could have been associated with B 3 at the time of its destruction. A roof, however, need not fall all at one time, nor does it necessarily dislodge shelves if it fell asymmetrically. While, therefore, it remains possible that some objects belonged to B 3, their association with pits and a discrete paving renders this unlikely. The death of a child in the violent destruction of B 3 attests to its suddenness. To have rescued and curated objects (option 1b), some of them ordinary domestic items, in preference to the child, seems unlikely. It is possible that special circumstances intervened (note the possibility that B 3 was deliberately burnt: § 3.5 and 14.7), or that some objects were being used outside at the time of the fire, and that the occupants subsequently brought them back when they ‘squatted’ in the remains of their former abode. Spatial analysis of the distribution of the same object types does not contradict such a reconstruction, and it must remain a possibility. The absence of looters’ pits into B 3 collapse deposits makes scavenging (option 1c) less likely. Interpretation 2). By distinct is meant that objects and activities of B 706 have no relation to B 3 and B 86 other than spatial proximity. There are no means available to disprove this option, although builders’ activities (see option 3b) suggest otherwise.

Building 736 (Pl. 5.4; Fig. 39). See also § 3.5 A scrappy complex of hollows, graves, wall and hearth existed in loose ashy deposits below the plough zone in Quadrant 20.24.4. The wall, 438, extended in a 3 m long curve. Its Type, 4, and curvature suggest a Period 4 structure, but there were no securely associated features. Only hearth 434, c. 1.5 m from the interior wall face and just off-centre from the hypothesised diameter of 6 m., could be assigned to the structure by virtue of its position and type. It lay on scooped surface 433 at a slightly higher level than the wall, so if it belonged, then the floor was placed at a higher level than normal, perhaps because of the extensive ash here. No other surface was found, and the edges of 433 were removed by the plough well short of the wall. Unless it abutted B 1044, B 736 is unlikely to have been contemporary. Although some 32 cm higher than B 1044, that is no assurance that it was later since terracing was common. Its projected arc respects the position of B 1 and B 98 to the north, hence it may have been contemporary with those Period 4 structures (Fig. 14.8). The grave of a 2year-old (513) was cut immediately outside its eastern

19

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

wall face. Estimated max external diameter 6 m, internal roofed space, 19.6 m2.

may be the result of water drips from eaves or animal action. Two other postholes, 1424 and 1407, probably formed the eastern wall of the presumed porch, and from these we calculate that it was 1.40 m deep, 2.30 m broad at the house wall, widening to nearly 4 m broad at its outer facade. Smaller intermediate posts and stakes were also located in surface 1385. On the interior, the door pivoted in partly plastered pivot 1698 beside the west jamb, and the upright edgeset stone 1699 was located 1.20 m from the closed position of the door, along the central axis of the doorway. The position of the closed door was defined by an abrupt edge in paving 1393 in the entrance threshold. External plaster also halted sharply against the external face of the threshold, presumably of wood. Between the entrance and the edge-set stone was a series of disturbances that may be related to successive raisings of the area, perhaps installed as makeup for Floor 2 when the door had been removed. It consisted of 1075, a furrowlike transverse groove, piles of stones and burnt clay (1190). This happened again on Floor 2 where there was more disturbed wash and stones (1076, 1115). An alternative explanation, namely that these were ramps installed to keep pace with the rise of external surfaces, requires that the door base was trimmed to swing freely over the ramps.

Building 834 (Pls. 15.6-8, 20.6; Figs. 3.16, 39, 48). See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 13, 32 Free-standing circular structure, north-west of later B 1052, in 21.23.3/4 and 20.23.1/2. External diameter 5.6 m, roofed area 17.3 m2, entrance to south. Substantial early Period 4 building with two major floors above unexcavated and below Period 4 floor 922 which was laid over the wall foundations and in the central hollow of the collapsed structure. Against its west wall lay a pile of non-wall stones, skirting 1296, which included figurine KM 2168 (Fig. 87.12). A large pit, 863/971, containing traces of a child’s skull and many objects, including pendant KM 1356 (Pl. 36.8 second row left; Fig. 97.20), slighted the northern part of the structure. B 834 was terraced into Period 3B deposits beside wall 1401 to the east where foundation trench 1189 could be traced. A sequence of contemporary paved surfaces outside the entry lay from 12 to 42 cm below B 1052 and wall 910, two structures to the south-east and south-west of B 834 respectively (Fig. 48, Section H-H1). As floor 922 was also beneath these nearby features, B 834 had completely disappeared before B 1052 was constructed. These critical stratigraphic links suggest that B 834 is the earliest Period 4 building in this locale. It was, however, probably contemporary with B 3 since a general deposit, 803, extended from near the top of the surviving wall to B 3, some 12 m to the north. Other external surfaces were plough disturbed.

Floor 1 (1228) On the dished plaster floor were a stone setting, 1343, in the west and the c. 0.09 m high central hearth 1250, replastered at least 10 times. The floor was also patched on several occasions, and in one of the remakes was figurine KM 2165 (Pl. 36.11; Fig. 98.14). From the ashy layer between the hearth and edge-set stone 1699 come copper flecks, C 384. B 834 also yielded copper chisel KM 2174 (Pl. 36.2). The objects recovered from the c. 0.13 m of fill (1138, 1241, 1382) between Floors 1 and 2 probably include many from the primary occupation.

Wall 858 Survives as one intermittent course on a ledge in east, some 5 courses near entrance 1254. Thick plaster 1270 slopes to primary floor 1228. As attested by numerous flecks throughout the 0.66 m deep internal deposits, frequent replastering is likely to have taken place. On the western interior is a series of disturbances (1330, 1382 and 1241?) full of loose plaster, stones and objects, possibly cut from above Floor 2 or renewed with each repaving from Floor 1. It corresponds with external buttress? 1296 and hence both may have been intended to support a weak western wall.

Floor 2 (1125, 1226, 1234) Very worn plaster surface c. 13 cm above Floor 1, with many stones and sherds embedded. No successor was found to the central hearth. Pot? pit 1231 was located in the north-west against the wall, but otherwise there were no recorded fixtures. In the dark ashy (1090), stony (1069) and compacted mud wash (1082, 1213, 1218-9) fills, c. 0.20 m over the floor, were many objects, presumably belonging to the secondary occupation. High in this accumulation was a large block of solid cob (978), probably superstructure collapse. It fell to its recorded position when the entrance was blocked and so the structure went out of use about then.

Entrance 1254 Well preserved, blocked entrance with two major paved surfaces associated with dished Floors 1 and 2 on the interior and a continuous sequence of lightly plastered, flat external surfaces. The latter could also be correlated: 1385 with Floor 1, 1356 with Floor 2. Good preservation of these external surfaces was probably due to a covered porch supported on two lines of radiating posts, c. 0.80 m from either side of the entrance. The western line has two good posts, 1402 and 1404, with others more shallowly founded. Gullies beyond this line

Superimposed floor 922, 1061

20

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

A dished, 2 cm thick plaster surface (922, 1061) was laid over B 834. Its configuration is like floors in roofed areas, but walls or other associated fixtures were not found here. It remains possible that the floor is the only surviving component of a destroyed structure, but this is unproven. A dense scatter of sherds, Unit 977, remained on floor 922.

projected perimeter of wall 831 and the floor respectively. This stone spread comprised a dense, level packing of limestones, 2 m wide and 4 m long, continuing strongly beyond the limit of excavation to the south. It was one course thick on the east, several courses deep in the west where larger stones had been placed as a border, with mud mortar 2102, 2108. It was cut by Gr. 548, 563 and 569, and pits 1220 and 2097. The absence of calcarenites distinguished 2066 from wallstones in 831, but the stones are also distinguishable from the much larger stones in 2060. It was founded on silt and grit wash levels, the final, 2071 with some Period 3B sherds, the earlier ones, 2072-3, 2079, with Period 2 material (cf. Fig. 18.2). The second, more extensive feature possibly related to the wall, is 2060. Initially regarded as the collapsed northern wall of B 855, its limestone blocks were consistently much larger and differently shaped than extant wall stones, and they lay in an unstructured heap in a shallow hollow starting c. 1 m from the wall base. Only a few stones, 838 and 2053, were found on the bermlike area between the line of the wall and hollow. These were embedded in a pinkish grey matrix, possibly the washed out mortar of the B 855 wall that once stood to the south. Unit 2060 also lacked calcarenites that occurred in the extant wall, and it proved too extensive for collapse since it extended beyond the east-west limits of excavation and for some 5 m north of B 855, filling a hollow 0.80 m deep (see § 3.4 and 14.6). Unit 2060 was overlain by general wash layers, 326 and 1372, containing Period 4 sherdage and, in the case of the former, abutting the earliest Period 4 structure in the south, B 1165. Hence, it underlay all buildings immediately to the north and was contemporary with or earlier than B 855. On top of the surviving wall 831 foundation, there were traces of a compact reddish compacted mud, and to either side, lumps of brownish compacted mud. Buff and reddish compacted mud on the inner face was probably the result of washed out mortar. Upright 1706 may have served as a door edge-set stone, suggesting that an entrance once existed in the north-west arc. To the east, the collapse of wall 831 or more of 2060 (too little was exposed to be certain) seems to extend below B 494. On the other hand, B 494 respects the position of B 855, and its wall type is typical of Period 3B. B 855 therefore, perhaps with B 494, was the earliest building in this area, and it was separated from the group of Period 3B structures to the north by Unit 2060.

Ridge Building 855 (Pls. 6.5, 7.1-7, 20.1; Figs. 3.4, 14.7, 19.1, 31, 35) See also § 3.4 and Preliminary 9, 4; 13, 31 [For references to illustrations of the many pottery vessels from this building, see Table 5.9 and Appendix B] Approximately half of this destroyed circular ridge building was recovered in Quadrants 18.24.1/2 and 19.24.3/4. Its external diameter is 10.5 m, and its reconstructed internal roofed area is 63.6 m2. East segment, demarcated by floor ridge 963, founded on natural havara in the east, western floor on terrace wall 2066, sealed by B 493 which was slotted against its surviving inner wall face. B 855 also extended below B 1165 to the north-west, and so it is the earliest of a sequence of structures in this part of the site. Of the deposits below its western floor, only pits 1113 and 1358 below 1080 were excavated. These stone-filled, disturbed pits extended 1.15 m beneath the central hearth. Their configuration, the occurrence of a capstone-like slab lying flat on the base of pit 1358, the tooth of a child < 6 yrs (HB. 113) and dentalium KM 3372 suggest a disturbed grave (see § 4.2). Back-filled pottery and levels beyond and below the western terrace wall of B 855 suggest that Period 2/3A deposits existed in the sloping terrain under the western floor. B 855 was cut in the west by Gr. 548 and 563 and Period 4 pit 1220, in the north by Gr. 525, near the central hearth by pit 1080 and to its south by 776 which severely truncated the hearth. In general, southerly portions of the floor were disturbed. Only the eastern segment rested on havara. Near pit 1080, the floor rested on a 0.15 m thick crumbly makeup, 1324. The other parts of the building were placed on softer, silty deposits that extended beyond its limits. Wall 831 This Type 3 wall foundation survives to a height of 0.56 m in the east where it was founded on havara. The havara dips away to the west, and exactly where the break in scarp occurs, at the junction of internal ridge 963 and the wall, the latter continues only as an intermittent line of stones. In the west, however, where silty lenses 2071/2 suggest erosion was a problem, sloping ground was consolidated by terrace wall 2066. This and many more stones to the north, 2060, comprise distinct entities possibly related to the wall. The outer edge and height of 2066 correspond to the

Floor 952 Floor 952 was partitioned by ridge 963 that radiated from the north-east corner of central Type 4 hearth. Another, smaller ridge, 966, in the same eastern segment may have delimited a hollow, 940, in which were traces of an oven together with burning. The scrappy

21

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

nature of this hollow suggests the oven may be a secondary feature, still within Period 3B. Further oven fragments were located to its east and against the wall in the north. As mentioned above, deposits grew illdefined to the disturbed south, and the standard second ridge is missing, and indeed was probably cut by pit 940. Its smooth floor, 952, continued as an uneven, tamped earth surface to the west. Primary occupation material 882 was buried in av c. 0.10 m of ash, the result of a general burning of the structure. It included collapsed building material such as mud lumps, wall stones and plaster fragments. Unit 882 lay immediately below Period 4 Unit 821 which was artefact-rich, especially in conical stones (10 examples). It also contained the densest concentration of stakeholes, c. 200 in 4 m2 (Pl. 20.4). Given the soft nature of the underlying ashy fill, many 821 artefacts probably penetrated a few centimetres into 882 as excavated. This explains the occurrence of a few Period 4 RB/B sherds and two conical stones, KM 1303 and 1322, in 882. They are omitted from consideration of 882 and the unit is otherwise treated as safe. Burnt deposits of 882 were densest near the wall or floor edge where, at a distance of 0.50 - 1 m from the wall face, it was accompanied by whitish material containing silicates. Collapsed shelving and organic materials may be inferred, especially in the east. The central area fill comprised lighter ash. There were several discrete areas of ash rich deposits on the floor: near pots KM 2280, 2282, 2283, a linear band of ash, 941, against the northern wall from KM 5573 to 961, and two circular concentrations, 1 m. apart along the northern axis of the hearth and the eastern wall. These may represent burnt vessel contents, shelving and structural timbers respectively. The last, from 935-6, were of pine which yielded dates (see Table 2.3: GU-2168 and BM2568) . Remains on the floor are treated in two parts: in the eastern segment and the area beyond. Beside the hearth on the remaining clean, flat surface of the eastern segment were two unsupported RWL pots KM 1353 and 2280. A flat stone near the wall may have served as a pot stand, but only traces of oven lining, KM 5513-4, were found here and piled against the wall and ridge 963 (KM 1517). Other finds, such as a pounder KM 1323 and needle, KM 1300, suggest domestic activities. The only exception is a figurine, KM 1302 (Fig. 87.6). The uneven floor beyond the ridge was dominated by the large, c. 12 cm high hearth 951, the best preserved of its type at Kissonerga. Upon wetting, its plaster surface exhibited vivid colours: maroon at a shallow fire bowl? beside pit 776, deep red/brown on the north-east surface, orange/red over the rest. A fragmentary figurine, KM 2086 (Fig. 86.3), had been placed in a scoop in the floor below the hearth. The figurine was probably associated with the construction

of the hearth. The ragged western edge of 951 may have contained prongs to support vessels KM 2282, 5517, but poor preservation here makes certainty impossible. Principal amongst the remaining features are remnants of a Type 2 complex basin, 1237, nearby embedded mortar KM 5008, and two querns including KM 1782. About a dozen small, homogeneously styled RWL containers stood on the floor to the north of the hearth, together with a large RMP basin. Although one of these, RWL flask KM 2287, was found at the top of later pit 1080, its style suggests that it arrived there as backfill from B 855 and it is treated as part of B 855. The pit also cut a pile of water worn pebbles, 954, perhaps originally in some organic container. Another RWL vessel, bowl KM 2279, was found in a similar deposit, 950, disturbed by pit 776 beside hearth 951. It probably comes from the building, but the evidence is less certain than in the case of KM 2287. The in situ vessels belong to four coherent groups. Around the hearth are four large RWL basins KM 1353, 2280, 2282 and probably 5517 with minimal rim and base band decoration. Immediately north of the hearth were four narrow-necked flasks, KM 2281, 2286-7 and 5516 which could not have stood unsupported. Beyond the flasks, against the north wall, were four RWL bowls around the large basin, KM 2283. A pair of these bowls, KM 1498, 2284 were spouted. The fourth group comprised a scatter of 4 RWL bowls between the last group and floor ridge 963. The small bowl mentioned above, KM 2279, quite different from all the others, probably stood on the hearth. Building 866 (Pls. 16.1, 18.1; Fig. 39) See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 9, 3-4; 13, 31 Only the north-eastern portion survives of this once substantial circular structure located in 18.24.3. Estimated diameter 8 m; roofed area 33.2 m2. Established on the wall stubs and fill of underlying B 1165, it extended much further south and west than its predecessor. These south-westerly areas were entirely lost in agricultural disturbance, and even the north-western segment was deeply scarred by two sets of furrows, an upper set of small closely spaced furrows and a lower pair c. 40 cm wide. The former only cut the upper fills, but the latter penetrated Floor 1. There was, therefore, little beyond the wall arc left in situ. However, the density of artefacts in the upper fills is unlikely to be intrusive as it was possible to demonstrate the very limited extent to which large sherdage had been turned and dragged by the plough, and there were joins between sherds in those fills and in primary occupation 878. In addition, lower components of negative features were recovered in Floor 1, and where their tops were untouched by furrows, they could be ascribed to the building. So, in spite of extensive disturbances, some fixtures and finds could be associated with B 866

22

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

with certainty and many more finds in its vicinity should belong. Such were the disturbances that it was not possible to be certain about the external stratigraphic relations of B 866. The most secure are the following. Levels containing external wall plaster from B 1046, 1.40 m to the north, inclined towards the north wall of B 866, where in one section they seemed to be cut by a foundation trench. This suggests two things: first, that Period 4 settlement was terraced down to the Skotinis stream and second, that B 866 was constructed when B 1046 was in a state of disrepair or later. The foundation trench however, could not be located in other sections between B 866 and 1046. To the east, B 493 probably antedates B 866 (Fig. 2.1).

Building 994 (Pl. 8.1-2; Figs. 21, 31, 36 ). See also § 3.4; LAP II.2, Pl. 16.1; and Preliminary 11,43-4; 13, 33 Just over a third survives of this single phase structure cut into the lip of rising terra rosa to the east. Located in Quadrants 21.24.2/4 and 21.25.1/3, it was founded immediately over Gr. 568 and Period 3B pits containing burnt stones and assemblages of deliberately broken and buried objects. The latter is part of the Ceremonial Area analysed in LAP II.2. At the western edge where it was disturbed, the floor just projected over the wall of Period 3B B 4. Further west and to the north it was cut by the large Period 4 pits, 911, 913, in its disturbed south by Gr. 514. Present ground surface lay immediately above its plough-scarred fill, 981, 987, which was only 20 cm deep. Stratigraphically therefore, it is Period 3B or later. Wall type and associated pottery are consistent with Period 3B, and as it overlay B 4 it postdates the large extant curvilinear structures of Period 3B. External diam. 6.9 m, internal roofed area 28.3 m2.

Wall 798 Type 4 with a significant width of 0.80 m, corresponding with its presumed large diameter, nearly that of the Pithos House. Although founded immediately on the stone wall stubs of B 1165, stones of the latter were not robbed for the construction of this wall. A series of shallow, narrow scoops against the external face probably represent the upper part of foundation trench 903, or, less likely, water or animal action.

Wall 943 Type 3 wall with calcarenite blocks, max two courses high, plastered internal face, and with traces of compacted reddish mud surviving on the foundation. This distinctive superstructure had eroded a considerable distance to the south, and it accounted for the colour of fills 981 and 987 inside the building. The wall was placed not quite flush with the face of the irregular terrace cut which formed foundation trench 1119.

Floor 1118 Patchy white plaster, crumbled away in a band 10-20 cm wide against the east wall, founded on make-up 1326. Many plaster remnants in fills above suggest there was more than one floor, but this could not be proven. Aside from nebulous grooves, hollows and scattered postholes (1127-8), there were definite fixtures which attest to the unusual nature of this once large structure. Its east and north-east floor area was devoted to cooking and storage. Here was an oven 1170 (location: Fig. 50), two earth ovens, 883 and 1117, the latter against the wall, and two probable pot pits, 11456 near the oven. Pit 1145 still retained 37 sherds of a large RB/B storage pot. At least four other storage pots, KM 5518-21, in fills above were probably wedged in place on the floor by the many stones which were found there in disarray. Other small pits, 1126 with water worn pebbles, and 1123 with light brown silt fill, must have served special functions, probably related to cooking. We have given reasons above for ascribing most of the finds in the upper fills (774, 844, 870-2 and 945), to the occupation of B 866, in spite of plough damage and the risk of intrusion from the completely destroyed building associated with overlying wall 261 and its floor fragment, 259. Food processing utensils and conical stones preponderate in the north-east segment of B 866. The same spectrum existed in the equivalent sized Pithos House, but B 866 is distinguished by cooking facilities. Its recent destruction is a special loss to settlement studies.

Floor 983 This thin Type 2 plastery surface was broken up by collapse from the wall and subsidence into the underlying pits. Since it was put directly on their stony fills, and some elements were allowed to project through the plaster, the builders must have known of their special nature (cf. LAP II.2). There were no other exceptional features to mark out the building, save its reddish superstructure, but some relationship with the behaviour exhibited in the Ceremonial Area cannot be ruled out. Two fragments of pottery figurines, KM 1758 (Fig. 87.2) and 1795, from the upper fill, and a miniature cup, KM 1413 (Pl. 25.5; Fig. 62.4), are unusual and could have been derived from the Ceremonial Area. It was not always possible to be certain if the pits (12015) in/below the floor belonged to or preceded the structure. Irregular pits like these are atypical of building interiors, while they are characteristic of the underlying Ceremonial Area. Pits 1201 and 1205 had numerous stones, some fire-cracked, which suggest that they belong to the latter. Because the thin plaster seemed to go over 1201, its contents should be added to those from the Ceremonial Area (note inclusion of figurine KM 1896: Fig. 81.4), but the others were not definitely sealed and are included here. Several vessel

23

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

fragments were recovered from 1202, none restorable. It may have served as a pot pit with a stone bowl beside it. As in preceding B 4 to the south, the northern floor was marked by stakeholes and a scrappy platform of stones, 996, in secondary position over a thin lens of floor occupation material. Although there was no evidence for floor ridges, a declivity edged by an irregular row of stake holes to the south of underlying pit 1015 demarcates a more uneven surface to the west from the smoother to the south-east. The latter appears uneven because of pits and postholes 1201-5, but, as stated above, some probably belong to the Ceremonial Area, thus resulting in subsidence. Although not a ridge structure in the formal sense, therefore, B 994 conforms to the pattern of buildings with cleaner, uninterrupted eastern floor segments, and, separated by a screen, domestic work areas to the north and west. A number of likely postholes was located, including a peripheral row located in the south of 1202, at 1203 and 1204.

south-west for 1 m. Both form obtuse angles with the north-west side, so its plan was originally trapezoidal. Entrance? (Paving 2171) About 1 m from the surviving end of the south-west wall, and slighted by later pit 911, lay a group of flat stones, 2171, that are unlike wall stones. It is possible that these are the remnants of a threshold and entrance paving, with door post swivelling in socketed slab KM 5038. Floor 1 (1027) This plaster Type 3 surface survives only in a band c. 1 m wide against the northern walls at an average of c. 15 cm below the basal course of the walls. Two piers, 2169, 2170, against the north-west wall were placed over pre-existing pits 1028-9 containing impressed daub, and they may have served no other purpose than to demarcate an alcove over weaknesses in the floor. The exterior wall here shows no weaknesses and did not require buttressing. In the presumed east corner were traces of a complex basin, 1214. Plough disturbed mud wash, 962, and stones mixed with plaster, 988, the remains of wall collapse, lay over similar wash deposits, lying some 0.20 m thick on the floor. The latter, 965, was separated from the other fills, and finds from it may have belonged to the use of the structure. Together with those found directly on the floor, they suggest a domestic function for the structure.

Building 1000 (Pls. 8.2, 9.1-2; Figs. 21, 31, 37). See also § 3.4 and Preliminary 13, 33 Poorly preserved rectilinear structure with rounded corners adjacent to south-east wall of B 2 in 21.24.2, 21.25.1, 22.24.4 and 22.25.3. Its eastern portion is disturbed and truncated by Period 4 pits 900 and 911, and damaged by the plough. Traces of a NE corner suggest that it abutted a slight terrace. It was, therefore, probably nearly square in plan, some 5 m per side, with c. 12.6 m2 internal roofed area. As described in LAP II.2, 3, this small building was placed at the eastern edge of an open area bounded by abandoned B 2 in the north, B 206 in the west and B 4 in the south. A 5 m wide space was left between B 1000 and B 206 for earth ovens and ceremonial deposits reported in that volume. Surfaces linking these remains are 985, 1239 and 1289. They could not be followed round to the north where disturbed Gr. 540, belonging to Period 3 or 4, was cut beside the north-east wall of B 1000. According to the stratigraphy provided by surfaces in this area, B 1000, together with B 994, were the last buildings to be constructed here before the end of Period 3B. However, B 1000 respected similarly constructed B 2 and the Ceremonial Area pits, hence it is likely to antedate B 994.

Ridge Building 1016 (Pls. 2.1-4, 4.2; Figs. 3.1, 24-6). See also § 3.4 and LAP II.2, Pl. 16.5 Multiphase, circular, ridged structure notable especially for the amount of incorporated stone, rectangular hearth and an orthostatic dado. Mainly located in Upper Terrace Quadrants 24.29.2 and 24.30.1 where its three floors and occupations are compressed in a 0.40 m. deep accumulation in a superficial level in and below ploughsoil. It lies partly over B 1547, and was founded on the same deposits as B 1565. Like all Upper Terrace structures, it possesses Period 3A pottery, but Period 3B sherds occur in its uppermost, disturbed deposits. It is well preserved in the east where it was terraced into sloping Period 3A ground, eroded in the west. Gr. 551 was sunk into its eastern wall, and two later pits, 1531-2, disturbed otherwise intact features. Much further to the north-east was an intact deep tray, KM 3704 (Pls. 20.9, 25.9; Fig. 61.2), but its relationship with B 1016 (or B 1565) is unknown. Max external diameter 7.4 m internal roofed area 30.2 m2.

Wall 289 Type 3, well preserved along bowed NW side which, as stated, is remarkably like adjacent B 2 wall. The north corner is missing, probably the result of plough disturbance. Plough scars were noted on several wall stones. Plaster on its interior is set well in front of the face, extending below the basal course of the wall to meet floor 1027. The SW side survives for a length of 1 m, the NE side for 2.2 m before it seems to turn south, the

Wall 1004 Plough damaged wall, Type 3, calcarenites and limestones, with inner faces roughly trimmed flat, founded on a compact mud/clay platform, 1561, that was cut into underlying 1539. Socle 1561 together with some dislodged orthostats is all that survives in the

24

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

eroded and robbed (cf. pit 1531) south and east. Externally, there are traces of a skirting, 1512, and a buttress or bench, 1709, in the east. In the south are some flat stones, 1535, possibly part of an approach or the dislodged components of a threshold that once may have existed here. Internally, a narrow trench had been cut in primary floor makeup 1537 against the wall to receive thin slabs of white limestone. They were secured by small stones below the floor plaster which was carried up the slabs for a height of at least 10 cm. This floor plaster curved up the wall and did not meet it at a right angle. Taking account of the dislodged slabs, the entire inner circumference had a continuously curving dado of smooth, but partly concealed white orthostats. These were untrimmed from a quarry, with smooth external face, 2-3 cm thick, av 24 cm high, and from 8 to 45 cm in length except behind seat? 1534 where a 65 cm long slab had been inserted.

The organic accumulation in the eastern segment was replaced by two different stony fills. Platform setting 1523, a band of rubble, 4 m long and c. 0.70 m wide, sloped up to the east wall. More stones, 993 and 998, occurred above 1523. While the later deposit of stones probably result from wall tumble, the band is regarded as an in situ feature because it was compact, it showed no collapse pattern, the stones were smaller than those in the extant wall, and nowhere else at Kissonerga did wall tumble resemble this. It is possible, of course, that 1523 represents re-arranged wall collapse, but in any case, it constitutes a remodelling of the eastern segment. Near its centre, the feature was widened to 1.40 m where it terminated in larger stones and abutted a fragile 1 x 2 m ‘carpet’ of closely laid pebbles, 1519, with traces of a plaster wash surface. The neat fit between these two elements supports the contention that 1523 is an integral component of B 1016 and not unmodified wall collapse. It also abutted 1535 in the angle between the wall and ridge 1524. This semicircular feature had stones angled against the wall, like a backrest. Other stones of this feature provided a flat area for use as a stand or seat. It may have already been in place as an original feature of Floor 1. The purpose of raising the eastern segment with so many stones is uncertain. Peripheral zone 1523 sloped somewhat from the wall where it was c. 0.20 m thick. It is unlikely to have been a revetment for a weakened wall since this does little to explain associated 1519 and it effectively lies below the base of the Type 3 wall. It may have been the (now slumped) substructure for a raised platform with a carefully paved area between its base and hearth 1520. Such a pebble makeup is unique at Kissonerga. The many pebbles below floors of B 1295 and 1565 are of a different character.

Floor 1 (1508, 1026) This was partitioned by floor ridges 1522 and 1524 that radiated from the corners of rectangular hearth 1520 to the wall, so demarcating an eastern segment. Floor makeup 1537 was best preserved in this segment. It was trimmed vertically below the ridges, so providing a raised area for the segment. Since 1537 comprised a firm surface, it may have been used as an earlier floor, but if so, associated features do not survive. Over this, Floor 1 comprised a 1 cm thick gleaming white plaster that abutted the central hearth, made rounded corners between ridges and wall, was carried partly up the orthostats, and up and over the ridges beyond which it gradually became poorer and eroded (1026). It was patched and repaired to the west of 1522 and continued in use after the installation of secondary features in the eastern segment. Preserved beneath the latter (1523) was a thin, silicate rich accumulation, indicative of the presence of organic materials there. The floor ridges were made of one or two rows of stones set end to end in a matrix of compacted mud and coated with plaster. Their flat tops were about 10 cm above floor level and there were no signs of wear or a gap. Both are slightly bowed in plan, 1524 expanding in a reddish compacted mud matrix near the wall. The only other fixtures were hearth 1520 and, against the western wall, setting 1536. This setting consisted of a pit lined with sherds and stones that secured a tray, KM 5526, whose base was subsequently replaced by a large stone and the whole coated with plaster. This food-preparation installation probably lasted throughout the building phases. The rectangular Type 4 hearth (LAP II.2, Pl. 16.5) rose 10 cm above the floor, like the ridges, and contained a central depressed area where fragments of an oven were concentrated (see below).

Floor 2 (1002, 1511) A damaged, scrappy plaster floor sealed parts of the hearth, pebble ‘carpet’ 1519 and floor ridges, and abutted the upper part of platform 1523 and the main wall. Roughly over the earlier hearth was a good section of plaster with traces of burning, 1509, suggesting continued usage as a hearth. Its central depression was not sealed, hence it may have been adapted now to serve as a firebox for what appeared to be a secondary oven. Wall fragments of a clay-lined oven oriented towards the north-west were found here. The floor was affected by stone tumble, and little could be made of its arrangements. They included a 1.40 m arc of walling, 1518, which continued over the earlier hearth. Floor 3 (1001) Over Floor 2 and even more badly damaged was a plastery, tamped surface. The plough damaged wall tumble which intruded here, 993, 998, was mixed with the ash, sherds and silicates of the occupation on the floor. Collapse was very extensive, and ghosts of stone

Secondary alterations

25

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

positions existed in the compacted mud socle of wall 1004 in the west. Also in the west were at least two stone-free circular areas, as if the collapse had been rearranged to form stone-settings. This collapse/occupation deposit, however, was too disturbed to identify features with certainty and the nature of this Floor deposit is unclear. It may be no more than superstructure collapse compaction followed by stone collapse from the lower walls which was modified in Period 3B, to judge from sherdage (Fig. 2.2, Sequence F).

for supporting a horizontal spit. Almost a metre to its south-east were traces of a Type 2 basin, mostly cut away by Gr. 538. Since basin 1148 continued in use, the southern arrangement of Floor 2 was a smaller version of that in Basin Building 1046. A flask and storage jar (KM 5522-3) were placed beside the hearth, but finds in general were scarce. Three pestles, KM 1725 and 1865 inside, and KM 1866 outside the entrance may be noted in relation to the existence of basins. Basin Building 1046 (Pls. 16.4, 17.1-2; Figs. 39, 49) See also § 3.5 and Herscher 1995, 267, Fig. 8

Building 1044 (Pl. 16.2-3; Figs. 23, 39, 49). See also § 3.5 and Preliminary 13, 31

Circular, located in Quadrant 19.24.1 and 20.24.3 between B 866 and B 1044. Ext. diam. 5.4 m, roofed area 14.5 m2, north-west entrance leads to passage 1154 between B 1044 and 1052, and to the south of B 1052. Entirely excavated structure below ploughsoil, Period 5 stone setting 1332, wall 1396 and wash 1313; above unexcavated. A basin, 1386, similar to those located inside the building was found in the compacted mud wash over the floor and suggests limited re-usage, perhaps after the building had been dismantled. Outside are: annex B 1044 to its north, contemporary external surfaces 1380 and 1411, and T. 566 c. 0.20 m from its north-east wall arc. Linear wall 1396 and stone settings 1332 and 1335 were cut into its eastern perimeter. These superficial features cannot be associated with other occupational evidence, but they indicate continued activity here, after the end of B 1046. Linear wall 1396 may have delimited the soft, ashy zone to the east. It was overlain by Gr. 557 (see Figs. 39, 56) which must therefore post-date B 1046 to its north.

Horseshoe-shaped annex attached to north of B 1046 in 20.24.3. Max external diam. 4.4 m, roofed area 9.6 m2, entrance to north-west. Small structure with a minimum of two floors below ploughsoil, and above unexcavated; cut by pit 1345 in north-west, 1081 and 1112 in south-west, and, on interior, by pit 1180 and Gr. 533, 538 and 543. Outside surfaces are 150, 1154 and 1380; adjacent T. 515 and 566 are cut into these surfaces. Wall 1045 Short sections survive of the unplastered, thin, Type 4, 0.17 m high stone and mud foundation. Its connection with B 1046 to the south was destroyed by pits 1081 and 1112 on the south-west, and the relationship is unclear in the south-east. Above the last floor, only some 0.10 m of collapsed superstructure, 1053, survived beneath ploughsoil. Entrance 1060

Wall 1047

Served both floors and comprises a worn earthen area, southern jamb missing, pivot stone 1683 on left upon entry. Edge-set stone 1684, an igneous worked slab, set on entrance axis, 1 m from shut door position and adjacent to hearth; immediately in front, a brace pole depression. In fill of entrance above floors was a quern.

Above unexcavated, worn earth surface with fragmentary, burnt basin?, 1390, below damaged platform hearth 1209. It was not possible to ascertain if the basin belonged to a pre-existing floor, but this seems unlikely. At least two features, basin 1148 with attached quern set against the south wall and the door edge-set stone, were kept in use in the repaving for Floor 2. A cache of 5 conical stones was found against the north wall.

Type 4, distinguished by its plastered faces and many small stones, was cut into north-east but was freestanding in south-west where it possessed an external plaster rendering. Some wallstones (1410) had collapsed over a compacted mud fill 1048 on the interior, but otherwise the socle was in good condition. It was chiefly notable for its thick internal plaster, 2025, which extended as a concave face to the dished floor and contained a ‘pebble-dash’ finish of embedded sherds on all but its south face. These were randomly pressed into the white plaster with their projecting shiny red surfaces outermost, the object presumably being to produce a contrasting red-on-white mural. The preserved height of this decorated wall finish is 0.35 m, and it is unlikely to have extended much further up the wall in this fashion.

Floor 2 (1171)

Entrance 2017

This patchy white plastered floor was separated from Floor 1 by a 5 cm thick fill, 1172, and is simply a refurbishment. A new, larger central hearth, 1041, was built directly over the pre-existing one. In its western surface were two small postholes, 30 cm apart, suitable

Flat earth threshold in the north-west arc, with squared jambs, plastered on one excavated outer corner. Pivot stone 1685 with pivot hole exactly on the axis of the northern jamb. Upright anvil KM 5023 served as the edge-set stone for a door prop aligned on the central

Floor 1 (1173)

26

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

axis of the entrance, 1.10 m from closed door position, between it and the hearth. Stake holes, 2030, occur in the area so defined and beyond to the south-west of the hearth.

Entrance 1135 Eastern jamb thickened, but only one stone survives of the southern. The Floor 1 door seems to have been pivoted 0.50 m from the excavated eastern jamb, which would have made the door too wide to swing freely. The pivot was replaced in Floor 2 by another situated in line with the present eastern jamb. The entranceway, therefore, shows two distinct phases in which the first was so radically altered by the insertion of a thickened eastern jamb that it may have entailed roof replacement. Continuity of many internal features, however, rather suggests a more localised repair and hence the Floor 1 pivot may be out of place. The door edge-set stone, 1689, c. 0.70 m from the closed door position, was seemingly used throughout. However, a posthole, 1259, was located close to 1689, between it and the entry. It may have served as a socket for a wooden brace stop which was replaced during the life of Floor 1 by 1689. See above, Wall 975, for the possibility of another entrance.

Floor 1 (2000) A few postholes (2026-9) were found, but in no discernible pattern for roof reconstruction. However, some stakeholes nearest the hearth in stakescape 2030 were relatively large and may have held posts, in which case a circular setting could have existed around the hearth. Part of the floor here is lost in subsidence 2041. It dipped c. 0.22 m below the level of the threshold. White plaster floor with central platform hearth, a circular plaster pad 1497 immediately to its north (seat?, pot stand?) and three complex basins to its south. These occupy a third of available floor space and they indicate a specialised function for this Basin Building. Closest to the hearth is 1498, a Type 2 basin oriented so its lowest compartment is nearest the hearth, five projecting compartments facing the wall 0.40 m further south. The other, contiguous, subcircular basins are attached to the wall in the south-west and although almost as large as 1498, they have few internal divisions. In the case of basin 2013 this may be because it was intentionally filled with stones that could have destroyed the fragile dividing ribs. A small aperture probably existed in the centre of its eastern side. A more definite aperture defined by ribs exists on the north side of remaining basin 2015.

Floor 1 (1194) This whitish plaster floor was selectively patched up during its life. The usual central hearth is replaced by a trough- or spherical-shaped oven, 1070, which even in its collapsed state stood 0.36 m. above the floor, with its aperture facing the doorway. Like many other fixtures, it continued in use during Floor 2. Beside the oven was a stone table which, at the end of B 1052, probably supported two bowls, KM 1713-4 (Fig. 69.2, 7). Of the stone tools concentrated to the south around a worn-through mortar which may have stood already on this floor near the wall (not shown on Fig. 48), was a unique chloritite ladle, KM 1863 (Pl. 38.14; Fig. 102.13). Other installations include a stone mortar let into the floor at 1133 to the south of the entrance and a group of flagstones and plastered area, 1137, presumably to support a storage jar (cf. 1136 in Floor 2) behind the door. One of the flags, however, proved to be a large, inverted quern that partially concealed the burial in Gr. 542 (shown without covering in Fig. 56). Gr. 542 is unique at Kissonerga because it is a definite instance of intra-mural burial. The shallow grave pit was dug into Floor 1 along the north wall face and, as far as could be seen, its edges were sealed by Floor 2. The cover stone, quern KM 1726 (Pl. 34.3), was inverted so that its flat reverse formed a level platform to within 4 cm with other components of 1137. Thus, the grave was cut, filled and sealed during the life of Floor 1 or immediately after. The skull of the inhumed female projected beyond the narrower terminal of the quern and may well have been visible to the occupants. A child was buried in Gr. 544 at the foot of Gr. 542, and although conditions there were too disturbed to establish its exact stratigraphy, it seems likely that this was a contemporaneous event. There were no signs of

Building 1052 (Pls. 17.3-5; 23.2; Figs. 23, 39, 48, 56). See also § 3.5; Preliminary 13, 31-2; and LAP II.2, Pl. 16.3 Free-standing circular structure in Quadrant 20.23.2/4, between B 1044 to the east and the building represented by wall 910 to the west, max external diam. 4.7 m, roofed area 10.2 m2, entrance to north-west. Medium-sized building with two floors, plough scored and disturbed by sporadic root action?, 1987, in east. Below ploughsoil, above unexcavated, cut by pit 1083. Contemporary surfaces to north disturbed; those shown on Fig. 48 belong with earlier phase B 834. Wall 975 Type 4, well preserved footing of 5 courses on northeast where it was terraced into surface 1154, poorly retained on south-west where it narrows considerably for no obvious reason and was supported? by four internal posts, 2166. Subsidence and disturbance in the south-east (pit 1110 and T. 561) may camouflage a blocked entrance. Settings 2167 attached to the exterior wallface. The interior fill, 1054/1071, is 35 cm deep and comprises light brownish wash consistent with collapsed superstructure. However, the many finds from it suggest that it became mixed with occupation material or the area became a dump.

27

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

associated destruction or collapse, but these burials were probably made shortly before the doorway renovations for Floor 2.

segments of Period 3B structures, as is the existence of postholes. They are relatively large and six of these, 2145-50, in a north-south row must have formed stout supports enclosing a narrow alcove in the south-east. The angle between this line and the wall is more acute than normal for the usual partition or floor ridge in Period 3B buildings. It seems too stout for a simple alcove, however, and given its position and evidence for longevity, it may well be a secondary partition wall inserted clumsily inside the segmented zone with fine floor. Posthole edges were too frayed to determine if they were an original feature of the building or had been cut into the plaster as a secondary operation. A poorer floor at the limit of its excavation in the north suggests the building was segmented as usual. The high number of utilitarian finds, the intrusive pit 1286, severe wear in the floor and post cuts may mean that this building was used secondarily for different purposes than originally intended.

Floor 2 (1174) In the west, this white plaster remake was as much as 0.06 m above Floor 1, in the east they converged. As already noted, it was laid when the doorway was refurbished, but many internal fixtures continued in use. The oven, stone table, stone basin and mortar all continued. Platform 1137 was replaced by pot setting 1136 a little to the west over the earlier pivot stone KM 5027, behind the new door and further away from Gr. 542. Another flagged setting, 1176, was located against the east wall, and presumably toppled from there were two storage jars, KM 5515, 5525 and a bowl, 5524. Many finds which belong to setting 1136 may have seen primary usage in Floor 1. Others which occur in disturbed fills 1054 and 1071 above Floor 2 may have belonged to that floor.

Building 1161 (Pls. 2.5-7; 3.1-3; Figs. 30, 31). See also § 3.3-4 and Preliminary 13, 34; 14, 156, Fig. 1

Building 1103 (Pl. 9.3; Figs. 3.5, 19.2, 31, 38). See also § 3.4

A small sub-square structure located in 23.23.4 immediately north of the Pithos House and south of B 1295. Although it possessed only a single floor, there are signs of refurbishment and secondary use. Animal disturbance affected most of the interior. Stratigraphically, it is contemporary with B 1295 and earlier than B 3 which truncated its fallen western wall. This means it is Period 3A, but most of the pottery from the building itself was derived from constructional elements and hence this pottery is likely to be earlier than its use. Only two sherds and one vessel, deep tray KM 2278 (Fig. 60.1), could safely be assigned to the primary occupation, and these were Period 3A, like the material derived from walls. However, two Period 3B RWL sherds and a C14 date (Table 2.3: OxA-2962) consistent with Period 3B chronology were associated with an oven inserted into fills and dug down to floor level. Also, while the builders of the Period 3B Paved Track 35 respected the position of B 1161, they blocked its eastern entrance with road metal. Thus, the foundations, at least, were still standing during Period 3B when an oven was placed within the wall stubs. Either then or before, a second entrance was placed in its south-western corner and the western wall collapsed suddenly. The timing of these events is uncertain. The building, therefore, was probably re-used in Period 3B. Its plan and the absence of central hearth and traces of segmentation suggest an atypical function throughout. Dimensions 4.4 x 4.5 m, internal area 9.1 m2.

Single-floored curvilinear structure immediately below the western part of the Pithos House in Quadrants 22.22.2, 22.23.1 and 23.23.3. Its western portion and entrance are lost in modern terracing, and so approximately about a quarter remains of its original, circular plan. Its eastern portion is cut by pits 471 and 1286, and slighted by 905 of the Pithos House which left only shallow intact deposits in the south-east of B 1103. Secure stratigraphy, wall type, floor type and ceramics all confirm its attribution to Period 3B. Estimated external diam. 7.9 m, internal covered space 38.5 m2. Wall 1092 A 6 m length of Type 3 wall was recovered with traces of a skirting of external stones against its eastern face. As is common in Period 3B buildings, the wall base is low and carefully constructed; an unusual feature, probably once ubiquitous, is the retention of external buff plaster on its southern face. Building stone was found in the upper fill, 1104, and still others mixed with occupation ash and wall plaster lay in 1292, just above the floor, suggesting that at least one more wall course existed in the base of the wall. Larger stones were in the top of the fill together with ashy linear features 3-5 cm wide and larger sherds than below. These may be remnants of furniture, windows or roof. Floor 1 (1192) Although it possessed a hard Type 3 plaster, the floor was worn away in an area 0.70 x 1.40 m in front of a putative stone setting against the east wall that contained rubber KM 5054. Another area worn or cut through the floor lay immediately to the south. Such evidence for wear and tear is uncommon in eastern

Wall 1109 Poorly constructed with large stones, including some calcarenite blocks, Type 3/4. Straight western wall, three others comprised of straight lengths with rounded corners. Cut by Gr. 546 in north. The west wall fell

28

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

outwards virtually intact with discontinuous lines of plaster (1108), perhaps after the roof and other walls had collapsed. The interior contained more jumbled stones (1150, 1158, 1302) and reddish-brown compacted mud wash (1093?, 1266) in confused tip lines showing disturbance by water and other factors, including animals or roots. Tumble 1108 comprised at least four courses which, when added to the three in situ courses gives a minimum height of 1.05 m for the stone foundation of this wall (av height of B 1161 courses is 0.15 m).

oven tallies with evidence for animal disturbance throughout the building and it supports the argument that it lay open and in use for some time. Most of the objects from B 1161 came from its vicinity. They include three dentalia which seem out of place in an oven, but correspond well with a concentration of funerary find types in fills. Figurines (KM 2737, 1924: Pls. 32.18, 35.8; Fig. 87.3), pendants (KM 1570, 1575) and eight more dentalia come from these fills. They suggest that remnants of a necklace became mixed with B 1161 deposits. While they could have come from a burial, adjacent graves and tombs 545-6, 550 and 558 are all Period 4 and hence post-date this secondary use. Parts of the oven (potspread 1262) were found higher up in the fill.

Entrances 2002/2091 and 1691 A primary entrance, 2002, was located in the eastern wall, paved with limestone slabs which extended 0.70 m beyond the doorway to provide a sloping, plastered, solid ramp, 2091. The plastered limestone ramp was extended a further 65 cm east by a compact, sand and grit sloped approach, 2119, laid directly on silty fills. Laminated plaster of ramp 2091 lay over silty deposits on the stone threshold, hence it was a secondary addition. Local topography suggests that the area by the eastern frontage was subject to erosion, and the installation first of 2091, and later of Paved Track 35, was probably meant to counteract the seasonally damp and slippery conditions there. A second entrance, 1691, existed in the south-west where it was probably transferred after 2002/2091 was blocked by Paved Track 35. The pivot stone, 1690, may also have been transferred since none was found by 2002/2091. B 1161, therefore, was re-oriented to allow continued access from the roadway that flanked the north wall of B 206, but which was later robbed out by quarry 654. This secondary entrance was in turn blocked, and the whole area subsequently disturbed by collapse and the construction of the Pithos House.

Building 1165 (Pl. 18.1; Figs. 3.17, 18.2, 22, 39, 50). See also § 3.5 Circular structure with two floors immediately south of B 1046 and north-west of B 200 and 493 in 19.24.3, external diam. 6.2 m, internal roofed area 20.4 m2. Constructed over Period 3B deposits, including Ridge Building 855, wall 2124 and Gr. 563, and sealed by B 866 of Period 4. External surface 917 to east lies over B 855 and merges into deposits linked with B 493. Wash 326 collected against B 1165 in the north-east, sealed Gr. 521 and 524 and underlay B 493. See also B 866 for relationships to the east. Beyond the entrance was a hard, extensively stake-holed surface, 1277, that extended some 4 m south where it became eroded. This overlay Ridge Building 855 of Period 3B, and it was cut by a large oblong pit 1220. Wall 796 Type 4 with internal wall plaster 1167. Disturbed by shallow pit 1460 on west.

Floor 1 (1300)

Entrance

Thinly plastered floor disturbed everywhere, but especially near secondary oven 1275, by animal burrows. Below the oven in primary position was a plastered basin 2069. This, deep tray KM 2278 and three stone tools is all that could be attributed to the primary occupation with any confidence.

Most likely in south arc where it was destroyed by subsidence over Gr. 563 and the insertion of oven 1170 of B 866 in the resulting hollow in this area. The position of the oven is shown by a broken line in Fig. 50. A group of stake holes on the interior edge of the entry may have held stakes that secured the door (cf. LAP I, 224-6). Door pivot 1692 at corner of west internal jamb, edge-set stone 1693 embedded in floor and partly coated with hearth plaster c. 1.40 m from closed door position. Posthole 1442 is placed on the axis of the assumed bar pole.

Secondary usage Approximately 5 cm above the floor, over a wash deposit and the plastered basin, was oven 1275 with scorched stones set in compacted mud. It was situated so close to entry 2002 that the door could not have been fully opened. This corroborates the stratigraphic evidence for the secondary position of the oven, as does its alignment with entrance 1691. No other features could be associated with the oven, and it seems as if it may have been founded in a hollow created in the debris of the abandoned structure. Animal dung may have been used as fuel. The association of mouse dung with the

Floor 1 (2143) Noted only in small sounding against wall plaster 1167 which continues 5 cm below Floor 2 to patchy white surface. Floor 2 (1166)

29

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

White thinly plastered floor, patched several times. Refurbishment is also evident in the laminated hearth and especially in the large number of postholes, the most recovered from a building at Kissonerga. Over 30 well defined examples were found, some as pairs or triples, indicating the need for roof repairs. While no specific pattern could be observed, there are rough arcs concentric with the hearth, the furthest c. 1.80 m from the firebowl. A linear pattern from pivot stone 1692 to post 1435 in the north-west may suggest support for a western loft. Such closely spaced posts would effectively have created narrow corridors if contemporary. There is no obvious reason for the better preservation of postholes in B 1165. Some 15 cm fill of compacted mud wash and stones (945, 1140, 1339, 1463) accumulated between primary occupation 1427 and Floor 1 of overlying B 866. Three beads and a figurine occurred in addition to domestic utensils in these building fills. Relatively high proportions of ornaments were also found near the structure: pendant KM 2105 (Pl. 36.8 fourth row; Fig. 98.9) on the accumulation (1255) above surface 1277, figurines KM 2140, 2146, bead 3154 and worked teeth 3164.1-2 on the surface itself, figurine KM 1610 (Pl. 36.12; Fig. 98.13) and bead 2933 in pit 1220, beads KM 1199.1-2 from surface 917, beads 921, 963, 1096, 2682, figurine 2678 (Pl. 31.6; Fig. 81.10) in wash 326, and figurine 2605 (Pl. B.3; Fig. 83.1) in pit 1460. These unusual concentrations are probably the result of mortuary rites associated with nearby graves (cf. § 4.4) and so, with the exception of KM 2605, they are excluded from consideration of B 1165. KM 2605 comes from slight disturbance 1460 which very likely incorporated objects from the building.

Made from crudely cut masonry with flat interior faces, wall 1208 survived to a maximum height of 5 courses, but was discontinuous because of disturbances in the west, north and south-east. Nonetheless, the floor was well preserved at its edges and this confirmed its rectilinear plan. The step or shelf cut for the foundation was well preserved here, and when the latter tumbled into the interior, the collapse retained enough plaster to suggest that it was finished in white for some considerable height. It fell directly onto the floor as a sequence of compacted mud wash 11 cm thick in one area (1293 - part of roof?, 1409), wall facers and core cobbles 18 cm thick over the latter and directly onto the floor near its centre, and more compacted mud wash above (1222, 1379 and perhaps 1329). The last two units washed to either side of the wall gap in the north. Entrance This was probably in the bowed south-east wall gap since an edge-set stone, 1694, was embedded in the floor at c. 0.90 m from the putative position of the northern jamb. Both its distance and position, i.e. on the right side of the doorway viewed from the exterior, conforms to normal entrance arrangements. The whole area here was disturbed by Gr. 547 and T. 558, but a patch of hard paving, 1316, indicates that the doorway was fronted by a specially laid durable surface. To the west of this entry, blocking the narrow corridor between B 1295 and B 1161 was a ruinous oven, 1486. It had been cut by T. 550 with associated pits, but was probably contemporary with the adjacent buildings. It opened to the west where there must have been a working area, but this was disturbed. Access to the oven from the east may have been blocked by a line of stones between the buildings (not shown), 1283.

Building 1295 (Pl. 3. 3-5; Figs. 18.1, 30, 31). See also § 3.3 and Preliminary 13, 34; LAP II.2, Pl. 16.6

Floor 1 (1301)

Square, single phase structure with slightly bowed south-east wall located at the northern extremity of the Main Area, between B 1161 and wall 1398 in Quadrants 24.23.3-4, 22.23.1-2. Founded over wash deposits 2111, 2094 and 2080 of Periods 2/3A, and cut by T. 547 and 558, and Period 3B fire pit 1233, it was cut into the same levels as adjacent B 1161 of Period 3A. Unfortunately, it was cleaned out prior to abandonment and the latest material comes from Period 3A constructional fills. Its history seems to have been the same as B 1161, with the truncated fire pit 1233 over hearth 1294 providing evidence for secondary usage. Thus, its floor was also disturbed by animal and root action, and its walls fell inside suddenly, their force damaging the hearth. While, therefore, it is probably another rectilinear component of a Period 3A complex, its elements suggest a different function. External dimensions 4.4 x 4.4 m, internal area 12.3 m2. Wall 1208

This lay 15 cm below the lowest course of the wall, and 37 cm below contemporary external surface 1316. It was joined to the latter by a separate, thick concavesided ‘wall’ plaster, 2004, set onto a cobble backing, 2006. The floor was comprised of a thin, flat plaster, dished at the edges, and it was founded on a layer of chipping, 2005, perhaps builders’ debris from wall core, hearth core and excess wall plaster backing. It was disturbed by Gr. 547, animal holes 2003, 2008 and 2009, the last perhaps a small disturbed pit of uncertain function. Its fine raised central hearth, 1294, and carefully constructed floor could not have withstood hard wear. Subsequent occupation (fire pit 1233) A Period 3B truncated fire pit was found with its base 22 cm directly above the hearth. It was cut into the compacted mud wash inside the structure, but its position above the earlier hearth suggests familiarity with preceding arrangements. No other feature could be as-

30

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

sociated with this negative element.

sherdage, 1585 and 1634, were cut by postholes, so they were filled prior to erection of those posts. It would seem, therefore, that the builders of B 1547 knew of the existence of a pitted area in the region where they wished to establish their building and planned it in such a way that the fine eastern part was founded on a firmer base.

Ridge Building 1547 (Pl. 4.1-4; Figs. 3.2, 24-5, 27-8). See also § 3.3 and LAP II.2, Pl. 16.6 Circular ridged building in Upper Terrace, mainly in Quadrants 24.29.2 and 25.29.4. It lies c. 40 cm below B 1016. Founded on levels containing Period 2 pits and sealed by artefact rich Unit 1539 which accumulated between it and overlying structure B 1016. Unit 1539 contained 106 registered artefacts, many of them pierced discs and bone objects. It comprised ashy silt, compacted mud wash, plaster flecks and occasional stones. It may have originally derived from B 1547, but as it sealed the wall stubs and extended well beyond the circumference it is excluded from consideration of B 1547. An earth oven, 1569, had been cut into the building fill before deposition of 1539, hence it was separated from the structure by secondary activity of a type normally found in extra-mural contexts. Ceramics from within B 1547 and immediately above are typical of Period 3A, and assay AA-10497, from grape seeds in Unit 1571 which ran up to the wall of B 1547 and was sealed by 1539, provides a date in the second half of the 4th millennium BC (Table 2.3). The building was eroded on its west where it was also subject to subsidence and interference from later pit 1575 and Gr. 567 and 571. Traces of its western wall and floor provide sound evidence for its total extent. Max external diam. 6.1 m, internal roofed space, 22.1 m2.

Wall 1540 Type 3, intact only in the east where it was founded on a mud mortar base, was bordered externally by a 35 cm wide skirting and was white plastered on its interior after the floor had been laid. It was slighted by Gr. 570 and cut by pit 1532. Patches of stonework on the western floor perimeter suggest that the wall here was robbed rather than entirely made of now eroded compacted mud. Compacted mud fills 1543, 1549 and 1573, some 12 cm thick and with plaster flecks, over the floors probably originated in part from the collapsed superstructure of the wall. Only 1573 west of the central feature gradated into more ashy deposits typical of occupation. The latter became mixed with fills insofar as the fills contained many objects, probably pushed up into them by water action. Entrance 1605 Only the well articulated eastern jamb remains at the juncture of the wall with western ridge 1572. In spite of its fragmentary nature, 1605 provides the most detailed information on doorway arrangements at Kissonerga. Inside the jamb, a small vertical stone had been set to provide a stop for the door in its closed position. The door itself was secured, it is assumed, by a timber inclined from one of two edge-set stones, 1704, set vertically against the western face of the adjoining ridge 1572. They were aligned perpendicular to the doorstop and at a distance of 0.96 and 1.17 m respectively. The nearer of the two edge-set stones, KM 5006, was a cupped stone with its socket oriented to the entry and thus well suited to stabilise a timber propped against the door. Unfortunately, the sides of the socket were too splayed to provide accurate measurements to calculate the angle of the inserted timber. The threshold was secondarily raised, blocked or narrowed by a 15 cm high plinth of rubble and compacted mud that extended to a cobbled external approach, 1635. Its internal limit projected so far that it would have prevented the door from closing satisfactorily. The possibility of the existence of a higher lost floor, suggested by this and the two edge-set stones, cannot be dismissed (see below).

Relationship with underlying pits Fig. 27 demonstrates that, coinciding precisely with the western half of B 1547 and aligned along the axis of its entrance, was a densely pitted area. Because floor 1578 could not be traced continuously over the pits, and their lips lay almost at the same projected level as the floor, they could be regarded as occupational activity associated with the building. In favour of this are the facts that they intersect, and hence only one or two may have been open at the same time, most respect the subdivisions of the floor and are located within the projected circumference of the building and the fact that pits sometimes occur in other buildings (cf. B 866). However, there is no parallel for such a concentration of pits inside buildings. Six other factors suggest that most, if not all, antedate the structure. First are postholes 1597 and 1632 which intrude into the pit fills from the floor, second pit 1599 which undercuts ridge 1572 so precariously it is unlikely to be contemporary, third the location of pit 1657 in the entry where it was sealed by blocking or a threshold 1603, fourth the location of pit 1653 which is sealed by the thick floor makeup of eastern floor 1546, fifth basin 1584 which was cut into pit 1652 and lastly the exclusively earlier Period 2 pottery in most pit fills (See § 3.2 discussion of Period 2 for 2 and 3A pits). Two of the five pits with Period 3A

Floor 1 (1546, 1552, 1578) Floor 1546 between ridges 1548 and 1572 differed from the other two, and of these, 1578 is probably no more than an eroded, altered extension of northern floor 1552. Floor 1546 was a compacted plastery surface on a 15 cm thick mud makeup, 1637. It had probably been

31

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

laid wet and polished off smoothly. Ridges 1548 and 1572 which define this carefully tended segment were built after the makeup had been laid, and then finished off with an unbroken continuation of the plaster slurry used on the floor. The 7-12 cm high ridges were butted to the main wall and curved at the junctures so that there was no right angled corners in the whole of this segment. The well preserved flat tops of the ridges showed no signs of wear, superstructure or entry gap. Weighted polythene that had covered this eastern segment during the winter was removed upon resumption of excavation in 1992. As the damp, slightly mossy conditions beneath dried, linear discolorations appeared for a few days on floor 1546, ridge 1548 and the compacted mud stump of the northern terminal of wall 1540. Their general plan consisted of bands that radiated from the centre, straight, parallel bands as chords up to 54 cm from the eastern arc of wall 1540, short, criss-crossed bands on ridge 1548 and short random stretches along the line of the compacted mud base of wall 1540. Bands conformed to two types: a white core with green borders for the straight, parallel group of 45 bands, or dark core with light edges for radiating and other bands. The former were very regular, 3 cm wide. They may have been soil replacements of collapsed roof reeds, though the chords against the east wall, up to 2.60 m in length, are too regular for such an interpretation. They may be the base of some furniture (cf. discussion of stony areas in east segment of B 1016). As no timber discolorations were noted, and postholes were intentionally plugged (see below), timbers were probably recycled and the roof reeds left to rot. A sequence of four floors in 1552 and two in 1578 support suggestions from a replacement? edge-set stone and raised entry that B 1547 was refurbished, even though the latter features could not be correlated with individual floors. The clearest sequence, in 1552, yielded a nodular white plaster surface, a smoother white plaster surface, a mud surface with areas of powdery red pigment and a final patchy mud surface in a total depth of 5 cm. Some of the postholes shown on Fig. 28 were plugged with floor material and white plaster before the final surface was laid. Two of these are numbered to signal their occurrence in the tops of the fills of underlying pits which constituted a major problem in understanding B 1547. They, at least, prove that the relevant pits were filled by the final occupation of B 1547. The central shallow depression, basin 1588, retained a lip of plaster on its northern edge. Either when it was dug or when its contents were removed, ridges 1548 and 1572 were slighted. Originally, the ridges abutted 1588 since a shadow at the terminal of 1572 reached the latter. The standard fixture in this position in most chalcolithic buildings is a hearth, and these are constructed by filling a hollow as a foundation for a raised and plastered platform. The absence of burning,

therefore, does not contradict its use as a hearth, while a plaster lining would be normal for all surfaces of a basin. Either the hearth/basin was never finished, in the process of refurbishment or removed. Given the powdery nature of red floor pigment in 1552 and the fragility of some finds, it is suggested that the building was abandoned in the course of refurbishment. It was certainly clear to excavators that the red powdery material and finds on floors could not have withstood normal contact. The associated hearth, basin and vessel, 1604, 1584 and KM 5580, on 1552 were presumably ancillary features for a working area. Continuity with prebuilding activities is indicated by the size and position of 1584 which lies immediately over earth oven 1652. Exposed fragile objects mentioned above include triton shell KM 3075 on floor 1546. In one Kissonerga context at least, such an object has a ritual function (see LAP II.2). Near the entrance were thin picrolite pieces, part of an assemblage of plaque-like objects, including a crystal example, from the building. Unlike other picrolites from Kissonerga, these seem pristine and so, unless from quite atypical shapes, they may be broken blanks. Support for pendant manufacture in B 1547 is also forthcoming from the discovery of wasters as backfill in pit 1575 and Gr. 567 which cut B 1547 (see § 8.2). Ridge Building 1565 (Pl. 4.5; Figs. 20, 25, 29). See also § 3.3 Plough disturbed, circular ridge building to north of B 1547 and 1016 in Quadrants 25.29.2/4 of the Upper Terrace. It was cut into the surviving top of general Unit 1568/1539 which overlies B 1547. B 1016 also lies on 1539, hence B 1016 and 1565 are stratigraphically contemporary. Levels above 1539 were too disturbed to ascertain relations between these buildings more exactly. Two later, relatively large graves, 573-4, were cut into the central part of the floor, so destroying much of the small internal area. The western, more plough-scored part of the building extends beyond the limit of excavation. The remaining three-quarters permits secure measurements to ascertain its max diam. of 5 m, internal roofed space 13.2 m2. Wall 1564 Type 3 wall surviving in its north-east arc and indicated by its shelf along the south-east. Plough-disturbed c. 20 cm deep fill comprised many, compactly set, stones, presumably from the wall which survived only as one course. There was no sign of an entrance in the wall. Floor 1558 Plastery surface patched up three times with either white or grey plaster in a max depth of 12 cm and laid on cobbles 1566 which may be a continuation of 1568 into which a hollow was cut for the building. The floor

32

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

was subdivided above its first phase by a 6 cm high ridge, 1567, extending for 90 cm south of the hearth (which it did not abut), and the remnants of another, 1665, which was disturbed by Gr. 573 and oven 1559 to leave but a stretch of 0.60 m perpendicular against the eastern wall. The south-east segment of B 1565 therefore was demarcated by floor ridges, but its floor was the same type as elsewhere. Apart from the graves mentioned above, the floor was cut for two possible postholes south-west and south-east of the central hearth, and the lower basin-like part of oven 1559 situated against the eastern wall. Oven 1559 seems to be placed on a plinth, 15 cm above the upper floor surface. The ridged segments of buildings of this type are otherwise not known to possess fixtures, and the way in which this is propped up against the wall also suggests that it is secondary. It was slighted by ploughsoil and its ceramic components spread throughout fill 1557 and topsoil. Only the base of hearth 1563 survived with a red discoloured central patch. To its west was a similarly fine plastered area, probably the degraded vestiges of an earlier hearth. Since 1563 is contemporary with all resurfacings of floor 1568, it seems that we have lost earlier floors associated with the earlier hearth. Fragmentary figurines were recovered: KM 3602 (Fig. 82.6) from the hearth and KM 3157 (Fig. 86.9) the floor makeup. The other artefacts associated with B 1565 were mainly domestic items. Some 11 tools from pit 1574 below the floor may belong. The pit observes the position of floor ridge 1567, so seems associated. They could also be part of a levelling fill for the floor.

Only 2.4 m of the eastern arc of this well constructed circular structure extended into the SW corner of Quadrant 24.29.4 in the Upper Terrace. It was cut from general 1631 which extends virtually all the way to B 1547 of Period 3A with which it should be contemporary. Its wall has a neatly laid 50 cm wide external skirting, 1645, which was cut by Gr. 575. Some 0.40 m2 was excavated of floor 1642 which was nearly 50 cm lower than the wall base. B 1638 therefore had been terraced into several earlier deposits. These may include an earlier building suggested by many stones, 1663. The single uncovered floor was of rather soft white plaster, av 8 cm thick, flat, smooth and featureless. On this lay a thin silty deposit, 1641, best regarded as a water-laid abandonment layer. If this small fragment is representative, the building was open to the elements a short while before it was filled in. At first compacted mud and building rubble, 1639, accumulated on the interior to a maximum of 30 cm, then more general ashy deposits 1633 and 1617. Its estimated external diameter is 12 m, internal roofed space is, 32 m2. Buildings 2178-80 (Fig. 24) Upper Terrace. See § 3.2. Miscellaneous Earlier building traces beside B 1295 (Pl. A.2; Fig. 30). See also § 3.3 Adjacent fragmentary walls may best be treated here, since they can be shown to be part of structures which suggest a longer history for Period 3A in this part of the site, and more concentrated occupation than indicated by the more fully preserved structures B 1161 and 1295. Three successive curvilinear structures are implied by the wall traces to the west of B 1295. The area was primarily disturbed in Period 4 by pits 1064, 1230 and 1236. All structures were founded above Unit 2094 as identified in a sounding at the western edge of B 1295, a unit attributable to Periods 1-2 (Figs. 2.2, Sequence A, 18.1). Wall 2089 along the ruinous western side of B 1295 could be differentiated from the latter by its lower position (in fact, sealed by the projection of wall 1208) and larger blocks of calcarenite and limestone. Against its inner face was sloped plaster 2099 that continued well beyond the stone wall for a total length of nearly 2 m. Its concave profile extended 10 cm below the lowest course of 2089 and for nearly a metre inside the fragmentary structure. On this featureless floor lay 2086, a brownish silt with few stones and some sherds that included Cb ware. Over this fill lay some stones, 1299, which, when the area to the north was wetted, continued as a hard plastery band to link with 2039, a Type 3 wall with boulders and the basal pebble remnant of plaster backing on its interior face. Its wallstones were

Building 1590 (Fig. 14.3, beside B 1547). See also § 3.3 A small area, 1.5 x 1.12 m, in Upper Terrace Quadrant 25.30.4, is all that survives of this two-floored structure. It is stratified immediately below the eastern wall of B 1016 of Period 3A, and above general 1570, also of Period 3A. The latter extends below B 1547 to the west and so B 1590 could have been contemporary. Almost the whole structure was destroyed by erosion and, on the north-east, pits 1580-2. About half a Type 3 hearth, 1591, and adjoining floor 1592, survive. The latter had two phases, the first of which was coated with a powdery orange pigment as in B 1547. Some 40 cm south of the hearth was an upright diabase. Although it was fixed in underlying 1541, it may belong to B 1590 where its position suggests its use as a edgeset stone, in which case the entry lay c. 1 m further south. No other details of this structure were identified.

Building 1638 (Pl. 4.6; Fig. 25). See also § 3.3

33

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

removed by the insertion of B 1295. Linked walls 1299/2039 suggest that the second structure here had a c. 8 m diam. Roughly parallel with and to the east of 2089 was 2100, a short wall stretch sealed by B 1295. Enough remains to suggest it was curvilinear. Its stratigraphic position in relation to the two other walls here is uncertain, but it may have belonged to the last structure below 1295. In total, therefore, there is evidence for a sequence of four Period 3A buildings here, and the ultimate one, B 1295, has a different, rectilinear, plan.

14.5, 30-32). See also § 3.4 Stones were inserted in the passage between B 2, 1161 and 1328 in Square 23.24 to provide a foundation for packed mud surfaces. A short wall stub, 1367 (Fig. 30), suggests the track may have had more continuous boundary walls. Its ballast extends nearly 12 m. southwards from the limit of excavation before it was cut by quarry 654. Its width is 2.6-3.2 m, but it may have spread into a larger piazza afforded by the space between B 206, 1103 and 1161. A section through 35 showed that it had been laid on a >20 cm thick silty deposit, 2120, that may have been plastered once. The ramp into B 1161 was laid directly on this accumulation. Stones were then placed in mud mortar in an effort to stabilise this extra-mural area which, as indicated by 2120, was clearly subject to erosion and watery conditions. The stones covered the ramp and blocked the entrance of B 1161, hence this public task also involved renovations to B 1161, unless they had been achieved beforehand. The foundation respects the skirting of B 2 and, in its initial stages, may even precede the construction of Courtyard 1328. This stratigraphy, and scanty pottery from it, confirms that 35 was laid in Period 3B. The road was maintained and raised on a number of occasions. There are three discernible pavings within its 0.30 m depth, and nowhere was there evidence for rubble or upended stones indicative of infill for a single surface. The first surface, 2090, comprised small limestone cobbles laid on a soft bedding, 2096. Traces of clay on and between 2090 cobbles provides an example of a recurrent feature suggestive of the following reconstruction. The cobbles formed a solid packing for a compact mud/plaster/clayey surface which wore away and had to be replaced, repaired and patched up frequently. Wear on stones indicated that these protruded as the surface wore away. The second paving, 2076, was laid over fine lose silt, 2084, suggesting that the track had been allowed to fall into disrepair. These are much larger and more irregular, closely packed limestones than in 2090, and laid in lose soil 2075 which, nevertheless, formed a compact surface where visible on top of the stones. Another layer of limestones, 35, was laid on this, in such a manner that it levelled out irregularities that had occurred in time. Thus, some larger cobbles of 2076 were re-incorporated in 35. This final surface retained several patches of compact mud surface or paving, 336, 378. In one area, a small repair, 379 was undertaken. In its final state, 35 had uniform limestones, rounded and smaller than wallstones, with larger ones south of abandoned entry to B 1161.

The relative chronology of B 1161 and 1295. For details of these buildings, see above and § 3.3 The following notes are intended to help resolve the issue of whether adjacent B 1161 and 1295 belong exclusively to Period 3A or 3B, or to both. Only one datable in situ object was found on the floors of these structures, KM 2278, a RMP-A tray of Period 3A type (Fig. 60.1). The mass of pottery from primary, secure fills is also Period 3A or earlier. Pottery from secondary fills in B 1161 associated with oven 1375 and a C14 date from the latter are consistent for Period 3B. They indicate that B 1161 continued to function in 3B. The alignment of the B 1161 oven with its secondary door suggests that it was still roofed then, and hence that the interval between 3A and 3B may not have been long. Paved Track 35 has chronological potential since it links B 1328 of Period 3B with B 1161. A section through its four pavings shows that its first two surfaces antedate B 1328 but are potentially contemporary with B 1161 (Fig. 30, inset). With the construction of B 1328, contemporary surface 2076 and its makeup 2084 blocked entry 2002 of B 1161. At this time, presumably, a new entrance was built in the south-west corner of B 1161, so the building continued to function at the time of Paved Track 35. Sherdage from roadway levels, however, is too abraded to indicate the relative chronology of B 1161. The water-laid, pre-track silty deposit 2120 that accumulated against B 1161 contained better sherdage and this was exclusively 2/3A. While not conclusive (the sample was small), the absence of 3B material here provides tenuous evidence that B 1161 already stood in Period 3A. B 1295 has the same sequence of Period 3A sherdage in primary fills, 3B in a secondary cut (see above). While no final conclusion can be reached, the evidence points to the erection of these structures in 3A, and that B 1161 at least, continued to function in Period 3B. Courtyard 1328 See B 2, above.

§ 15.3 Structural components of buildings:

Paved Track 35 (Pls. A.2, 1.3, 2.5, 3.1, 18.2; Figs.

34

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

which, therefore, should be considered as part of the original structure of the wall. Similar burnt material from the site also preserves the mineral and organic structure of the mud as a building material. This material does not survive merely as a mud mortar to secure and bind the stone work of a stone constructed wall. That aim can be more than adequately achieved by the use of a soil and water mixture alone. The processing of mud with a control being exercised over the type and grade of mineral content and the deliberate inclusion of organic material is a much more complex procedure developed where soil is the main or sole structural element in a building. Its occurrence on top of the lower basal courses of the walls at Kissonerga is significant and suggests that such construction methods were practised on the site. It is reasonable, then, to believe that the majority of buildings at Kissonerga for Period 3 and possibly also from Period 4 were constructed in mudwall.

typology (G.T.) The preservation of the archaeological remains at Kissonerga, and the much greater extent of the excavations there than at Lemba, have produced a broader base for understanding the individual structural elements of these prehistoric buildings and of the way in which the elements were assembled to create a building. As a result, the scheme developed for the publication of Lemba (LAP I) must be substantially revised and, although care has been taken to ensure correlation with the old Lemba system where possible, differences do occur and are indicated for the sake of clarity and comparability. Throughout this section reference will be made to the results of work being carried out at the Lemba Experimental Village, excavations at Kissonerga-Mylouthkia and to the analysis of samples of building materials taken from the excavations of the sites of Lemba, Kissonerga and Mylouthkia. This material will be made available to the reader in future publications.

Type 1: Mudwall Surviving only as a low earth bank set directly on to the ground and with occasional facing stones embedded into its inner face, this type of wall is not common at Kissonerga but is well represented at Lemba Area I (LAP I, 219). The denuded nature of some of the Kissonerga structures and the more elaborate methods of foundation construction which involved laying a primary mud and pebble course frequently gives the appearance of a Type 1 wall. This is most noticeable in a short stretch of wall, 943, in B 994 and in the western stretch of wall 1004 in B 1016 (Fig. 26). In both cases the better preserved sections of wall are of Type 3. A possible example of a Type 1 wall at Kissonerga occurs with wall 75 in B 98, although here there is better use of facing stones on the exterior face as well as solidly constructed door jambs. However, it may be that in this instance also, a Type 3 wall has been eroded or dismantled down to foundation level giving a slightly deceptive appearance. The balance of evidence suggests that this is the case and that the Type 1 wall is specific to Lemba Area I.

Walls Two types of wall were identified at Lemba which still bear some validity although the second type must now be regarded as a Type 4 wall set on a Type 4 foundation. Five very specific classes of walling can now be distinguished based on more complete archaeological remains and upon a better understanding of prehistoric technology and building practices achieved through experimental work and a knowledge of site formation processes. In particular, greater familiarity with soil construction methods has allowed a revision of the archaeological data and the identification and isolation of the various elements of foundation and wall construction. One further outcome of this work is the view that the term pisé has been ill-advisedly or incorrectly used and must now either be totally disregarded in the context of Cypriot prehistory or used with extreme caution. The terms “mudwall” or “soil-constructed” are to be preferred. It was suggested in the Lemba report (LAP I, 219) that many of the walls (Lemba Type 2) were stone built for their entire height. There are only a few instances, in B 3 and possibly in B 834 and B 1016 at Kissonerga, where this can be confirmed on the basis of the preserved height of the wall and the extent of the stone collapse. This is characteristic of Period 4 at Kissonerga and is referred to as stonewall construction. For the rest of the site, the sheer volume of stone needed to support such a proposition does not survive in any form. The identification, however, of intact and in situ structural mud in some of the walls has provided the most reliable clue as to the nature of their upper part. Compact mud frequently with mineral inclusions and the casts of organic binder material exists in a form which has not been subject to erosional breakdown and

Type 2: Mudwall and timber A variant of the above appears at Kissonerga, B 1 in Period 4 (Fig. 40). As with Type 1 the wall survives as a low earth bank, heavily eroded and irregular, incorporating occasional stones, broken artefacts and sherdage material. In B 1 at Kissonerga this included the greater part of a RW spouted bowl (KM 400) which had been smashed and incorporated in the E butt of what may have been the doorway. The original width of the wall is now unknown due to its eroded nature although wall 9, B 1, ranges between 0.30-0.50 m. The characteristic feature differentiating this from Type 1 walls is the presence of a ring of post holes set back 0.10-0.20 m from the exterior of the mud wall. In Lemba B 19 where this has been noted the posts are very shallow rarely reaching a depth of more than a few centimetres, in contrast to B 1 Kissonerga where the posts are quite clear, vertical sided holes with diameters of 0.12-0.18 m and depths of up to 0.25 m. This suggests the holes were dug to receive upright posts around the exterior of the structure and were not the slots for the angled posts of a conical roof as has been suggested (LAP I, 221). Arrangements of postholes set around shallow hollows, some containing floor surfaces have been recorded from many EChal sites. There is increasing evidence to suggest that these may originally have been structures with walls similar to those of B 19 at Lemba and B 1 at Kissonerga. At Kissonerga itself, deposits 2178-80 have been assigned to Period 2 and are characterised by hollows around which postholes have been detected. It may well be that these examples do represent buildings which, due to the nature of the structures, are more prone to severe erosion and are less likely to survive within the archaeological record.

Type 3: Mudwall on stone footing

35

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

By far the most common type of walling found on site survives largely as a stone plinth only and occurs in MChal levels at both Lemba and at Kissonerga in Period 3. Although the general way in which these MChal walls and the later LChal walls are put together is consistent, there is a marked difference in the details of construction between the two periods. It is, therefore, possible to define two very distinct wall types, labelled here Types 3 and 4, the former characteristic only of MChal levels and the latter only of LChal. There is, however, a gradation between the two which appears in both periods where characteristics of both may appear and which will be referred to as Type 3/4. This is an entirely artificial group and probably reflects the state of preservation of a building rather than the true status of its wall. The Period 3A and 3B structures at Kissonerga are the best preserved and illustrate clearly how these walls were constructed. Large blocks (0.40 x 0.50 m) of calcareous sandstone and calcarenite, some from eroded coastal outcrops as well as harder, more rounded rock types from riverine deposits were selected and placed with one broad, flatish surface facing outwards to form the inner or outer faces of the wall and with the irregular body of the stone projecting inwards. Experience gained from working with this stone has demonstrated that, in cases, a very rough shaping of the stone to form a flat face has also taken place. The core of the wall is formed from mud and smaller irregular stones which binds the inner and outer face together. The use of artefacts, either in the core or as facing stones, does occur but is far less common than in wall Types 1 and 2. In the larger walls, especially 165 of B 206 (Figs. 14.6, 34), mud is not used excessively and large gaps or voids may occur although this does not constitute dry stone construction. Widths of the wall base range between 0.40 and 0.75 m, although when wall 168 of B 206 is included this increases to 0.85 m. Several courses are usually preserved up to a recorded maximum of 4-5 courses in 168 of B 206 and 831 of B 855, giving a maximum height for the stone plinth of 0.56 - 0.60 m. The plinth of walls 34 in B 2, 29 in B 4 and 943 of B 994 are lower affairs being only two courses high. Uneroded structural mud with the organic casts of straw chaff preserved was collected from the top of the plinths in B 206 and 4 and similar stretches are recorded in B 4 and 855 providing strong evidence for a mud structure in the upper part of these walls. In the absence of more substantial information it must also be assumed that this was the type of wall construction favoured in the rectilinear buildings, B 1000, 1161 and 1295, at Kissonerga. The spread of stones, 1108, some set roughly on edge, along the western side of wall 1109 in B 1161 (Fig. 30) has the appearance of collapsed stone walling raising the possibility that these walls were entirely stone built with no mud superstructure. The field notes mention the presence of “structural pisé” from amongst the stones of 1108 which could confirm this view. However, fine material eroded down from surrounding structures or blown in from further afield would also form compacted, hard deposits which would be protected and contained by the stones giving the appearance of in situ structural material. In view of the failure to articulate the meaning of “structural” in the field notes and the general misuse of the term “pisé” it is necessary to disregard this evidence and to base any assessment purely upon the visual appearance of the stones. Certainly this section of wall shows considerable variation in width with clear divisions in construction and one possible door blocking. It is not unreasonable, therefore, to assume that collapse and repair had occurred at some point. The presence, then, of 1108 is not unexpected but it must be borne in mind that this could as easily be interpreted as the uncleared debris from the repair of the stone plinth as from the collapse of the upper wall.

stones bonded together with a mud and rubble core still persists. Stretches of wall with larger facing stones are to be found in places, for example, wall 46 of B 3 (Figs. 3.5-10, 41-3), the western part of wall 87 in B 86 (Figs. 3.11, 44), wall 858 in B 834 (Figs. 3.16, 48) and wall 975 in B 1052 (Fig. 48). A variation is also seen in 186 of B 200 where larger stones project through the wall from face to face at intervals giving it a greater degree of structural stability. However, there are Period 4 walls from Kissonerga, wall 194 of B 204, 1047 of B 1046, and most of 87 in B 86 where the characteristics of this type of wall are more evidently displayed. In the case of the wall of B 86, greater care appears to have been taken with the internal face than with the exterior which has a much more rubble like appearance. This, indeed, has many similarities with Type 1 wall from Area 1 at Lemba in which the inner face only is seen to be built up with more regularly placed stones. Clearly there is a grey area between wall Types 3 and 4 and it may be wrong, as stated previously, to try to force a rigid demarcation. There is some evidence, particularly at Kissonerga from wall 46 of B 3, wall 858 of B 834 and possibly also wall 796 of B 1165 where the height of the wall, 0.78 m in the case of B 3, or the extent of stone spread suggests a form of superstructure quite different from Type 3 walls. Buildings B 2-3 at Lemba have walls in which the use of considerable amounts of stone is probable with an estimated 10 courses of stone construction giving an original height of 0.80-0.90 m in B 3 (LAP I, 118). On the analogy of experimental work at Lemba in Roundhouse 3 this could be even greater; up to 1.50 m. It may be that the stone built element of the wall was carried to a much higher level than in Type 3 walls, up to half the height of the wall, or, indeed that the entire wall was built in this fashion. The main exception to this is 186 of B 200 where a stretch of wall in the SW of the building is composed entirely of a red soil with clear impressions of the chaff binder being preserved. A similar patch also appears in the NE of the wall. However, this merely suggest that pure stretches either of mud or of stone may have been used during the construction of a wall but that its basic form was a mixture of the two. Obviously, though, the use of actual structural mud rather than just a mud mortar indicates that the mud played as important a part structurally as did the stone. To say with certainty that the upper parts of these walls were constructed in one way or the other, is on present criteria, problematic but the balance of the evidence does seem to point to a stone and mud rather than a purely mudwall type.

Type 5: Rubble A variant on the stone wall construction and found in only two instances at Kissonerga is the rubble built wall. Constructed of large irregular stones with smaller infill stones and mud this wall is very roughly built and is usually only the width of one large stone. Wall 362 of B 376 typifies this type of construction although in places, it is seen to develop into a Type 3/4 wall. The SW corner of B 1161, 1691, is also built in this fashion and may represent either the blocking of a door or the hasty repair to a collapsed section of wall .

Type 6: Timber frame Postholes, for the support of a timber upright, are frequently found in association with structural remains although rarely in any discernible pattern. The exceptions are the Type 2 walls of B 19 at Lemba and B 1 at Kissonerga and the group of 12-13 postholes, 266-275, discovered beneath B 98 at Kissonerga with associated plaster platform, 308, and three graves; 505, 506 and 511. This group, designated B 375 (Figs. 3.14, 47), is the only instance at Kissonerga where postholes have been clearly observed to define the enclosing element of a space. In this respect it is possible to view this element as a wall with timber uprights. A double row of posts can be identified but the construction of B 98 immediately over this has effectively destroyed any associated deposits making it impossible to determine whether these posts were free-standing or whether they were part of a solid structure. (See also Postholes, below)

Type 4: Stonewall Similar in form to the Type 3 wall but using, in general, much smaller stones giving little distinction between facing and core material and incorporating a much greater volume of mud in the construction. This type of wall is characteristic mainly of LChal deposits at Lemba and Kissonerga, Period 4. There is evidence that this type of stone construction may have been carried up to full wall height although structural mud has also been found possibly indicating a mixed form of construction. The use of smaller stones and the greater quantities of mud give the appearance of a deterioration in construction methods from Type 3 walls. However, this is not necessarily the case as an examination of the walls and familiarity of the technique through experimental archaeology has shown. The basic construction method of inner and outer facing

Type 7: Mud and rubble From the recent excavations at Kissonerga-Mylouthkia the first example of a wall of an early MChal house has been uncovered in B 200. Contrary to all expectations influenced by the Lemba Area 1 constructions, the building has proved to be a far more substantial affair than imagined (see LAP III.1).

Foundations

36

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

most notably B 3, 834, 1016 and 1052. In the latter two buildings the foundation cut is still clearly visible with the wall set inside it while B 3 exhibits a massive attempt at terracing with the cut reaching a depth of 0.37 m at its edge. The extreme difficulty with which this was detected in excavation indicates the fragility of this type of evidence.

A “foundation” in this case is defined as the initial preparation of the ground or site before the first courses of the wall are established. The type of foundation can vary greatly according to the size and complexity of the structure being erected and its definition is based on evidence derived mainly from the site of Kissonerga where a greater variety of data exists. In all cases, the effect of any foundation work is the creation of a level and uniform surface upon which the building could be constructed. At Kissonerga in particular situated, as it is, on the N side of a shallow valley sloping gently down to the Skotinis stream, this generally involved some form of terracing and levelling. A Type 3 foundation occurs only in Period 3 buildings at Kissonerga and Type 4 has been noted only once under B 855 also at Kissonerga. Type 1 is not period specific with Type 2 representing a more developed version of it from the MChal onward; both probably representing the “normal” type of foundation construction in the absence of any specific requirements of a particular site. Not all buildings necessarily show evidence of site preparation prior to their construction and in many cases it may have been so ephemeral as to escape detection during excavation. This would apply particularly to Type 1 foundations.

Type 3: Terraced and stepped hollow A variation of the terraced hollow occurs in two of the MChal rectilinear structures B 1000 and 1295. Set in a rectilinear hollow the wall of the building is established partly on the edge of the cut but mainly over a foundation which has been roughly built of pebbles and mud against the face of the cut. The digging of the later Gr. 559, has effectively sectioned the wall of B 1295 where this type of foundation can most clearly be seen. In this particular section the wall sits entirely upon the mud and cobble foundation and not on the edge of the cut. In the case of both B 1000 and 1295 which have some evidence for this type of foundation, the walls have been left in situ so it is not possible to examine the full circuit of the building for foundation type. However, the SW corner of both buildings is severely denuded and in both instances it is evident that the wall rests directly on the ground surface indicating that the rubble and mud foundation was used only on the upper, terraced part of the hollow.

Type 4: Stone platform A most unusual and massively built type of foundation construction has been detected beneath the W side of B 855 where the severe erosion and destruction of that part of the building has allowed investigation beneath a major MChal structure. The foundation, 2066, consists of a bed of massive, flat stones following the arc of the building and extending inwards beneath the building for 2.0 m (Figs. 3.4, 14.7, 35). Along the outer edge good facing stones, selected for their size and shape, have been set giving a regular and solid footing for the wall construction. A homogeneous compact clay/loam material with gritty inclusions indicates a form of mud mortar may have been used to consolidate the structure. Had it been a dry stone construction, voids with silts and finely sorted sand/gravel would have been detected. Later pits and graves have removed this construction to the N as well as destroying most of B 855 in that area. All that was detected was the floor of the building, 952, spreading over the eastern part of the foundation 2066.

Type 1: Dished hollow A shallow dished depression or hollow with the wall of the structure set directly on to the ground at the edge of the depression appears to be the standard way in which the site was prepared before construction. In areas where the wall of a building has been removed it is possible to see the hollow more clearly as in the N sector of B 1 or along the SE sector of B 1565. Elsewhere this can only be determined where the doorway and profile through it have been preserved as in B 86, 204 or 1046. Frequently, with a Type 1 foundation, the shallowness of the hollow makes the positioning of the wall on the edge of the cut or inside it difficult to determine and indeed renders it almost meaningless. The size of the hollow, is of course, dependent upon the diameter of the building and is frequently so shallow as to be detectable in profile only. In other instances, B 1046 at Kissonerga for example, the dip can be quite steep reaching a maximum depth at the centre of 0.30-0.50 m.

Entrances A total of 18 entrances in 16 buildings in varying states of completeness have been recorded at Kissonerga. In all buildings the doorway forms a potential point of weakness in the structure necessitating special care with the foundation courses or finishing of the wall in this area as well as particular arrangements for closing and securing the gap. A range of solutions to this problem can now be observed with, in some cases, different elements being preferred for different building or wall types. A standard entrance type composed of varying elements can now be defined. The definition of doorway arrangements has been facilitated by the discovery in 1988 of a MChal ceramic model of a building, KM 1446, in a pit, 1015, beneath the wall of B 994 at Kissonerga (LAP II.2). In the model, a solid door attached to a post pivots inwards to the left on a socketed element in the floor supported at the top by a looped bracket embedded in the wall. All known occurrences of the in situ position of a socketed door stone at Kissonerga and Lemba are identical with that of the building model indicating a door which opens inwards to the left when entering and suggest some consistency in the pattern of doorway arrangements throughout the Chalcolithic periods. Most excavated evidence, how-

Type 2: Terraced hollow Similar to the above but with the hollow being more clearly cut and terraced, and with the wall of the building set immediately inside the edge of the cut, this type of foundation is characteristic of MChal buildings and of some of the larger LChal structures. Clear examples of the terracing and the broad, flatter nature of the hollow can be seen with B 994, 4 and 200 at Kissonerga. Frequently, in buildings of this period, the gap between the wall and the edge of the terrace cut is packed with small stones, pebbles and mud. The N arc of B 2 and 4 at Kissonerga show good in situ examples of this. The preserved section of wall in B 206 shows how substantial this stone packing can become where 1362 appears almost as another skin to the wall (Figs. 14.6, 34). Its badly constructed nature with the ‘balancing’ of stones one on top of the other rather than ‘fitting’ them together to give interlocking support as would be expected in a drystone construction, strongly suggests the use of a mud mortar and indicates its possible function as the basal support or protection for the mud wall and its render. Of interest also in the section through the N part of the wall and foundation of B206 is the double step of the foundation hollow to accommodate the wall 168 and the ‘stone packing’ 1370 on separate platforms. A later wall or pier, 147, is clearly seen to overlie 1370 indicating that 1370 either did not extend much beyond its present height or that it has fallen out of use. Also to be included in this group are structures of the LChal period,

37

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

ever, pertains to LChal buildings leaving KM 1446 as the clearest evidence of how these arrangements were made in the MChal period. From the location of the preserved entranceways it is apparent that there was a shift in orientation of doorways throughout the life of the sites at Lemba and Kissonerga. The earliest of these is from the group of structures in Area I at Lemba, B 6, 8, 9, 16 and possibly B 5. If the positions of the socketed stones are significant, then all face the SE. The MChal buildings of Period 3 at Kissonerga are less satisfactory in this respect with only three clearly preserved entrances, two in B 1161 and one in B 2. It is also probable that the E butt of the entrance is preserved in B 4 and an area of flat stones with a socketed stone, KM 5038, may indicate the entrance in B 1000. The preserved arcs of walling in B 855, 4, 206 and 1103 preclude an eastfacing entrance in these buildings. All of these point to an entrance orientation in the SW quadrant and show a shift from the earlier Lemba Area I position. Whether this reflects a transition of cultural norms between periods or is an indication of other factors at work, for instance, site specific considerations, is not known. By the LChal Period 4 levels at Kissonerga, a marked change in patterns of orientation is noticeable. By far the majority of structures face either S or SE, for example, B 1, 3, 86, 98, 200, 375, 736, 834 and 1165. However, there are quite a large number of Period 4 structures at Kissonerga in which the entrances face W and NW and one possible NE side entrance in B 86. These are found in B 204, 1044, 1046 and 1052. The impression gained is that during the LChal, orientation is controlled less by a standard cultural format or by prevailing environmental conditions than it is during the MChal period. The suggestion at Lemba (LAP I, 232) that groups of buildings reflect households with specialised function rooms arranged around an open “yard” area may indeed be the case. This type of arrangement would impose a more organised pattern on the Kissonerga Period 4 village layout than is immediately apparent (see § 14.7). In many structures the doorway survives only as a gap in the wall although in some cases, particularly when stone footings are used, this can be more clearly defined. In B 86, 200, 1161 and 1547 the usual wall construction pattern of inner and outer facing stones is interrupted at the entrance gap where larger stones are placed to create a more robust jamb for the doorway. This method is also used in B 98 in a Type 1/4 wall where large stones with a long flat face are placed across the wall at either jamb. In two Period 4 buildings, B 204 and 1052, this is seen to result in a considerable thickening of the wall at the door jamb increasing the basal wall width by a third or a quarter (Figs. 46, 48). How far the latter are the result of collapse or erosion patterns is difficult to determine but in view of the heavily eroded nature of these walls it may be pru-

dent to resist viewing it as an early characteristic of doorway construction and to restrict it to LChal buildings where this is more clearly seen. Threshold areas are formed in three different ways. Stone built sills occur in B 3 and 86, the former as a set of flat stones across the entrance and the latter as a single flat slab (Figs. 41, 44). Entrance threshold 2002 in B 1161 is also stone built in much the same way that a wall would be with inner and outer facing stones and a rubble core. Indeed, if this is a secondary entrance with a primary entrance being the blocked gap, 1691, in the SW corner, then this threshold may actually be the base of the wall. The group of flat slabs along the line of the SW wall in B 1000 may also represent an entrance threshold. More commonly, entrance thresholds are of plain earth compacted from use and sloping down into the building following the line of the dished slope of the floor. In B 834, 1046 and 1052 good examples of this show a continuous surface dipping downwards into the building where it becomes part of the floor. The level of the floor on B 1, 98 and 204, however, is higher than the exterior surfaces around them entailing a step up into the building. A paving in clay was uncovered over the threshold and extending in an apron outside the entrance of B 200 at Kissonerga. A remodelling of this building which involved laying a new floor and raising the threshold has preserved this fairly fragile clay surface which may not otherwise have survived. The building model KM 1446 demonstrates how the door pivots on a post set onto a support just inside the doorway. Pivot stones with rotationally wear-marked cups or sockets are frequently found in just such a position inside the doorway on the left when entering. Nine in situ examples have been recovered at Kissonerga; B 3, 98, 204, 834, 1044, 1046, 1052, 1161 and 1165. These occur throughout the Chalcolithic periods. Stakeholes commonly occur in most situations on site but in only two instances; B 8 and 16 at Lemba do they appear to be in direct association with doorway arrangements. In both cases a row or group of 308 small holes lie along the inner edge of the threshold and have been interpreted as arrangements for securing the door. Although stakeholes do survive in abundance at Kissonerga, especially outside B 1, 86, 98, and 204, no similar arrangement has been noted at that site. One further element which is increasingly coming to be regarded as being part of the doorway arrangements is the edge-set stone located on the floor, centrally positioned to the door and lying 1.0-1.5 m inside the building. This generally places it directly before the central hearth. The stone used is, in most cases, a broken fragment of a saddle quern set in order to present its longest axis towards the door. In all but two instances where such a stone has been recorded its position is always directly between the hearth and the door. The two exceptions come from B 855 and 1295

38

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

where no doorway was preserved. The B 1295 example may indeed be a clue as to the original position of the door but in B 855 the location of 1706 would place the door in a position inconsistent with the arrangements of other structures of that period and, in the absence of more supportive evidence, should be treated with caution. However, excluding these two examples, the consistent juxtaposition of doorway and edge-set stone argues a direct relationship between the two making the stone part of the doorway arrangements. Seven occurrences of this setting have been recorded at Kissonerga in B 1, 98, 834, 1044, 1046, 1052 and 1165, all from Period 4 LChal levels. In all LChal buildings at Kissonerga which are sufficiently well preserved this arrangement has been noted apart from B 200, 86, 204 and 376. In B 204 and 376 the buildings are badly damaged and cut by later pits which makes an assessment difficult. In B 86 a broken fragment of quern, KM 596, does lie on the floor just inside the doorway while B 200 with its unique paving is an anomalous structure falling outside any considerations of ‘standard’ building arrangements. The only earlier occurrences of such a setting come from a building at Lemba, B 6, where a rubber stone is set on edge into the floor directly in front of and touching the hearth F 8; and from a Period 3A MChal building at Kissonerga, B 1547. In this instance a small cupped stone and a flat-faced stone, 1704, were found set into the floor one behind the other along the line of the radial ridge directly in front of the door (Pl. 4.4). The similarity of these two examples to the LChal arrangements is not entirely convincing and may only represent a fortuitous relationship to the doorway. However, they cannot be ruled out completely and it may well be that this type of setting did exist in earlier periods but was not a standard fixture. Doorstops consisting of small stones set upright or embedded into the ground at the interior jamb on the right upon entering have been observed in two cases. In B 1547 it is embedded in the radial ridge where it intersects with the main wall while in B 3 it may be a slightly more complicated arrangement which is now badly disturbed. In three buildings at Kissonerga the blocking of entrances seems to have taken place. The clearest of these, 1603/5 in B 834, is a mud and stone constructed plug standing to the preserved height of the walls and forming an inner and outer face consistent with the wall width. There is some speculation that this may have been the result of raised “floor” levels within the building but this is not entirely convincing as many of the supposed later floor levels are actually consistent with erosion patterns within that building. A similar block of mud and small stones, 1605, was also uncovered in the entrance of B 1547. In this instance the ‘blocking’ is slightly larger than the doorway itself, projecting outwards for 0.30-0.40 m. The walls of this structure are preserved to a height of only 0.25 m and

the W side of the building including the W door jamb are missing making it difficult to judge the original extent of 1605. A different type of blocking has been recorded in B 1161 in which a doorway in the S corner of the building with thickened wall terminals and a pivot stone, 1690, set on the left inside the N door jamb was sealed with a section of Type 5 rubble walling, 1691. This blocking was only half of the thickness of the wall at that point creating, in effect, what would have been a niche in the S corner of the building. In most excavated examples of entrances, the evidence from any one building is fairly incomplete particularly with MChal structures. However, different general patterns of doorway arrangements can be defined, although these may not be regarded as a complete repertoire. Type 1 This entranceway occurs in buildings with walls of Type 1-2. Where preserved, some care appears to have been taken with the door jambs either in the form of slightly thickened wall terminals or larger basal course stones being laid across the jamb. A step or slight ramp up into the building is not uncommon and a pivot stone is set into the floor on the left upon entering. Stakeholes, either in a row or a distinct group can occur on the threshold. Widths of doorways vary between c. 0.50-0.70 m and the general orientation of the entrance is to the S and SE.

Type 2 Known most clearly from the building model KM 1446, this entrance arrangement occurs with Type 3 walls with carefully constructed stone door jambs in the base courses. The jambs retain the same thickness as the walls and the threshold may be stone paved or, occasionally, finished off in a thick lime plaster and pebble layer. Doorway widths can be 1.0 m or more. A pivot stone is set into the floor on the left when entering and doorways are generally orientated to the S and SW. Complete examples of this type of doorway do not exist due to the severe erosion or destruction of most buildings at Kissonerga in the SW quadrant. Doorway widths are surmised from gaps in walls and the presence of a pivot stone. This type is confined to Period 3B, MChal, buildings at Kissonerga and Area II at Lemba.

Type 3 This is by far the best represented type of doorway and is found largely in LChal buildings at Kissonerga and in B 3 at Lemba. It occurs only with Type 4 walls which can be built up with slightly larger stones to form door jambs sometimes resulting in a thickening of the wall terminal. Thresholds are commonly of earth sloping down into the building although stone-built thresholds are also known. Again a pivot stone is set into the floor on the left when entering but the most characteristic feature is the broken fragment of quern set on edge into the floor c. 1.0 - 1.5 m directly in from the entrance. Widths of doorways tend to be large in respect to building size ranging from 0.60-1.0 m. Orientation follows no consistent pattern with the S/W or W/NW being favoured although an examination of the position and orientation of other buildings may indicate groupings around a communal space.

Type 4 The occasional appearance of gaps in otherwise intact stretches of wall may indicate the presence of an entrance. In the absence of any special doorway arrangements in these cases, we may assume that these were general points of access, perhaps punched through the wall after the structure had ceased to serve its original function. Erosion or deliberate vandalism may also be factors contributing to the present appearance of these “entrances”.

Floors

39

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

structed, solid and shows no signs of heavy wear or erosion. However, the differences in form between the two floors are considerable although the materials and method of construction may have a lot in common. Prepared earth or clay floors are, therefore, a consistent element throughout the Chalcolithic being particularly popular in earlier periods when a thin layer of what may be plaster was also applied. By the MChal, Period 3A at Kissonerga, it was apparent from B 1547 that a more sophisticated understanding of mud as a flooring material had been achieved with the construction of a solid, level earth floor. A similar type of floor may also have existed in B 855 and both of these may indicate a precursor, in form at least, to the Type 4 lime plaster floors seen in Period 3B buildings at Kissonerga. The similarity of the two floors, in B 1547 and 855, to the layout in the building model, KM 1446, suggests that this type of floor may have been painted or, more correctly ,stained red with natural ochres. The survival of such colouring would not necessarily survive prolonged burial and may only be detectable through laboratory examination.

In many ways the floor of a building can be the only archaeological element to survive despite being subject to the considerable post-occupational alteration. Fragile or unstable surfaces are prone to erosion or destruction when exposed and to alteration when buried and subjected to soil formation processes. Frequently, a surface may cease to exist in its original form or an apparent surface may be created through processes which are unrelated to the human occupation of a site. It is for this reason that the section on floor types more than any other section may reflect a combination of actual constructed floors and the results of erosional or post depositional processes. This is particularly true of the first three types.

Type 3: Plastered floor

Type 1: Earth floor

By Period 3B at Kissonerga, the production of a true lime plaster on a large scale had been achieved creating a material which was used extensively in building construction. Thick plaster skims up to 0.06 m thick were applied directly to Type 1 earth floors, often in one process with the plastering of walls, creating a continuous smooth plaster surface. This is most clearly seen in B 2 floor 131, the N floor area in B 4 and floor 968 in B 206 which retains its red colouring. These floors are of a high quality with great durability unlike the type of whitish havara/plaster skim associated with Type 2 floors. It is likely that the Type 3 floor is restricted to Period 3B and represents the use of a new material, plaster, with its more elaborate manufacturing and constructional process which had its floruit during that period.

The earth floor, commonly referred to by excavators as “trampled earth floors” or “beaten earth floors” is perhaps the most deceptive and elusive. There is no evidence to suggest, in a Chalcolithic context, that any special treatment was given to the preparation of an earthen floor. Indeed, the use of terms like ‘trample’ or ‘beaten’ is prejudicial to its understanding and should be discontinued. These terms are more correctly applied to recent ethnographic instances of special floor preparation using specific soil types mixed with organic and mineral elements and laid in a specific, and labour intensive, manner. In Chalcolithic buildings this has not been recorded. Bare earth floors most certainly did exist inside Chalcolithic buildings of all periods but their identification can be, at times, difficult and frustrating. In particular, this type of surface begs the question of what is floor and what is underlying deposit upon which a floor is founded. In effect the floor is merely the compacted surface of whatever underlies the building after the foundations have been created. The inability, at times, to find such “floors”, particularly around the edges of buildings is a reflection of how that building may have been used with the greatest degree of compaction in the central, more accessible, areas. Conversely, the burial of such a floor subjects it to renewed processes of soil formation in which the structure of its one characteristic element, surface compaction, may largely be destroyed through the activities of worms, insects or vegetation growth as the soil itself is restructured. The increasing build up of deposits inside a building may also result in the creation of false surfaces as fine silts are washed or blown in or deposited with surface puddling causing the structural realignment of clay platelets at an erosion interface creating the surface. The slight depression formed by a collapsed or destroyed building would provide an ideal location for such processes to take place. In effect then, the earth floor can only be identified confidently when in conjunction with in situ artefactual and architectural remains.

Type 4: Cement-plaster floor By far the most sophisticated type of flooring emerged during Period 3B with the construction of solid cement-like floors sitting on a cobbled foundation and bounded by two radial divisions. The methods by which this material was created are discussed elsewhere and are confirmed by the analysis of one of these floors. The development of a limited version of the full lime plaster making cycle can be demonstrated for this period and is most eloquently expressed in these floors. Sited to the right upon entering the building in the SE quadrants, the floor forms a level hard platform and, like the Type 3 plaster floors, was constructed in one episode with the plaster on the walls. This is most clearly demonstrated by the upper surface of the floor which is frequently seen to curve upwards at the edge to become the wall plaster. Founded on a bed of fist sized cobbles, some of which are partially calcined limestone chunks, the calcined plaster powder and uncalcined limestone mix is laid to a depth of 0.05-0.10 m giving a total depth for the floor of 0.20 m. Floor 291 of B 4 is unusual in that the cobble foundation is itself set in a bed or layer of white plaster 0.05 m thick with a harder, greyer plaster overlying the cobbles. Levelling, or floating, of the plaster mix while wet has created the characteristic layering effect seen in section with the finer sediments rising to the surface to form a compact pure plaster layer and coarser materials sinking to bind with the cobbled foundation. Its condition in antiquity would have been of a smooth hard surface judging by the fragments preserved when first exposed in excavation. The three major MChal 3B structures at Kissonerga, B 2, 4 and 206 as well as the exposed part of B 1103 all boast floors of this type constructed in the same fashion and located in the same sector of the building, e.g. Col. Pl. A2. Radial divisions of varying types were located along the edge of each floor with provision being made at the apex of the floor, in the building’s central position, for some large element, presumably a hearth. Of interest, in this respect, is the floor arrangements in the Kissonerga Period 3A building, B 1016. The pattern of two radial ridges, 1522 and 1524, with a square central hearth has also been noted in other Period 3A buildings. However, the densely packed area of cobbling, 1519 and 1523, within the area bounded by the ridges is suggestive of the cobble foundation in a Type 4 floor and may indicate an earlier, but never completed, example of this type or floor (Pl. 2.1, 4).

Type 2: Clay floor A very particular type of floor construction was identified in Lemba MChal buildings in Area I by virtue of the very distinctive greenish colour of the bentonitic clay used. It was apparent that floors were, in some cases, deliberately made up from selected materials and spread or laid inside the buildings. The excavator also observes what appears to have been a finish of a fine and very thin layer of “plaster”. No examples of this “plaster” are preserved so it is difficult to determine whether or not it is the result of true lime plaster production, the spreading of havara powder or the erosion or puddling of the clay floor forming this distinctive surface. The use of some form of plastering does appear in other elements of Lemba MChal buildings so its use on floors is not unexpected but, again, the exact nature of the surface is not known. The use of red clay as a flooring material has also been noticed on several sites. In B 1 at Kissonerga, a building badly damaged by ploughing, there is some evidence of levelling up or consolidating the floor of the building with a layer of rubble-like material. This, however, is not of the quality of the Lemba floors and may only be an individual solution adopted in that particular building. Also from Kissonerga comes floor 1546 with its ridges in B 1547. The floor occupies the E third of the building and is bounded by two low mud ridges, 1548 and 1572, which were constructed as part of the floor (Fig. 28). It is well con-

Type 5: Cobbled surface

40

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

Cobbled surfaces have been recorded in various structures at Kissonerga. Apart from the B 1016 example, which as discussed above, which may be incomplete, there are three other instances of such a surfacing technique. In Period 3B the area bounded by B 2, 1161 and 1328 is packed closely with large well laid boulders and stones with, in patches, a covering of gravel and earth. A further exterior cobbled surface was also located in Period 4 within the collapsed walls of B 3 forming a roughly cobbled courtyard area around B 86 (Pl. 13.4). Also from Period 4 is the floor of large flat paving slabs, 390, laid inside B 200. This consisted of a single course of large, mainly limestone blocks fitted closely together and packed with smaller stones and cobbles in the intervening gaps. Fragments of querns, rubbers and other artefacts were incorporated as building material during the construction of this floor. Fine silts from between the stones indicate a dry stone method of construction with stones being carefully chosen to level up the underlying ground surface which slopes to the S.

(Ionas 1988, 141). However, this has evolved from a very long history of building in mud and may not necessarily reflect the cultural preferences or experience of past peoples. It does highlight the vulnerability of this type of material to complete decomposition and the difficulty with which it could be detected in excavation. The archaeological evidence for mud render on a wall can survive but will only be noted with experience, patience and skill. In a number of instances at Kissonerga, surface renders to the interior and exterior wall faces of some of the buildings are noted and described as being “plaster”. The majority of these cases cannot be confirmed as being true lime plaster and it must be assumed that some sort of havara/soil/ground kafkalla mix was used. The interior N wall of B 994 is a good example of this in which a stretch of white clay-like material adhered to the surface and was in places only perceptibly different from the basic mud structure of the wall. Further evidence also exists in B 855 where a patch of reddish coloured mud, 972 was found still adhering to the inner face of the wall and may represent the remnants of a mud render.

Wall finish The construction of walls either in mud or in mud and stone exposes a building to the potentially devastating effects of the elements; wind, temperature change, and, most especially, water. Any builder constructing in this manner must take account of these destructive forces and protect the external surfaces of the walls. Internally, the constant effects of humidity changes, drying and temperature fluctuations would create a continuous and pervasive flow of finer materials off the walls to the irritation of the inhabitants and the ultimate decay of the wall itself. The application of a “sacrificial” layer onto the wall surfaces is the most common solution to this problem and one which was readily adopted in Chalcolithic building construction. Recent experimental work at the LEV into the production and use of lime based plasters in prehistory has considerably increased our awareness and understanding of this material. It has become apparent that the term plaster has, in the past, been used to describe a variety of materials ranging from white soil (havara/clay) to true lime plaster. There has also been a confusion between the substance, plaster and the activity of plastering, the latter of which could involve any number of materials. Sadly, this means that much explicit information about the exact nature of the wall finish in some buildings is now lost. For the purposes of this report and for future usage the word plaster can only mean a true lime based plaster. Its characteristics are a hardness and durability as well as the presence in the binding matrix of pure calcined limestone. Uncalcined, pulverised limestone and possibly kafkalla are also known to have been included as an aggregate and are recognisable by the presence of foraminifera microfossils which do not survive the complete calcination, or burning of limestones. All other materials used in wall finishes lack these features and are basically mud or clay mixes. These are referred to as renders.

Type 2: Render and lime plaster By far the most recognisable type of wall finish involves the use of plaster in some form. Its application over an initial surfacing of mud render is attested in B 206, 195, where numerous episodes of replastering can be seen. The total thickness of the render and plaster is c. 20-35 mm with the plaster being applied in fairly thin coats of 2 mm. The effect of plastering onto a prepared mud surface is to decrease the amount of plaster needed and to smooth out any irregularities in the wall face using a more readily available material, mud. In the case of B 206 the various layers of plaster were both of a distinct pink and a white colour suggesting that wall decoration was a feature of this building at least. The fragmentary stretch of wall in B 493 tells a similar story with two episodes of replastering being recorded onto an initial mud render giving a final thickness of 0.10 m. In this case, the plaster was not painted but was left white. It is not known whether the replastering represents a total refurbishment of the interior of the building or a repair to damaged areas. The interior wall of B 1165 also appears to have been completed in this fashion.

Type 3: Clay render Plaster applied directly to the surface of a wall is the most commonly reported type of wall finish and has been recorded at both Lemba and Kissonerga from all periods where structural remains exist. However, a word of caution has already been sounded about the use of the term “plaster” where a white soil or havara inclusion gives the effect of a plaster surface. The strict usage implies an industrial process of lime plaster production giving a white paste which can be applied in thin (1-3 mm) hard, durable layers. Accordingly, the word clay render will be used to describe a surface finish of havara or pulverised kafkalla. There are numerous instances of clay render applied directly to a wall from Periods 3 and 4 at Kissonerga. The most striking example of this comes from the interior wall face of B 3, 737 in which a fairly thin (20 mm) coating of clay has been smoothed over a rough stone wall giving a fine, but irregular, surface through which the underlying stonework was always evident. This wall is unique in being preserved to such a height giving the clearest impression of the plastered interior wall of a Chalcolithic building. Similar, though much scrappier, examples come from B 1 where the clay is applied directly to the mud structure of the wall, and from B 98, 834, 1295, 1547 and 1103. On the last this occurs as a small area of plastering still preserved on the exterior wall face.

Type 4: Skirting In many buildings, rickles of stones or small banks of earth are frequently seen at the base of the interior wall face. This is exemplified in B 1046 where it is preserved around the entire circuit of the wall. It is also recorded, to a lesser degree, in B 1295 along its N wall, B 1000 at its NW corner, B 994 along the SE arc, B 1565 and 1103 between the floor and wall base and B 834. Enough examples of this survive to a sufficient degree of preservation to indicate that it is part of the interface between the wall finish and the floor surface giving a broader and firmer support to the plaster or render. In one building, B 1016, a more elaborate form of revetment was recorded. Flat limestone slabs, some roughly worked, ranging from 0.080.32 m in length and of varying height, were set on edge, angled along the base of the wall to form a rough sort of “skirting” which was then

Type 1: Mud render Mud created from carefully selected earths of a low clay content and mixed with a range of organic materials can provide a very durable, easily applied and weather proof finish to a wall. Tradition in Cyprus dictates the use of red soils (terra rosa) for wall render with the white soil (havara: decayed limestone and clay) being reserved for roofing

41

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

plastered over. No other example of this type of arrangement has been recorded.

matic. Hearths 618 in B 376 and 1390 in B 1044 were both badly damaged by the construction of Type 3 hearths directly on top of them, presumably during the refurbishment of the buildings. Both appear to be shallow scoops lined with plaster or clay although the amount of damage makes final identification difficult. In disturbed deposits over B 206 a shallow plaster lined hollow filled with ash and charcoal, 843, was found sitting on a fragmentary surface 842.

Hearth/Oven/Fireplace One of the most distinguishing features of the Chalcolithic house was the presence, usually at the centre of the building, of a hearth. It would be wrong to assume that these were used primarily either for cooking or for heating although recent experimental work has demonstrated their suitability for both functions. Past misconceptions about the purpose of these fixtures, as the bases for central roof supports (Dikaios 1936, 14), have been held until fairly recently (Bolger 1988, 28) but are now known to be incorrect (LAP I, 227). Careful examination of hearth Types 3-4 from Lemba and Kissonerga has confirmed the presence of ashy deposits in and around the hearth as well as a bluish tint on the exterior surface of the plaster and, in section, a reddening and light vitrification around the “bowl” consistent with its use as hearth. The fragility of the structure of many of these features also precludes their use in supporting a heavy upright timber and a weighty roof. Five types of installation have been identified which fulfil the criteria of a hearth. In general these are to be found either inside or in close association with buildings, and are regarded as being of a domestic nature for low intensity use with a fairly low heat capacity. Obviously, there are other fire installations fulfilling the needs of more intense or specialised pyro-technical functions. Pottery making, lime burning and smelting processes as well as large scale cooking or sauna? activities would require installations of a different nature and are not included in this section. Some of the pits with which fire was clearly associated may satisfy the needs of a few of these activities. Here, only the domestic fixtures are to be considered.

Type 3: Circular platform hearth By far the most common type of hearth and one which could almost be regarded as the hallmark of Chalcolithic domestic arrangements is the circular platform hearth with a small central firebowl. These are found in the M-LChal periods at Lemba and Periods 3-4 at Kissonerga. The quality of the construction varies considerably between buildings ranging from a small slightly domed structure with a shallow firebowl to larger, more regularly formed platforms with bevelled edges, a flat top and well formed, occasionally deep, firebowls. The construction of these fixtures follows a fairly standard format at both Lemba and Kissonerga. A bed of stones set in mud sits in a roughly circular, shallow pit, the mud being formed into the basic shape of the hearth. The stones are fist sized cobbles, sometimes fire-cracked, and are laid in a random fashion with no kerb or edging. In one instance, 1563 in B 1565, three artefacts were included amongst the cobbles: KM 3567-8 and a fragment of a limestone figurine, KM 3602. The size of the hearths averages c. 0.75 m in diameter standing c. 0.05-0.09 m high. There are much larger examples, for instance 828 in B 3 which is 1.30 m in diameter and 1359 in B 1165 which is 1.08 m although these are exceptions. The firebowl, situated on the centre of the platform, is generally a shallow depression (c. 0.25 m diam. x c. 0.13 m deep) and has a harder surface with signs of reddening or blackening from burning. There are occasional better constructed and deeper firebowls which, along with their central position, may have given rise to the idea that they served as supports for massive timber uprights. In most cases, the hearth is finished with a layer of plaster 10-30 mm thick giving it a fine smooth appearance. This is generally a fairly pure lime plaster with few grits or mineral inclusions although this is not always the case. Hearth 1250 in B 834 was completed with a havara clay rendering while 434 in B 736 had no final rendering at all but had been surface smoothed to give it a finer finish. In view of the difficulty of distinguishing different types of “plaster” from field notes alone it must be assumed that both havara and lime plaster were used equally. Two hearths also exhibit an “apron” of plaster spread on the floor around them. In the case of 1395 in B 1165, it was a large irregular mass projecting up to 0.60 m from the base of the hearth whereas 828 in B 3 was a more modest, regular affair (Pl. 10.1, 18.1). Holes, or depressions other than that of the firebowl, have also been noted; two in 1041 of B 1044, and four in 1359 of B 1165, three penetrating the apron and one the hearth itself (Figs. 49, 50). Their function is unknown although B 1165 was otherwise remarkable for the number of postholes penetrating its floor. Colour is frequently recorded in connection with burning, usually around the firebowl where a reddish or bluish tinge is often in evidence. However, in B 3 traces of reddish plaster were noted on the surface of the hearth 828, and in B 1165 a purple tinge was seen along the N extent of the apron. Areas of distinct red earthen flooring were also recorded close to hearth 10 in B 1 and to the N of 1588 in B 1547 beside two plaster basins, 1584 and 1604. Edge-set stones, usually broken querns, set in shallow pits have been discussed under doorway arrangements, but their close proximity to, and consistent association with, this type of hearth should not go unnoticed. Indeed, in B 1165 the edge-set quern is actually embedded in the plaster apron of the hearth. Although most of these hearths are to be found in a roughly central position on the floor of a building, in five instances no trace of a contemporary building can be found. In two instances, 78 and 843, these come from the latest, badly eroded deposits of the site and it can be argued that their survival was dependent upon their location on the dished floors of the buildings which were low enough to escape the forces which had removed the rest of the building. However, in the example of 770 this is not the case as it was situated on an extensive surface preserved beneath B 376. At Kissonerga, it is noticeable that only three of this type of hearth; 1294 in B 1295, 1563 in B 1565 and 1591 in B 1590 come from Period 3 buildings, the rest coming from Period 4. It may, therefore, be significant that Period 3B at Kissonerga has produced only one Type 3 hearth from nine fairly complete buildings.

Type 1: “Campfire” hearth A ring of stones containing an area with burnt material and ash is one of the most basic types of hearths. So far, this has been identified with certainty in only one instance, in B 3.1A at Lemba in which two such fireplaces, F 1 and F 2 were located in the NE quadrant of the building partially overlying an earlier Type 3 hearth, F3 (LAP I, 120, Fig. 25). Both consisted of a rough platform of sherds embedded in ash and surrounded by a ring of small irregular limestone blocks with a gap left in the circle. At Kissonerga, B 200 contained a centrally positioned setting of stones with a diameter of 1.0 m and set on edge on the paved floor of the building. No ash or burning was associated with this feature and its status as a hearth or fireplace is in doubt.

Type 2 : Pit-hearth A shallow pit with a hemispherical profile and lined with either lime or havara plaster showing signs of fire staining constituted a second, though uncommon, type of fire setting. A small example, F 14 in B 7, has been recorded at Lemba on the basis of a reddening of the “plaster” lining. At Kissonerga little clear evidence for this type of has been forthcoming with possible exception of B 1547 in which a large plaster lined pit (diam. c. 1.12 m) is sunk centrally in the building truncating the two radial ridges. Contemporary with the use of the building, its position in relation to floor 1546 and to the ridges is suggestive of a hearth (Fig. 28). However, no ash or burning was detected and the existence of a possible Type 3 hearth, 1604, to the north makes its status more enig-

42

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

Type 4: Rectilinear platform hearth

Type 1: Mud ridge

Similar to the Type 3 hearth, but distinguished from it by its size and shape, is the rectangular platform hearth. Only one fairly complete example has been discovered, 951 in B 855 (Pl. 7.5-7), although the existence of this type of hearth has been reinforced by its representation inside the little building model KM 1446 discovered in a pit beneath B 994 (LAP II.2). The hearths are all quite large being 1.50-2.20 m long and 1.102.0 m wide standing 0.05-0.11 m above floor level. The best preserved, 951 in B 855, is outlined in edging stones which are infilled with smaller stones set in mud. A carefully arranged layer of sherds set in “plaster” is laid over this with the sherds lying flat and closely spaced. A final coating of what appears from the field-workers notes to be a mud/clay render 0.04 m thick with dense concentrations of vegetation casts finished the fixture. The remains of a small, shallow firebowl 0.30 m in diameter is preserved roughly central to the surviving structure of the hearth. Discoloration of the surface mud plaster ranged from maroon around the firebowl to orange/red on the platform, due most likely to its use as a fire installation. Five or six shallow indented scoops along the W edge of the hearth appear to be integral to its construction, while from its NE corner springs the radial mud ridge 963. One further feature of interest is a small hollow 0.13 m in diameter and 0.05 m deep beneath the hearth which contained figurine fragment KM 2086. Four other such hearths were recovered at Kissonerga; 990 in B 4, 784 and 1164 in B 206 and 1520 in B 1016. Of these, only the latter is in any way suitably preserved to afford much information. Its construction is similar to that in B 855 although it lacks the layer of sherds. All are associated with radially divided floor spaces. No other similar hearth has been found on a Chalcolithic site in Cyprus.

The earliest type of division is represented in the ceramic building model in which two low ridges radiate from the central hearth defining a quadrant of the building located on the right upon entering through the doorway. At Kissonerga, this type is particularly well represented with four buildings exhibiting this feature; B 855, 1016, 1547 and 1565. It is possible that similar ridges existed in B 2 and B 4 but these have been so badly damaged as to make a clear identification problematic. They survive only as stone packed channels and it is equally possible that they may be foundations for Type 3 rubble walls. However, their insubstantial nature makes this latter proposition less likely. In B 4, a single row of fist sized cobbles defines a segment of the N extent of the ridge forming a base which would appear to be more appropriate to a low mud ridge than to a substantial wall. The structure of the ridges in B 1016 and 1565 are most clearly apparent and consist of a row of small cobble or fist sized stones set edge to edge on the floor of the building and covered with a mud render of either yellow/white havara or of a reddish/brown soil shaped to form a roughly flat topped, straight sided linear bank c. 0.20 m wide and c. 0.10 m high. These generally radiated from the centre of the building and occur in pairs running roughly NE and SE respectively. In three buildings they are associated with square Type 4 hearths and spring from two of the corners of the hearth. In B 1547, the ridges splay out slightly at their intersection with the wall forming a curved rather than a right angled join. The ridges in this building are also unusual in being constructed entirely in a fine, hard whitish mud render (probably havara or kafkalla) with no stone core. In B 1016, there are traces of a lime plaster on the sides of the ridges although whether this is from the floor plastering or not is unclear. It is not possible to present a clear cut case for the plastering of these ridges on the available evidence. It seems more probable that the material used in their construction, possibly a havara and kafkalla mix, provided a suitable durable and smooth finish obviating the need for a plaster finish. In all cases of Period 3A buildings the ridge is laid directly on one of the earlier floor surfaces of the building. Later floor surfaces are frequently seen to build up against the ridges as in B 1565 to the W outside the area defined by the ridges and in B 1016 and 1547 to the E inside the defined area. There appears to be no build up on the other side of the ridges indicating differential treatment of the floor space inside and outside the defined area. It would appear that this type of floor division, the low mud and stone ridge, was used in two very distinct ways. Both served to divide up floor space but the way in which they are used at Kissonerga is to define formally an area of the building to the right of the doorway upon entering. At Lemba they are being used to describe what appear to be activity or containment areas.

Type 5: Tanour [Ed. Called ‘oven’ elsewhere.] One final type of fireplace is represented by only four examples from Kissonerga. Christened “tanour” by its excavator in view of its similarity to recent Middle Eastern cooking fixtures, the Type 5 fireplace is found either outside buildings, in the case of 1486 and 1170 or within the occupation deposits of a building, for example, 1070 in B 1052 or 1275 in B 1161. In general these fixtures have all been badly damaged in antiquity but all appear to conform to a constructional sequence best represented by that in B 1052. The tanour, to use its now common name, is set into an oval shaped pit c. 0.90-1.05 x 0.85 x 0.25-0.36 m. In the B 1052 example the base of the pit is filled with a layer of soil and a layer of ash upon which is founded a poorly fired, heavily gritted coarse ceramic lining 10-15 mm thick. A horseshoe-shaped bank of stone and cobbles two courses high set in mud and with a clearly finished surface, open towards the doorway of the building is set over the ceramic lining against the edge of the pit. In no instance is there any evidence of a superstructure and in all cases the ceramic lining is badly damaged and broken.

Type 2: Partition slot In two buildings, those of B 1 at Lemba and B 994 at Kissonerga, a more ephemeral type of floor division was detected. Shallow grooves or channels running NE/SW from the wall of the building towards the centre occupied a position similar to the mud ridges seen in earlier buildings at Kissonerga. Only the NE quadrant of both buildings was preserved so the relationship of the channel to the central hearth and the possible existence of a second channel in the building is unknown. The channel in B 1 at Lemba was a V- or U-shaped cut 0.10 m wide and 0.12 m deep filled with up to three courses of pebbles and running along the N edge of a Type 4 plaster floor (LAP I, Pl. 5.6). In B 994 at Kissonerga it was a much broader, shallower channel with a rough alignment of stakeholes running along its length. At the intersection of both channels with the walls of the buildings were located artefacts of major ritual significance; a limestone figurine LL 54 in B 1, (LAP I), and the building model KM 1446 with attendant figurines in pit 1015 under B 994 (LAP II.2). The use of a channel or groove to demarcate a distinctive floor area was also clearly noted in badly damaged deposits over B 834 at Kissonerga where a 2.05 m stretch of channel 0.07 m wide and 0.05 m deep formed a linear boundary to floor 927.

Radial floor division The building model, KM 1446, highlighted one aspect of MChal building arrangements which had not previously been clearly recognised, and that is the formal segmentation of the floor areas of buildings by means of distinct linear divisions. These divisions are of three types and are found only in the earlier buildings at Lemba and Period 3 at Kissonerga. Certainly there is a marked chronological difference in the occurrence of the various types of floor division with the Type 1 mud ridge appearing mainly in Period 3A buildings at Kissonerga and its contemporary buildings at Lemba. It appears only once later in the Period 3B building, B 855, at Kissonerga. The Type 2 channel and the Type 3 rubble wall are found only in the later Period 3B buildings at Kissonerga. No floor divisions have been recorded in LChal period at Kissonerga or Lemba.

Type 3: Wall B 206 at Kissonerga, the largest and possibly the grandest structure on that site also exhibited a floor division of a similar scale. A 2.0 m stretch

43

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

of Type 5 walling standing 0.55 m high and 0.30 m thick ran from the wall of the building in a SW direction along the NW edge of the Type 4 plaster floor 744 (Pl. 6.3, 4). The wall was a rubble built affair with fairly regularly shaped stones and small rounded pebble gap fillers consolidated in mud and set on a mud base. The wall abuts the building wall 168 as a secondary insertion and both faces appear to have been rendered in a whitish/yellow havara render. There is no indication as to the original height of the wall. The possibility that the much denuded remains of floor divisions in B 2 and 4 are the basal courses of a type similar to that in B 206 has been mentioned above.

variations in floor levels between the different segments of the basin also bears this out. Other basins such as 1237 in B 855 or F 1 in B 15.5 at Lemba appear to have been constructed in one episode with all the various segments complete.

Type 3: Trefoil basin The remarkable set of basins found in B 7.3 at Lemba are quite unique standing in a different category from anything else on the two sites. These are a series of four heart shaped compartmented basins constructed onto the floor in mud and covered with a havara render. Rims define the areas of the various compartments which project on either side of an open area with rounded ends into which stones have been set (LAP I, 121). They are also associated with numerous rubbers, hammerstones, querns, pestles and stone bowls. The substantial nature of these basins standing up to 0.23 m high and their good state of preservation may set them apart. Certainly, 1237 in B 855 at Kissonerga, a poorly preserved segmented basin, is similarly set around an open area and is associated with querns. It may well emerge that other examples do exist but have been so badly damaged or are so insubstantial as to make their identification difficult.

Basins A total of 38 fixtures both inside and outside buildings has been located at Kissonerga which are grouped under the term basin. It is obvious from the range and variety of form and construction of these features that a diversity of functions is represented and that, indeed, the only unifying feature is the use of lime plaster or havara render as the finishing element. In all cases the construction of the basins set into a shallow pit in the floor and, where preserved, furnished with a lip or rim suggests their use as a method of containment. The use of a finishing plaster surface would also appear to preclude any notion about their function being related to the support of structural members of the roof. Even those basins which contain a basal flat stone are also supplied with fragile plaster rims and sides which would not survive a structural function. The categories initially devised for the site of Lemba have here been modified. In particular, the Lemba Types 1 and 2 no longer seem to be quite so clear cut and have been combined into a new Type 1. All subsequent types have been retained but have been renumbered with the addition of one new type keeping the total number at five.

Type 4: Deep, lined pit In several instances the pit into which the basin has been set has been made deliberately deeper creating a quite different type of feature to the broad, shallow Type 1 basin. Both lime plaster and havara have been used to line these basins and, in one instance, 191, provided with a slightly projecting rim. These tend to be roughly circular with diameters less than 0.50 m and depths of 0.15-0.20 m.

Type 5: Stone-lined pit A variation of the plaster lined pit (Type 4 above) involves the lining of the pit first with stones or sherds which are then plastered over. The most elaborate example of this is 1536 in B 1016 in which fragments of a ledge footed vessel are set around a flat, pitted slab (KM 3024) in the base of the pit and then plastered. An unusual version from Period 5 is a plastered basin, 2129, formed from stones set at an angle in the ?middle of a stone platform 2103.

Stone settings Initially devised to encompass all deliberate arrangements of stones which do not conform to the layout of walls, paving, hearths, and pit or post packing, the term “stone setting” quickly became a generic and loosely applied description which included other, more clearly defined features which were preserved in a damaged or heavily eroded state. It is hoped that our understanding of these features, for example, the base of a Type 4 floor, certain hearth types and floor divisions, is now more extensive and will allow the identification of these features even when incomplete. It should, therefore, be possible to concentrate on defining specific arrangements of stones which are features in their own rights. To this end, it has been possible to separate out one consistent type of feature which was formerly included under stone setting but which now appears as a distinct type; that is the pier or bench. This leaves a group of other fixtures which can be more appropriately designated as stone setting.

Type 1: Lined pit The simplest and most common type of basin is the shallow pit lined with plaster and, usually, provided with a broad rounded lip or rim raised slightly above the level of the floor. These basins range from being little more than a slight plastered depression in the floor surface, to the larger, more conspicuous features like 103 in B 98 or the centrally placed basin in B 1547. In all cases the depth of the basin is no greater than half the diameter of the pit in which it sits. Both havara clay and lime plaster are used to line the basins although there is no apparent pattern in the choice. They occur both inside and outside the buildings.

Type 2 : Segmented basin The segmented basin complex is one of the more intriguing forms of plaster basin found at both Lemba and Kissonerga. A total of twelve such features have been recovered at both sites illustrating the diversity which can be seen within this type. Set in a broad shallow pit the basin is defined by narrow mud built ridges no more than 0.05 m high and sometimes coated with plaster. These ridges also define segments or compartments within the basin and are arranged differently between each basin. Occasionally, as in the basins in B 1046, the ridges are reinforced with small pebbles set into them at intervals. The extreme fragility of these features is emphasised by their, generally, poor state of preservation with B 1046 housing the most complete examples (Pls. 16.4, 17.1, 2). The use of mud or havara render suggests their function to be for containment or storage and not for any heavy duty purpose. It also suggests a temporary existence for the basins as it is difficult to imagine their long term survival on the floors of buildings which, on the evidence, have experienced a degree of regular use. The modular nature of basin 1498 in B 1046 suggests alterations or additions being made either during its construction or as it was being used. The

Type 1: Stone ring A ring of free standing, medium sized stones, sometimes edge-set, and occasionally including artefacts in the arrangement is one of the most frequently occurring and informal types of stone setting. These are frequently centred on large flat stones set onto the floor of the building. In many cases, particularly in the Pithos House, B 3, this type of setting is

44

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

associated with sherd material and occasionally the in situ fragments of smashed storage vessels supported within the setting. Their function as pot stands or settings is reliably confirmed by this evidence although their use for other purposes in other buildings should not be ruled out. The characteristic feature of this type of setting is that it is built as an unconsolidated arrangement of stones set onto rather than into the floor leaving it vulnerable to damage or alteration. The accumulation of deposits around such settings, particularly where they are closely packed together as in B 3, could lead to their partial burial effectively creating a Type 4 setting. A distinction between the two could only be achieved by careful examination of the accumulated deposits and the identification of a floor surface. In B 3 the establishment of fixtures soon after the completion of the building may have prevented the formation of an identifiable floor over parts of the building whereas the dense packing of the storage vessel settings may have allowed the accumulation of materials around them creating what appears to be a mud bank. Other, free standing settings are vulnerable in a different way through the removal or dislocation of all or some of the stones possibly leaving only the flat stone base which, upon excavation would be classed as a Type 3 setting. The very irregular nature of some of these fixtures suggest that this was not uncommon and, indeed, may have been part of the daily use of the building. However, it does serve as a warning that although a classification can be made, it reflects only the final abandoned state of the fixture and that this grouping may impose artificial divisions upon the material which bears little or no relation to its original structure or use and which may obscure that primary state.

Type 4: Lipped hollow A shallow pit or hollow set with stones around its rim and occasionally provided with a low (< 0.05 m) earth bank is a variant of the Type 1 setting in which an attempt is made to create a deeper and more secure arrangement. Almost all examples of this type of setting at Kissonerga come from B 3 where they are set into an earth bank at the back of the building. Clear evidence from some of these fixtures of in situ smashed storage vessels lying within the stone ring again suggest their function as being pot supports or settings. Artefacts of various kinds are to be found in and around various settings some, especially stone artefacts, being deliberately incorporated into the structure of the setting either in the ring itself or in the earth bank.

Type 5: Edge-set stone The single edge-set stone is a characteristic feature particularly of the Period 4 structures at Kissonerga. Many of these are broken querns which have been set into the floor with the unbroken, thicker end facing upwards and the long axis parallel to the doorway. The example in B 1046 has been pecked and chipped on this upper surface in order to provide a flatter, but not smoother, face. The stone is quite frequently closer to the hearth than to the doorway and, in the case of B 1165, has been incorporated into the plaster apron surrounding the hearth itself. Only two Period 3B buildings possess similar edge-set stones, one, in B 855, to the NW of the hearth; and the second, in B 1295, to the SE. Unfortunately, in neither building are the doorway arrangements preserved. The only Period 3A example of an edge-set stone comes from B 1547 in which a cupped stone and a flat stone are set into the floor along the floor division just in from the doorway (Pl. 4.4). It is evident that in all cases in which the doorway and the hearth survive, the edge-set stone is placed between the two and not, say, on the other side of the hearth. In a circular building all features relate directly to a centrally positioned feature and these cases are no exception. It is, however, the consistent positioning with respect to the doorway which is noteworthy and it is this relationship which is thought to be significant. A popular body of opinion amongst those excavating such features point to their usefulness in providing a brace to support a pole wedged against the door to keep it shut; a sensible and practical suggestion. However, sensible and practical suggestions are not always correct. It does not, for example, explain the consistent choice of broken querns with so many other suitable stones available nor does it explain the pecking on 1686 which is set so far below the level of any in-swinging door. The need to secure the building against unwanted intrusions from animals in particular while the building is empty would also suggest that some other form of locking would need to be employed. The two examples in B 1547 are intriguing in being the earliest examples of free standing edge-set stones and in being totally unlike the others. It has been suggested (§ 3.3) that they too served a similar door locking function to that proposed for the edge-set querns, maybe even to secure the two parts of split horse-door type of arrangement. However, this would have necessitated a double door post and pivot stone which has never been recorded at Lemba or at Kissonerga. The choice of a different type and shape of stone as well as the different location in the building sets these apart from the later edge-set stones particularly from Period 4. It may well be that they are an earlier example of this type of fixture but until more examples are forthcoming it may be prudent to reserve judgement.

Type 2: Stone-and-mud ring Similar to the above is the ring of upright stones bonded together with a mud mortar or plaster. At Kissonerga three instances of such an arrangement were located. Over the hearth in B 1016, and associated with the secondary use of the building, was an oval stone setting which formed the base of a mud ring. A loosely packed patch of stones stretched to the E of this. In both B 3 and 96 a badly damaged arrangement of edge-set stones lined with mud plaster and set around a flat stone were located. The similarity of this to a Type 1 setting is noticeable and it may be that the use of mud mortar or plaster to consolidate the setting was quite common but has not generally survived.

Type 3: Flat/socketed stone Flat stones or socketed/dished stones lying on the floors of buildings are fairly common and, in many cases, most probably reflect the process of abandonment of the structure and the dislocation or relocation of its fixtures through various processes. However, in some instances, it is apparent that the stone is still in situ and reflects the structural detail or use of the building. An obvious example of this is the pivot stone located inside the doorway on the left upon entering in most buildings where the entrance arrangements are still preserved. Leaving aside pivot stones, which have been dealt with under entrances, there are only six other examples of deliberate settings of flat stones from Kissonerga. Three of these occur in the various floors and repatchings of B 1052 in different places near or against the wall. One, a socketed stone, KM 5028, is set in a shallow plastered scoop, 1133; while the other two are set against the wall and are associated with other artefacts. A further flat stone set in a slight depression was located just inside the doorway on the right in B 3, 2140, and is associated with stakeholes which surround it. This compares to a smaller stone in an identical position in B 1547 embedded into floor division 1572 and which may somehow have been associated with the doorway arrangements. Only two other definite Type 3 settings were recorded at Kissonerga, both from disturbed deposits and neither associated with a building. One, 1335, is a socketed stone; and the second, 1378, is a large quern, KM 2307, sitting on a bed of loosely packed cobbles. Six other potential examples also exist of in situ large flat or socketed stones. Two are large stone slabs, one on the floor of B 376 in the general area of a possible entrance and the second against the S wall of B 1052. Large socketed or dished stones, some set on or caulked by small cobbles and pebbles, are found to the W of the entrance of B 98, anvil KM 630; against the E wall of B 855, KM 5007; against the N wall of B 1044; and inside B 944, KM 5065.

Pier/Bench/Platform There is a group of stone settings which are generally badly preserved and are frequently overlooked as being the collapsed or disturbed remains of more substantial fixtures such as walls. Many of these settings appear to be more structural in nature in that they are not obviously associated with moveable artefacts but are constructed on a scale and in materials which are more permanent. Their poor preservation makes it difficult to know their original height and, in most cases, to say with certainty whether they are a dry stone construction

45

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

or not. Both can be demonstrated. It is also impossible to know with certainty whether these represent piers, benches or platforms or to assign any particular function to them. Three general types can be defined based upon their relationship to the wall and other fixtures within the building. Even within these groups there are differences in construction indicating that no hard and fast rules need apply. The three types are: 1) projecting at right angles to the wall, 2) following the curve of the wall and 3) free-standing.

soned view would consider a posthole to be identifiable by the relationship between depth and diameter on the assumption that such a hole would need to be considerably deeper than it is broad in order to support a post in the first place. However, this reflects a north European bias emerging from a long tradition of timber architecture and a fascination with recent African ethnography in which upright timber members were, of necessity, founded deeply in the ground in order to gain support during the construction process. Recent experimental work at Butser (P. J. Reynolds public lecture, Edinburgh 1991) has demonstrated not only how postholes are used but also how they can change during the lifetime of the building itself and only reach a final stable state after the building has been dismantled and abandoned. Rotting of the post in situ frequently leads to its collapse and the insertion of new packing material leading to a final form of the posthole which is very different from that at the initial insertion of the post. Removal or the replacement of a post in another major factor of change. Such work, as well as a long history of excavation experience has established in the European mind an ideal model of the posthole. However, this does not necessarily apply in the Middle East and there are a number of reasons to substantiate this. In a part of the world with a very long tradition of mud architecture with flat or slightly inclined earth roofs, the timber post takes on a peripheral role and is only infrequently required as a load bearing member. Under such a building tradition posts are held in position by the weight of the roof, balcony or porch and do not have to bear the stress of the lateral thrust of a pitched roof or the unequal pressures exerted during the assembly of a timber frame. There is no need for a timber upright to be deeply founded and, indeed, it would be an advantage not to bury the bases of timber posts where they would be subject to rotting and decay at a much faster rate. A timber upright resting on the ground or supported on a flat or dished stone is a key element of recent Cypriot vernacular buildings and may, it is argued, have been a feature of prehistoric Cypriot buildings as well. From this perspective the term post-setting rather than posthole is probably more appropriate and it should be borne in mind that shallow depressions and randomly placed single flat or dished stones are as significant as the deeper, more obvious hole when interpreting building structures. Postholes and postsettings occur fairly randomly throughout Kissonerga, Lemba, and Mylouthkia both inside and outside buildings. They represent a wide range of post size, function, arrangement and method of insertion into the ground. Diameters of 0.05 - 0.25 m give a broad indication that, even within the same building, different requirements are being met by the posts and it would be wrong to assume a structural function for all of them. Most postholes appear to have been constructed in the usual way by digging although,

Type 1: Projecting pier The first of these has been identified in three buildings at Kissonerga; all of them different. The low mud and flagstone platform in B 1052 and the fairly roughly built squared setting in B 1016 both appear to be largely complete with no indicators that they stood much higher. Certainly the use of flat slabs in B 1052 would appear to indicate some sort of low platform or stand. The two projecting mud and stone built stumps in B 1000 are, however, quite different and may well have stood much higher than their current condition would indicate.

Type 2: Wall “bench” Against the exterior walls of B 1547 (1550), B 1016 (1709) and also possibly B 376 to the S of their doorways are short stretches of cobble and stone built benches or piers which follow the curve of the walls. The use of mud in their construction indicates a deliberately sited and solid fixture, although the original shape and finish cannot now be identified. The consistent choice of location for these fixtures is, however, intriguing. Further examples may be represented by the group of stones and the flat slab against the SW wall of B 1052, similarly, outside B 1295, and the small rickle of stones outside the NE wall of B 855. Less convincing are the stones on either side of the entrance to B 86 and to the E of the doorway in B 834. In two instances, B 855 and 1016, these piers coincide, on the exterior, with the intersection of the wall and the internal radial floor division. Whether or not these relationships are significant is a matter of conjecture but it should also be noted that, in B 206 a short stretch of wall, 147, is constructed in a similar position. However, not all buildings with radial floor divisions have external piers and not all buildings with external piers have a segmented floor space.

Type 3: Free-standing pier The free standing groups of stones forming rough benches or platforms inside B 4, 994 and 1016 may be secondary to the original construction and use of the buildings although still part of an occupation within that building. In all cases they overlie some of the original features of the building and are often associated with other, poorly preserved, fixtures. Certainly, they are unlike the free standing pier located to the SW of the hearth in B 2 at Lemba. The well built rectilinear stone arrangement set in a timber frame, now burnt, and lying in the upper destruction deposits over the burnt roofing timbers of B 3 at Kissonerga raises many questions and promotes much speculative interpretation (Pl. 11.4). Certainly it is difficult to understand its survival in such an intact state if it was indeed part of a collapsing roof or wall. It is unfortunate that more information concerning the exact nature of the deposits in which it lay was not forthcoming from the site as this would have helped to establish its original association with the building and its reuse.

Posthole/Postsetting Postholes are, arguably, one of the most subjective structural elements found in excavation. No objective criteria exist to validate their identification or description and, with exception of B 2 at Lemba where charred timbers were preserved in situ, it is frequently left up to the individual excavator to decide whether or not a hole is a posthole, pit, basin or animal disturbance. A rea-

46

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

in some cases, the base of the posthole was difficult to reach in excavation which suggests that this difficulty was also encountered in prehistory and that the post must, therefore, have been driven into the ground rather than being set into a pre-dug hole. The irregular or oval shape of the mouths of most holes is probably the result of the digging process as the removal of the post would have created a much greater disturbance. Experience has shown that even in a fairly dry area like Cyprus posts left in the ground for any length of time do still rot below the ground surface leaving only the upper part as a usable piece of timber. The re-use of timbers in prehistory would not always have caused damage to the shape of the hole. As mentioned above, experimental work at Butser has demonstrated how the continued insertion of stones and packing into the posthole to plug gaps left by a progressively rotting post to give firmer support can explain the presence of so many stones and artefacts in some postholes. This could also explain the situation where the size and quantity of packers appears to be at odds with the additional presence of a post in the same hole. In general, the arrangements of postholes at Kissonerga form very few comprehensible structural elements. Certainly, individual postholes within buildings could quite happily have supported major structural elements as, for instance, in B 1565, 1547 or 1046. However, the plethora of such features in B 1165 or their insertion through a thick plaster floor in B 1103 almost defies understanding. Similarly, the rash of postholes and stakeholes outside the entrance to B 204 and 86 may indicate a palimpsest of short term fixtures and structures. Around B 1 at Kissonerga and, similarly, B 19 at Lemba, postholes form a distinctive mural feature. At Kissonerga, the range in depth and diameter suggests that more than one fixture or structural element may be represented; indeed, the group to the SE may indicate some sort of extra mural timber construction or lean-to associated with the building. A similar arc of postholes along the N and E of B 2 at Kissonerga may also indicate that the timber lean-to or verandah is not uncommon. The arrangement of 8 posts around the entrance to B 834 at Kissonerga is echoed outside B 2 at Lemba where it has been interpreted as a porch. Evidence of entirely timber constructed buildings comes from B 375, an arc of 13 postholes set in roughly two concentric circles focused on a group of graves and a plaster platform. The unusual nature of this structure suggests that it may be unique but it does indicate that timber buildings were not unknown. A similar double walled post structure may also be represented by a set of posts, 142, also at Kissonerga although the possibility of it being some sort of fencing should not be ruled out. One further posthole of interest is the massive stone lined setting of 1021 which may be associated with B 206. Its careful and solid construction is echoed by a similar feature, 66, at Maa (Thomas 1988, 278). The

association of 1021 with B 206 is intriguing and if the two do prove to be contemporary then it would be quite appropriate to view the posthole as a setting for a large timber to support the roof of such a massive structure as B 206. Stakeholes Stakeholes appear with great regularity on most parts of the sites of Lemba and Kissonerga from all periods represented by in situ remains. Their profusion and density can, at times, lead to questions about the sanity of the inhabitants of the site. Indeed, even the origin of these features as a deliberate human act has been questioned and it must be accepted that, in some cases, a natural agency could be considered in their formation. However, it should also be recognised that many of the densest concentrations of stakeholes, for instance, outside the entrances to B 98 and 204 where successive surfaces are preserved, are in fact a palimpsest of several events closely spaced in time and taking place in the same area. The surfaces to the S of B 98 are a build up of 3-4 laminated compact layers of fine silts probably deposited during the annual winter rains each one only 0.02-0.04 m thick. The driving of different patterns of stakes 0.10-0.15 m deep through these surfaces would result in the preservation on the lowest surface of a bewildering arrangement of stakeholes. Erosion and subsequent activity has frequently ensured that this is the only surface preserved. The size and depth of the stakeholes varies within a limited range of 0.01-0.05 m diam. x max 0.15 m deep. The frequently pristine condition of the holes themselves with smooth, straight sides and a clearly defined rim suggests that the stakes were driven rather than being dug into the ground. This places limitations on the type of material used and upon its length. The diameters of the stakeholes are usually circular or oval although, on some occasions, a squared stake has been recorded indicating that some sort of preparation of the stakes had taken place before their use. Patterns are not normally discernible in stakehole groupings, although when they do occur they are quite apparent. Circular and linear arrangements are the most common as, for instance, in the surface to the S of B98 and 204. In B 2 a line of several stakes appears running across the floor 131. In B 994 at Kissonerga and B 1 at Lemba stakes are found along the channel radiating from the centre of both buildings. Some sort of barrier or hurdle may be indicated from these examples. Circular arrangements around pits, for instance, to the S of B 98, beneath the floor of B 1328 and around pit 2107 suggest some sort of setting to support a moveable object. No evidence exists to indicate what this may have been although the obvious solution of pottery or hide containers are good contenders. In several examples there is evidence from the duplication of stakeholes immediately adjacent to each other that fix-

47

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

stone/grinder; 400, RWL spouted bowl. This latter small find was found smashed in a very localised situation on the SE arc of the wall and may have been deliberately included.

tures involving stakeholes were re-established from time to time. It is apparent then that the driving of stakes into the ground of floor of a building was for a variety of purposes which is reflected in the varying and confused patterns encountered in excavation. By far the most intriguing pattern was located in the floor of B 4. There, a collection of 65 stakeholes, some of which penetrated the solid lime plaster floor of the building, were arranged in a fan-shaped setting of vertical stakes enclosing further, smaller stakes all of which inclined sharply to the SW (Pl. 5.4). The purpose of this particular arrangement is a mystery which is compounded by the fact that all the stakes within the lime plaster floor must either have been inserted while the plaster was still soft or have been established before the floor was laid. Either way, the fixture contained by the stakeholes must have been a major element in B 4.

29. B4, Period 3B, Type 3 A well-built wall with a stone base and mud superstructure 0.64 m wide x 0.14 m high. Stones are medium sized with good flat faces providing a regular inner and outer wall face with a rubble core of small irregular pebbles/stones set in mud. 1-2 courses survive. Patches of harder mudwall survive over the E arc of the SE arc of the wall. Only the E half of the building survives having been removed to the W by later buildings. The S end of the wall appears to be set with facing stones forming a squared and finished edge which may represent the E terminal of an entrance way. There is a short stretch of wall at its intersection with radial ridge 304 where no stones appear. This may be the result of the loss of these stones through erosion or robbing rather than being a section deliberately constructed solely in mud. Set in a Type 2 foundation, 1696, with an exterior ring of stones lying at the wall base, 388. Small finds: KM 382, reef limestone pestle; 389 reef limestone cupped stone; and 5035, a calcarenite anvil.

34. B 2, Period 3B, Type 3

§ 15.4 Catalogue of structural components of buildings (G.T.)

Well-built stone wall base c. 0.43-0.50 m wide and standing max 2-3 courses, c. 0.41 m high. It has an inner and outer face of large stones with flat edges set to the exterior, max 0.35-0.40 m long, and is packed with a rubble core of small rounded stones/cobbles. This rubble core is best preserved in the SE arc of the wall. The stones on the basal course are, on average, slightly smaller than those above. It is bonded with a brown compact mud mortar (sample S 260) which also overlies the stone courses and most probably represents the mudwall superstructure. The circuit of the wall is complete and shows a slight flattening of the circle in the NW and in the SE there is a discontinuity in the line of the stone footing. It is also noticeable at this point that the plaster floor, 389/2157, does not bond with the wall. No interior wall finish was recorded although the lime plaster floor in the NW of the building, 131/2158, does rise up along the wall base in a fashion similar to other walls which have been plastered. The wall is set into a deeply cut Type 2 foundation terraced into a gentle slope to the E with an exterior ring of stones and cobbles, 388, which survives along parts of the NW arc of the building. The W and S arcs of wall are not set into a terraced cut but directly onto the ground surface. A gap in the S arc of the wall may indicate the position of an entrance and the E end of the wall at that point is fairly well finished with two stones set across the wall width forming a possible E door jamb. Small finds: KM 340, chalk phallus from within the SE arc of the wall.

[Ed. Small finds are only included in this Catalogue where they have been re-cycled as structural elements] The following catalogue is a brief description of all the elements associated with the buildings excavated from 1982 to 1993 at Kissonerga. Many of the descriptions come from direct observation as well as from field notes. The classification was first developed during the excavations of the site of Lemba-Lakkous (LAP I) and were further refined or altered to accommodate the more extensive remains from Kissonerga. The main sites used in the classification system are LembaLakkous and Kissonerga. The format of the catalogue is straightforward starting with a line of information on unit number, associated building (where relevant), period and building element type. This is followed by a brief description with any relevant measurements and finally, associated small finds, and sample numbers. A complete catalogue, description and summary of the methodology used in analysing the samples of building materials acquired will be available in a proposed future publication. All entries have been sorted by unit number apart from entrances which are sorted by building number.

46. B 3, Period 4, Type 4 A well-built stone wall with a mud mortar c. 0.50-0.60 m wide and standing, in places, 7 courses high, c. 0.78 m. It is constructed of smallish stones/cobbles c. 0.10-0.25 m long set roughly with an inner and outer face and core of mud and stones. The core is not always evident and there appear to be parts of the wall where only facing stones form the wall. There is quite a high mud content to the wall indicating it is not a dry stone construction with mud forming c. 30-40% of the bulk of the wall. There are stretches in which larger stones are used with the largest facing stones, c. 0.45 m long, being used on the outer face. The interior wall face has been finished in a Type 3 clay havara render, 737. A massively constructed Type 2 foundation cut, 392, terraces the building on its N half into the steeply sloping hillside. In places, a row of up to two courses of stones survive as a ring at the base of the exterior of the wall. An entrance way, 606/7, pierces the wall in the SW where threshold paving and the E doorjamb survive. Small finds: KM 5042, mica sandstone rubber.

Walls 9. B 1, Period 4, Type 2 Badly damaged bank of mud and stones max 0.20 m high. Friable, hard reddish/brown mud with stones and cobbles laid in an irregular fashion. Missing to N and W. Wall is set on the edge of a broad Type 1 foundation scoop and the inner wall face has been finished in a Type 3 clay havara render which curves down to the floor. Ten postholes are located around the perimeter of the wall: 22 (0.45 x 0.25 m); 23 (0.20 x 0.40 m, irregular shape); 223 (0.30 x 0.25 m); 241 (0.19 x 0.18 m, vertical cut); 247 (0.22 x 0.26 m, vertical cut); 248 (0.80 x 0.08 m, vertical cut); 249 (0.13 x 0.12 m, vertical cut). Small finds: KM 331, chalk conical stone; 335, diabase pounder; 336, gabbro pounder/grinder; 344, diabase polisher; 367, pyroxene andesite adze; 368 reef limestone cupped stone; 381, diabase hammer-

47. Abuts B 3, Period 4, Type 4? A stone built wall base 0.85-0.90 m wide surviving one course, 0.18 m, high. It is built of large blocks to form an inner and outer face with rubble core of cobbles. A discontinuous row of stones along the S face forms an outer layer/footing. Small finds: KM 818, a mica sandstone rubbing stone; 845, a mica sandstone pounder.

48

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

ple S 253). The interior wall is finished in a Type 2 pink lime plaster on a mud render, 195. The wall is set in a Type 2 foundation, 1362, with the wall itself sitting on a broad platform at the edge of the scoop. Exterior stone facing 1370 consists of loosely stacked irregular cobbles along the base of the wall inside the foundation cut but at a slightly higher level than that of the wall. Only a very short stretch of the entire circuit of this wall survives.

73. B 96, Period 4, Type 4? Poorly built wall of stones and mud c. 0.36 m wide and surviving 1-2 course, 0.10 m, high. Only the E half of the wall circuit and building survive in any form. The stones are 0.10-0.30 m long, irregular in shape and set with a very rough inner and outer face which is not always flush or regular. It is bonded with a mud mortar and contains many smaller stones which are set between the larger stones and sometimes appear on the outer faces. There is no distinct rubble core and the wall is, on the whole, badly damaged. It sits in a Type 1 foundation.

176. Abuts B 4, Period 3B?, Type 3 Short arc of stone built wall with a mud mortar 0.60 m wide and surviving one course high. It is built of large, irregular, undressed limestone blocks set as inner and outer facing stones with some blocks and cobbles making a rubble core. Some structural mud was present. Small finds: KM 531, 534, axe-shaped grinders in microgabbro and diabase as well as an area of pottery broken in situ inside the wall.

75. B 98, Period 4, Type 4 Poorly built wall of stone and mud av c. 0.43 m wide and surviving 0.25 m high as one course. It is set on the inner edge of a 0.70 m wide mud bank which rests directly on surface 150. Large stones, c. 0.30 x 0.20 m, are set along the outer face in places with much smaller stones, c. 0.10 m, being used in the rest of the wall. There is a very high mud content. Large blocks set across the wall form the E and W doorjambs of an entrance way, 1702, which lies in the S of the building. The interior wall face has been finished in a Type 3 clay render. The wall appears to be set in a Type 1 foundation. Small finds: KM 630 a calcarenite anvil.

186. B 200, Period 4, Type 4 Well built stone and mud wall 0.48 m wide and surviving two courses high, 0.35 m. Built in places of limestone and reef limestone blocks set as inner and outer facing stones with a flat edge facing outwards. The blocks are on av 0.18 x 0.16 x 0.10 m in size. There is an occasional irregular block (max 0.48 m long) which spans the entire width of the wall. Stretches of the wall appear to be built entirely of a reddish mud with a high straw chaff content. The wall has been set in a Type 2 foundation with the wall base being built hard up against the edge of the cut. Small finds: KM 904, a calcarenite rubbing stone.

87. B 86, Period 4, Type 4 Well built wall of mud and stones 0.25-0.54 m wide and surviving three courses, c. 0.30 m, high. There is a noticeable variation in building style in both plan and elevation. There are courses of large slab-like stones packed with smaller stones and overlain with courses consisting entirely of fist-sized cobbles set in a layer of mud. Most of the stones used are limestone. Some of the large flat slabs project almost entirely through the wall with only a small stone or mud course on the opposite face. There is generally a high proportion of mud in the wall consisting of a light orange/brown compact material with a high organic content. The impressions of tiny leaves and stalks are evident in parts of the SE arc. In places a regular inner and outer face of small stones with a core of mud and cobbles is seen although many of the smaller stones are commonly set at angles of 25-45°. On the interior a basal course 0.20-0.35 m high of carefully selected stones, some of which have been dressed, forms a well constructed skirting. They are laid with the corners of these subtriangular blocks always touching and set on a bed of pebbles and mud. The entire circuit of the wall is intact and is elliptical in shape and flattened to the S where the entrance, 94, appears. The door jambs are formed from one large block to the W and small stones and mud on the E. The entire wall and building sit in a shallow Type 1 foundation lying within the ruins of B 3. Small finds: KM 677, a reef limestone conical stone; 689, a melagabbro axe-shaped grinder.

194. B 204, Period 4, Type 4 Well built stone wall with mud mortar, 0.40-0.60 m wide and surviving three courses high, 0.23 m. It is irregular in plan with large flat blocks used as facing stones in places but also with many smaller stones forming both the face and the core. The lowest basal course is built of large, fine flat faced stones set along the inner wall face. An entrance way to the W, 728/641, is characterised by expanded wall terminals forming the door jambs, both of which are well preserved. Small finds: KM 643, reef limestone quern; 644, a reef limestone cupped stone; 790, miscellaneous unfired clay.

197. B 206, Period 3B, Type 5 Internal wall forming a Type 3 floor division along the N edge of floor 744. The wall is 0.30 m wide and survives to a height of 0.55 m. The wall does not bond in with the main wall of the building but is built up against it. It is built of fairly regular stone slabs forming a rough inner and outer face but with some slabs projecting through the wall. It is set in a matrix of mud (sample S 267) and both faces are plastered with a Type 1 havara clay render (sample S 265). [see also under Radial floor division 197]

147. Over B 2, Period 3B/4, Type 4

261. Contemp. B 200?, Period 4, Type ?

Short stretch of wall built in stone and mud 0.45 m wide and surviving 0.20 m high as one course. It consists of regular sized flattened stones, 0.10-0.15 m long, and the occasional angular stone, all tightly fitted to form an even course. The facing stones on the NE outer? face are slightly larger where a row of untidily placed stones continue the arc of the wall. Traces of plaster?, 427, were also located. The wall is set over 1370 of B 206 and follows the curve of 168.

Roughly built arc of stone wall 0.50 m wide and surviving two courses high, 0.30 m. It is built of irregular stone blocks and only the E face is preserved with no evidence of a core. Blocks extend for c. 1.30m to the W of this and it may be that this represents a Type 4 stone foundation, not a wall. Small finds: KM 1141, calcarenite rubbing stone.

148. Over B 2, Period 3B/4, Type ?

262. B 493, Period 4, Type 4

Short stretch of stone wall with an earth fill, 0.65 m wide and surviving one course high. Built of limestone and calcarenite blocks, max c. 0.40 m long, as an inner and outer face with an earth filled core. The stones are placed randomly flat or upright and are not closely fitted.

Short stretch of well built stone wall with a mud mortar, 0.30 m wide and surviving five courses high, 0.54 m. The basal course consists of irregular limestone blocks (0.22-0.33 x 0.14-0.33 x 0.08-0.15 m) laid to fit in the most suitable position, some running through the entire width of the wall. These blocks are mainly situated along the inner face of the wall. The upper courses consist of smaller cobbles roughly forming an inner and outer face but also being used for the core. A high proportion of mud is used in the construction of the wall. The inner wall face has been finished in a Type 3 plaster visible as two thin white layers. The wall and building have been set into what may be a Type 2 foundation hard up against the edge. Small finds: KM 761, diabase miscellaneous stone object.

168. B 206, Period 3B, Type 3 Massively built stone and mud wall 0.85 m wide at the base and surviving four courses high, 0.60 m. The limestone blocks, max 0.50 m long, are to form an inner and outer face with the flat edge facing outwards. The core is packed with many small stones and cobbles and there are many gaps between the stones indicating a fairly low mud content. Structural mud was found sitting on the top of the upper course of this stone base in the NE part of the arc where the four courses survive (sam-

49

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

281. Abuts B 4, Period 3B Type 3/4

624. Period 4, Type 3

Short arc of stone built wall base 0.50 m wide and surviving two courses high, 0.20 m. It is built of fairly large irregular blocks, max c. 0.40 x 0.30 m set as inner and outer facing stones with little space left for any core material. Smaller stones and cobbles are also used as fillers where needed. There is no evidence for mud mortar suggesting that the wall may be partly dry stone.

Short stretch of wall 0.64 m wide and surviving two courses high, 0.38 m. It is built of large limestone blocks (0.50 x 0.30 m) set as inner and outer facing stones with a rubble core of cobbles. Some smaller stones are also used along the W face.

282. Adjacent B 4, Period 3B, Type ?

Well built stone and mud wall 0.50 m wide and surviving max three courses high, 0.30 m. It is built of medium-large stones set as the inner and outer face to the wall with a mud and cobble core. There are stretches where the wall is built mainly in mud for one course and there are also stretches where small stones are used as facing stones. The mud content of the wall is quite high comprising c. 50% of the total bulk. The internal wall face has been rendered with clay, 1167, (sample S 300) and one small patch is also preserved on the exterior. Broken artefacts have been incorporated into the wall including half a pivot stone in the W part of the wall. Small finds: KM 2138, diabase axe; 2139, chalk conical stone; 5012, sandstone pivot stone; 5014. calcarenite quern.

796. B 1165, Period 4, Type 4

Well built arc of stone wall 0.47 m wide and surviving one course high, 0.09 m. It is built of large stones forming and inner and outer face with smaller stones and cobbles in the core.

289. B 1000, Period 3B, Type 3 Well built wall of stone and mud 0.60 m wide and surviving max two courses high, 0.35 m. It is constructed in large limestone and reef limestone blocks (0.15-0.25 x 0.30-0.40 m) set as inner and outer facing stones with a few smaller cobbles as the inner core all set in mud. The wall is rectilinear in its overall plan with the W corner being well preserved and the N corner robbed. The inner wall face has been finished in a Type 3 clay render. The building is set into a Type 3 foundation cut with a layer of mud and pebbles supporting the inner wall face on the NE. An outer band of stones and cobbles is preserved in parts of the foundation cut along the exterior base of the W corner. Small finds: KM 1943, chalk bowl; 5038, chalk cupped stone.

798. B 866, Period 4, Type 4 Well built stone and mud wall 0.80 m wide and surviving four courses high, 0.30 m. It is built of large stones (c. 0.40 x 0.20 m) laid as facing stones with a flat edge to the outside and fitted closely together. The core consists of medium-small stones and cobbles set in a fine, compact mud mortar. Traces of a wall finish in clay? were detected on the inner face. Small find: KM 2367, RP spindle whorl.

337. B 1328, Period 3B, Type 3 Stone built wall base 0.50 m wide and surviving one course high, 0.20 m. It is built of limestone blocks (0.30-0.40 x 0.20-0.30 m) set as an inner and outer face with smaller cobbles being used as the rubble core. It is overlain by a 0.40 m wide band of friable brown mud containing concentrations of pebbles.

831. B 855, Period 3B, Type 3 Well built wall of stone and mud 0.75 m at its base and surviving four courses high, 0.56 m. This is overlaid by a c. 0.10 m thick layer of hard, reddish structural mud. The stone plinth is built of medium sized stones (c. 0.20 x 0.30 m) laid as inner and outer facing stones which are also used along with cobbles as the rubble core. The core consists of c. 50% hard, compact, reddish mud. There are traces of a wall finish, 972, on the inner wall face although its composition was not recorded. The wall is set in a Type 4 foundation, 2066, to the W and a Type 2 to the E where the wall sits on a slight terrace at the edge of a large scoop.

344. B 346, Period 4, Type 5 Short stretch of stone wall with mud mortar, 0.36 m wide surviving two courses high, 0.20 m. It is built of irregular blocks 0.30 m long spanning the entire width of the wall with smaller stones and mud used as packing and as the second course. Set in a Type 2? foundation scoop. Small finds: KM 1217.

858. B 834, Period 4, Type 4

362. B 376. Period 4, Type 5

Short arc of stone and mud wall 0.50 m wide and standing two courses high, 0.30 m. It is built of stone and cobble with the stones being laid to form inner and outer faces along the flat edge of the stone. The core is of cobble and mud. Some stretches are built largely in mud or small stones only and occasionally large stones project through most of the width of the wall. The S terminal of the wall has been expanded and finished off as for a door jamb.

Well built stone and mud wall 0.30-0.40 m wide surviving 6-7 courses high, 0.70 m. It is built of medium-large stones some set as inner and outer facing stones and some projecting through the entire width of the wall. Smaller stones and cobbles are also used on the wall face in places as well as in the rubble core. It is all set in a structural mud (sample S 269) which comprises c. 50% of the bulk of the wall. The inner wall face has been finished in a havara clay render, 1270, (sample S 268) some of which has been burnished and painted (sample S 284). The building and wall are set in a Type 2 foundation scoop. A rickle of stones along the W side of the building, 1296/1371, are set along the base of the wall. An entrance to the S, 1254, is well preserved and is defined by the terminals of the wall at that point. No great care appears to have been taken with the construction of these door jambs although they are still survive in quite good condition. There is also a slight discontinuity in the width and orientation of the wall in the SE where a break may indicate some alteration. Small finds: KM 2121, calcarenite jar stopper; 2572, sandstone pestle and fragments of a RW vessel smashed in situ on the top of the exposed wall.

456. B 494, Period 3B/4, Type 4

869. Period 4, Type 4/5

Well built stone and mud wall 0.55 m wide and surviving max two courses high, 0.24 m. It has been constructed with an inner basal course of large limestones (0.45 x 0.27 x 0.10 m) some of which are dressed to give a flat inner edge. It has an outer face of smaller stones (0.24 x 0.16 x 0.05 m) and a rubble core of cobbles. Water rounded stones and reef limestone are also used in the construction. The mud mortar is a compact crumbly brown soil. Traces of a white plaster or clay render were detected on the inner face.

Poorly preserved stretch of stone wall c. 0.40 m wide. It is built of large blocks laid roughly as facing stones but generally projecting through the wall. Smaller stones and cobbles are also used as facers as well as packing in the core and around the larger stones. Small finds: KM 1157, diabase axe-shaped grinder; 1333, 1336, reef limestone cupped stones.

Poorly built mud and stone wall 0.58 m wide at its maximum and c. 0.20 m high. It is badly damaged and forms an elliptical shaped building with a right angled corner at the N. The wall is constructed of large, irregular blocks frequently one stone thick, with smaller stone infill. There is little attempt to create inner and outer faces and the wall thickness varies considerably. It is consolidated in a mud mortar. Small finds: KM 811, mica sandstone rubbing stone; 1160, chalk conical stone; 1173, reef limestone cupped stone.

438. B 736, Period 4, Type 4

50

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

910. No association, Period 4, Type 4?

evidence of any mud mortar survives. Small finds: KM 5055 calcarenite rubbing stone/pounder.

Partially exposed and badly damaged arc of wall consisting of a face of large blocks and smaller stones with cobbles set in behind. It is irregular and badly built.

1092. B 1103, Period 3B, Type 3 Well built stone wall base with mud mortar, 0.40 m wide and surviving four courses, 0.54 m high. It is built of limestone and calcarenite blocks (0.25 x 0.20 x 0.10 m) laid as inner and outer facing stones but not as neatly as in some of the larger buildings from the period. The core is of mud with some smaller stones. The wall survives two courses high on the outside but four on the inside indicating that it is sitting on the sloping terrace of a Type 2 foundation. The slight rickle of stones along the SE arc may represent the stone packing of the cut. There is no finish on the preserved on the interior wall face but the S exterior wall face has been plastered.

943. B 994, Period 3B, Type 3 Well built arc of stone and mud wall 0.50 m wide at its base and surviving two course high, 0.16 m. Overlying this stone footing is a compact, friable, reddish/brown structural mud (sample S 182) similar to deposits lying inside the building. The base courses are of medium-sized limestone, reef limestone and calcarenite blocks laid as inner and outer facing stones with smaller stones and mud in the core. There are stretches where smaller stones are also used as facers and there are two stretches where no stones appear, only a layer of structural mud. The inner face has been finished in a whitish/yellow havara clay render (sample S 182). The wall is set in a Type 2 foundation, 1119, with the wall built neatly against the edge. Small finds: KM 2029, calcarenite pivot stone.

1109. B 1161, Period 3A, Type 3/4 Roughly built stone wall with mud mortar, 0.50 m wide surviving three courses, 0.55 m, high. It is built of limestone and calcarenite blocks 0.30 x 0.20 x 0.15 m laid as inner and outer facing stones with smaller cobbles and stones forming a rubble and mud core. About 35% of the stones have been roughly dressed. The wall terminals thicken at the doorway 2002 and at the blocked entrance? 1691 where one of the terminals is built largely of mud. The building itself is rectilinear and the NE and SE corners being slightly rounded and the NW corner right angled. There is evidence in 3 places of a sudden change in the wall width suggestive of rebuilding, especially in the W where the S part of the wall is more roughly built. It is possible that the rubble 1108 represents wall collapse which would double the present height of the wall. However, the evidence for in situ structural mud which should still survive is not convincing.

975. B 1052, Period 4, Type 4 Stone and mud wall of varying thickness and quality. In the NW at the massively built E door jamb it is 0.65m wide and narrows to 0.45 m for most of the E section. The W wall is 0.23-0.30 m wide where it appears to be supported on the interior by 4 postholes, 2166, but broadens out towards the W door jamb. It survives 5 courses high, 0.44 m. The N and E wall is built of medium-sized blocks forming a rough inner and outer face with smaller stones and cobbles being used in the core and occasionally along the faces. The E door jamb for entrance 1135 is expanded and built with much larger stones. In the W the wall is only two stones thick and is more like a rubble constructed wall. Mud mortar is used throughout. The wall is set into a Type 2 foundation on the N and E but in the S it is founded more shallowly on smaller stones.

1208. B 1295, Period 3A, Type ? Well built stone and mud wall 0.48 m wide and surviving five courses, 0.46 m, high. The building is rectilinear with the surviving S and E corners being slightly rounded. It is built of limestone and calcarenite blocks, 0.17-0.40 x 0.17-0.25 x 0.07-0.10 m, laid as inner and outer facing stones with cobbles and smaller stones set as the core. The larger, dressed stones tend to be on the outer face although dressed stones do appear on both faces and snecking stones are used. Mud mortar between the stones and in the core is recorded in places but does not appear to have been used excessively. The wall is set on a Type 3 foundation which is seen most clearly in the SE where there is a deep foundation cut with the wall base set over the lip of the cut and the inner face supported on a pebble and mud ledge. The inner wall face has been finished in a fine plaster/render, 2004, but the exact material was not recorded or investigated.

1004. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 3 Well built wall base of stone with the mud mortar preserved only in the E where the wall is 0.60 m wide surviving two courses high. It is built of limestone and calcarenite blocks (av c. 0.26 x 0.20 x 0.10 m) laid as inner and outer facing stones on a bed of mud. Smaller stones and cobbles are used as the rubble core. This is surmounted by stone courses which appear to have a lower mud content and may be partially dry stone or badly eroded. Along the base of the interior a series of slabs set on edge, 1024, forms a Type 4 wall finish and there is also some evidence of an applied plaster or render although the type of material is not recorded. The wall is set into a Type 2 foundation 0.05-0.07 m deep on all sides. Small finds: KM 3428, basalt adze.

1299. Pre-B 1295, Period 3B?, Type 3

1047. B 1046, Period 4, Type 4

A short stretch of stone wall base 0.51 m wide surviving 1 course, 0.16 m, high. It is built of large calcarenite and limestone blocks set as inner and outer facing stones. No rubble core survives. A line of “plaster” connects this wall with 2039 suggesting that they may both be part of the same wall.

Well built stone and mud wall 0.40-0.60 m wide and surviving three courses high, 0.30 m. It is built of small, irregular shaped stones laid roughly as inner and outer facing stones although the same stone size is also set randomly within the mud core. Occasionally larger blocks are used although the wall, on the whole, has a very high mud content. The wall is narrower along the SW arc where it has been thickened by the addition of a further layer of stones against the face of the wall. The entire circuit of this wall is preserved including the entrance way, 2017, framed by two door jambs which have not been accorded any special treatment. The inner wall face has been provided with a Type 4 revetting and clay render, 2025, which also extends along the E door jamb to the exterior corner of the door. The S exterior wall face preserves a wall render, 1047, although there are no details about the material from which it is made. Small find: KM 2145, sandstone perforated stone; 2681, calcarenite cupped stone; 3296, RB/B conical bowl; 5015, calcarenite quern; 5016, calcarenite basin; 5017, calcarenite rubber; 5018, mica sandstone anvil.

1367. No association, Period 3, Type 3 Short stretch of stone wall base 0.40 m wide surviving 1 course, 0.29 m, high. It is built of large limestone blocks, 0.17-0.23 x 0.13-0.18 x 0.180.13 m, set as inner and outer facing stones with no surviving rubble core. No mud mortar was detected in the structure and some of the stones were roughly dressed. Small finds: KM 5056, calcarenite rubber.

1396. Cuts B 1046, Period 4, Type 4 An S-shaped stretch of wall 0.40 m wide surviving 0.20 m high. It is built of small-medium sized stones set as inner and outer facing stones with smaller fist-sized stones as the rubble core. No record was kept of any mud mortar within the structure although it must have existed to hold such a wall together. Small finds: KM 5020, mica sandstone rubber; 5021, chalk cupped stone.

1091. No association, Period 3, Type 5 Fragmentary stretch of stone wall base 0.36 m wide. It is built of large blocks (0.20 x 0.18 x 0.10 m) with one block (0.38 x 0.38 x 0.40 m) laid in a row with smaller stones to fill out the shape of the wall. No

51

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

the doorway an edge-set stone, 1711, is set into a shallow pit, 876. A group of stakeholes, 2173, between the doorway and 1711 may also be associated with the general arrangements around the door.

1398. Pre-B 1295, Period 3A?, Type 3 Partially exposed arc of wall base min 0.50 m wide. It is built mainly of large calcarenite blocks set as outer facing stones with small irregular cobbles as the rubble core. The inner face is not exposed.

B 86. 94, Period 4, Type 3? (and 202 Type 4?) A very well preserved entrance in the SE of the building is paved with a single large threshold slab. The wall at the entrance flattens out and the doorjambs are slightly inturned. The W jamb is built in one of its courses of a single large slab while the E jamb is more roughly built and is about half the thickness of the rest of the wall. A pit, 93, against the interior W jamb may possibly have held a socketed stone, now gone. An upended broken quern, KM 596, lies on the floor immediately in from the doorway and it is tempting to think of this as an edge-set stone which has become dislodged. A second possible entrance in the N of the building, 202, is represented by a gap in the wall and may be a Type 4 entrance.

1401. Pre-B 206, Period 3B, Type 3 Stretch of well built stone wall base 0.62 m wide surviving two courses, 0.21 m, high. It is built of large blocks set as inner and outer facing stones with a mud mortar and many small cobbles as the rubble core.

1540. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 3 Well built stone wall base with a mud mortar 0.45 m wide surviving three courses, 0.25 m, high. It is built of large, 0.35 x 0.20 x 0.15 m, stones set as an inner and outer face with smaller fist sized stones forming a rubble core. The interior wall face has been “plastered” although the type of material was not recorded, 1551. Small finds: KM 3481, calcarenite bowl; 3508, reef limestone cupped stone; 3613, chalk miscellaneous worked stone; 3614, chert pounder; 5001, calcarenite quern; 5004, sandstone rubber.

B 98. 1702, Period 4, Type 3 A good entrance in the SE of the building with both doorjambs preserved and built of large, irregular but flat-faced limestone blocks. A socketed stone, 1703, sits against the inner W doorjamb and between the entrance and the hearth, 124, is an edge-set stone, 1707. The floor of the building, 128, slopes down to the exterior surface, 17. The doorway is very narrow being only 0.30 m wide max.

1564. B 1565, Period 3A, Type 3 Stone wall base with a mud mortar, 0.40 m wide surviving one course, 0.10 m, high. It is built of rough stone blocks and an inner face of flatter stones with smaller cobbles in the rubble and mud core. The stones are not tightly fitted together. The outer face rests on the lip of a Type 2 foundation cut with the inner face set just within that lip. The cobble and silty make up, 1566, of floor 1558 runs up against the inner face of the wall suggesting a Type 2 wall finish of plaster on a mud render. Small finds: KM 3536, mica sandstone rubbing stone/pounder; 3573, diabase axe.

B 200. 644, Period 4, Type 1 A broad well preserved entrance in the SE of the building with both the doorjambs preserved. The stone-built threshold is covered with a clay floor, 644, which spreads out in a pathway beyond the doorway in contrast to the interior which is paved with stone slabs, 390. A raising of the interior floor level is accommodated at the threshold by a rough stone cobbling, 645. A “plaster” basin, 643, in which sat a vessel, is situated just to the E of the doorway against the exterior wall. No socketed stone was found on an otherwise well preserved interior floor surface. The width of the door is 0.85 m.

1691. Blocked entrance of B 1161, Period 3B?, Type 5 Roughly built stretch of rubble wall in the SW corner of B1161, c. 0.300.40 m wide. It is built one stone deep of large irregular limestone and calcarenite blocks and may be the blocking of an entrance.

B 204. 728, Period 4, Type 1 A well preserved entrance facing W with both doorjambs intact. The walls of the building increase in width by c. 0.20 m to form expanded terminals at the doorjambs and are constructed using a concentration of larger stones. The floor of the building, 377, slopes downwards and out over the earth threshold, 641, to an exterior surface, 387, riddled with stakeholes extending over the entire area in front of the building. A socketed stone, KM 645, sits by the N doorjamb lying slightly over the threshold although, it may have been dislodged into this position. A “plaster” basin, 634, sits against the wall of the building just to the S of the entrance. The doorway is 0.72 m wide.

2039. Pre-B 1295. Period 3A?, Type 3 Short arc of wall cut by? B1295, possibly part of 1299. It is 0.50 m wide and survives 0.40 m high for several courses. It is built of large rounded boulders with flat surfaces set as inner and outer facing stones in a mud mortar. Some of the stones are dressed and the size of them leaves little room for a rubble core.

Entrances B 1. Period 4, Type 3?

B 736. Period 4, Type 1?

Position of the entrance is unclear, but there is a gap in the wall in the NE and in the SW where it has been cut by pit 19. An entrance in SW would place it in alignment with pit 11 inside the building, containing two fragmentary edge-set querns, and the central hearth. This would indicate a Type 3 entrance. Postholes 16, 22-3 in the SW corner, however, may frame another type of doorway arrangement with the suggestion of a possible porch. The floor in this area is higher than the exterior surface, sloping down to meet it.

One doorjamb is preserved, the E side, indicating an entranceway facing S. No threshold or floor surface survives. The wall terminal has been widened by 0.15 m at the doorjamb.

B 834. 1254, Period 4, Type 3 A well preserved entrance facing S with both doorjambs surviving intact. The threshold is of earth or clay which has been re-laid on at least one occasion. A sharp division along the outer surface of the threshold with the exterior surfaces suggests special attention being focused on he construction of the threshold. A socketed stone, 1698, lies against the interior of the W doorjamb and an edge-set quern, 1699, lies 1.20 m directly in from the entrance. The interior wall plaster, 1270, has been carried out along the faces of the doorjambs. The doorway is 0.80 m wide. On the exterior, seven postholes; 1403-5, 1407 and 1424, form a splayed pattern on either side of the entrance and may indicate the presence of some sort of open porch. Gullying adjacent to the postholes may also be a drip trench formed from water falling from the roof of the porch. At some point during the lifetime of the building the entrance was completely sealed with a stone and mud blocking which survives to the current height of the wall of the building. There is no indication of a secondary entrance although the N part of the wall circuit has been destroyed by pit 863.

B 2. 1695, Period 3B, Type 2? A gap in the wall in the S is the only evidence for an entranceway as both door jambs appear to have been removed. A plaster floor, 389, lies on the right upon entering the building with the remains of a hearth, 41-2, placed centrally. A radial floor division bordering the plaster floor cuts across a direct line from the door to the hearth.

B 3. 607, Period 4, Type 3 A fairly well preserved entrance in the S of the building is represented by a stone paved threshold, 606/7, and a socketed stone, 1705, sitting to the W. The W doorjamb has been destroyed but the E is still partially preserved and has been built of roughly squared limestone blocks. The max width of the doorway is 1.20 m. A doorstop and a further group of socketed stones, 2140, sits against the inner E doorjamb. Immediately in from

52

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

B 1000. Period 3B, Type ?

B 1547. 1605, Period 3A, Type 2?

An area paved with flat slabs incorporating a socketed stone, KM 5038, on the SW of the building may indicate a possible entrance although the wall does not survive well enough in this area to make identification more reliable.

Partially preserved entrance facing NW with the E doorjamb surviving intact. The wall terminal at this point is finished in slightly larger stones along the face of the jamb. The threshold is a havara/clay white plaster which is continuous with the floor 1171. A socketed stone, 1638, sits just inside the E doorjamb and 1.0 m in from the doorway is an edge-set stone, 1684, and posthole immediately before the hearth.

A partially preserved entrance facing S is represented by the E doorjamb only. The entrance is located immediately to the W of an area of floor, 1546, bounded by two radial floor divisions, Type 2 ridges, one of which terminates at the E doorjamb. At this point, a stone set against the interior of the jamb has been interpreted as a possible door check. A cupped stone, KM 5006, and a flat stone, 1704, set on edge 0.90-1.0 m in from the doorway along the side of the ridge, 1572, have also been linked with doorway arrangements. At some point, a rubble and mud plug, 1603, was laid over the original earth threshold extending out beyond the doorway. Apart from a smoothed inner face, the poor preservation of this feature makes it difficult to interpret. It may have functioned as a raised threshold or as a door blocking.

B 1046. 2017, Period 4, Type 3

Floors

A well preserved entrance facing NW with both doorjambs intact. The threshold forms a continuous surface with the floor, 2000, which slopes down sharply to the centre of the building. The doorjambs are constructed in the same manner as the rest of the wall 1047 with cobble sized stones and mud in roughly equal proportions. Wall plaster adhering to the NW corner of the doorjamb indicates that both the jamb ingoes and the exterior wall surfaces were plastered with a havara clay render. A socketed stone, 1685, sits in the interior floor just inside the E jamb and c. 1.20 m in from the doorway sits an edge-set stone, 1686, just before the hearth 1495. The top of this stone has been dressed to form a flat surface. Lying in a band just in from the entrance and before 1686 a group of stakeholes, 2030, runs N/S. The doorway is 0.85 m wide.

Although many exterior surfaces have been recorded at Kissonerga they will, apart from a few exceptions, be disregarded for the present purposes. Only floors inside buildings where intent of construction can be demonstrated, if only by the act of enclosure, will be considered. In most cases, the material from which the floor is made is indicated by the type of floor and is only described more fully if a difference or particular feature is noted.

B 1044. 1060, Period 4, Type 3

15. B 1, Period 4, Type 1 The rubble layer, 28, which overlies B4 forms the base for this floor. It has been stained red in patches in the W half of the building. 11.45 m2 survives.

B 1052. 1135, Period 4, Type 3

69. B 96, Period 4, Type 2/3

A partially preserved entrance facing NW in which only the E doorjamb is intact. The wall at this point expands by c. 0.15 m to form a thickened terminal in which much larger limestone blocks are used. The threshold dips into the building and forms a continuous surface with the floor. Several floor surfaces were recorded in the building which is reflected in the two socketed stones, KM 5027, lying just inside the E jamb. An edge-set stone, 1689, sits 0.60 m in from the doorway. The entrance is 1.0 m wide max.

A hard grey “plaster”-like material overlain by patches of whiter “plaster” which curves up the base of the wall. Very badly damaged.

90. B 86, Period 4, Type 3 A finely laid smooth, white clay/havara plaster over the earth floor base in the N and E of the building. It is 0.02-0.03 m thick and survives for 12.88 m2.

B 1161. 1691 & 2002, Period 3A, Types 1 & 4

120. B 98, Period 4, Type 2?

Two entrances are preserved in this building. Facing E is a well constructed entrance, 2002, with both doorjambs intact, the N one consisting of a wall terminal expanded by c. 0.20 m. The threshold is paved in flat slabs built with an inner and outer face and a rubble core in much the same manner as the wall construction. It may well be that this represents a secondary entrance and that the threshold is in effect the basal courses of the wall at that point. The exterior surface is also paved in large flat slabs, 2091, and later repaved in large cobbles, 35, above the level of the original threshold. The width of this entrance is 0.80 m. Another entrance in the SW corner of the building has doorjambs consisting of two expanded wall terminals, the S one being constructed largely in mud unlike the rest of the wall. The threshold appears to be continuous with the floor 1300 and a socketed stone, 1690, sits just inside the N jamb. A rubble wall, 1691, seals the doorway but is only half the thickness of the jambs creating a corner niche in the building. The entrance is 0.90 m wide.

The very badly preserved upper floor of the building composed of a soft poorly compacted earth base.

128. B 98, Period 4, Type 2 Earliest earth floor in the building of compact grey ashy material which curves up at the wall base where some patches of clay plaster survive.

131. B 2, Period 3B, Type 3 A thin lime plaster skim lying against the N wall of the building is preserved as an irregular area and curves up the wall to the wall plaster. c. 1.50 cm thick. 8.44 m2 survives. Sample: S 249.

185. B 200, Period 4, Type 5 A layer of pebbles and grit set in a bed of soft red/brown fine gritty silts and overlain by patches of clay/havara? plaster. It overlies 390 and is 0.06 m thick surviving for c. 8.72 m2.

B 1165. Period 4, Type 3 A poorly preserved entrance is represented by a gap in the S part of the wall of the building. A socketed stone, 1692, sits just inside the probable location of the W doorjamb and an edge-set quern, 1693, sits 1.50 m in from the entrance in the plaster apron, 1420, around the hearth 1359. A posthole, 1442, and 10 stakeholes lying directly in the entranceway are, presumably, not contemporary with its use as a doorway although they may represent some form of door locking mechanism.

222. B 86, Period 4, Type 2/3 This is the earliest floor in the building and is of a fine, hard, smooth flaky clay/havara plaster 0.01-0.04 m thick, c. 10.0 m2 survives.

291. B 4, Period 3B, Type 4 A solid lime plaster floor in the SE part of the building bounded on the N and W by radial floor divisions 304/991. A small patch of lime plaster floor also exists to the N of this. The floor is pierced by two pits, 307, and a distinct pattern of stakeholes, 314, which must have been in place while the floor was being laid. It is av 0.20 m thick and survives for 16.05 m2 giving an estimated volume of 3.20 m3. Sample: S 271.

B 1295. Period 3A, Type ? An edge-set stone, 1694, is the only clue to the potential existence of an entrance along the SE wall of the building in an area where it has been totally destroyed.

53

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

361. B 376, Period 4, Type 2

968. B 206, Period 3B, Type 3

Thin hard, brittle havara plaster floor 0.03 m thick. Latest surface in building.

Very small patch of floor preserved to the N of radial wall 197 made up of layers of lime plaster stained pink and worked smooth. 0.19 m thick. Sample: S 295.

377. B 204, Period 4, Type 3

983. B 994, Period 3B, Type 2

A thick layer of hard grey/brown “plaster” with gritty inclusions and a knobbly surface which has been laid over an ashy layer. The floor is dome shaped rising slightly towards the centre of the building. It is 0.06 m thick, survives for c. 5.62 m2 and has an estimated volume of 0.34 m3. the description of the surface and material suggests that it may be a lime plaster.

Hard, light brown compact havara plaster surface 0.05 m thick which runs up wall base to meet wall plaster. Stones and cobbles of underlying layer protrude through.

1027. B 1000, Period 3B, Type 2/3 Thin layer, 0.05 m, of hard white “plaster” laid directly onto earth surface. Continues up wall base to form wall “plaster” and has been built out at the corners of the building to give a more rounded shape to the interior. It has been modelled to form basins 1214 in the E corner of the building.

389. B 2, Period 3B, Type 4 A solid lime plaster floor in the SE of the building bounded along its N and W edges by the very poorly preserved remains of two radial floor divisions, 1074. The edges are badly damaged and do not abut directly against the wall face in the SE. Several pits and postholes are cut into the floor; 290, 734 and 2164. It is 0.20-0.25 m thick with 17.09 m2 surviving giving an estimated volume of 3.40-4.30 m3. Samples: S 272-3.

1118. B 866, Period 4, Type 2 Poorly preserved white clay/havara? plaster floor 0.15 m thick.

390. B 200, Period 4, Type 5

1125. B 834, Period 4, Type 1

Single layer of limestone blocks cut and fitted to pave floor of building. Average size is 0.50 x 0.30 x 0.25 m. They are closely fitted with smaller stones inserted into the gaps and infilled with silty deposits. Small finds: KM 805-6, sandstone and reef limestone querns.

Surface founded on compact grey/brown fine silty deposit with pockets of grainy sediments, clasts and many air pockets. 0.26 m thick. Sample: S 201.

433. Above B 736, Period 4, Type 1

1166. B 1165, Period 4, Type 3?

Earth floor founded on underlying deposits.

Hard “plaster” which runs up to the edges of the lowest course of stones in wall 769.

497. B 4, Period 3B, Type 1

1171. B 1044, Period 4, Type 2?

A small patch of earth floor to the W of plaster floor 291 and underlying it. Very little of this survives but it does appear to be the original bare earth floor of the building onto which the constructed floors and hearth have been set.

Very patchy thin white “plaster” 0.02 m thick with indications of internal laminations. Havara rendering?

651. B 493, Period 4, Type 1

Earth floor compacted 0.02 m thick onto brown silty soil.

Poorly preserved earth floor which may have had a thin “plaster” skim over it.

1174. B 1052, Period 4, Type 3?

1173. B 1044, Period 4, Type 1

Patchy, friable white “plaster” surface 0.01 m thick.

695. B 3, Period 4, Type 2

1192. B 1103, Period 3B, Type 4

The badly defined floor of this building is made up of a silty clay matrix with indications of structural mud and weakly developed microscopic clay structures. Along the edge of the floor the clay wall plaster curves down to merge with the floor deposits. The compacted area of the floor is 0.02 m thick and survives for c. 50.0 m2 giving a total volume of 1.0 m3. Samples: S 279/305.

Lime plaster floor 0.032-0.052 m thick in SE part of the building. Pierced by pit, 1286, and many postholes, 2145-51. Sample: S 280.

1194. B 1052, Period 4, Type 3 Hard white plastery mud tinged and flecked with red/brown particles and located in W part of the building. Patched in places in a more friable white “plaster” 0.04 m thick. Badly preserved in E of building.

744/976. B 206, Period 3B, Type 4 Thick, solid floor of lime plaster laid on a rubble base in the SE part of the building, bounded along the N edge by radial floor division 197. It is 0.14-0.25 m thick and covers 39.0 m2 giving an estimated volume of 5.50-9.75 m3. The material is a dense lime plaster with large angular red gravels and pebbles. Sample: S 172, 266.

1228. B 834, Period 4, Type 3 White “plaster” layer 0.07 m thick laid over earth surface. Repatched in mud and “plaster”. Small finds: KM 2165, 2417-8, 2479, 2495-6, 2510, 2561.

753. B 493, Period 4, Type 2/3

1300. B 1161, Period 3A, Type 3?

A badly preserved floor represented by occasional patches of white “plaster” 0.02-0.05 m thick.

Patchy white “plaster” floor laid against walls and oven 1275.

762. B 494, Period 3B/4, Type 2/3

1301. B 1295, Period 3A, Type 3

A very badly preserved floor represented by patches of white “plaster”.

A “plaster” wash over a foundation layer of rough pebbles set in a mud matrix.

952. B 855, Period 3B, Type 2

1508. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 3

Covers most of N part of building and is composed of “packed” clay. Ridge 963 divides the floor which is flat and smooth to the SE but rougher and more irregular to the W.

Lime plaster layer 0.004-0.010 m thick laid directly onto earth surface. Runs up to ridges 1522, 1524, hearth 1520 and orthostats at base of wall. Sample: S 313.

54

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

1519/1523. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 5

124. B 98, Period 4, Type 3?

An area of large stones/cobbles, 1523, along the E wall of the building and a distinct area of pebbles, 1519, to the W, both bounded by ridges 1522 and 1524 form an irregular surface. All are closely packed 2 stones/pebbles deep on a thin bed of mud although the stones themselves are not consolidated in a mud matrix. This overlies floor 1508 and may represent the base of an incomplete Type 4 lime plaster floor.

A badly preserved roughly circular hearth, 0.90 x 0.74 m, constructed of laminated layers of silty clays and layers of small irregular pebbles set into the mouth of the shaft to T. 505.

137. above B 206, Period 4, Type 3 A circular platform hearth, 0.90 x 0.80 x 0.15 m, sitting on a loose ashy deposit, 779, with “plaster” floor 164 abutting it. The firebowl is 0.20 x 0.15 m. It is constructed in a pinkish/brown compact friable mud covered in a thin layer of “plaster”.

1546. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 2 A level and very smooth mud floor made of a hard brown soil matrix with many grass impressions and silicates. Curves up behind white wall “plaster”. It lies in the SE part of the building and has been laid as one with ridges 1548 and 1572 which define its area.

172. B 96, Period 4, Type 2/3? A badly damaged, roughly circular hearth, c. 0.60 x 0.03 m, which has been finished in a white “plaster” and which has a gap for a firebowl preserved. It sits on floor 69 but there is no evidence of it being set into a shallow pit.

1552. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 2/3 A series of 4 floors lying to the N of ridge 1548. Uppermost is a mud floor overlying a “mud plaster” floor containing areas of red pigment. Beneath this was a white “plaster” floor which overlay a nodular “plaster” floor 1578. All floors are 0.03-0.055 m thick.

370. B 376, Period 4, Type 3 Circular platform hearth, 0.53 x 0.64 x 0.13 m, which sits on an earlier hearth, 618. It is constructed in a light brown mud with voids c. 0.01 m in size into which a grey/brown silty ash has been deposited. There are pebbles sparsely distributed throughout the matrix with clasts of a dense plaster-like material, 0.01-0.14 m diam.. The firebowl is 0.05 m diam. and is lined with an orange/brown mud 0.005 m thick with dense chaff impressions and finished with a smooth 0.001 m thick layer of a fine grey mud plaster.

1558. B 1565, Period 3A, Type 2 A series of up to 4 successive floors 0.03-0.12 m thick of mud plaster which has been compacted and smoothed. They slope up to the wall base in a gradual ramp. Most surfaces are discontinuous and appear more as re-patchings.

1578. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 2

434. Above B 736, Period 4, Type 3

A compact grey/brown silty mud floor with occasional patches of red pigment.

A circular flat topped, straight sided platform hearth, 0.56 x 0.50 x 0.16 m, which sits on floor 433 and is built entirely of mud with no plaster being used. The firebowl is centrally positioned and is 0.25 diam. x 0.12 m.

1592. B 1590, Period 3A, Type 2 Two successive compacted mud floors 0.04 m thick overlying 0.09 m of softer ashy material. Patches of powdery red pigment appear on the lower floor.

495. B 493, Period 4, Type 2? A shallow circular scoop, 0.92 x 0.85 x 0.12 m, with mud and stones forming the sides and base is situated just inside wall 262 and is part of the secondary use of the building.

2000. B 1046, Period 4, Type 2 Hard, laminated (havara?) plaster which runs up the wall base to form the wall “plaster”.

618. B 376, Period 4, Type 2/3?

Hearths

This survives as a broad shallow scoop, 0.75 x 0.73 x 0.15 m, lined with “plaster” 0.05 m thick. It sits over the firebowl of hearth 770 and is sealed by hearth 370.

10. B 1, Period 4, Type 3 Irregular, badly damaged hearth 0.50 x 1.0 x 0.05 m set into a shallow pit 0.50 x 0.22 m lined with a “plaster”. Firebowl is roughly circular and is made of a harder “plaster” which is reddened in section. There is a layer of grey/brown soil in the pit onto which the hearth plaster has been applied.

770. On floor 775 below B 376, Period 4, Type 3

41/42. B 2, Period 3B, Type ?

784. B 206, Period 3B, Type 4?

A shallow pit 1.30 x 1.24 m filled with large irregular, heat cracked stones (c. 0.20 m long) around its edge and pebbles in the centre. Patches of hard, burnt reddish clay with straw impressions overlie the stones and pebbles. Small finds: KM 620, gabbro pounder; 621 reef limestone cupped stone; 623, reef limestone phallus.

Sitting at the apex of the plaster floor 744 at the centre of the building this hearth survives as a roughly rectangular cobble base, 2.0 x 2.20 x 0.05 m, set into a slight depression and partially overlying the plaster floor. The surface is badly damaged and consists of a layer of soft friable brown/white mud and cobbles (0.10 x 0.07 m) which is overlain by a hard white plaster 0.07 m thick containing small (< 0.04 m) pebbles. Small finds: KM 931, dense chalk hammerstone.

Circular platform hearth, 0.60 x 0.60 x 0.14 m, with a well defined firebowl, 0.25 x 0.14 m, which has an indistinct base. It is set into a shallow pit 0.80 x 0.20 m, and the “plaster” surface has been destroyed.

78. above B 2, Period 5?, Type 3

828. B 3, Period 4, Type 3

A badly preserved circular platform, 0.70 m diam. x c. 0.05 m deep, constructed of a silty clay plaster laid over a bed of stones and with a rough firebowl at the centre. Set into surface 84.

A circular platform hearth, 1.30 x 1.30 x 0.05 m, with a dished surface, sloping sides and a slight apron sits on the floor of the building. The central firebowl is 0.27 x 0.10 m. the surface is a smoothed whitish “plaster” with traces of red pigment and signs of refurbishment.

91. B 86, Period 4, Type 3 Circular depression, 0.48 m diam. x 0.20 m deep, set into floor 92 and luted with “plaster” into which small pebbles/stones have been set. [Ed. Treated as a posthole elsewhere in LAP II.1A-B]

843. In floor 842 above B 206, 834, Period 4, Type 2 A shallow “plaster” lined basin, 0.55 x 0.45 x 0.14 m, filled with ash and charcoal sits on surface 842. A line of four stones lies along the edge of the hearth.

55

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

951. B 855, Period 3B, Type 4

1495. B 1046, Period 4, Type 3

This rectilinear platform hearth, 1.80 x 1.40 x 0.11 m, sits on floor 952 and is well preserved in the N and W sides into which a plaster basin complex is built. The hearth is constructed with an outline of edging stones infilled with smaller irregular stones sitting over a small pit, 0.13 diam. x 0.05 m, containing figurine KM 2086. Over the stones was laid a layer of sherds set in a clay plaster with the outer faces upwards. They are carefully set to provided an even surface and there are indications of many in situ breaks. It was finished with a clay plaster 0.04 m thick which had been finely smoothed and contained dense chaff impressions. The firebowl is 0.30 m diam. and has been burnt a maroon colour unlike the rest of the hearth which is an orange/red colour.

This circular platform hearth, 0.80 m diam. x 0.06 m, has a finely made firebowl and is finished in a fine “plaster”. It sits on floor 2000.

1520. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 4 A rectangular platform, 1.50 x 1.15 x 0.15 m, of small pebbles set in a crumbly reddish clay and finished in a 0.01 m thick layer of havara? rendering lies at the centre of the building. It is badly preserved and has a slight depression at the centre which may be the firebowl and to which the hearth surface slopes. The remains of a possible oven were located over the top of this. Small finds: KM 5002, mica sandstone rubber; 5005, reef limestone hammerstone.

990. B 4, Period 3B, Type 4?

1563. B 1565, Period 3A, Type 3?

A large roughly squared area of stones, 1.80 x 1.10 x ? m, sits at the apex of the plaster floor where it is joined by two mud and stone filled channels running along the edge of the floor. There is a slight reddish discoloration of the surface of the hearth area.

A circular platform, 0.80 m diam. x 0.06 m, of cobbles and pebbles covered with a smooth, slightly granular “plaster” sits on floor 1558 and survives several refurbishments of the floor. There is a red discoloration at the centre of the hearth and traces of “plaster” beneath the cobbles may represent an earlier hearth. Small finds: KM 3567, calcarenite bowl; 3568, chalk bowl; 3602, chalk figurine.

1041. In Floor 2 of B 1044, Period 4, Type 3 A circular platform hearth, 0.64 x 0.54 x 0.09 m, set onto floor 1071 overlying hearth 1209. It is constructed of a compact, friable, granular white “plaster” with a well smoothed surface and a central firebowl, 0.20 x 0.16 m. There are two small holes, 0.08 x 0.05 m, on the surface of the hearth but neither shows signs of burning.

1591. B 1590, Period 3A, Type 3

A cobble foundation with edging stones, 0.67 x 2.20 x 0.11 m, set in a hard reddish mud and located directly beneath hearth 784 may in fact be the foundation for that hearth.

A badly damaged circular hearth, 0.75 m diam. x 0.09 m, is constructed in a mass of whitish marly plaster with a few small cobbles and pebbles at the core. This is smoothed off to a very fine finish but there are traces of a whitish “plaster” 0.02 m thick in places. A blackened fragment of the firebowl survives and two floor surfaces are built up against the hearth.

1209. B 1044, Period 4, Type 3?

Ovens

A roughly circular platform hearth, 0.60 x 0.56 x 0.13 m, sits on the earliest floor of the building and is badly damaged by the later hearth with the firebowl being destroyed. It is constructed with a “plaster” finish over an orange “plaster”/soft ashy soil base.

1070. B 1052, Period 4, Type 5

1164. B 206, Period 3B, Type 4?

An oven set into a NW/SE pit, 0.90 x 0.85 x 0.36 m, is abutted by floors 1174 and 1194. It is composed of a layer of soil 0.06-0.12 m deep on the base of the pit covered with ash 0.03 m deep and overlain by a poorly fired heavily gritted coarse ceramic lining. An open ended horse-shoe shaped bank of stones and cobbles two courses high set in mud and constructed on top of the ceramic lining is open towards the doorway of the building. There was no evidence for any superstructure. Small finds: KM 1890 CW oven lining.

1250. In Floor 1 of B 834, Period 4, Type 3 A circular platform hearth, 0.92 x 0.96 x 0.09 m, sits on the upper floor 1228 of the building and is largely intact apart from its N edge which has been destroyed by a later pit. It is finished in a havara clay plaster with over 10 colour gradations apparent on the outer edge.

1170. B 866, Period 4, Type 5

1294. B 1295, Period 3A, Type 3

An oven set into the slump of the entrance to the underlying building B 1165 is defined as an E/W oval setting of edge-set stones 0.90 x 0.60 x 0.29 m in a shallow pit. It is lined with clay to bond the stones and here is a further inner lining of a coarse ceramic fired in situ to give a smooth outer face and an irregular inner face. This covers the sides and base of the oven and is largely broken up.

A circular platform hearth, 0.45 x 0.70 x 0.12 m, with a central firebowl sits on floor 1301 and is finished in a “plaster” surface which is badly cracked and broken.

1307. E of B 834, Period 4, Type ? An area of cobbles, 1.16 x 0.50 x 0.10 m, covered with soft, fine, black ash with traces of a “plaster” surface and apron are all that define this badly damaged feature.

1275. B 1161, Period 3B, Type 5 An oven set on floor 1300 is constructed on a SW/NE axis, 1.05 x 0.87 x 0.25 m, of round limestone blocks and mud to form a low bank. It is lined with “plaster” and there is also a coarse ceramic lining which does not survive in situ. The whole structure is badly damaged.

1359. B 1165, Period 3A/3B, Type 3 A large circular platform hearth, 1.08 m diam. x 0.06 m, sits on a broad irregular plaster apron, 1420, which is stained purple in places. Four postholes, 1443-6, penetrate the apron on the W side and one, 1455, pierces the W side of the hearth. The apron also engulfs an edge-set quern 1693 to the S. The plaster surface of the hearth is badly damaged and the laminated applications of plaster indicate frequent repairs.

1486. Period 3A, Type 5 An oven defined by an arc of limestones and sandstones set in a light coloured mud, 1.00 x 0.75 x 0.27 m. It is lined with a coarse red/orange ceramic on the upper part and a hard yellow/orange fabric on the base.

1390. B 1044, Period 4, Type 2/3?

Radial Floor Divisions

Located beneath hearth 1209 this badly damaged roughly circular, 0.43 x 0.36 x 0.07 m, shallow basin-like hearth is lined with a coarse pale orange clay havara plaster with a low ridge along the S edge and traces of one along the N edge.

000. B 994, Period 3B, Type 2 A broad, shallow irregular channel, 1.60 x 0.90 x 0.05 m, runs NE/SW from the centre of the building towards the wall in the area of pit 1015. There is a group of stakeholes along the SE edge of the channel and it is abutted on the W by stone setting/pier 996.

56

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

197. B 206, Period 3B, Type 3

Basins

Built along the N edge of plaster floor 744 and abutting wall 168 is a Type 5 wall constructed of mud and fairly regular sized stones with pebble snecking stones. It is set on a mud base with no foundation and is only one stone wide. Both faces are rendered in a white clay plaster 0.03 m thick. [see also under Wall 197]

103. Period 4, Type 1

926. 927, Period 4, Type 2

111. B 96, Period 4, Type 2

A distinct U-shaped groove running in a straight line NNW-SSE defines the W boundary of surface 927. It is 2.05 x 0.03-0.07 x 0.02-0.05 m. [Ed. Treated as a gully elsewhere in LAP II.1A-B]

This basin is very eroded and is fully described under Stone settings.

A very shallow semi-circular scoop, 0.87 x 0.50 m, appended to the SW exterior wall of the building with a 0.80 m wide rim and lined with a havara rendering.

112. 109, Period 4, Type 1 Preserved as a semi-circular depression, 1.90 m diam., luted with a clay rendering and with a smaller inner depression 0.40 m diam. x 0.26 m. There is a concentration of ash in and around the feature.

963. B 855, Period 3B, Type 1 A low ridge constructed of compact yellow/white clay with small stones and sherds, 3.0 x 0.10 x 0.08 m, on floor 1700 runs from the NE corner of hearth 951 to meet wall 831 below the basal stone course where the wall sits on a slight terrace. There is one possible stakehole in the top of the ridge and there is some evidence for a second ridge to the S.

114. post-B 86, Period 5, Type 1 A shallow oval depression, 1.48 x 0.96 x 0.19 m, luted with havara clay.

991. B 4, Period 3B, Type 1/3?

115. post-B 86, Period 5, Type 4

Two channels running along the N (1.03 x 0.40 x 0.22 m) and W (2.20 x 0.20 x 0.20 m) edges of the plaster floor are packed with small stones, some set on edge, in a matrix of fairly loose, grey ash and silts. The internal structured layers of the plaster floor dip away from the channel indicating that the floor was laid against them. [Ed. Treated as a gully elsewhere in LAP II.1A-B]

A deep basin, 0.17 m diam. x 0.16 m, luted with a hard white “plaster”, possibly lime plaster.

116. Period 5, Type 1? A fragment of a clay basin or ceramic-like vessel in a secondary/eroded position. Only the base and part of the walls survive, 0.24 x 0.20 x 0.08 m. [Ed. Treated as an oven elsewhere in LAP II.1A-B]

1074. B 2, Period 3B, Type 1? Lying along the N edge of plaster floor 389 is a very irregular channel c. 4.80 m long with a line of c. 10 cobble sized stones set end to end in its W part below the level of the floor. A similar channel may be represented by a few stones set along the W edge of the floor. Small finds: KM 1745, basalt chisel; 2362, chalk cupped stone. [Ed. Treated as a gully elsewhere in LAP II.1A-B]

190. 137, Period 4, Type 1?

1522. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 1

A fairly deep basin, 0.43 m diam. x 0.19 m, luted with a crumbly, silty white plaster and with a slightly projecting rim.

A shallow depression, 0.17.m diam. x 0.06 m, luted with a crumbly white “plaster” and associated with hearth 137.

191. Period 4, Type 4

A single row of small stones, c. 0.10 x 0.08 x 0.07 m, set edge to edge on a mud base runs along floor 1026 NE from the corner of hearth 1520 and almost reaches wall 1004. The ridge is 2.50 x 0.13 x 0.10 m and is not straight but has a slight inward curve. The plaster floor of the building curves up to meet the ridge although the ridge itself is not plastered.

216. B 86, Period 4, Type 5 A fairly deep and straight-sided pit, 0.43 m diam. x 0.17 m, lined with small stones at its base and luted with a very fine, hard, dense lime plaster to give it a round bottomed appearance. On floor 222.

1524. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 1

230. B 86, Period 4, Type 2

A line of stones set edge to edge 1-2 stones wide on a base of reddish/brown mud runs along floor 1026 SE from the corner of hearth 1520 to meet wall 1004. There are traces of plaster similar to the lime plaster on the floor on parts of the ridge.

A shallow, elongated depression, 1.24 x 0.40 x 0.09 m, against the NE interior wall face on floor 222 and luted with a coarse crumbly white “plaster”. A small ridge runs across its base.

236. B 86, Period 4, Type 1

1548. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 1

A shallow sub-oval depression, 0.44 x 0.29 x 0.03 m, with gently sloping sides lined in a compact, hard reddish/yellow clay laid to create an irregular pocked and edged surface. It is near the centre of the building and is associated with a quern on its E edge and an edge-set slab to the N.

A low mud ridge, 2.19 x 0.20 x 0.12 m, which is rectangular in section runs NE from the centre of the building to the wall where it splays out slightly. It is constructed entirely in a fine, whitish (havara?) clay with no stones. Pit 1588 cuts it at the centre of the building and floor 1552 to the NW builds up in layers against the ridge.

409. Period 4, Type 1

1567. B 1565, Period 3A, Type 1

A shallow oval depression, 0.43 x 0.74 x 0.06 m, lined with a compact nodular white “plaster” 0.01 m thick.

A fragmentary ridge, 0.87 x 0.17 x 0.06 m, constructed of a compact, granular white “plaster” set around a core of cobbles and pebbles sits on floor 1558 running N/S. Later floors to the E run up to and abut onto the ridge. Small finds: KM 3159, dense chalk hammerstone.

634. On 322, Period 4, Type 1 A small circular depression, 0.40 x 0.34 x 0.06 m, surrounded by pebbles and lined with “plaster”. It is set into surface 322 between B 376 and 204.

1572. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 1

643. B 200, Period 4, Type 1

A rectangular sectioned, flat topped ridge constructed entirely of a fine, whitish hard havara mud rendering, 2.52 x 0.26 x 0.12 m, runs SE from pit 1588, which cuts it, to the E jamb of the doorway where it splays out slightly.

A shallow circular depression, 0.37 x 0.35 x 0.11 m, lined with “plaster” and set into the exterior surface immediately to the E of the entrance of B 200. Fragments of a ceramic vessel, KM 5578, were found lying inside the basin.

57

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

752. B 493, Period 4, Type 1

1536. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 5

A small, damaged, circular depression, 0.35 m diam. x 0.15 m, on the floor of the secondary use of the building. Small finds: KM 968-9, reef limestone conical stones.

A basin, 0.45 m diam. x 0.15 m, set against the W wall of the building and constructed of the base sherds of a ledge-footed vessel sitting on stones set in a cloddy, white “plaster” in a shallow pit around a large flat stone. The sherds are covered in the “plaster”, which is 0.15 m thick, but have been allowed to project above the floor surface. Small finds: KM 3024 calcarenite cupped stone; 5526 pottery base.

822. B 3, Period 4 See Fig. 41.

1559. B 1565, Period 3A, Type 4

899. Post-B 2, Period 4?, Type 1

A large deep pit, 0.50 x 0.95 x 0.36 m, against the E wall of the building within an area bounded by mud ridges. It is lined with “plaster” 0.07 m thick containing some small pebbles and there are a few larger stones set around the N edge of the pit. It has been re-lined with stones and a “plaster” which is burnt orange. A CW vessel rests on stones in the fill directly over this. [Ed. Treated as an oven elsewhere in LAP II.1A-B]

A shallow depression, 1.0 m diam. x 0.15 m, lined with a hard, white “plaster”.

1033. Pre-B 3, Period 3/4, Type 5 A shallow, circular depression, 0.44 m diam. x 0.21 m, lined with fistsized stones and covered with a white “plaster”. Two more poorly preserved basins lie just to the N of this. They are all cut into surface 866 below B3. Small finds: KM 2909, calcareous sandstone mortar.

1584. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 1 A basin, 0.62 x 0.56 x 0.12 m, lined with a hard, white, nodular “plaster” and set into the top of an irregular subcircular pit 0.22 m deep which is itself filled with friable “plaster” and cobbles. One stone protrudes through the base of the basin. The basin sits directly to the NW of hearth 1604 and appears to have been replastered on at least one occasion.

1133. B 1052, Period 4, Type 1 A shallow, sub-oval depression, 0.48 m diam. x 0.07 m, lined with a hard, brownish “plaster” and containing a large mica sandstone mortar, KM 5028. Cut into floor 1194.

1588. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 1 A large pit, 1.16 x 1.12 x 0.18 m, lined with “plaster” which is preserved along the N rim only. The pit sits at the centre of the building and cuts the two ridges 1548 and 1572. (see also Catalogue of Pits)

1148. B 1044, Period 4, Type 1 A shallow depression, 0.43 x 0.35 x 0.13 m, lined with a yellow/white “plaster”. To the W, at right angles to the basin, sits a large calcarenite quern, KM 5024, set up on several smaller stones. The basin is cut into floor 1171.

2013. B 1046, Period 4, Type 2 A poorly preserved basin complex built of a narrow “plaster” ridge set into floor 2000 against the SW wall. The basin, 0.90 x 0.80 x 0.15 m, is set into a broad shallow pit 0.12 m deep with ridges set around the rim to give greater depth to the basin. The ridge is reinforced with small pebbles set at intervals and there is some evidence of internal divisions.

1196. B 3, Period 4, Type 1 A small, worn, shallow, circular depression, 0.32 x 0.40 x 0.05 m, lined with a grey “plaster”.

2015. B 1046, Period 4, Type 2

1214. B 1000, Period 3B, Type 2

A basin complex set into a shallow pit 0.08 m deep with narrow “plaster” ridges built around the rim of the pit. Two smaller compartments are located inside the main basin. The ridges are reinforced at intervals with small pebbles and appears to be built onto the N side of basin 2013 against the N wall of the building. 0.90 x 0.80 x 0.15 m.

A double basin complex constructed in the NE corner of the building as an integral part of the floor. The edges of the basin and the internal dividing ridge are built of small pebbles covered in “plaster” and sand 0.05 m high. There is no edge to the basin to the W where it is open nor to the S where it has been destroyed by pit 911. The S basin is 0.85 x 0.68 m, the N basin is 1.03 x 0.33 m, and the ridge is 0.88 x 0.12 m.

2069. B 1161, Period 3A, Type 4

1237. B 855, Period 3B, Type 2

A conical shaped pit, 0.38 m diam. x 0.18 m, lined with “plaster” at its base and set into floor 1300. The material of floor 1300 forms a rim to the pit although there is a 0.07 m gap between the rim and the “plaster” inside the pit. The pit has been partially filled with small irregular pebbles and is built over oven 1275.

A compartmented basin, 1.00 x 0.80 x 0.03 m, formed from a branching mud plaster ridge into roughly 4 irregular segments, the N segment centred on a stone setting 1296. An upturned quern, KM 5009, lies immediately to the W and a second upturned quern, KM 1782, lies just to the N.

2115. Period 3A/3B, Type 1

1386. Post-B 1046, Period 4, Type 1

A shallow pit, 0.72 m diam. x 0.14 m, lined with a mud and havara nodule rendering and cut into surface 2126 E of B2.

A shallow circular depression, 1.20 m diam. x 0.22 m, with a broad flat rim preserved on its W side and lined with a hard, white “plaster”. It is sitting in eroded material over the building.

2129. Period 5, Type 5 Stone setting 2103 consisting of an oval formation of edged stones containing a paving of small irregular stones with, at its centre, a hollow created by angled stones lined with havara rendering forming a basin 0.40 m diam. x 0.20 m. directly adjacent is a second stone setting 2133.

1497. B 1046, Period 4, Type 1 A very shallow circular depression, 0.34 diam. x 0.05 m, set into floor 2000 and lined with “plaster” to stand slightly above the floor surface.

Stone settings

1498. B 1046, Period 4, Type 2

11. B 1, Period 4, Type 5

A compartmented basin, 1.18 x 0.85 x 0.15-0.20 m, divided into six segments set into floor 2000 in the S of the building. It is formed from fragile mud ridges with small stones placed at intervals along it. Five segments run N-S parallel to each other and the sixth runs E-W along the base of these. The floors of the basins vary in depth from each other and the entire feature has been finished in a fine “plaster” coating.

Broken quern, KM 351, set on edge in small pit to SW of hearth 10.

70. Period 5?, Type 1 Oval arrangement of stones and sherds set into a compact havara surface. 0.65 m diam. x 0.05-0.10 m.

58

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

along the N wall of the building. Small finds: KM 1092, diabase pestle; 5047, mica sandstone quern; 5048, mica sandstone grinder; 5049, mica sandstone pounder; 5050, limestone hammerstone/pounder.

92. B 86, Period 4, Type 4 Arrangement of edge-set stones sitting in a slight depression at a point beside entrance 202 where the inner facing stones of the wall have been removed. Floor 90 runs up against the stones and there are traces of “plaster” in the base of the feature. 0.32 x 0.36 x 0.29 m.

759. B 494, Period 3B/4, Type 1 A roughly rectangular setting formed from three boulders on three sides, 0.60 x 0.53 m. a grinder block, KM 1046, and a pebble lie within this area. Small finds: KM 1046, sandstone grinding block.

111. B 96, Period 4, Type 2 Arrangement of 5 edge-set stones around a flat slab all lined with a clay rendering now heavily eroded. Set against the inner wall face of the building. 0.40 m diam. Small finds: KM 506, sandstone quern.

760. B 494, Period 3B/4, Type 1 Arrangement of five edge-set stones (max 0.15 m long) lying along the W and S sides of a circular pecked limestone slab. A reddish/brown coarse grained soil overlies this slab. 0.40 x 0.37 m. Small finds: KM 1037 adze.

415/422. B 200, Period 4, Type 1 Two separate irregular shaped pits defined by gaps in the paving slabs of floor 390. (415: 0.36 m diam. x 0.16 m) (422: 0.25 x 0.24 x 0.20 m). [Ed. 415 is treated as a pit, 422 as a stone setting elsewhere in LAP II.1A-B]

795. B 3, Period 4, Type 1

Large central pit defined by a circle of stones forming part of the floor paving 390. The base of the pit is also paved with flat slabs. 0.70 x 0.68 x 0.22 m. Small finds: KM 802-4.

Arrangement of 3-4 stones, 0.53 x 0.78 m, set into a mud bank along the N wall of the building. The S stone may be displaced giving an exaggerated N-S dimension. The sherds of a large vessel are still in situ c. 0.10 m below the rim of the setting. Small finds: KM 1082, chalk pot lid; 1215, sandstone grooved stone slab; 5044, mica sandstone quern.

718. B 3, Period 4, Type 4

806. Period 4, Type ?

Elongated, deep oval pit, 0.80 x 0.60 x 0.31 m, with rounded base and stones set almost continuously around the upper edge. A rubber on the S edge is set up on three courses of sherds. Setting for flask KM 5559. Small finds: KM 1237 mica sandstone pestle; 1930 sandstone rubber.

Arrangement of stones one stone wide in a matrix of ashy soil with nodules of burnt daub and “plaster” flecks. No clear description available. 0.93 x 0.56 m.

719. B 3, Period 4, Type 4

Arrangement of a single irregular shaped stone placed flat with two edge-set stones on its SE and NE sides both with a 0.25 m thick layer of “plaster” on their inner face. 0.26 x 0.24 m.

431. B 200, Period 4, Type 1?

824. B 3, Period 4, Type 2

Large, oval, round bottomed depression, 1.0 x 0.80 x 0.25 m, with stones set along W and NE edges. There is a ridge of mud and stones to the SW beside 720. Setting for massive storage jar KM 5556. Small finds: KM 1234, 1236 sandstone hammerstones; 1235, diabase adze; 5052 mica sandstone rubber.

836. B 3, Period 4, Type 1 Roughly circular arrangement of stones 0.22 m below neighbouring stone 725 on the edge of the mud bank along the N wall of the building. It consists of three irregular stones on W, pestle KM 1089 and quern KM 3133 on the S, three stones on the E and five stones including a rubber along the N. Setting for barrel KM 5558. 0.90 x 0.87 x 0.20 m. Small finds: KM 1809, diabase pestle; 3133 mica sandstone quern.

720. B 3, Period 4, Type 4 Sub-circular discontinuous ring of stones 0.60 x 0.52 x 0.09 m, bounding a slight depression in the floor forming a ridge of mud rendering and stones. Setting for holemouth storage jar KM 5567 and bottle KM 1251. Small finds: KM 1830, mica sandstone pounder; 1931, diabase pounder.

840. B 3, Period 4, Type 4 A slight depression, 0.68 diam. x 0.17 m, flanked by three stones on its E and S sides Probable setting for potspead 716 (KM 1251, 5567)?

721. B 3, Period 4, Type 4

845. B 3, Period 4, Type 1

Small sub-circular shallow depression, 0.58 x 0.52 x 0.17 m, with rounded bottom and “plaster” along its N edge. There is a mud and stone ridge around the rim with one stone on W angled into pit. Setting for holemouth storage jars KM 1822 and 5561. Small finds: KM 1232, diabase pestle.

Arrangement of four medium sized limestone blocks set on a c. 0.05 m thick plinth of mud, 0.70 m diam. x 0.09 m. It defines the N and W sides of setting for vessel KM 5581.

850. B 3, Period 4, Type 4

723. B 3, Period 4, Type 4

Arrangement of irregular shaped stones around the W and S sides of a shallow depression set lower than adjacent 720. Two courses of stones preserved in places. 0.70 x 0.68 m. Small finds: KM 1008, calcarenite bowl; hammerstone/grinders 1009 in sandstone and 1010 in serpentinized harzburgite.

Large, shallow, sub-circular depression, 0.82 x 0.80 x 0.19 m, with one large stone on W edge and a flat, wide base. Setting for vessel KM 5552.

724. B 3, Period 4, Type 4 Circular, partially “plastered” shallow pit, 0.60 x 0.56 x ? m, with symmetrical profile and stones set discontinuously around the rim. Setting for storage jar KM 5536. Small finds: KM 1095, chalk pounder; 1230, chert pounder; 1231, chert pebble.

1133. B 1052, Period 4, Type 3 Large mica sandstone mortar, KM 5028, set in “plaster” basin 1133 in W of building beside entrance in lower floor 1194.

726. B 3, Period 4, Type 4

1136. B 1052, Period 4, Type 1

Shallow depression, 0.54 x 0.50 x 0.20 m, ringed with stones on the E and with two large flat slabs on the W. The S one of these, 725, is a large, flat, pierced slab. Four rounded pebbles are set into the base of the depression and the whole arrangement is constructed into a mud bank

Arrangement of stones and artefacts in a roughly circular setting partially overlying 1137 and pivot stone KM 5027 to the E of the entrance. 0.70 m diam. x 0.02 m. Small finds: KM 1873, sandstone grinding block; 1874, gabbro

59

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

pounder; 1875, sandstone hammerstone/grinder; 1876, mica sandstone pounder; 1877, calcarenite hammerstone/grinder.

1706. B 855, Period 3B, Type 5

1176. B 1052, Period 4, Type 3

Edge-set stone, rubber KM 1780, lying to the NW of hearth 951 and basin 1237. Small finds: KM 1780, mica sandstone rubber.

Setting of flat stones including two quern fragments against the E wall of the building in secondary floor 1174. 0.60 x 0.44 x 0.17 m. Small finds: KM 1727-8 sandstone querns; 1729 calcarenite anvil; 1867 diabase pestle; 1868, 1872, diabase axes; 1869, diabase axeshaped grinder; 1881 diabase adze.

1707. B 98, Period 4, Type 5 Edge-set quern lying between hearth 124 and doorway 1702.

2140. B3, Period 4, Type 3

1332. Period 5, Type 1 Arrangement of stones around decayed, dished calcareous stone set in a slight hollow, 0.46 x 0.40 x 0.15 m, and partially “plastered”. Adjacent to 1335.

Flat stone set into slight depression inside E jamb of doorway on floor 695 with a small edge-set stone between it and the wall of the building. It is surrounded by stakeholes. 0.29 x 0.24 x 0.07 m. Small finds: KM 5041, mica sandstone quern.

1335. Period 5?, Type 3

2141. B 3, Period 4, Type 1

Socketed stone lying E of 1332. 0.35 x 0.30 x 0.15 m.

Arrangement of flat and irregular stones with small supportive wedges set against the W wall of the building. Setting of holemouth storage jar KM 3300.

1343. B 834, Period 4, Type 1 Arrangement of small irregular shaped stones in a circular setting, 0.45 x 0.44 x 0.12 m, on floor 1228 in E part of building.

Pier/Bench [Ed. Most of the following are classified as stone settings elsewhere in LAP II.1A-B]

1352. Period 3/4

299. B 4, Period 3B, Type 3

[Ed. Too disturbed for description]

A short stretch of four stones laid in a row with smaller stones infill and set directly onto floor 291. 2.30 x 0.90 x 0.29 m. An area of earth and “plaster” like a surface lies to the W and links it with a group of stakeholes to the S and feature 300.

1378. Period 4?, Type 3 Large quern, KM 2307, set upon a small platform of pebbles and larger stones packed together but not bonded with mud. It sits upon surface 1380 and is cut by T. 515. 0.68 x 0.43 x 0.20 m. Small finds: KM 2307 mica sandstone quern, 2691 calcarenite bowl.

492. B 3, Period 4, Type 3 A rectilinear setting of small, closely packed stones two courses high with regular faced edges and bounded on the E and W by well defined bands of ash, possibly the remains of burnt timbers. It sits on the eroded destructional collapse of the building with area of burnt mud to the NE and SW as well as other stretches of burnt timbers. 1.30 x 0.94 x 0.06 m.

1509. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 2 Loosely packed arrangement of stones on Floor 2 with ashy yellow/black soil and concentrations of sherds. An oval stone setting forming the base of an earth ring sits at the W edge of the stones and partially overlies the SE corner of hearth 1520. This is associated with burnt sherds and the whole feature has been badly damaged by ploughing. It may have served as a hearth. 1.80 x 0.65 x 0.20 m. Small finds: KM 2063, chalk hammerstone; 2125, pottery disc; 2257, sherd with mend hole; 2258, RMP burnisher.

635. B 376, Period 4, Type 2? A patch of cobbles laid against the exterior SW wall of the building directly onto surface 293 and associated with a “plastered” depression immediately to the W. 1.20 x 0.60 x 0.10 m.

996. B 994, Period 3B, Type 3

1684. B 1044, Period 4, Type 5

A rectilinear arrangement of stones fairly roughly laid with larger stones to the outer faces and smaller stones bonded in mud forming the core. It sits at the centre of the building but on thin primary deposits overlying the floor. 0.90 x 0.50 x 0.15 m. Small finds: KM 1942, chalk rubbing stone; 2574, sandstone quern.

Edge-set stone between hearth 1041 and doorway 1060.

1686. B 1046, Period 4, Type 5 Edge-set stone between hearth 1495 and doorway 2017. The top face of the stone has been heavily pecked and chipped. Small finds: KM 5023, microgabbro anvil.

1137. B 1052, Period 4, Type 1 Platform or bench of two flagstones set in “plaster” one beside the other and projecting at right angles from the interior N wall of the building. The E flagstone is an inverted quern, KM 1726, placed over Gr. 542. 1.10 x 0.95 x 0.14 m. Small finds: KM 1954, diabase axe-shaped grinder.

1689. B 1052, Period 4, Type 5 Edge-set stone between oven 1070 and doorway 1135.

1693. B 1165, Period 4, Type 5

1518. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 3

Edge-set sandstone quern, KM 5011 between hearth 1359 and doorway, set into the plaster apron of the hearth, 1420.

Rectilinear arrangement of large stones (c. 0.30 x 0.25 x 0.15 m in size) two courses high and closely packed together. It overlies floor 1508, hearth 1520 and ridge 1522 and runs E/W with an overall size of 1.40 x 0.45 x 0.30 m.

1694. B 1295, Period 3A, Type 5 Edge-set stone to SE of hearth 1294.

1534. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 1

1699. B 834, Period 4, Type 5

A roughly square setting of stones set against the inclined orthostats at the base of the wall and slightly overlying ridge 1524. It consists of 4-5 fairly large slabs set side by side and angled towards the wall defining an area infilled with smaller stones. 1.00 x 0.60 m. Small finds: KM 5064, mica sandstone anvil.

Edge-set stone between hearth 1250 and doorway 1254.

1704. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 5 Chalk bowl, KM 5006, and a small flat stone set on edge one behind the other beside floor division 1572 in from the doorway 1605.

60

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

1550. B 1547, Period 3A, Type 2

248. B 1, Period 4

Rubble built but tightly packed band of stones and cobbles 2-4 courses high with an earth infill and running along the SW exterior wall of the building. 2.90 x 0.35 x 0.35 m. Small finds: KM 2876-7, diabase adzes; 2878, sandstone rubber.

Small, vertical cut. 0.08 x 0.07 x 0.08 m.

249. B 1, Period 4 Small, vertical cut. 0.13 x 0.10 x 0.12 m.

1709. B 1016, Period 3A, Type 2

266. B 375, Period 4

A short arc of stones set into the foundation cut against the SW wall of the building consisting of 3 large facing stones with smaller stones forming the core. c. 0.90 x 0.30 m.

In surface 150. 0.15 x 0.19 x 0.19 m.

0000. B 1000, Period 3B, Type 1

In surface 150. 0.30 x 0.17 x 0.14 m.

267. B 375, Period 4

Two short lengths of mud and stone piers projecting from the NW interior wall of the building, both very badly damaged and not surviving for any great height. c. 0.65 x 0.30 x c. 0.10 m.

268. B 375, Period 4

Postholes

269. B 375, Period 4

22. Period 4

In surface 150. 0.12 x 0.11 x 0.25 m.

In surface 17. 0.45 m diam. x 0.25 m.

270. B 375, Period 4

23. Period 4

In surface 150. 0.18 x 0.14 x 0.19 m.

In surface 17. 0.20 x 0.40 x 0.20 m.

271. B 375, Period 4

59. In 57, Period 4

In surface 150. 0.15 x 0.16 x 0.21 m. Small finds: KM 2931, chalk conical stone.

In surface 150. 0.19 m diam. x 0.18 m.

In surface 57. 0.16 m diam. x 0.10 m.

272. B 375, Period 4

62. Period 3/4

In surface 150. 0.14 x 0.15 x 0.23 m.

Squarish in shape. 0.14 m diam. x 0.10 m.

273. B 375, Period 4

93. B86, Period 4

In surface 150. 0.15 x 0.12 x 0.29 m.

In floor 90 at position of pivot stone. 0.24 x 0.32 x 0.20 m.

274. B 375, Period 4

142. 139, Period 4

In surface 150. 0.21 x 0.17 x 0.12 m.

Group of 15 postholes in two parallel lines in surface 139. 1: 0.12 m diam. x 0.09 m; 2: 0.06 m diam. x 0.14 m; 3: 0.06 m diam. x 0.12 m; 4: irregular x 0.05 m; 5: 0.06 m diam. x 0.07 m; 6: 0.05 m diam. x 0.055 m squared; 7: small and irregular; 8: 0.08 x 0.05 x 0.05 m; 9: irregular; 10: 0.14 m diam. x 0.15 m; 11: irregular; 12: 0.15 m diam. x 0.15 m; 13: 0.06 m diam. x 0.15 m; 14: indefinite x 0.175 m; 15: indefinite x 0.12 m.

275. B 375, Period 4 In surface 150. 0.12 x 0.13 x 0.22 m.

290. B 2, Period 3B Against inner face of wall in floor 389. 0.21 x 0.18 x 0.15 m. Seventeen other postholes and stakeholes across the floor.

145. B 96, Period 4

316. B 1328, Period 3B

Shallow scoop with posthole to side. 0.13 m diam. x 0.20 m. Small finds: KM 497, diabase axe-shaped grinder.

Timber lean-to against wall of B 2?. 0.20 x 0.13 x 0.09 m.

198. 164, Period 4

317. B 1328, Period 3B

In pit 164. 0.20 m diam. x 0.08 m.

Timber lean-to against wall of B 2?. 0.13 x 0.10 x 0.09 m.

223. B 1, Period 4

318. B 1328, Period 3B

At edge of floor. 0.20 x 0.30 x 0.25 m.

Timber lean-to against wall of B 2?. 0.13 x 0.10 x 0.03 m.

235. B 200, Period 4

319. B 1328, Period 3B

In Floor 3. 0.11 m diam. x 0.09 m.

Timber lean-to against wall of B 2?. 0.11 x 0.10 x 0.09 m.

236. B 86, Period 4

325. B 1328, Period 3B

In Floor 3. 0.22 x 0.17 x 0.17 m.

Timber lean-to against wall of B 2?. 0.09 x 0.08 x 0.06 m.

241. B 1, Period 4

327. B 1328, Period 3B

Well defined vertical cut on N edge of floor. 0.19 m diam. x 0.18 m.

Timber lean-to against wall of B 2?. 0.05 m diam. x 0.07 m.

247. B 1, Period 4

328. B 1328, Period 3B

Well defined vertical cut on N edge of floor. 0.22 x 0.17 x 0.26 m.

Timber lean-to against wall of B 2?. 0.27 x 0.16 x 0.16 m. Small finds: KM 741, diabase flaked tool.

61

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

356. Period 4

1055. Cut into B 994?, Period 3B/4?

Above B 200. 0.27 x 0.18 x 0.30 m.

Cut into floor 983 of building but contains Period 4 sherd. 0.18 x 0.16 x 0.43 m.

397. B 4, Period 3B

1056. Cut into B 994?, Period 3B/4?

In surface 497, inclined 70 degrees to SE. 0.16 x 0.27 x 0.20 m.

398. B 4, Period 3B

Cut into floor 983 of building but contains Period 4 sherd. 0.30 x 0.25 x 0.23 m.

In surface 497, inclined to S. 0.12 x 0.11 x 0.22 m.

1059. Period 4

439. Period 4 0.230 x 0.26 x 0.40 m.

Large, fairly shallow pit, 0.65 x 0.75 x 0.36 m, filled with ash and heat cracked stones with a clay surface in its upper level containing a posthole cut into it.

469. Post-B 494, Period 4

1120. Above B 834, Period 4

0.15 m diam. x 0.11 m.

0.05 x 0.06 x 0.12 m.

482. B 204, Period 4

1127. B 866, Period 4

In floor 377. 0.18 x 0.12 x 0.10 m.

In floor 1118. 0.11 x 0.12 x 0.14 m.

489. In 387, Period 4

1129. B 866, Period 4

In surface 387. 0.22 m diam. x 0.10 m.

In floor 1118. 0.12 m diam. x 0.10 m.

658. B 493, Period 4

1197. B 206, Period 3B

Post occupation in shell of building set inside slightly larger shallow pit. 0.13 m diam. x 0.20 m.

In hearth 1182. 0.18 x 0.20 x 0.19 m.

1203. B 994, Period 3B

742. In 164, Period 4 In surface 164 over B 206. 0.18 x 0.14 x 0.37 m.

A straight sided flat bottomed posthole in floor 983. 0.16 x 0.18 x 0.13 m.

751. Period 4

1204. B 994, Period 3B

In quarry complex 654. 0.34 x 0.31 x 0.40 m with a small 0.10 m deep hole at base.

A tapering sided and round bottomed posthole in floor 983. 0.24 x 0.25 x 0.33 m. Small finds: KM 1893, basalt polisher.

756. Period 3B/4

1221. B 834, Period 4

Above B 206. 0.26 x 0.16 x 0.12 m.

In pit 1217 cut into patchy Floor 2 surface. 0.12 x 0.08 x 0.12 m.

757. Period 4

1224. B 994, Period 3B

Above B 206. 0.14 x 0.12 x 0.12 m.

In floor 983. 0.07 m diam. x 0.07 m.

807. In 803, Period 4

1245. In 1239, Period 3B

In surface 803 contemporary with B 3?. 0.25 diam. x 0.17 m with a small hole, 0.10 m diam. x 0.05 m, at the base.

In surface 1239 (Ceremonial Area) over B 2. 0.14 x 0.13 x 0.22 m.

808. In 803, Period 4

1246. In 1239, Period 3B

In surface 803 contemporary with B 3?. 0.22 x 0.12 x 0.09 m.

In surface 1239 (Ceremonial Area) over B 2. 0.13 x 0.12 x 0.16 m.

809. In 803, Period 4

1247. In 1239, Period 3B

In surface 803 contemporary with B 3?. 0.20 m diam. x 0.18 m.

In surface 1239 (Ceremonial Area) over B 2. 0.10 m diam. x 0.11 m.

810. In 803, Period 4

1259. B 1052, Period 4

In surface 803 contemporary with B 3?. 0.21 x 0.17 x 0.26 m.

A very deep tapered posthole in Floor 1. 0.30 x 0.21 x 0.67 m. 0.15 m at base.

811. In 803, Period 4

1260. B 3, Period 4

In surface 803 contemporary with B 3? 0.21 x 0.18 x 0.26 m.

In floor 695 in NW of building. 0.08 x 0.10 x 0.17 m.

864. Period 4

1303. Period 3B/4

Cuts wall 197 of B 206. 0.20 x 0.13 x 0.11 m.

Above surface 1277. 0.27 m diam. x 0.30 m.

1021. B 206?, Period 3B (see also Catalogue of Pits)

1402. B 834, Period 4

Massive stone packed pit with large posthole in centre. Width of post pipe is c. 0.33 m. The lower 0.25 m of the pit is backfilled with soil. 1.00 m diam. x 1.34 m.

In surface 1385 outside entrance. Porch? 0.19 x 0.16 x 0.36 m.

62

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

2145: 0.12 x 0.13 x 0.09 m inclined to W; 2146: 0.10 x 0.13 x 0.15 m inclined to S; 2147: 0.20 x 0.18 x 0.19 m; 2148: 0.18 x 0.15 x 0.16 m; 2149: no data; 2150: 0.20 x 0.17 x 0.09 m stony base; 2151: 0.19 x 0.11 m.

1403. B 834, Period 4 In surface 1385 outside entrance. Porch? 0.38 x 0.17 x 0.19 m.

1404. B 834, Period 4

Stakehole groups

In surface 1385 outside entrance. Porch? 0.17 m diam. x 0.26 m.

21. B 1/98, Period 4

1405. B 834, Period 4

A group of 16 stakeholes defining a circle 0.60 m across. All are vertical and vary from 0.03-0.08 m diam.. They are set into a surface, 17, outside the two buildings to the S and are associated with other stakeholes.

In surface 1385 outside entrance. Porch? 0.23 x 0.19 x 0.17 m.

1407. B 834, Period 4 In surface 1385 outside entrance. Porch? 0.22 x 0.17 x 0.20 m.

60. B 3 Period 4

1413. Period 3B

Alignment of 4 stakeholes 0.03-0.05 m diam. x 0.05-0.09 m deep set around pit 58 to the S of B 3.

In surface 1392 E of building. 0.29 x 0.20 x 0.13 m.

113. B 1/98. Period 4

1424. B 834, Period 4

Various scatters of stakeholes to the S of the buildings.

In surface 1385 outside entrance. Porch? 0.20 x 0.15 x 0.21 m.

201. B 2, Period 3B

1431-1459, 1470-2, 1476. B 1165, Period 4

Alignment of six stakeholes in floor 131 set c. 0.10-0.15 m apart. Av diam. c. 0.05 m.

In floor 1166 and on hearth apron 1420. 1431: 0.14 x 0.12 x 0.13 m vertical; 1432: 0.06 m diam. x 0.08 m inclined to N; 1433: 0.14 x 0.11 x 0.10 m vertical; 1434: 0.12 x 0.10 x 0.06 m; 1435: 0.09 x 0.07 x 0.07 m; 1436: 0.08 m diam. x 0.05 m; 1437: 0.13 x 0.12 x 0.10 m; 1438: 0.09 x 0.06 x 0.10 m; 1439: 0.14 x 0.13 x 0.09 m (KM 2471, chalk cupped stone); 1440: 0.16 x 0.15 x 0.08 m; 1441: 0.10 x 0.07 x 0.09 m; 1442: 0.10 x 0.08 x 0.08 m in entrance associated with stakeholes; 1443: 0.10 m diam. x 0.09 m in apron 1420; 1444: 0.10 x 0.12 x 0.08 m double posthole in apron 1420; 1445: 0.10 m diam. x 0.12 m in apron 1420; 1446: 0.10 m diam. x 0.10 m in apron 1420; 1447: 0.15 x 0.12 x 0.12 m D-shaped; 1448: 0.10 x 0.08 x 0.07 m one side sloped; 1449: 0.12 x 0.10 x 0.06 m; 1450: 0.04 m diam. x 0.08 m inclined to N; 1451: 0.07 x 0.065 x 0.09 m; 1452: 0.06 x 0.05 x 0.05 m; 1453: 0.035 x 0.025 x 0.04 m very slight; 1454: 0.35 x 0.02 x 0.04 m very slight; 1455: 0.09 m diam. x 0.12 m in apron 1420; 1456: 0.16 x 0.14 x 0.12 m small pebbles at base; 1457: 0.15 m diam. x 0.10 m; 1458: 0.06 m diam. x 0.08 m inclined to N; 1459: 0.15 x 0.10 x 0.10 m; 1470: 0.08 m diam. x 0.12 m; 1471: 0.08 x 0.07 x 0.12 m; 1472: 0.15 x 0.12 x 0.17 m; 1476: 0.05 m diam. x 0.06 m.

276. Period 4 Random arrangement of 25 stakeholes in surface to N of B1 associated with two postholes. Av diam. c. 0.03 m.

280. B 86. Period 4 Concentration of 12 stakeholes in two groups, one near the entrance of the building and the second near the centre.

314. B 4, Period 3B A collection of 65 small-large stakeholes arranged over the two intact floor surfaces of the building. One group in the NE part does no appear to be in any discernible pattern although several may encircle pit 313 and there is a regularly spaced setting of larger stakes along the perimeter of the floor at the base of the wall. There is a noticeable doubling of similar sized stakeholes as if the pattern were deliberate and had been replaced on at least one occasion. A second group is set into the plaster floor 291 and the hearth 990 and must have been an integral part of the floor construction. It consists of a fan-shaped setting of vertical stakes with stone setting 299 forming one arm of the fan. A smaller group of stakes within this arrangement is all inclined sharply to the SW.

1654. B1547, Period 3A In entranceway. 0.12 x 0.10 x 0.05 m.

1673-6. Period 2 Below surface 1570. 1673: 0.15 m diam. x 0.14 m tapered sides; 1674: 0.34 x 0.26 x 0.24 m; 1675: 0.28 x 0.25 x 0.10 m pebble filled; 1676: 0.28 x 0.20 x 0.27 m.

329. B 1328. Period 3B A semi-circular setting of stakeholes beneath? floor 292 defining an area of c. 0.50 m diam.. It is incompletely excavated.

1678. 1667, Period 2

399. B 4. Period 3B

At base of pit complex 1667. 0.29 x 0.27 x 0.26 m.

2023. 2021, Period 3A

A series of stakeholes in the W-central part of the building set into surface 497 in no apparent pattern.

In surface 2021. 0.20 m diam. x 0.27 m.

603. In 387. Period 4

2026-9. B 1046, Period 4

A dense concentration of stakeholes in surface 387 to the N and W of B 204. Many are contemporary with B 204 but the presence of some below wall 194 suggests that 603 as seen is probably a palimpsest. Some circular and linear arrangements are discernible.

In floor 2000. 2026 0.13 x 0.10 x 0.10 m; others unexcavated.

2031. B 1161, Period 3A

821. Period 4

Contemporary with B 1161? 0.08 m diam. x 0.18 m. Small find: KM 2565, chert pecking stone.

A dense concentration of stakeholes, av. diam. 0.03-0.05 x 0.11 m deep, in general 877 overlying B 855. Some stakeholes are “lined” with clay and others have a charcoal fill. Small finds: 10 chalk conical stones, KM 1097, 1104-6, 1108-10, 1116, 1198, 1289.

2118. In 2116, Period 3/4 In surface 2116. 5 postholes av 0.16 m diam. x max 0.20 m.

2145-51. B 1103, Period 3B In floor 1192.

63

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy

1023. B 994. Period 3B

§ 15.5 Catalogue of pits (D.M. and E.P.)

A scatter of stakeholes set into floor 983. There is a possible arrangement of five around stone vessel KM 5065 and a roughly linear arrangement in a slight gully running radially from the centre of the building N to the wall over 1015.

The catalogue lists all of the pits found at Kissonerga. It shows the Unit number of the pit and, where it was initially separated by a baulk, the unit number on either side of the baulk separated by a ‘/’, e.g. 210/412. It also shows the Illustration number where appropriate, Period, Type (see § 3.8 for details), the Volume in litres, and the width (W), length (L) and depth (D) in metres. If the pit is circular or sub-circular, the diameter is given in the width column followed by ‘diam.’. Where a quantity is unknown, or cannot be estimated with any certainty, a ‘-’ is shown; a ‘>’ prefix is used where a pit covers an irregular area or is truncated by a baulk. The Volume has been estimated from the overall dimensions and an assessment of the profile. The value obtained by multiplying the W x L x D may be up to three times larger than the Volume quoted. Some of the very large pits, such as 1599 and 1666, had their diameters measured at 10 cm intervals from the top. These volumes are accurate calculations. The conversion ratio is 1,000 litres to a cubic metre. The Fill not only describes the Fill but also shows the separate units, if the pit contained distinct fills. The Artefacts include all of the Small Finds discovered in the Fill. The KM has been omitted after the first item in each entry. Further details can be found in the Finds Register, Appendix B, and elsewhere in the specialists’ reports. The Comments include any significant or particularly interesting features of the pit, its Fill or content as described on the Unit Log Sheet. Table 15.1, at the end of the catalogue, summarises the occurrence of the various types of pit by period. See § 3.8 for a detailed analysis of the pit types.

1346. In 1347. Period 4 A roughly linear arrangement of seven stakeholes in surface 1347 to the E of B 834.

1399. In 1393. Period 4? A group of 26 stakeholes, 0.01-0.05 m diam., set into surface 1393 in front of the entrance to B 834. A small group is immediately in front of the entrance and the rest are c. 0.80 m further to the S although none appear to either side of the entrance.

1627. In 1625. Period 3A Two stakeholes cut into surface 1629, 0.05 m diam. x 0.15 m deep. One is possibly later and both are associated with a pit and a stone pestle.

1648. Period 2/3A Two stakeholes and a shallow posthole in a line set into general layer 1570. (0.06 x 0.05 x 0.09 m) (0.10 x 0.07 x 0.11 m) (0.017 x 0.16 x 0.08 m).

2030. B 1046. Period 4 An arc of 34 stakeholes in floor 2000 immediately in from the entrance and stretching over to plaster basins 2013 and 2015. There is no apparent pattern.

2083. Period 3A A group of 11 stakeholes on either side of a low “plaster” ridge just SW of B 1295 and near oven 1486. 0.04-0.10 m diam. x 0.06-0.11 m deep.

2106/2125. Period 3/4 A group of c. 12 stakeholes probably of different periods set into surfaces to the E of B 2. There is a convincing arrangement of six around pit 2107. The best preserved are 0.06 m diam. x 0.10 m deep.

Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

6

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 5 0.20 0.30 0.20 Fig. 40 Ashy grey-brown loose, some stones. Pottery disc KM 371. As 12 & 14, possible disturbed/extracted posthole near hearth of B 1. Top plough damaged.

7

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 500 1.00 1.70 0.30 Figs. 22, 40 Loose grey-brown and compacted mud wash, some plaster. Adze KM 338, 380; Axe 333; Conical stone 339; Figurine 332; Pestle 334, 337. Disturbance in NW of B 1, top in ploughsoil.

8

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >700 2.00 ? Soft ashy soil with stones. None. Late cut into east side of B 1, top in ploughsoil.

0.40

11

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 14 0.50 0.55 Soft brownish soil with uprights including re-cycled quern. Quern KM 351. Edge-set stone for door prop.

0.20

Fig. 40

12

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 20 Soft brownish soil. None. As 6.

0.17

Fig. 40

0.38

Length

0.53

64

Depth

Illustration

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

Length

Depth

Illustrations

14

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 As 6. None. As 6.

10

0.40

0.50

0.16

Fig. 40

16

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 2 0.20 0.38 0.12 Fig. 40 Soft brownish soil. None. Possible posthole, antedating wall 9 of B 1, or part of an entrance, or even a component of the wall itself. Cf. 20, 22, 23 in this area.

18

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 3.00 >3.00 >0.30 Figs. 21, 33, 39, 40 Rubble, ash and mud wash. Axe-shaped grinder KM 366, 837; Bowl 838; Cup 830; Figurine 816; Fine point 722; Flaked tool 835; Haft 1068; Hammerstone 831; Point 1030; Pottery disc 851; Rubbing stone 836, 848. Hollow containing Gr. 501, in plough zone.

19

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

3 400 0.90 Loose, ashy, some stones. None Irregular, possibly cut from above B 1.

1.00

0.80

Figs. 22, 33, 40

20

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 270 0.70 1.00 Loose, fine brown soil, many sherds. Cupped stone KM 372; Pounder/grinder 373. Antedates? wall 9 of B 1 beside posthole 23.

0.80

Fig. 40

25

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 110 2.0 3.5 Stony, some daub. None. Hollow filled to provide floor foundation for B 1.

0.10

26

3/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Stones and loose brown soil. None. Truncated pit below B 1, over wall of B 4.

-

-

48

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Fine, clay, brown, some stones. None. Disturbance around T. 545.

-

0.65

58

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.1 6 0.30 0.40 0.09 Soft black with some angular stones. None. Partly bordered by stakes. A fireplace in angle of walls 46 (B 3) and 47.

Fig. 41

63

5? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >1,000 1.5 >2.0 Units 50, 323. Soft brown with much animal bone. Unit 63: Pottery disc KM 442. Cuts B 3 in NE. Part of 1210?

0.40

Figs. 41, 43

71

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 3,500 2.20 Grey, many small stones and sherds. Figurine KM 523. Irregular disturbance over fills of B 2.

0.48

Figs. 32, 34

93

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 11 0.24 0.32 Stones and fine grey soil. None. Probable socket for door pivot stone of Floor 2 of B 86.

0.20

Fig. 44

97

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >300 >1.6 >2.0 0.27 Unit 159. Loose ash. Unit 97: Cupped stone KM 493. Hollow below B 96; alignment suggests it might be part of a cut into which the building was founded.

99

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 150 Loose ash and large stones. None. Depression over B 3.

0.64

>3.5

1.60

65

0.18

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

101/839

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 1,420 1.70 2.50 0.45 Figs. 40, 47 Upper loose brown soil, lower large stones. Unit 101: Conical stone KM 465; Dish 466. Unit 839: Trumpet? KM 5069. Neatly occupies gap between B 98 and B 1052, but seemingly pre-dates both.

102

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 2 0.40 Grey-brown ashy. None. Shallow, irregular. Animal burrow?

0.50

0.04

104

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 >700 1.8 Loose, dark brown, silty. None. Cuts 106 over B 2. Irregular disturbance.

>1.5

0.38

105

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 570 1.05 1.25 0.60 Stones, bone, blocky clay mixed with dark brown silts. Axe-shaped grinder KM 589; Misc worked stone 489; Point 3390. Cuts Fill of B 2, one of several pits in the area. Re-cut of 118?

118

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 230 0.7 diam. As 105, plaster frags in upper levels. Pottery disc KM 516. See 105.

0.60

122

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 12 0.40 0.50 Loose grey ash. None. Shallow disturbance at surviving floor edges of B 96.

0.10

125

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 440 1.50 1.80 0.25 Brownish silt with some havara nodules. None. Upper component of disturbed Gr. 503 cut into B 2, sealed by fill 107.

127

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 76 0.80 1.04 0.12 Grey ash densely packed with stones. Pestle KM 503; Pottery disc 478; Pounder 488. Earth oven set within a series of eroded scoops pre-dating and N of B 96, beside area of postholes 142.

133

5 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 23 0.5 diam. 0.35 Blackened stones above ash. None. Probable earth oven cut into plaster surface 132, part of a series (see 134-5, 180) above and to N of B 834.

134

5 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 64 As 133, stones throughout. None. As 133.

135

4/5 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 66 0.65 diam. As 133 with stones set round upper edge. None. As 133, but beyond surviving limit of surface 132.

162

3B/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 13 0.33 diam. 0.17 Heat-cracked stones in black ash. None. Late earth oven in Ceremonial Area. See LAP II.2, 2 Fig. 1, 6-8.

170

3A/3B? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Soft brownish-grey. None. Mostly beyond excavated area, north of Track 35.

171

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 23 0.60 1.20 0.14 Fig. 32 Reddish-brown with plaster frags. Pestle KM 565. Irregular depression, c. 1m inside entry of B 2, probably setting for edge-set stone.

174

? Fill: Artefacts:

7.2 >200 Silty ash, occasional stones. Conical stone KM 562.

0.52

Length

0.63

>2.0

>1.0

66

Depth

Illustrations

Fig. 40

Fig. 52

0.27

0.22

0.16

0.20

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

Length

Comments:

Cut by 188, north of Track 35.

180

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 8 0.45 diam. As 133. None. As 133, but beyond surviving limit of surface 132.

0.11

182

3A/3B? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 46 As 162, fewer stones. None. As 162.

0.40

0.36

0.41

188

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 >900 >2.0 Crumbly brown. None. North of Track 35, in plough zone.

>2.0

0.48

210/412

4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

5 1,800 1.28 2.75 2.30 Fig. 32 Unit 1397. Large stones, ashy with burnt stones near base. None. Cut from plough zone through floor 292 of B 1328. Pick marks in lower walls of pit.

228

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >1,000 >4.0 >1.8 0.33 Figs. 33, 39, 40, 51 Grey ashy. Hammerstone KM 669. Large scoop cuts NW part of B 4, contains B 96, pits 97, 127. Postholes 142 in 21.24.1 lies against and parallel with northern edge.

250

4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 45 0.54 0.65 0.20 Units 251, 252. Heat-cracked stones above ash. None. Cuts through fills above B 2, possibly from plough zone. Pick marks in lower walls.

257

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 30 0.44 0.48 Unit 256. Dark ash, compacted mud and sherds. None. Pot pit attributed to B 706.

279

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

5 40 0.42 diam. 0.33 Fig. 43 Units 237, 619 and 620. Silty with, 0.25 m from top, basin-like setting of slab surrounded by stone uprights. Unit 620: Bead KM 853; Pendant 852, 856-61. 'Basin' possibly set in subsided fill of earlier pit.

307

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

3 10 0.33 0.40 0.24 Fig. 33 Stones and sherds. Rubbing stone KM 763. Cut into floor 291 of B 4. Shape and presence of human bones indicates original use as pre-B 1 grave.

311

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >1,700 >1.3 3.0 0.46 Unit 295. Large stones in basal level. Unit 295: Figurine KM 2388; Pottery disc 2385-7; Trumpet 5068. North of B 493, roughly contemporary with it and B 866.

313A 313B

3B 3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 7 0.40 0.24 0.20 Fig. 33 2 14 0.44 diam. 0.20 Fig. 33 Dark, loose, ashy with stones. Adze KM 843. Irregular, disturbed double? pit associated with pots (Tray KM 5528, Lid 5529) and stone implements (Grinder KM 1945 and Worked stone 1944) in Room 2160 of B 4.

334

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 20 0.40 Unit 333. Compacted mud wash. Unit 333: Pecking stone KM 759. Above B 200, cut from plough zone.

393

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 3.0 2.5 1.47 Ashy with some human bone. Burial KM 892 Amorphous cut in plough zone beside B 736, just S of Gr. 513.

395

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 14 0.38 Dark ash, some stones. None. Below B 1, cut into west edge of B 4.

0.68

67

0.55

Depth

0.20

0.10

0.30

Illustrations

Fig. 43

Fig. 22

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

396

3/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 3 0.28 0.30 0.13 Brown compacted mud wash. None. Erosional feature? just west of plaster floor of B 4, cut by Gr. 507.

403

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >130 >1.8 1.54 Ash, stones, compacted mud wash. Axe KM 781; Cupped stone 773-4; Haft 779-80. Ill-defined sides, cut by graves of Mortuary Structure.

0.20

404

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 13 0.53 diam. Unit 405. Ash and stone with compacted mud lined base. None. Regular plan: pot pit?

0.18

408

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 58 0.60 diam. 0.22 Unit 426. Primary ash, secondary fist-sized stones protruding above rim of pit. None. Flint and mollusca.

411

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 360 2.25 Unit 80. Large stones in north. Unit 80: Pottery disc KM 463. None.

1.70

0.30

413

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 100 1.20 Unit 219. Much pottery throughout. Unit 219: Bowl KM 593. Poorly defined in west.

1.40

0.20

415

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 5 0.36 diam. Unit 414. None. Possibly a result of missing stone in B 200 cobbled floor.

0.16

416

4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 >300 1.00 0.90 Unit 417. Brown soil, pebbles, sherds near base. None. Pits 637 and 733 are disturbances within pit.

-

428

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 26 0.70 Unit 244. None. Cut from higher level than detected.

1.10

0.20

431

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 80 0.68 0.70 Unit 432. Reddish clay. Cupped stones KM 802-3; Quern 804 Stone setting in central hearth position of B 200.

0.22

Fig. 45

436

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 0.50 Brown compacted mud wash with cobbles. Rubbing stone KM 832. Irregular, cut from ploughsoil into B 736.

0.34

Fig. 22

441

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 30 0.30 0.37 0.30 Units 442, 462. Primary brown, cloddy, secondary reddish silt. None. Square - result of stone robbing in partition wall of B 2?

448

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 4 0.14 Unit 449. Dark brown silty. Unit 449: Misc stone object KM 839. In fill of B 206.

0.18

0.21

455

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 1 0.10 Unit 454. Brown silt and clay, crumbly. None. Cf. 441. Water-disturbed posthole?

0.30

0.15

458

4? Fill: Artefacts:

7.2 120 0.95 Brown compacted mud wash and grit. None.

1.20

0.45

68

Length

1.15

Depth

Illustrations

Fig. 41

Fig. 45

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Comments:

Underlying wall 456 of B 494.

466

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 200 0.95 1.00 Unit 421. Stone packing above compacted base; silt above. None. Re-deposited wall collapse of B 204?

471

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

5 350 0.75 diam. 0.80 Figs. 38, 41, 43 Unit 470. Ash, silt, with stony Unit 470: Bead KM 817; Pottery disc 891. Unit 471: Hammerstone KM 2950; Hammerstone/grinder 2252; Needle 5186; Pigment 3155; Polisher 3068. Possible grave extending below Pithos House.

472

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 5 0.40 Unit 473. Grey-brown silt below fist-sized stones. None. None.

0.13

480

4 Fill: Artefacts:

-

Comments:

0 Unit 479. Brown and grey silt. Unit 479: Adze KM 903. Unit 480: Misc worked stone KM 1649. Partly excavated, over B 494.

490

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.1 50 0.60 0.74 Unit 339. Primary dark ash, secondary packing burnt stones. None. Fire pit? in fill of B 206.

0.16

496

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 760 1.10 2.80 Units 232, 486. Soft ash and stones. Unit 232: Conical stone KM 883; Pendant 1034. Disturbed B 493.

0.30

498

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >63 >0.7 >1.0 Unit 491. Loose ash, stones and degraded plaster. None. Amorphous cut into wall and floor of B 206. As 746.

0.18

600

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 84 0.97 1.10 Unit 601. Primary ashy silt, secondary small stones. None. Fire pit? beside B 3.

0.15

616

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >900 2.36 Unit 608. Ashy silt with stones. None. Cuts B 206, adjacent to quarry 654.

>2.6

0.31

630

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 10 Brown silt, stones. None. None.

0.38

0.16

631

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 90 0.48 diam. Unit 632. Primary silt, secondary stones and sherds. None. None.

0.60

637

3B/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 68 0.46 0.60 Unit 380. Small stones. None. Re-cut of pit 416 into B 2. Top disturbed by plough.

0.35

639

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >120 Ash and stones. None. Plough disturbed. Ill defined.

1.00

1.50

0.15

649

4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 None. Modern.

-

-

-

-

Width

0.22

69

Length

-

Depth

Illustrations

>0.22

Fig. 46

Fig. 43

Fig. 34

Figs. 41, 43

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

4 Fill: Artefacts:

Comments:

7.1 >13,000 >4.5 >6.0 >1.0 Pl. 19.5; Figs. 32, 34, 39 Units 621, 642, 653, 678, 691, 713, 717, 745, 789, 791, 802, 804. Varied compositions. Unit 621: Conical stone KM 862; Rubber 874: Unit 642: Cup 1000; Haft 2245; Pendant 983, 5083: Unit 678: Bead 987.01-.03, 990, 992; Deep bowl 1256; Figurine 915; Grooved stone 1071-2; Lid 1178; Metal chisel 986; Pendant 5085; Pottery disc 1152, 1158; Pounder/grinder 916. Unit 691: Bead 878: Unit 802: Burnisher 1424-5. Large complex of scoops into havara: quarry. Cut into B 206 under B 3.

659

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.1 90 Unit 629. Black, ashy. None. Fire pit in Floor 2 of B 493.

0.74

0.24

708

4 Fill: Artefacts:

0.18

Comments:

7.2 360 1.50 2.20 Units 447, 707. Ash, compacted mud and bone. Unit 447: Bead KM 887; Pendant 947. Unit 707: Bow KM 1179; Conical stone 970, 1180. Robbing of wall 262 of B 493?

730

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 20 0.50 diam. Unit 464. Loose, ashy. None. Irregular disturbance SE of B 204.

0.10

Fig. 46

731

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 45 0.60 Units 420, 425. Grey-brown ashy silt. Unit 420: Pestle KM 1188. Irregular disturbance of B 204.

1.20

0.09

Fig. 46

733

3B/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 50 0.45 Unit 297. Soft. Unit 297: Daub KM 626-7; Pestles 631-2. Re-cut of pit 416 through B 2.

0.26

0.50

Fig. 32

734

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 40 0.46 0.48 0.25 Unit 287. Large stones packed in silty clay. None. Cut through floor of B 2, filled before super-structure collapse.

Fig. 32

740

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 160 1.15 Ash and stone. None. Upper portion poorly defined.

746

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 1,500 2.14 3.40 Primary compacted mud, secondary grey ash and mud wash. Adze KM 1171; Needle 1122; Pendant 5086-7. As 498. Cuts B 206

758

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >1,400 2.77 0.31 Fig. 19.1 Compacted mud, ash, lumps of plaster. Cupped stone KM 976; Figurine 977. Amorphous, in south side of excavated B 493, overlying and cutting pit 940. Subsidence?

768/800

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 1200 2.05 2.50 Loose ash with heat-cracked stones in lower portion. None. Below B 376, presumably cutting B 206.

0.34

769

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 3.0 Loose fine brown soil with stones. None. Ill defined beside Gr. 519.

-

0.20

773

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 0.90 Stony. None. Depression above B 3 central hearth.

-

0.30

Figs. 19.2, 43

776

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 460 1.60 diam. 0.26 Primary dark ash, secondary heat-cracked stones, rim of large stones. None. Earth oven beside pit 758, cuts B 855 central hearth.

Figs. 19.1, 35

654

Volume

Width

0.70

Length

1.00

70

Depth

Illustrations

0.28

0.35

Figs. 34, 54

Fig. 23

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

777

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 165 Loose dark ash with roots. None. Disturbance of pit 823.

789

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >300 0.61 0.55 Brown silt. None. An alcove in south edge of quarry 654, or another scoop in it.

791

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 10 0.35 0.65 0.30 Brown and grey compacted mud wash, sand, grit and small stones. None. As 789.

799

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 0.94 Loose grey silt. None. Amorphous disturbance over B 866.

2.04

0.10

804

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.1 30 Soft grey and brown, silty. None. Separate pit in quarry 654?

0.40

0.30

812

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 20 0.36 1.30 0.10 Fig. 34 Primary decayed plaster granules and animal bones, secondary hard compacted mud. None. Patch in floor of B 206, cut by pit 746

823

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.1 180 0.60 2.00 0.30 Figs. 19.2, 41 Loose dark ash. None. Apparently linear feature cut into B 3 through its destruction fill and into natural.

4 Fill: Artefacts:

0.26

Comments:

7.2 250 1.28 1.75 Loose grey ash with secondary stones. Unit 825: Conical stone KM 932, 995. Unit 890: Chisel KM 1172. Part of pitted area north of B 1052, over B 834.

826

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 16 0.55 Brown and grey silt, some stones. None. In plaster-wash floor adjacent to B 834.

0.15

827

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 Black ash. None. As 826.

829

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 10 0.40 Loose, brown, sherds. None. Possible pot depression in B 3.

847

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 680 2.00 2.40 0.30 Fig. 54 Broken pieces of plaster, ash, compacted mud. Axe KM 2632; Bowl 2696; Conical bowl 3295; Conical stone 958, 2690; Point 2697, 3643; Pounder 2714. Back Filled with floor material of B 206; cut by T. 526 and pit 873.

857

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 8 0.38 Black ash. None. In scoured surface 803 north of B 834.

860

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 900 1.80 diam. Brown compacted mud, silt and stones. Conical stone KM 998. North of B 834.

4 Fill: Artefacts:

10 >1,500 3.64 3.80 0.38 Unit 989. Stones and ash, with compacted mud closer to base. Unit 863: Conical stone KM 1359; Utilised scapula 5259

825/890

863/971

Volume

20

Width

Length

0.57 diam.

0.34

0.75

0.60 diam.

Illustrations

0.84

Fig. 41

0.20

0.50

71

Depth

0.40

0.20

Fig. 41

0.15

0.40

Fig. 48

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Comments:

Unit 971: Axe KM 1326; Conical stone 1360; Grooved stone 2160; Mortar 2152; Pendant 1356; Point 5138; Pottery disc 1530, 2159. Unit 989: Bowl KM 1362; Pestle 1363 Cuts north wall of B 834, partly sealed by floor 922. Disturbed burial?

873

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Loose brown silt. None. Grave? truncated by T. 526.

874

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.1 750 1.30 2.50 0.49 Many stones in loose, friable brown loam. None. Partly excavated, east of B 855. Contains wall tumble? Cf. Unit 2060.

Fig. 35

876

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 90 0.70 Loose and brown compacted mud. Cupped stone KM 1086. Disturbed socket for edge-set stone in B 3.

Fig. 41

883

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 50 0.64 diam. Primary dark ash, secondary angular stones. Needle KM 5196. Earth oven in B 866.

0.17

885

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 480 1.50 1.60 Loose brown silt and grey ash. Bowl KM 1321; Cupped stone 1291; Pigment 1170. Cuts B 206 and pit 863/971.

0.43

889

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 66 0.45 0.65 0.34 Loose and brown compacted mud and tool cache. Adze KM 1107, 1191; Axe 1111, 1114-5, 1190; Chisel 1113; Pestle 1112; Point 1193; Polisher 1192; Pounder 1239. Irregular depression in Floor 2 of B 493 containing tool cache.

892

5? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 680 1.12 1.44 Heat-cracked stones in black ash near base, grey near top. None. One of series of pits north of B 86. Plough disturbed.

893A 893B

4 4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 15 0.24 0.50 0.25 1 10 0.24 0.50 0.18 Loose grey-brown ash. Needle KM 1195. Two depressions separated by compacted mud ridge in Floor 2 of B 493.

897

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 440 1.15 1.40 0.35 Unit 908. Ash with black, heat-cracked stones and many burnt animal bones. None. Probable earth oven cut into pit 913.

900

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 1,200 2.90 1.20 0.40 Brown-yellow compacted mud wash and pebbles. Conical stone KM 1372; Hammer 1436; Pestle 1298; Point 5136. Part of pit 911? cutting B 1000.

901

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

3 190 1.29 diam. Crumbly grey-brown mud wash and stones. Bead KM 1184-5. Partly defined. North of pit 911.

0.17

906

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 4 0.28 diam. Loose brown mud wash. None. Small disturbed pit or posthole in Floor 2 of B 493.

0.18

911

4

7.1

1.00

Fill: Artefacts:

Volume

2,300

Width

-

Length

-

2.60

0.75

1.50

Depth

0.50

0.25

Illustrations

Fig. 54

Fig. 34

0.60

Figs. 21, 37, 51; LAP II.2, Fig. 11

Pl. 8.1-2; Figs. 36, 37, 39,51, 55; LAP II.2, Fig. 11 Units 912, 929, 934, 1009, 1106. Sealed from lower pit 1132 by clay-like material. Loose grey lenses and Gr. 528, T. 539. Unit 911: Pestle KM 3387. Unit 912: Bead KM 1751; Bone blank 5149; Conical stone 1370, 1626, 1638, 1641, 1742; Fine point 1654, 5148; Haft 5110; Jar stopper 1750; Phallus 1752; Point 1655.

72

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

913

Period

Type

Volume

Comments:

Unit 934: Adze KM 1332; Conical stone 1419; Notched stone 1429; Pendant/bead 5092; Pounder 1337; Rubbing stone 1331. Unit 1009: Bead KM 1755, 1796; Conical stone 1416.01-.05; Figurine 1794; Point 1427. Unit 1106: Pottery disc KM 2033. Cut from disturbed superficial levels. Back-filled in single episode. T. 539 may be part of it.

4

7.1

Illustrations

915

5 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 >90 0.80 1.20 Heat fractured stones in black-grey ash. None. Earth oven truncated by plough. One of a series north of B 86.

916

5 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 146 0.80 As 915, more ash at base, stones near top. Hammerstone/grinder KM 1274. As 915.

940

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 100 0.70 1.00 Unit 1096. Reddened base, ashy centre, coarse ceramic slabs. None. Base of oven truncated by pit 758, beside hearth of B 855.

0.21

947

3/4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 60 Basin in situ. Basin KM 2735. In surface west of B 1295.

0.68

0.31

986

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 10,000 5.0 Ash. None. Amorphous, possibly water eroded.

>6.0

0.40

995

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Ash. None. Scoop for B 96.

-

-

997

3A/3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

See 1012. Bowl KM 1422; Burnisher 1433; Lid 1400; Needle 1421, 5204; Pendant 1791-3; Pigment 1423; Point 1420, 5142; Pottery disc 1344, 1401-5, 1417-8, 1431-2, 1434; Worked tine 5141. See 1012.

999

3A/3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

5 1,100 1.10 diam. 1.15 Soft pale brown-grey ash, some stone. Burnisher KM 1518; Needle 1408-9, 1411; Pendant 1410; Pottery disc 1406-7, 1512-4. Shaft-like re-cut of 1012. Greying suggests dense organics.

1011

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 23 Loose ash, silt and clay. Rubber KM 1515. Cut into side of pit 911.

1012

3/4 Fill: Artefacts:

Comments:

7.2 5,000 2.90 3.30 0.70 Compacted mud, ash and silt. Bead KM 2067, 2122, 3016-8; Chisel 2097; Cupped stone 2046; Figurine 2010, 2114; Needle 2009, 2069-71, 2091-4, 2124, 2313, 5205; Pendant 2085; Perforated pig tusk piece 2123; Point 3014, 5174; Pottery disc 1956, 2008, 2044, 2095; Rubbing stone 2045; Worked bird bone 3015; Worked pig tusk 5175. Safer part of 997. Partly excavated, cut by 1013, extensive, irregular.

3A Fill: Artefacts:

7.2 >500 Fine, soft, grey ash. None.

1013

2.40

Depth

Comments:

Artefacts:

2.06

Length

Pl. 8.2; Figs. 36, 37, 39, 51; LAP II.2, Fig. 11 Units 924, 964, 984, 1005, 1036. Primary stones, Gr. 532, T. 541 and chamber 1142, secondary layers of brown silt and, at top, compact grey. Unit 924: Ornament KM 5075; Pendant 1280-1; Rubbing stone/hammerstone 1294. Unit 984: Bead KM 1632-4, 1640; Bowl 1510, 1736, 5582; Chisel 1636; Grooved stone 1371; Hammerstone 1737; Misc worked shell 1635; Point 5164; Rubbing stone 1508; Spatulate implement 5125. Unit 1005: Needle KM 1505. Unit 1036: Axe KM 1756; Bead 5162; Rubbing stone 1631. Unit 1038: Bead KM 1784-5, 2357-8; Cup 2494; Hammerstone 1746. Cut from disturbed superficial. Crude grave shaft with multiple chambers?

Fill:

>2,800

Width

0.59

-

1.08

0.30 diam.

>2.8

0.23

0.38

>1.8

73

>0.75

0.20

Fig. 35

Fig. 51

Fig. 54

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Comments:

Partly excavated, below Gr. 535.

3B

3

Fill: Artefacts:

Comments:

See LAP II.2, 5-6. Anthropomorphic vessel KM 1449; Bowl 1483, 1494-5; Building model 1446; Chert 1461; Cupped stone 1496; Door model 1532; Figurine 1442-3, 1448, 1451, 1455, 1460, 1463-4, 1466-7, 1469-76, 1485; Hemibowl 1445; Misc pottery object 1447; Misc stone object 1499; Model stool 1452; Needle 1428, 1454; Pebble 1468, 1479, 1484, 1490-1, 1500; Pebble platform 1533; Pendant 2272; Pestle 1453, 1458, 1462, 1478; Pigment 1480; Pounder 1457, 1465, 1481-2, 1489; Quern 1487-8; Rubber 1486; Rubbing stone 1456, 1459; Storage jar 1444; Triton shell 1450. See LAP II.2, 5-6.

1019

3B? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 >150 1.10 1.20 Burnt small stones in ash. None. Below B 206, cut by T. 536. This pit is very similar to many located in the Ceremonial Area.

1020

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 220 1.20 As 1019, yellow-brown at periphery. Cupped stone KM 1527; Pounder 1528. As 1019. Partly excavated.

1021

3B? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 1,000 1.00 1.34 1.10 Fig. 34 Unit 1030. Primary re-deposited havara, secondary post pipe caulked with stones. None. Posthole for 0.33 m diam. post. Below B 206? Cf. other pits with posts in Ceremonial Area, e.g. LAP II.2, 6-7, Fig. 13 top.

1028

3B? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 0.65 1.14 Reddish-brown compacted mud wash. None. Bisected by pier 2170 in B 1000, but covered by floor.

0.13

1029

2? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 56 0.45 0.65 Blocks of compacted mud. None. Beside pier 2169 in B 1000, cut into burnt clay deposits.

0.30

1032

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

4 6 Loose brown silt and sand. None. Irregular below B 376.

0.19

1039

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 50 0.50 diam. Stones with yellowish-grey silt. None. Over B 1052.

0.28

1040

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.1 54 0.60 diam. Black ash with stones. Needle KM 5206. Over wall of B 1046. Possible earth oven.

0.22

1050

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 10 Fine crumbly brown silt. None. Below B 376. Irregular.

1051

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 86 1.08 diam. Black-brown silty, few stones. Pottery disc KM 1734. Partly excavated.

1059

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 50 0.65 Fire-cracked stones in black ash. Bead KM 3013. Earth oven below B 376.

1064

4 Fill: Artefacts:

7.2 >2,300 >3.5 >3.3 0.43 Units 1107, 1236, 1267. Stones and black ash. Unit 1064: Adze KM 1844; Needle 2240; Pottery disc 1576; Rubbing stone 1572. Unit 1236: Conical stone KM 1923; Pestle 1926. Unit 1267: Pendant KM 1929.

1015

Volume

280

Width

0.88

0.31

Length

Depth

Illustrations

1.12

0.36

Pl. 8.1; Figs. 21, 36; LAP II.2, Pls. 1.1-4, 16.1; Figs. 11, 12, 14

1.40

0.42

0.25

0.36

Fig. 49

0.18

0.11

0.70

74

0.20

0.26

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

Length

Comments:

Cut into other pits N of B 86. Possible earth oven.

1067

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.1 40 0.60 Stones and dark ash. None. Cut into wash layer over B 1052.

1068

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 100 0.77 0.96 0.22 Compacted brown with large stones. None. Probable upper shaft of T. 550, or subsidence into it. See pit 1280.

Fig. 18.1

1072

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 8 0.22 0.29 Brown silt with axe cache. Axe KM 1690, 1692-1708; Flaked tool 1691. To west of B 1052.

0.16

Pl. 20.5

1077

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 18 Loose brown sandy silt. None. To west of B 1052.

0.25

1080

3/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

5 1,150 1.10 1.15 1.19 Fig. 35 Units 928, 1095. Large stones and brown soil. Unit 928: Burnisher KM 1355; Flask 2287; Rubbing stone 1906. Six pick marks, max 0.14 m long, 0.04-0.07 m apart in side of pit. Part of pits 1113, 1358, probable grave beneath B 855.

1081

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 350 1.30 Unit 1085. Ashy. Unit 1081: Pendant KM 1682; Point 1685 Cuts B 1044.

1.82

0.20

Fig. 49

1083

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 190 0.75 Brown silt. Adze KM 1683. Cuts interior of B 1052, possible grave.

0.75

0.49

Fig. 48

1084

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 410 1.00 1.16 Primary black ash and stones, secondary stones. Pivot stone KM 1597. Partly excavated in sounding below B 376. Earth oven?

0.45

Fig. 23

1100

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 5 0.20 diam. Loose brown silty. None. East of B 855 - possible base of posthole. In natural.

0.16

1101

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 57 Brown silt. None. East of B 855 in natural.

0.33

1102

4/Mod Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 220 0.60 0.90 Stones, some heat-cracked, in loose brown mud wash. None. Partly excavated, east of B 1000.

1105

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.1 190 0.70 1.00 0.38 Primary grey silt, secondary cobbles. Dish KM 1615; Quern 5007. In natural beside east wall of B 855. Re-used for quern wedged with stones.

1110

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

3 110 0.42 0.62 Brown friable silt. None. Cut into SE external wall face of B 1052. Grave?

0.57

Figs. 48, 56

1112

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 73 Loose grey silt. None. Cuts wall of B 1046.

0.26

Fig. 49

0.65

0.45

0.55

0.44

0.54

0.45

0.70

75

Depth

Illustrations

0.25

0.80

Fig. 51

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

Length

Depth

1113

3A/3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

None. See pit 1080.

-

-

-

-

1117

4/Mod Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 >40 0.48 Primary dark ash, secondary stony. None. Fire pit near oven in B 866.

0.90

-

1122

3/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 110 0.75 diam. 0.25 Stones above black ash. Cupped stone KM 1907. Under east wall of B 1052 and Floor 2 stone setting 1176. Pre-B 1052 earth oven? Over pit 1230.

1123

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 >10 0.31 0.44 Loose brown sandy silt. None. Against internal face of B 866 wall, near earth oven 833.

-

1124

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 2 0.30 Brown compacted mud wash. None. Irregular scoop in Floor 2 of B 834.

0.05

1126

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 >3 0.16 0.20 Grey silt and pebbles. None. Against internal face of B 866 wall. Post-setting?

1132

2 Fill:

5 950 1.32 1.35 0.72 Pl. 20.2, .3; Figs. 51, 55 Unit 1147. Stones at base in black-brown charcoal-rich matrix, stones in more peripheral position above. Over this, orange-brown with small stones. Over this, grey ash with pottery, fine white ash in centre. Unit 1147: Bead KM 1983; Cup 1884; Cupped stone 1889, 1915; Hammerstone 1913; Hammerstone/ grinder 1804, 1887; Misc pottery object 2074; Misc stone object 1909, 1995-6, 1998, 2000; Misc worked stone 1914, 1917, 1972, 1994, 1999; Needle 1984-5, 2107, 3066, 5210-2; Obsidian 1982; Perforated stone 1749; Pounder 1908; Rubber 1935; Rubbing stone 1885-6, 1997; Spouted bowl 1759; Tray 1888. Below pit 911, beside T. 539. Series of burning activities, in situ and otherwise.

Artefacts:

Comments:

0.36

Illustrations

-

1142

2? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 600 0.80 1.32 0.65 Fig. 51 Unit 1153. Blocky yellowish clay. Unit 1153: Cupped stone KM 1904; Hammerstone/grinder 1760; Pebble 1903. Chamber off pit 913, some roof collapse into void. Probable grave with small oval pit/posthole on base, threshold of yellow clay.

1145

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 15 0.42 diam. Grey silt and sherds, possibly from some vessel. None. Plough-disturbed pot placement? in B 866.

0.13

1146

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 15 Friable mud wash. None. As 1145.

0.10

1149

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 >140 >0.4 Unit 1155. Soft brown silt, some charcoal. None. Partly excavated in sounding below B 376.

1157

3A/3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 310 0.80 diam. 0.65 Reddish-brown compacted mud lumps, some charcoal. Point KM 5180. Partly excavated in sounding SW of and below B 1052. Fill includes building material.

1159

3/4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 50 Black ash and stones. None. Over B 1161. Truncated?

0.72

0.82

0.11

1160

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 1,700 2.30 Soft brown with many cobbles. None. North of B 866, partly excavated.

2.60

0.49

0.50 diam.

76

>0.7

0.81

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

Length

Depth

1179

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Loose brown silt. None. East of B 834.

1180

4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1186

0.20

0.45

0.29

1 >3 0.14 Grey-brown ashy silt. None. Beside internal face of wall of B 1044.

0.30

-

3B/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 90 0.40 Loose brown silty. None. Cut into surface below B 206 hearth.

0.80

0.28

1201

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 70 0.40 >0.70 0.35 Fig. 36 Heat-cracked stones in ash. Figurine KM 1896; Rubber 2050; Rubbing stone 2049. Below B 994, 1.60 m south of pit 1015. Indicates Ceremonial Area extended further south than described in LAP II.2.

1202

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 30 0.65 0.70 0.10 Fig. 36 Stones, friable mud and charcoal. Hammerstone/grinder KM 1897. Potsherds subsided into this from B 994; earlier, Ceremonial Area pit, re-used in B 994.

1204

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 15 Crumbly brown mud wash. Polisher KM 1893. As 1202.

1205

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1210

0.25

Fig. 49

0.33

Fig. 36

3 100 0.60 1.10 Brown compacted mud, charcoal, ash. Bead KM 3151-2; Hammerstone/grinder 2052; Quern 2051. As 1202.

0.17

Fig. 36

4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 Yellow-grey compacted mud wash with ash. Pestle KM 2516; Pottery disc 2238. Very disturbed, cuts walls of B 1161. See 63.

1.29

1217

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 3 0.24 0.37 Brown compacted mud wash. None. In B 834 Floor 2. With posthole 1221, against NW wall.

0.06

1220

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 750 1.20 2.40 0.41 Primary large stones, secondary grey ashy silt. Bead KM 2933; Cupped stone 1992; Pendant/figurine 1610. Elongated, as if for robbing of B 855 wall and platform 2066.

Figs. 35, 50

1225

3B

3

Fig. 36; LAP II.2, Pls. 1.1, 2.1-2, 16.1; Figs. 11, 12

Fill: Artefacts:

Comments:

Heat-cracked stones, ash and pottery. Anvil KM 2031; Bowl 2019; Chisel 2035; Deep bowl 2018; Hammerstone/grinder 1947, 2047; Hemibowl 2017; Jar 2036; Misc stone object 2023; Misc worked stone 2030; Obsidian 2110; Pendant 1937; Perforated pig tusk piece 2006, 2271; Pot lid 2024; Pounder 2032; Rubber 2021, 2026; Rubbing stone 2037. Below wall of B 994. See LAP II.2, 6.

1230

3/4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 60 0.47 Brown compacted mud wash and silt. None. Below pit 1122.

1231

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 0.53 0.71 Crumbly brown mud with seal of stones and plaster. Hammerstone/grinder KM 1818; Polisher/grinder 1819 In NW of B 834 Floor 2.

0.12

1233

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.1 10 0.25 0.36 Dark ash. None. Cut from superficial over B 1295, directly over its hearth.

0.13

460

0.24

Illustrations

1.45

1.50

77

0.55

0.30

0.30

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

1240

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1241

Volume

Depth

Illustrations

10 390 0.95 diam. Crumbly brown silt and clay; stones. Cupped stone KM 1833. In sounding under B 376.

0.55

Fig. 23

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 >1.0 >1.0 Crumbly brown soil. Chisel KM 1820. In fill above B 834 Floor 1. Same as pit 1231?

0.25

1248

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 3 0.20 0.34 0.19 Reddish brown silt. None. Post or animal disturbance beside west corner of B 1000, LAP II.2, Fig. 11.

Fig. 37; LAP II.2, Fig. 11

1249

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 As 1248. None. As 1248.

Fig. 37; LAP II.2, Fig. 11

1251

3B? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 40 0.40 Black ash and heat-cracked stones. None. Part of Ceremonial Area. See LAP II.2, 7-8.

1269

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

4 15 0.33 0.49 Friable brown. None. Stone lined socket in basin 1237 in B 855. For quern or pot?

0.20

1280

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 400 Brown with ash and havara. Pottery disc KM 2793. Part of T. 550.

0.42

1284

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >8,000 >5.0 4.0 >0.5 Figs. 34, 51 Lenses of grey-green, soft and hard brown; stony. Grooved stone KM 2065; Needle 1829, 2068. Ill-defined scoop below B 994, probably part of southern extension of Ceremonial Area.

1286

4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 230 0.80 diam. Brown, ashy. Bead KM 5163; Needle 1836. Intrusion in floor of B 1103, below B 3.

0.46

Fig. 38

1290

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 330 1.20 1.50 Unit 1423. Primary ash, secondary heat-cracked stones. None. Part of Ceremonial Area. See LAP II.2, 7-8, Fig. 11.

0.50

LAP II.2, Fig. 11

1297

3B/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

3 24 0.27 Crumbly brown silty; stones near top. None. Cuts south end of Gr. 548. Another grave?

0.35

0.34

1305

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

4 >16 Crumbly brown. None. West of B 834.

>0.30

0.23

1320

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 >0.28 >0.26 Loose, brown silt and ash. None. Cut into fill above B 834 Floor 2. Part of pit 863/971?

0.10

1321

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 55 0.40 Ash and stones. None. Earth oven cut into Track 35.

0.70

0.24

1337

3/4 Fill: Artefacts:

7.2 64 1.00 1.45 Primary grey compact clay, secondary stones. None.

0.08

4

Width

0.18

1.14

Length

0.20

0.17

0.70

0.21

1.30

0.30

78

Fig. 18.1

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

Length

Depth

0.64

0.14

Comments:

Cut into top of B 1328.

1344

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 40 0.60 Orange silt and stones. Cupped stone KM 2202; Pivot stone 2201. Cuts surface inside B 1328.

1358

2/3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

3 Stones over large slab resting on base. Bead KM 3372; Chisel 2141; Flaked tool 2379. Below hearth of B 855. See also pits 1080 and 1113. Probable grave.

1365

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 >0.45 >0.46 Crumbly brown wash. None. Part of pit 883/971? beside hearth 1250 of B 834.

0.07

1366

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 95 Loose clayey silt. Pounder KM 2452. Disturbance in Track 35.

0.82

0.84

0.18

1373

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 175 0.95 Stony. Bowl KM 2309; Hemibowl 3294. None.

1.00

0.25

1374

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 130 0.71 0.80 Ash and heat-cracked stones. None. Part of Ceremonial Area. See LAP II.2, 7-8, Fig. 11.

0.30

1375

3B? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 1,200 1.80 1.94 0.45 Fig. 37; LAP II.2, Figs. 11, 13 Unit 1467. Heat-cracked stones, ash, etc. Unit 1375: Bead KM 2545; Jar stopper 2344; Needle 5217; Obsidian 3062. Unit 1467: Cupped stone KM 2412 Pit with multiple secondary cuts. Part of Ceremonial Area. See LAP II.2, 7-8, Figs. 11, 13 top.

1381

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 45 0.85 1.00 Grey ash. Painted plaster KM 3301; Rubber 2437, 2449 Disturbance in B 1328.

0.10

1395

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 22 0.42 Unit 1422. Stony. None. Above B 1046, beside basin 1386.

0.15

1408

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 100 0.65 0.90 0.22 Heat-cracked stones and ash. Needle KM 5219-20. Re-cut of pit 1375, part of Ceremonial Area. See LAP II.2, 7-8, Fig. 13.

LAP II.2, Fig. 11, 13

1418

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 100 0.42 Brown soil and stones. Bead KM 3373; Hammerstone 2350. Re-cut of pit 1290. See LAP II.2, Fig. 11.

0.54

LAP II.2, Fig. 11

1419

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 700 1.70 1.00 Mixed, mainly ash with heat-cracked stones. Bead KM 3374; Deep tray 2349. Part of Ceremonial Area. See LAP II.2, 7-8, Figs. 11, 13 top.

0.50

LAP II.2, Fig. 13

1425

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 50 0.33 Soft brown mud wash. None. Against exterior face of B 1052.

0.39

1426

3A Fill: Artefacts:

5 1,500 1.14 1.25 1.40 Pl. 20.7-8 Unit 1464. Brown silty, stones, clay lumps, plaster, some red ochre. Unit 1426: Bead KM 2507; Figurine 2433; Flask 3490; Grinder block 2505; Hemibowl 3491; Jar stopper 2277, 2502; Lid 2531; Perforated stone 2576; Pestle 2275; Pigment 2532; Pot lid 2205, 2276, 2431, 2468, 2497, 2501, 2504, 2591; Pottery disc 2506; Pounder 2465, 2467, 2590; Rubbing stone 2503. Unit 1464: Cupped stone KM 2529; Flaked tool 2406; Hammerstone 2541-2; Hammerstone/grinder 2554, 2587;

0.47

0.55

0.51

79

Illustrations

Fig. 37; LAP II.2, Fig. 11

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Comments:

Jar 2544; Jar stopper 2534; Lid 2540; Needle 5223; Palette 2528; Pestle 2533, 2543; Pot lid 2526, 2535-8, 2546-50; Pottery disc 2539; Pounder 2552; Rubber 2530, 2553; Rubbing stone 2527, 2551. Below floor of B 1328, pick marks on south side. Finally used as dump for jars, stone lids, etc.

1430

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 None. Incompletely excavated.

1460

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Fig. 50 Loose ash. Cupped stone KM 2669; Figurine 2605; Rubbing stone 5013; Spatulate implement 5135. Disturbance cut into wall of B 1165.

1461

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 100 0.78 Primary loose brown, secondary large stones. Hammerstone/grinder KM 2478 Above floor of B 1328.

0.90

0.18

1462

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 30 0.40 Soft brown, some stones. Pottery disc KM 2193. Cutting into surface east of B 1295.

0.60

0.21

1469

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 220 1.20 Soft brown silt. Pounder KM 2715. Cut into or subsidence over pit 1479.

2.40

0.12

1477

3A/3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 22 0.36 0.47 Loose brown above re-deposited natural. None. Part of Ceremonial Area. See LAP II.2, 7-8, Figs. 11, 13 top.

0.18

1478

3B/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 130 0.92 1.10 Primary brown compacted mud wash, secondary stones. Figurine KM 2408. Beside pit 1479, cutting 2010. Disturbed earth oven?

0.17

1479

3B/4 Fill: Artefacts:

Comments:

8.2 490 1.38 1.48 0.32 Unit 1484. Primary ash and burning, secondary fire-cracked stones. Unit 1479: Bead KM 2582; Cupped stone 2475, 2487-8; Hammerstone 2476; Pestle 2474, 2583; Pounder 2354; Rubber 2355, 2486; Rubbing stone 2473. Unit 1484: Needle KM 2560. Beside wall 1401, cut by T. 506. Belongs with 2010. Atypically high number of objects for an earth oven.

1491

3/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Ash and silt. None. Beside T. 561; unexcavated.

1492

3/4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1494

1503

Width

0.30

Length

0.30

Illustrations

0.20

LAP II.2, Fig. 11, 13

-

0 Ash and silt. None. Below and cut by T. 561; unexcavated.

-

-

3A/3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 >0.4 Brown compacted mud wash and stones. Hammerstone KM 2348. Below B 4 and B 994.

>0.5

0.37

3A Fill: Artefacts:

10 490 1.06 1.44 0.40 Ash mixed with silt. Axe-shaped grinder KM 2316; Jar stopper/figurine? 2248; Needle 5224; Pottery disc 2254-5; Worked bone 1955. Beside Gr. 554.

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

-

Depth

-

Comments: 1504

Volume

Fig. 56

10 >500 1.26 >0.8 0.56 Fig. 56 Unit 1507. Ash mixed with silt, some stones. Unit 1504: Needle KM 5225; Pendant 1965; Point 1966; Pottery disc 1958; Worked tine 5117. Unit 1507: Bead KM 3067; Needle 2012, 5226; Pottery disc 2013, 2251. Cuts feature above Gr. 554. Partly excavated.

80

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

1505

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 700 1.38 Brownish-yellow. Axe KM 2007. Rectangular; cut by Gr. 535 and 549.

1513

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 166 0.68 0.62 Unit 1514. Primary brown, secondary ashy silt. Unit 1514: Figurine KM 2062; Spatulate implement 2235. Cut by 1504; filled with redeposited material.

1515

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 300 0.66 0.70 0.89 Loose ash and silt. Flaked tool KM 2113; Needle 1882, 2079, 5227-8; Point 5179. Cut into 1012; stepped profile at base.

1517

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >400 >2.7 >1.4 0.25 Multi-coloured ash, silt and clay. Bead KM 2087; Chisel 2098; Pottery disc 2229-32; Stone disc 2096. Cut by pit 1012 to its west.

1521

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 1.15 Grey ash. None. Partly excavated beside Gr. 554.

>0.75

-

1527

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 20 Brown and grey ashy silt. None. SW of B 1016.

0.50

0.20

1531

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 210 0.90 2.00 Brown compacted mud wash. Pottery disc KM 3724. Elliptical along wall course of B 1016; wall robber's trench?

1532

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

5 390 0.70 1.00 0.70 Stones and loose brown silt. Adze KM 2519; Figurine 2911; Lid 2515; Palette 2610; Pigment 2922. Beside hearth of B 1016; cut down to wall top of B 1547.

1542

3A Fill: Artefacts:

Comments:

10 1,300 1.14 1.30 1.10 Fig. 24 Primary stones, secondary greyish-brown silt. Adze KM 2780; Axe 2848; Bead 2772-3; Bowl 2781, 2841, 2856; Fine point 3653; Grinder 2784; Jar 2855, 2907; Jar stopper 2777; Needle 2771, 2842, 5229; Pendant 2883; Pestle 2782, 2839-40; Pottery disc 2638, 2768, 2770, 2849-50, 2912; Pounder 2723, 2892; Rubbing stone 2790, 2847, 2891, 2908; Stone disc 2724, 2769, 2838; Worked bone 2779, 2843, 2913; Worked picrolite 5104. Cut from surface 1541; slights pit 1656.

1544

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 400 0.82 1.31 Loose havara. Bead KM 2859; Pottery disc 2936; Rubber 2858. Cut from superficial into fill of B 1547.

1554

2/3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

9 406 1.20 1.30 1.30 Compact brownish silt, havara lumps. Basin KM 2783; Mortar 2778; Quern 2775; Spouted platter 3705. Flat base stepped down c. 0.40m in north.

1555

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 0.75 Compact brown and stones. None. Cut by pit 1542 east of B 1547. Partly excavated.

0.55

1569

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 52 0.55 Fire-cracked stones and soft brown silt. Hammerstone KM 2983. Cut through fill of B 1547.

0.20

1574

3A Fill: Artefacts:

2 240 0.95 1.10 0.45 Brown silt and stones. Adze KM 3035; Anvil 3031; Axe 3033, 3038; Axe-shaped grinder 3037; Bowl 3032; Hammerstone 3036; Pendant 3034; Pottery disc 3361; Rubbing stone 2986, 3092. Early in, or just below, B 1565.

Comments:

Volume

Width

0.25

81

Length

Depth

Illustrations

0.92

0.58

Fig. 54

0.62

0.50

0.20

Fig. 56

Fig. 26

Figs. 24, 26, 28

0.47

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

Length

1575

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 >500 2.10 >0.8 0.35 Brownish-grey silt. Worked picrolite KM 5102. Disturbance truncating west side of B 1547. Partly excavated.

1576

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 175 0.68 Compact brown silt. None. Cut from superficial, beside Gr. 570.

1579

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 22 0.6 diam. Ash and burnt stones. Figurine KM 3160. Partly excavated, below and east of B 1547.

1580

3A Fill: Artefacts:

Comments:

7.3 >2,000 >3.4 >2.5 0.54 Unit 1581. Mixed with a trodden surface. Unit 1580: Axe-shaped grinder KM 3109; Cupped stone 3110; Figurine 3095, 3100; Flaked tool 3306; Grinder 3243; Lid 3099; Needle 3097; Pestle 3106; Point 3098, 3101; Polisher 3246, 3307; Pottery disc 3104, 3367; Rubbing stone 3082, 3244-5; Spatulate implement 3641-2. Unit 1581: Anvil KM 3209; Bowl 3211; Cupped stone 3210; Haft 3102-3; Hammerstone/grinder 3207; Misc worked stone 3381; Needle 3163; Pottery disc 3105, 3108, 3369; Rubber 3107, 3208, 3309. Upper part of large hollow cutting hearth 1591 of B 1590.

1582

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 130 1.00 1.00 0.26 Stony. Pestle KM 3215; Pottery disc 3370; Pounder 3216; Rubber 3213-4. In western edge of pit 1580. Earlier pit?

1585

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 >450 0.65 1.00 >0.70 Compact brown silt. Bowl KM 3221; Pottery disc 3220. Sealed by subsided floor of B 1547. Cut by a posthole. Cuts pit 1600.

1586

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 900 1.25 1.30 0.71 Fig. 27 Primary cobbled surface; secondary greyish-brown. Adze KM 3224; Axe 3257; Bowl 3290; Jar 3380; Needle 3225, 5238; Pendant 3291; Pestle 3094; Pottery disc 3222-3, 3252, 3371; Quern 3273; Rubber 3340; Worked tine 3650. Sealed by slumped (and patched-up?) floor of B 1547. Latest of series 1598-1601. Soakaway?

1587

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 60 0.65 0.90 Fine grey ash and silt. None. Cut from superficial east of B 1547. Partly excavated.

0.14

1588

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 100 1.16 Lined with “plaster” along the N rim only. Pottery disc, semi-perforated KM 3226 A shallow, large pit at the centre of B1547.

0.18

1589

3A/3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 50 0.45 0.50 0.30 Loose grey-brown ashy silt. Pottery disc KM 3253, 3255; Rubbing stone/hammer-stone 3254. In pitted area east of Gr. 570.

1593

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 190 Grey ash and silt. Axe KM 3256. Cut by pit 1580.

1594

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 >880 >1.4 2.10 Brownish-grey silt. Bead KM 3385; Bowl 3206; Jar 3264; Needle 5239. Irregular below B 1590, in general 1570.

0.35

1595

2? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 170 1.00 0.75 Stones in brown silt. None. In pitted area east of and below B 1547, in surface 1556.

0.30

1596

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.3 0.38 Fig. 24 Compact grey-brown silt and trodden surface; 3 post? depressions on north lip. Hook KM 3285; Needle 3378. Edge of irregular feature excavated. Below B 1590.

0.95

0.70

Illustrations Figs. 20, 28

0.25

0.08

1.12

0.72

82

Depth

Fig. 27

Fig. 28

0.50

Fig. 24

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

1598

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >210 >1.2 >1.1 0.37 Grey-brown silt. Dish KM 3272; Hammerstone 3305. Below repaired? floor of B 1547. Cut by pits 1586 and 1599 and Gr. 567.

1599

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

9 2,500 1.48 diam. 1.90 Figs. 20, 24, 27 Compact brown silt with two concentrations of stones at depths of 1.25m and 1.79/1.85m. Axe KM 3424; Bowl 3425-7; Cupped stone 3423, 3473, 3477; Perforated stone 3469; Pounder 3564; Pounder/grinder 3552, 3586, 3588; Rubber 3474; Rubbing stone 3242; Rubbing stone/ pounder 3551. Sealed by repaired? floor of B 1547, projecting beneath ridge 1572; cut by posthole 1597.

1600

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 50 0.35 Compact brown silt. None. Cut by pit 1585, below B 1547.

1601

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 >220 0.94 >0.80 0.35 Compact brown silt, stones near base. None. Sealed by repaired? floor of B 1547 and partly below entry blocking 1603.

Fig. 27

1602

3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Grey brown silt. None. Cut by 1601.

Fig. 27

1607

3A Fill:

2 58 0.49 0.45 0.27 Pl. 20.9 Unit 1606. Lugged tray KM 3704, pebble-sized wedge stones and slab (quern 3343) for base. Re-deposited havara inside 3704. Unit 1606: Deep tray KM 3704; Quern 3343. Accidentally located by labourers in square 25.30.2.

Artefacts: Comments: 1620

3A Fill: Artefacts:

Volume

Width

Length

0.50

0.40

>0.35

Depth

0.35

0.33

Comments:

10 2,600 >1.8 2.96 0.55 Units 1613, 1619, 1628. Lenses of charcoal and grey-brown silt. Unit 1613: Pottery disc KM 3432; Stone disc 3435. Unit 1619: Worked bone KM 3703. Partly excavated.

1624

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 0.27 Unit 1623. Brown silt and compacted mud lumps over charcoal lens. Unit 1623: Bead KM 5108; Obsidian 5181; Point 3662. Depression over B 1638.

1634

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 570 Compact brown silt. Axe KM 3479; Bottle 3229. Below floor of B 1547.

1640

2? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 >290 1.30 Stony. None. Partly excavated feature in surface 1556.

1644

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >40 >0.6 >0.25 0.28 Stony. None. Below B 1547, cut by pit 1532, with base on surface of B 2178

1652

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 15 0.60 Fire-cracked stones in ash. Axe KM 3486. Below B 1547, adjacent to silos.

1653

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

9 3,400 0.57 0.67 Stony, almost all sandstone and fossiliferous limestone. Cupped stone KM 3488; Needle 5244. Below B 1547.

2.30

1656

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 >30 >0.2 Greyish-brown silt and stones. Quern KM 3569. Almost entirely cut away by 1542.

0.37

1.20

1.00

0.62

>0.45

0.50

0.48

>0.4

83

Illustrations Figs. 24, 27

Figs. 24, 27

Fig. 27

0.13

Figs. 20, 24, 27

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

1657

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 1,000 1.30 1.40 Unit 1655. Loose brown, some small stones. Unit 1655: Bowl KM 3533-4, 3544; Figurine 3518. Vertical sided, possibly originally bell-shaped Type 9.

1659

2 Fill:

9 4,600 0.87 0.94 2.37 Figs. 24, 27 Units 1658, 1666. Upper Fill of dark brown soil with large stones; lower contains larger stones, molluscs, with havara around the edges. Unit 1658: Bead KM 3721; Cupped stone 3537; Grinder block 3618. Unit 1666: Bowl KM 3636, 3657, 3681; Cupped stone 3617, 3686; Hammerstone 3683; Hammerstone/grinder 3680; Macehead 3634; Misc worked stone 3615; Mortar 3540, 3685; Needle 5245; Notched stone 3616, 3673; Phallus 3677; Point 3635; Post pad/pot stand 3541; Pounder 3679; Rubber 3609; Rubbing stone 3672, 3678, 3682. Pick-marks visible in lower wall. Sides collapsed/ washed in after 20 cm of in-filling; then back-filling was resumed.

Artefacts:

Comments:

Volume

Width

Length

Depth

Illustrations

0.70

Figs. 24, 27

1661

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 510 0.80 0.90 0.90 Unit 1660. Dark grey silty at base, large stones in dark grey silt above. Unit 1660: Adze KM 3535; Closed pottery vessel 3708; Conical stone 3538. Part of pitted surface 1556.

1662

2/3A? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 >360 0.80 >0.9 0.50 Figs. 20, 24, 27 Unit 1611. Loose brown, some stones. Unit 1611: Bowl KM 3531; Cupped stone 3529; Hammerstone 3532; Misc worked stone 3608. Possibly belonged to surface 1556, north of pit 1661, cut by Gr. 567.

1667

1A Fill: Artefacts:

7.1 >8,000 >3.0 >4.0 0.65 Pl. 19.1, .4; Fig. 20 Compact, brown silty. Bowl KM 3603.02-.14, 3675-6, 3692, 3694, 3711, 3716-7; Basin 3727; Cupped stone 3674; Figurine 3597; Stone Jar 3603.01; Misc worked stone 3714; Misc stone object 3715; Perforated stone 3710; Pounder 3712-3. Re-deposited colluvium. Scoops and earth oven at base in havara: quarry?

Comments: 1669

2 Fill: Artefacts:

Figs. 24, 27

0.13

Figs. 24, 27

Comments:

7.2 30 0.80 0.70 Unit 1668. Greyish-brown, some charcoal and stones. Unit 1668: Rubbing stone KM 3611. Unit 1679: Bowl KM 3637. Part of pitted surface 1556.

1672

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 4 Grey silt. None. Only small part excavated.

0.40 diam.

0.10

Fig. 24

1677

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 50 Brown silty clay. None. Part of pitted surface 1556.

0.42

0.28

Figs. 24, 27

1679

1A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 13 0.42 diam. 0.16 Small stones in black ashy silt. Bowl KM 3637 Sealed by havara lens. At base of pit 1667 while latter was open.

Fig. 20

1680A 1680B

1/2? 1/2? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 80 0.46 0.72 2 140 0.62 0.90 Brown silt, some stones. Bowl KM 3638. Originally two pits? Mainly dirty havara back-fill.

0.32 0.32

Fig. 20 Fig. 20

1681

1A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.1 300 1.04 Compact brown silt, havara. None. Mainly dirty havara back-fill.

0.26

Fig. 20

1682

2 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

10 1,100 0.86 1.04 1.52 Fig. 20 Primary, loose grey brown, some havara and ash lenses; secondary compact grey-brown and stones. Bead KM 3731; Hammerstone 3729; Pestle 3730; Quern 3728; Socketed stone 3732; Squat holemouth 3709. A small Type 9? Part of pitted surface 1556. Wall wash in primary.

2009

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 18 0.36 Loose brown silt, some stones. None. Animal disturbance? over B 1295.

0.54

1.40

0.30

84

0.22

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

2010

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 76 0.61 0.56 Ash and burnt stones, denser near top. Bead KM 3722 Base burnt orange-brown. Belongs with pit 1479.

2022

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Unit 2024. Stony. Unit 2024: Conical stone KM 2613; Pottery lid 2575; Pot lid 2600. Partly excavated, W of B 1046.

2040

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.1 >1,750 >2.5 Loose grey-brown silt and stones. None. Irregular cut into havara. Quarry?

>2.5

0.30

Fig. 22

2041

4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 1.20 Unexcavated. None. Possible pit below floor of B 1046.

1.50

-

Fig. 49

2047

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Yellow-grey compact clay and sand. None. Partly excavated hollow - makeup of floor of B 1165?

-

2051

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 >210 1.10 Loose ash. Conical stone KM 2804. Cut in surface 2054. An erosion feature?

>1.5

0.15

2058

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Grey-brown silt with grit. None. Disturbed by T. 566.

-

0.55

2061

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

8.2 16 0.60 diam. 0.18 Unit 2067. 96 burnt stones in black-brown ashy matrix; black/orange base. None. Earth oven to west of B 855.

2064

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Charcoal-rich, with cobbles. Pendant KM 2707. Partly excavated below general 2060. Belongs to 2060?

0.20

2077

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 230 0.82 Compacted mud wash. None. Linear feature, east of wall 1401.

0.12

2078

2 Fill: Artefacts:

Comments:

8.2 >850 0.90 1.16 0.90 Slightly bell-shaped, ash with silty lenses, fire-cracked and water worn pebbles. Adze KM 2844; Bead 2916, 2921; Bowl 2845; Grinder 2808; Hammerstone 2836; Hammerstone/ grinder 2805; Hook 2920; Misc worked stone 2786; Needle 2879, 2918.01-.04, 2919, 5250-4; Perforated pig tusk piece 2807; Pottery disc 2639, 2806; Pounder/grinder 2815, 2893. Below general 1485, NE of wall 1401. Atypically high number of objects for an earth oven.

2092

3B? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 None. Possible pit beside 2087, below B 994.

2097

3A/3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 44 0.65 0.70 Unit 2098. Sherds in black soil. Unit 2098: Worked bone (denticulate) KM 3644. Cuts terrace 2066 for B 855.

0.13

Fig. 35

2107

3/4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 50 0.40 0.60 0.26 Loose brown silt. None. Disturbed oval, possibly originally a posthole beside N wall of B 2.

Fig. 32

-

Length

2.70

85

-

Depth

Illustrations

0.29

Fig. 22

-

§ 15 Architecture and Stratigraphy Unit

Period

Type

Volume

Width

Length

Depth

0.22

0.24

0.18

2113

3/4? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

1 3 Loose brown silt. None. As 2107.

2121

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 0.50 diam. Unexcavated. None. Subcircular, cutting NE arc of B 2 wall. Possible child grave.

-

2122

3A Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 >12,500 Stony. None. Cut slightly by Gr. 559.

>1.21

2127

Modern Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Stones and barbed-wire. Bead KM 2940; Pecking stone 3143. Modern fence posthole? over B 86.

-

-

LAP II.2, Fig. 13

2132

4 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 Brown compacted mud, stones near base. None. Cut into west wall of B 3.

-

-

Figs. 41, 43

2133

5 Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

2 48 0.60 diam. 0.20 Fig. 44 Unit 2101. Stones, compacted mud wash and plaster. None. Stone-lined pit with basal slab, i.e. a bin, beside B 86 wall, associated with platform 2103.

2135

1/2? Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

7.2 0.7 Loose, ashy soil. None. Erosion gully? below Track 35.

2149

3B Fill: Artefacts: Comments:

0 4 0.21 diam. Ashy. None. Possible posthole, but larger than others in floor of B 1103.

4.0 diam.

-

Illustrations

Fig. 21

0.04

Fig. 30

0.13

Fig. 38

Table 15.1. Occurrence of pits by period Type 0 1 2 3 4 5 7.1 7.2 7.3 8.1 8.2 9 10 Total

1

1/2

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/Mod

5

Total

0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0

0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

1 2 4 0 0 1 1 2 1 0 2 3 6

0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

5 3 10 0 0 2 0 7 1 0 4 0 10

3 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2

8 4 7 3 1 0 1 5 0 1 11 0 0

4 3 1 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 2 0 0

0 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0

32 29 14 4 2 3 6 38 0 5 9 0 9

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 5 0 0

53 43 43 9 3 8 10 57 2 6 38 4 28

3

3

23

3

41

8

41

13

7

151

1

2

7

304

86

Chapter 16: Mortuary Evidence by Evi Baxevani, Dorothy A. Lunt, Edgar Peltenburg and Marie E. Watt [Ed. For additional bibliographic references, see p. 120.] Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 560 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: ? Posture: Upright skull only Age Group: Child Sex: M Type of Interment: Single

§ 16.1 Catalogue of graves and tombs (E.B., E.P.) Note:- KM numbers in [ ] are possible grave goods, usually found in fills of graves. “Fills: none” means no separate unit number given to fill, not that there is no fill. Volume: only given where the majority of the dimensions of the type are present; rarely do grave tops survive hence the figures are minima. Condition: partial remains only, and/or severely disarticulated (D). Age group: identification in brackets ( ) based on field observation or size of facility. Orientation of burial: head position given first. For condition of finds, whole or frag, see Appendix B. For references to discussion and illustration of graves, see LAP II.1A, Index to buildings and graves. Position: F = Flexed, C = Crouched, D = Dorsal, E = Extended.

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 503 Reference: Preliminary 6, 53, 58, Fig. 2; Peltenburg 1992, 32, Pl. 3.3 Period: 3B Description of unit Location: 22.24.2 Type: 2 Features: Capstone 1.04 x 0.60 cm, limestone Status: D Stratigraphy: Cut into B 2 Fills: Unit 125 (survive on ledge only) Volume: 1.778 m3

Catalogue Grave 501 Reference: Preliminary 6, 58 Period: 4? Description of unit Location: 20.24.2 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Cut beside B 1 Fills: Unit 501 Volume: 0.016 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: None Grave equipment KM 477.01 - Chalk bowl, 477.02 - RWL flask, 477.03 - RWL flask, [490] - Pounder Position of in situ grave equipment Three containers on northern ledge of upper pit base

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 369 Condition: D Position: F Orientation: W-E Posture: On right side facing S Age Group: (child) Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Grave: 504 Reference: Preliminary 6, 58, Pl. IIIA; 7, 36 Period: 5? Description of unit Location: 21.23.4 Type: 4 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Over B 206, cuts 132 (surface), under 65? (General) Fills: None Volume: ?

Grave Equipment KM 370 - Picrolite pendant by (missing) skull

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 559.01 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: W-E Posture: On left side facing SSE Age Group: Child Sex: M Type of Interment: Single pithos burial

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 502 Reference: Preliminary 6, 58; 7, 36 Period: 4? Description of unit Location: 21.24.1 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Over B 206 Fills: 153 Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM 559.02 - CPW burial pithos Position of in situ grave equipment

87

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Volume: 1.481 m3

Grave: 505 Reference: Preliminary 6, 58-61, Fig. 3, Pls. IIB, IIIB, IIIC; 7, 36; Prehistory 7, 30 Period: 4

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 766 Condition: Intact Position: C Orientation: NE-SW Posture ?: On right side facing NW, hands towards hafted adze Age Group: Child Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 20.24.1 Type: 3 Features: Double chamber with triangular ledge at base of shaft Status: OK; Stratigraphy: Part of Mortuary Enclosure 375, with wall 888 dividing chambers Fills: None Volume: 2.06 m3

Grave equipment KM 765 - Jasper adze, 847 - Antler haft, [578] - Limestone figurine, [581-2] - Conical stones, [583] Pottery disc, [676] - Rubber

Burial programme Number of Burials: 4 Burial Numbers: KM 553.10, 553.11, 553.12, 553.13 Condition: 553.12 - D; others intact Position: 553.10 - F, 553.11 - F, 553.13 - F Orientation: 553.10 - NW-SE, 553.11 - W-E, 553.13 - N-S Age Group: 553.10 - Adolescent, 553.11 - adult, 553.12 - child, 553.13 - adult Posture: 553.10 on left side facing NE, hands before chest; 553.11 on right side facing S; 553.12 disarticulated; 553.13 on right side facing W Sex: 553.10 - M; 553.11 - F; 553.12 - F Type of Interment: Multiple, 553.12 - Partial

Position of in situ grave equipment Hafted adze upright against pit wall, near hands Grave: 508 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35-36 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 18.24.2 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Cut into wall of B 200 Fills: Stony hard, pisé wash Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM [553.01] - Pottery disc, [553.02] - Cupped stone, [553.03] - Basalt chisel, 554.04 - Dentalium bead, [553.05] - grinding block, 553.06 RB/B spouted flask, 553.07 - RB/B spouted flask, 553.08 - RB/B bowl, [553.09] - Chalk bowl frag., [595.02] - Sandstone lid

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 662 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: Adult Sex: M Type of Interment: Single, secondary?

Position of in situ grave equipment KM 553.06 at head of 553.10, 553.07 at feet of 553.11, 553.08 at entry to chamber 2 Grave: 506 Reference: Preliminary 6, 61, Pl. IIB; 7, 36 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 20.24.1 Type: 3 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Part of Mortuary Enclosure 375 Fills: 110 Volume: 1.24 m3

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 509 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35-36 Period: 4?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 571 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: NE-SW Posture: On right side facing NW, hands to face Age Group: adult Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 22.24.4 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Cut into B 2 Fills: 239 Volume: 0.006 m3 Burial programme Number of Burials: 2 Burial Numbers: KM 663.01, 663.02 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: ? Posture:? Age Group: 663.01 - child, 663.02 - child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Multiple

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 507 Reference: Preliminary 7, 32, Pl. VI. 1; 7, 36, Pl. VI.1 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 20.24.1 Type: 2 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Part of Mortuary Enclosure 375 Fills: None

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment

88

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Sex: Type of Interment: -

Grave: 510 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35-36 Period: 4

Grave equipment KM 709-710 - Rubbers

Description of unit Location: 19.24.4 Type: 1/5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Over Gr. 525, beside B 493 Fills: Unit 285 Volume: 0.056 m3

Position of in situ grave equipment Rubbers inverted as capstones Grave: 513 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 20.24.4 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Above general 437 ? in pit 446 Fills: None Volume: ?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 624 Condition: D Position: F Orientation: E-W Posture: On right side facing NW Age Group: Child Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 767 Condition: D Position: F Posture: On right side facing S Orientation: SW-NE Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment KM 629 - Dentalium bead, [1657] - Bone point Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 511 Reference: Preliminary 7, 32 Period: 4

Grave equipment None

Description of unit Location: 20.24.1 Type: 2/3 Features: None, but irregular shape Status: OK Stratigraphy: Below 98 (building), part of Mortuary Enclosure 375 Fills: 309 Volume: ?

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 514 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35-36 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 21.25.3 Type: 1/3 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Over B 994, beside B 1 Fills: 452 Volume: 0.586 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: Min. one: parts of cranium Burial Numbers: None Condition: D Position: Orientation: Posture: ? Age Group: (child) Sex: Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 875 Position: ? Posture: ? Orientation: ? Age Group: Adolescent Sex: M Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 512 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35 Period: 4?

Grave equipment KM [720] - Stone disc

Description of unit Location: 22.24.2 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (3), KM 709, 710 Status: D Stratigraphy: 359, cuts 33 (general) and B 2 Fills: Upper fill 341, lower fill 358 Volume: 0.260 m3

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 515 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35-36 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 20.24.4 Type: 3 Features: Two basal steps Status: D Stratigraphy: Cuts B 736, beside B 1044, disturbed an earlier burial (see Supplementary list below, Unit 2060) Fills: 423, 450 Volume: 1.38 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: None Burial Numbers: None Condition: Position: Orientation: Posture: ? Age Group: (child)

89

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Burial programme Number of Burials: 2 Burial Numbers: KM 769, 770 Condition: Both slightly D Position: 769 - F, 770 - F Orientation: 769 - W-E, 770 - NW-SE Posture: 769 on left side facing N; 770 on right side facing WSW Age Group: 769, 770- adults; plus child noted in field? Sex: 769 - M, 770 - F Type of Interment: Double successive

Description of unit Location: 22.23.2 Type: 5 Features: Possible grave markers, dislodged capstones? Status: D Stratigraphy: Pre-B 3, cuts quarry 654 Fills: Grey silt of variable composition containing pise nodules Volume: 0.019 m3 Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 981 Condition: D Position: ? Posture: ? Orientation: ? Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment KM 910 - Chalk bowl frag., 1169 - Worked pig’s tusk, [796, 834] Pestles, [797-8] - Pounder/rubbing stones, [833] - Pounder, [1029, 1651] - Bone points, [5082] - Shell scoop Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 516 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35 Period: 4

Grave equipment None

Description of unit Location: 22.23.3 Type: 1/5 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Pre-B 204 (building), post-B 3 Fills: Loose, fine crumbly silt Volume: 0.040 m3

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 519 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5-6 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 22.23.3 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: 767, pre-B 204 Fills: Loose, grey-brown ashy silt with pebble particles

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 768 Condition: Intact Position: C Orientation: N-S Posture: On right side facing W, head tilted up Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 2 Burial Numbers: KM 1065.01, 1065.02 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: 1065.01 - Child, 1065.02 - Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Double successive

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 517 Reference: Preliminary 7, 35-36 Period: 4

Grave equipment KM [1382] - Pottery figurine, [1502] - Burnisher

Description of unit Location: 22.24.4 Type: 5 Features: KM 874 - Rubber, a possible grave marker or capstone Status: D Stratigraphy: In quarry 654 Fills: 642? Volume: 0.037 m3

Grave: 520 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5-6 Period: 4

Position of in situ grave equipment

Description of unit Location: 22.23.3 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: 766, in foundation scoop for B 3? Fills: Loose, grey ashy silt with stone, cobble and shell particles Volume: ?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 855 Condition: D Position: ? Posture: ? Orientation: ? Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1066 Condition: Partly excavated? Position: ? Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: Adult Sex: F Type of Interment: Single, secondary?

Grave equipment KM 874 - Rubber Position of in situ grave equipment

Grave equipment None

Grave: 518 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5-6 Period: 4

Position of in situ grave equipment

90

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Grave: 521 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5 Period: 4

Age Group: Sex: Type of Interment: -

Description of unit Location: 19.24.4 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Beside B 1165, Pre-B 493 Fills: Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM 988 - Dentalium bead, [996] - pounder Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 524 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 19.24.4 Type: 5? Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Fills: Volume: 0.162 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: 2 Burial Numbers: KM 1044.01, 1044.02 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: 1044.01 - NE-SW Posture: 1044.01 on right side facing W Age Group: 1044.01 - Child, 1044.02 - Child Sex: 1044.01 F? Type of Interment: Double successive, secondary?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 922 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: N-S Posture: On right side facing W Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single, secondary?

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 522 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5 Period: 4

Grave equipment None

Description of unit Location: 18.25.1 Type: 2 Features: capstone? in section Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cut from 0 above B 494; mostly beyond limit of excavation Fills: 628 Volume: ?

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 525 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5 Period: 3B Description of unit Location: 19.24.4 Type: 2 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: 837. Below Gr. 510, beside B 855 Fills: Crumbly, brown soil with plaster frags Volume: 0.472 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 (partly excavated) Burial Numbers: KM 1045 Condition: Intact? Position: F Orientation: NW-SE Posture: On right side, hands to face, facing SW Age Group: Child Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 3 Burial Numbers: KM 923.01, 923.02, 923.03 Condition: D Position: Bones throughout fill, concentration on W shelf; foetal bones adjacent to grave (HB. 99) Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: 923.01 - Child, 923.02 - Child, 923.03 - Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Multiple, 923.01 - secondary, 923.02 and 923.03 partial burials

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 523 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 21.23.2 Type: 3 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: 780. Cuts B 206, extending under its floor Fills: 780, loose grey ashy silt Volume: 1.01 m3

Grave equipment KM [959] - Bone needle, [960] - Dentalium bead Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 526 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5, Pl. II, 1; 10, 235 Period: 4

Burial programme Number of Burials: None Burial Numbers: None Condition: Position: Orientation: Posture:?

Description of unit Location: 21.23.4 Type: 3 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: 884. Cuts B 206, near B 834, under surface 562

91

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Fills: 884. Loose, crumbly brown silt with stone particles Volume: 0.772 m3

None Position of in situ grave equipment

Burial programme Number of Burials: 2 Burial Numbers: KM 1175.01, 1175.02 Condition: Intact Position: 1175.01 - F, 1175.02 - F Orientation: 1175.01 - W-E, 1175.02 - W-E Posture: Dorsal, right hands on chests, left extended to pelvis; 01 faces S, 02 S Age Group: 1175.01 - Adult, 1175.02 - Adult Sex: both F Type of Interment: Double contemporary

Grave: 529 Reference: Preliminary 10, 235, Fig. 3; Prehistory 7, 31 Period: 4/5 Description of unit Location: 20.23.1 Type: ? Trace of pit below ploughsoil Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Above wall 910. 902 Fills: 902 Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM 1308.01 - Conical stone, 1308.02 - Grinder (pebble), 1258 - SW bowl, 1328.01-05 - Chalk beads, [1155] - Conical stone, [1156] Cupped stone, [1174] - Pottery disc, [1181] - Calcarenite bowl frag., [5091] - Shell pendant

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1292 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: N-S Posture: Dorsal, probably facing SW Age Group: Child Sex: M Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment KM 1308.01-02 and 1258 in front of face of KM 1175.1; 1328.01-05 contiguously at base of neck Grave: 527 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5? Period: 4

Grave equipment KM 1182 - Metal hairring, 1273 - Shell pendant, 3383.01-17, 5115.0102 - 19 Dentalium beads

Description of unit Location: 21.24.2 Type: 1/2 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: 898 Fills: Brown-yellow, silty cloddy soil with organic particles Volume: 0.045 m3

Position of in situ grave equipment Beads scattered in area of pelvis, hairring near position of feet Grave: 530 Reference: Preliminary 10, 235 Period: 5

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1218 Condition: Intact Position: C Orientation: NW-SE Posture: On right side facing SW, arm possibly extending to head Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 23.23.1 Type: 4 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: 920. Below 886 (general) Fills: 920 Volume: ? Burial programme Number of Burials: Frags of single skull Burial Numbers: None Condition: D Position: On base of pithos Orientation: Posture: ? Age Group: (Child) Sex: Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 528 Reference: Preliminary 9, 5 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 21.25.1 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Fills: 912 Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM 1788 - RB/B burial jar Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 532 Reference: Preliminary 13, 33-4 Period: 4

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1219 Condition: D Position: Skull only Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: Adult Sex: F Type of Interment: Single, secondary?

Description of unit Location: 21.24.2 Type: 5? Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Near base of pit 913 Fills: 984 Volume: ? Burial programme Number of Burials: 1

Grave equipment

92

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Burial Numbers: KM 1391 Condition: Intact Position: C Orientation: NW-SE Posture: On left side facing NE, hand to face Age Group: Adolescent Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 23.31.3 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (2) Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cut from 0 Fills: Upper fill 1510 Volume: 0.28 m3

Grave equipment KM [1511.01] - Chert blade, [1511.02] - Chert flake, [1511.03] - Chert flake

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2048 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: SE-NW Posture: On right side facing NE, hands in front of face Age Group: Adolescent Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment some sherds placed on body? Grave: 533 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 20.24.3 Type: ? Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: At 0/150 (surface-general), in fill of B 1044, beside B 1046 Fills: Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM 3064- Dentalium bead, [1878] - Pottery disc, [2015] - Pestle, [2016] - Pecking stone, [2043] - Rubber, [3063, 5187] - Bone needle frags Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 536 Reference: Period: 4?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1541 Condition: D Position: ? Skull and leg frags only Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 22.23.4 Type: 3 Features: Niche 23 x 25 x 13 cm in chamber wall Status: D Stratigraphy: 749. Cuts B 206, extending under its floor Fills: Soft, ashy grey silt Volume: 0.552 m3 Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 (2 phalanges) Burial Numbers: None Condition: D Position: Orientation: Posture: ? Age Group: Sex: Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 534 Reference:Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 21.25.2 Type: 5 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: In fill of pit 911 Fills: 934 Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM [2794] - Dentalium bead, [3377] - Pottery disc Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 537 Reference: Period: 4/5

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1516 Condition: D Position: Disarticulated skull, other frags scattered Orientation: Posture: ? Age Group: ? Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single, secondary?

Description of unit Location: 19.23.4 Type: ? Features: None Status: C Stratigraphy: Beside B 866 Fills: Grey, pisé wash material Volume: ? Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1618 Condition: D Position: ? Bones swept into furrows e.g. skull frag HB. 104 Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: Child Sex: ?

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 535 Reference: Preliminary 13, 34 Period: 3A?

93

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Type of Interment: Single

Fills: Loose, ashy, crumbly pise wash Volume: 0.168 m3

Grave equipment None

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1757 Condition: D Position: ? Skull and ribs scattered over base Orientation: S-N Posture: ? Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 538 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 20.24.3 Type: 1 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cut into B 1044, beside B 1046 . Cut from 150? (general) Fills: Brown, gritty, medium-coarse soil Volume: 0.14 m3

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 541 Reference: Period: 4

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1709 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: E-W Posture: On right side facing N, one humerus displaced behind head Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 21.24.2 Type: 3 Features: Sealed by clay blocking?; plastered threshold Status: D Stratigraphy: Chamber cut from lower wall of pit 913. 1086 Fills: 1038, 1073 Volume: 0.54 m3

Grave equipment KM 1712 - RB/B bowl, 1715 - Picrolite bead, 1716 - Faience bead, 1801-2 - Picrolite beads, 3141 - Picrolite? bead

Burial programme Number of Burials: None; tooth (HB. 125) from fill 984 of pit 913 and HB. 100 belong? Burial Numbers: None Condition: Position: Orientation: Posture: ? Age Group: Sex: Type of Interment: -

Position of in situ grave equipment KM 1712 in front of face, 1715-6 at neck Grave: 539 Reference: Preliminary 13, 34, Prehistory 7, 30, Fig. 10 Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 21.25.1 Type: 3 Features: Slight threshold at chamber entry Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cut from east side of pit 913, under ledge of havarra Fills: 912 Volume: 0.476 m3

Grave equipment KM 1784-5, 2357-8 - Faience beads, 3006 - Dentalium bead, [1746] Hammerstone, [2494] - Stone cup plus other [ ] - see Table 4.1 Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 542 Reference: Period: 4

Burial programme Number of Burials: 2 Burial Numbers: KM 1753, 1754 Condition: Intact Position: 1753 - F, 1754 - F Orientation: 1753 - W-E, 1754 - W-E Posture: Both on right side facing S. 1753 left humerus tucked over abdomen and chest, other under body, 1754 right humerus extended out and up to head, left flexed at pelvis Age Group: 1753 - Adult, 1754 - Adult Sex: Both M Type of Interment: Double contemporary

Description of unit Location: 20.23.4 Type: 1 Features: Capstones (1): KM 1726 - Quern, forms contiguous work surface with feature 1137 in B 1052 Status: OK Stratigraphy: Between floors 1 and 2 in B 1052. 1137 Fills: Volume: 0.075 m3 Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1858 Condition: Intact Position: C Orientation: W-E Posture: On right side facing S. Right humerus in front f face Age Group: Child Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment KM [1744] - Bone needle frag., [1898] - Pottery disc Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 540 Reference: Period: 3/4 Description of unit Location: 22.25.3 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (2) Status: D Stratigraphy: Beside B 1000. 1089

Grave equipment KM 1726 - Quern, 1853, 1871 - Rubbers, [1910] - Axe- shaped grinder. Position of in situ grave equipment KM 1726 as capstone

94

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

facing S, hands to head, on lower shelf, partly excavated Age Group: 2827 - Adult, 2830 - Adult Sex: Both F Type of Interment: Double contemporary

Grave: 543 Reference: Period: 4/5 Description of unit Location: 20.24.3 Type: 1/3 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cut from 150? into B 1044, beside B 1046 Fills: Soft, grey-brown silt Volume: 0.015 m3

Grave equipment KM [3270] - Conical stone, [5109] - Bone needle Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 546 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 23.23.2 Type: 2/3 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Cuts B 1161 wall. 1238, 1291. Fills: Soft brown soil Volume: 0.288 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1859 Condition: Intact Position: C Orientation: NW-SE Posture: ? Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1912 Condition: D Position: ? Top plough disturbed, bones spread in upper pit; body located high in lower pit Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: Adult Sex: M Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 544 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 20.23.4 Type: 1 Features: Status: D Stratigraphy: Cuts floor 2 in B 1052 Fills: Loose, fine ashy soil Volume: 0.021 m3

Grave equipment KM 2054-2061 - Faience beads Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 547 Reference: Period: 3/5

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 3239 Condition: D Position: F Orientation: W-E Posture: Some teeth, femur and ribs in situ, the rest loose Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 23.23.2 Type: 1 Features: Capstones (3) Status: D Stratigraphy: Cuts B 1295 fill. 1263 Fills: Soft brown soil Volume: 0.096 m3 Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1922 Condition: D Position: ? Only a few phalanges and splintered shafts; humerus? from adjacent 1207 (HB. 107) Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: (Child) Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single Grave equipment None

Grave equipment KM [1990] - Conical stone Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 545 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 23.23.4 Type: 3 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Cuts track 35, extending below paving, beside B 3. Alt 1212 Fills: Soft, grey-brown, ashy soil; stones, backfill from track 35 Volume: ?

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 548 Reference: Preliminary 13, 31 Period: 3/4 Description of unit Location: 18.24.1 Type: 1 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cuts B 855. 1256 Cut by pit 1297 on south Fills: Loose brown silt

Burial programme Number of Burials: 2; 2827 partly recovered Burial Numbers: KM 2827, 2830 Condition: D Position: 2827 - F, 2830 - F Orientation: 2827 - NW-SE, 2830 - NE-SW Posture: 2830 disturbed on upper shelf, on right side; 2827 on right side

95

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Volume: 0.056 m3

Grave: 551 Reference: Period: 3A?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 1991 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: NW-SE Posture: On right facing SW, hands towards face (holding axe?) Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 24.30.1 Type: 2 Features: Plough-scarred capstones (2) Status: OK Stratigraphy: Beside and cuts external wallface of B 1016 Fills: Loose, soft, brown silt Volume: 0.165 m3

Grave equipment KM 1770 - Stone axe frag., 1781 - Picrolite pendant

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2470 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: SE-NW Posture: On right side facing NE, right hand under right temple, left humerus along body; head vertical Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment Both objects below mandible Grave: 549 Reference: Period: 3A? Description of unit Location: 23.31.1 Type: 1/5 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cut into 1505?, disturbed by stones Fills: Loose, grey-brown silt Volume: 0.018 m3

Grave equipment KM 2914.01-02 - Dentalium beads Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 552 Reference: Period: 3A?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2011 Condition: Intact Position: C Orientation: SE-NW Posture: On right side facing NE Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 23.31.3 Type: 1 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Truncated? Fills: Volume: ?

Grave equipment None

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2053 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 550 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 23.23.1 Type: 4 Features: Two basal steps, body on lowest Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cut from above oven 1486 beside, and extending under B 1161. 1281 Fills: Soft, black, sandy soil Volume: 0.395 m3

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 553 Reference: Period: 3A?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2005 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: N-S Posture: On right side facing W Age Group: Adult Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 24.29.4 Type: 1 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Upper part lost in ploughsoil Fills: Loose, soft brown silt Volume: Burial programme Number of Burials: None Burial Numbers: None Condition: Position: Orientation: Posture: ?

Grave equipment KM 2832 - Mineral frag Position of in situ grave equipment KM 2832-placed by shoulder in front of face

96

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Age Group: (Child) Sex: Type of Interment: -

Stratigraphy: Cut into lee of B 763, wall 438 Fills: Soft, grey-brown, ashy soil Volume: 0.01 m3

Grave equipment None

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2303 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: ? Posture:? Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 554 Reference: Preliminary 13, 29-30, 34-5, Pl. III.1, 2; 14, 155; Prehistory 7, 21, Fig. 3 Period: 3A? Description of unit Location: 23.31.3 Type: 2 Features: Capstone (2); KM 2108 - Anthropomorphic slab aligned with body, 0.17 m above it inside lower pit Status: D Stratigraphy: Cut by later pits Fills: Upper 1525, middle 1526 Volume: 0.121 m3

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 557 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 19.24.1 Type: ? Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Beside B 1044 and 1046. Fills: Volume: ?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2269 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: S-N Posture: On right side Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2455 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: SW-NE Posture: On right side facing NW Age Group: Adult Sex: M Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment KM 2108 - Anthropomorphic slab, 2109 - Toilet shell Position of in situ grave equipment KM 2108-position as described above, 2109 below pelvis Grave: 555 Reference: Period: 4

Grave equipment KM [2390] - Conical stone, [5188] - Bone needle

Description of unit Location: 19.25.3 Type: ? Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: In section just below ploughsoil Fills: Volume: ?

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 558 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 23.23.2 Type: 3 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Cuts B 1295. 1318, 1355 Fills: 2095; upper 1318 stony, backfilled wall of B 1295 Volume: 1.162 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2384 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: NE-SW Posture: On left side facing ? Age Group: Adolescent Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: Unidentified human bone (HB. 55, 78) Burial Numbers: None Condition: D Position: Orientation: Posture: ? Age Group: Sex: Type of Interment: -

Grave equipment KM [2265] - Bone needle frag. Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 556 Reference: Period: 4

Grave equipment KM 2268 - Stone bead, 2440 - Dentalium bead, [2439] - Stone lid, [2446] - Pounder, [2447] - Stone bowl frag., [2203] - Cupped stone, [2190] - Hammerstone/grinder, [2191] - Hammerstone, [2192, 2197] Conical stones, [2204] - Picrolite bead, [5213] - bone needle, [2742] Misc.

Description of unit Location: 20.24.4 Type: 1 Features: None Status: D

97

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Burial Numbers: KM 2636 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: NE-SW Posture: On right facing NW Age Group: Adult Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 560 Reference: Period: 3B Description of unit Location: 20.23.2 Type: 1 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Beside wall 1401 Fills: Loose, soft silt with small stones Volume: 0.015 m3

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Several stones on top of body

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1; adolescent or adult tooth is stray since pit is too small for such a burial Burial Numbers: KM 2400 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: E-W Posture: Mandible on chest Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Grave: 563 Reference: Preliminary 15, 209-10, Fig. 1; Peltenburg 1992 Period: 3B Description of unit Location: 18.24.1 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (2) Status: OK Stratigraphy: Below B 1165, beside B 855 Fills: 2042, 2045, 2046, 2047, 2057 Volume: 0.816 m3

Grave equipment KM 2401 - Dentalium bead, 2402 - Bone pendant, 2403 - Picrolite pendant, 3019 - Worked pig tusk, 3061 - Obsidian frag.

Burial programme Number of Burials: 4 Burial Numbers: KM 2718.01-2, 2719.01-2 Condition: D Position: 2718.01 - C, 2719.01 - C, others disturbed Orientation: 2718.01 - E-W, 2719.01 - E-W Posture: 2718.01 and 2719.01 on right side facing N, 2718.01 arms before face Age Group: 2718.01-2, 2719.01-2 - Children Sex: ? Type of Interment: 2718.01 and 2719.01 double contemporary; others partly removed

Position of in situ grave equipment All except obsidian in a clutch at neck Grave: 561 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 20.24.3 Type: 3 Features: Roof collapsed Status: OK Stratigraphy: Beside B 1052 Fills: Upper 1394?

Grave equipment KM [2619] - Picrolite pendant, 2717 - Picrolite figurine, [2720] - Picrolite pendant, [2721] - Picrolite pendant, [2663-4, 2666-8, 2670-75. 2685, 2687-9, 2716] - Dentalium beads, 2722, 2751-2767 - Dentalium beads, [2665] - Axe-grinder frag., [2684] - Diabase hammerstone, [2729] - Diabase adze frag.

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2338 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: N-S Posture: On right side facing W, one hand to face, one over top of head Age Group: Adult Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment KM 2722 on sternum of KM 2718.1, 2717 and 2751-67 below mandible of KM 2719.1 Grave: 564 Reference: Period: ? Description of unit Location: 19.24.1 Type: ? Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: Lying in superficial ploughsoil Fills: Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM 2337 - RB/B Holemouth jar, 2336 - Conical stone, 2310 - Conical stone, 2319 - Chalk bead, [2321] - Cupped stone frag., [3293] - RWL hemibowl, [5131] - Worked bone Position of in situ grave equipment KM 2336-7 at feet Grave: 562 Reference: Period: 3/4 Description of unit Location: 20.24.1 Type: 1 Features: None Status: Cut by Gr. 505 and 507 Stratigraphy: 2033 Fills: Brown, cloddy pisé wash Volume: ?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 2 Burial Numbers: KM 2886 Condition: D Position: F Orientation: Posture: ? Age Group: 2886 and unnumbered - Children Sex: ? Type of Interment: Double Grave equipment KM 3007 - Dentalium bead

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1

98

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Orientation: S-N Posture: On right facing E Age Group: Child Sex: F Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 565 Reference: Period: 4 Description of unit Location: 19.25.3 Type: ? Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: In section below ploughsoil Fills: Volume: ?

Grave equipment KM [3057] - Pottery lid, [3323] - Worked picrolite Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 568 Reference: Period: 3B Description of unit Location: 21.25.1/3 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (2-3?), dislodged and thrown into fill together with stone tools Status: D Stratigraphy: Below B 994, beside B 4 Fills: 2085, 2093, 2109 Volume: 0.285 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2887 Condition: D Position: Extended Orientation: NE-SW Posture: ? Age Group: Adult Sex: M Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2888 Condition: Position: ? Orientation: ? Posture: ? Age Group: (Child) Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single secondary?

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 566 Reference: Period: 4? Description of unit Location: 20.24.3 Type: 3 Features: None Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cuts B 736, beside B 1044 and 1046 Fills: Loose, dark grey-brown silt Volume: 0.149 m3

Grave equipment KM [2868, 2901-2] - Pigment, [2899, 2792] - Rubbing stones frags., [2744, 2900] - Hammerstone/grinder, [2746] - Axe Grave: 569 Reference: Period: 3B Description of unit Location: 18.24.1 Type: 1 Features: None Status: D Stratigraphy: From or below B 855 Fills: Loose, brown silt Volume: 0.016 m3

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2693 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: N-S Posture: On right side facing W, arms missing Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2948 Condition: D Position: ? Orientation: SW-NE Posture: ? Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 567 Reference: Period: 3A? Description of unit Location: 24.29.2 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (3), one subsided into void of lower pit Status: OK Stratigraphy: Sealed by 1571 and 1538, the former partly the collapse of B 1547 Fills: Loose, grey-brown soil, slightly compact Volume: 0.693 m3

Grave equipment None Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 570 Reference: Period: 3A? Description of unit Location: 25.30.3 Type: 1 Features: Capstones (2) Status: D Stratigraphy: Beside B 1016 and 1547 Fills: Soft, grey-brown silt

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2835 Condition: Intact Position: F

99

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Volume: 0.056 m3

Grave: 573 Reference: Period: 3A?

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 2979 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: SE-NW Posture: On right side facing NE, left hand close to head Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Description of unit Location: 25.29.2 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (5) Status: OK Stratigraphy: Cut into B 1565 Fills: Upper 1560 Volume: 0.374 m3

Grave equipment KM [2982] - Stone disc, [5189] - Bone needle

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 3476 Condition: Intact Position: C Posture: On right side facing E, hands in front of propped up head Orientation: SE-NW Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single

Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 571 Reference: Period: 3A? Description of unit Location: 24.29.2 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (3) - KM 3070-1, 3078 - All Querns Status: D Stratigraphy: Beside B 1016, cuts B 1547. Fills: Soft, brown silt with roots Volume: 0.45 m3

Grave equipment KM [3463] - Pottery disc, [3466] - Worked bone Position of in situ grave equipment

Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 3079 Condition: Intact Position: Dorsal Orientation: N-S Posture: Head propped up, arms extended along sides, right knee upright against pit edge, left fallen to elbow Age Group: Adult Sex: F Type of Interment: Single Grave equipment KM 3083 - Dentalium bead, 3084 - Chalk pendant frag., 3070-1, 3078 Querns, [3315] - Pot disc frag. [5123] - Bone point, [5190] - Bone needle Position of in situ grave equipment Inverted querns as capstones Grave: 572 Reference: Period: 3A? Description of unit Location: 25.29.2 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (2) Status: D Stratigraphy: Beside B 1565. 1618. Fills: Loose to more compact grey-brown silt Volume: 0.167 m3 Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 3465 Condition: D Position: C Orientation: S-N Posture: On right side facing E, hand in front of face Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single Grave equipment KM 3460 - Dentalium bead, [3419] - Stone bowl frag. Position of in situ grave equipment

Grave: 574 Reference: Period: 3A? Description of unit Location: 25.29.2 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (2) immediately over feet Status: D Stratigraphy: Fills: Mixed silty and ashy fill Volume: 1.001 m3 Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 3478 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: SE-NW Posture: On right side facing E, hand in front of face Age Group: Adult Sex: M Type of Interment: Single Grave equipment KM [3396] - Cupped stone, [3468] - Rubber frag., [3480] - Rubbing stone/pestle frag., [3574] - Stone frag. with red pigment Position of in situ grave equipment Grave: 575 Reference: Period: 3A? Description of unit Location: 24.29.4 Type: 2 Features: Capstones (4) Status: OK Stratigraphy: Beside B 1638 (building). Fills: 1626, 1650; 0.10 m void below capstones` Volume: 0.169 m3 Burial programme Number of Burials: 1 Burial Numbers: KM 3521 Condition: Intact Position: F Orientation: S-N Posture: On right side facing E, arms across body

100

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Age Group: Child Sex: ? Type of Interment: Single Grave equipment: KM [3550] - Pounder, [3513] - Cupped stone, [3629] - Pottery disc Position of in situ grave equipment Supplementary List: Probable graves In addition to the above, there are at least 15 possible disturbed graves. The most likely ones are shown together with graves and tombs listed above on Figs. 14.3, 14.5 and 14.8. Human remains also occurred in general habitation deposits and a child was trapped in the destruction of the Pithos House, Unit 2138. (HB. refers to the Archival record Human Bone. For many quoted here, see § 16.2. Grave 531, a deleted unit since remains of a grave here were stolen between seasons. Located north of B 3 and B 86 in levels likely to be contemporary with B 86. Unit 307, a small oval pit cut into B4 (Fig. 33), contained a fragmentary scapula and other bones, as well as KM 763, a rubbing stone. Only a foetus or infant could have fitted into the space provided. The probable grave belongs to Period 4, presumably prior to the construction of B 1. Unit 619/620 yielded several picrolites and beads, typical funerary provisions. It had a lime plug, like a capstone. Although no human bone was recovered from this and adjacent pits in the west side of B 3/706 (pits 471 and 631), they could be related to mortuary activity. See B 706 in § 3.5 and 15.2. Unit 863/971 is a large pit containing fragments of an adult’s skull and other bones (HB. 84-5). Other skull frags (HB. 1082) in adjacent 1082 may belong. It was cut through B 834 soon after its collapse and prior to the foundation of superimposed floor 922 (Fig. 48). Either the pit fill accidentally included remains of a burial from elsewhere, or it functioned as a disturbed Period 4 grave for the child. Amongst the many utilitarian objects in the pit was pendant KM 1356. Unit 873 is a small pit truncated by Gr. 526 (Fig. 54). This Period 4 pit contained the tooth of a child 1-4 years old (HB. 44). Only undisturbed adults were recorded in 526, so unless an earlier child had been removed to become incorporated in 873 fill, 873 probably constituted a distinct child burial. There are no objects from this pit. Unit 911 (Fig. 51) contained the remains of two burials, an adult female (528) and another single inhumation (534). There are so many other human bone fragments (HB. 47, 80-82, 88, 91, 101) that further bodies may be represented in this Period 4 feature. Unit 999 was a grave-like shaft sunk through the larger pit 997/1012 in the Upper Terrace. Its sides were difficult to follow. Near its base, but c. 10 cm beyond the traced wall of the pit, in 997/1012, was considerable human bone (HB. 4, 83, 111). Pit 997/1012 and re-cut 999 contained many objects, including dentalia and pendants, probably all Period 3A. Unit 1035 is a general Period 4 deposit below B 204 and 376. Skull fragments were found and since neighbouring Gr. 516, 519 and 520 possessed skulls, another burial may have existed here, or the skull was redeposited in general habitation levels. Unit 1081 is an amorphous Period 4 pit cut through the west wall of B 1044 (Fig. 49). Its fill included remains of a juvenile skull and long bones (HB. 105). With these were pendant KM 1682 and bone point KM 1685. These are the remnants of a likely disturbed grave, perhaps from adjacent grave-like pit 1112 situated against the wall of B 1046 and beside similarly situated Gr. 563. Unit 1083 is an irregular, small pit cutting through house deposits in B 1052 (Fig. 48). In its very loose fill was an adze and infant’s vertebra HB. 106. Since it is later than relatively undisturbed internal Gr. 542, 544, 1083 is a disturbed Period 4 grave, or backfill containing human remains. Unit 1142 is a chamber leading off the base of Period 4 pit 913 (Fig. 51). Its size and shape are consonant with tomb chambers. Like these, it had a void between fill and roof. Even though no bones or finds typical of burials were found here, this remains its most likely function.

Unit 1297 is a small stony pit cut into the south end of Gr. 548. It contained scraps of very young human remains, possibly the disturbed lower body of KM 1991, though a separate Period 3/4 burial of a younger individual cannot be excluded. Unit 1358 is part of a pit complex which was cut below the hearth of B 855. The presence of an incisor of a young child (HB. 113) confirmed suspicions, gained from the pit profile and grave-like slab found below many large stones on the bottom of the pit, that this was the remains of a severely disturbed Period 3B grave. It may have been cut, or more likely re-cut, from just above the floor of B 855 where there was a disturbance at 1080 (Fig. 35). The disturbance, a shaft-like pit, may have cut through an earlier pit or chamber slightly to the south, 1113. The full, chamber-like extension of this was not fully investigated since this would have undermined the hearth and floor of B 855. Unit 1080/1113/1358, therefore, comprises a robbed, rock-filled Period 3B grave with robber pit or shaft min 0.60 m deep and 0.50 m wide leading to a grave pit or chamber extending c. 1.15 m. below B 855 hearth. A dentalium, KM 3372, suggests there may have been a necklace associated with the burial. Unit 2060 is an extensive Period 3B ditch fill north of B 855 (Figs. 22, 31). At the interface between it and Gr. 515 were the remains of a child (skull frags) and the crossed upper legs of an older person. In this area were also an infant vertebra, a mature proximal radius and an adult mandible. The latter (HB. 142) belonged to a young, possibly male, adult, 20-25 years. These could not be ascribed to the chamber of Gr. 515, nor could the outlines of a separate grave pit be delineated satisfactorily. What seems to have been a collective burial existed here prior to Gr. 515, either belonging to Period 3B or 4. Unit 2121, an unexcavated subcircular pit slighting NE arc of B 2 wall (Fig. 32). Position, size and shape strongly suggest a child burial.

§16.2 Archive report on the human dentitions (D.A.L. and M.E.W.) The skeletal material from Kissonerga was generally in a brittle and fragile condition, and the bones of the jaw did not survive intact. In some cases, the teeth were in an excellent state of preservation, with little evidence of post mortem degradation. In these specimens, the surface of the enamel was smooth and glossy, still retaining its natural in vivo appearance. Some teeth with glossy enamel showed evidence of post mortem destruction of dentine and cementum, of the type attributed to breakdown of collagen in these tissues due to soil action (Beeley and Lunt 1980). However, in other specimens there was evidence of post mortem destruction of enamel, resulting in a chalky appearance of the enamel, and in more advanced cases, a loss of surface enamel which varied in severity from a slight pitting of the surface to severe erosion in which loss was sufficient to remove minor morphological features and render measurements of the tooth inaccurate. The Kissonerga specimens were much less frequently affected by surface erosion of the enamel than were the specimens from Lemba-Lakkous, in which it was very often found. The teeth and jaw fragments were carefully cleaned and the teeth were identified. At this stage it was sometimes possible to recognise additional teeth which did not form part of the main dentition or dentitions of the individual(s) buried in the grave. Such additional teeth may indicate either an additional burial in the grave or stray material from disturbed burials. Some human teeth were also recovered from non-funerary

101

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

contexts. An estimate of age at death was made from each dentition or fragment of a dentition, using the methods detailed below. Notes were also made of morphological features of the teeth, extent of attrition and any dental pathological conditions of the teeth or jaw-bones. Age estimation The dental age of each person represented by a dentition or part of a dentition was estimated. In the juveniles, age was assessed from the stage of development of the teeth. Once the teeth were fully formed, the degree of wear (“attrition”) of the teeth was used to give an indication of age in the adults. A rough approximation of age in juveniles may be obtained using the eruption status, but a more reliable estimate is gained from the stage of development of individual teeth, and this technique can also be used when the bone of the jaw has not survived and only a handful of teeth is present. When the jaw bone remains intact, it may be necessary to use radiographs to visualise teeth developing within the alveolar bone. There are several methods for the assessment of age in juveniles from the stage of development of the dentition, and none is entirely satisfactory. A discussion of the problems associated with these techniques will be found elsewhere (Lunt 1995; Lunt and Watt 1997). Since no single method seemed entirely satisfactory in use, several different techniques were used in the present study. A general impression of the most likely age of the individual was gained by selecting the most relevant diagram from the drawings of Schour and Massler (1941): though the Ubelaker (1989) drawings were recommended by Ferembach et al. (1980), they were originally intended for use with Amerindian and other non-white populations and were possibly not suited for application to a Caucasoid population. Ages of individual teeth were assessed from the detailed charts of tooth development published by Moorrees et al. (1963). In the case of third molars, the tables and radiographs published by Johanson (1971) were also used. When the appropriate teeth were present, age was calculated using the method of Demirjian et al. (1973, 1976). In most instances, it was then possible to establish a median value which was used as the most likely age at death, within an appropriate range of variation. After the work on the Kissonerga material had been completed, a review paper was published by Smith (1991), in which the methods of assessing age from dental development were discussed in detail. Following previous authors, Smith considered the data of Moorrees et al. (1963) to contain the most accurate information concerning the chronology of tooth development, and included tables of values for age prediction based upon the Moorrees data, though these tables were themselves incomplete since not all stages of development of permanent teeth could be shown, and decidu-

ous tooth development was not included. The ages of the Kissonerga juveniles were reassessed using the Smith table. In 17 individuals, the age as assessed by the Smith table fell within the age range already assigned, and in four further cases there was a discrepancy of no more than a month between the limit of the age range assigned and the estimate calculated from the Smith table. In four individuals, the value for age calculated from the Smith table was higher than the upper limit of the assigned age range by not more than six months, and in four cases the age calculated from the Smith table was lower than the lower limit of the assigned age range by not more than six months. There was no difference in age estimates greater than six months. In nine of the young children, no age could be calculated using the Smith table as the few teeth present in the specimen did not appear in the table. It was also observed that most cases where the age calculated from the Smith table was higher than that of the original estimate occurred in very young children, while the cases where the age calculated from the Smith table was lower than the original estimate all occurred in children aged c. 5 years or more. The ages assigned to the Kissonerga juveniles are the best estimates of age which could be made, given the fragmentary nature of the material and the difficulties inherent in the age estimation procedures. The reliability of the absolute ages assigned to the specimens should not be over-estimated. In very few cases were the age estimates obtained from different teeth completely identical throughout the dentition, and in some cases the age estimates provided by different teeth varied by two or even three years. In such cases, it is impossible to know whether some teeth were retarded, or whether other teeth were advanced in their development, or whether some teeth were retarded and others advanced in the same dentition. In making the estimates using the Smith table, the same problems are inherent in summing the values indicated by various teeth and taking an average, and the unreliability of this procedure must also be increased when only a small part of the dentition is present. In using all the techniques described, it is also assumed that the tables of chronology of tooth development constructed from modern American White children are appropriate to the development of the dentition in Chalcolithic Cyprus, and that the juveniles examined were not only normal but also average in the timing of tooth development. These assumptions may or may not be correct. It is, however, true to say that the Kissonerga juveniles could be ranked by order of age, that the ages assigned are probably reasonably accurate within a year or so, and that the age estimates for the Kissonerga juveniles are exactly comparable to those for the juveniles from Lemba-Lakkous. Age in the adults may be estimated from the degree

102

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

of attrition exhibited by the permanent teeth and particularly by the permanent molars. Since the latter teeth emerge into function at roughly six-year intervals, they show a gradient in attrition which persists throughout life. By relating the earliest stages of attrition to the later stages of tooth development, and extrapolating the results forward into the adult period, Miles (1963) was able to construct a table in which the degree of attrition of the molars in a population of Anglo-Saxons was related to chronological age. In applying this method to other populations, a similar table should be constructed, based on tooth development in the juveniles. This procedure could not be carried out with the Kissonerga material as there were insufficient juveniles in the older age groups. It was considered doubtful whether the very precise scale constructed by Miles for the Anglo-Saxons would be applicable to Chalcolithic Cyprus, and a more general table published by Brothwell (1972) and found to be appropriate for prehistoric and early mediaeval populations in Britain was employed. Using this table, most of the Kissonerga adults were assigned to the broad categories 20-25, 25-35 and 35-45 years. Three specimens, in which the condition of the dentition did not allow of a closer estimate, were assigned to a very broad category 25-45. The reliability of the age assessments in adults is probably much lower than that for juveniles, and the age categories assigned may bear little relation to the real ages of the individuals. However, the age estimations allow the specimens to be grouped into sets of roughly comparable age, and permit these sets to be arranged in order of ascending age. Tooth Morphology The human dentition shows considerable variability in the detailed morphology of individual teeth. The variations are not random but fall into recognisable patterns, which can to some extent be related to racial or kinship groups. A very large number of morphological variations has been described in the literature. Thirty-seven morphological traits of permanent teeth are recommended for study in a recent paper by Turner et al. (1991). A smaller number of morphological traits in the deciduous dentition was studied by Hanihara (1963). In dealing with the Kissonerga dentitions, it was not possible to gather data on all of these morphological traits. Many of the dentitions were incomplete. A high proportion of the specimens comprised very young children in whom the permanent teeth were not sufficiently developed. Minor morphological features of the teeth in adults were often affected by attrition or by post mortem erosion, and the latter condition sometimes affected the developed permanent teeth in the older children. A study was however made of some of the major morphological traits in the permanent dentition, in-

cluding the cusp of Carabelli and mandibular first molar groove patterns, which were considered to be the most reliable population discriminators by Sofaer et al. (1972). The large number of juveniles allowed assessment of morphological traits in the deciduous dentition. Morphological traits of the permanent teeth were assessed by reference to the standard plaques of the Arizona State University Dental Anthropology System (Turner et al. 1991) or to the classification of Dahlberg (1963). The classification of Hanihara (1963) was used for most traits in deciduous teeth. In all instances, though observations were made on all teeth present, a single score was used for each trait in a dentition. When there was asymmetry in the scores between left and right sides, the antimere exhibiting the greater degree of trait expression was used to score the individual, as recommended by Scott (1980). The intention was to make comparisons between periods on the site if possible, and to compare the data from Kissonerga with data from the nearby Chalcolithic site of Lemba-Lakkous, and with data published for other sites of comparable periods. There were difficulties in carrying out some of these comparisons. The quantity of data from Period 3 at Kissonerga was so small that some comparisons may be unreliable. For some teeth there was less data on morphology from Lemba-Lakkous than from Kissonerga: not only was there a high proportion of very young children at Lemba-Lakkous, but most of the adults were relatively elderly or had experienced severe dental disease, and many of the dentitions had suffered severely from post mortem erosion of the enamel. Very little comparable data for Neolithic, Chalcolithic or Bronze Age populations from Europe or the Near East has been published, and in some cases different methods of grading the morphological traits have been used. Only some data from French Neolithic and Chalcolithic (Megalithic) sites (Brabant 1969) and the data from the Chalcolithic levels of the site at Mehrgarh in Baluchistan (Lukacs and Hemphill 1991) could be employed in comparisons. Shovel-shaped incisors The term ‘shovel-shaped’ is used to denote a variant of the incisor in which marginal ridges are developed on the lingual surface. In some extreme cases, marginal ridges also develop on the labial surfaces, and this variant is known as ‘double-shovel’. The more pronounced expressions of the shovel incisor trait are generally to be found in groups with Mongoloid affinities, but the lesser degrees of the trait may occur in Caucasoids (Carbonell 1963). Shovel-shaped permanent incisors The Kissonerga maxillary permanent incisors produced no examples of double-shovel or of the more pronounced variants of shovel-shape, but minor degrees of shovelling were observed in Kissonerga maxillary per-

103

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

manent incisors (Table 16.1). Few dentitions from Period 3 had maxillary permanent incisors in which shovel-shape could be assessed, but the scanty data may suggest that shovelling was more prevalent in Period 3 than Period 4. Table 16.1. Prevalence of shovel-shaped permanent maxillary incisors in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions I1 Grade Period Period KM 3 4 All

LL

I2 Period Period KM 3 4 All

0 1 2

1 3 0

6 6 1

8 10 1

5 9 3

0 3 0

3 8 2

4 11 2

3 5 3

Total

4

13

19

17

3

13

17

11

Grade

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

0 1 2

25.0 75.0 0.0

46.2 46.2 7.7

42.1 52.6 5.3

29.4 0.0 52.9 100.0 17.6 0.0

23.1 61.5 15.4

23.5 64.7 11.8

27.3 45.5 27.3

LL

In a study of the dentition in patients suffering from beta thalassaemia major and in a control group of unaffected siblings, Tas et al. (1976) found that the thalassaemics had a markedly higher prevalence of trace shovelling of second incisors (73%) than the normal controls (38%) and concluded that a high prevalence of shovelling of the second incisor was a dental characteristic of beta thalassaemia major. There is no control group for the Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions on which second incisor shovelling and the other dental features characteristic of the condition could be tested. It may perhaps be suggested that the high prevalence of second incisor shovelling at the Cypriot Chalcolithic sites (Kissonerga 76.5%, Lemba 72.7%) could, but need not, be related to beta thalassaemia major. Shovel-shaped deciduous incisors

Total

100.0 100.1 100.0

99.9 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.1

The distribution of the grades of shovel-shape in Kissonerga dentitions of all periods is shown in Table 16.1, together with the distribution of the trait in the Lemba-Lakkous dentitions. Maxillary permanent first incisors in the Lemba dentitions showed a higher prevalence of shovelling than did those from the Kissonerga dentitions. The prevalence of shovelling in the maxillary second incisors was similar in Kissonerga and Lemba, but the expressivity of the trait in both teeth was slightly higher in the Lemba dentitions. Shovelling of maxillary incisors appears to have been commoner in the Cypriot Chalcolithic populations than in the European Megalithic dentitions studied by Brabant (1969), in which 58.0% of first incisors and 43.3% of second incisors showed no evidence of the trait. Incidence of shovelling was higher in the Mehrgarh Chalcolithic people (16.0% of first incisors and 12.5% of second incisors showed no evidence of the trait), but the people from this site were considered to have Mongoloid affinities (Lukacs and Hemphill 1991). Shovelling of mandibular permanent incisors is rare, and was not observed in the Kissonerga material. The mandibular second incisors in two Lemba dentitions showed the minimal degree of shovelling. The second permanent maxillary incisors in the Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions showed a greater degree of shovelling than did the first incisors. This was also the case in the European Megalithic dentitions, where 58% of maxillary first incisors and 43% of maxillary second incisors showed no evidence of shovelling. However, the prevalence of shovel-shaped second incisors in the French Megalithic dentitions was noticeably lower than that in the Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions.

Table 16.2. Prevalence of shovel-shaped deciduous maxillary incisors in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions di1 Grade Period Period KM 3 4 All

LL

0 1 2

4 3 0

4 2 0

8 6 0

3 8 0

3 6 0

2 6 0

5 12 1

1 6 0

Total

7

6

14

11

9

8

18

7

Grade

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

0 1 2

57.1 42.9 0.0

66.7 33.3 0.0

57.1 42.9 0.0

27.3 72.7 0.0

33.3 66.7 0.0

25.0 75.0 0.0

27.8 66.7 5.6

14.3 85.7 0.0

Total

di2 Period Period KM 3 4 All

LL

100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.1 100.0

The extent of shovelling of deciduous maxillary incisors is shown in Table 16.2. The dentitions from Kissonerga 3 showed slightly more shovelling of the deciduous first incisors and slightly less shovelling of the deciduous second incisors than the dentitions from Kissonerga 4. When Kissonerga dentitions of all periods were compared with Lemba dentitions, the latter showed a markedly higher prevalence of shovelling in both first and second maxillary incisors. Taking both permanent and deciduous dentitions into account, there appears to be a slightly greater tendency to shovelling of the incisors in Kissonerga 3 than in Kissonerga 4, and a definite tendency to increased prevalence of shovelling in the Lemba dentitions compared with the Kissonerga dentitions Mandibular molar cusp numbers Permanent mandibular molar cusp numbers Human permanent mandibular molars show considerable variation in the number of cusps on the occlusal surface. By reference to lower primates, the basic or primitive number of cusps is five, but this may be re-

104

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

duced to four or even three, and may occasionally be increased to six or rarely to seven cusps. In Caucasoid populations, the first permanent molar often but not always retains five cusps, the second permanent molar is usually reduced to four cusps but occasionally retains the five-cusped form, and the third molar may have either five or four cusps, or one of the rarer variants. Table 16.3 shows a comparison of molar cusp numbers in Kissonerga Periods 3 and 4. The proportions of six- and four-cusped first molars appeared to be slightly higher in Period 3 than in Period 4, but this was largely due to small numbers in Period 3. The numbers of second and third molars available for study from Period 3 were too small for comparisons to be meaningful. For mandibular first permanent molars, the distribution of molar cusp numbers was fairly similar in the Kissonerga and Lemba-Lakkous groups. The second molars appeared to show less cusp reduction and the third molars to show more reduction in the Lemba group, but the latter result may well have been due to the small number of Lemba third molars available for study (Table 16.3). The proportions of unreduced mandibular first permanent molars (Kissonerga 90.3%, Lemba 83.9%) were close to the figures for Mehrgarh Chalcolithic (86.9%), European Neolithic (97.6%) and French Megalithic sites (85.6-97.3%). The proportion of unreduced second molars varied from 2.2% in a French Megalithic group to 8.4% in Mehrgarh Chalcolithic: the figure for Kissonerga was close to the latter, but the figure of 25% unreduced second molars for Lemba was considerably higher than for any other group. The third molars of Kissonerga individuals showed a higher proportion of the unreduced type (75%) than was found in other population groups, where values ranged from 58.8% in Mehrgarh Chalcolithic to 15% in European Neolithic.

Deciduous mandibular molar cusp numbers The mandibular second deciduous molar is similar in morphology to the mandibular first permanent molar and generally has five cusps though additional cusps may occasionally be found. The mandibular first deciduous molar is quite unlike any of the permanent molars in morphology and usually has four cusps, though a variant with five cusps was observed in the Cypriot Chalcolithic material. The proportions of five- and six-cusped second deciduous molars were similar in Period 3 and Period 4 of the Kissonerga material and were repeated in the total Kissonerga dentitions and in Lemba dentitions (Table 16.4). The proportion of five-cusped first deciduous molars was higher in Kissonerga Period 3 than in Kissonerga 4. The figures for the total Kissonerga group were similar to those of the Lemba group. Permanent mandibular molar groove patterns As well as variation in cusp numbers, there is also variation in the arrangement of the occlusal groove pattern of human permanent mandibular molars. The basic or primitive pattern is known as the Dryopithecus pattern, named after a fossil primate. It is characterised by a Y-formation in the central area of the occlusal pattern. Reduced patterns are known as + and X patterns. All three patterns are identified by observing the relationships of specific cusps in the central occlusal basin. The reduced + and X patterns are frequently observed in Caucasoids. The second deciduous molars may show the Dryopithecus pattern, but these teeth often present additional ridges and grooves and the occlusal pattern may be difficult to read. The Y pattern was observed in all first permanent molars from Kissonerga 3, while a small number of teeth from Kissonerga 4 showed the + pattern. The numbers of second and third molars from Kissonerga 3

Table 16.3. Permanent mandibular molar cusp numbers in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions Tooth No. of cusps

M1 Period 3

Period 4

1 4 1

1 17 2

3 25 3

Total

6

20

No. of cusps

%

6 5 4

6 5 4 Total

M2 Period 3

Period 4

KM All

LL

M3 Period 3

Period 4

2 24 5

0 0 3

1 2 16

1 2 22

0 4 12

0 2 0

1 5 3

1 8 3

0 3 3

31

31

3

19

25

16

2

9

12

6

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

16.7 66.7 16.7

5.0 85.0 10.0

9.7 80.6 9.7

6.5 77.4 16.1

0.0 0.0 100.0

5.3 10.5 84.2

4.0 8.0 88.0

0.0 25.0 75.0

0.0 100.0 0.0

11.1 55.6 33.3

8.3 66.7 25.0

0.0 50.0 50.0

100.1

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

KM All

LL

105

KM All

LL

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Table 16.4. Deciduous mandibular molar cusp numbers in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions No. of cusps

Period 3 dm1 dm2

6 5 4

Period 4 dm1 dm2

KMAll dm1 dm2

LL dm1 dm2

4 6

3 5 -

0 9

4 6 -

4 18

9 13 -

3 12

7 10 -

Total

10

8

9

10

22

22

15

17

No. of cusps

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

0.0 40.0 60.0

37.5 0.0 62.5 0.0 0.0 100.0

40.0 60.0 0.0

0.0 18.2 81.8

40.9 59.1 0.0

0.0 41.2 20.0 58.8 80.0 0.0

6 5 4 Total

100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

was too small for comparisons to be meaningful (Table 16.5). The first and second mandibular molars from Lemba-Lakkous appeared to show greater reduction of the primitive Y pattern than did the corresponding molars from Kissonerga. On the other hand, two Lemba dentitions showed Y pattern in the third molars, while there were no Kissonerga third molars with the Y pattern. The small number of Lemba third molars should be borne in mind (Table 16.5). Groove patterns in the Cypriot Chalcolithic material could be compared only with the Chalcolithic material from Mehrgarh. There was no consistent relationship between the groups: the proportion of Mehrgarh first molars with the primitive Y pattern (71.4%) fell between those for Kissonerga and Lemba, while the Y pattern was found in a high proportion (27.3%) of Mehrgarh second molars but only a few (6.2%) Mehrgarh third molars.

Table 16.5. Permanent mandibular molar groove patterns in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions Tooth Groove Pattern

M1 Period 3

Period 4

Y + x

6 0 0

16 4 0

27 5 0

Total

6

20

%

Y + x Total

Groove Pattern

M2 Period 3

Period 4

19 11 0

0 2 1

3 13 3

3 16 6

32

30

3

19

%

%

%

%

100.0 0.0 0.0

80.0 20.0 0.0

84.4 15.6 0.0

63.3 36.7 0.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

KM All

LL

M3 Period 3

Period 4

1 8 6

0 1 1

0 4 5

0 5 7

2 3 1

25

15

2

9

12

6

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

0.0 66.7 33.3

15.8 68.4 15.8

12.0 64.0 24.0

6.7 53.3 40.0

0.0 50.0 50.0

0.0 44.4 55.6

0.0 41.7 58.3

33.3 50.0 16.7

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

KM All

LL

KM All

LL

Table 16.6. Maxillary molar cusp numbers in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions Tooth M1 Cusp Period Period No. 3 4

KM All

LL

4 43+ 3

7 0 0 0

17 0 0 0

28 0 0 0

26 0 0 0

1 2 0 0

4 3 6 3

6 5 7 3

6 6 5 0

1 0 1 0

0 2 3 2

1 2 4 2

2 3 1 1

8 0 0 0

8 0 1 0

20 0 1 0

18 0 0 0

Total

7

17

28

26

3

16

21

17

2

7

9

7

8

9

21

18

Cusp No.

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

33.3 66.7 0.0 0.0

25.0 18.7 37.5 18.7

28.6 23.8 33.3 14.3

35.3 35.3 29.4 0.0

50.0 0.0 50.0 0.0

0.0 28.6 42.9 28.6

11.1 22.2 44.4 22.2

28.6 42.9 14.3 14.3

100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

88.9 0.0 11.1 0.0

95.2 0.0 4.8 0.0

100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Total 100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

99.9

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.1

99.9

100.1

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

4 43+ 3

M2 Period Period KM 3 4 All

M3 Period Period KM 3 4 All

LL

106

dm2 Period Period KM 3 4 All

LL

LL

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Maxillary molar cusp numbers Human maxillary permanent molars show variation from the basic four-cusped tooth, but the variation operates differently from that observed in mandibular molars. Maxillary molars show a gradual reduction of the distolingual cusp or hypocone to produce 4-, 3+ and 3-cusped variants. The first molar almost invariably retains the full 4-cusped form, while second and third molars may show a progressive reduction of the hypocone, the third molar virtually always showing greater cusp reduction than the second molar. Permanent maxillary molar cusp numbers All maxillary first permanent molars from Kissonerga 3 and Kissonerga 4 were of the unreduced four-cusped type. The numbers of second and third molars in Period 3 were too small for comparisons to be meaningful (Table 16.6). The maxillary first permanent molars from LembaLakkous were all of the unreduced type. The proportion of unreduced second maxillary molars was slightly higher in Lemba than in Kissonerga, and the reduced molars showed lesser degrees of reduction in the Lemba group. The third molars from Lemba also showed a lesser degree of cusp reduction (Table 16.6). The second molars of the Mehrgarh Chalcolithic group showed a higher proportion of the unreduced 4cusped type (55.6%) than either Kissonerga or Lemba, while the proportion of unreduced third molars (16.7%) lay between the figures for Lemba and Kissonerga. Deciduous maxillary molar cusp numbers The maxillary second deciduous molar is similar in morphology to the maxillary first permanent molar, and usually retains the unreduced 4-cusped form. The maxillary first deciduous molar is unlike any of the permanent maxillary molars and may have from two to four cusps. Since maxillary second deciduous molars share the same system of cusp grading as permanent maxillary molars, they have been included with the permanent molars in Table 16.6. Most of the Kissonerga and Lemba second deciduous molars showed the unreduced 4-cusped form. In one dentition from Kissonerga 4, a reduced form of second deciduous molar was observed. The distribution of cusp numbers in the maxillary first deciduous molars is shown in Table 16.7. The proportions of the different cusp types appeared similar in Kissonerga 3 and Kissonerga 4. There was a higher proportion of molars with additional development of cusps in the Lemba group than in the Kissonerga group.

Table 16.7. Deciduous maxillary first molar cusp numbers in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions Cusp No.

Period 3

Period 4

KMAll

LL

4 3H2 3H1 3M2 3M1 2

0 0 0 2 5 2

0 0 0 3 4 2

0 0 1 6 10 4

2 0 0 6 7 1

Total

9

9

21

16

Cusp No.

%

%

%

%

4 3H2 3H1 3M2 3M1 2

0.0 0.0 0.0 22.2 55.6 22.2

0.0 0.0 0.0 33.3 44.4 22.2

0.0 0.0 4.8 28.6 47.6 19.0

12.5 0.0 0.0 37.5 43.7 6.2

Total

100.0

100.0

100.0

100.0

Cusp of Carabelli The cusp or tubercle of Carabelli is an accessory cusp found on the lingual surface of the mesiolingual cusp of maxillary molars, and largely confined to deciduous second and permanent first molars. Certain other traits in the form of pits and grooves in the same position as the cusp are considered to be part of the same complex feature and are graded with it on an eight-point scale. Table 16.8. Cusp of Carabelli in permanent maxillary first molars in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions Grade

Period 3 n %

Period 4 n %

KMAll n %

LL n

%

a b+c d+e f-h

1 1 5 0

14.3 14.3 71.4 0.0

8 7 2 0

47.1 41.2 11.8 0.0

10 9 9 0

35.7 32.1 32.1 0.0

5 5 8 5

21.7 21.7 34.8 21.7

Total

7

100.0

17

100.0

28

100.0

23

100.0

The prevalence of the Carabelli trait in maxillary permanent first molars is shown in Table 16.8. Since the number of first permanent molars from Kissonerga 3 was small, some categories of the trait were combined in order to facilitate a comparison with Kissonerga 4: a = no expression of the trait; b+c = pit or groove; d+e = low elevation; f-h = full development of the cusp. On this basis there appeared to be a higher prevalence of the Carabelli trait in Period 3 than Period 4. The Lemba group also appeared to show a distinctly higher frequency of the cusp of Carabelli than the Kissonerga group, with a considerably greater percentage of full development of the Carabelli cusp. One dentition from Kissonerga 3 showed a minor degree of the Carabelli trait in a second molar, while in the Lemba group one individual showed greater expression of the trait in

107

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

both the second and third maxillary molars. The Chalcolithic population from Mehrgarh showed less evidence of the Carabelli trait than the Cypriot Chalcolithic groups, the trait being absent in 38.9% of Mehrgarh first permanent molars. Table 16.9. Cusp of Carabelli in deciduous maxillary second molars in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions Grade

Period 3 n %

Period 4 n %

KMAll n %

n

LL %

0 1 2 3-7

1 0 2 4

14.3 0.0 28.6 57.1

2 0 4 2

25.0 0.0 50.0 25.0

3 0 8 8

15.8 0.0 42.1 42.1

2 1 7 8

11.1 5.6 38.9 44.4

Total

7

100.0

8

100.0

19

100.0

18

100.0

percentage of molars showing any degree of the trait. The proportion of first permanent molars showing evidence of C6 was exactly the same in Kissonerga as in Lemba. C7 was observed in a slightly higher proportion of Kissonerga first permanent molars, while there was a considerably higher prevalence of the deflecting wrinkle in Lemba first permanent molars. The overall prevalence of the traits in second deciduous molars has been included in the table to show the higher penetrance of all traits in the deciduous dentition. Table 16.10. Additional traits of mandibular second deciduous molars in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions Trait Grade Period 3 n % C6

Table 16.9 shows the prevalence of the Carabelli trait in deciduous second molars in the Cypriot Chalcolithic material. Again there appeared to be a higher prevalence of the trait in Kissonerga 3 than in Kissonerga 4. There was no apparent difference between Kissonerga and Lemba groups in the prevalence of the Carabelli trait in maxillary deciduous second molars.

Total C7

Additional traits, mandibular molars Mention has already been made of the fact that while the basic number of occlusal cusps of the mandibular permanent molars and the mandibular second deciduous molar is five, in a small proportion of dentitions additional cusps may be found. These additional cusps are not all found in the same position, but may arise either in the distal part of the occlusal surface (C6) or between the lingual cusps (C7). In addition there is a feature known as the deflecting wrinkle, in which the central ridge of the mesiolingual cusp is enlarged. The cusp of Carabelli is a well-known additional cusp found elsewhere than the occlusal surface, but other cusps are occasionally encountered, such as the protostylid on the buccal surface of the mesiobuccal cusp of lower molars or the parastyle on the buccal surface of the mesiobuccal cusp of upper molars. In the Cypriot dentitions, these traits appeared more frequently in the deciduous than in the permanent dentition. Table 16.10 shows the prevalence of C6, C7 and the deflecting wrinkle in deciduous second molars. C6 was observed in Kissonerga 4 but not in Period 3, while C7 was more frequently observed in Kissonerga 3 than in Period 4. There was not a great difference between the Kissonerga and Lemba groups in the prevalence of C6 and C7, but the traits were more fully expressed in the Lemba population. The deflecting wrinkle appeared in a markedly higher proportion of Lemba second deciduous molars. Since C6, C7 and the deflecting wrinkle were observed in very few permanent first molars and did not exceed grade 2, they are shown in Table 16.11 as the

0 1 2 3

0 1 1A 2 3

Total

KMAll n %

LL n

%

7 0 0 0

100.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

8 2 0 0

80.0 20.0 0.0 0.0

20 2 0 0

90.9 15 9.1 0 0.0 1 0.0 1

88.2 0.0 5.9 5.9

7

100.0

10

100.0

22

100.0 17

100.0

4 0 2 1 0

57.1 0.0 28.6 14.3 0.0

8 0 1 1 0

80.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 0.0

15 0 5 2 0

68.2 12 0.0 0 22.7 3 9.1 1 0.0 1

70.6 0.0 17.6 5.9 5.9

7

100.0

10

100.0

22

100.0 17

100.0

50.0 50.0

5 5

50.0 50.0

12 10

54.5 4 45.5 13

23.5 76.5

100.0

10

100.0

22

100.0 17

100.0

Deflecting Wrinkle absent 4 present 4 Total

Period 4 n %

8

Table 16.11. C6, C7 and deflecting wrinkle in mandibular permanent first and deciduous second molars in Cypriot Chalcolithic dentitions

Trait

C6 C7 Deflecting Wrinkle

dm2 KMAll n % 2 7 10

Total teeth 22

9.1 31.8 45.5

LL n

%

2 5 13

11.8 29.4 76.5

17

M1 KMAll n % 1 2 2

31

3.2 6.5 6.5

LL n

%

1 1 5

3.2 3.2 16.1

31

In addition to the specimens indicated in the tables, examples of C6 were observed in two further Kissonerga dentitions, once in the second molar and once in the third molar. No examples of C6 were seen in Lemba second or third molars, nor was C7 observed in second or third molars in either population. No protostylids were found in the Kissonerga dentitions, but the protostylid was twice observed in Lemba dentitions, once in the second permanent molar and once in the third permanent molar. Protostylid cusps were not seen in the deciduous molars of either popula-

108

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

tion. One example of a parastyle was encountered, in the maxillary first deciduous molar of a Lemba dentition. Statistical analysis and significance of traits There appear to be some differences in the prevalence of morphological traits when comparisons are made between the Kissonerga and Lemba-Lakkous populations, and differences may even be discerned between Period 3 and Period 4 at Kissonerga, though the relatively small number of individuals in Period 3 must be borne in mind. In order to assess the significance of these observed differences, a statistical analysis was carried out using a transformation of the observed frequencies of traits as suggested by Berry and Berry (1967), with the Freeman and Tukey (1950) modification to improve stabilisation of the variance with small sample sizes as recommended by Green and Suchey (1976). However, when the standard deviation and variance were calculated using the formulae suggested by Sjovold (1973), the mean measure of divergence was not large enough for the differences between the population groups to be considered statistically significant. The most widely separated groups were Kissonerga 4 and LembaLakkous. Catalogue 1: dentitions from burials Grave 502: burial KM 560 None of the jaw bone seems to have survived. There are three fragmentary and badly eroded deciduous tooth crowns, the maxillary left canine, first molar and second molar. The crown of the first molar seems slightly worn, but the crown of the second molar still has quite sharply pointed cusps. This suggests that the tooth had not been in function for very long, and indicates that the child is unlikely to have been older than 3 or 4 years, though it was probably older than 2 years. Both deciduous molars may have had carious cavities, though the enamel surface is so severely pitted and eroded that it is difficult to be certain whether these are genuine lesions. But it looks as though the first molar has had a very large lesion affecting mesial and occlusal surfaces, and extending inwards to involve the pulp. The second molar has a doubtful small lesion in the mesial fissure and an even more dubious lesion in the distal fissure.

Grave 504: burial KM 559.01 The chin and part of the left body of the mandible are present. No part of the maxillary bone has survived. The mandibular fragment carries four erupted deciduous teeth, the left second incisor, canine, first molar and second molar. Both permanent first incisors, the right second incisor and canine and the left second premolar can be seen developing in crypts deep in the bone. X-rays show the presence of the left second incisor, canine and first premolar. There are in addition loose maxillary teeth, comprising the right first deciduous molar, both second deciduous molars, and the developing permanent left first molar and right first and second premolars. The first deciduous molars show a moderate degree of wear, while the second deciduous molars are only slightly worn. The stage of development of the maxillary first permanent molar, which clearly had not erupted and was not even quite ready to erupt, suggests an age of 4-5 years. The developing crowns of the maxillary second premolar and mandibular canine are a little advanced for this age. The most likely age at death, however, seems to be 4½ years ± 9 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Tomb 505 There is evidence for four individuals from this grave. Tomb 505.01: burial KM 553.10 (= Skeleton A) It has proved possible to reunite three teeth and a tooth fragment from the unassigned loose teeth, with the assemblage already labelled Skeleton A. Two fragments of the left side of the mandible are present, the left body carrying 9 permanent teeth, and part of the left ramus with a damaged left condyle. The mandible is of moderately heavy build. There is also a small fragment of the left maxilla carrying three permanent teeth. In addition to the 12 teeth in situ, there are a further 11 recognisable teeth or tooth fragments, and 6 unidentifiable root fragments. The teeth are large. The third molars have erupted into full function, and the apices of the maxillary right third molar are completely formed. The apices of the mandibular right third molar are still slightly open. This would suggest an age of 18 years ± 1 year. The very slight degree of attrition of the other teeth accords with this estimate. There is no evidence of dental caries. The degree of post mortem surface erosion of the bone precludes an assessment of periodontal bone condition. The maxillary right third molar has been somewhat malformed: it shows a deep depression on the mesial surface, and the tooth substance beside this is slightly folded. There is vertical folding of the distal surface. The crown is compressed mesiodistally, and the normal cusp pattern of the occlusal surface is distorted. Tomb 505.01: burial KM 553.11 (= Skeleton B) The entire right maxillary alveolus is present, and fragments of the left maxillary alveolus. The mandible is represented only by some fragments of outer cortical plate. Fourteen maxillary teeth are in situ, and there are a further 5 loose teeth and one unidentifiable root fragment. From the degree of attrition of the teeth, an age of c. 20-25 years may be suggested. There is no evidence of dental caries. The bone of the right maxilla is in excellent condition, and there is no evidence of periodontal disease. The maxillary left canine does not appear in its normal position, and X-rays show that it is deeply embedded in the bone of the palate. The maxillary right third molar is of a strongly compressed form, and it is just possible that this may reflect some genetic similarities between skeleton A and skeleton B. Tomb 505.01: burial KM 553.12 (= Skeleton D) There is a group of six loose teeth, which all seem to be from the same dentition. Another two teeth from a box labelled “Chamber 1” also belong to the same individual. The assemblage consists entirely of mandibular permanent teeth: the right canine, the second premolars, first molars and second molars from both sides, and the left third molar. All but two of these teeth are fragmentary. The root apices of the left first molar have just closed, an event which should occur at 9-10 years. The root of the canine is only partially formed, and shows a stage of development appropriate to c. 10-11 years. The crown of the third molar is developing and has reached a stage appropriate to 10-12 years. The most probable age of this child was 10 years ± 9 months. There is no evidence of dental disease. Tomb 505.02: burial KM 553.13 (= Skeleton C) Small areas of maxillary alveolus are present, carrying the permanent incisors, canines and premolars. There are also some small fragments of mandibular alveolus associated with the left second and third molars. Three further tooth crowns are present, and part of another which may be the left first mandibular molar. The degree of attrition suggests an age of c. 20-25 years. The attrition of the anterior teeth is noticeably irregular, suggesting some anomalies of occlusion. There is no evidence of dental caries. Post mortem erosion of the bone is too severe to allow assessment of periodontal bone condition. There appears to be a large abscess or cyst cavity associated with the maxillary right second incisor, but no obvious cause for an inflammatory lesion is discernible in the standing teeth. An X-ray shows the radiolucent area, and confirms that it is not directly associated with the teeth. It is probably a nasopalatine cyst, a developmental defect of the maxilla.

109

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Tomb 506: burial KM 571 The left maxilla is fairly well preserved, and the right maxilla as far as the second permanent molar. Most of the body of the mandible is present, in three separate fragments. Thirty teeth are in situ, and the remaining two are also present, so the whole permanent dentition is intact. All the third molars have erupted into function and their root apices are fully formed, so the individual was probably over 20. Attrition is relatively slight, suggesting an age of c. 20-25. There is no evidence of dental caries. In the largest fragment of mandible, bone preservation is good and the alveolar margins can be seen to be in good condition, with no sign of periodontal disease.

Grave 507: burial KM 766 There is a small piece of the left body of the mandible, and two tiny fragments of the left maxillary alveolus. Five erupted deciduous teeth and two erupted permanent teeth are in situ in these fragments, and two further permanent teeth can be seen developing in their crypts. Another two developing permanent teeth can be demonstrated by X-rays. A further four deciduous teeth, one erupted permanent incisor and two developing premolars were recovered later in the material from this grave. Comparison with the existing dentition from Gr. 507 showed that these teeth belonged to the same individual. In this child, the replacement of deciduous by permanent dentition is just starting. The permanent first incisors appear to have reached their functional positions, and although the crown of the left first permanent maxillary molar seems only half emerged from the alveolar bone, it must have been in occlusion with the mandibular left first molar since the latter shows very clearly an early wear facet on the distobuccal cusp. Judging from the position of the mandibular left second permanent incisor and the degree of resorption of the root of the maxillary left second deciduous incisor, the permanent second incisors might shortly be erupting, though only a small amount of the maxillary permanent second incisor roots has yet formed. The crowns of the permanent canines and first premolars have just been completed, and the crowns of the second premolars and second molars are not yet fully formed. The stage of development of the dentition suggests an age at death of 6½ years ± 9 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 508: burial KM 662 A small portion of left maxilla carries five permanent teeth: both incisors, canine, first premolar and first molar. The second premolar has been lost post mortem. The maxillary left second molar was found in the mass of soil still present below the cranium. Three loose mandibular permanent molars - left first, second and third - may have belonged to the same individual. The degree of attrition suggests an age in the range 20-25 years. There is no evidence of dental disease, but the specimen is in rather poor condition and it is difficult to be positive about this.

Grave 509 None of the jaw bone has survived, and the material consists of a small group of 14 developing deciduous teeth. Within this assemblage, however, there is evidence of two different individuals, as the maxillary left second deciduous molar is duplicated. Grave 509: burial KM 663.01 (= Skeleton A) Thirteen of the developing deciduous teeth belong to one individual aged 4 months ± 2 months. The teeth which are most advanced in development are the incisors: their roots are beginning to develop but they were probably not yet erupting. The crowns of the deciduous first molars are not yet complete, the canine crowns are half formed, and the separate cusps of the second deciduous molars are not quite fully united to form the occlusal surfaces. Grave 509: burial KM 663.02 (= Skeleton B) A single maxillary left deciduous second molar is at a later stage of development: the crown is almost completely formed but the roots have not yet started to form. This tooth came from an individual probably aged c. 9 months. It has a very strongly developed accessory tubercle of the type known as the tubercle of Carabelli.

Grave 510: burial KM 624 The chin region, left body and left ramus of the mandible are virtually intact, and there is a fragment of the right body of the mandible. None of

the maxilla survives. The full deciduous dentition has erupted, and all the deciduous teeth are in situ in the mandible. There are four loose deciduous teeth from the maxilla. The permanent first and second molars can be seen developing in their crypts in the mandible, and X-rays show a further 11 developing permanent teeth. There are seven loose developing permanent maxillary teeth. A further four deciduous teeth and five developing permanent teeth were recovered later in the material from this grave. Comparisons with the existing dentition from Gr. 510 showed that these teeth belonged to the same individual. The roots of the permanent first molars have started to develop, but the teeth are not yet ready to erupt. The stage of development of these and other teeth suggests an age of 5 years ± 9 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 513: burial KM 767 Part of the right maxilla is present, and most of the right mandible, together with part of the left body of the mandible. Twelve deciduous teeth are still in situ and a further seven are loose. There are four partially formed crowns of permanent teeth, and seven others embedded within the jaw fragments can be seen on X-rays. The teeth are in good condition and most of the roots have survived. The root apices of the deciduous first incisors have closed, while those of the second incisors and first molars are just closing. The roots of the deciduous canines are three-quarters formed. The roots of the deciduous second molars are only half formed, but these teeth have erupted into their functional positions, though the absence of wear facets suggests that they had only just reached these positions. The crowns of the first permanent molars are almost complete. About three-quarters of the crowns of the permanent first incisors have formed, and half of the second incisor and canine crowns. The developmental stage of the dentition suggests an age of 2½ years ± 6 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Tomb 515: burials KM 769 and 770 The material with this number is in very poor condition. Many of the teeth have lost their roots, some have lost parts of the crown, and/or are affected by severe post mortem erosion. All these factors make some of the teeth difficult to identify. There are clearly two dentitions represented. Both seem to be from relatively elderly individuals and this, together with the poor state of preservation of the material, makes it difficult to separate the teeth precisely into two sets. The problem is further complicated by the fact that several teeth are carious and, as far as it is possible to ascertain, both individuals seem to have been affected by this condition. The specimens were found under two small-finds numbers, 769 and 770. Only one tooth was present with the latter number: the package was labelled “eastern skeleton”. All the remaining material was found in 769. This assemblage included the badly shattered right side of a mandible with seven teeth in situ. A further 23 teeth have been associated with this specimen and the whole labelled “Skeleton A”. The remaining 18 teeth have been ascribed to “Skeleton B”. The single tooth from 770 seems to belong to skeleton B. A mandibular incisor, which was recovered later in the material from this grave, appeared to belong to skeleton A. Both skeletons seem to have been of mature or even elderly adults, but in view of the poor state of preservation no closer estimate of age can be made. Skeleton A has a maxillary second molar with a large carious cavity opening into the pulp chamber. Skeleton B has three carious teeth. The cavities in an upper molar and a mandibular first molar open into the pulp chambers. The cavity in a mandibular second molar is also very deep but does not have an obvious opening into the pulp. Periodontal bone condition cannot be assessed.

Grave 516: burial KM 768 The left body and part of the left ascending ramus of the mandible have survived, together with a large fragment of the right body of the mandible and two small fragments of maxillary alveolus. Ten deciduous teeth are in situ in the jaw fragments and a further five are loose. There are two functional permanent teeth in situ and two loose. Four developing

110

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

permanent teeth can be seen in crypts, eight are loose and a further eight can be demonstrated in X-rays of the jaw fragments. The whole deciduous dentition has been in function, and the first permanent molars have also erupted and have been functional for long enough for early wear facets to develop. The mandibular permanent first incisors can be seen in their crypts. The deciduous first incisors are not present and it is impossible to know whether they had been shed, were about to be shed or still required some further resorption before the permanent teeth could erupt. A deciduous maxillary first incisor is present and shows much less root resorption than would be expected, given that the first permanent molars are already well into function. Are the permanent molars advanced in development, or are the incisors retarded? On the basis of all the teeth, an age of 5½ years ± 9 months may be suggested. This implies early eruption of the permanent first molars. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 517: burial KM 855 No recognisable fragments of the jaw bones have survived. There are eleven deciduous teeth and one partially developed mandibular permanent incisor. Post mortem damage makes it difficult to assess the true state of the deciduous teeth. Most of the crowns have been severely affected by erosion, and any attrition facets have been destroyed. The only crown which is relatively little affected is that of the mandibular left second molar, and this crown appears to be completely unworn. The deciduous roots have also suffered more or less severely from post mortem damage, so the stage of development of the root apices cannot be established in most cases. The apices of the maxillary and mandibular left first incisors, however, appear to be complete. A considerable amount of the roots of the mandibular left second deciduous molar seems to have been formed, but the unworn crown suggests that the tooth was unerupted or had very recently erupted. On the whole, the state of the deciduous dentition would suggest an age of 2 years ± 6 months. The degree of development of the mandibular first permanent incisor would also accord with an age of c. 2 years. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 518: burial KM 981 The only fragment of the jaw which has survived is part of the crypt of the mandibular right second deciduous molar. There are eight developing deciduous teeth, and the partially formed crowns of the mandibular first permanent molars. From the stage of development of the teeth, it seems likely that the mandibular first deciduous incisors were just erupting or had just erupted. This suggests an age of c. 6-9 months, which is corroborated by the stage of development of the second deciduous molars. The other deciduous teeth seem to be relatively delayed in development, and the permanent first molars somewhat advanced. The most probable age at death was 8 months ± 2 months.

Grave 519: burial KM 1065 No parts of the jaw bones have survived. There are what appear to be three developing permanent tooth crowns, another recognisable fragment of a tooth crown and two small fragments which cannot be precisely identified. The assemblage is rather puzzling. The recognisable specimens appear to be a maxillary right second premolar, a maxillary right first permanent molar, the lingual wall of a maxillary right first or second permanent molar, and a mandibular right second permanent molar. All the crowns seem to be only partially developed: they are dark in colour, matt in surface texture, and imbibe water very quickly, which suggests that they are porous because the enamel is immature, i.e. not fully mineralised. The mandibular second molar crown is clearly only a little more than half formed. If this interpretation is correct, then two persons must be represented here. If the fragmentary maxillary right molar is a first molar, then we have two specimens of the same tooth. If it is a second molar, which seems more likely, there must still be a second individual, as the first molar cannot be at the same stage of development as the second molars and second premolar. It seems most probable that the fragment of maxillary second molar, the maxillary second premolar and the mandibular second molar are all from an individual aged c. 6 years (burial KM 1065.01). If the first permanent molar is still developing, as it appears to be, then it is from an individual aged c. 3 years (burial KM 1065.02).

The only alternative is that the first molar has suffered from the fairly common type of post mortem erosion which removes the cementum and dentine, and has also undergone some post mortem change in the enamel which has destroyed the normal white glossy surface and has left it quite smooth but porous. Post mortem erosion of enamel has been observed in the Cypriot Chalcolithic material, but this involves a marked pitting of the surface which is not evident in specimen 519. The best explanation still seems to be that two individuals are represented.

Grave 520: burial KM 1066 No part of the jaw bones seems to have survived. There are six loose permanent teeth, most of which are very heavily worn. The mandibular left first, second and third molars can easily be identified. Another tooth is probably the maxillary right second incisor, and a heavily worn premolar may be the maxillary right second premolar. The remaining tooth may be the mandibular right canine. Not only is attrition very severe, but it is also extremely irregular. The mesial half of the mandibular first molar has been worn right down to the root, thereby exposing the pulp (and probably causing an abscess to form in the jaw) while the distal half stands quite high. The opposite is true of the second molar, where the distal half is heavily worn and the mesial half much less worn. These irregularities may suggest in vivo loss of opposing teeth. They also make the estimation of age highly problematical. An age in the range 35-45 is tentatively suggested. There is no evidence of dental caries in the teeth present.

Grave 521: burial KM 1044.01-02 The main body of material consists of the left side of a mandible and a small fragment of the right side of the mandible. Both contain deciduous teeth and developing permanent teeth, and a further twenty loose teeth belong to the same dentition. In a separate bag were found two fitting fragments of the posterior part of the left body and left ascending ramus of a second mandible, together with a maxillary permanent central incisor which clearly belongs to the main assemblage. The latter has been labelled Skeleton A (KM 1044.01) and the smaller mandible fragments, Skeleton B (KM 1044.02). Grave 521: burial KM 1044.01 (= Skeleton A) The deciduous canines and molars have been in function. The first permanent molars have erupted into full function but their roots are not yet quite complete. It is difficult to establish the precise functional state of the incisors, since the incisor alveolus has been lost in both jaws. The only incisor still in situ is the mandibular left second permanent incisor, and it is still lying in its crypt. It seems probable, however, that the first incisors had erupted. Permanent canines, premolars and second molars are present in various stages of development, three of them visible only on X-rays. In general, the stage of development of the dentition suggests an age of 8 years ± 9 months. The mandibular left second incisor appears to be considerably delayed in development in comparison to some of the other teeth. There is no evidence of dental disease. A fairly rare anomaly is present, in the shape of a conical supernumerary tooth of the type known as mesiodens, which is found in the midline of the maxilla. Grave 521: burial KM 1044.02 (= Skeleton B) The mandibular left second deciduous molar is in function, and both first and second permanent molars can be seen developing in their crypts. The root of the first molar is just starting to form, while only half of the crown of the second molar has as yet developed. The most probable age of this individual was 4 years ± 9 months. There is no dental disease associated with the second deciduous molar.

Grave 522: burial KM 1045 There is a small fragment of the left body and ascending ramus of the mandible, and an even smaller fragment of the maxilla. The first permanent molars are in functional positions in both jaw fragments, and the second permanent molars are lying within crypts in both jaws. The third molar can also be seen in its crypt in the mandible. Two slightly worn deciduous teeth are present and show early signs of resorption of the roots, and there are four additional loose developing permanent teeth. The stage of development of all the permanent teeth would suggest an age of 10 years ± 9 months, though the deciduous teeth show rather

111

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

less resorption than might be expected by that age. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 524: burial KM 922 Part of the left maxilla is present, together with the body and left ramus of the mandible, in two fragments. Twelve deciduous teeth are in situ in the jaw fragments, and the remaining eight deciduous teeth are loose: i.e. the whole deciduous dentition is present and in a particularly good state of preservation. Five developing permanent teeth can be seen in the jaws, five more can be demonstrated by X-rays, and there are a further three loose permanent developing teeth. All the deciduous teeth have erupted into function. Only the mandibular first incisors have fully formed roots. The root apices of the maxillary first incisors and all the second incisors are still slightly open, while the roots of the canines are three-quarters formed and the roots of the second molars only half developed. The crowns of the permanent first molars are not quite fully formed, and half of the crowns of the maxillary first and mandibular second incisors are formed. The stage of development of all the teeth is consistent with an age at death of 2 years ± 6 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 525: burials KM 923.01-03 All the teeth and jaw fragments were found in the assemblage from the lower pit. Most of the right side and part of the left side of a mandible are present, in two fragments which carry five erupted deciduous teeth. The root of the right first incisor is completely formed, while the apices of the first deciduous molars are not yet quite complete and the roots of the second deciduous molars are only three-quarters formed. The crowns of the first permanent molars can be seen developing in their crypts, and a further six developing permanent teeth are shown by X-rays. The stage of development of these teeth suggests an age of 2 years ± 6 months. A broken developing maxillary right first permanent molar and a partially developed permanent maxillary first incisor probably belonged to the same individual (KM 923.01).There is no evidence of dental disease. There are five further developing permanent teeth which must come from at least two further individuals. A broken maxillary left first permanent molar is at a slightly later stage of development than that of the 2 year old. Age is difficult to assess, but may be c. 4-5 years (KM 923.02). Maxillary left canine, second premolar and second molar, and a mandibular second molar, all from the left side, could all be from the same individual, with an age of 6 years ± 9 months. (KM 923. 03).

Tomb 526: burials KM 1175.01-02 Tomb 526: burial KM 1175.01 (= Skeleton A) The greater part of the body of the mandible is present, together with part of the left ramus. Part of the right maxilla is fairly well preserved, and a small part of the left molar region. Twenty four permanent teeth are in situ in the jaws and a further five are loose. All the permanent teeth have been in function and the roots of the third molars are completely formed. The degree of attrition is relatively slight, suggesting that the individual may have been in the age group 2025. There is one tooth which has been affected by dental caries: a medium-sized cavity is present on the mesial surface of the maxillary right canine. Where post mortem erosion has not been so severe as to preclude assessment, the alveolar bone seems to be in good condition with no evidence of periodontal disease. There is one minor hypoplasia line on the mandibular canine crowns, but as no other teeth seem to be affected, this can hardly represent a major metabolic upset. The age at which the hypoplasia line was produced would be c. 6 years. Tomb 526: burial KM 1175.02 (= Skeleton B) Part of the left maxilla and palate is present, and in it the premaxillarymaxillary suture can still be seen. This suture usually disappears during childhood. There are two fragments of the mandible, one comprising the chin region with incisors and canines in situ, the other consisting of the left ascending ramus with the alveoli of the second and third molars. There are fifteen permanent teeth in situ and a further eleven loose permanent teeth.

The third molars are still lying in their crypts with incompletely formed roots. All the remaining permanent teeth have been in function and the roots of the second premolars and second molars are completely formed, so the individual was probably over 14 years. The stage of development of the third molars suggests an age of 16 years ± 1 year. With the variability of development of third molars, a wider range of 15-19 years might be given, but the open spheno-occipital synchondrosis suggests that the age should be towards the younger part of the range. There is no evidence of dental caries. The bone of the left maxilla is well preserved and is in excellent healthy condition with no trace of periodontal disease.

Grave 527: burial KM 1218 Parts of both maxillae are present, and the greater part of the mandible, in three fragments. Sixteen deciduous teeth are in situ and another two are loose. Two developing permanent incisors are loose, a further five developing permanent crowns are visible in the jaws, and seven can be demonstrated by X-rays. The roots of all the deciduous incisors are complete, and the canine roots are almost fully formed though the apices are still open. The crowns of the first permanent molars are almost complete. Roughly three-quarters of the crowns of the permanent incisors have been formed, and about half of the permanent canines. The tip of the crown of a mandibular first premolar has been calcified. The probable age of the child was 2 years ± 6 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 528: burial KM 1219 No parts of the jaw bones seem to have survived. There are three loose maxillary permanent molars, the first from the left side, and the second and third from the right side. The left first molar is heavily worn, but the second and third molars show much less wear than would be expected. There may have been some anomaly of occlusion which could account for the discrepancy. On the basis of first molar wear, an age in the range 25-35 may be suggested. None of the teeth has been affected by dental caries.

Grave 529: burial KM 1292 There are two fragments of the left mandible, covering the area from the midline to the base of the ascending ramus. The second deciduous molar has been in situ and the first permanent molar has also erupted into full functional position. Although it shows very little wear, X-rays demonstrate that root development is well advanced. The crown of the second premolar can be seen in its crypt and seems to be completely formed. Xrays show three more developing permanent teeth. A deciduous canine, an erupted maxillary first permanent molar and four developing permanent teeth recovered by flotation may be from the same dentition. The stage of development of the teeth suggests an age of 7 years ± 9 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 532: burial KM 1391 The left maxilla is almost complete, there are fragments of the right maxilla, and a good deal of the mandible is also present though in many fragments. It has proved possible to reconstruct the mandible and part of the maxilla so that 31 permanent teeth are now in situ in their sockets or crypts, and the remaining tooth is present loose. The permanent dentition has erupted up to and including the second permanent molars, but the root apices of the latter teeth are not quite complete. The third molars are lying in crypts in the jaws: their crowns are complete and the roots are starting to develop. The most probable age of the individual was 14 years ± 9 months. The mandible is fairly strongly built with a prominent chin. The teeth are rather small. They are in perfect condition with no sign of dental caries. Where the alveolar bone is reasonably well preserved, there is no evidence of periodontal disease. There are some very slight hypoplasia lines at the junction of cervical and middle thirds of the crowns of the maxillary permanent first incisors, and at the necks of the permanent canines, which could indicate upsets in metabolism at 3 and 6 years respectively.

Grave 533: burial KM 1541 No teeth or fragments of jaw bone were found.

112

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Grave 535: burial KM 2048 Most of the mandible is present, broken into three fragments. The left maxilla is well preserved and there is a fragment of the right maxilla. Twenty-four erupted permanent teeth are in situ and three more are present loose, together with the developing maxillary right third molar. Both mandibular third molars are buried deep in their crypts. The roots of the second molars are virtually complete and this, together with the stage of development of the third molars, suggests an age of 14 years ± 9 months. The teeth are well formed and there is no evidence of dental disease. The maxillary left third molar is congenitally absent.

showed that eight derived from the S. skeleton and five from the N. skeleton.

No teeth or fragments of jaw bone were found.

Possible relationship between N and S skeletons Both skeletons appear to be those of young adult males. The jaws and teeth do not show any marked similarities: the arch shape in N is rectangular, with the posterior teeth set in very straight lines, whereas S has a V-shaped arch with a slight bowing in the lines of diverging posterior teeth. The teeth of S are much smaller than those of N, and the molars show several differences in morphology. Such differences could occur in members of the same family, but would be unlikely in monozygotic twins. The maxillary lateral incisors in both jaws are of similar type, though it is quite a common variant of this tooth. There is nothing in the jaws to suggest a particularly close relationship between these skeletons.

Grave 538: burial KM 1709

Grave 540: burial KM 1757

Grave 537: burial KM 1618

The dentition of this individual is represented by a deciduous maxillary incisor and a deciduous maxillary canine, which have both been in function and whose roots were fully formed, the crown of a developing maxillary permanent molar, and small fragments of other developing permanent teeth (more teeth may be present in the soil masses surrounding the main cranial vault fragments, which have not been disturbed). The teeth present some inconsistencies which make estimation of age difficult. The deciduous canine shows appreciable wear at the tip of the cusp, but surprisingly the deciduous lateral incisor is very little worn. Neither tooth shows any evidence of resorption of the root. On grounds of size and morphology, the developing permanent molar must be the second molar, which should reach the stage of development seen here between 6 and 8 years. But by 5 years there should be some evidence of resorption of the root of the deciduous lateral incisor, and the lack of wear of this tooth would suggest an individual not more than 3-4 years old. Perhaps there may have been unusually slow wear of the deciduous teeth and somewhat precocious development of the second permanent molar, and the age may have been approximately 5 years.

Tomb 539: burials KM 1753-4 Tomb 539: burial KM 1753. N skeleton The left maxilla is still attached to the skull, though the alveolar process has been badly damaged. The right maxilla, though detached, is better preserved. Half a dozen fragments of the mandible are present, mostly from the left side, but the bone has been badly damaged post mortem and the tooth sockets have mostly been destroyed. Six erupted permanent teeth are in situ in the right maxilla and four in the left maxilla. A further three permanent teeth are present loose. One molar and a broken premolar were recovered by flotation. The roots of the third molars have been completely formed, so the individual was probably over 20. However, the relatively slight degree of attrition suggests a young adult, in the range 20-25. There is no evidence of dental disease. Damage to the left body of the mandible in the region of the first and second molars allows a view of a cyst cavity in the centre of the bone. This is not merely a hole within the bone, but is lined by the thin layer of smooth compact bone characteristic of bone cysts. The post mortem loss of teeth and alveolar bone means that the cause of the lesion cannot be ascertained. The mastoid processes of the skull are very large, which suggests a male. Tomb 539: burial KM 1754. S skeleton The maxilla is well preserved and still attached to the skull. The mandible is incomplete, and fractured into three fragments. Seventeen erupted permanent teeth are in situ in the jaw fragments, and two more are loose. The roots of the third molars are fully formed but there is only slight attrition, and this suggests a young adult, perhaps in the range 20-25. There is no evidence of dental disease, but one maxillary premolar seems to have suffered some traumatic damage, perhaps during life. The mastoid processes are large, the bone in the area of glabella is well developed, and the bony attachment of the left masseter muscle is also well developed, all features which would suggest a male. The teeth however are small. The skull possesses an exceptionally long styloid process. Thirteen permanent teeth were recovered later in the material from this grave. Comparisons with the original dentitions from the grave

No jaw fragments are present. Four developing deciduous teeth, one developing permanent tooth and a cusp tip from another were found at excavation. A further 12 developing deciduous teeth and one developing permanent tooth were recovered by flotation. From the stage of development of the teeth, the most probable age at death is 9 months ± 2 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 542: burial KM 1858 Most of the mandible is present, in three fragments. Only two very small fragments of maxillary alveolus are present. The deciduous canines, first molars and second molars were still in function, and 8 are still in situ, the remaining 4 teeth being loose. The permanent first molars and first incisors were functional and the permanent second incisors just completing eruption: 7 of these teeth are still in situ and the rest loose. Sixteen further developing permanent teeth are present loose or in their crypts, some demonstrable only by X-ray. The stage of development of the dentition suggests an age at death of 8 years ± 9 months. The dentition is complete for this age. The teeth are well developed and there is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 543: burial KM 1859 In the excavated material there are four fragments of a tiny mandible, two with developing deciduous teeth embedded in bony crypts. Parts of nine further developing deciduous teeth were recovered by flotation. Altogether 14 developing deciduous teeth are present. This was clearly a very young infant. The stage of development of some teeth suggests that it died about the time of birth, and there is evidence to suggest that it had at least reached term. A few teeth suggest that the infant may have survived for a short time after birth, but it is extremely unlikely that it was more than 3 months old. The age may be stated as 1 month ± 1 month.

Grave 544: burial KM 3239 Neither jaw bones nor teeth were found at excavation, but nine developing deciduous teeth were recovered by flotation. The stage of development of these teeth suggests that the most probable age at death is 5 months ± 2 months.

Tomb 545: burials KM 2827, 2830 Tomb 545: burial KM 2827 The left half of the mandible is virtually intact, though broken into three pieces. There is a tiny fragment of left maxilla, carrying the premolars. Six teeth and a root fragment are in situ in the mandible. There are 13 loose teeth and 11 broken fragments of root apices. The degree of attrition of the teeth suggests an age in the range 2535, though there are some irregularities in the pattern of attrition. There appears to be a carious lesion in a maxillary molar, though the picture is complicated by post mortem erosion. The mandibular left first molar has been lost in vivo: the cause cannot be ascertained. Tomb 545: burial KM 2830 Two areas of the jaws survive. One is a small fragment of the left maxilla, carrying first and second premolars. Both teeth show a considerable degree of exposure of the root. The second premolar is little worn and in a normal position. The first premolar is tilted slightly in a palatal direction and shows an abnormal attrition facet on the mesial aspect, exposing

113

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

dentine on the mesial marginal ridge. Mesial to the first premolar is the root stump of the canine, which appears to have been grossly carious. Distal to the second premolar, there is no sign of the first molar, and the appearance of the bone suggests the presence of an abscess. The second specimen is a fragment of the mandible, including the chin and part of the left body. All four mandibular incisors and the left canine are in situ. Behind the canine, there is no evidence of any tooth sockets and it seems likely that the teeth from the first premolar, perhaps as far back as the second molar, have been lost in vivo. The bone seems to have healed well, leaving a knife-edge at the crest of the alveolar ridge. A loose mandibular left molar is probably the third molar. The mandibular right canine, both premolars and first molar are present loose. With the exception of the left third molar, all the mandibular teeth are heavily worn, indicating a mature adult, perhaps in the age range 3545. The slight degree of attrition of the maxillary premolars is due to the in vivo loss of the opposing teeth in the mandible, and this is also the cause of the over-eruption of the maxillary premolars, leaving an excessive amount of root exposed in the mouth. The slight degree of attrition of the maxillary premolars also suggests that the in vivo loss of mandibular teeth occurred relatively early in adult life. The in vivo loss of several mandibular teeth, the abscess in the left maxillary first molar area, and the probable gross carious lesion of the maxillary left canine, all indicate extensive dental disease. Whether this was mainly dental caries, or whether periodontal disease also played a part in the in vivo loss of teeth, is impossible to discover.

Grave 546: burial KM 1912 The whole tooth-bearing area of a gracile mandible is present, but both ascending rami are missing. There is a small fragment of right maxilla. Two maxillary and four mandibular permanent teeth are still in situ, while 13 have been lost post mortem or broken at the neck. Four teeth show severe attrition, which suggests an age at death in the range 35-45. The mandibular right first permanent molar has been so heavily worn that the pulp chamber has been exposed. Infection has tracked from the pulp to the apex of the root and has produced a chronic apical abscess or dental cyst which is pointing through the buccal plate of the mandible opposite the bifurcation of the roots. Both mandibular third molars are congenitally absent.

Grave 547: burial KM 1922 No teeth or fragments of jaw bone were found.

Tomb 550: burial KM 2005 Most of the left half of the mandible was embedded in a large mass of soil. The buccal face of the bone could be seen, and some of the mandibular teeth were apparently in situ, but a large crack had appeared between bone and teeth. Some of the left maxillary teeth were in occlusion with the mandibular teeth, though no maxillary bone was visible. Excavation of the soil mass confirmed that the thin alveolar bone supporting the teeth had been destroyed, leaving only the most robust parts of the outer plates of the mandible. None of the bone of the maxilla had survived. Many of the teeth had remained in situ, but some had slipped down behind the body of the mandible. Only two right mandibular molars were found, though it is possible that more teeth from the right side may be embedded in the mass of soil surrounding the cranial vault: this has not been disturbed. The entire complement of left maxillary and left mandibular teeth is present. All have suffered fairly severe post mortem surface erosion. The permanent teeth had all erupted and the individual was clearly adult. The degree of attrition suggests an age in the range 25-35. The maxillary left first and second molars display carious lesions of moderate size at the amelocemental junction on adjacent tooth surfaces. Among the loose soil was found a specimen of a dilated odontome, a rare developmental anomaly in which the tissues of the crown form an irregular mass quite unlike any normal tooth crown, and the root tissues form a crumpled mass with no attempt at normal root development. This anomalous tooth mass has probably been formed by invagination of the cells of a molar tooth germ, which could have been either the mandibular right third molar or any of the maxillary right molars. A slight wear facet on the mass shows that, though normal eruption would be impossible, one corner of the odontome must have projected through the soft tissues. This could have led to infection of the deeper tissues surrounding the odontome.

Grave 551: burial KM 2470 In the excavated material, fragments of the left mandible and right maxilla are present. These carry four deciduous molars and two developing permanent teeth in situ. There are also 11 loose deciduous teeth and six loose developing permanent teeth. By flotation, a further four deciduous teeth and two developing permanent teeth have been recovered. From the stage of development of the teeth, the most probable age at death is 1 year ± 3 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 552: burial KM 2053 No teeth or fragments of jaw bone were found.

Grave 548: burial KM 1991 Two small fragments of left mandible are present in the excavated material. There is also a large fragment of left maxilla and a small fragment of right maxilla. These bone fragments carry five erupted deciduous teeth and contain 14 developing permanent teeth, some visible only on X-ray. A further seven deciduous teeth and two developing permanent teeth are present loose. The flotation sample has added five deciduous teeth and two developing permanent teeth to the total. The entire deciduous dentition has been in function and the roots of the deciduous teeth are almost complete. None of the permanent teeth has yet erupted, or is close to erupting. From the stage of tooth development, the most probable age at death is 3 years ± 6 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 549: burial KM 2011 A fragment of the right body and ramus of the mandible is present, carrying the erupted first deciduous molar and containing the unerupted second deciduous molar and first permanent molar in their crypts. Other small fragments of mandibular and maxillary alveolus include part of the crypt of the left mandibular first permanent molar. The remaining seven erupted and 11 unerupted deciduous teeth are present loose, also the other three developing first permanent molars. Ten crown tips from the developing permanent incisors and canines were found at excavation, and the remaining two were recovered by flotation. This dentition is complete for its stage of development, a remarkable feat of excavation, considering the small size of some developing crowns. From the stage of development of the dentition, the most probable age at death is 1 year ± 3 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 554: burial KM 2269 Two fragments of the right mandible are present, comprising the greater part of the ascending ramus and body of an infant bone. The right first deciduous molar is in situ in its crypt. Eleven developing deciduous teeth have been recovered by flotation. These consist of five incisors, one canine and five molars. None of the deciduous teeth had yet erupted. From the stage of development of the teeth, the age of the infant was probably between birth and 3 months post-natal. The age may be stated as 1 month ± 1 month.

Grave 555: burial KM 2384 Part of the left body of a robust mandible is present, but there is no sign of the maxilla. The mandible fragment carries five erupted permanent teeth and the developing and unerupted third molar. A maxillary right incisor and mandibular right premolar are present loose. The root apices of the mandibular second premolars are not quite complete and this, together with the stage of development of the third molar, suggests an age at death of 13 years ± 9 months. The teeth are large and well-formed, and there is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 556: burial KM 2303 No teeth or fragments of jaw bone were found.

Grave 557: burial KM 2455 A fairly large part of the skull was embedded in a hard mass of concreted soil. The frontal and nasal bones could be seen, and a small portion of the right side of the mandible. Initial cleaning revealed a few maxillary and mandibular molars. The soil was softened and cleared until the portion of right mandible and a section of right maxillary alveolus car-

114

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

rying all three molars could be detached from the mass. The remainder of the soil mass was not disturbed. Altogether there are two fragments of right mandible and two fragments of right maxilla, carrying a total of ten erupted permanent teeth. Three permanent teeth are loose. The degree of attrition suggests an age in the range 25-35. There is no evidence of dental caries, though it is impossible to clear the hard concreted earth completely from the embrasures between the teeth, and early lesions could be concealed here. In view of the moderate to severe attrition of all the other teeth, the presence of a completely unworn maxillary right canine is surprising. It is possible that this tooth either had failed to erupt and was embedded in the bone, or had erupted in a non-functional position. In the absence of this area of alveolar bone, a precise diagnosis cannot be made.

Grave 560: burial KM 2400 Excavation has produced 12 loose developing deciduous teeth. The flotation process has recovered a small fragment of the left mandible carrying three deciduous teeth developing within their crypts, a tiny fragment of maxillary alveolus with a developing left first deciduous molar, four loose developing deciduous teeth, the incisal edges of two developing permanent incisors, and parts of permanent first molars in the form of cusps which are not yet fully united. The deciduous incisors appear to have been in the process of erupting, or just to have erupted, while the deciduous canines and molars are still buried in their crypts. From the stage of development of the teeth, the most probable age at death is 6 months ± 2 months. There is no evidence of dental disease. A stray mandibular premolar from an adolescent or young adult is included with the material from this burial.

Grave 563: burial KM 2719.01 (= Skeleton B) Two mandibular fragments fit together to form the chin, right body and right ramus of the bone. There is also a small fragment of the right maxillary alveolus. One deciduous molar is in situ in the jaw fragments. The remaining 19 deciduous teeth are present loose. There are nine loose developing permanent teeth, and four developing permanent teeth are present in crypts in the jaw fragments. The stage of development of the dentition suggests that the most probable age at death is 1 year 6 months ± 3 months. The teeth are well formed and there is no evidence of dental disease. Grave 563: burials KM 2718, 2719. Additional teeth 1) Together with the teeth of skeleton A there is an additional maxillary right deciduous central incisor. Both right and left incisors are already present in this dentition. The additional tooth is whiter and is also slightly more worn, suggesting a slightly older child than skeleton A, possibly aged 4-5 years (KM 2718.02). 2) In a bag labelled “not clearly associated with either skeleton” is a developing mandibular left deciduous canine. All canines are already present in skeletons A and B, so this represents an additional child. The root is slightly more developed than that of the corresponding tooth in skeleton B, but less developed than that of skeleton A, and the child may have been about 2 years old (KM 2719.02). 3) In flotation specimen C.412 is a developing maxillary left deciduous canine which matches specimen 2) above for colour and stage of development, and could have come from the same 2 year old child.

Grave 564: burial KM 2886 No teeth or fragments of jaw bone were found.

Grave 565: burial KM 2887

Tomb 561: burial KM 2338 Almost the whole of the right half, and a great deal of the left side of the mandible are intact. The alveolar part of the left maxilla is well preserved, and there is a fragment of the right maxilla. The body of the mandible is well-built and the chin is quite deep, but the right ascending ramus is particularly broad in proportion to its height. The attachment areas of the right masseter and right medial pterygoid muscles are very strongly marked, indicating that the individual possessed well developed muscles of mastication and considerable masticatory force. The full complement of 16 erupted permanent teeth is present in the mandible. Thirteen of the maxillary teeth are in situ and the remaining three molars are present loose. The dentition is thus complete. The degree of attrition suggests an age in the range 25-35. Two areas of early periodontal disease may be observed on the left side, between upper first and second molars and between lower first and second molars. In the latter case, a small carious lesion is developing on the distal side of the first molar.

Grave 562: burial KM 2636 Two mandibular fragments make up the greater part of the right body of the bone. A third fragment comprises the left ascending ramus and a small area of left body. There are two very tiny fragments of maxillary alveolus. Six erupted permanent teeth are in situ and five more are loose. All the teeth have been fully formed. The very slight degree of attrition suggests a young adult, perhaps in the range 20-25. The teeth are well formed and there is no sign of dental disease. The mandibular right third molar is congenitally absent, and other third molars may also have failed to develop.

Grave 563: burials KM 2718.01, 2719.01 Grave 563: burial KM 2718.01 (= Skeleton A) The chin and right side of the mandible are virtually intact and there is a small fragment of the left body which fits the end of the larger fragment of the right side. A small fragment of right maxilla is present. Ten deciduous teeth are in situ in the jaw fragments. Nine deciduous teeth and 12 developing permanent teeth are present loose, and a further 15 developing permanent teeth are still lying in their crypts in the bone, some visible only by X-ray. The stage of development of the dentition suggests that the most probable age at death is 3 years 6 months ± 6 months. The teeth are well formed and there is no evidence of dental disease.

The left angle of the mandible is present, but the bone is broken immediately behind the position for the third molar, so neither teeth nor sockets are included in the specimen, and there are no loose teeth.

Tomb 566: burial KM 2693 The left ramus and most of the left body of the mandible are intact, and there are fragments of right and left maxilla in the incisor to premolar areas. These jaw fragments carry six erupted deciduous teeth and three erupted permanent teeth. A further two erupted deciduous and nine erupted permanent teeth are present loose, and there are seven loose developing permanent teeth. An additional nine developing permanent teeth are still present in crypts within the jaw fragments, some visible only on X-rays. From the stage of development of the teeth, the most probable age at death is 8 years 6 months ± 9 months. The teeth are large and well formed and there is no evidence of dental disease.

Grave 567: burial KM 2835 The maxilla is still attached to the skull, though there is some damage to the right side. Three erupted permanent teeth are in situ, and a further seven erupted maxillary teeth are loose: four of these teeth are broken in such a way as to suggest that they may have been fractured in antiquity. The crown of a developing maxillary third molar is also present. The mandible is intact apart from damage to both condyles and the incisor alveolus. It carries nine erupted or erupting permanent teeth and two deciduous molars, while three permanent teeth have been lost post mortem. This dentition is in the final stages of replacement of the deciduous dentition by the permanent teeth. There are some slightly unusual features, in that the mandibular left second permanent molar has erupted almost to the occlusal plane while the canines and first premolars, which should reach occlusion a year or two before the second molar, have not yet done so. The maxillary second premolars have erupted into occlusion, while the mandibular second deciduous molars have not yet been shed. X-rays show that one of the mandibular second premolars is still embedded deep in the jaw, with only half of its root formed, while the other second premolar is congenitally absent, and the mandibular third molars are also congenitally absent. Taking the slight irregularities of eruption into account, the most probable age at death is 11 years 6 months ± 9 months. There is no evidence of dental disease.

115

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

Grave 568: burial KM 2888 No teeth or fragments of jaw bone were found.

Grave 569: burial KM 2948 One fragment of a tiny mandible is present. There are also 17 developing deciduous teeth and three developing first permanent molars. It seems probable that the deciduous first incisors in both jaws had just erupted or were in process of erupting, but that neither the lateral incisors nor the first deciduous molars had yet appeared in the mouth. From the stage of development of the dentition, the most probable age at death appears to be 7 months ± 2 months.

Grave 570: burial KM 2979 There are three small fragments of a tiny infant mandible and one fragment of paper-thin maxilla. All four fragments contain crypts for developing deciduous teeth, seven of which are present loose. The crowns of the incisors are nearing completion, those of the first molars are threequarters formed, and those of the second molars half formed. None of the teeth is yet ready to erupt. From the stage of development of the dentition, the most probable age at death is 3 months ± 2 months.

Grave 571: burial KM 3079 The mandible is complete and the bone is in a particularly good state of preservation. There are two fragments of right maxilla which fit together and which have been glued along the fracture line: the right side of the bone is now continuous from midline to tuberosity, though it is not complete. A large fragment of the left maxilla is present, but the tuberosity is missing on this side. Fifteen erupted permanent teeth were in situ or could be returned to their sockets. Another two tooth roots and three root fragments could not be relocated. The dentition was in an extremely unhealthy state. The maxillary right second premolar and all the maxillary right molars had been lost well before the death of the individual. Both premolars and probably all the molars on the left side had also been lost in vivo. Thus all chewing capability had been lost in the posterior regions of the maxilla. The mandibular molars had not yet been lost but, due to a combination of periodontal disease and over-eruption resulting from lack of opponents, they had lost a great deal of their bony support and were held in place only by the tips of their roots. Because of the loss of maxillary molars, the mandibular molars show a good deal of variation in their degree of attrition. The mandibular left molars show attrition appropriate to an age in the range 20-25, while the attrition of the right first molars would suggest an age in the range 25-35. It can be suggested that the maxillary left molars were lost when the individual was in the early twenties (which is unusually young) and that the maxillary right molars were lost perhaps 5-10 years later. With the loss of chewing capability in the posterior part of the dentition, all the load of mastication has fallen on the anterior teeth, which have become extremely heavily worn. Of eight incisors and canines which are in situ, six have been worn down so far that the pulp is exposed, and of these, four have been completely worn down so that only a root stump is left. The mandibular left first premolar has also been worn down to a root stump. Pulp exposure or near-exposure has led to infection of the pulps and subsequently of the tissue round the apices of the roots, with formation of seven chronic dental abscesses or dental cysts. Further abscesses can be seen in four canine and premolar sockets where the teeth have been lost post mortem. Where teeth have been lost in vivo, there are areas of residual bone infection. Though there is a great deal of dental disease, including extensive periodontal disease, severe attrition, tooth loss in vivo, abscesses or cysts and bone infection, there is no evidence of dental caries. With such extensive pathology, the assessment of age becomes very difficult. The individual must have been a mature adult, at least in the thirties, and possibly older, but a closer estimate cannot be made. It seems probable that the mandibular third molars were congenitally absent, and the maxillary third molars may also have failed to develop.

Grave 572: burial KM 3465 The dentition is represented by the developing crown of the maxillary left first permanent molar; a fragment of another developing molar, probably the mandibular left first permanent molar; the incisal third of

the maxillary right first permanent incisor, with very marked mammelons; and four small unidentifiable fragments, possibly additional pieces of the mandibular left first permanent molar. The degree of development of the maxillary left first permanent molar and the maxillary right first permanent incisor suggests an age at death of 2 years ± 6 months.

Grave 573: burial KM 3476 There is a fairly large piece of the left mandible, carrying the erupted deciduous canine and second molar (the deciduous first molar has been broken off at the neck and lost) and the developing left first permanent incisor, as well as the crypt for the developing mandibular left first permanent molar, whose roots are just beginning to form the bifurcation. Additional tiny fragments of alveolus carry the erupted maxillary left second deciduous molar and developing maxillary left permanent canine, first premolar and second premolar; the erupted maxillary right first deciduous molar and developing maxillary right first premolar; and the developing mandibular right permanent second molar. A further 10 deciduous teeth and 14 developing permanent teeth are present loose. The stage of development of the dentition suggests an age at death of 5 years ± 9 months. Two hypoplasia lines in the maxillary first permanent incisors suggest upsets to metabolism at the ages of approximately 3 and 4 years. A single line corresponding to the disturbance at 3 years can be seen just above the amelocemental junction of the permanent first molars: the crowns of these teeth would have been completed before the second disturbance occurred. There is no evidence of acquired dental disease.

Grave 574: burial KM 3478 There are four fragments of a heavily built mandible with a square, angled chin, possibly that of a male. These fragments carry remains of the permanent teeth from canine to third molar on each side, but all the teeth except the right third molar have been broken off at the neck post mortem, leaving root stumps level with the openings of the sockets. Crown and root fragments of the mandibular left canine and premolars appear to fit the appropriate stumps. Mandibular left incisors are present, but there are no sockets for these teeth. A fragment of left maxilla contains the roots of teeth from canine to first molar, also broken off at the neck post mortem. Two further fragments of maxilla, badly abraded, are not precisely recognisable. The crowns of the maxillary permanent left incisors are present loose. Seven fragments of root are not recognisable. Such tooth crowns as are present show relatively little wear, suggesting an age at the lower end of the range 25-35. An additional small mandibular right third molar, slightly worn, is a stray from another individual.

Grave 575: burial KM 3521 Almost the whole of an infant mandible is present, broken into three pieces which fit well together. All the mandibular deciduous teeth can be seen developing in their crypts. There is also part of the left maxilla, with developing second incisor, canine and both molars in their crypts. None of the deciduous teeth is yet close to eruption. Their stage of development suggests an age of 3 months ± 2 months. The crypts for the mandibular first permanent molars are present, but the teeth would have been present in the form of separate cusps, not yet united, and these tiny fragments have not survived.

Catalogue 2: dentition from non-funerary contexts HB. 1 and 49. Misc. 2138 Limb bones and some fragments of a thin infant skull were recovered at excavation. Sieving of the soil surrounding the skeleton produced a few more fragments of cranial vault, but neither jaw fragments nor teeth. HB. 4. Pit 1012 Human mandibular left central deciduous incisor, worn; fragment of deciduous molar which is not identifiable. HB. 5. Fill 1147 Broken human mandibular second deciduous molar. HB. 6. Pit 393 There is a small fragment of the right body of the mandible, and most of

116

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

the right ascending ramus with the condyle. The first and second deciduous molars are in situ, and the first permanent molar has erupted into full occlusion: its roots are still not quite complete. The developing crown of the second permanent molar can be seen in its crypt, and the crypts for the premolars can also be seen where the lower border of the mandible has been broken away. Development of the second molar crown is well advanced. The stage of development of the teeth suggests an age at death of 8 years ± 9 months. [Ed. Probably same as KM 892] There is no evidence of dental disease. HB. 9. Cadastral plot 157 A small fragment of the L. side of the mandible of a child with severely eroded second deciduous molar and first permanent molar, both in function but the permanent tooth little worn. An X-ray shows the developing permanent canine and both premolars, and from the stage of development of these teeth, the most probable age at death appears to be 9 years ± 9 months. HB. 19. Fill 220 A maxillary L. deciduous canine, in function but very slightly worn. From a child between 2 and 10 years old, but probably in the lower end of this range. HB. 26. Fill 613 Unworn maxillary permanent R. lateral incisor. The root is slightly damaged but was obviously in the process of developing. From a child aged 7-9 years. HB. 44. Pit 873 Deciduous mandibular R. lateral incisor. The root is complete but the crown shows very little wear. From a child aged between 1 and 4 years. HB. 47. Fill 929 There are two fragments of a child’s mandible and a small flake of bone with part of a tooth crypt. One fragment is of the chin region and carries the sockets for the right first and second deciduous incisors. The lower border of the mandible extends further than this, but the sockets and crypts have been damaged post mortem. An X-ray reveals the developing permanent first and second incisors. The root of the first incisor is well developed and the tooth appears to be about to erupt. A close examination of the fractured surface of bone shows that the left first incisor was erupting or had already erupted. The second fragment is of right ascending ramus with damaged condylar and coronoid processes, and a very small part of the right body of the mandible. The most distal socket has been destroyed post mortem but behind it is a crypt whose aperture is so small that the tooth cannot be identified. An X-ray shows a permanent molar in the crypt, and this is most likely to be the second permanent molar. From the stage of development of the permanent teeth in their crypts, the child was probably aged c.6-7 years. HB. 54. General 650 Damaged and eroded crown of a deciduous molar, probably mandibular R. first. If this is correct, it indicates a child aged between 1 and 9 years. There appears to be a fair amount of wear, so the age is probably towards the upper end of this range. HB. 61. General 886 Fragment of L. mandible with badly eroded first permanent molar, almost completely destroyed second molar and socket for third molar. From an adult, but it is impossible to estimate age. HB. 64. General 1412 Maxillary L. first premolar. The root is broken so its exact stage of development cannot be observed, though a good deal has formed. The crown shows virtually no wear so this tooth is most likely to have come from a child over 10 or an adolescent. HB. 81. Fill 934 This specimen is a maxillary right second deciduous molar. The list of specimens indicates that this tooth was thought to be malformed, but it is in fact perfectly normal. The distobuccal and palatal roots are joined by a “fin”: this is a not uncommon variant. The mesiobuccal root has been broken off post mortem. The roots are completely formed, which suggests an age over 3 years. However, the very slight early attrition facets suggest that the tooth had not been in function very long, and the individual may have

been aged between 4 and 7 years, although the tooth would not have been shed until 10 or 11 years. There is no evidence of dental caries. HB. 83. Pit 997 Mandibular right permanent second molar, fully developed and in function. It must be a second and not a third molar because it possesses attrition facets on both mesial and distal surfaces. HB. 113. Pit 1358 The specimen is a mandibular left first deciduous incisor. Slight wear of the incisal edge shows that the tooth had been in function, therefore the child should have been older than 6 months. However, the extent of attrition is slight and the child must have been quite young. The tooth is often quite heavily worn when it is shed at approximately 6 years. HB. 115. General 1341 This tooth is a maxillary left first permanent molar. The degree of attrition suggests an individual in the age range 25-35. There is no evidence of dental caries. HB. 117. Fill 652 A tiny fragment of the right mandible carries a developing first deciduous molar lying in a damaged crypt. The crown of the tooth appears to be about half formed, but it is possible that a little may have been lost post mortem. The apparent stage of development of the tooth suggests that the infant died in the perinatal period, and is unlikely to have survived birth (if at all) by more than a month or so. If part of the tooth has been lost post mortem, the child could have been slightly older, but must still have been aged less than 1 year, and probably less than 6 months. HB. 142. Ditch 2060, KM 2315 The specimen consists of a large and heavily built mandible, broken in two almost at the midline, and missing a small piece at the left angle, but otherwise complete. At the time of death, the bone carried a full complement of 16 erupted permanent teeth, but all except two molars have been lost post mortem or badly damaged. The apices of the right third molar roots have been fully formed, so the individual would probably have been over 20 years. However, the two surviving molars show very little attrition, and this suggests that this was a young adult, in the range 20-25 years. The teeth are large and this, with the heavily built mandible, suggests that the individual may have been male. There is no evidence of dental disease.

§ 16.3 Analytical parameters (E.P.) § 16.3.1 Analyses for figures in § 4.4 In general, grave Types 1 and 2 were combined as pit graves for funerary analyses based on facility types, but Types like 1/5 were excluded from calculations. Data used to construct Fig. 4.2. Occurrence of funerary facility types in Periods 3A - 5 Data from Table 4.1 constitutes the basis for this analysis. The following records were deleted: all “?” and ambivalent Types (e.g. 1/5) except 1/2 which were considered with Type 1 + 2; records with ambivalent periods. Records with “x?” types were attributed to the x type; records with the “x?” period were attributed to that period. As a result, a total of 59 records were used in this analysis. Data used to construct Fig. 4.4. Age/sex representation in grave and tomb types Questionable facility types like Type 1? are included as Type 1. The 87 records were reduced by the exclusion of facilities without bodies, facilities of unknown type and facilities of combined types like 1/3, but not 1/2.

117

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

This reduced the number of available records to 67. Data was then obtained from the Catalogue in § 16.1 and Table 4.1. Data used to construct Fig. 4.5. Age representation in the burial population Table 4.1 was used as the basis for this analysis. Records for which Period was unknown or questionable and for which there were no burials were deleted. Child or adult occupants were attributed to facilities that retained sufficient dimensional information, but not to Gr. 503 which could have contained multiple burials. The result is that a total of 75 records could be used in this analysis. Data used to construct Fig. 4.6. Position of graves and tombs in relation to building wall by absolute bearing So concentrated are the structures in the excavated areas that it could be argued the 75 recovered graves would have to occur near buildings. However, the absence of graves in Quadrants 19.24.2 and 21.23.1/3, and in Square 23.24, where there is a scarcity of structures (B 1328 is an exception to which we must return) and clusters elsewhere indicate deliberate choice of burial locale in general proximity to buildings. To demonstrate this, all graves within 2 m of a wall were analysed (Table 16.12). 20 graves were eliminated from the analysis because they were so superficial that their relationship to walls cannot now be recovered. In the first instance, graves were considered with contemporary walls and walls of an earlier period where there was some evidence that such earlier walls projected, so forming a burial focus. At this stage of the analysis there was no attempt to relate the dead to their houses. All 55 graves in the study plotted to within 2 m of walls; this accounts for 73.3% of all recorded graves. Table 16.12. Orientation of graves with respect to near-neighbour walls Grave B/Wall C/N/E

I/E

Seg

Abs.

Status

501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519

E E I I I I E E E I E E E E E E E

1 1 2 2 1 3 1 3 3 2 1 -

SE E NE NW S N E NE NE NE NE SE W

D D D D OK OK OK D D D OK D D D D OK D D D

1 206 2 375 375 375 200 2 493 375 736 4 1044 204 206 3 624

C N C E C C C N N C C E C N C C N C C

Gr. B/Wall Period Period 4? 4? 3B 5? 4 4 4 4 4? 4 4 4? 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

4 3B 3B 4 4 4 4 3B 4 4 4 3B 4 4 3B 4 4

520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575

3 1165 376 1165 855

910

1046

204 866 1046

1052 1046 1052 3 1161 1295 1165 1161 1016 1016

736 1046 1295 1401 1052 375 855 866 1046 1016 4 855 1547 1016 1565 1016 1016 1638

C C E C C C E E E N E E E C E E N C C E E E C C C C N C? C E N C E C E E C C N C C C C N E C C C C C C C C C C

E E E E E I E E I I I I E E I E E E E E E E E E E I E E E E E E E E E I I E

1 1 1 4 4 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 4 1 3 1 4 2 4 2 4 2 3 3 1 1 3 2 2 -

S E E E N NE N S NW N NE N NE NE N E S NW NE S E S SE SW SE NW N NE SW NE E E NW NE N N NE

D D OK D OK D OK D D D D ? OK D D OK D C OK OK D D OK OK D D D D OK OK OK OK D D D D D D D D OK OK OK D D OK OK D D D OK D OK OK OK

4 4 4 4 4 3B 4 4 4 5? 5 ? 4 4 4 3A? 4? 4/5 4 4 3/4 4 4 4/5 4 4 4 3/5 3/4 3A? 4 3A? 3A? 3A? 3A? 4 4 4 4 3B 4 3/4 3B ? 4 4 3A? 3A/3B 3B 3A? 3A? 3A? 3/4 3A? 3A?

4 4 4 4 3B 4 4 3B 4 4 4 4 4 4 3A 3A 4 3A 3A 3A 4 4 3A 3B 4 4 3B 4* 4 3A 3B 3B 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A

* see text Note For further relationships, see Figs. 4.7-9; B/Wall=Building/Wall; C=contemporary; N=not contemporary; E=eliminated; I/E=internal/external; Seg=segment; Abs=absolute direction.

There was, therefore, a preference for grave construction near walls. Of these, 75% were located outside building perimeters. The remaining 25% were either cut into the shell of abandoned structures (e.g. B 1044, 1565) or they were real intra-mural burials, contemporary with the structure in which they were found (Mortuary Enclosure and B 1052). Not only was there a desire to place graves outside, yet near, buildings, but there was also a favoured orientation with respect to those buildings. Fig. 4.6 clearly

118

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

demonstrates that some 65% were concentrated near the north - east walls of structures, and nearly half of these more particularly in the north-east. Looked at more closely, there seems to have been an ideal situation between grave and wall. This is most clearly seen in Fig. 25 where Gr. 551, 570 and 575 impinge on the actual structure itself. The question of exact contemporaneity naturally arises, but this is very difficult to resolve unequivocally unless the grave has actually cut the whole wall (e.g. Gr. 508, 546, 558), in which case we may refer to post-abandonment burials. The optimal choice, it seems, was to inter the dead as close as possible to the exterior wall face on the north-east of buildings. Data used to construct Fig. 4.10. Energy expenditure for the construction of pit graves and chamber tombs, expressed as volume of soil displacement Entries for this line chart were obtained from data in Table 16.13. Table 16.13. Volume of soil removed to construct interment facilities in volume order Facility

Pit Grave 569 544 548 570 542 547 554 538 551 572 540 575 512 535 568 573

Volume cubic m

0.02 0.02 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.26 0.28 0.29 0.37

Facility

Volume cubic m

571 0.45 525 0.47 567 0.69 563 0.82 574 1.00 507 1.48 503 1.78 Chamber Tomb 550 0.39 536 0.55 561 0.71 526 0.77 523 1.01 558 1.16 506 1.24 515 1.38 505 2.06

this analysis. Many other types, such as the hafted adze and metal hairring, were perforce excluded. Figurines were counted in with pendants. Second, of the items listed in the “possible grave goods” column in Table 4.1, only those which were known to be associated with individuals in other graves were considered for inclusion here. Discs (11), pounders (7) and cupped stones (7), although recurring relatively frequently in grave fills, were thereby discounted as likely non-funerary derivatives. Needles (13) and conical stones (9) are known to be related with burials, but they are widely distributed, small objects, and so these too are treated as residuals in backfill. Pendants (6) and beads (28), on the other hand, are typical of so many in situ associations that, of all the “possible grave goods”, only these are attributed to grave goods for the purposes of this analysis. Data used to construct Fig. 4.13. Prestige scores of Period 4 burial population This analysis is derived from Period 4 records in Table 4.1 and the Catalogue, the former for artefacts, the latter for facility size. A total of 27 individuals could be included in this analysis. Units of wealth were ascribed a priori on the basis of difficulties in raw material procurement and artefact (object or facility) production (cf. Shennan 1975, 284). The following scale applies: 3: pottery container, pig tusk pendant, shell bead, conical stone, burial facility 0.49 - 1.00 cubic metre; 10: metal, faience. § 16.3.2 Evidence for thalassaemia in Tomb 505 Extract from T. 505 report by M. Domurad (pers comm 3 February 1991)

Data used to construct Fig. 4.12. Average occurrence of artefacts per burial in Periods 3A to 5 Records for this analysis were compiled from Table 4.1. After facilities attributed to multiple periods were deleted, a total of 84 individuals could be included. The problem of what grave goods to include is more complicated and not readily resolved for several reasons. For example, some may belong to unphased burials which had been removed, but whose grave goods remained in the pit. Many objects were found above burials in grave pit fills which could have belonged to intact deceased, to other removed individuals or to backfill. The following procedures were followed in attempting to resolve these issues. First, only the six most popular categories of funerary items were included in

“The right tibia [of KM 553.10] had substantial bowing (++) and there was an arthritic inflammation and degeneration in both feet. This is not unusual in an individual of this age. It was possible to measure the right femur after extensive repair, and from this to calculate a living height of approximately 154 cm or 5' 1½". “Skull fragments [of KM 553.12] were from the frontal and parietal bones. The parietal was 10 mm thick approximately twice the normal thickness for someone of this age... “Bowing of bones [KM 553.10] can be the result of a number of diseases, as well as malnutrition. Vitamin D deficiency (not likely in Cyprus) and/or lack of protein or calcium prevent the protein matrix from mineralising and strengthening itself adequately against gravity. The result is a bone which “buckles” under body weight. Not surprisingly leg bones are the ones which

119

§ 16 Mortuary Evidence

suffer bowing most often. Not enough of each skeleton has been preserved to attempt a differential diagnosis, but it should be noted that there were 2 instances of bowed bones in this tomb: the adult male’s tibia [KM 553.10] and the child’s femur. That these two individuals were from the same grave and may have been father and child is suggestive. “The thickening of the child’s [KM 553.12] is almost certainly the result of thalassaemia. This is an inherited anemia dependent on a recessive gene(s). It is still endemic in most of the Mediterranean, occurring in 550% of various populations in Italy, Greece, Cyprus and the eastern Mediterranean. An individual who inherits it from only one parent (heterozygote) generally has slight or no symptoms. In individuals who inherit it from both parents (homozygotes), however, the complications in prehistoric times were usually lethal in early childhood. The most common manifestations in bone are cribra orbitalia (sieve-like bone in the superior surface of the orbits) and massive hypertrophy of bone marrow with concomitantly thin cortex (especially frequent in the cranium). Individual [KM 553.12] probably died from acute thalassaemia, having inherited it from both parents (homozygote). The adult male [KM 553.10], with evidence of the lesser form (heterozygote) may have been the child’s father.” N.B. Domurad’s adult age estimates differ significantly from Lunt’s which are used in Table 4.1. They are KM 553.10, 45-50 years old; KM 553.11, 37-40 years old. Additional Bibliographic Reference Lunt, D. A. 1995 Lemba-Lakkous and KissonergaMosphilia: evidence from the dentition in Chalcolithic Cyprus, pp. 56-61 in S. Campbell and A. Green (eds) The Archaeology of Death in the Ancient Near East. Oxford.

120

Chapter 17: Pottery Archive Report by Diane Bolger, Edgar Peltenburg, Anita Quye, Sarah Ritson and F. M. K. Stephen

§ 17.1 Ceramic structures and analytical methods (D.B.) The Kissonerga ceramics typology and processing methods have been presented in § 5.1. Here, details on grey, white and high grade processing procedures are provided, as are details of lug types. Numbers and letters in brackets in Tables of § 17.1 and 17.2 refer to morphological types unless otherwise stated. For list of types, see § 5.1. Processing procedures Grey processing Methods for processing pottery from superficial levels and disturbed contexts were deliberately streamlined at Kissonerga in order to economise time and resources, especially since detailed statistics on contaminated contexts could not be used in any significant way in the final report. Sherds were first sorted into ware types and the frequencies of those types were estimated as percentages of the total. In addition, comments were made to note rare, unusual or otherwise noteworthy types, unusual features of morphology or decoration, or information of stratigraphic significance. Roughly onethird of the sherdage from the site has been treated in this way, and the results have served as handy references in establishing site phasing and in clarifying several ceramic queries; by and large, however, the analysis of ceramics at the site, both structurally and diachronically, has drawn upon data collected from White Process and High Grade analyses, that is from sherdage and complete vessels stemming from uncontaminated contexts. Although this has decreased the database of White Process pottery, greater accuracy has been gained by “weeding out” contaminated material. White processing The White Process analysis (see LAP I, 60-61) was adapted for use at Kissonerga, where the greater size and chronological range of the site has yielded a larger typological corpus. A total of 19 ware-types and 37 rim types, as well as bases, spouts, lugs and body sherds form the fields of information incorporated into the pottery process sheet. Since all White Process data at Kissonerga were to be entered onto computer, the process sheet was designed to serve as the model for the pottery form on the KAIS database as well. Pottery statistics were entered into KAIS by student assistants who

had also helped in the pottery processing itself; their entries were checked for accuracy by Computer Supervisors Denis Miles and Dimitris Papailiopoulos. A total of 1.5 megabytes of data have been entered on roughly 150,000 sherds. As stated earlier, the practice of weighing sherdage was initially undertaken, but was abandoned after the 1985 season. Basic statistics on painted motifs were gathered for all RW sherdage, with 27 motif types identified representing motifs occurring five times or more. Sherds with motifs occurring less than five times were registered, drawn and saved for more intensive study. However, sherd motif data was not entered onto KAIS due to the specialised and more detailed pattern analyses undertaken by myself for the earlier types of RW (§ 5.2) and by Maguire for RWL (§ 5.4). The back of the process sheet was used to record any relevant typological or stratigraphic information not appearing on the form. In addition, pottery analysts used this space to record rim diameters on vessels where a minimum of 10% of the circumference was preserved; statistics of rim diameters were then entered into the database. High Grade processing High Grade Processing was applied to potspreads lying on the floors of buildings or found in situ in other primary contexts. The information available on this material was of a higher order, reflecting the special contextual and componential nature of the deposits. Sherd counts were not included (as for example with White Processing) since in most cases groups of sherds could be attributed to distinct whole vessels. Instead, sherds were sorted into related ware and shape groups, then separated into individual vessels. Most vessels were mended and/or restored and measured for rim diameter, base diameter and height. Volumes were calculated for vessels from Pithos House B 3 (Table 3.1), B 206 and B 855. In addition, vessel type and ware were recorded. The resulting “High Grade” sheet established the minimum vessel count for each context (e.g. the minimum number of vessels on a floor of a building immediately prior to its destruction and/or abandonment). Vessels when sufficiently intact (i.e. full profile or substantial portion of vessel preserved) were given small find numbers; less well preserved vessels were alternatively assigned inventory numbers.

121

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Complete/Near complete vessels Vessels included in Table 17.1 were registered as small finds and have been described in detail in the Kissonerga archive. They are listed here in order of their small find numbers. Further information on these ves-

sels appears in § 5.2, where they are grouped and discussed by chronological period. For complete catalogue information on all of the above vessels, including information on preservation and conservation, consult § 17.2.

Table 17.1. Inventory of complete/near complete vessels KM

Vessel

Ware

83 84 85 91 156 399 400 477.02 477.03 553.06 553.07 553.08 559.02 1205 1206 1207 1208 1241 1242 1243 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1334 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1392 1413 1492 1497 1498 1590 1712 1713 1714 1759 1787 1788 1789 1790 1821 1822 1823 1824

tripod leg (34) saucer (30) hemibowl (2) vessel (28) storage jar (24) Philia jar (15) spouted bowl (17) flask (7) flask (7) spouted jar (36) spouted bottle (12) hemibowl (2) holemouth storage jar (6) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) goblet (8) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) ovoid bowl (9) holemouth (5) triangular bowl (21) deep bowl (3) baggy holemouth (19) bottle (35) spouted bowl (17) hemibowl (2) ovoid bowl (9) ovoid bowl (9) deep bowl (3) hemibowl (2) conical bowl (10) Philia juglet (16) deep bowl (3) deep bowl (3) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) spouted holemouth (18) storage jar (24) holemouth storage jar (6) basin (26) globular bowl (22) minibowl (11) deep bowl (3) deep bowl (3) spouted bowl (17) collared storage jar (23) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) spouted bowl (17) hemibowl (2) vessel (28) storage jar (24) storage jar (24) holemouth storage jar (6) holemouth storage jar (6) barrel (25) holemouth (5)

RMP-? RWL RWL RWL RWL RP RWL RWL RWL RB/B RB/B RB/B CPW RWL RWL RWL RWL RWL RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B SW RB/B RWL RB/B RB/B RWL RB/B SW RP RWL RWL RWL RB/B SW RWL CPW RWL RWL RMP-B RWL RWL RWL SW RB/B RB/B RB/B RWBL RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B CPW CPW RMP CPW

Height 11.2 2.8 9.8 6.9 30.0 7.5 22.0 24.0 24.0 12.5 35.5 16.5 42.5 15.0 16.5 14.0 19.2 18.9 10.8 12.4 11.2 10.5 28.4 7.0 13.6 22.5 10.2 16.2 9.9 11.0 13.5 12.8 11.5 12.0 14.6 15.8 18.8 7.0 11.8 23.4 83.5 62.0 55.0 22.0 2.0 13.6 14.7 22.6 52.5 8.8 4.6 11.6 16.0 10.7 15.0 41.5 38.7 38.0 62.5 73.2 15.0

122

Diam --14.5 30.0 ----6.0 19.5 4.8 6.6 7.3 --27.0 --30.0 31.5 30.0 42.0 17.0 19.0 18.2 16.0 15.2 14.0 12.2 18.0 8.5 --18.2 23.0 15.4 18.5 14.0 18.9 18.0 --16.2 20.0 12.9 18.5 11.5 60.0 35.0 57.0 23.0 3.0 12.0 18.1 20.4 16.0 16.5 8.8 19.0 23.0 17.0 --31.2 39.0 33.0 32.5 60.0 16.0

Basal --11.5 9.0 9.0 --4.6 7.0 ----3.5 10.8 8.0 19.0 13.0 9.0 10.2 15.0 6.4 --5.0 3.5 2.5 6.0 2.0 6.6 --4.0 --11.4 3.8 4.0 3.2 5.0 6.0 4.8 9.2 9.8 7.0 5.0 7.0 33.0 10.0 32.0 12.0 0.5 9.3 7.2 11.0 --4.0 2.0 5.0 7.0 4.0 14.0 11.0 9.8 10.0 18.0 19.0 ---

Unit

Period

158 157 156 157.1 156 32 9 503 503 505.01 505.01 505.02 504 701 786 689 689 303 167 117 647 679 676 680 680 692 711 714 690 680 680 678 680 526 0 965 939 880 793 672 689 54 937 958 994 623 958 939 419 538 1098 1098 1147 117 530 675 694 391 696 683 391

4 3B 3B 4 4 4 5? 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 4 3/4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3B 4 4 4 4 4 3B 3B 5? 4 4 3B 4 3B 3B 3B 4 3B 3B 4 4 4 4 2/3A 3/4 5 4 4 4 4 4 4

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

1825 1883 1888 1892 1946 1948 1949 1951 2004 2020 2022 2025 2040 2041 2042 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2337 2349 2508 2596 2649 2650 2654 2853 2896 3229 3258 3259 3260 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3490 3491 3492 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 5150

collared jar (20) flask (7) tray (4) holemouth storage jar (6) holemouth storage jar (6) holemouth storage jar (6) holemouth storage jar (6) holemouth storage jar (6) ovoid bowl (9) holemouth storage jar (6) holemouth storage jar (6) collared storage jar (23) holemouth storage jar (6) spouted bowl (17) spouted holemouth (18) deep tray (31) hemibowl (2) storage jar (24) baggy holemouth (19) storage jar (24) basin (26) spouted bowl (17) globular bowl (22) flask (7) flask (7) globular bowl (22) spouted holemouth (18) deep tray (31) tripod leg (34) conical bowl (10) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) platter (1) anthropomorphic vessel (37) flask (7) bottle (35) storage jar (24) conical bowl (10) basin (26) tray (4) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) conical bowl (10) conical bowl (10) storage jar (24) storage jar (24) holemouth storage jar (6) holemouth storage jar (6) flask (7) hemibowl (2) hemibowl (2) deep tray (31) spouted platter (32) spouted platter (32) spouted platter (32) vessel (28) squat holemouth (33) anthropomorphic vessel (37)

SW SW CW CPW CPW CPW CPW CPW RB/B CPW SW SW CPW RB/B RB/B RMP-A RWL RWL RMP-B RWL RMP-B RWL RWL RWL RWL RMP-B RB/B RMP-A RMP-? RWPB RP RP RWL RWL RMP-B RMP-? RWL RWL RWL CW RWL RB/B RB/B RB/B RMP-B RMP-B CPW CPW RMP-A RMP-A GBW CPW RWBL GBW GBW RWBL RMP-? RWL

15.5 60.0 14.6 38.0 14.5 47.5 15.0 70.0 12.0 34.0 15.0 19.0 65.0 15.0 11.0 17.9 10.5 45.0 54.5 43.5 47.5 15.9 25.8 28.0 26.0 18.2 20.0 25.0 7.7 11.5 3.0 5.5 21.0 4.4 41.5 13.1 25.0 24.0 30.0 9.8 5.5 6.0 7.0 5.7 40.0 50.0 35.0 95.0 34.0 23.5 4.5 26.0 16.5 9.5 19.5 32.0 8.3 7.0

Inventory of supplemental vessels

13.0 9.6 36.0 30.0 22.0 33.5 30.0 26.0 17.0 27.0 31.0 20.0 26.0 30.0 11.0 58.0 19.0 55.0 20.0 38.5 62.0 24.0 33.6 ----18.0 12.6 70.0 --24.0 7.0 11.7 53.5 6.0 --4.0 36.0 42.0 60.0 46.0 12.2 8.0 12.0 11.0 50.0 47.5 --30.0 --31.0 --48.0 46.0 24.0 53.0 --5.0 ---

10.0 --34.2 ----18.0 --10.0 5.0 ------------52.0 6.0 --18.2 22.5 32.0 --31.2 ----12.0 8.0 65.0 --7.0 2.0 2.5 20.0 --------------5.0 3.0 4.0 3.5 --24.5 22.0 5.0 ------50.0 --7.0 ----8.0 ---

615 674 1147 675 391 692 675 685 794 656 54 670 693 698 675 1304 950 937 938 938 939 939 939 949 928 1016 561 1419 1483 2036 2052 2052 705 2060 690 1634 703 705 33/227 1573 561 1373 847 1047 703 782 2136 2137 1426 1426 1568 1606 1554 1651 1651 1660 1682 0

4 4 2/3A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3A 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 4 3A 4 3A 3A/3B 3A/3B 5 5 3B 3B 3B 3A 3B 3B 3B 3A 4 4 4 4 3B 3B 4 4 3A 3A 3A 3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2 2 -

Table 17.2. Inventory of supplemental vessels

The vessels listed in Table 17.2 are represented by only a fragment of the whole and full cataloguing information has not been undertaken on them as was the case for complete vessels. Since most of the supplemental vessels derive from buildings, however, they have been given numbers for recording on plans and referring to in text.

KM 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509

123

Building Unit Description 2 2 2 2 206 206 206 206 206

37 38 39 39 702 702 704 704 704

RMP-B flanged base RMP(massive) base CPW holemouth storage jar RMP(massive) base RWL hemibowl SW closed vessel RWL storage jar RWL storage jar RMP-B bowl (base only)

Diam (cm) base=15 base=26 rim=50 rim=c. 50 thick=0.7 base=50 thick=1.9

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561

206 206 206 855 855 1052 855 855 866 866 866 866 1044 1044 1052 1052 1016 2 4 4 3 994 204 204 204 3 204 204 204 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 86 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

704 704 761 953 955 1162 960 1243 774 774 774 774 1163 1163 1162 1162 1536 39 301 301 55 1200 340 340 418 351 204 204 204 689 689 703 703 705 705 782 782 782 782 786 209 374 391 391 391 614 648 677 688 694 696

5562 3 5563 3 5564 3 5565 3 5566 3 5567 3 5568 3 5569 3 5570 3 5571 3 5572 206 5573 855 5574 855 5575 86 5576 3 5577 994 5578 200 5579 1547 5580 1547 5581 3 5582 -

697 698 699 709 710 711 715 716 794 835 787 956 957 205 246 981 643 1577 1583 407 984

RMP-B flask RWL sherds (closed body) RWL storage jar rim=46 CW frags (oven lining) CW frags (oven lining) RB/B storage jar rim=35 RWL flask neck RWL sherds (open vessel) CPW (tartan) holemouth storage jar CPW (tartan) holemouth storage jar CPW (mono) holemouth storage jar SW closed vessel RB/B storage jar rim=45 SW flask (several sherds) RB/B hemibowl rim=21 RB/B holemouth storage jar rim=28 RMP-A flanged base RMP-B closed vessel CW tray/oven lining RMP-B base used as lid? CPW closed vessel RWL storage jar RB/B holemouth jar rim=30 SW collared jar rim=14 RB/B holemouth jar rim=26 SW open vessel RB/B closed vessel RB/B bowl RB/B closed vessel RWL storage jar rim=44 RWL hemibowl rim=42 RMP-B holemouth storage jar rim=52 RWL storage jar rim>50 RMP-B hemibowl rim=28 RWL hemibowl rim>50 RMP-B storage jar rim=46 RWL hemibowl rim=29 RWL hemibowl rim=49 RWL bowl thick=2.2 RWL bowl rim=40 CW oven lining ? RMP (massive) base base=30 CPW holemouth store jar base=10 RB/B large hemibowl rim=52 RB/B holemouth store jar rim=50 RMP(massive) store jar SW holemouth store jar rim=40 CW (massive) barrel rim=50 SW flask (DS 616) CPW holemouth store jar rim=35 RMP (massive) holemouth rim=36 storage jar CPW base (?holemouth storage jar) RB/B hemibowl rim=26 CPW holemouth store jar rim=36 CPW holemouth store jar rim=36 CPW holemouth store jar rim=43 CPW holemouth store jar rim=39 SW closed vessel CPW holemouth store jar rim=40 RB/B closed vessel base=10 RB/B ovoid bowl rim=16 large pot of unknown type RWL bowl rim=18 RWL bowl unknown potspread on floor 2 CPW holemouth store jar RWL bowl unknown vessel in B 200 RMP-A holemouth base=24 RMP-? vessel of unknown type vessel known from photos only RWL deep bowl rim=17.7

Lug types For purposes of processing, the typology used previously at Lemba-Lakkous was used as a starting point and additions made when new recurrent types emerged. Not all of the Lemba types occur at Kissonerga (Type S, for example, was not recorded, and Type I occurs only once). By the same token, there are a number of types at Kissonerga that were not discovered during the excavations at Lemba (Type Z and Types AA-KK). The larger corpus of lug types at Kissonerga (36 total) is in keeping with the greater morphological variety observed in all aspects of vessel morphology (cf. rim, base and spout types). Table 17.3. Lug and handle types Class

Code

Description

Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Handle Lug Handle Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Lug Handle Handle Lug Lug Lug Lug Handle

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG HH II JJ KK

Pierced vertical Pierced horizontal (plain or fluted) Pierced horn Horn with club end Diagonal horn with flat end Vertical horn with flat end Standard ear-type Small ear type Ear with flat bottom Ear with flat top Ear with diagonal top Medium ear-type Horizontal ear-type Elongated ear-type with flat bottom Strap Type with circular section Short horn-type Strap handle with rectangular section Sloping ear type Vestigial lug (elongated) Small horn-type Small knob-type Tab lug Tab lug with depressed top Unidentifiable lug Horizontal lug with rectangular section Diagonal ear-type Rectangular ear-type Small diagonal horn-type Small vertical horn-type Strap handle with semicircular section Strap handle with elliptical section Double horn-type Small impressed horn-type Tapered knob-type Pierced horizontal Philia-type Philia jug handle (circular section)

Typological groupings The classification of lugs in Table 17.3 represents a “splitters” typology, which was initially adopted since it was impossible to establish more general classes until the entire range had been observed. However, we can now group or “lump” these thirty-six types into eight basic groups: pierced lugs, horn lugs, ear lugs, strap handles, knob lugs, tab lugs, vestigial lugs and Philia jug handles. Each of these is described briefly below, along with indications of frequency, associated wares,

124

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

and rough chronological spans. Type Y (unidentifiable lug or handle) is not included here but accounted for 153 (or 37.9%) of the total count from White Process units. Percentages below refer to proportions of the total of identifiable handles, i.e. percentages of 250 (the total lug count minus the 153 Type Y examples), rather than percentages of the actual total (403). Pierced Lugs (Types A-C) Pierced lugs can be horizontal or vertical and are normally D-shaped, with plain or fluted edges. This group occurs in RMP, RWMC and RB/B; M-LChal. A total of 28 examples were recorded, or 11.2%, making the pierced lug one of the more common types at Kissonerga. Since most are thick and elongated they presumably belonged to large storage vessels.

Horn Lugs (Types D-F, Q, U, CC, DD, GG, HH)

Pot lids and jar stoppers A total of 18 pot lids and 5 jar stoppers have been recorded (Table 17.4). In the case of lids, sub-types are indicated in the class/type column. Type 29 A, discshaped with a central lug, was the most common subtype. The remainder are less common: 29 B, a perforated disc with lug grip; 29 C, disc-shaped without lug; 29 D, a perforated disc without lug; and 29 E, miscellaneous types improvised from broken pots. Lids are not included in the full catalogue descriptions of § 17.2, but several are illustrated in Fig. 77.1-6. Table 17.4. Inventory of pot lids and jar stoppers KM

Class/Type

Material Length

Width

Height Unit

32 391 1178 1244 2326 2515 2531 2540 2709 3099 408 585 3057 2353 2575 2570 1400 2981 19 445 700 2248 2373

lid/29A lid/29A lid/29A lid/29A lid/29A lid/29A lid/29A lid/29A lid/29A lid/29A lid/29B lid/29B lid/29B lid/29C lid/29C lid/29D lid/29E lid/29E stopper/38 stopper/38 stopper/38 stopper/38 stopper/38

RMP-B terracotta RMP-B RMP-B RMP-B RMP-A RMP-A RMP-B "X" RMP-B RMP-B RMP-? terracotta RMP-B terracotta RMP-B "X" RMP-A RMP-? terracotta CW terracotta RW-?

11.5 5.1 6.6 22.6 10.0 13.0 11.5 16.3 8.1 7.0 6.0 7.5 5.0 4.7 2.7 4.1 8.9 11.7 3.9 9.2 7.8 3.4 3.4

3.2 4.0 3.4 10.8 4.4 2.8 5.7 3.4 5.6 4.8 2.3 2.9 4.0 1.1 0.9 0.7 1.5 1.5 2.9 5.8 5.2 2.7 4.5

This group occurs in RMP, RWMC, RB/B and CPW; M-LChal. A total of 54 examples were recorded, or 21.6%, making the horn type among the most common at Kissonerga. From its small size and known occurrences on bowl types, we can infer that they were most commonly used on small open vessels.

Ear Lugs (Types G-N, S, AA, BB) This group occurs in RMP, RWMC, BTW, RB/B, CW and CPW; M-LChal. With a total of 95 examples, this type is by far the most common at Kissonerga, accounting for 38%. Types S and AA in this group were not found in undisturbed units, but they have been included since a few examples are known to exist (i.e. from disturbed, Grey Process units). The size range of this group varies from small to large, and so they were probably used on many vessel types.

Strap Handle (Types P, R, EE, FF) This group occurs in RMP, RWMC and RB/B; M-LChal. A total of 41 were recorded at Kissonerga, or 16.4%. Their general shape and large size suggests their use on medium to large size closed vessels.

Knob Lugs (Types V, II) This group occurs in RWMC and RB/B; M-LChal. Only Type V was recorded in White Processed units. A total of 6 examples were recorded, amounting to 2.4%. As at Lemba, this type was rare and occurs near the rims of small open vessels.

Tab Lugs (Types W, X) This group occurs in RMP and RB/B; M-LChal. Only 11 occurrences were recorded, or 4.4%. The tab lug is similar to the knob lug but comes to a point at the end. Judging from known intact examples, it is most commonly associated with ovoid bowls of RB/B ware.

Vestigial Lug (Type T) This group occurs in RMP and RB/B; M-LChal. With only three recorded examples (1.2%), this is one of the rarest types at Kissonerga. As its name suggests, it is no longer a true lug type, but has receded to the realm of relief decoration. From well preserved examples on vessels, we know the type to occur on RW bowls of MChal date.

Philia Lugs (Types JJ, KK) Neither of the types in this group derived from undisturbed contexts, but there were several examples of Type JJ in contaminated, Grey Process, units. The Philia jug handle (Type KK) is a type well known from the cemetery site of Philia-Vasiliko as well as other sites of similar date. It is a standard feature of Philia Red Polished jugs and juglets and is distinguished from earlier (Chalcolithic) handles by its plugged joint and its uniformly circular section. Although this type was not recorded in uncontaminated units, it occurs in a number of disturbed contexts just below surface level.

12.0 5.2 7.5 23.7 10.1 14.0 11.5 16.4 9.2 7.3 6.5 7.7 5.1 4.7 3.0 4.2 9.1 12.5 4.0 9.4 8.2 5.4 3.9

138 61 678 499 993 1532 1426 1464 2063 1580 157 157 567 2060 2024 1485 997 1568 140.8 0 385 1503 993

Pottery objects and miscellaneous pottery A final group of pottery objects are not classifiable as vessels; form, find context and wear patterns suggest the functions given below; for the miscellaneous group, functions could not in most cases be determined. Pot burnishers The thirty-seven ceramic objects listed in Table 17.5 are sherds with one or more smooth edges, the result of repeated rubbing against a hard, smooth surface. Although several examples (KM 2258, 3514, 3625, 3627, 3658) come from Period 3A contexts and three examples of RB/B (KM 3493, 1518, 1433) suggests the continued use of burnishers during Period 4, the vast majority belong to Period 3B. Although they may have served multiple functions, these objects are interpreted here as pottery burnishers on the basis of their general size, shape and wear patterns, as well as by archaeological parallels and ethnographic analogy.

125

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Table 17.5. Inventory of pottery burnishers and possible burnishers KM 280 281 842 1355 1378 1390 1424 1425 1502 1900 2177 2227 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2448 2450 2451 2453 2454 2923 2924 2925 2927 2930 3409 3493 3514 3625 3627.01 3627.02 3658

Material RWL RWL RMP-B RWL RWL RWL RWL RWL RWL RWL RWL RWL RMP-A RWL RMP-B RMP-B RMP-B SW RMP-B RMP-B RMP-B RWL CPW-Mono RMP-B RWL RWL RMP-B "X" RB/B RMP-A RMP-A "X" RMP-A RMP-A

Possible Burnishers 1433 RB/B 1518 RB/B 1981 BTW

Length

Width

Thick

Unit

8.6 3.1 3.5 4.1 5.9 5.5 4.7 6.3 4.8 3.0 3.8 2.9 4.5 2.6 4.8 6.3 5.4 4.2 3.0 7.0 4.0 4.9 6.8 5.5 4.2 3.2 7.9 4.9 4.3 3.9 3.5 7.2 4.7 4.0

4.1 2.0 1.9 4.2 3.3 3.3 2.7 3.4 6.0 3.3 3.2 2.5 3.9 1.5 4.0 5.3 3.5 3.1 1.4 2.5 3.9 3.6 6.1 4.1 3.8 1.9 5.9 2.2 5.6 3.3 2.0 4.1 4.3 7.4

1.4 0.7 0.7 1.0 0.8 1.1 1.0 1.7 1.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.2 0.6 1.1 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.7 1.2 0.6 0.7 1.1 0.8 1.2 0.8 0.8 0.9 2.9 0.9 0.6 0.9 1.0 1.1

158 158 330 928 987 930 802 802 766 0 1097 1116 1509 1138 1138 1138 1115 1322 1306 1306 1306 1306 1341 1319 326 2011 1372 1568 905 1635 1568 1571 1571 1570

7.1 6.2 3.8

5.9 5.7 3.5

0.9 1.0 0.8

997 999 1501

Unit

542 1299 1517 1890 5513 5514 5551

116 882 1010 1070 953 955 209

KM

Description

Material

95 96 195 196 790 1262 1320 1743 2074 2250 2508 2944 3266 3470 573 946 1305 1307 1677 2367

misc. misc. misc. spout? misc. misc. stopper? misc. base? misc. tripod leg? conical object spout? conical object spindle whorl spindle whorl spindle whorl spindle whorl spindle whorl spindle whorl

RW CB RMP-? RMP-? unfired clay SW terracotta terracotta terracotta terracotta RMP-? unfired clay terracotta terracotta RP RP? RP RP clay RP

Length

Width

10.0 9.0 5.1 9.1 8.3 7.0 4.3 2.7 2.7 4.6 7.7 2.3 5.4 2.3 2.1 2.4 2.3 2.7 3.1 2.3

4.5 7.8 3.2 9.0 3.1 6.6 4.8 1.8 0.9 2.7 3.3 2.3 3.0 2.2 2.5 2.4 3.0 3.0 3.5 2.3

Height Unit 1.0 1.4 1.1 2.2 2.3 2.0 2.9 0.6 0.8 2.5 5.3 2.3 2.3 1.7 2.5 2.6 0.5 3.0 2.3

138 157 158 158 194 738 882 0 1147 1140 1483 383 638 1570 66 445 814 814 0 798

§ 17.2 The evolution of ceramic types (D.B.)

Oven lining at Kissonerga comprises coarse clay fragments used to line pits for cooking (Table 17.6). It is very friable, with high proportions of vegetable filler. Sometimes this material has been formed into crude tray-like shapes (presumably from where it lined the edges of oven pits), with large clumps of mud and lime plaster adhering to exterior surface. It is assumed that this material was used for cooking.

KM

This group (Table 17.7) comprises a variety of terracotta, fired clay and unfired clay objects or object fragments, including sherds with mendholes, spindle whorls and ceramic cones; in some cases the precise shapes and functions are unknown. Spindle whorls and ceramic conical objects are discussed in § 10.3. Table 17.7. Inventory of miscellaneous pottery objects (see also §18)

Oven lining

Table 17.6. Inventory of CW oven lining fragments

Miscellaneous pottery objects/pottery object fragments

For a summary chronological account of ceramic developments at Kissonerga from Periods 1B-5, see § 5.2. Here, details on abrasion analysis, raw data on wares and early RW design elements (other than those for RWL) and full catalogue entries on small find vessels, inventoried vessels, pottery lids, and miscellaneous pottery objects from all periods are provided. Abrasion analysis: aims and methodology With the working premise that the redeposition of sherds could be demonstrated by assessing their abrasion levels, the study began by establishing guidelines for defining and diagnosing abrasion. Since wares at Kissonerga vary significantly with regard to paste composition, hardness and surface treatment, diagnostics had to be established for each ware included in the study. Likewise, the size of the vessel had to be taken into account, since small thin-walled vessels could be expected to have disintegrated more rapidly into smaller fragments than large thick-walled storage vessels. In all cases, the criteria of surface abrasion and sherd size were considered. The category “total abrasion” was used for sherds displaying abrasion (as defined specifically for the relevant ware) on 60-100% of the surface; “partial abrasion”, 30-60% of the surface;

126

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

and “no abrasion” less than 30% of the surface. Vessel size was determined by first studying whole or substantially preserved vessels; the most reliable indicator of vessel size was found to be the thickness of the wall, so sherds could thus be attributable to “large” or “small” vessels on the basis of their thickness. Then criteria were established for the dimensions of “large” and “small” sherds by measuring the maximum length of the sherd surface. For example, a sherd of RB/B was determined to be “small” either if it derived from a small vessel (i.e. of 0.2-0.6 cm thickness) and was less than 4.0 cm in length; or if it derived from a “large” vessel (greater than 0.6 cm thick) and was less than 6.0 cm in length; likewise, a sherd of RW or RMP was determined to be “small” either if it derived from a small vessel (i.e. thickness of 1.3 cm or less) and was less than 5.0 cm long; or if it derived from a large vessel (thickness greater than 1.3 cm) and was less than 9.5 cm long. Although the determination of sherd size as well as abrasion level rendered the process slow and tedious, it allowed us to factor in a greater number of variables and thus increased the accuracy of the study. Due to the slow rate of progress, however, only fifty units were included. With the detailed guidelines outlined above in place, units of sherds could then be analysed and attributed to categories of sherd size (“small” or “large” sherds) and abrasion level (“partial”, “total” or “none”). Sherd counts were then used to calculate percentages of small sherds, abraded sherds and proportions of earlier wares represented in the unit (see below). Other relevant information, such as a real location, context (type, i.e. general, pit, grave, etc. and status, i.e. contaminated or safe) and soil consistency were also recorded. Units were selected randomly, with the provision that each unit included would contain a minimum of 100 sherds. Since the study was carried out in 1990, sufficient information was gathered on only units assigned to Periods 3B and 4. In future study seasons we hope to expand this pilot study to include earlier contexts as well.

analysis would appear to corroborate rather than contradict the hypothesis that production of RW and RMP was severely curtailed during Period 4 and that the high percentages of these wares in Period 4 contexts is attributable primarily to redeposition. Similar results appear to emerge for Period 3B, for which ten uncontaminated units were analysed. In all categories percentages and thus abrasion levels are somewhat lower than for Period 4. This may mean that redeposition did not occur quite as frequently during Period 3B, but since levels are not markedly lower, we can conclude with a fair degree of certainty that the phenomenon accounts for the occurrence of earlier wares (such as LNeo and EChal painted wares and GBW) in Period 3B contexts. Table 17.8. Preliminary results of abrasion analysis Period

4 3B

% Earlier sherds

% Total abrasion

41 37

25.5 21

% Partial abrasion 41 35

% Small sherds 66 60

N=

4,545 2,225

Kissonerga sherdage: total white process results Tables 17.9-11 furnish White Process totals by wares, shapes and periods (the totals for these tables are not identical since certain miscellaneous categories have been omitted in Table 17.10, and not all period attributions have been included in Table 17.11). Table 17.9. Sherd count on all wares from White Process analysis

Preliminary results and conclusions Total sherdage from nineteen units of Period 4 was analysed in the study. Results of the analysis of Period 4 ceramics (Table 17.8) showed that a majority of sherds (66%) were attributed to the category “small”, that about the same number (66.5%) were either totally or partially abraded and that an average of about 40% of the sherdage from each unit constituted “earlier” ware types (i.e. a pre-Period 4 ceramic type). When these data are considered jointly, the profile that emerges is one of fairly high levels of abrasion and, by extension, a high incidence of redeposition of earlier ceramic types during Period 4. In light of the ceramic profile of pottery from secure, non-structural levels within buildings of Period 4, the results of abrasion

127

Ware Cb PCb RWB GBW RWBL RMP-A BTW RMP-B RWMC SW RB/B CPW BSC RP CW Misc. Total

Count 206 56 359 1,629 1,294 7,910 705 24,888 26,286 2,823 35,368 1,898 1 69 3,813 41,028 148,333

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Table 17.10. Total White Process results by morphological type

1.

KM 83 (Unit 158) RMP-? Tripod Leg [Type 34] Length: 11.2 cm Width: 8.4 cm Thickness: 5.7 cm. Tripod leg with D-shaped section. Red paint over lighter slip. Unusual fabric, not attributable to RMP-A or -B.

Shape

Count

Shape

Count

2.

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (4) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (7) Rim (8) Rim (9) Rim (10) Rim (11) Rim (12) Rim (13) Rim (14) Rim (15) Rim (16) Rim (17) Rim (18) Rim (19) Rim (20) Rim (21) Rim (22) Rim (23) Rim (24) Rim (25) Rim (26) Rim (27) Rim (28) Rim (29) Rim (30-38)

530 1,368 1,465 32 824 146 65 3 235 2 3 6 0* 0* 16 1 3 1 19 0* 0* 29 6 170 0* 28 0* 10,152 2 0*

Base (A) Base (B) Base (C) Base (D) Base (E) Base (F) Base (G) Base (H) Base (I)

1,890 270 223 185 118 16 3 3 16

KM 84 (Unit 157) RWL Saucer [Type 30] Diam: 14.5 cm (rim); 11.5 cm (base). Ht: 2.8 cm. Small saucer with flat base and shallow, convex sides. Paint varies from orangey-red to orangey brown and is flaked away in patches. Pl. 25.8; Fig. 76.7.

3.

Base Total

3,119

KM 85 (Unit 156) RWL Hemibowl [Type 2] Diam: 30.0 cm (rim); 9.0 cm (base). Ht: 9.8 cm. Hemibowl with flat base and thick walls. Decoration in orangey-red to brown paint, medium thickness and lustre. Motifs: (interior) two sets of multiple festoons pendent from rim; (exterior) thin band at upper rim edge and three diagonal lattice bands from rim to base; base exterior monochrome.

4.

KM 91 (Unit 157) RWL Closed Vessel [Type 28] Diam: rim missing; 9.0 cm (base). Ht: 6.9 cm. Base and body of closed vessel, perhaps a holemouth. Entire base and lower body only have been preserved. Painted motifs in orangey red paint of medium thickness; exterior surface lightly polished. Exterior motifs: base band, fragmentary horizontal band; monochrome red base.

5.

KM 156 (Unit 156) RWL Storage Jar [Type 24] Diam: rim, base (missing). Ht: 30 cm. Body fragment from a large holemouth store jar. Decoration in reddish to orangey-brown paint of medium thickness and lustre. Motifs (exterior): vertical and horizontal lattice-filled rectangular panels joined in a cruciform arrangement; dotted lattice bands extending diagonally from one of the horizontal panels.

6.

Rim Total

15,106

KM 399 (Unit 32) RP Jar [Type 15] Diam: 6.0 cm (rim); 4.6 cm (base). Ht: 7.5 cm. Small jar with everted rim and incised lime-filled decoration. One rim and one body sherd, totalling about 10% of vessel, have been preserved; remainder restored. Two fragmentary horizontal rows of short incisions (7 on top row, 9 below) still partly infilled with whitish lime.

7.

KM 1334 (Unit 0) RP Juglet [Type 16] Diam: irregular rim; 4.8 cm (base). Ht: 14.6 cm. Entirely preserved except for a small portion at tip of spout rim. Thin pinkish-brown to light brown slip applied directly to vessel surface. Lightly burnished.

8.

KM 5150 (Unit 0) RWL Anthropomorphic vessel [Type 37] Length: 7.0 cm Width: 3.7 cm. Thickness: 1.0 cm. Fragment of head, neck and top of chest of anthropomorphic vessel. Portion of rim and neck, totalling about 25% of the upper part of the vessel, has been preserved. Pinkish-buff fabric, phasing to grey toward interior of vessel; some very coarse micaceous grits, but filler generally finer than usual for RWL. Painted decoration: orangey buff slip; traces of reddish-orange paint of medium lustre, possibly in the form of close-line lattice design, appear below ear and continue on neck to broken edge. Relief/incised decoration: hair indicated by two converging incised lines on left side of head; slightly raised area below represents brow ridge; ear represented by punctured relief knob below the hair.

Pierced Lugs Horn Lugs Ear Lugs Strap Handle Knob Lugs Tab Lugs Vestigial Lugs Philia Lugs ? Lug

37 65 94 43 7 11 3 0 254

Lug & Handle Total

514

Spout (A) Spout (B) Spout (C) Spout (?)

252 3 2 33

Spout Total

290

Closed body Open body Body?

39,193 68,508 21,690

Body Total

129,391

Note: * zero values indicate type is known from complete vessels only.

Table 17.11. Total White Process results by period Period

Count

1/2 1/2? 2 3A 3B 4 4/5 5

233 203 2,423 13,929 25,246 75,391 36 97

Total

117,558

Period 1B ceramics Red-on-White Banded Ware (RWB)

KM registered vessels: surface finds The following vessels were found in superficial levels and therefore cannot be dated stratigraphically. On the basis of the known ceramic sequence, however, we can attribute the RWL vessels to Period 3B and the RP to Periods 4-5. KM 83, the tripod leg, was not a standard RMP type and cannot be typologically dated.

Identification and processing On the basis of stratigraphy, no context at Kissonerga was attributable to Period 1B alone; and while a number of units were assigned to Period 1/2, these did not yield Red-on-White pottery. As a result, RWB and other ware types traditionally associated with the LNeo in Cyprus (such as Combed, Painted-and-Combed, and

128

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Red-On-White) have been distinguished in the present study through comparison with pottery styles at SotiraTeppes, Philia-Drakos A, Ayios Epiktitos-Vrysi, Kalavasos-Tenta, and elsewhere. RWB pottery at Kissonerga derives from Periods 2 and 3A contexts and probably constitutes sherdage redeposited from other, primary, contexts of earlier (LNeo) date. However, we cannot discount the possibility that RWB continued in use at Kissonerga during Period 2 and even into Period 3A. Future work, including abrasion analysis to establish the extent and degree of redeposition at the site, may be required to shed further light on this problem, barring any further stratigraphical solutions. Sherds were identified as RWB on the basis of their obvious similarities to well-known features of LNeo Red-on-White. These include a limited range of shapes (platters, hemibowls, spouted bowls, and bottles), diagnostic morphological features (such as squared-off, thickened rims, shallow open spouts and cylindrical necks), and commonly occurring motifs (broad parallel bands, wavy bands, targets, broad curvilinear bands, etc). A total of 174 sherds representing a broad range of contexts were selected for analysis. Taken together, they comprise the majority of the RWB sherdage from the site, and while they do not represent all RWB sherds nor all contexts, the sample is sufficient for present purposes. Sherds were recorded by unit (context), vessel type, fabric, motif occurrence, motif location (i.e. at the rim, or on the interior or exterior of an open shape rim or open body sherd). Time did not permit a full-scale investigation of RWB, but the preliminary results presented here provide a solid foundation with which to trace the origins and earlier development of painted pottery at Kissonerga.

dicates that the flask, so common during the Chalcolithic period, was not yet being produced. This limited range of shapes is characteristic of LNeo assemblages elsewhere on the island (see Dikaios 1962). Table 17.12. RWB White Process results by morphological type Shape

Comments With regard to vessel shapes (Table 17.12), most sherds fell into the category “closed body” (77%). Where rims and bases were present, evidence indicated the presence of platters (Type 1), hemibowls (Type 2), deep bowls (Type 3) spouted bowls (Types 17 and 32) and a medium size storage jar (Type 24). Open body sherds accounted for only 9.8% of the sherdage. The significantly greater proportion of closed sherds among the body sherds would suggest the bottle as the most common type of painted pottery from this period. The absence of pointed E-type bases from this assemblage in-

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (17) Rim (28)

4 4 3 1 1 36

Rim Total

49

Base (A) Base (?)

2 1

Base Total

3

Shape

Count

Lug (?)

1

Spout (A) Spout (B)

2 1

Spout Total

3

Closed body Open body Body?

225 67 11

Body Total

303

Total

359

RWB painted motifs A total of fifteen motif types were identified on the RWB sherdage processed during the study; these correspond to motifs numbers appearing in Table 17.13. For sketch drawings of the motifs, see Fig. 5.1. Table 17.13. RWB motif types

Fabrics Of the seven fabrics identified for Kissonerga Periods 1B-3A, three were recorded in conjunction with RWB motifs: Fabric A (63%), Fabric C (7%) and Fabric G (21%). In addition, Fabric H (miscellaneous) accounted for a small percentage of the group (8%). For detailed descriptions of the relevant fabrics, see § 5.1.3. Correlations between fabric, shape and decoration are discussed below.

Count

Motif

Description

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Single or Parallel Broad Bands Curvilinear Broad Bands Rim Band Bands Intersecting at Right Angles Thin Curvilinear Lines Converging Lines or Bands Parallel Lines Pendent from Rim Band Parallel Lines (Horizontal or Vertical) Wavy Bands-Free Floating Wavy Bands-Between Broad Bands or Lines Large Triangles Targets Alternating Painted/Unpainted Areas Lattice-Filled Area Unidentifiable Motif

Table 17.14 presents data collected on RWB sherds from Kissonerga and Table 17.15 furnishes frequencies of RWB motifs. A total of 176 sherds from 56 units were analysed. They are listed by unit, part of vessel, vessel type when identifiable, fabric type and motif type(s). Numbers and letters of vessel types correspond to those of the Kissonerga pottery typology, presented in § 5.1.4. Columns labelled Motif 1-3 refer to the existence of one, two or three motifs per sherd; entries under these columns refer to the motif numbers listed in Table 17.13. For open body sherds, a small case “i” after the motif type indicates its occurrence on the interior of an open vessel; a lower case “e” indicates the occurrence of a motif on the vessel exterior.

129

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

1543 1553 1554 1554 1561 1561 1568 1568 1568 1568 1571 1571 1571 1599 1599 1599 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 1658 1660 1660 2003 2003 2053 2062 2062 2062 2073 2073 2075 2075 2075 2075 2078 2078 2078 2078 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2096 2105 2105 2105 2105 2108 2110 2110 2110 2112 2120 2120

Table 17.14. RWB special process results Unit

Description

0 0 168 930 1047 1066 1066 1066 1093 1097 1097 1147 1147 1147 1153 1153 1156 1156 1207 1265 1280 1306 1306 1306 1306 1341 1341 1341 1344 1349 1350 1355 1355 1355 1355 1358 1358 1358 1360 1383 1389 1389 1416 1416 1417 1417 1429 1467 1480 1480 1480 1483 1483 1485 1485 1485 1494 1538 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1543 1543

closed body closed body rim (28) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body rim (2) closed body closed body spout (?) closed body closed body closed body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body rim (2) closed body closed body closed body spout (?) closed body rim (2) closed body closed body closed body spout (?) closed body closed body rim (2) rim (2) closed body open body rim (28) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body base (A) closed body rim (28) closed body closed body base (A) closed body rim (2) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open/spout (A) spout (A) closed body open body

Fabric Count A A A H A A A A H A C G G A A G A H A A A A A A G A A A G A G A A A A C C C A C A A C C A A A A G G G G G A G G H A A A A A G A A G A A A A

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

Motif 1 Motif 2 12 10 1 2 15 13 11 6 1 10 7 4 8 10 8 2 12 15i 1 1 1 1 13 6 2 15 13 4 13 13 3 10 13 5 15 13 8 2 1 1 2i 2 15 4 10 13 15 1 15 15 15 15 13 15 1 3 13 8 1 13 6 8 13 15i 1i 15i 1i 1i 1 15i

3 13 10 3 13 3 3 15 5i 3 8 -

Motif 3 5 -

130

open body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body rim (1) rim (2) closed body closed body rim (2) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body rim (35) rim (2) rim (28) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body rim (2) closed body rim (2) closed body closed body rim (2) rim (28) closed body closed body closed body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body rim (1) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body rim (1) rim (28) closed body closed body closed body spout (?) spout (?) closed body open body open body rim (2) closed body rim (28)

H A A A A A H H H H A A C A A A A A A A A A H A H A G A G G C G C A A H G A A A A A A A A A A A G G G G G H A A A A G A A A G A A A G A A A G A A A

1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

15i 15e 1 10 10 15 13 4 3i 3e 13 6 7e 1 13 6 15 7 8 13i 3 3 15e 8 8 2 13 15 1 8 3e 1 3i 15 8 3i 15i 13 8 9 8e 1 10 15 13 14 4 8 1 10 15 13 8 3i 10 13 2 8 13 13i 4i 3i 3i 1 13 2 13 3i 6 15i 1e 15i 1 3i

13i 13i 15i 7e 8 7i 13 15i 13 10 3i 7i 13 8i 13i 8 7i 7i 7i 8 14 14 -

11 -

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Table 17.15. Frequencies of RWB motifs Motif 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Total motifs

Occurrences 28 9 20 6 3 6 9 28 1 14 2 2 43 3 34

2.

3.

4.

Motif 8 (Thin Lines) Occurrences: 28 total. Fabrics: A (13); C (1); G (4); H (2). Shapes: rim (1); closed body (19). Exterior/Interior: 1e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (4); with motif 3 (1); with motif 6 (1); with motif 10 (1); with motif 13 (3); with motif 16 (2); with motif combination 10/11 (1).

9.

Motif 9 (Free-Floating Wavy Bands) Occurrences: 1 total. Fabric: A. Shape: closed body. Exterior/Interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: none.

Frequency % 13.5 4.3 9.6 2.9 1.4 2.9 4.3 13.5 0.5 6.7 1.0 1.0 20.8 1.4 16.3

10. Motif 10 (Framed Wavy Bands) Occurrences: 14 total. Fabrics: A (10); G (1); H (1). Shapes: spout (1); closed body (11). Exterior/Interior: 1e. Motif combinations: with motif 8 (1); with motif combination 8/11 (1).

208

RWB: correlations between motifs, fabrics and shapes 1.

8.

Motif 1 (Broad Bands) Occurrences: 28 total Fabrics: A (18); C (1); G (4); H (1). Shapes: rims (2); closed body (19); open body (1); spout (2). Exterior/Interior: 1e, 3i Motif Combinations: with motif 3 (3); with motif 8 (4); with motif 15 (1); with motif combination 8/15 (1). Motif 2 (Curvilinear Bands) Occurrences: 9 total Fabrics: A (5); C (1); G (2); H (1). Shapes: rims (3); closed body (5); open body (1). Exterior/Interior: 1i. Motif Combinations: with motif 3 (2); with motif 5 (1); motif 17 (1); with motif combination 3/5 (1). Motif 3 (Rim Band) Occurrences: 20 total Fabrics: A (8); C (4); G (4); H (4). Shapes: rims (19); spout (1). Exterior/Interior: 2e, 8i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 2 (3); with motif 3 (1); with motif 7 (5); with motif 8 (1); with motif 15 (1). Motif 4 (Intersecting Bands) Occurrences: 6 total. Fabrics: A (3); C (1); G (1); H (1). Shapes: closed body (5); open body (1). Exterior/Interior: 1i. Motif combinations: none.

5.

Motif 5 (Curvilinear Lines) Occurrences: 3 total. Fabrics: A (3). Shapes: rim (1); closed body (1); open body (1). Exterior/Interior: 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 2 (1); with motif 16 (1); with motif combination 2/3 (1).

6.

Motif 6 (Converging Lines) Occurrences: 6 total Fabrics: A (6). Shapes: closed body (6). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: with motif 8 (1); with motif 17 (1).

7.

Motif 7 (Parallel Lines Pendent from Rim Band) Occurrences: 9 total. Fabrics: A (2); C (4); G (1); H (2). Shapes: rims (8); closed body (1). Exterior/Interior: 2e, 6i. Motif combinations: with motif 3 (5); with motif 7 (1).

11. Motif 11 (Triangles) Occurrences: 2 total. Fabrics: A (1); H (1). Shapes: closed body (2). Exterior/Interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: with motif 16 (1); with motif combination 8/10 (1). 12. Motif 12 (Targets) Occurrences: 2 total. Fabrics: A (2). Shapes: closed body (2). Exterior/Interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: none. 13. Motif 13 (Alternating Painted/Unpainted Areas) Occurrences: 43 total. Fabrics: A (18); C (1); G (6); H (3). Shapes: spout (1); closed body (24); open body (3). Exterior/Interior: 5i. Motif combinations: with motif 7 (1); with motif 8 (3); with motif 15 (2). 14. Motif 14 (Lattice-Filled Areas) Occurrences: 3 total. Fabric: all fabric A. Shape: closed body. Exterior/Interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: none. 15. Motif 15 (Unidentifiable Motif) Occurrences: 33 total. Fabrics: A (13); C (2); G (6); H (5). Shapes: rims (6); base (1); spout (1); closed body (12); open body (6). Exterior/Interior: 2e, 10i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 3 (1); with motif 15 (1); with motif combination 1/8 (1).

Comments The sample recorded above suggests that motifs 1 (broad bands), 3 (rim band), 8 (parallel lines) and 13 (alternating painted/unpainted areas) were by far the most common motifs associated with RWB at Kissonerga. If motif 13 can be interpreted as partially preserved broad bands, cognate with motif 1, then the broad-band motif accounts for over a third of the total motifs (34%), substantially more than any other motif type recorded. For this reason the ware has been named

131

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Red-on-White Banded. Rim bands were also common, as indicated by the frequency of the two relevant motif types, 3 and 7, which total 13.9% of all RWB motifs; the figures suggest that plain rim bands were more popular than rim bands with pendent lines (i.e. 9.6% for the former as opposed to 4.3% for the latter). Of the other motif types, only motif 2 (curvilinear bands), 7 (parallel lines pendent from rim band), 8 (vertical or horizontal lines) and 10 (framed wavy bands) occur with any degree of frequency. The remaining motifs, such as triangles, targets, lattice, thin curvilinear lines, and free-floating wavy bands, although well documented at other Neolithic sites, do not appear to have been as popular at Kissonerga. Since closed shapes outnumber open shapes by a substantial margin, it follows that most motifs recorded in the study were located on exteriors of closed body sherds. For open rim shapes (platters, hemibowls) and open body sherds, motifs occurred more regularly on vessel interiors than exteriors. This was the case for all but two motif types, 8 and 10, where exterior patterning was equal to or slightly more prevalent than interior. In several cases the ratios of exterior/interior occurrence were strikingly disparate, as for example motif 3 (1:4 ratio); motif 5 (1:3 ratio) and motif 13, where there was no occurrence of the motif at all on exterior surfaces, but five occurrences on interior surfaces. The tendency for open vessels to be left monochrome on the exterior is a hallmark of LNeo pottery elsewhere on the island and serves as further proof that RWB at Kissonerga belongs to the ceramic Neolithic tradition. The infrequent occurrence of multiple motifs on sherds is characteristic of the “amor vacui” style of LNeo painted pottery. Only 34 sherds in the study (19.5%) contained two or more motifs per sherd; three motifs were recorded on only three sherds (1.7%) and no sherd was found to contain more than three motifs. As mentioned above, widely spaced broad bands were the most common design motif on RWB. The most frequently occurring motif combinations were motif 1/3 (three occurrences); motif 1/8 (four occurrences); motif 2/3 (3 occurrences); motif 3/7 (5 occurrences); motif 8/13 (3 occurrences). Three of the above groups involve the combination of a rim band (motif 3) with another design element (with broad bands, curvilinear bands, and lines pendent from rim band; the latter indicates the use of a plain rim band and rim band with pendent lines on opposite sides of the sherd). This suggests the rim as the most common field of design activity on open vessels. The fourth group (8/13) shows that a popular design pattern combined what are probably broad bands with adjacent, parallel thin lines; the latter occur without exception on exteriors of closed vessels, most frequently as vertical banded decoration on the bodies of Sotira-type bottles.

Combed, Painted and Combed Wares (Cb, PCb) Table 17.16 lists statistics for Cb and PCb from White Process units; sherds from superficial levels are not included here; for illustrations of these wares, see Pl. 29.2. Table 17.16. Cb, PCb White Process results Cb Shapes Rim (1) Rim (28) Spout (A) Open body Closed body Body? Total Cb

Count

PCb Shapes

Count

3 19 1 90 89 4

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (28) Open body Closed body Body?

2 2 1 19 31 1

Total PCb

56

206

Period 2 ceramics The main body of evidence for pottery from Period 2 at Kissonerga is derived from 40 units in both areas of the excavations comprising a series of bell-shaped pits. In terms of vessel morphology, there would appear to be a great deal of continuity from Period 1B, with the introduction of the flask (Type 7) as the only significant new shape. There is still no evidence for large storage vessels. With regard to wares, it is possible, as mentioned earlier, that Cb and PCb continue; but two other ware categories, GBW and RWBL, are new. CW also shows peculiar traits in this phase - the tray with high, thin walls and a U-shaped opening (KM 1888) being a shape with known parallels at Kissonerga-Mylouthkia and Kalavasos-Ayious. There is also some tentative evidence for the introduction of RMP at this time; it has not been further characterised or classified, however, since its relationships to other wares, such as GBW and RWBL, are not yet well understood. Catalogue of registered vessels (Periods 2 and 2/3A) The small group of vessels assigned stratigraphically to Periods 2 and 2/3A rests fairly comfortably within the known EChal ceramic assemblage and so has been included here. All but two of these vessels were found in pits. The two exceptions, GBW spouted vessels KM 3706 and KM 3707, were found on natural in a disturbed context. The Red Monochrome vessel in the group, KM 3709, was not attributable to either of the two major RMP types (RMP-A and RMP-B). Its squat holemouth shape is unique here or elsewhere in Chalcolithic Cyprus, so we suffer from lack of comparative material; unfortunately, its severely abraded condition (only several small specks of red paint adhere to the surface) as well as its unusual fabric (not falling into any of the early fabric types) prevent further classification. KM 3708, a closed vessel of RWBL, is the only ves-

132

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

sel in the group with painted motifs. Its fabric is Type A, the standard for LNeo, but the shape, probably a flask, was not introduced into the repertoire until Period 2; moreover, the composition and style of the painted motifs accord well with similar flask types from Kalavasos-Ayious (Baird 1986). KM 3705, a platter with a deep trough-like spout, might be considered monochrome but for the unpainted area under the spout interior, creating a kind of reserve panel. Finally, as mentioned earlier, the CW tray, KM 1888, is typical of Period 2 coarse ware at Kissonerga and other contemporary sites like Mylouthkia and Ayious; these are made of crumbly fabrics, which are slipped and burnished and are, characteristically, thin-walled with a Ushaped opening in the wall.

Glossy Burnished Ware sherdage GBW sherdage is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.17 below furnishes GBW sherd counts by morphological type. Table 17.17. GBW White Process results Shape

Red Monochrome 1.

KM 3709 (Unit 1682) RMP-? Squat Holemouth [Type 33] Period 2 Diam: 5.0 cm (rim); 8.0 cm (base). Ht: 8.3 cm. Short, squat holemouth with plain, thick rim. Surface severely abraded with several scant traces of red paint; unslipped. Poorly preserved state makes further classification impossible, but probably predates Period 3A.

Glossy Burnished Ware 2.

KM 3706 (Unit 1651) GBW Spouted Platter [Type 32] Period 2/3A Diam: 24.0 cm (rim); 7.0 cm (base). Ht: 9.5 cm. Platter with long, horizontal tubular spout. Standard GBW fabric, paint and burnishing.

3.

KM 3707 (Unit 1651) GBW Spouted Platter [Type 32] Period 2/3A Diam: 53.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 19.5 cm. Large fragmentary platter with short horizontal tubular spout below rim. Standard GBW fabric. Surface varies from dark pink to brownish-grey. Highly burnished.

Red-on-White Band and Line Ware 4.

KM 1759 (Unit 1147) RWBL Spouted Bowl [Type 17] Period 2/3A Diam: 23.0 cm (rim); 7.0 cm (base). Ht: 16.0 cm. Deep bowl with slightly raised base and high tubular spout extending above rim. Paint varies from dark pink to dark orangey-brown; burnishing in vertical strokes on spout and lower body and in 2-3 mm wide horizontal strokes to 2 cm below base.

5.

KM 3708 (Unit 1660) RWBL Closed Vessel [Type 28] Period 2 Diam: rim, base missing. Ht: 32.0 cm. Fragmentary flask or bottle. Decoration in thin to medium dark pink to brown paint; streakily applied. Decoration consists of sets of vertical panels pendent from a horizontal band just below the neck.

6.

KM 3705 (Unit 1554) RWBL Spouted Platter [Type 32] Period 2/3A Diam: 46 cm (rim). Base missing. Ht: 16.5 cm. Platter with deep trough spout. About 25% of vessel, including entire spout, has been preserved. Decorated in reddish-brown paint of medium thickness. Exterior monochrome; interior monochrome except for spout interior and probably reserve panel below spout.

Coarse Ware 7.

KM 1888 (Unit 1147) CW Tray [Type 4] Period 2/3A Diam: 36 cm (rim). 34.2 cm (base). Ht: 14.6 cm. Shallow tray with flanged base and U-shaped opening from rim to lower body. Unslipped; glossy painted surfaces vary from purplishbrown to golden-brown. Exterior highly burnished in thin, roughly vertical, 1 mm wide strokes.

Count

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (7) Rim (9) Rim (11) Rim (28)

40 72 8 1 2 1 1 116

Rim Total

241

Base (A) Base (E)

6 2

Base Total

8

Shape Spouts (A) Open body Closed body Body?

Count 7 790 545 38

Body Total

1,343

TOTAL

1,629

RWBL: Selection and processing Red-on-White sherdage from units stratigraphically assigned to Period 2 was isolated from other sherdage and recorded by unit, vessel type or part, fabric, and design motifs. It was clear even before processing these sherds that the RW pottery from Period 2 contexts differed markedly from earlier RWB sherds of the LNeo and Erimi Red-on-White of Middle Chalcolithic date. A total of 248 sherds from 15 units were analysed in this section of the study (Table 17.20). Then, on the basis of observations from the first group, other units, stratigraphically assigned to Period 3A or later, were scrutinised for occurrences of RWBL (Table 17.22 below). The occurrence of RWBL in 3A contexts may mean that this variety of RW continued to be produced during the early part of the Middle Chalcolithic at Kissonerga; it is more likely, however, that it represents material redeposited from other contexts on the site. A total of 442 sherds from 73 units were examined in this section of the study. As is demonstrated by comparison of Tables 17.21 and 17.23 below, results were strikingly similar, thus providing a fair measure of confidence to distinguish the ware type at the macroscopic level. In both sections of the study, motifs occurring on open vessel sherds (open shape rims and open body sherds) were provided with suffixes (“e”) or (“i”) depending upon whether the motif occurred on the exterior or interior surface. Fabrics All of the “early” fabrics were represented in association with RWBL, although some in exiguous amounts. Fabric A, the standard Neolithic fabric, which accounted for more than 60% of RWB sherdage (see under Period 1 above), continued to be used during Kissonerga Period 2, albeit in reduced proportions (11%).

133

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Fabric B, not at all present on RWB, was recorded on 2.6% of RWBL sherds; Fabric C was by far the most common fabric used in the production of this pottery type, accounting for nearly 60% of the RWBL sherdage. Fabrics D-F were present, but only in very small amounts (0.15%, 1.5% and 0.75% respectively); Fabric G, also recorded on RWB pottery, was present at a level of 13%. The remainder of the RWBL sherdage (11%) did not fit into any of the established categories, and was thus recorded as Fabric H (miscellaneous). Table 17.18 lists all RWBL sherdage processed; the pattern analyses below are based on a smaller group for which there were clearly identifiable motifs or painted areas. RWBL design motifs Sixteen motif types (Table 17.19) were isolated from among the sherds examined below. For sketchillustrations of these motifs, see Fig. 5.1. As Tables 17.21 and 17.23 below indicate, the overwhelming majority of RWBL sherds (75%) display only a single design motif; only 24% contained two motifs; and just over 1% had three motifs. Table 17.18. RWBL special process results by morphological type Shape

Count

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (9) Rim (28)

33 15 11 1 4 115

Rim Total

179

Base (A) Base (B) Base (E) Base (?)

13 2 2 2

Base Total

19

Shape Spout (A) Spout (C) Spout (?)

14 1 2

Spout Total

17

Closed body Open body Body?

651 380 38

Body Total

1,069

TOTAL

1,284

Table 17.19. RWBL motif types Motif 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Count

Description Rim Band Parallel Lines Pendent from Rim Band Lattice-Filled Areas Broad Bands Vertical or Horizontal Lines Converging Bands Unidentifiable Motif Intersecting Bands Alternating Painted/Unpainted Areas Parallel Bands Curvilinear Bands Wavy Lines Zigzag Bands Broad Wavy Bands Reserve Slit or Band Lozenges

Table 17.20. RWBL special process results from Period 2 Unit

Description

1066 1066 1066 1066 1066 1066 1066 1066 1066 1066 1084 1101 1101 1101 1101 1101 1105 1105 1105 1105 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1149 1153 1153 1153 1155 1227 1227 1227 1227 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599

closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body rim (1) rim (1) open body closed body closed body closed body spout spout closed body closed body open body open body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body rim (1) rim (1) closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body

134

Fabric Count C C C C C C C G C C C C C C ? B G G C G C C C C H H C H A A C C E G G G A A A C C C C C C C C C C G G G G H H H H C C C C C C C C G G H H

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 1 4 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Motif 1 Motif 2 Motif 3 4 6 8 9 3i 3i 6i 7e 2i 3i 7e 1 15 8 9 9 7 9 7e 7e 15 4 9 7i 7e 9e 2i 1i 4 5 9 11 5i 7e 7i 9i 5 5 9 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 9 4 3 5 6 7 9 5 9 4 9 9e 9e 3i 5e 5i 6i 7e 9i 7e 7i 7e 9i

4i 4i 7i 10 7i 3i 8 9 12 14 6 9 5 7 15 9i 7i 6i -

9 -

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1599 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1658 1660 1660 1660 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073 2073

rim (1) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) spout (B) spout (B) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body rim base (A) closed body closed body base (A) base (E) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (7) spout (B) spout (B) spout (B) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body

C C G G G H C C C C C G G G H H H G H G G C C G A A A A C C C C C C C C C C C C C G G H H A C C C C C G G C C C G A C C A C C C C C C C C C G G H H H

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 5 1 1 8 1 10 2 2 1 1 11 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1

2i 1i 1i 7e 9e 9i 4 4 6 7 9 15 7 9 5 6 9 7i 9i 7e 7e 5 9 7e 7 5 5 9 15 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 9 9 4 9 12 9 7i 4e 5i 5i 7e 9i 6i 7i 1e 1e 1i 9e 1i 1i 9e 5 11 13 3 4 4 5 5 7 9 15 5 7 6i 7e

3i 9i 8 12 12 5 9 6 9 9 9 15 4i 9i 4e 4e 9i 8 5 5 13 -

9 1i -

2073 2073 2073 2078 2078 2078 2078 2078 2078 2078 2078 2078 2088 2088 2088 2088 2088 2088 2088 2088 2088 2088 2088 2088

open body rim (28) rim (28) closed body closed body closed body open body rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body rim (28) rim (28) rim (28)

H C C C C C C C C C C G A A A C E G C C C C E G

1 1 1 2 2 2 1 4 1 3 4 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9e 9 1 5 5 9 5i 1i 1i 9e 9i 1i 5 7 9 7 5 9 5e 5i 9e 7i 2e 1i

9i 4 9 4i 9i 9 5i -

-

Note: for open rims and open body sherds; i=interior; e=exterior.

Table 17.21. Frequencies of RWBL motifs from Period 2 Motif 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Occurrences

Frequency %

19 4 12 31 66 16 49 6 105 1 2 4 2 1 8 0

5.8 1.2 3.7 9.5 20.2 4.9 15.0 1.8 32.2 0.3 0.6 1.2 0.6 0.3 2.5 0

Total Count: 326 motifs on 257 sherds (motif:sherd ratio=1.27:1)

RWBL: Correlations between fabrics, shapes and motifs from Period 2 Units 1.

Motif 1 (Rim Band) Occurrences: 19 total. Fabrics: A (1); C (14); G (3); H (1). Shapes: rims (16); spouts (3). Exterior/interior: 4e; 15i. Motif Combinations: with motif 3 (2); with motif 4 (3); with motif combination 1/4 (1).

2.

Motif 2 (Parallel Lines Pendent from Rim Band) Occurrences: 4 total. Fabrics: C (3; E (1). Shapes: rims (4). Exterior/Interior: 1e; 3i. Motif Combinations: none.

3.

Motif 3 (Lattice-Filled Areas) Occurrences: 11 total. Fabrics: C (10); H (1). Shapes: rims (4); closed body (2); open body (5). Exterior/interior: 8i. Motif Combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 4 (3); with motif 5 (1).

135

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

4.

5.

6.

Motif 4 (Broad Bands) Occurrences: 30 total. Fabrics: A (1); C (27); G (1); H (1). Shapes: rims (5); closed body (22); open body (3). Exterior/interior: 3e; 5i. Motif Combinations: with motif 1 (3); with motif 3 (3); with motif 5 (3); with motif 8 (1); with motif 9 (1); with motif combination 1/1 (1). Motif 5 (Vertical or Horizontal Lines) Occurrences: 62 total. Fabrics: A (8); C (48); G (3); E (1); H (2). Shapes: closed body (51); open body (11). Exterior/interior: 3e; 8i. Motif Combinations: with motif 5 (1); with motif 6 (1); with motif 8 (1); with motif 9 (17); with motif 12 (3); with motif 13 (1); with motif 14 (1); with motif combination 6/9 (1); with motif combination 8/9 (1). Motif 6 (Converging Bands) Occurrences: 16 total. Fabrics: C (11); G (2); H (3). Shapes: closed body (10); open body (6). Exterior/interior: 6i. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (1); with motif 7 (2); with motif 9 (2); with motif combination 5/9 (1).

7.

Motif 7 (Unidentifiable motif) Occurrences: 46 total. Fabrics: A (4); C (17); G (20); H (5). Shapes: rims (3); bases (3); closed body (20); open body (20). Exterior/interior: 16e; 10i. Motif combinations: with motif 7 (3); with motif 9 (1).

8.

Motif 8 (Intersecting Bands) Occurrences: 6 total. Fabrics: A (2); C (4). Shapes: closed body (6). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: with motif 4 (1); with motif 5 (1); with motif 10 (1); with motif combination 5/9 (1).

9.

Motif 9 (Alternating Painted/Unpainted Areas) Occurrences: 98 total. Fabrics: A (8); B (1); C (69); G (10); H (9). Shapes: rims (12); spouts (7); closed body (65); open body (14). Exterior/interior: 13e; 19i. Motif combinations: with motif 4 (2); with motif 5 (17); with motif 6 (2); with motif 7 (1); with motif 9 (7); with motif 15 (1); with motif combination 5/6 (1).

14. Motif 14 (Wavy Broad Bands) Occurrences: 1 total. Fabric: C (1). Shape: closed body (1). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combination: with motif 5 (1). 15. Motif 15 (Reserve Slit or Band) Occurrences: 8 total. Fabrics: C (5); G (2); H (1). Shapes: closed body (8). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: with motif 9 (1). 16. Motif 16 (Lozenges) Occurrences: none.

RWBL Sherds from post-Period 2 units Table 17.22. RWBL special process results from postPeriod 2 Unit

Description

0 168 278 278 278 336 336 336 336 423 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 567 567 567 567 567 832 832 832 880 880 993 1002 1002 1002 1037 1038 1047 1063 1063 1063 1078 1093 1097 1097 1097 1097 1109 1113 1206

closed body open body closed body open body open body closed body closed body rim (1) rim (1) closed body base (A) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body rim (1) spout (A) closed body closed body open body open body open body closed body open body rim (2) closed body open body open body closed body closed body rim (1) open body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body closed body closed body closed body open body rim (28) closed body open body closed body

10. Motif 10 (Parallel Bands) Occurrences: 1 total. Fabric: C (1). Shape: closed body (1). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combination: with motif 8 (1). 11. Motif 11 (Curvilinear Bands) Occurrences: 2 total. Fabrics: C (2). Shapes: closed body (2). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: none. 12. Motif 12 (Wavy Lines) Occurrences: 4 total. Fabrics: A (1); C (1); H (2). Shapes: closed body (4). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (3). 13. Motif 13 (Zigzag Bands) Occurrences: 2 total. Fabrics: C (2). Shapes: closed body (2). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (1).

136

Fabric Count A C C C C G G C G G H A A B B G H H G G F H A A A C C G G G C G C C G H C H C A C H C B A C F F G C C

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Motif 1 4 7e 4 5i 5i 5 7 3i 1i 4 4e 5 9 5 9 7 4 7 3e 7i 7e 9e 7 9 7i 3i 9e 7 7e 1e 5 6e 3e 3 5 3i 3i 5 9 4 5i 4e 7i 4 7 5 9e 7e 6 9e 15

Motif 2 Motif 3 7i 5 6i 7i 5 9 9i 3i 12 5i 7i 7i 7 11i 4i 7i 4i -

-

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

1206 1206 1206 1206 1206 1206 1206 1207 1207 1207 1207 1207 1207 1264 1264 1265 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1316 1321 1325 1325 1325 1341 1341 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1355 1358 1358 1358 1358 1372 1379 1379 1379 1379 1416 1417 1461 1467 1480 1485 1485 1485 1485 1485 1485 1485 1494 1529 1529 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1538 1538

closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body closed body closed body closed body open body open body rim (28) closed body open body open body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body closed body closed body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body rim (1) rim (2) rim (28) rim (28) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body rim (2) closed body rim (28) closed body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body rim (1) rim (28) rim (28) rim (1) closed body rim (1) base (E) closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body closed body closed body

C C G G H H G C C C C C C G H C H H H G H C C C H B C G A A A A A C H G G H C H C E C C E H B A A C C F C C C C C C C C G C H C C C H A G H C C C C G

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 9 5 7 15 4 15 15 5 6 15e 3i 9e 11 9 8i 5 5 5 4i 4i 7e 9e 7 5 9i 5 5 4 5 5 5 9 5 5 4i 9i 4e 1i 2i 4i 7i 6 9 5 9 9 5 6 3i 5i 1e 5 9e 5 9i 3 5 5 8 1i 4e 1i 2i 4 1e 15 7 5 9 7i 9e 9i 9 7

9i 6 7 5i 7i 8 5 14 9 6 6e 9 9 7e 9 5i 9 6 7i 4i 1i -

9i -

1538 1538 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1543 1543 1543 1543 1543 1543 1554 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570

137

closed body open body closed body closed body closed body open body rim (2) rim (5) closed body open body rim (1) rim (2) rim (28) rim (28) rim (1) base (A) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body rim (1) rim (1) rim (1) rim (1) rim (2) rim (2)

H C C C H C C C C C C G C C H H A A A A A A A A B C C C C C C C C C D G G G G G G H H H H H H A A B B B C C C C C C C E G G G G H H H H H C C C C C C

1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 12 1 4 2 3 11 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 2 1 2 1 1 4 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 1

6 9i 4 9 4 3i 1i 4e 9 5i 2i 1i 1i 2i 1i 7e 11 4 5 6 6 7 9 9 9 11 15 16 5 5 5 6 7 9 9 13 3 3 4 5 9 4 4 5 5 6 9 8i 9i 11e 7i 9i 3i 5e 5i 7e 7e 9e 9i 5e 11e 3e 4i 7i 11e 5e 5i 6i 9e 3i 4i 7i 9i 1e 1i

4i 4i 7 9 11 7 9 5 9 7 7i 6i 5i 1i 9i

8 3i -

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1573 1573 1573 1573 1573 1601 1601 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 2003 2003 2005 2005 2005 2005 2011 2011 2013 2019 2033 2033 2033 2033 2062 2062 2062 2066 2066 2067 2067 2071 2071 2075 2075

rim (2) rim (2) rim (2) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (28) rim (3) rim (3) rim (3) spout (A) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body rim (1) rim (1) rim (1) rim (28) closed body closed body closed body open body rim (1) open body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body rim (1) rim (28) open body rim (2) base (A) closed body closed body rim (1) closed body rim (28) closed body open body closed body closed body closed body open body closed body open body rim (2) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body

C C C A C C C C C C C H H H B C H G C C C E G C C C C C C E C C C C C G H C C C G C C C C C C C C G C C C C C C C B C B C C C C G E C C C C C C C C H

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

2i 4i 7e 1i 1e 1i 1i 2i 7e 7e 7i 1e 2e 2e 2e 1e 3e 7e 5 5 9 7 5 5e 5e 7e 7i 9e 9i 7e 1i 3i 7e 2i 3 3 6 4e 9e 5i 4e 5 5 5 7 5 5e 7e 7e 7e 7i 1i 7e 5 9 7e 9 1e 5 9e 3 7 9 9e 5 5e 2e 7 9 5 7 5 6 9 9

7i 5e 12i 4i 4e 1i 7e 9 9e 7i 15i 3i 11e 12 9 5i 7i 7i 7i 9 8e 5 6i 1i 6 11 9 -

3i 1i 15i -

2077 2077 2077 2077 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2094 2095 2095 2102 2102 2102 2105 2105 2105 2105 2105 2105 2110 2110 2110 2110 2110 2110 2110 2110 2110 2110 2111 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2112 2114 2116 2116 2120 2120 2120 2120 2120 2120 2120 2120

138

closed body open body open body rim (28) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body rim (2) rim (2) rim (2) rim (28) rim (28) closed body open body closed body open body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body closed body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body rim (2)

C C H C C C C C C B B C C C H C G H C C C C H C C C C G A A A A C C A A A A A C G G G C A C C C G H H H A A H C B C C C C H H C C C

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 5i 9i 1i 3 4 4 5 9 4e 5e 7e 6 7 5 7e 5i 7i 1e 1i 7i 1e 7e 5 5e 5 5e 9 5 5 6 9 13 9i 5 7 7 8 9 5 5 7 9 9i 9e 6 9 9e 9 5 6 9 4i 5i 7e 5i 5 7i 5 6 9 3 9 4e 7e 1i

4 5 4i 9i 5i 9i 4e 11e 7 8 9 15 9 5i 7i 7i -

12 7i -

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Table 17.23. Frequencies of RWBL motifs from postPeriod 2 Motif

Occurrences

Frequency %

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

32 14 31 50 129 28 94 8 134 0 12 4 2 2 11 1

5.8 2.5 5.6 9.1 23.4 5.1 17.0 1.4 24.3 0 2.2 0.7 0.4 0.4 2.0 0.2

6.

Motif 6 (Converging Bands) Occurrences: 28 total. Fabrics: A (5); C (13); G (2); H (8). Shapes: closed body (22); open body (6). Exterior/interior: 2e; 4i. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (5); with motif 7 (1); with motif 9 (4); with motif combination 4/9 (1).

7.

Motif 7 (Unidentifiable Motif) Occurrences: 94 total. Fabrics: A (9); B (2); C (52); E (4); F (4); G (13); H (10). Shapes: rims (22); base (3); closed body (34); open body (34). Exterior/interior: 30e; 30i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 2 (1); with motif 4 (2); with motif 5 (4); with motif 6 (1); with motif 7 (10); with motif 8 (1); with motif 9 (2); with motif combination 5/8 (1); with motif combination 5/11 (1).

8.

Motif 8 (Intersecting Bands) Occurrences: 8 total. Fabrics: A (3); B (1); C (3); G (1). Shapes: rim (1); closed body (5); open body (2). Exterior/interior: 1e; 2i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 5 (1); with motif 7 (1); with motif combination 5/7 (1).

9.

Motif 9 (Alternating Painted/Unpainted Areas) Occurrences: 134 total. Fabrics: A (28); B (9); C (67); F (1); G (2); H (18). Shapes: rims (4); spouts (2); closed body (93); open body (35). Exterior/interior: 18e; 22i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 3 (2); with motif 4 (3); with motif 5 (19); with motif 6 (4); with motif 7 (2); with motif 8 (1); with motif 9 (2); with motif combination 4/6 (1).

Total Count: 552 motifs on 442 sherds (motif:sherd ratio=1.25:1)

RWBL correlations between fabrics, shapes and motifs from post-Period 2 Units 1.

Motif 1 (Rim Band) Occurrences: 32 total Fabrics: A (1); B(1); C (20); F(1); G(4); H (5). Shapes: rims (32). Exterior/interior: 10e; 22i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 2 (2); with motif 4 (4); with motif 7 (2); with motif 8 (1); with motif 9 (1); with motif 12 (2); with motif combination 3/5 (1); with motif combination 1/4 (1).

2.

Motif 2 (Parallel Lines Pendent from Rim Band) Occurrences: 14 total. Fabrics: B (1); C (10); H (3). Shapes: rims (14). Exterior/interior: 4e; 10i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 7 (1).

3.

Motif 3 (Lattice-Filled Areas) Occurrences: 31 total. Fabrics: C (23); G (5); H (3). Shapes: rims (10); closed body (9); open body (12). Exterior/interior: 4e; 18i. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (2); with motif 7 (2); with motif 9 (2); with motif combination 4/12 (1); with motif combination 1/1 (1); with motif combination 1/5 (1).

4.

Motif 4 (Broad Bands) Occurrences: 50 total. Fabrics: A (7); B (3); C (20); F (1); G (6); H (13). Shapes: rims (13); base (1); closed body (22); open body (14). Exterior/interior: 11e; 17i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (4); with motif 4 (1); with motif 5 (4); with motif 7 (2); with motif 9 (3); with motif 11 (1); with motif 15 (1); with motif combination 1/1 (1); with motif combination 3/12 (1); with motif combination 6/9 (1); with motif combination 11/15 (1).

5.

Motif 5 (Vertical or Horizontal Lines) Occurrences: 124 total. Fabrics: A (14); B (3); C (78); E (4); G (12); H (13). Shapes: rim (3); closed body (93); open body (28). Exterior/interior: 12e; 19i. Motif combinations: with motif 3 (2); with motif 4 (4); with motif 5 (2); with motif 6 (5); with motif 7 (7); with motif 8 (1); with motif 9 (17); with motif 11 (1); with motif 12 (2); with motif 14 (2); with motif 15 (1); with motif combination 7/11 (1); with motif combination 7/9 (1); with motif combination 1/3 (1).

10. Motif 10 (Parallel Bands) Occurrences: none. 11. Motif 11 (Curvilinear Bands) Occurrences: 12 total. Fabrics: A (3); B(1); C (3); G (3); H (2). Shapes: closed body (6); open body (6). Exterior/interior: 5e; 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 4 (1); with motif 5 (1); with motif 9 (1); with motif combination 4/15 (1); with motif combination 5/7 (1). 12. Motif 12 (Wavy Lines) Occurrences: 3 total Fabrics: C (3). Shapes: rim (1); closed body (2). Exterior/interior: 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 5 (1); with motif combination 3/4 (1). 13. Motif 13 (Zigzag Bands) Occurrences: 2 total. Fabric: C(1); G(1). Shape: closed body (2). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: none. 14. Motif 14 (Broad Wavy Bands) Occurrences: 2 total. Fabrics: A (2). Shapes: closed body (2). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (2). 15. Motif 15 (Reserve Slit or Band) Occurrences: 11 total. Fabrics: C (7); G (2); H (2). Shapes: base (1); closed body (6); open body (4). Exterior/interior: 1e; 2i. Motif combinations: with motif 4 (1); with motif 5 (1); with motif combination 4/11 (1).

139

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

16. Motif 16 (Lozenges) Occurrences: 1 total. Fabric: C (1). Shape: closed body (1). Exterior/interior: not applicable. Motif combinations: none.

Comments The most frequently occurring motifs for RWBL are motif 5 (vertical or horizontal lines), which accounted for 20.2% and 23.4% of the sherdage from the two groups examined above; and motif 9 (painted/unpainted areas) which accounted for 32.2% and 24.3% respectively. As was noted for RWB, painted/ unpainted areas probably represent banded motifs. Analysis of motif combinations shows that the most commonly occurring motif pair on RWBL is motif 5/9 (17 occurrences in Period 2 units, 17 also in other units). The frequency of band and line motifs, both singly and jointly, led to the selection of the term RWBL to describe this particular type of Red-on-White at Kissonerga. Surprisingly, the motif combination 4/5 was not quite as frequent (3 occurrences in Period 2 Units, 4 in other units); but this may simply reflect the relatively small sample size. Design configurations on EChal pottery elsewhere on the island show that the use of banded and linear motifs were equally common (see Baird’s report on ceramics from Kalavasos-Ayious in Todd et al. forthcoming; and Bolger’s report on RW at MaaPalaeokastro in Karageorghis and Demas 1988, 390400). A second level of frequency is comprised of four motif types: motif 1 (with 5.8% of total motifs in both groups); motif 3 (3.7% and 5.6%); motif 4 (9.5% and 9.1%); and motif 6 (4.9% and 5.1%). Motif 1, the rim band, is actually represented in higher proportions if we also take into account motif 2, the rim band with pendent lines. Rim bands occur more frequently on bowl interiors than exteriors, as do rim bands with pendent lines. Motif 3, lattice-filled areas, is more common on RWBL than on the preceding RWB, although it still comprises only a small percentage (roughly 5%) of the total motifs. Motif 4, the plain band, is still present at roughly 9% of the total, but represents a decline from previous Neolithic levels of roughly 13%. Finally, motif 6, converging bands, appear to have slightly increased in popularity from the LNeo, whereas at Kissonerga they comprised only 2.8% of total RWB motifs. The remaining motifs together accounted for less than 10% of the total number, but their occurrence even in small numbers is important for tracing stylistic developments backwards and forwards in time, or for establishing spatial links with contemporary sites. Motifs such as intersecting bands (8), wavy lines (12), zigzags (13) and lozenges (16) were to figure largely in RW pottery of Kissonerga Period 3; motifs 11 (curvilinear bands) and 14 (broad wavy bands) appear to be on the decline relative to Kissonerga Period 1; and the occur-

rence of motif 15 (reserve slits or bands), albeit in small numbers, evinces close ceramic links with EChal sites such as Ayious, Maa and Mylouthkia. As has been mentioned already, more than 60% of RWBL sherds derived from closed shape vessels, primarily flasks. A popular decoration for flask bodies, here and elsewhere, was the combination of bands and lines, producing broad and widely-spaced decorative panels, usually oriented vertically on the vessel body. Broad bands and converging bands were also used in this way, although with lesser frequency, as was the rare reserve slit/band motif. Open sherds, although comprising only about 35% of the RWBL sherdage, showed a greater range of motif types and design configurations. To begin with, the disproportionate placement of motifs on exterior and interior surfaces (40% exterior versus 60% interior in both groups) suggests that potters chose more frequently to decorate open shape interiors than exteriors. Motif 2, for example, the rim band with pendent lines, occurs almost exclusively on bowl interiors, and this pattern holds true for many other motifs types (such as the rim band, lattice decoration, broad bands, and converging bands). Of all motif categories, in fact, only motif 9 was represented in roughly equal proportions on inner and outer vessel surfaces. Spouts, too, not included in the open vessel count above, are often given interior “rim bands” while their exterior surfaces were left monochrome. Sherds with triple motifs were rare (just over 1%), but nearly 50% of the time they occurred on rim sherds, an indication that the area near the rim served as a primary field of design activity on RWBL. This again represents a change from Red-on-White of the previous period, where combinations of more than two motifs were never recorded on rim sherds; in both periods, however, the rim serves as the primary field of activity for open shapes. The statistics from RWB and RWBL would seem to demonstrate the following developments during the early fourth millennium: the persistence of the broad band as a common motif (although declining slightly during EChal to 9.3% from 13.5%); the increasing popularity of thin-lined motifs (to over 20% from 13%); the decline of curvilinear and wavy bands (to less than 1% during EChal); the continuation of the latter, albeit in reduced numbers, as wavy lines (0.7%); the increase of lattice motifs to roughly 5% from 1.4% of LNeo); the first appearance of reserve motifs; and the combination of broad-lined and thin lined motifs (particularly the broad band and the line on closed vessels). Other early monochrome pottery In addition to GBW, which is represented in substantial numbers at Kissonerga, there were other, minor monochromes in use during Periods 1B-2. Due to the small

140

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

sample size we cannot characterise them thoroughly; but they are worthy of brief mention. LNeo monochromes - monochrome sherds sharing ceramic properties of RWB but without painted motifs; they exist in very small numbers and given predominance of broad banded motifs could derive from unpainted areas of RWB vessels; alternatively, vessels may have been monochrome (giving us the same relationship between painted/monochrome wares observed in Period 3). EChal monochromes (not GBW) - here much more certain we are dealing with a monochrome version of RWBL, since we find many more monochrome sherds in Period 2 contexts and since broad bands are not so common at this time, making it less likely that these sherds come from painted areas of RWBL vessels.

In order to get some idea of the fabric and shape ranges for these minor wares a small sample was studied closely. The results of this special process appear immediately below. In the following table (Table 17.24), the column “monochrome type” refers to chronological periods based on similarity of paint type to those of known LN (LNeo), EC (EChal) or unknown (?) date. Further evidence is needed to characterise these pottery types more fully. Table 17.24. Early monochrome special process results Period 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2? 1/2? 1/2? 1/2? 1/2? 1/2? 1/2? 1/2? 1/2? 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Mono Type Sherd Type EC EC EC EC ? EC EC LN EC EC EC EC EC EC? EC? EC? EC? EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC

Closed body Open body Rim (?) Open body Rim (2) Closed body Open body Closed body Rim (1) Closed body Open body Rim (1) Closed body Base(A) Closed body Open body Rim (?) Open body Base (A) Body? Closed body Open body Rim (1) Rim (?) Closed body Open body Closed body Open body Closed body Rim (2) Closed body Open body Base (B) Open body Rim (1) Closed body Closed body Closed body Open body Open body

Count

Fabric

Unit

33 21 4 4 1 6 4 3 1 11 7 2 1 1 10 10 1 1 1 1 42 38 1 3 1 4 5 2 3 1 2 2 1 6 3 5 7 23 1 13

C C C H H C C A B C C C E C C C C A C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

2094 2094 2094 2094 2105 2105 2105 2105 2110 2110 2110 2110 2110 2112 2112 2112 2112 2088 1084 1084 1084 1084 1084 1084 1101 1101 1105 1105 1149 1149 1227 1227 1599 1599 1599 1658 2073 2073 2073 2073

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2? 2? 2? 2? 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 2/3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A

141

EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC? EC? LN LN LN LN ? EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC? EC? EC? LN? LN? EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC LN LN LN LN LN LN

Rim (2) Rim (?) Rim (?) Closed body Spout (A) Closed body Open body Closed body Rim (2) Open body Spout (A) Open body Closed body Open body Rim (1) Rim (1) Rim (2) Base (A) Rim (5) Open body Closed body Closed body Open body Rim (2) Closed body Open body Rim (1) Closed body Closed body Open body Closed body Open body Rim (1) Rim (?) Closed body Open body Rim (?) Base (A) Closed body Open body Closed body Open body Rim (1) Closed body Open body Closed body Open body Rim (17) Rim (2) Rim (?) Closed body Closed body Rim (?) Closed body Open body Closed body Open body Open body Closed body Open body Rim (?) Open body Rim (?) Rim (2) Closed body Open body Rim (1) Rim (?) Base (?) Closed body Rim (?) Closed body Open body Rim (2) Rim (?)

1 1 3 1 1 6 2 1 1 4 1 3 8 5 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 2 1 1 4 8 3 1 1 1 8 9 1 3 4 9 8 7 1 1 1 7 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 4 3 1 5 1 1 2 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1

C C C C C C E H H H H H H H H H H H H A A A A H C C C C C C C C C C F F F H H H H H H H H H H H H H C H H A A C C C C C C C C E H H H H H A A A A A A

2073 2073 2073 2078 2078 2088 1658 1101 1105 1149 1149 1358 2073 2073 2073 2088 2088 1666 1666 1227 2073 2078 2078 1153 1153 1153 1153 1147 1570 1570 2079 2079 2079 2079 1358 1358 1358 1147 1147 1147 1570 1570 1570 2079 2079 2120 2120 2120 2120 2120 1206 1206 1206 1206 1206 567 567 1004 1546 1546 1546 1631 1631 1546 1546 1546 1546 1546 1631 567 567 1004 1004 1004 2005

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

3A? 3A? 3A?/B 3A?/B 3A?/B 3A?/B 3A?/B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3/4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

LN LN EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC LN LN EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC EC

Open body Closed body Base (A) Closed body Open body Open body Rim (?) Open body Closed body Open body Closed body Open body Open body Closed body Open body Closed body Open body Open body Closed body Open body Rim (?) Rim (2) Closed body Open body Rim (1) Open body Rim (2) Open body

2 1 1 10 2 9 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4 3 4 1 1 1 1 6 6 1 1 1 1

A H H H H H H C C C A A C B B C C C C C C C C C C H H H

2111 2111 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 1381 1392 1417 168 168 117 558 2033 558 558 1061 1097 1097 1097 1280 2033 2033 2033 558 558 2033

noted that the uppermost levels in B 1016 were disturbed; pottery analysis showed that Period 3B sherds occurred among these disturbances, and this probably also accounts for the appearance of this RMP-B vessel within the building. The last vessel occurring in this group is KM 2596, a RWPB conical bowl found on an unpaved surface beneath B 1052. It is the only whole vessel of RW from this period and shows stylistic and compositional affinities with the RWPB sherdage described in detail below, in particular the widely spaced lattice decoration and the Mamonia siltstone fabric (Fabric D). Glossy Burnished Ware 1.

KM 3492 (Unit 1568) GBW Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3A Diam: rim, base missing; Ht: 4.5 cm. Fragmentary shallow hemibowl. Unslipped; glossy red paint of medium thickness; surfaces encrusted and abraded.

Red Monochrome Painted

Sherd Total: 541 Fabrics: A(24); B(3); C(368); E(4); F(18); H(124) Shapes: Rims (55); Bases (9); Spouts (2); Body (475)

2.

KM 3491 RMP-A Hemibowl (Unit 1426) [Type 2] Period 3A Diam: 31.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 23.5 cm. Large bowl with vertical ear lugs. Preserved in two non-joining sections (rim/body and base). Fabric D. Unslipped; exterior and interior surfaces covered with medium thick orangey-red paint.

3.

KM 3490 (Unit 1426) RMP-A Flask [Type 7] Period 3A Diam: rim missing; pointed base. Ht: 34.0 cm. Fragmentary flask. Unslipped; thin layer of red paint on exterior surface, heavily abraded. Some encrustation on upper body.

4.

KM 2278 (Unit 1304) RMP-A Deep Tray [Type 31] Period 3A Diam: 58.0 cm (rim); 52.0 cm (base). Ht: 17.9 cm. Fragmentary deep tray with flanged base, tapering sides and large ear-type lug. Unslipped; thin layer of paint applied directly to vessel surface; colour varies from light orange to orangey-pink.

5.

KM 2349 (Unit 1419) RMP-A Deep Tray [Type 31] Period 3A Diam: 70 cm (rim); 65 cm (base). Ht: 25.0 cm. Fragmentary deep tray with wide flanged base and vertical ear-type lug. Unslipped; thin, flaky paint varies from brown to reddishbrown; completely abraded on base interior.

6.

KM 2288 (Unit 1016) RMP-B Globular Bowl [Type 22] Period 3A Diam: 18.0 cm (rim); 12.0 cm (base). Ht: 18.2 cm. Globular bowl with flat base and vertical lug. Preserved in two nonjoining sections (rim/body and base/body). Paint medium thick, flaky and abraded; colour varies from red to orangey-red.

7.

KM 2508 (Unit 1483) RMP-? Tripod Leg [Type 34] Period 3A/3B Irregular wedge-shaped tripod leg, tapering to a straight one-sided end. One face flattish, the other more convex. Dense brown fabric with heavy concentration medium-size igneous filler. Unslipped; medium thick reddish-brown paint well preserved on both faces, but severely abraded at end.

8.

KM 3229 (Unit 1634) RMP-? Bottle [Type 35] Period 3A Diam: 4.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 13.1 cm. Rim/neck fragment of a bottle. Exterior surface slipped and painted with a thin golden-brown wash. Unusual fabric makes this unattributable to RMP-A or RMP-B.

Period 3A ceramics Catalogue of registered vessels (Periods 3A and 3A/3B) Many of the whole vessels of this period derive from pits. KM 3490 and 3491, from pit 1426, are typical monochrome ceramic types of the period (RMP-A) and show the continuity of hemibowl and the flask from Period 2. KM 2349, a deep tray, was also found in a pit; the type is new and does not continue into Period 3B. The deep tray is also found in CPW which appears for the first time here (KM 3704 from pit 167). The traditional tray shape (Type 4) is represented in a CW example from B 1547 (KM 3292). Finally, a fragmentary bottle, KM 3229, lacks the standard fabric or surface treatment of RMP-A; it is very likely that it was redeposited in pit 1634 and a product of an earlier period; as we have seen, the bottle type is characteristic, here and elsewhere, of LNeo/EChal. The presence of KM 3492, a GBW bowl, in a general level above B 1547, calls for explanation. B 1547 was founded on levels containing Period 2 pits and we might therefore suspect disturbance. This appears the most likely explanation, since B 1547 is the earliest in a series of three buildings of Period 3A and GBW does not appear to be associated with deposits in the overlying structures. A further apparent anomaly is presented in the occurrence of KM 2288, a globular bowl of RMP-B, in B 1016. The latter is the uppermost in the series of three 3A buildings mentioned above. The excavators

Red-on-White 9.

142

KM 2596 (Unit 2036) RWPB Conical Bowl [Type 10] Period 3A/3B Diam: 24.0 cm (rim); 7.0 cm (base). Ht: 11.5 cm. Small bowl with irregular, flaring rim and slightly undulating body. Preserved in two non-joining rim-to-base fragments. Fabric D. Decoration in thinly applied red and orangey-red paint of medium lustre. Thin rim band; base band; monochrome base; series of four slightly diagonal lattice bands extending from rim to base. Lattices

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

are widely spaced with horizontal crossing lines extending beyond the vertical limit of the band. Interior monochrome.

Coarse Ware 10. KM 3292 (Unit 1573) CW Tray [Type 4] Period 3A Diam: 46.0 cm (rim); fragmentary base. Ht: 9.8 cm. Rim-to-base fragment of coarse ware tray. Thin flanged base broken away at edges.

BTW sherdage BTW sherdage is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.26 furnishes White Process sherd totals for BTW by morphological type. Table 17.26. BTW White Process results from Periods 3A and 3A/3B

Coarse Painted Ware Shape

11. KM 3704 (Unit 1606) CPW (monochrome) Deep Tray [Type 31] Period 3A Diam: 48.0 cm (rim); 50.0 cm (base). Ht: 26.0 cm. Deep tray with slightly tapered walls, flanged base and two vertical ear-type lugs. Exterior and upper body interior covered with thin red to dark brown wash. Surfaces encrusted and abraded.

RMP-A sherdage RMP-A sherdage is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.25 furnishes White Process sherd totals for RMP-A by morphological type. Table 17.25. RMP-A White Process results from Periods 3A and 3A/3B Shape

Count

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (7) Rim (9) Rim (18) Rim (22) Rim (23) Rim (24) Rim (26) Rim (28)

26 74 96 114 2 1 1 7 3 26 1 527

Rim Total

878

Base (A) Base (B) Base (D) Base (E) Base (G) Base (H) Base (I) Base (M) Base (?)

296 1 78 5 1 1 1 1 25

Base Total

409

Handles Total

37

Spout (A) Spout (?)

35 2

Spout Total

37

Open body Closed body Body?

4,827 1,563 159

Body Total

6,549

TOTAL

7,910

Count

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (9) Rim (28)

5 16 7 11 2 62

Rim Total

103

Base (A) Base (D) Base (I) Base (?)

17 5 1 3

Base Total

26

Handles

4

Spout (A)

1

Open body Closed body Body?

539 21 10

Body Total

570

TOTAL

704

RWPB sherdage: selection and processing In this special process analysis, a selection of Red-onWhite sherdage belonging to units assigned stratigraphically to Period 3A was analysed according to vessel or sherd type, fabric and type/location of design motifs. These differed visibly from earlier RW types both in terms of dominant fabric, paint/slip composition and motif types/recurrences. In all, 146 sherds were included in this first phase of the process; results appear in Tables 17.29-30 below. (Total sherd count is lower than for similar processes of RW from LNeo and LChal levels since RW forms a much smaller percentage of the total ceramic output during Period 3A). In phases two and three of the analysis, sherds from units assigned to earlier and later periods were processed in the same way so that the evolution of the painted style could be studied at a more refined level, and so that transitions from EChal and to the later MChal (Period 3B) could be characterised in more detail. Results of Phases 2 and 3 appear in Tables 17.3132 and 17.33-34, respectively. In all phases of the analysis, motifs occurring on open vessel sherds (i.e. open shape rims, bases and open body sherds) were suffixed with “e” or “i” to indicate the location of the motif on the exterior or interior surface.

143

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Fabrics Several of the “early” fabrics were found to occur in association with RWPB ware motifs, although the overwhelming majority belong to fabric Type G. In phase one (Period 3A) less than 1% of sherds were in Fabric A; 4% were of Fabric C; 5.5% in Fabric D; 71% in Fabric G; and 10% in RWL fabric; 6.8% were in unidentifiable fabrics (=H); and there were none found in either Fabrics D or F. Fabric G, a medium soft welllevigated buff-coloured variety, thus accounts for the vast majority of RWPB ware sherdage. Descriptions of all the above fabric types appear in § 17.1 above.

higher proportion have two or three motifs; and several sherds were recorded as having as many as 4 motifs. Increasing motif/sherd ratios mean less blank space on the pot and more complex design compositions during Period 3A. Table 17.28. RWPB motif types Motif 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

Morphology Common shapes (Table 17.27) associated with RWPB ware are platters (Type 1), hemibowls (Type 2), deep bowls (Type 3) and holemouths (Type 5). The occurrence of two tubular spouts also suggests the presence of spouted bowls (Type 17). Open shape rims (Types 13) outnumber the closed type (Type 5) by a 7:1 ratio; and a similar preference for open shapes is also indicated by body sherd counts in which open body sherds outnumber closed body sherds by more than a 3:1 majority. Thus it appears that RW ware of Period 3A was reserved largely for the decoration of small-medium sized bowl shapes; other closed shapes and larger open types appear exclusively in monochrome ware. Table 17.27. RWPB special process results by morphological type from Period 3A

Rim Band Bands/Lines Pendent from Rim Band Lattice Areas Broad Bands Vertical or Horizontal Lines Converging Bands or Lines Intersecting Bands Parallel Bands Curvilinear Bands Wavy Lines or Bands Zigzag Bands Joined Parallel Bands Dotted Bands Rows of Dots Rim Dashes Short Strokes Blobs/Splashes Solid Rectangles Checkerboard Painted/Unpainted Areas Red-on-Red Parallel Bands Unidentifiable Motif

Table 17.29. RWPB special process results from Period 3A Unit Shape

Shape

Description

Fabric Count

Motif 1 Motif 2 Motif 3 Motif 4

Count

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (28)

5 12 4 3 5

Rim Total

29

Base (A) Base (?)

4 3

Base Total

7

Spout (A)

2

Open body Closed body Body?

84 25 1

Body Total

110

TOTAL

148

RWPB design motifs A total of twenty-two motif types (including 22, unidentifiable) were recorded from the sherds examined below (Table 17.28). For sketch illustrations of these motifs, see Fig. 5.1. As was noted for RW of previous periods, most sherds contain only one motif; however, a

144

993 993 993 993 993 993 993 993 993 1515 1523 1523 1537 1537 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1539

rim (2) rim (2) rim (2) rim (2) rim (3) rim (3) closed body closed body open body rim (2) closed body open body open body open body rim (1) rim (1) rim (1) rim (5) rim (5) rim (?) base (?) base (?) base (A) base (A) closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body

3B D G H 3B 3B 3B G 3B D G G G H C G G H H C 3B G 3B G A G G 3B C C C D G

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1

11e 1e 1e 1e 14e 1e 8e 13e 3e 2e 22e 6e 17i 21e 2i 15e 3e 22e 4e 8i 6e 22e 6e 22e 4e 7e 8e 8e 3i 4i 6i 4e 20e

15e 6e 20e 8i 8e 13e 7e 14i 8i -

11i 1i 15i 13e 14e -

15i 3i -

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

1539 1539 1539 1539 1539 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1543 1543 1543 1546 1546 1546 1546 1546 1546 1549 1549 1549 1549 1549 1549 1549 1549 1549 1549 1550 1557 1557 1557 1557 1557 1568 1568 1568 1568 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1571 1581 1581 1581 1581 1586 1586 1586 1586 1586 1586 1586 1586 1586

open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body rim (2) rim (?) rim (?) rim (?) base (?) body? open body open body open body open body open body rim (?) base (A) closed body closed body open body rim (2) open body open body open body rim (2) rim (3) base (A) spout (A) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body rim (3) open body open body open body rim (2) rim (2) rim (5) spout (A) closed body open body open body open body open body

G G G G G G G G G G G G 3B C G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 3B H 3B G E G G 3B G E H G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G H D D D D G G G G G G G G G

1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1

20e 20i 3e 3e 8e 14e 17i 20e 3e 3e 8e 8e 7e 5e 5e 20e 22e 3e 8e 22e 7e 2e 1e 2e 8i 6e 22e 20i 2i 5e 8i 5e 1e 20e 20e 21e 20e 2e 8e 12e 9e 1e 1e 22e 9e 20e 22e 3e 5e 6e 12e 20e 20e 20e 3e 4e 4e 6e 6e 8e 8e 4e 2e 22e 6e 9e 11i 2e 2e 7e 11e 11i 17i 22i 6e

17i 17i 20i 6e 17i 20i 6e 17i 6e 1i 8e 17i 20i 10e 1i 8i 13e 1i 1i 17e 22e 17i 6i 17i 22e 5i 17i 17i 6e 6e 12e 20i -

1i 17i 17i 17i 2i 22e -

17i -

1586 1586 1586 1626 1626 1626 1626 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631 1631

open body open body open body rim (2) closed body open body open body rim (1) rim (2) closed body open body open body open body open body

G G G G G G H G D G G G G G

6 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3

6e 6e 6e 8e 14e 20i 20e 15i 1e 3e 17i 20e 3e 8e

17i 17i 5i 20e -

22i -

-

RWPB motif frequency data from Period 3A units Table 17.30. Frequencies of RWPB motifs from Period 3A Motif 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Occurrences 15 10 15 7 7 25 6 27 3 1 6 3 3 5 5 none 28 none none 27 4 16

Frequency % 7.0 4.7 7.0 3.3 3.3 11.7 2.8 12.7 1.4 0.5 2.8 1.4 1.4 2.3 2.3 0 13.1 0 0 12.7 1.9 7.5

Sherd Total: 146 Motif Total: 213 Motif:Sherd ratio: 1.5:1

RWPB: correlations between fabrics, shapes and motifs of sherds from Period 3A units 1.

Motif 1 (Rim Band) Occurrences: 14 Fabrics: D(1); G(9); H(1); RWL (3). Shapes: rims (14). Exterior/interior: 9e, 5i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (4); with motif 2 (2); with motif 3 (1); with motif 6 (2); with motif 10 (1); with motif 13 (1); with motif 15 (1); with motif 17 (1); with motif 20 (1).

2.

Motif 2 (Bands/Lines Pendent from Rim Band) Occurrences: 10 Fabrics: C(1); D(2); G (7). Shapes: rims (9); open body (1). Exterior/interior: 7e, 3i. Motif Combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 6 (3); with motif 17 (3).

3.

Motif 3 (Lattice Areas) Occurrences: 14 Fabrics: G(13); RWL (1). Shapes: rims (2); open body (9); closed body (3).

145

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Exterior/interior: 13e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 20 (1).

14. Motif 14 (Rows of Dots) Occurrences: 5 Fabrics: G (3); RWL (2). Shapes: rims (2); open body (2); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 4e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 3 (1); with motif 7 (1); with motif 15 (1); with motif 20 (1).

4.

Motif 4 (Broad Bands) Occurrences: 7 Fabrics: A(2); C(1); D(1); G(2); H(1). Shapes: rim (1); open body (5); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 5e, 2i. Motif combinations: with motif 17 (2); with motif 22 (1).

5.

Motif 5 (Vertical or Horizontal Lines) Occurrences: 6 Fabrics: C(1); G (5). Shapes; open body (5); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 5e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 6 (1); with motif 17 (1); with motif 20 (1).

15. Motif 15 (Rim Dashes) Occurrences: 5 Fabrics: G(2); H(1); RWL (2). Shapes: rims (5). Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 8 (1); with motif 11 (2); with motif 14 (1). 16. Motif 16 (Short strokes) Occurrences: none

6.

Motif 6 (Converging Bands or Lines) Occurrences: 26 Fabrics: C(1); D(2); G (21); RWL (2). Shapes: rims (4); bases (3); open body (19); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 24e, 2i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 2 (4); with motif 3 (1); with motif 5 (3); with motif 8 (2); with motif 17 (8); with motif 20 (1); with motif 22 (1).

17. Motif 17 (Blobs/splashes) Occurrences: 25 Fabrics; G(23); H(2). Shapes: rim (2); spout (1); open body (22). Exterior/interior: 1e, 24i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 2 (3); with motif 3 (2); with motif 4 (1); with motif 5 (1); with motif 6 (8); with motif 9 (1); with motif 12 (1); with motif 20 (1); with motif 22 (3).

7.

Motif 7 (Intersecting Bands) Occurrences: 6 Fabrics: G(4); RWL (2). Shapes: spout (1); open body (3); closed body (2). Exterior/interior: 6e. Motif combinations: with motif 3 (1); with motif 12 (1); with motif 14 (1); with motif 22 (1).

18. Motif 18 (Solid Rectangles) Occurrences: none

8.

9.

Motif 8 (Parallel Bands) Occurrences: 26 Fabrics: C(2); G(17); H(1); RWL (6). Shapes: rims (6); base (1); open body (16); closed body (3). Exterior/interior: 19e, 7i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 6 (2); with motif 12 (1); with motif 13 (2); with motif 15 (1); with motif 17 (1); with motif 20 (2). Motif 9 (Curvilinear Bands) Occurrences: 3 Fabrics: D(1); G(1); H (1). Shapes: spout (1); open body (2). Motif combinations: with motif 13 (1); with motif 17 (1).

19. Motif 19 (Checkerboard) Occurrences: none 20. Motif 20 (Painted/unpainted areas) Occurrences: 27 Fabrics: G(24); H(1); RWL (2). Shapes: rim(1); base (1); open body (15); closed body (10). Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 3 (1); with motif 5 (1); with motif 6 (1); with motif 8 (2); with motif 11 (1); with motif 14 (1); with motif 17 (3). 21. Motif 21 (Red-on-Red bands) Occurrences: 3 Fabrics H(3). Shapes: open body (1); closed body (2). Exterior/interior: 3e. Motif combinations: none. 22. Motif 22 (unidentifiable motif; statistics not relevant).

10. Motif 10 (Wavy Lines or Bands) Occurrence: 1 Fabric: G. Shape: rim. Exterior/interior: 1e. Motif combination: with motif 1 (1).

Comments

11. Motif 11 (Zigzag Bands) Occurrences: 5 Fabrics: G(3); RWL (2). Shapes: rim (3); open body (1); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 2e, 3i. Motif combinations: with motif 15 (2); with motif 20 (1). 12. Motif 12 (Joined Parallel Bands) Occurrences: 3 Fabrics: G(3). Shapes: spout (1); open body (2). Exterior/interior: 3e. Motif combinations: with motif 7 (1); with motif 8 (1); with motif 17 (1); with motif 22 (2). 13. Motif 13 (Dotted Bands) Occurrences: 3 Fabrics: G(1); RWL (2). Shapes: rim(1); open body (1); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 3e. Motif combinations; with motif 1 (1); with motif 8 (2); with motif 9 (1).

The results of the process of Period 3A units show several clear-cut results with regard to the evolution of the painted style. In the first place, three motif types (6, converging bands/lines, 8, parallel bands and 17, blobs/splashes) predominate, with each occurring on more than 11% of the sherds included in the process. The first two of these (converging bands, parallel bands) were recorded in earlier phases, but accounted for only 4.9 % and 0.3% respectively on RWBL ware of Period 2 (see Table 17.21); moreover, they occurred more frequently on vessel interiors during Period 2 while now the majority occur on exterior surfaces. The third and very unusual motif (blobs/splashes) makes its first appearance here in Period 3A; with one exception, the use of this motif appears to be restricted to the interiors of bowls. The motif does not appear to continue into Period 3B, thus restricting its use to RWPB ware. Red-onRed (Motif 21) also appears to be an exclusively Period 3A phenomenon. Motifs 1, 2, and 3 occur in approximately the same

146

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

proportions as previously, but now on exterior rather than interior; in general decoration has moved to exterior (with exception of motif 17); total number of exterior motifs = 142 (69 % of all motifs recorded); total number interior motifs = 64 (31% of all motifs recorded). The remaining motifs (4-5, 7, 9-15) occur infrequently but the greater variety is important (six more than in Period 2); there is also the first appearance of dotted bands, rows of dots, rim dashes, etc that will become more frequent in Period 3B. Motif combinations are more frequent now. During Period 2, 24% had two motifs and 1.5% had three motifs); here, 36% have two motifs, 8% have three, and 2% have 4. Common combinations are 1 with 1 (=rim band exterior/interior); 2 with 6 (bands pendent from rim band, and converging bands); 2 with 17 (bands pendent from rim band exterior; blobs interior); 5 with 6 (vertical or horizontal lines / converging bands); 6 with 17 (converging bands exterior/ blobs interior); and 17 with 20 (blobs interior/painted/unpainted areas exterior).

1570 1570 1570 1570 2062 2062

1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

22e 8e 1e 1e 3e 20e 20e 4e 20i 20e 3e 22i 4e 15e 1i 2e 2i 3i 4e 8e 8e 20e 6e 7e 8e 17i 7e 12e 13e 16e 17i 22e 3e 5e 6e 6e 6i

3e 8e 8i 5i 15i 9e 9e 8e 17i 17i 22i 7e 17i 22e 5i 17i

17i 22e 22i 7i -

8i -

8e 21i 4e 8e 22e 22i

22i 17i -

22i -

-

Table 17.32. Frequencies of RWPB motifs from Period 2/3A

Unit Description Fabric Count Motif 1 Motif 2 Motif 3 Motif 4 G G F F D G H 3B C F F H H G G G G G C C D G G G G C E G G G G G G G G G G

1 1 1 2 1 1

RWPB motif frequencies on sherds from Period 2/3A units

Table 17.31. RWPB special process results from Period 2/3A

closed body closed body rim (2) rim (?) closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body rim (1) rim (1) rim (1) rim (1) rim (1) closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body

G H H H G H

Note: In the above table, RWL=standard fabric of RWL; for rim and open body sherds, i=interior, e=exterior.

RWPB motif analysis (Period 2/3A units)

1147 1147 1383 1383 1383 1383 1383 1383 1383 1383 1383 1383 1383 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570

open body open body open body open body closed body open body

Motif

Occurrences

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

4 2 6 4 3 4 4 12 2 none none 1 1 none 2 1 8 none none 7 1 11

Frequency % 5.5 2.7 8.2 5.5 4.1 5.5 5.5 16.4 2.7 0 0 1.4 1.4 0 2.7 1.4 11.0 0 0 9.6 1.4 15.1

Sherd Total: 49 Motif Total: 73 Motif:Sherd ratio: 1.5:1

RWPB: correlations between fabrics, shapes and motifs on sherds from Period 2/3A 1.

Motif 1 (Rim Band) Occurrences: 4 Fabrics: F (3); G(1). Shapes: rim (4). Exterior/interior: 3e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1).

2.

Motif 2 (Lines/bands Pendent from rim) Occurrences: 2 Fabrics: G(2). Shapes: rim (2). Exterior/interior: 1e, 1i. Motif combinations: none.

3.

Motif 3 (Lattice areas) Occurrences: 6 Fabrics: D(1); F(3); G(2). Shapes: rims (2); open body (3); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 5e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 7 (2); with motif 8 (2).

4.

Motif 4 Occurrences: 4 Fabrics: C(1); H(2); RWL (1). Shapes: open body (3); closed body (1).

147

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Exterior/interior: 4e. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (1); with motif 9 (1); with motif 17 (1); with motif 22 (2). 5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Motif 5 Occurrences: 3 Fabrics: G(2); H(1). Shapes: open body (3). Exterior/interior: 1e, 2i. Motif combinations: with motif 4 (1); with motif 6 (1); with motif 17 (1). Motif 6 Occurrences: 4 Fabrics: G(4). Shapes: open body (3); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 3e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (1); with motif 17 (1); with motif 22 (1). Motif 7 Occurrences: 4 Fabrics: G(3); E(1). Shapes: open body (3); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 3e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 7 (1); with motif 8 (1); with motif 9 (1); with motif 22 (2). Motif 8 Occurrences: 12 Fabrics; C(1); D(2); G (5); E(1); F(1); H(2). Shapes: open body (6); closed body (6). Exterior/interior: 10e, 2i. Motif combinations: with motif 3 (1); with motif 7 (3); with motif 20 (1); with motif 22 (2). Motif 9 Occurrences: 2 Fabrics: C(1); G(1). Shapes: closed body (2). Exterior/interior: 2e. Motif combinations: with motif 4 (1); with motif 7 (1); with motif 22 (1).

10. Motif 10 Occurrences: none

13. Motif 13 Occurrence: 1 Fabric: G(1). Shape: open body (1). Exterior/interior: 1e. Motif combination: with motif 17 (1). 14. Motif 14 Occurrences: none 15. Motif 15 Occurrences: 2 Fabrics: G(2). Shapes: rims (2). Exterior/interior: 1e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 17 (1). 16. Motif 16 Occurrence: 1 Fabric: G(1). Shape: open body (1). Exterior/interior: 1e. Motif combinations: none 17. Motif 17 (Blobs/splashes) Occurrences: 8 Fabrics: C(1); G(6); H(1). Shapes: rim(1); open body (7). Exterior/interior: 8i. Motif combinations: with motif 5 (1); with motif 6 (1); with motif 12 (1); with motif 13 (1); with motif 15 (2). 18. Motif 18 Occurrences: none 19. Motif 19 Occurrences: none 20. Motif 20 Occurrences: 7 Fabrics: C(1); F(1); G(3); H (2). Shapes: open body (3); closed body (5). Exterior/interior: 6e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 8 (1). 21. Motif 21 Occurrence: 1 Fabric: H(1). Shape: open body (1). Exterior/interior: 1i. Motif combinations: none.

11. Motif 11 Occurrences: none 12. Motif 12 Occurrence: 1 Fabric: G(1). Shape: open body (1). Exterior/interior: 1e. Motif combination: with motif 17 (1).

22. Motif 22 (Unidentifiable motif) Occurrences: 11 Fabrics: C(1); E(1); G(6); H (3). Shapes: open body (8); closed body (3). Exterior/interior: 5e, 6i. Motif combinations: not relevant.

RWPB motif occurrence/frequency on sherds from post-Period 3A units Table 17.33. RWPB special process results from post-Period 3A Unit

Description

Fabric

Count

Motif 1

Motif 2

Motif 3

Motif 4

Period

61 278 278 326 326 338 437 571 571 572 572 626

open body rim (3) closed body open body open body open body open body open body open body rim (7) open body closed body

C G G 3B H 3B H G G G G 3B

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3e 1e 19e 3e 3e 8e 3e 20e 6e 2e 5e 3e

6e 3e 20i 7e 13e 12e 7e

8e 8e 11e

-

3/4 3B 3B 3/4 3/4 3B 4 3A? 3A? 3A? 3A? 3B

148

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

626 755 799 832 880 880 880 882 882 882 882 882 987 997 997 1012 1042 1047 1062 1063 1090 1097 1097 1097 1097 1097 1097 1139 1156 1156 1156 1156 1156 1185 1265 1265 1265 1267 1267 1267 1267 1267 1267 1280 1289 1290 1290 1290 1290 1290 1290 1290 1290 1290 1324 1349 1355 1372 1372 1372 1372 1375 1400 1430 1430 1430 1480 1483 1483 1483 1483 1485 1485 1485 1485

closed body closed body closed body rim (3) rim (2) closed body open body rim (2) rim (3) rim (3) closed body open body open body rim (2) rim (3) base (?) open body open body closed body closed body open body rim (?) rim (1) rim (2) rim (2) open body open body rim (?) rim (1) closed body open body open body open body open body rim (2) rim (3) open body rim (5) open body open body open body open body open body rim (2) closed body rim (2) rim (?) open body open body open body open body open body open body open body rim (2) rim (3) rim (2) rim (1) rim (5) closed body closed body rim (2) open body rim (?) open body open body open body rim (?) rim (?) base (A) open body rim (2) rim (2) open body open body

G 3B G D D G G 3B 3B H H 3B 3B D G G 3B E D G G D G G H G G D G D G G G D D D H G G G G G G G G G G D G G G G G G D 3B G E H G H G E D G G H G G F G 3B 3B H H

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

13e 7e 22e 1e 1e 3e 8e 1e 3i 6e 6e 6e 3e 1e 6e 3e 3e 3e 20e 8e 4e 1e 14e 1e/i 1i 20e 8e 1e 1e 6e 22e 22e 3e 10e 3e 2e 21e 1e 3e 3e 8e 8e 8e 1e 3e 2e 1i 4i 12e 20e 20i 6e 6e 6e 1e 1e 20i 1e 1i 10e 11e 9e 8e 1e 3e 3e 8e 22e 2e 4e 7e 1e 1e 20e 8e

8e 3e 8e 6e 1i 8i 8e 8e 9e 8e 9e 7e 7e 22e 2i 8e/i 13e 11e 16e 9i 8e 9e 8e 10e 12e 19e 7e 20e 20i 22i 14e 3e 1i 20i 14e 13e 14e 1i 19e 3e -

149

1i 17e 6i 10e 14e 13e 1i 18e 14e 14e 8e 3i -

8i 3i 20i 13i 11i 7i -

3B 3B 4 3B 5? 5? 5? 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3A/3B 3A/3B 3B/4 4 4 4 3/4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3B? 3B 3B 3B 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 4 4 4 4 4 3B? 4? 4 4 4 3?/3B 3A/3B 3A/3B 3A/3B 3A/3B 3B? 3B? 3B? 3B?

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

1485 1500 1500 2032 2053 2060 2060 2060 2060 2060 2060 2060 2060 2060 2060 2060 2060 2065 2102 2102 2102 2102 2102 2102

open body open body open body open body rim (2) rim (2) rim (2) rim (2) rim (2) open body open body open body open body open body open body open body open body rim (2) rim (?) closed body open body open body open body open body

H D G H 3B D D D F 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B D D D 3B G H G G G G

1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

9e 22e 11e 9e 1e 1e 1e 6e 1e 3e 3e 6e 6e 9e 10e 6e 8e 1e 8e 3e 12e 20e 5e 8e

6e 1i 8e 9i 6e 6e 9i 7e 7e 10i 6e -

1i 3i 7e 6i 1i -

7i 1i -

3B? 3A/3B 3A/3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B

Note: RWL=standard fabric of RWL; for rim and open body sherds, i=interior, e=exterior

Table 17.34. Frequencies of RWPB motifs from postPeriod 3A Motif

Occurrence

Frequency %

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

37 5 31 4 5 21 12 34 11 6 5 5 6 7 0 1 1 1 3 12 1 7

17.2 2.3 14.4 1.9 2.3 9.8 5.9 15.8 5.1 2.8 2.3 2.3 2.8 3.3 0 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.4 5.6 0.5 3.3

Sherd Total: 120 Motif Total: 215 Motif:Sherd ratio: 1.8:1

2.

Motif 2 Occurrences: 5 Fabrics: D(1); G(4). Shapes: rims (5). Exterior/interior: 4e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 9 (1); with motif 14 (1); with motif 20 (1).

3.

Motif 3 Occurrences: 31 Fabrics: C (1); D(4); E(1); G(12); H(3); RWL (9). Shapes: base (1); rims (9); open body (17); closed body (4). Exterior/interior: 28e, 3i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (6); with motif 6 (3); with motif 7 (5); with motif 8 (10); with motif 9 (2); with motif 11 (1); with motif 12 (1); with motif 13 (1); with motif 14 (2); with motif 17 (1); with motif 20 (1).

4.

Motif 4 Occurrences: 4 Fabrics: D(1); F(1); G (2). Shapes: base (1); open body (3). Exterior/interior: 3e, 1i. Motif combinations: none.

5.

Motif 5 Occurrence: 2 Fabric: G(2). Shape: open body (2). Exterior/interior: 2e. Motif combinations: none.

6.

Motif 6 Occurrences: 21 Fabrics: C (1); D(3); F(1); G(6); H (5); RWL (5). Shapes: rims (7); open body (11); closed body (3). Exterior/interior: 20e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (3); with motif 3 (3); with motif 6 (1); with motif 7 (4); with motif 8 (3); with motif 9 (2); with motif 10 (1); with motif 17 (1).

7.

Motif 7 Occurrences: 12 Fabrics: D(1); F(1); G (3); H (1); RWL (6). Shapes: base (1); rims (3); open body (5); closed body (3). Exterior/interior: 10e, 2i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 3 (6); with motif 6 (5); with motif 8 (3); with motif 11 (1); with motif 14 (2); with motif 18 (1) ; with motif 20 (1).

RWPB post-Period 3A sherdage: correlations between fabrics, shapes and motifs 1.

Motif 1 Occurrences: 37 Fabrics: D (14); F(3); G(9); H(1); RWL (10). Shapes: rims (37). Exterior/interior: 24e, 14i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (6); with motif 3 (5); with motif 6 (4); with motif 7 (3); with motif 8 (9); with motif 10 (1); with motif 11 (2); with motif 13 (4).

150

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

8.

Motif 8 Occurrences: 34 Fabrics: C (1); D(10); E(1); G (14); H (4); RWL (4). Shapes: rims (13); open body (19); closed body (2). Exterior/interior: 31e, 3i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (8); with motif 3 (10); with motif 6 (3); with motif 7 (2); with motif 10 (1); with motif 12 (1); with motif 13 (5); with motif 14 (1); with motif 19 (1).

9.

Motif 9 Occurrences: 11 Fabrics: D(3); G(3); H (1); RWL (4). Shapes: rims (4); open body (7). Exterior/interior: 8e, 3i. Motif combinations: with motif 2 (1); with motif 3 (2); with motif 6 (2); with motif 22 (1).

10. Motif 10 Occurrences: 6 Fabrics: D(4); G(2). Shapes: rim (1); open body (4); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 5e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 6 (1); with motif 8 (2); with motif 14 (1); with motif 20 (1). 11. Motif 11 Occurrences: 5 Fabrics: D (2); G( 1); H (1); RWL (1). Shapes: rim (2); open body (1); closed body (2). Exterior/interior: 4e; 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 3 (1); with motif 7 (1); with motif 14 (1). 12. Motif 12 Occurrences: 5 Fabrics: G(4); H (1). Shapes: open body (5). Exterior/interior: 5e. Motif combinations: with motif 3 (1); motif 8 (1).

17. Motif 17 Occurrence: 1 Fabric: G (1). Shape: closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 1e. Motif combinations: with motif 3 (1); with motif 6 (1).

20. Motif 20 Occurrences: 12 Fabrics: G(9); H (1); RWL (2). Shapes: rims (2); open body (9); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 5e, 7i. Motif combinations: with motif 2 (1); with motif 3 (2); with motif 7 (1); with motif 10 (1); with motif 14 (1); with motif 20 (2). 21. Motif 21 Occurrences: 1 Fabric: H (1). Shape: open body (1). Exterior/interior: 1e. Motif combinations: none. 22. Motif 22 Occurrences: 7 Fabrics: D(2); G(5). Shapes: rim (1); open body (4); closed body (2). Exterior/interior: 6e, 1i. Motif combinations: not relevant.

Most popular motifs: 1, 3, 6, 8. 1 and 3 show marked increase over other (2/3A, 3A) groups.

14. Motif 14 Occurrences: 7 Fabrics: G (4); H(2); RWL (1). Shapes: rim (1); open body (4); closed body (2). Exterior/interior: 7e. Motif combinations: with motif 2 (1); with motif 3 (2); with motif 6 (1); with motif 7 (2); with motif 8 (2); with motif 10 (1); with motif 11 (1); with motif 20 (1).

16. Motif 16 Occurrence: 1 Fabric: G (1). Shape: rim (1). Exterior/interior: 1e. Motif combination: with motif 1 (1).

19. Motif 19 Occurrences: 3 Fabrics: G(2); RWL (1). Shapes: rim (1); closed body (1); open body (1). Exterior/interior: 3e. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (1); with motif 8 (1).

Comments

13. Motif 13 Occurrences: 6 Fabrics: E(1); G(4); RWL (1). Shapes: rims (2); open body (3); closed body (1). Exterior/interior: 5e, 1i. Motif combinations: with motif 1 (2); with motif 8 (5).

15. Motif 15 Occurrences: none

18. Motif 18 Occurrence; 1 Fabric: D(1). Shape: rim(1). Exterior/interior: 1e. Motif combinations: with motif 3 (1); with motif 7 (1); with motif 8 (1).

Fabrics: Fabric G is in decline (to 47.5% from 71% in 3A units); RWMC fabric shows an upswing (16.6% from 10.3%); higher proportions also noted for Fabric D (19.2% from 5.5%). Shapes: 84% of sherdage are open (either open body or rims from open shapes) Exterior/interior: 84% of motifs occur on sherd exteriors; only 16% on interiors. Motif combinations: most common (with 5 or more occurrences) were: motif 1 with 1 (6); motif 1 with 8 (7); motif 3 with 8 (8); motif 3 with 7 (5); motif 6 with 7 (5); motif 8 with 13 (5). RWPB combined motif statistics (all units) Table 17.35 presents comparative motif frequencies from RWPB sherds of all periods included in the analysis. It also includes information on motif/sherd ratios, fabric correlations, and frequencies of motifs on exterior/interior of open sherdage. Interpretation of these results appears in § 5.2.

151

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Table 17.35. Comparative motif frequencies on RWPB sherdage of all periods Motif

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Sherds Motifs M:S ratio Fabric G Fabric D RWMC % open % exterior

2/3A %

3A %

3B-4 %

7.0 4.7 7.0 3.3 3.3 11.7 2.8 12.7 1.4 0.5 2.8 1.4 1.4 2.3 2.3 0 13.1 0 0 12.7 1.9 7.5

17.2 2.3 14.4 1.9 2.3 9.8 5.9 15.8 5.1 2.8 2.3 2.3 2.8 3.3 0 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.4 5.6 0.5 3.3

9.9 3.2 9.9 3.6 3.2 9.0 4.7 15.0 3.1 1.1 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9 1.7 0.6 8.2 0.2 0.5 9.3 1.3 8.6

146 213 1.5:1 71% 5.5% 10.3% 74% 68%

120 215 1.8:1 47.5% 19.2% 16.6% 84% 83%

315 501 1.6:1 57.2% 9.6% 9.6% 75% 72%

5.5 2.7 8.2 5.5 4.1 5.5 5.5 16.4 2.7 0 0 1.4 1.4 0 2.7 1.4 11.0 0 0 9.6 1.4 15.1 49 73 1.5:1 53.1% 4.1% 2.0% 67% 66%

Period 3B ceramics Catalogue of registered vessels All but one of the registered vessels from Period 3B comprise RMP-B and RWL wares, and there are no anomalies in need of explanation. The one exception, KM 3297 in RMP-A from the floor of B206, indicates some continuation of the earlier monochrome type, but as this is not corroborated by the existence of RMP-A sherdage in Period 3B units, it should perhaps be interpreted as an odd occurrence rather than part of a widespread ceramic tendency.

All Periods %

Red Monochrome Painted 1.

KM 2896 (Unit 690) RMP-B Flask [Type 7] Period 3B Diam: rim missing; pointed base. Ht: 41.5 cm. Fragmentary flask with high slung, tapering body and small pointed base. Exterior surface covered with a thin whitish slip under monochrome red paint.

2.

KM 1413 (Unit 994) RMP-B Minibowl [Type 11] Period 3B Diam: 3.0 cm (rim); 0.5 cm (base). Ht: 2.0 cm. Complete hemispherical bowl with rounded base. Unslipped; thin layer of orangey-pink paint.

3.

KM 2281 (Unit 938) RMP-B Baggy Holemouth [Type 19] Period 3B Diam: 20.0 cm (rim); 18.2 cm (base). Ht: 54.5 cm. Large fragmentary baggy holemouth jar with flat base, everted rim, tab lug and fragmentary relief knob. Unslipped; thin to medium thick paint varies from orangey-brown to brown to reddish-orange. Relief tab below rim, broken off at end. Relief knob just below tab.

4.

KM 3297 (Unit 703) RMP-A Storage Jar [Type 24] Period 3B Diam: 50 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 40 cm. Fragmentary storage jar with small vertical loop handles. Approx. 30% of rim, 10% of body and one handle preserved. Fabric D. Medium thick soft buff slip under monochrome paint, interior and exterior. Surface colour varies from red to brownish-black.

5.

KM 3298 (Unit 782) RMP-B Storage Jar [Type 24] Period 3B Diam: 47.5 cm (rim); 24.5 cm (base). Ht: 50.0 cm. Fragmentary storage jar with vertical loop handles. Unslipped. Thin coat of monochrome paint, interior and exterior, varying from red to brown.

6.

KM 2283 (Unit 939) RMP-B Basin [Type 26] Period 3B Diam: 62.0 cm (rim); 32.0 cm (base). Ht: 47.5 cm. Fragmentary basin with flat base and vertical ear-type lugs. Thin orangey-buff slip. Paint is thin to medium thick and varies in colour from red to orangey-brown.

Spalled Ware sherdage: White Process statistics SW is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.36 furnishes White Process results for SW according to morphological types. Table 17.36. SW white process results from Period 3A Shape

Count

Rim (2) Rim (7) Rim (24) Rim (28)

1 1 1 1

Rim Total

4

Base (A) Base (E) Base (?)

1 3 1

Base Total

5

Spout (?)

2

Open body Closed body Body?

27 149 2

Body Total

178

TOTAL

189

Red-on-White 7.

KM 2654 (Unit 705) RWL Platter [Type 1] Period 3B Diam: 53.5 cm (rim); 20.0 cm (base). Ht: 21.0 cm. Large platter; entirely preserved. Thin buff slip; thin layer of orangey-pink paint. Painted design consists of narrow rim band and thick base band; base exterior also painted.

8.

KM 1205 (Unit 701) RWL Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3B Diam: 30.0 cm (rim); 13.0 cm (base). Ht: 15.0 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Hard thick orangey-buff slip. Decoration in red paint of medium thickness. Exterior motifs: narrow rim band; wide base band. Interior motifs: rim band; four radiating lattice bands joining rim and base bands.

9.

KM 1206 (Unit 786) RWL Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3B Diam: 31.5 cm (rim); 9.0 cm (base). Ht: 16.5 cm. Fragmentary deep hemibowl. Yellowish-buff slip of medium thickness; painted designs in thick orangey-red paint of low lustre. Exterior: rim band, base band. Interior: rim band, solid base interior; six panels of rectangular lattice bands; panels alternately attached to rim and base.

152

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

10. KM 1207 (Unit 689) RWL Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3B Diam: 30.0 cm (rim); 10.2 cm (base). Ht: 14.0 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl with tapering sides and roughly horizontal vestigial lug. Hard medium thick yellowish slip under thin orangey wash, exterior; interior has a thinner, buff slip and no wash. Decoration in red paint of medium thickness. Exterior: rim band, base band, rectangular panel over lug; base exterior and entire interior painted monochrome red. 11. KM 1208 (Unit 689) RWL Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3B Diam: 42.0 cm (rim); 15.0 cm (base). Ht: 19.2 cm. Hemibowl, tapering inward above base. Decoration in red paint of medium thickness. Exterior: rim band, broad base band and several small blotches of paint on upper body. Interior: rim band, lower third of vessel monochrome. 12. KM 1253 (Unit 690) RWL hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3B Diam: 23 cm (rim); 11.4 cm (base). Ht: 9.9 cm. Shallow hemibowl with horizontal vestigial lug. Entirely preserved. Decoration in thick red paint. Interior motifs: rim band, three groups of four thick vertical bands alternating with three sets of two thin parallel diagonal bands; base interior monochrome. Exterior motifs: rim band, base band, and horizontal rectangular band over lug; base exterior monochrome. 13. KM 2279 (Unit 950) RWL hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3B Diam: 19.0 cm (rim); 6.0 cm (base). Ht: 10.5 cm. Hemibowl, preserved in one large rim-to-base assemblage. Orangeybrown paint of medium lustre; thinly applied. Exterior motifs: two sets of thin converging bands from rim to base and a possible latticefilled triangular area between them. Interior motifs: open rim band with short wavy lines; six concentric bands on base and lower body; and parallel bands on upper body. 14. KM 1346 (Unit 965) RWL Deep Bowl [Type 3] Period 3B Diam: 16.2 cm (rim); 9.2 cm (base). Ht: 15.8 cm. Entirely preserved. Decoration in thick orangey-red paint of medium lustre. Motifs consist of rim band, base band, and four registers of lattice-filled rectangles; registers separated by pairs of thin horizontal bands. Interior monochrome. 15. KM 1347 (Unit 939) RWL Deep Bowl [Type 3] Period 3B Diam: 20.0 cm (rim); 9.8 cm (base). Ht: 18.8 cm. Fragmentary deep bowl. Decoration in reddish to orangey-brown paint of medium thickness and lustre. Motifs include rim band, base band, and three horizontal interlocking rows of zigzag lattice bands (exterior); interior monochrome. 16. KM 1497 (Unit 958) RWL Deep Bowl [Type 3] Period 3B Diam: 18.1 cm (rim); 7.2 cm (base). Ht: 14.7 cm. Fragmentary deep bowl. Paint varies from orangey-red to brown to black and is of medium thickness. Motifs occur on exterior only and consist of rim band, base band, and lattice decoration in three registers: 1) upper body - four sets of three parallel vertical lattice bands 2) middle body - four horizontal lattice-filled rectangles, and 3) lower body - four vertical lattice-filled rectangles. 17. KM 477.02 (Unit 503) RWL Flask [Type 7] Period 3B Diam: 4.8 cm (rim); pointed base. Ht: 24.0 cm. Entirely preserved; little or no wear on base. Exterior rim to 5 cm below rim monochrome red; base to 6 cm above base, monochrome red. Six thin vertical bands divide body into five registers. Uppermost part of body alternates blank spaces with lattice-filled “tongues”; middle and lower sections have thick undulating lattice bands which project alternatively upwards and downwards. 18. KM 477.03 (Unit 503) RWL Flask [Type 7] Period 3B Diam: 6.6 cm (rim); pointed base. Ht: 24.0 cm. Entirely preserved. Decoration in thick red paint of medium lustre; rim to 4 cm below rim, exterior, red monochrome; between the latter and base of neck are five concentric unevenly spaced horizontal bands, dividing the area into four unequal registers. The latter further subdivided by five oblique bands into alternately blank and lattice-filled areas. Base of neck to base band divided into registers by six horizontal and eighteen vertical bands, producing checkerboard pattern of alternately blank and lattice-filled spaces. Interior monochrome to 4 cm below rim.

19. KM 2286 (Unit 949) RWL Flask [Type 7] Period 3B Diam: rim, base missing. Ht: 28.0 cm. Fragmentary flask; rim, neck and base missing. Decoration in paint of medium thickness and lustre; colour varies from orangey-red to orangey-brown to dark brown. Motifs: rectangular panel of lattice bands and small thin bands; to the left, two diagonal notched bands; at extreme left, traces of four vertical lattice bands. 20. KM 1241 (Unit 303) RWL Goblet [8] Per 3B Diam: 17.0 cm (rim); 6.4 cm (base). Ht: 18.9 cm. Fragmentary goblet. Soft yellowish-buff slip, worn away over much of interior. Decoration in orangey-red paint of medium thickness; motifs abraded. Exterior motifs: rim band; lattice diamonds from rim to base; slightly curvilinear lattice band. Interior motifs: rim band; traces of five solid diagonal bands from rim band to base. 21. KM 3259 (Unit 705) RWL Conical Bowl [Type 10] Period 3B Diam: 42.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 24.0 cm. Large fragmentary conical bowl with horizontal vestigial lug. Thick whitish slip, worn on interior. Thin orangey wash over slip, exterior. Rim band, interior and exterior. Exterior has short vertical panel extending from and joining longer horizontal panel covering lug; base band. 22. KM 1498 (Unit 939) RWL Spouted Bowl [Type 17] Period 3B Diam: 20.4 cm (rim); 11.0 cm (base). Ht: 22.6 cm. Fragmentary spouted bowl. Orangey wash on interior and exterior, applied more thickly around spout and as a thick uneven base band on exterior. 23. KM 2284 (Unit 939) RWL Spouted Bowl [Type 17] Period 3B Diam: 24.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 15.9 cm. Fragmentary spouted bowl. Decoration in orangey-brown to red paint of medium thickness and low lustre; interior monochrome; exterior lightly polished. Exterior motifs: rim band at spout; thin rim band on vessel; remains of four vertical lattice-filled rectangular panels joined alternately to rim band and base. 24. KM 1392 (Unit 958) RWL Globular Bowl [Type 22] Period 3B Diam: 23.0 cm (rim); 12 cm (base). Ht: 22 cm. Fragmentary globular bowl. Decoration in light brown to dark brown paint of medium thickness and lustre. Painted motifs consist of rim band, base band, and ten rectangular lattice-filled panels attached alternately to rim and base band. Interior abraded but probably monochrome. 25. KM 2285 (Unit 939) RWL Globular Bowl [Type 22] Period 3B Diam: 33.6 cm (rim); 31.2 cm (base). Ht: 25.8 cm. Fragmentary globular bowl with flanged base and stumpy horn-type lug. Thin orangey-brown wash, applied more thickly in selected areas. Interior abraded; all surfaces lightly polished. Exterior motifs: V-shaped panel from rim to just above base band and including lug. Base band consists of a thicker application of streaky wash. On the interior are the remains of a 2 cm wide rim band. 26. KM 1351 (Unit 689) RWL Storage Jar [Type 24] Period 3B Diam: 60 cm (rim); 33.0 cm (base). Ht: 83.5 cm. Fragmentary storage jar. Decoration in reddish-brown paint of medium thickness and lustre. Motifs, on exterior only, consist of rim band, base band and large vertical panel motifs outlined by thin bands alternately pendent from rim and base bands. 27. KM 2280 (Unit 937) RWL Storage Jar [Type 24] Period 3B Diam: 55.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 45.0 cm. Fragmentary storage jar. Thick pale buff slip with orangey wash. Motifs in orangey-red paint of medium thickness and lustre. Interior surface abraded; motifs not visible. Exterior motifs: rim band, base band. 28. KM 2282 (Unit 938) RWL Storage Jar [Type 24] Period 3B Diam: 38.5 cm (rim); 22.5 cm (base). Ht: 43.5 cm. Fragmentary storage jar. Motifs, in red to reddish-brown paint of medium thickness and lustre, consist of rim band and base band. Interior covered with thin red wash applied unslipped to vessel surface.

153

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

29. KM 3258 (Unit 703) RWL Storage Jar [Type 24] Period 3B Diam: 36.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 25.0 cm. Rim assemblage from a storage jar. Interior solid monochrome. Streaky monochrome exterior with solid red band at rim.

Table 17.38. RMP-B White Process results from all units

30. KM 1353 (Unit 937) RWL Basin [Type 26] Period 3B Diam: 57.0 cm (rim); 32.0 cm (base). Ht: 55.0 cm. Fragmentary basin with two vertical ear-type lugs. Thin orangey-red paint of medium lustre applied to exterior and upper half of interior and allowed to drip downwards. 31. KM 3260 (Units 33/227) RWL Basin [Type 26] Period 3B Diam: 60.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 30.0 cm. Fragmentary basin with vertical stump-type handles. Decoration in red paint of medium thickness. Exterior motifs are rim band, vertical panel over handle, partially preserved diagonal panel; interior monochrome. 32. KM 2853 (Unit 2060) RWL Anthropomorphic vessel [Type 37] Period 3B Diam: 6.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 4.4 cm. Small rim fragment only has been preserved; plain rim, painted rim band interior and zigzag band at rim exterior forming hair. Exterior surface has protruding eye, depressed in centre, surrounded by red paint. Eyebrow in relief, and glossy red paint boldly outlining it; swelling out to nose on left edge of sherd.

RMP-B sherdage RMP-B is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.37 furnishes White Process results for RMP-B according to morphological types. Table 17.37. RMP-B White Process results from Period 3B Shape

Count

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (4) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (7) Rim (9) Rim (11) Rim (24) Rim (26) Rim (28)

15 32 43 1 63 15 6 1 1 19 1 423

Rim Total

620

Base (A) Base (B) Base (C) Base (D) Base (E) Base (F) Base (G) Base (?)

186 3 12 23 1 1 1 16

Base Total

243

Shape

Shape

Count

Shape

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (4) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (7) Rim (8) Rim (9) Rim (11) Rim (24) Rim (26) Rim (28)

61 120 202 2 159 32 10 1 37 1 49 1 1,520

Rim Total

2,195

Lug (A) Lug (B) Lug (C) Lug (D) Lug (E) Lug (F) Lug (G) Lug (H) Lug (I) Lug (J) Lug (K) Lug (L) Lug (M) Lug (N) Lug (P) Lug (Q) Lug (R) Lug (T) Lug (U) Lug (X) Lug (Z) Lug (AA) Lug (CC) Lug (EE) Lug (FF) Lug (?)

8 1 2 5 2 1 14 12 3 6 3 4 5 1 9 1 2 2 1 1 2 5 2 5 5 64

Lug Total

166

Spout (A) Spout (?)

57 9

Spout Total

66

Closed body Open body Body?

6,463 13,604 1,808

Body Total

21,875

TOTAL

24,988

Base (A) Base (B) Base (C) Base (D) Base (E) Base (F) Base (G) Base (I) Base (?)

481 20 26 72 15 1 1 1 69

Base Total

686

Count

Handle (A) Handle (C) Handle (D) Handle (E) Handle (G) Handle (H) Handle (I) Handle (J) Handle (L) Handle (M) Handle (P) Handle (T) Handle (X) Handle (AA) Handle (EE) Handle (FF) Handle (?)

3 1 3 1 4 3 3 2 1 2 5 1 1 5 3 1 32

Handle Total

71

Spout (A) Spout (?)

21 3

Spout Total

24

Closed body Open body Body ?

1,855 4,106 495

Body Total

6,456

TOTAL

7,414

Count

RWMC sherdage Since the two RW wares of MChal (RWPB and RWL) were not separated during White Processing, but rather in post-excavation study, White Process statistics on KAIS do not distinguish them. For details on individual RW styles, however, and their development during the MChal, see above and § 5.2 and 5.4. White Process results are furnished in the following tables (17.39-40) and results of pattern analysis of RWL vessels appear in Table 17.41.

154

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Table 17.39. RWMC White Process results from Period 3B Shape

Count

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (7) Rim (9) Rim (24) Rim (28)

22 84 68 33 3 7 20 610

Rim Total

847

Base (A) Base (B) Base (D) Base (E) Base (?)

118 2 8 5 25

Base Total

158

Shape

Table 17.40. RWMC White Process results from all periods

Count

Lug (H) Lug (K) Lug (V) Lug (AA) Lug (DD) Lug (HH) Lug (?)

1 1 1 1 1 1 8

Lug Total

14

Spout (A) Spout (?)

15 2

Spout Total

17

Open body Closed body Body?

3,890 1,789 279

Body Total

5,958

TOTAL

6,994

Shape

Count

Shape

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (7) Rim (9) Rim (17) Rim (23) Rim (24) Rim (28)

61 409 322 108 25 12 27 2 1 54 2, 162

Rim Total

3, 183

Lug (A) Lug (D) Lug (E) Lug (G) Lug (H) Lug (K) Lug (M) Lug (N) Handle (P) Lug (Q) Handle (R) Lug (V) Lug (AA) Lug (CC) Lug (DD) Handle (FF) Lug (HH) Lug (?)

4 2 3 1 4 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 43

Lug Total

76

Base (A) Base (B) Base (C) Base (D) Base (E) Base (I) Base (?)

395 19 4 23 20 4 62

Base Total

527

Count

Closed body Open body Body?

6,908 13,434 2,125

Body Total

22,467

TOTAL

26,256

Table 17.41. Red-on-White Lattice Ware painted style analysis (vessels) KM

156 400 477.02 477.03 1241 1256 1346 1348 1492 2279 3293 5582 3260 1205 1206 1207 1208 1253 1351 2654 3258 3259 1347 1353 1392 1497 1498 2280 2282 2284 2285 2286 2287

Vessel Type 24 17 7 7 8 3 3 2 3 2 3 10 26 2 2 2 2 2 24 1 24 10 3 26 22 3 17 24 24 17 22 7 7

I

Structural E

NA N NA NA N N N N N Y Y Y NA Y Y N N Y NA Y NA Y N NA N N N NA NA N N NA NA

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

I

Torsional E

NA N NA NA N N N N N N N N NA Y Y N N Y NA N NA N N NA N N N NA NA N N NA NA

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N Y N Y N N N N Y N Y Y

I

Lattice E

I

Linear E

Building Number

NA N NA NA N N N N N Y Y Y NA Y Y N N Y NA N NA N N NA N N N NA NA N N NA NA

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N Y N Y Y N N N Y N Y Y

NA N NA NA Y N N N N Y Y Y NA N Y N N Y NA Y NA Y N NA N N N NA NA N N NA NA

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N Y N N Y Y Y Y N Y Y Y N Y Y

206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 855 855 855 855 855 855 855 855 855 855 855

Illustrations

Fig. 77.7 Pl. 25.10-12; Fig. 74.9 Pl. 26.7; Fig. 65.3 Pl. 26.7; Fig. 65.4 Pl. 26.8; Fig. 65.6 Fig. 63.4 Pl. 26.4; Fig. 64.2 Pl. 27.4; Fig. 75.1 Fig. 73.8 Fig. 65.1 Fig. 73.7 Fig. 66.6 Fig. 67.2 Pls. B.6, 26.2; Fig. 63.2 Pl. 27.1; Fig. 64.1 Fig. 63.3 Fig. 63.5 Pls. B.1, 26.1; Fig. 63.1 Pls. B.2, 27.7; Fig. 67.4 Pl. 27.3; Fig. 62.5 Fig. 67.3 Fig. 65.5 Pl. 26.3; Fig. 64.3 Fig. 67.1 Fig. 64.4 Pl. 26.5; Fig. 63.6 Fig. 66.3 Fig. 66.4 Pl. 25.4; Fig. 66.5 Fig. 66.1 Pl. 27.6; Fig. 66.2 Fig. 64.5 Fig. 65.2

Notes: I=location on vessel interior; E=location on vessel exterior; Y=yes (feature present); N=no (feature not present); NA=not applicable.

155

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Spalled Ware sherdage

Red Lustrous sherdage

SW is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.42 furnishes White Process results for SW according to morphological types.

RL is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.45 furnishes White Process results for RL according to morphological types.

Table 17.42. SW White Process results from Period 3B

Table 17.45. RL White Process results from Period 3B

Shape

Count

Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (28)

1 1 3 1 3

Rim Total Base (E)

Shape

Count

Handles

none

Spouts

none

Shape

Rim Total

4

9

Open body

1

1

Body Total

226

TOTAL

5

TOTAL

236

Coarse Ware sherdage CW is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.46 furnishes White Process results for CW according to morphological types. Table 17.46. CW White Process results from Period 3B

Table 17.43. CPW White Process results from Period 3B Count

Shape

1 2 5

Handle (Q)

Rim Total

8

Base (?)

2

Open body Closed body Body?

64 122 81

Body Total

267

TOTAL

278

Spouts

1 none

BTW is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.44 furnishes White Process results for BTW according to morphological types. Table 17.44. BTW White Process results from Period 3B

4 4 1 28

Rim Total

37

Base (A)

3

Shape

Count

Handles

none

Spouts

none

Open body Closed body Body?

105 1 7

Body Total

113

TOTAL

153

Count

Rim (4) Rim (6) Rim (28)

1 2 1

Rim Total

4

Base (A) Base (C) Base (I) Base (?)

2 10 1 3

Base Total

16

Shape

Count

Handle (P)

1

Open body Closed body Body?

128 106 454

Body Total

688

TOTAL

709

Relief and incised decoration on Period 3B pottery

Black-Topped Ware sherdage

Count

Shape

Count

Rim (1) Rim (5) Rim (6)

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (9) Rim (28)

1 1 2

7 218 1

CPW is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.43 furnishes White Process results for CPW according to morphological types.

Shape

Rim (1) Rim (3) Rim (28)

Open body Closed body Body?

Coarse Painted Ware sherdage

Shape

Count

Although relief is rare before the LChal at Kissonerga, it is attested on several sherds and vessels of RWL and RMP-B from MChal contexts. In the list that follows (Table 17.47), “Number” refers to drawn sherd register number (DS), to small find number (KM) and, in the case of registered sherds that were not drawn, to Unit number. Relief designations are as follows: R1 (circular relief knob); R2 (ovular relief knob); R3 (straight relief band); R4 (curvilinear relief band) and R5 (converging relief bands). KM 5150, although a surface level find, has been attributed here to Period 3B on the basis of its fabric and close parallels to other known examples. Comments A total of 3 vessels and 9 sherds were recorded as having relief decoration. The total number of motifs was thirteen, of which R3, the curvilinear band, was most popular (7 occurrences); next in popularity was R1 (3), followed by R4 (2) and R5 (1). There were no recorded examples of M2. Only one sherd (DS 564) displayed

156

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

multiple instances of an element, and there were no combinations of different motif types, as later occurs in LChal (see below). Only two sherds with incision derived from Period 3B contexts. These were a RWL closed body sherd (Unit 445; DS 426) with four incised lines on its exterior surface and a closed body sherd (Unit 928, not drawn) with two deep incised straight lines. The haphazard arrangement of the incisions on these sherds, as well as the rarity of incision prior to Period 5 at Kissonerga, makes it uncertain whether incision really constituted a decorative element during the MChal.

Red-on-White 2.

KM 3293 (Unit 561) RWL Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 12.2 cm (rim); 5.0 cm (base). Ht: 5.5 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Soft whitish slip under thin coat of reddishorange to brown paint. Exterior motifs are rim band; two diagonal and one vertical solid band between rim and base; base exterior and lower body painted; interior monochrome.

3.

KM 1256 (Unit 678) RWL Deep Bowl [Type 3] Period 4 Diam: 14.0 cm (rim); 3.2 cm (base). Ht: 12.8 cm. Fragmentary deep bowl with flat base. Decoration in orangey-red paint of medium lustre. Motifs: (exterior) rim band with wavy lines, base band, and three parallel sets of V-shaped lattice bands extending from rim to base; (interior) rim band, orangey wash on body.

4.

KM 1492 (Unit 623) RWL Deep Bowl [Type 3] Period 4 Diam: 12 cm (rim); 9.3 cm (base). Ht: 13.6 cm. Fragmentary deep bowl. Decoration in orangey-red paint of medium thickness. Motifs (exterior): lattice checkerboard, with checks increasing in size toward base; severely abraded.

5.

KM 2287 (Unit 928) RWL Flask [Type 7] Period 4 Diam: rim, base missing. Ht: 26.0 cm. Fragmentary flask. Decoration in orangey-red to orangey-brown paint of medium thickness and lustre; exterior surface lightly polished. Motifs: three fragmentary sets of V-shaped lattice-filled bands joined to irregular solid band near upper edge of fragment.

6.

KM 400 (Unit 9) RWL Spouted Bowl [Type 17] Period 4 Diam: 19.5 cm (rim); 7.0 cm (base). Ht: 22.0 cm. Fragmentary spouted bowl with plain rim and small, slightly hollowed base. Decoration on exterior of vessel only in red paint consists of: vertical bordered double zigzag bands, each cross hatched, alternating with cross-hatched squares pendent from the rim, the latter with projecting corners; as a filler on the spout, a doublebordered square with four rows of cross-hatched lozenges and, around the spout, six hatched bands arranged in a necklace-like fashion.

Periods 3/4 and 4 ceramics Catalogue of registered vessels (Periods 3/4 and 4) Since it has been argued in this chapter that RW is no longer produced during Period 4, we must explain the apparent anomalies in the following catalogue which attribute five RW vessels to that period. The first, KM 400, was very likely derived from B4 (Period 3B), since it was found close to it where walls impinge. KM 1256 probably derives from B206, since it rested in the fill of pit 654, which quarried away the N and NW parts of that building (therefore Period 3B). KM 3293, a hemibowl from Period 4 Gr. 561, was found along with many Period 3B sherds and is undoubtedly backfill. It thus dates to Period 3B and is not a funerary offering contemporary with Period 4. KM 2287 is also backfill, and was found in a Period 3/4 pit along with many Periods 2 and 3B sherds. Finally, KM 1492, a very abraded pot in B 376, rested in a secure context. There are no pits nearby to account for derived source, therefore it appears as the only example of a RW vessel from a Period 4 building. As the only such example, however, it is insufficient to argue for the continuation of RW at Kissonerga into Period 4.

Spalled Ware 7.

KM 2022 (Unit 54) SW Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 31.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 15.0 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Brownish-pink to dark purplish-brown slip of medium thickness and lustre; traces of vertical burnishing strokes on exterior.

8.

KM 1883 (Unit 674) SW Flask [Type 7] Period 4 Diam: 9.6 cm (rim); pointed base. Ht: 60.0 cm. Fragmentary flask preserved in two non-joining assemblages. Surface encrusted and abraded; occasional spalling. Thin orangeybrown to dark brown slip.

9.

KM 1258 (Unit 524) SW Conical Bowl [Type 10] Period 4 Diam: 18.0 cm (rim); 6.0 cm (base). Ht: 12.0 cm. Complete conical bowl with flat base. Dull slip of light orangeypink to dark reddish-brown; dark areas form distinct mottled patches. Surface lightly burnished.

Red Monochrome Painted 1.

KM 1823 (Unit 683) RMP (massive) barrel [25] Period 4 Rim: 60.0 cm. Base: 19.0 cm. Ht: 73.2 cm. Barrel with three shallow oblique relief ribs on body exterior below rim. Paint varies from pinkish-brown to dark grey. Surface encrusted and abraded; scant traces of burnishing strokes on exterior surface.

Table 17.47. Relief decoration on pottery of Period 3B Ware

Number

Shape

Location

RMP-B RMP-B RMP-B RMP-B RMP-B RMP-B RMP-B RWL RWL RWL RWL

DS 464 DS 510 DS 556 DS 561 DS 564 KM 2281 Unit 1211 DS 210 DS 606 KM 2853 KM 5150

Rim (24) Open body Body? Open body Closed body Rim (19) Closed body Closed body Rim (24) Rim (37) Rim (37)

Rim Body Body Body Body Lug Body Body Rim Rim Rim

Relief 1

Relief 2

Relief 3

Relief 4

Relief 5

1 1 1

-

1 1 1 2 1 -

1 1 -

1 -

Note: DS=Kissonerga sherd drawing number.

157

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

10. KM 1350 (Unit 672) SW Spouted Holemouth [Type 18] Period 4 Diam: 11.5 cm (rim); 7.0 cm (base). Ht: 23.4 cm. Fragmentary holemouth jar with short tubular spout. Surface heavily spalled and abraded; slip of medium thickness varies from orangey-red to grey. 11. KM 1825 (Unit 615) SW Collared Jar [Type 20] Period 4 Diam: 13.0 cm (rim); 10.0 cm (base). Ht: 15.5 cm. Fragmentary collared jar preserved in two assemblages. Surface encrusted, pitted and abraded. Scant traces of thin bluish-grey slip have preserved on body exterior. 12. KM 1590 (Unit 419) SW Collared Storage Jar [Type 23] Period 4 Diam: 16.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 52.5 cm. Fragmentary collared storage jar; base entirely missing. Surface encrusted, pitted and abraded. Dull slip varies in colour from dark pink to red to black. 13. KM 2025 (Unit 670) SW Collared Storage Jar [Type 23] Period 4 Diam: 20 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 19.0 cm. Fragmentary collared storage jar; base entirely missing. Heavily encrusted on exterior. Where encrustation is less severe, scant traces of dark pink to brownish paint of medium thickness are visible. 14. KM 1251 (Unit 711) SW Bottle? [Type 35?] Period 4 Diam: rim missing; 4.0 cm (base). Ht: 10.2 cm. Fragmentary small closed vessel, probably a bottle. Surface lumpy and abraded. Scant traces of dark pink to grey slip on exterior; slip is flaked off in small patches.

Red and Black Stroke-Burnished Ware 15. KM 3294 (Unit 1373) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 8.0 cm (rim); 3.0 cm (base). Ht: 6.0 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Medium thick reddish slip. Surfaces abraded, but diagonal 2 mm wide burnish strokes visible as long diagonal bands on body exterior. 16. KM 553.08 (Unit 505) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 27.0 cm (rim); 8.0 cm (base). Ht: 16.5 cm. Entirely preserved. Surface encrusted; exterior somewhat pitted and abraded; interior severely abraded. Paint varies from orange to red to dark brown. Deliberate mottling forms “target” patterns. 17. KM 1242 (Unit 167) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 19.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 10.8 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Surface encrusted and abraded. Medium thick orangey-pink slip with large grey mottled patch on exterior. Surface highly abraded, but traces of vertical burnishing strokes, c. 1 mm wide, still visible on body exterior; horizontal strokes around and below rim exterior. 18. KM 1243 (Unit 117) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3/4 Diam: 18.2 cm (rim); 5.0 cm (base). Ht: 12.4 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Surface pitted and slightly encrusted. Orangey-pink to greyish-brown slip of medium thickness. Burnishing in roughly vertical and diagonal strokes, 2-3 mm wide, exterior; and in diagonal strokes of similar thickness, interior. 19. KM 1245 (Unit 647) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 16 cm (rim); 3.5 cm (base). Ht: 11.2 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl with slightly omphalos base. Surface slightly encrusted and abraded. Greyish-brown to black slip. Scant traces of diagonal burnishing strokes, 2-3 mm wide, on exterior. 20. KM 1257 (Unit 680) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 18.9 cm (rim); 5.0 cm (base). Ht: 11.5 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Surface encrusted and slightly abraded. Orangey-pink to dark brown/black slip. Traces of vertical and diagonal burnishing strokes, 2 mm wide, exterior. 21. KM 1349 (Unit 793) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 18.5 cm (rim); 5.0 cm (base). Ht: 11.8 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Surface encrusted and abraded. Light orangey-pink to pinkish-brown/black slip. Burnishing not detectable due to heavy surface abrasion. 22. KM 1712 (Unit 538) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 16.5 cm (rim); 4.0 cm (base). Ht: 8.8 cm. Complete conical bowl with rounded base. Light orange to dark

pinkish-brown slip of medium thickness; black mottled patch near base exterior. Burnishing in horizontal and diagonal strokes, 1-2 mm wide, exterior. 23. KM 1713 (Unit 1098) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 8.8 cm (rim); 2.0 cm (base). Ht: 4.6 cm. Complete hemibowl with rounded base and missing tab lug at rim. Paint is medium thick and varies from light brown to orangey-pink. Burnishing in diagonal strokes on body exterior and in horizontal 1 mm wide strokes on rim exterior. 24. KM 1714 (Unit 1098) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 4 Diam: 19.0 cm (rim); 5.0 cm (base). Ht: 11.6 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Interior surface heavily pitted and abraded; pitting begins 3 cm below rim. Brownish-pink slip of medium thickness, with mottled grey patches exterior. Burnishing in long diagonal strokes on exterior, and in 2 mm wide horizontal strokes just below rim, exterior and interior. 25. KM 1787 (Unit 117) RB/B Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 3/4 Diam: 17.0 cm (rim); 4.0 cm (base). Ht: 10.7 cm. Fragmentary hemibowl. Paint varies from orangey-pink to red with grey mottled patch exterior and partial rim blackening, interior. Occasional 1-2 mm wide vertical burnishing strokes visible on exterior surface; surfaces pitted, crazed and abraded. 26. KM 1249 (Unit 680) RB/B Deep Bowl [Type 3] Period 4 Diam: 18.0 cm (rim); 6.6 cm (base). Ht: 13.6 cm. Fragmentary deep bowl. Slip varies from dark pink to dark grey. Scant traces of diagonal burnishing strokes, 2 mm wide, exterior. 27. KM 1247 (Unit 676) RB/B Holemouth [Type 5] Period 4 Diam: 14.0 cm (rim); 6.0 cm (base). Ht: 28.4 cm. Fragmentary holemouth with omphalos base and relief knob below rim. Surface encrusted and abraded. Pinkish-brown to black slip, deliberate mottling. Traces of vertical burnishing strokes, 2-3 mm wide, visible on exterior. Circular relief knob 6 cm below rim. 28. KM 1246 (Unit 679) RB/B Ovoid Bowl [Type 9] Period 4 Diam: 15.2 cm (rim); 2.5 cm (base). Ht: 10.5 cm. Near complete ovoid bowl. Pinkish-brown to grey paint. Burnishing in vertical strokes, 2-3 mm wide, exterior body; horizontal strokes, 1-2 mm wide, in a 1 cm wide band below rim exterior and in roughly horizontal strokes, 3 mm wide, interior. 29. KM 1254 (Unit 680) RB/B Ovoid Bowl [Type 9] Period 4 Diam: 15.4 cm (rim); 3.8 cm (base). Ht: 11.0 cm. Complete ovoid bowl with single tab lug. Surface varies in colour from orangey-pink to greenish-grey and black; surfaces burnished evenly to medium lustre; individual strokes not visible. 30. KM 1255 (Unit 680) RB/B Ovoid Bowl [Type 9] Period 4 Diam: 18.5 cm (rim); 4.0 cm (base). Ht: 13.5 cm. Near complete ovoid bowl with single tab lug. Surface orangey-pink with grey mottled patched. Burnishing in vertical and slightly diagonal strokes, 1-2 mm wide on interior and exterior body and in horizontal strokes of same width below rim. 31. KM 2004 (Unit 794) RB/B Ovoid Bowl [Type 9] Period 4 Diam: 17.0 cm (rim); 5.0 cm (base). Ht: 12.0 cm. Fragmentary ovoid bowl with slight omphalos base and fragmentary tag lug. Surface encrusted and abraded. Hard grey to black paint with small reddish-brown patches. 32. KM 3295 (Unit 847) RB/B Conical Bowl [Type 10] Period 4 Diam: 12.0 cm (rim); 4.0 cm (base). Ht: 7.0 cm. Fragmentary conical bowl. Slip varies from orangey-red to dark grey. Surfaces abraded, but traces of horizontal and diagonal burnishing strokes, 2 mm wide, visible on exterior. 33. KM 3296 (Unit 1047) RB/B Conical Bowl [Type 10] Period 4 Diam: 11.0 cm (rim); 3.5 cm (base). Ht: 5.7 cm. Fragmentary thick-walled conical bowl. Surfaces heavily calcined and abraded, obscuring paint and burnish. 34. KM 553.07 (Unit 505) RB/B Spouted Bottle [Type 12] Period 4 Diam: rim missing; 10.8 cm (base). Ht: 35.5 cm. Near complete bottle with cylindrical neck and long tubular spout. Paint varies from greenish-grey to black with occasional pinkishorange patches. Burnishing in long vertical and diagonal strokes, 2-

158

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

4 mm wide, on body and spout; some crazing on lower body. 35. KM 1252 (Unit 714) RB/B Spouted Bowl [Type 17] Period 4 Diam: 18.2 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 16.2 cm. Fragmentary spouted bowl; base entirely missing; spout broken off near junction with body. Surface encrusted crazed and abraded. Slip varies from dark orangey-pink to brown and dark grey. Burnishing visible in long vertical strokes, 2 mm wide, exterior. 36. KM 2041 (Unit 698) RB/B Spouted Bowl [Type 17] Period 4 Diam: 30.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 15.0 cm. Fragmentary spouted bowl. Surface severely encrusted; thin slip of pink to brownish-purple. Burnishing not visible due to abrasion. 37. KM 2042 (Unit 675) RB/B Spouted Holemouth [Type 18] Period 4 Diam: 11.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 11.0 cm. Fragmentary spouted holemouth jar with low relief knob to left of spout. Exterior surface crazed, with pinkish-brown slip of medium thickness; black mottled area runs from rim to broken edge left of spout. Interior has thin pinkish-brown to brownish-black slip. Burnishing in long vertical strokes, c. 2 mm wide, on spout and body exterior. 38. KM 2337 (Unit 561) RB/B Spouted Holemouth [Type 18] Period 4 Diam: 12.6 cm (rim); 8.0 cm (base). Ht: 20.0 cm. Complete holemouth jar with slightly raised base and long tubular spout. Surface pitted and abraded. Slip varies from red to orange to dark brownish-grey and is of medium thickness. 39. KM 1250 (Unit 692) RB/B Baggy Holemouth [Type 19] Period 4 Diam: 8.5 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 22.5 cm. Fragmentary baggy holemouth with four pierced horizontal lugs. Surface slightly abraded. Orangey-pink to brownish-black slip of medium thickness. Burnishing in long vertical strokes, 2-3 mm wide, exterior. 40. KM 1248 (Unit 680) RB/B Triangular Bowl [Type 21] Period 4 Diam: 12.2 cm (rim); 2.0 cm (base). Ht: 7.0 cm. Complete small triangular bowl. Surface crazed, slightly spalled and abraded. Orangey-pink to grey slip of medium thickness, with dark grey mottled patches on base and lower body exterior. No burnishing visible due to abraded state. 41. KM 1789 (Unit 675) RB/B Storage Jar [Type 24] Period 4 Diam: 31.2 cm (rim); 11.0 cm (base). Ht: 41.5 cm. Near complete storage jar with slight omphalos base and relief knob below rim; rim pinched in slightly to left of knob, perhaps to facilitate pouring. Slip varies from orangey-pink to dark pinkish-brown and black. Portions of surface heavily encrusted; where visible, 24 mm wide vertical burnishing strokes appear on exterior body. 42. KM 1790 (Unit 694) RB/B Storage Jar [Type 24] Period 4 Diam: 39.0 cm (rim); 9.8 cm (base). Ht: 38.7 cm. About 20% of rim, base and body have been restored. Fabric not visible due to complete preservation. Surface somewhat encrusted. Slip varies from orangey-pink to light brown and black. Burnishing in diagonal strokes, 2-3 mm wide, on exterior and interior surfaces. 43. KM 553.06 (Unit 505) RB/B Spouted Jar [Type 36] Period 4 Diam: 7.3 cm (rim); 3.5 cm (base). Ht: 12.5 cm. Complete flat-bottomed jar with ovoid body, concave neck, plain everted rim and long tubular spout. Dark pink surface with secondary blackening in mottled patches; surface dull due to abrasion.

Coarse Painted Ware 44. KM 1824 (Unit 391) CPW (monochrome) [Type 5] Period 4 Diam: 16.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 15.0 cm. Two non-joining rim sherds, amounting to about 15% of vessel, have been preserved. Medium hard pinkish fabric with very coarse size igneous and limestone filler. Surface severely calcined and abraded. Small patches of reddish-brown paint visible on exterior surface. 45. KM 1352 (Unit 54) CPW(mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 35.0 cm (rim); 10.0 cm (base). Ht: 62.0 cm. Near complete and restored holemouth storage jar. Thin streaky orangey-red to black paint. Mottled patches, interior and exterior. Lightly burnished.

46. KM 1821 (Unit 391) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 33.0 cm (rim); 10.0 cm (base). Ht: 38.0 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar with globular body and small omphalos base. Surface encrusted and abraded. Traces of medium thick reddish-brown paint, exterior; thin reddish wash on interior. 47. KM 1822 (Unit 696) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 32.5 cm (rim); 18.0 cm (base). Ht: 62.5 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Surface encrusted, abraded and slightly pitted. Thin orangey-red to dark grey slip; flakes off easily. 48. KM 1892 (Unit 675) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 30.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 38.0 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Surface encrusted in patches on exterior and interior. Thick dark pink paint, exterior; thinner paint of similar colour on interior with grey mottled strip near rim. 49. KM 1946 (Unit 391) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Rim: 22 cm Base: missing. Present ht: 14.5 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Surface severely encrusted and abraded. Medium thick reddish-brown to dark grey slip, applied directly to vessel surface. 50. KM 1948 (Unit 692) CPW (tartan) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 33.5 cm (rim); 18.0 cm (base). Ht: 47.5 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Surface encrusted and abraded. Thin pale buff slip; thin criss-cross “tartan” decoration in thin orangey-red paint of low lustre. 51. KM 1949 (Unit 675) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 30.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 15.0 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Surface lumpy and encrusted. Thin pale yellowish-buff slip, very abraded and thin layer of orangey-red paint, interior and exterior. 52. KM 1951 (Unit 685) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 26.0 cm (rim); 10.0 cm (base). Ht: 70.0 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Surface encrusted and abraded. Unslipped; traces of thin orangey-pink to reddish-brown paint on exterior surface. 53. KM 2020 (Unit 656) CPW (mono) Holemouth Store Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 27.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 34.0 cm. Fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Exterior surface encrusted. Medium thick dark pink to brown paint, low lustre. Burnishing in roughly vertical (exterior) and horizontal (interior) strokes, c. 2-3 mm wide. 54. KM 2040 (Unit 693) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 26.0 cm (rim); base missing. Ht: 65.0 cm. Very fragmentary holemouth storage jar. Surface encrusted and abraded. Thin yellowish-buff slip; thin layer of red to reddish-brown paint of low lustre, unevenly applied. 55. KM 3299 (Unit 2136) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: rim missing; 22.0 cm (base). Ht: 35.0 cm. Near complete holemouth storage jar; rim missing. Exterior surface covered with medium thick light brown to pinkish-brown paint and burnished to medium lustre; exterior crazed as a result of burnishing. 56. KM 3300 (Unit 2137) CPW (mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 4 Diam: 30.0 cm (rim); 5.0 cm (base). Ht: 95.0 cm. Near complete holemouth storage jar with low collar neck, small omphalos base and two small horizontal loop handles. Surfaces calcined and abraded. Orangey-brown paint of medium thickness applied directly to exterior surface and in a streaky manner on interior.

159

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Red and Black Stroke-Burnished (RB/B) sherdage

Coarse Painted Ware sherdage

RB/B is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.48 furnishes White Process results for RB/B according to morphological types.

CPW is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.50 furnishes White Process results for CPW according to morphological types.

Table 17.48. RB/B White Process results from Period 4

Table 17.50. CPW White Process results from Period 4

Shape

Count

Shape

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (7) Rim (9) Rim (10) Rim (12) Rim (24) Rim (28)

200 525 648 290 31 18 153 2 5 22 3,584

Lug (H) Lug (L) Lug (M) Lug (N) Handle (P) Lug (Q) Lug (T) Lug (U) Lug (V) Lug (W) Lug (X) Lug (Y) Handle (EE) Handle (FF) Lug (HH) Lug (?)

Rim Total

5,478

Base (A) Base (B) Base (D) Base (E) Base (F) Base (G) Base (H) Base (I) Base (?)

120 194 6 14 3 1 1 4 82

Base Total

425

Lug (A) Lug (B) Lug (D) Lug (E) Lug (F) Lug (G)

5 8 16 2 1 4

Count

Shape

8 2 1 1 1 4 1 5 4 4 3 1 2 2 2 36

Lug Total

113

Spout (A) Spout (?)

35 3

Spout Total

38

Closed Body Open Body Body?

7,238 18,752 3,323

Body Total

29,313

TOTAL

35,367

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (7) Rim (23) Rim (24) Rim (28)

1 8 10 25 6 3 1 1 52

Rim Total

107

Base (A) Base (B) Base (E) Base (F) Base (?)

10 10 16 1 2

Base Total

39

2

Spout (A) Spout (?)

1 2

Spout Total

3

Open body Closed body Body?

552 1,911 204

Body Total

2,667

TOTAL

2,818

83

Base (A) Base (B) Base (E) Base (Q) Base (?)

2 1 2 1 3

Lug (?)

7

Spout (A)

2

Open body Closed body Body?

827 674 293

Body Total

1,794

TOTAL

1,895

12

Table 17.51. CW White Process results from Period 4 Shape

Count

Lug (?)

Rim Total

Count

CW is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.51 furnishes White Process results for CW according to morphological types.

Table 17.49. SW White Process results from Period 4 Shape

1 6 39 15 2 1 1 18

Shape

Coarse Ware sherdage: White Process statistics

SW is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.49 furnishes White Process results for SW according to morphological types.

Count

Rim (1) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (7) Rim (9) Rim (24) Rim (28)

Base Total

Spalled Ware sherdage

Shape

Count

Rim (3) Rim (4) Rim (5) Rim (28)

3 2 3 7

Rim Total

15

Base (A) Base (C) Base (?)

7 9 3

Base Total

160

Count

19

Shape

Count

Lug (G) Lug (L)

1 1

Lug Total

2

Open body Closed body Body?

213 192 1,151

Body Total

1,556

TOTAL

1,592

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Red Polished (Philia) Ware sherdage RP (Philia) is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.52 furnishes White Process results for RP sherdage according to morphological types. Table 17.52. RP White Process results from Period 4 Shape

Count

Shape

Count

Black Slip-and-Combed sherdage from Period 4 (Fig. 74.1-8) Only a single sherd of BSC was recorded from Period 4. It is listed here and discussed along with other BSC sherdage in § 5.2. Unit 1047 1 closed body sherd, unit 1047 (from wall of B 1046)

Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (28)

2 1 3

Lug

none

Relief and incised decoration on Period 4 pottery

Spout

none

Rim Total

6

Open body Closed body Body?

25 12 8

Body Total

45

TOTAL

51

The table below (Table 17.53) lists sherds with relief decoration from units of Period 4. The “Number” column shows either the sherd drawing number (DS), small find number (KM) in the case of whole vessels or simply the unit number for relief sherds that were registered but not drawn. Relief motif numbers are as follows: R1 (relief circular knob); R2 (relief ovular knobs); R3 (straight relief band); R4 (curvilinear relief band); R5 (converging relief bands). Examples of all of these types are shown in Figs. 78-79.

Base

none

Table 17.53. Relief decoration on vessels and sherds from Period 4 Ware

Number

Shape

CPW CPW CW RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B

DS 83 DS 445 DS 300 Unit 66 Unit 101 Unit 101 Unit 109 Unit 128 Unit 284 Unit 561 Unit 626 Unit 632 Unit 746 Unit 748 Unit 754 Unit 754 Unit 754 Unit 754 Unit 754 Unit 754 Unit 815 Unit 855 Unit 880 Unit 895 Unit 912 Unit 1020 Unit 1053 Unit 1190 Unit 1489 DS 107 DS 117 DS 118 DS 202 DS 206 DS 207 DS 208 DS 209 DS 211 DS 212 DS 213 DS 214

Closed body Rim (5) Open body Closed body Open body Open body Rim (28) Rim (28) Closed body Rim (28) Open body Rim (28) Rim (28) Rim (28) Rim (28) Rim (28) Open body Rim (28) Open body Open body Open body Open body Closed body Rim (28) Open body Open body Open body Rim (28) Rim (5) Rim (2) Rim (2) Rim (2) Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (2) Rim (5) Rim (2) Rim (2) Open body Open body

Location

Relief 1

Relief 2

Relief 3

Relief 4

Relief 5

body rim body body body body rim rim body rim body body rim rim rim rim body rim body body body body body rim body body body rim rim rim rim rim rim rim rim rim rim lug rim body body

2 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 5 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 1

1 1 -

2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -

1 1 1 1 -

1 -

161

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RB/B RMP(massive) RMP(massive) RMP(massive) RMP-B SW SW Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown

DS 216 DS 217 DS 218 DS 219 DS 220 DS 226 DS 227 DS 228 DS 243 DS 301 DS 324 DS 335 DS 354 DS 365 DS 409 DS 436 DS 437 DS 446 DS 450 DS 456 DS 461 DS 468 DS 471 DS 494 DS 503 DS 504 DS 507 DS 509 DS 571 DS 595 DS 635 KM 1247 KM 1789 KM 2042 DS 363 KM 1823 Unit 1345 Unit 973 DS 840 Unit 754 DS 115 DS 116 DS 133 DS 134 DS 215 DS 248 DS 250 DS 262 DS 275 DS 834

Rim (2) Rim (2) Rim (3) Open body Rim (3) Open body Closed body Open body Rim (2) Rim (28) Closed body Body? Rim (2) Rim (5) Rim (3) Open body Open body Open body Rim (28) Rim (5) Open body Body? Closed body Rim (1) Rim (28) Rim (3) Rim (2) Rim (1) Open body Rim (2) Open body Rim (19) Rim (24) Rim (18) Rim (25) Rim (25) Rim (25) Rim (24) Rim (5) Open body Rim (2) Open body Rim (2) Open body Open body body? Open body Rim (2) body? Rim (5)

rim rim rim body rim body handle body rim rim body body rim rim rim body body body rim rim body body body rim rim rim rim rim body rim body lug rim spout rim rim rim rim rim body rim body rim body body body body rim body lug

2 1 1 3 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3

1 1 2 1 2 2 1 -

1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 -

1 1 1 2 -

1 1 1 1 -

Note: DS=Kissonerga sherd drawing number.

By far the most common ware which employed relief decoration was RB/B, although several sherds of RMP (massive), SW, CW and CPW are also recorded. Ten sherds (unknown) were either unusual or abraded so that the ware type was unidentifiable. Four vessels and 90 sherds containing a total of 131 motifs were recorded above. The sherd count and the motif/sherd ratio are higher here than was the case for MChal relief sherdage (see above), suggesting greater popularity of this decorative technique during the LChal. Of the five motif types, R1 is most popular, occurring 68 times; next in terms of frequency is R3 (37 occurrences), followed by R2 (12 occurrences); R4 (9 occurrences); and lastly R5 (5 occurrences). Most sherds have only one relief element, but many repeat an element several times (especially R1), and several combinations of more

than one type occur, the most popular being the combination of R1/2 (circles and ovals). It is interesting that much decoration occurs near the rims of vessels, and that while most relief occurs on smaller size vessels, several large storage jars (RMP massive) were decorated with relief elements as well. Incision continues to be extremely rare in Period 4. Only 3 sherds with distinct incised lines derive from Period 4 contexts, all of which are RB/B; to this we can add a probable fourth example, a SW sherd from surface deposits that probably belongs to the LChal (DS 840). The latter is the only sherd prior to Period 5 examples whose incision is clearly and unequivocally incised decoration. It is interesting that the short incised lime-filled strokes on the relief rib of this sherd resemble RP incision and may attest to outside influence.

162

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Four sherds with incision were recorded at Kissonerga. They are listed below (Table 17.54).

Table 17.55. RP Grey Process from Periods 4/5, 5, 5? and surface level)

Table 17.54. Incised decoration on sherds from Period 4 and surface Unit Drawing no.

Ware

Description

0 0 80 867

CPW SW SW RB/B

open body with one incised line rim sherd with incised relief closed body with incised line open body with 7 parallel incised lines

840

Period 5 ceramics Catalogue of registered vessels (Periods 5 and 5?) Red Polished (Philia) 1.

KM 2649 (Unit 2052) RP Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 5 Diam: 7.0 cm (rim); 2.0 cm (base). Ht: 3.0 cm. Complete hemibowl. Entirely preserved, with some chipping at the rim. Well levigated buff fabric. Orangey-red paint applied directly to unslipped or possibly self-slipped surface; paint has flaked off in small patches. Surface abraded and encrusted; silky burnish.

2.

KM 2650 (Unit 2052) RP Hemibowl [Type 2] Period 5 Diam: 11.7 cm (rim); 2.5 cm (base). Ht: 5.5 cm. Shallow hemibowl with flattened base. Small bits of rim missing. Well-levigated buff fabric. Orangey-red paint applied to unslipped or possibly self-slipped surface; paint has flaked away in small patches. Interior of base encrusted. Stroke-burnishing on exterior and interior in long 1-2 mm wide horizontal and diagonal strokes.

Red and Black Stroke-Burnished 3.

KM 1788 (Unit 530) RB/B closed vessel [Type 28] Period 5 Diam: rim missing; 14.0 cm (base). Ht: 15.0 cm. Fragmentary closed vessel. Surface encrusted and abraded; colour varies from dull greenish-grey to black with occasional orangeypink patches; burnishing in long vertical and diagonal strokes, 2-4 mm wide, on body and spout; some crazing on lower body.

Red-on-White Lattice 4.

KM 1348 (Unit 880) RWL hemibowl [Type 2] Per 5? Diam: 12.9 cm (rim); 7.0 cm (base). Ht: 7.0 cm. Near complete hemibowl. Decorated with motifs in red paint. Exterior: rim band, base band and two pair of parallel vertical lattice bands; interior monochrome.

Description

Count

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 66 66 66 66 66 70 445 867 867 880 880 1169 1169 1169 1169 1322 1322 1322 1322 1322 1322 1322 1332 1332 1332 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2049 2052

rim (2) rim (3) rim (28) base (A) handle lug spout closed body open body base (A) handle spout closed body open body spout handle spout closed body handle closed body handle rim (2) closed body open body rim (2) rim (14) rim (28) base (A) handle closed body open body rim (2) base (A) spout rim (2) rim (14) base (A) handle spout closed body closed body

1 1 1 2 10 1 3 71 7 1 6 2 58 1 1 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 4 2 1 1 4 1 1 68 12 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Total

284

Incised decoration on RP sherdage

Coarse Painted Ware 5.

Unit

KM 559.02 (Unit 504) CPW(mono) Holemouth Storage Jar [Type 6] Period 5? Diam: rim missing; 19.0 cm (base). Ht: 42.5 cm. Fragmentary closed vessel, probably a holemouth storage jar; rim missing. Red to dark brown slip varying from thin to medium thickness. No evidence of burnishing; surfaces encrusted and abraded.

Red Polished Ware sherdage (Fig. 76) RP Grey Process sherdage is discussed in § 5.2. They are listed individually in Table 17.55 according to unit and morphological type.

Incision on RP at Kissonerga is limited to three body sherds and a rim fragment. All display lime-filled incised strokes in a herringbone pattern (without a central line). Thus they conform to what is known of incised decoration on Philia RP pottery from other sides around the island. Three of the four examples are illustrated in Fig. 76.8, 10-11. In the “Number” column below (Table 17.56), “KM” refers to small find number and “DS” to sherd drawing number.

163

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

(Table 17.59), and tables listing pots from individual contexts (buildings, graves, extramural areas: Tables 17.60-69) are provided.

Table 17.56. Incised decoration on RP sherdage Unit

Reference

Description

0 0

--KM 399

0 886

DS 883 DS 876

open body sherd with herringbone pattern small jar with herringbone incision on upper body below rim (restored in Pl. 28.7; Fig. 76.10) closed body sherd with herringbone incision closed body sherd with herringbone incision

Form and function of pottery vessels Function 1: food preparation/service

Black Slip-and-Combed Ware sherdage (Fig. 74.1-8) BSC is discussed in § 5.2. Table 17.57 furnishes results for BSC Grey Process sherdage according to morphological types. Table 17.57. BSC Grey Process results from Periods 5 and 5? Unit

Shape

0 0 0 66 1322 2048 2048 2048 2048

rim (2) closed body open body open body closed body rim (2) rim (3) handle (?) open body

Total

Count 4 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 5

Function 2: liquid storage

19

Other sherdage of Periods 5 and 5? The greatest number of Period 5 sherds from wares other than RP and BSC are RB/B. Almost all came from Gr. 530 and formed part of KM 1788, a fragmentary pithos which contained an infant burial (see § 4.4 for discussion of the burial). This suggests, albeit tentatively, that RB/B persisted into the Philia horizon. Otherwise wares (including SW, CPW, RWB, RWL, RMP-B) are represented by only several sherds each; most are found in graves and are thus very likely derived. These are listed in the following table (17.58). Table 17.58. Miscellaneous White Process sherdage from Periods 5 and 5? Ware

Unit

Sherds

CPW SW RB/B RMP RMP RB/B

Grave 530 Grave 530 Grave 530 Unit 2052 Unit 2133 Unit 2133

1 sherd (rim (28)) 1 closed body sherd 80 closed body sherds (= KM 1788) 1 body? sherd 1 open body sherd 4 sherds (1 rim (1), 1 base (B), 2 open body)

Vessels used to prepare, serve and distribute food include multi-purpose deep and shallow bowls (Types 1, 2, 3, 9, 21, 22); drinking cups (Types 8, 13); spouted bowls for preparation of liquid or semi-liquid foods such as yoghurt (Types 17, 32); small plates for serving dry food (Types 30, 34); and bottles, jugs and juglets for liquid service (Types 14, 16, 35). Several of the above may well have doubled as temporary storage containers, but their general size and shape suggest preparation and/or service of food as a primary function. In some domestic contexts at Kissonerga, bowls of standardised shape and size found in association with large storage vessels may have been used as measures for the distribution of bulk foods.

Containers for liquid storage tend to be closed shapes with restricted rims to minimise spillage or loss. They can be divided by size into two sub-groups: those of medium size intended for short-term storage and transport (Types 7, 20, 36); and those of large size intended to remain stationary and used for long-term storage (Types 6, 23). The interpretation of the holemouth storage jar (Type 6) as a container for liquids is inferred from a number of formal and compositional features, including the highly porous nature of the clay through use of chaff temper would have allowed for evaporation and hence maintained cooler temperatures; the thinness of the walls on these vessels; and their narrow omphalos bases and high centres of gravity, which together would have facilitated tilting and emptying. At Lemba, CPW storage jars were thought to have been used for dry storage on the basis of a contextual link between several jars and charred grain found in compacted mud composition of associated flooring material. However, the more frequent occurrence there of the holemouth storage jar in pits and as part of an underground storage complex argues in favour of their use for liquid rather than dry storage. Function 3: dry storage

§ 17.3 Function, context and spatial variation (D.B.) Spatial analysis of pottery from buildings, graves, pits and extramural contexts is presented in § 5.3. Here, details on the forms and functions of pottery vessels

Containers for dry storage tend to be stable, with low centres of gravity and relatively broad bases and thick walls. Rims are usually unrestricted to allow for maximum accessibility of contents, although exceptions to this rule are frequent in the ethnographic record. This functional type can be divided into portable containers of medium size intended for small scale/short term storage (Types 5, 18); and containers that due to size and weight constraints would have remained stationary

164

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

and thus served as longer-term storage vessels (Types 24, 25, 26). Function 4: cooking Cooking vessels in traditional societies are normally round rather than rectangular in order to allow for more even distribution of heat and to obviate the accumulation of moisture in corners (Rice 1987). Thin bases and porous clay bodies aid in the rapid transmission of heat to the vessel contents. Types 4 and 31 were therefore probably used primarily as cooking vessels; fireclouds and perforated suspension lugs on examples of Type 19 suggest the possible use of this vessel for cooking as well. Function 5: ritual/ceremonial This group was isolated largely on the basis of find context, although the unusual shapes of the spouted jar and bottle suggest a special function. Types 10, 12 and 37 belong to this group. Type 10 is a bowl type and may have been used for food service/preparation prior to its use in a burial, but the only example of this type came from a Period 4 grave.

Function 6: miscellaneous The three remaining types (Types 11, 15, 33) have been grouped together since they occur only once each and their functions cannot be construed from morphological characteristics. Type 11 may have been a toy. Given its small size, it is difficult to imagine it serving a practical purpose, and its find context within a building does not suggest a ceremonial usage. Type 15, the Philia jar, with its incised lime-filled decoration, may have served a special function (cosmetics or spices perhaps?); however, there is no direct evidence. Finally, Type 33, the squat holemouth, is equally enigmatic. Its restricted rim may suggest its use as a container for some kind of liquid, but its small size is not in keeping with other holemouth vessels. Perhaps it, too, was used to store a substance more precious than wine. Since each of these three types occurs only once at Kissonerga, contextual evidence was not able to contribute to the interpretation of their functions.

Table 17.59. Vessel function Type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

Name

Formal Characteristics

Size

Context(s)

Function(s)

platter hemibowl deep bowl tray holemouth holemouth storage jar flask goblet ovoid bowl conical bowl minibowl spouted bottle kylix Philia jug Philia jar Philia juglet spouted bowl spouted holemouth baggy holemouth collared jar triangular bowl globular bowl collared storage jar storage jar barrel basin saucer deep tray spouted platter squat holemouth tripod bottle spouted jar anthropomorphic

open, shallow open, shallow open, deep open, porous, fire shadows closed (slightly restricted), deep closed, porous, thin walls, small omphalos. bases closed (very restricted), cylindrical neck, pointed base open, deep, footed base open, deep, thin walls open, thin walls open, shallow closed (very restricted), long thin tubular spout open, stemmed base closed, loop handle closed, globular body closed, loop handle open, deep, tub. spout closed (slightly restricted), tubular spout closed (restricted), low centre of gravity closed (very restricted), short cylindrical neck open, shallow open, deep, lugged closed (very restricted), short cylindrical neck closed (slightly restricted), flat base closed (slightly restricted), flat base open, deep, broad flat base, lugged open, flat open, deep, lugged, fire shadows open, open spout closed (restricted), broad flat base open closed (very restricted), long cylindrical neck closed, globular body, long tubular spout open (cylindrical), human-like features

small-med small-med small-med medium medium large medium medium medium medium v small medium small medium small small medium medium medium medium small medium large large large large small medium medium small small-med small-med small small-med

multiple multiple multiple multiple multiple floors multiple floor B 4 floor B 3 grave B 994 grave multiple superf. superf. superf. B 3, 4, 855 B3 B 3, 855 B3 B3 B 855 B 204 B 3, 206 B 3, 206 B 855 superf. B 1161, pit pit, general pit multiple pit grave special pit

F1 F1 F1 F4 F3 F2 F2 F1 F1 F5 F6 F5 F1 F1 F6 F1 F1 F3 F3 F2 F1 F1 F2 F3 F3 F3 F2 F1, 4 F1 F6 F1 F1 F2 F5

165

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

690 690 701 702 702 703 703 703 703 703 704 704 704 704 704 705 705 705 761 782 782 782 782 782 786 786 787

Pottery from buildings The data in Tables 17.60-62 below are the results of high grade processing of potspreads from fifteen MChal - LChal buildings at Kissonerga: three from Period 3A (B 1016, 1161 and 1547); five from Period 3B (B 2, 4, 206, 855 and 994); and seven from Period 4 (B 3, 86, 204, 376, 866, 1044, and 1052). High Grade analysis was used to establish minimum numbers of vessels in each unit, as well as their dimensions; and in the case of B 3 volumes were calculated for well preserved pots. Vessels which were fully or partially restorable were give small find numbers at the time of excavation; others which were less well preserved were assigned inventory numbers in the 5500 series. The latter are likely to be the remains of broken or discarded pottery lying on the floor rather than in situ vessels. Proposed vessel functions are abbreviated as follows: C = cooking; FP = food preparation and service; FS = food storage; FS+ = long term food storage; LS = liquid storage; LS+ = long term liquid storage. PERIOD 3A Table 17.60. Vessels in buildings of Period 3A Unit

KM

Description

Dimensions

Function

Building 1016 1536 5526

RMP-A base (D)

Building 1161 1304 2278 1262 ---

RMP-A deep tray (31) CW oven lining

rim=58 cm

FP C

Building 1547 1577 5579 1583 5580

RMP-A holemouth (5) RMP-? vessel (28)

base=24 cm

F/LS

FP

PERIOD 3B Table 17.61. Vessels in buildings of Period 3B Unit

KM

Building 2 37 5501 38 5502 39 5503 39 5504 39 5527 163 ---

Description

Dimensions

RMP-B base (D) base=15 cm RMP-B base (A) base=26 cm CPW jar (6) rim=50 cm RMP-B base (A) RMP-? closed vessel (7?) RMP-? vessel (28)

Function

FP FS+ LS+ FS+ LS? ?

RW spouted bowl (17) rim=19.5 cm CW tray/oven lining RMP base (A) used as lid? RW goblet (8) rim=16.9 cm

LS C FS/LS FP

Building 206 499 1244 689 1207 689 1208 689 1351 689 5540 689 5541

RMP-B lid w/handle RWL hemibowl (2) RWL hemibowl (2) RWL storage jar (24) RWL storage jar (24) RWL hemibowl (2)

FS FP FP FS+ FS+ FP

diam=24 cm 4.5 litres 13.2 litres 260 litres rim=44 cm rim=42 cm

RWL hemibowl (2) RMP-B flask (7) RWL hemibowl (2) RWL hemibowl (2) SW closed vessel (28) RWL platter (1) RWL barrel (25) RMP(massive) jar (6) RMP-B jar (6) RWL storage jar (24) RWL storage jar (24) RWL storage jar (24) RMP-B base (A) RMP flask (7) RWL closed vessel (28) RWL conical bowl (10) RMP-B hemibowl (2) RWL hemibowl (2) RWL storage jar (24) RMP-B storage jar (24) RMP-B storage jar (24) RWL hemibowl (2) RWL hemibowl (2) RWL bowl (28) RWL hemibowl (2) RWL bowl (28) large vessel (28)

Building 855 928 2287 937 1353 937 2280 938 2281 938 2282 939 1347 939 1498 939 2283 939 2284 939 2285 949 2286 953 5513 955 5514 956 5573 957 5574 958 1392 958 1497 960 5516 1010 1517 1243 5517

RWL flask (7) RWL basin (26) RWL store jar (24) RMP-B baggy (19) RWL store jar (24) RWL deep bowl (3) RWL spout bowl (17) RMP-B basin (26) RWL spout bowl (17) RWL glob. bowl (22) RWL flask (7) CW oven lining CW oven lining RWL bowl (28) RWL bowl (28) RWL deep bowl (3) RWL deep bowl (3) RWL flask neck (7) CW oven lining RWL open vessel (28)

Building 994 981 5577 994 1413 1200 5532 1201 ----

RWL bowl (28) RMP-B minibowl (11) RWL storage jar (24) RWL bowl (28)

2.1 litres 25.1 litres 4.6 litres rim=c. 50 cm

FP LS FP FP LS? FP FS+ LS+ LS+ FS+ FS+ FS+ ? LS LS? FP FP FP FS+ FS+ FS+ FP FP FP FP FP ?

24.4 litres 89.8 litres 243 litres rim=52 cm rim>50 cm base=50 cm

17.9 litres rim=28 cm rim>50 cm rim=46 cm 86.0 litres rim=46 cm rim=29 cm rim=49 cm 6.0 litres rim=40 cm

5.1 litres 111 litres 158 litres 51.0 litres 43.0 litres 3.8 litres 4.0 litres 100 litres 6.0 litres 22.3 litres 4.1 litres

LS FS+ FS+ LS FS+ FP FP FS+ FP FP LS C C FP FP FP FP LS C FP

rim=18 cm 6.5 litres 1.9 litres

FP M FP+ FP

rim=3.0 cm

PERIOD 4 Table 17.62. Vessels in buildings of Period 4 Unit

Building 4 9 400 301 5528 302 5529 303 1241

1253 2896 1205 5505 5506 2654 3258 3297 5542 5543 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 3259 5544 5545 5512 3298 5546 5547 5548 5549 1206 5550 5572

KM

Building 3 54 1352 54 2022 55 5531 56 246 5576 351 5536 374 5552 391 1821 391 1824 391 1946 391 5553

166

Description

Dimensions

CPW holemouth storage jar (6) SW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW closed vessel (28) ? vessel (28) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) SW open vessel (28) RMP(massive) base (A) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth jar (5) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6)

Function

64.0 litres 226 litres rim=31 cm

LS+ LS+ LS+?

base=30 cm 188 litres rim=16 cm 58.0 litres base=10 cm

LS+ FP FS+? LS+ F/LS LS+ LS+

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

391 391 407 614 615 647 648 656 670 674 675 675 675 675 676 677 679 680 680 680 680 680 683 685 688 692 692 693 694 694 696 696 697 698 698 699 709 710 711 711 714 715 716 793 794 794 835 2136 2137

5554 5555 5581 5556 1825 1245 5557 2020 2025 1883 1789 1892 1949 2042 1247 5558 1246 1248 1249 1254 1255 1257 1823 1951 5559 1250 1948 2040 1790 5560 1822 5561 5562 2041 5563 5564 5565 5566 1251 5567 1252 5568 5569 1349 2004 5570 5571 3299 3300

Building 86 205 5575 209 5551

RB/B hemibowl (2) RB/B holemouth jar (5) ? vessel (28) RMP(massive) storage jar (24) SW collared jar (20) RB/B hemibowl (2) SW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) SW collared jar (20) SW flask (7) RB/B storage jar (24) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) RB/B spouted holemouth (18) RB/B holemouth jar (5) CW(massive) barrel (25) RB/B ovoid bowl (9) RB/B triangular bowl (21) RB/B deep bowl (3) RB/B ovoid bowl (9) RB/B ovoid bowl (9) RB/B hemibowl (2) RMP(massive) barrel (25) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) SW flask (7) RB/B baggy holemouth (19) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) RB/B holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) RB/B holemouth storage jar (6) RMP(massive) h.s.j. (6) CPW base from h.s.j. (6) RB/B spouted bowl (17) RB/B hemibowl (2) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) SW closed vessel (28) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) RB/B spouted bowl (17) SW closed vessel (28) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) RB/B hemibowl (2) RB/B ovoid bowl (9) RB/B closed vessel (28) RB/B ovoid bowl (9) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6)

rim=52 cm rim=25 cm

20.4 litres 1.1 litres rim=40 cm 129 litres 85.0 litres 32.0 litres 27.0 litres 136 litres 200 litres 11.9 litres 5.6 litres rim=50 cm 0.94 litres 0.15 litres 2.0 litres 1.2 litres 1.9 litres 1.4 litres 188 litres 89.0 litres 4.0 litres 128 litres 89.0 litres 20.9 litres rim=35 cm 64.0 litres rim=36 cm 21.6 litres rim=26 cm rim=36 cm rim=36 cm rim=43 cm 0.33 litres rim=39 cm 3.2 litres

1.6 litres 1.5 litres base=10 cm rim=16 cm 172 litres 187 litres

? vessel (28) on floor 2 oven lining

FP F/LS FS+ LS+ FP LS+ LS+ LS LS FS+ LS+ LS+ LS F/LS FS+ FP FP FP FP FP FP FS+ LS+ LS F/LS LS+ LS+ LS+ LS+ LS+ LS+ LS+ FP FP LS+ LS+ LS+ LS? LS+ FP LS? LS+ FP FP LS? FP LS+ LS+

Building 1044 1163 5522 RB/B storage jar (24) 1163 5523 SW flask (7) (frag.) Building 1052 1098 1713 1098 1714 1162 5515 1162 5524 1162 5525

RB/B storage jar (24) RB/B hemibowl? (2?) RB/B storage jar (24) RB/B holemouth jar (5) SW collared jar (20) ? ware holemouth jar (5) SW coll. storage jar (23)

Building 376 623 1492

RW deep bowl (3)

Building 866 774 5518 774 5519 774 5520 774 5521

CPW (tartan) holem. storage jar (6) CPW (tartan) holem. storage jar (6) CPW (mono) holem. storage jar (6) SW closed vessel (28) (frag)

rim=16 cm

FS+ FP FS+ F/LS LS F/LS LS+

rim=12 cm

FP

rim=30 cm rim=14 cm

LS+ LS+ LS+ LS?

FS+ LS

rim=8.8 cm rim=19 cm rim=35 cm rim=21 cm rim=28 cm

FP FP FS+ FP LS+

Pottery from graves and tombs In Tables 17.63-68, vessels and sherds from the Kissonerga graves and tombs are listed. See § 17.2 for catalogue descriptions of the vessels and § 4 for descriptions and discussion of the graves and burials. Table 17.63. List of complete vessels from graves KM

Unit

Description

553.06 553.07 553.08 1258 1712 2337 3293 559.02 1788

505 505 505 526 538 561 561 504 530

RB/B spouted jar (36) RB/B spouted bottle (12) RB/B hemibowl (2) SW conical bowl (10) RB/B hemibowl (2) RB/B spouted holemouth (18) RW hemibowl (2) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) RB/B closed vessel (28)

Period 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5? 5

White Process sherdage from graves Pottery from graves and tombs is discussed briefly in § 5.3. White process results of this pottery are presented in Tables 17.64 - 17.68. Table 17.64. White Process sherdage from graves and tombs of Periods 3A and 3A? Ware

C

Building 204 204 5537 204 5538 204 5539 340 5533 340 5534 418 5535 419 1590

RB/B hemibowl (2) RB/B hemibowl (2) RB/B storage jar (24) RB/B hemibowl (2) RB/B holemouth storage jar (6)

rim=45 cm

Count

RMP-A RWPB RW? RM? GBW BTW Other

334 10 21 13 11 5 116

Total

510

Shape

Count

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (5) Rim (28)

4 5 2 51

Total

62

Note: Graves and tombs with pottery: 535, 551, 552, 553, 554, 567, 570, 571, 574, 575.

Comments Limited evidence, limited number of types (platter, hemibowl, holemouth). Mostly RMP - a tiny bit of RW and BTW. GBW, RM?, and RW? probably earlier redeposited material.

167

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Table 17.65. White Process sherdage from graves of Period 3B Ware

Count

RWL 234 RMP-B 130 RB/B 87 SW 13 CPW 3 CW 18 Other (mostly ‘X’ & ?) 247

Shape

Table 17.67. White process sherdage from graves of Periods 4? and 4/5?

Count

Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (24) Rim (28)

2 2 4 1 54

Total

63

Ware

Count

RB/B RWL RW? RMP-B CW Others

7 6 2 6 1 5

Total Total

Shape

Count

Rim (2) Rim (5) Rim (28)

1 1 1

Total

3

27

732 Note: Graves with pottery: Gr. 502, 529, 543.

Note: Graves and tombs with pottery: 503, 560, 563, 568, 569

Comments

Comments

One grave (502) contained residual RWL body sherds.

Most is RWL (2:1 ratio RWL/RMP-B). This reflects the change in non-grave sherdage from predominantly monochrome in Period 3A to predominantly RW in Period 3B. Almost all RB/B sherdage derives from Gr. 503; this apparent anomaly can best be explained by disturbance from an overlying 3B pit whose rim may have been missed during excavation (see § 4.4 for details of excavation of Gr. 503 and overlying features). Shapes - still rather limited range and all types are found in non-grave contexts (hemibowl, deep bowl, holemouth). All but one sherd derive from small size vessels, but the existence of one sherd from a storage jar (Type 24) tentatively suggests the use of larger pots in graves already during Period 3B. Table 17.66. White Process sherdage from graves of Period 4 Ware

Count

Shape

RB/B RWL RMP-B SW CPW CW RP Other

1,270 691 366 104 47 134 7 906

Rim (1) Rim (2) Rim (3) Rim (5) Rim (6) Rim (7) Rim (10) Rim (28)

17 43 49 32 1 1 1 204

Total

3,525

Total

348

Table 17.68. White Process sherdage from graves of Periods 5 and 5? Ware

Count

RB/B RWL CPW SW

86 1 1 1

Total

89

Shape

Count

Rim (28)

1

Note: Graves with pottery: Gr. 504, 530.

Comments RB/B continues into Period 5. Not much information on shapes, as only one unidentifiable rim sherd was recorded. Pottery in pits

Count

In this section vessels found in pits are listed and commented on. For full catalogue descriptions, see § 17.2. For descriptions of the pits, see § 15.5. Table 17.69. List of complete vessels from pits

Note: Graves and tombs with pottery: 501, 506, 507, 510, 511, 513, 514, 515, 518, 519, 522, 523, 526, 532, 538, 539, 541, 542, 544, 545, 550, 555, 556, 557, 558, 561, 565, 566.

Comments Most pottery from Period 4 graves is RB/B, and it is presumed here that the RWL and RMP-B are the results of backfill. RP (from Gr. 507, 566) indicates usage during Period 4. Greater range of shapes used here than in burials of MChal. Sherdage shows normal, nongrave types; but as noted above two special types now appear known only from graves, the spouted jar and spouted bottle.

KM

Unit

Description

Period

1888 3708 3709 3705 2349 3229 3490 3491 3704 477.02 477.03 2287 3294 2649 2650

1147 1660 1682 1554 1419 1634 1426 1426 1606 125 125 928 1373 2052 2052

CW (burnished) tray (4) RW closed vessel (28) RM? squat holemouth (33) RW spouted platter (32) RMP deep tray (31) RMP bottle (35) RMP flask (7) RMP deep bowl (3) CPW deep tray (31) RW flask (7) RW flask (7) RW flask (7) RB/B hemibowl (2) RP hemibowl (2) RP hemibowl (2)

2 2 2 2/3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3B 3B 3B 4 5 5

CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CPW holemouth storage jar (6) CW vessel (28)

4 4 4

Fragmentary Pots ---788 ---788 ---788

168

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Comments The placement of pots in pits appears to be more common during Periods 2 and 3A; during later periods, associated activities may have taken place more regularly inside buildings. Vessel types represented in Periods 2 and 3A pits are utilitarian rather than ritual or symbolic (contrast, for example, the ritual usage of pots in Period 3B: Unit 1015 LAP II.2). In addition, the two RWL flasks from Unit 125, KM 477.01-02, belonged to the capstone ledge of Gr. 503 rather than to a simple pit (see § 4.4). During Period 4, the usage of pots in pits dramatically decreased, as only a RB/B hemibowl and a fragmentary CPW storage jar have been found in these contexts. This contrasts with Lemba, where pots and especially storage jars occur much more frequently in pits that belonged to extra-mural storage areas (LAP I, § 4.2). Pottery from extramural contexts

dieval potsherds (Evershed, Heron and Goad 1991). Function too may be deduced from organic residues, for instance the detection of residual lipids in stone trough fragments and pithoi sherds from Kalavasos-Ayios Dhimitrios suggested oil processing could have taken place there (Keswani 1992), while beeswax in combed kalathoi found at a Late Chalcolithic/Early Helladic house in Vari is believed to make them relevant to ancient apiculture in line with modern local practise (Jones 1986). The pottery at Kissonerga-Mosphilia has been classified into various vessel types including pithoi, bowls, scoops and jars. Organic residue analysis of sherds from a cross-section of these ceramics, the majority from B 3, was undertaken to see if oils, fats or other lipids residues could be detected and whether lipid analysis would be a basis for a form-to-function relationship which could eventually assist in interpretation of pithoi use in B 3. Experimental

Comments: For discussion of the associated extramural contexts, see § 3.8. KM 5578 and 2596 were found on extramural surfaces, the former in association with B 200 and the latter to the east of wall 1401 stratified below B 206. The associations of KM 2279 are less clear, and although it was found above the hearth in B 855, it is not in situ and not associated with the building. Disturbance in this area makes further clarification difficult.

§ 17.4 Evidence for wax on pottery from the Pithos House (A.Q. and S.R.) An interesting mid-third millennium BC structure, the Pithos House, was uncovered during excavations at Kissonerga-Mosphilia. Circular (c. 10 m Diam) with a central hearth like others at this site, it was somewhat unusual in respect of the extraordinary amount of ceramic debris covering the floor. Although the building had been destroyed by fire, the hearth had not apparently been used, being choked with unfired clay fragments. The Pithos House yielded four main categories of ceramics: Coarse Ware (CW); CW massive; Coarse Painted Ware (CPW); Spalled Ware (SW) and Red & Black Stroke Burnished Ware (RB/B). By far the greatest proportion of pottery came from large CPW storage jars known as pithoi. Based on this evidence, B 3 has been interpreted as a storage room or pithos house. However, there are very few visual clues as to its purpose or the role the vessels played (routine flotation yielded only a few pistachio seeds (see § 3.5 and Peltenburg 1990)). Traces of organic residue absorbed into the fabric of pottery and therefore likely to relate to its contents can sometimes be analytically detected, like oils in amphorae sherds (Condamin, Formenti, Metais, Michel and Blond 1976) and leaf waxes in Late Saxon/Early Me-

Sampling Twenty-four sherds, representing four general fabric groups from a variety of vessel styles, were analysed (Table 5.18). An area of approximately 4 cm2 x 1 mm depth was abraded from both exterior and interior sherd surfaces with a dental drill, each sample yielding between 300 mg and 350 mg of powdered pottery. This sampling approach preserved the morphology of the sherd for potential future study and reconstruction. Areas which had been glued or numbered were avoided to prevent interference from adhesive or varnish. Extraction and analysis Total lipids were extracted and analysed following a method developed for their recovery from archaeological ceramics (Evershed et al. 1990). An internal standard, n-tetratriacontane (C34:0; 10 µg), was added to the powder pottery at the start of the procedure. After extraction with a chloroform/methanol mixture, each sample was reconstituted with cyclohexane and derivatised with N,O-bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide containing 1% trimethylchlorosilane. 1 µl of sample was then analysed by gas chromatography (GC) followed by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GCMS). Each sample was analysed in duplicate and reagent blanks were included to check for preparation interferents. Identifications were based on data from reference lipids. Initial GC analysis was performed with a Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II chromatograph fitted with a 0.6 m x 0.32 mm i.d. deactivated polyimide-coated fused silica retention gap (SGE). This was connected by a deactivated silica push-fit connector (Hewlett Packard) to a 12 m x 0.22 mm i.d. x 0.1 µm film thickness (df) polyimide-clad fused silica capillary column coated with cross-linked polydimethylsiloxane (BP-1; SGE).

169

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

The oven was programmed to hold the initial temperature for 2 min at 50ºC before ramping to 350ºC at 10ºC min-1, maintaining the final temperature for 10 min. Samples were introduced onto the column with a cool on-column injector tracking the oven temperature. Helium at a column head pressure of 20 psi was used as the carrier gas, and detection was by flame ionisation. Data handling was performed with Chemstation software (Hewlett Packard) run on a QS/16S computer (Hewlett Packard). GC-MS analysis was undertaken with a HRGC 5160 Mega Series chromatograph (Carlo Ebra) coupled to a 4500 quadrapole mass spectrometer (Finnigan MAT) by a transfer line maintained at 300ºC. Chromatographic separations were made after sample introduction by cool on-column injection onto a 15 m x 0.32 mm i.d. x 0.12 µm d f polyimide-clad fused silica column coated with cross-linked polydimethylsiloxane (CP-Sil 5 CB, BP-1 equivalent; Chrompak) using the same oven temperature programme and carrier gas as above. The mass spectrometer source temperature was 170ºC and emission current 350 µA. Electronionisation was performed at 70 eV and scans were made every 1 s over the mass range 50-700 amu with a 0.05 s hold time. Data was processed with an INCOS data system (Finnigan MAT). Results (see Table 5.18) Coarse and Spalled wares No lipids were detected in the examples of CW, CW massive, SW or CPW, which included fragments of pithoi. Red and Black Stroke Burnished ware Both RB/B hemibowl sherd extracts produced similar chromatograms. GC-MS revealed two homologous series associated with scale insect waxes in these samples: odd carbon number saturated hydrocarbons (C27C33); and even carbon number palmitate monoesters (C40-C50) with associated hydroxypalmitic acid wax esters (Tulloch 1974; Kolattukudy 1976). A significant amount of even carbon number long chain alcohols (C24-C34) were identified in the samples. These compounds form only minor components of the majority of scale insect waxes (Kolattukudy 1976) and so have most likely resulted from degradation of the palmitate wax esters. This would produce hexadecanoic (palmitic) acid (C16:0) and relatively high amounts of this free fatty acid can be seen in the chromatogram. The most obvious source of scale insect wax is from bees and distinct mixtures of well-preserved beeswax and animal fat have been identified analytically in two Late Saxon/early Medieval ceramic vessels (Charters, Evershed, Blinkhorn and Denham 1995). Unfortunately the Kissonerga samples are too degraded to allow specific identification of the wax.

Additional free fatty acids were identified in the extracts; octadecanoic acid (C18:0) and octadecenoic acid (C18:1). These could also originate from degraded wax esters, but equally all three free acids (C16:0, C18:0 and C18:1) may have come from an additional fatty or oily source as they are some of the most frequently occurring natural fatty acids (Christie 1982). Sterols, useful for indicating animal- or plant-derived lipids, were not detected. Using the internal standard peak, total lipid contents were quantified as 12 and 14 µg/100 mg pottery for the inner and outer surfaces respectively for sample 10 and similarly 8 and 9 µg/100 mg for sample 19. The third RB/B sherd, from a spouted bowl, did not reveal any detectable lipid traces. Discussion The Pithoi Several large CW pithoi were set permanently into the floor, suggesting that they were central to some activity and that B 3 was possibly a preparation/distribution centre. If the pithoi were used in this way, the analysis so far indicates that their contents were unlikely to have been predominantly oil- or fat-based. This is not to say that they were empty: proteinaceous, carbohydrate/sugar-based and aqueous commodities would not be extracted or detected by the lipid method used; water may have been stored there, although this theory cannot be proven analytically, and equally, the contents could have been dry, like grain or seed, but evidence has not survived. The type of sherds analysed (mainly body sherds) could also be a factor as different parts of a vessel may absorb and accumulate varying amounts of lipid depending on how it was used (Charters, Evershed, Goad, Leyden, Blinkhorn and Denham 1993; Charters, Evershed, Goad, Blinkhorn and Denham 1995). Future analysis of this material should include sherds from base and rim to produce a whole vessel profile. The significance of wax and fat on RB/B ware There are a number of possible explanations as to how wax and oil/fat have come into contact with sherds of RB/B hemibowls from Kissonerga-Mosphilia. Wax coated onto pottery and buffed to a high gloss, termed burnishing, is a traditional pottery finishing technique which serves a dual purpose as both sealant and decoration (Rice 1987; Cosetino 1990). Wax or a wax/fat mixture might have been used in this way with the RB/B hemibowls. The vessels could alternatively have been used to prepare, store or distribute a wax or wax/fat mixture. Lipids were detected in samples from both sides of the sherds, suggesting that they have either migrated through the pottery fabric following contact with the outer or inner surfaces of the vessel, or had been applied to both sides deliberately.

170

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

It is plausible that the RB/B hemibowls served a distinct purpose from CW, CW massive, CPW and its historical precursor, SW. They may even have played a different role to RB/B spouted bowls, but such assumptions obviously cannot be based on the results from so few sherds. Interestingly, a separate study has shown that the fabric of a number of RB/B sherds from Kissonerga-Mosphilia was generally less porous than other wares, including CW, CW massive, CPW and SW, although no distinction was made between the different ceramic types within the RB/B group (Shiels 1993). Whether this is a reflection of their clay source, firing or finishing treatment, which would all influence pore size (Rice 1987), remains to be investigated. Contamination by plasticisers Synthetic compounds from plastics, varnishes, marker pens, inks, adhesives and consolidants often interfere with lipid analysis, making interpretations difficult by masking residue components if they co-elute. Although the sherds in this study were wrapped in newspaper and stored in cardboard boxes prior to analysis, substantial amounts of plasticiser (possibly from the print) were nevertheless detected. Acid-free tissue, degreased aluminium foil or paper envelopes are strongly recommended as alternatives, especially to the ubiquitous plastic bag. Minimal handling will also ensure that finger grease does not interfere with analysis (Evershed 1993). Conclusions The organic residue analysis of select pottery sherds from Kissonerga-Mosphilia so far indicates that some RB/B hemibowls from the site have been in contact with wax and possibly oil or fat. Lipids were found on both the inner and outer surfaces of these sherds, suggesting that the hemibowls may have been sealed to reduce permeability for a purpose, either decorative or functional, or were used to prepare, store or serve wax/fat-based matter. Lipids were not detected in samples of CW pithoi or other pottery from B 3. It would therefore seem unlikely that the pithoi were used for oil, fat or wax storage, preparation or distribution in B 3, although further lipid analysis of different parts of these vessels is needed before the findings can be more conclusive. Acknowledgements The authors wish to thank: Professor Edgar Peltenburg, Jennifer Shiels and Dr Elizabeth Goring for informative discussions about the site and the pottery; the NERC for use of their NSS Organic Geochemistry GCMS facility at Bristol University; Mr Jim Carter for his assistance with operating the GC-MS; Dr Richard P Evershed for invaluable discussion of the analytical results and revision of an earlier manuscript; and Dr Jim Tate and Paul Wilthew for helpful comments about the text. Initial GC analysis for this project was undertaken as an undergraduate placement between the University of Bradford and the National Museums of Scotland.

§ 17.5 Red Polished (Philia) ware - analyses and results (F.M.K.S.) The following sections are a detailed discussion of the techniques and analytical procedures used in § 5.6. The Philia culture has long presented a problem to archaeologists and it remains something of an anomaly, so that analysis of any nature would be a welcome addition to the existing literature. Apart from any regional ramifications, the possibility of external influence could not be ignored although it would require a larger study than this to acquire legitimate data. To ensure a realistic and accurate result, samples were taken from as varied an area as possible. After consideration, the following sites were chosen: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Kissonerga-Mosphilia (KM) Khrysiliou-Ammos (KAT1) Vasilia-Evrima (VT) Sotira Kamminoudhia (SK, SP) Philia-Vasiliko/Laksia tou Kasimou (PVT3, PVT4, PVLKT1/2

A selection of diagnostic sherds was chosen from each site for analyses - INAA and petrographic. The use of INAA and computer based statistical interpretation of the resulting analytical data is a well established technique in provenance studies of ceramics. Petrographic analysis is well suited and long established in ceramic mineral identification which would only complement the primary technique of INAA. The raw data was clustered using SSPS/PC+ Version 3.0. Four different cluster methods were chosen for analysis: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Average Linkage (within group) Average Linkage (between groups) Centroid Method Ward Method

The samples were first subject to cluster analysis using selected elements: sodium, potassium, samarium, caesium, cerium, hafnium, lanthanum and thorium. 43 out of the total samples were accepted to form a dendogram using these elements. A second cluster analysis was performed with the same elements omitting potassium and 71 samples were accepted to form a dendogram. Chromium, cobalt and iron had been excluded from both clusters immediately because of possible contamination from the diamond drill and the iron wire used as the flux monitor. All of the resulting graphs have been submitted for study although the interpretation will be based mainly on the Ward method dendograms. The variety of agglomerative methods which can be applied to the data mean that ‘tightness’ of cluster can be demonstrated when a variety of clustering methods produce a broadly similar result. Of these agglomerative clustering techniques, Ward’s method is believed to be the most useful and relies on the error sum of squares method of meas-

171

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

uring the distance from each individual to the centroid of its parent cluster. Ward’s method requires that a distance coefficient be calculated for input to the transformation. The similarity coefficient which is required by the method is the ‘squared Euclidean distance’ and this is the most common measure of dissimilarity between clusters. The technique is of greatest value in locating clusters which are spherical in shape, but where this is not the case misleading results may be obtained e.g. when no natural clusters are elongated. Analysis of dendograms Fig. 5.17: Ward method using the selected elements including potassium. Group 1 - PV67, PV68, PV66 Group 2 - VT55, KA94, PVL72, KA92, VT54, VT56, VT52, KA90 Group 3 - KM25, SP101, SK106 Group 4 - VT62, KA96, VT59, VT61, VT53, VT51, KA93 Group 5 - KM3, KM4, KM2 Group 6 - KM1, KM12, KM5, SP97

Petrographic analysis The thin section results it was hoped would support the dendograms to some extent. It was unfortunate that I was prevented sampling the Philia and Khrysiliou ceramics. This was due to the smallness of size of the samples given for analysis. INAA was deemed the more important of the two procedures and so the result of the petrographic analysis encompasses only those samples of suitable size for both analyses i.e. Vasilia-Evrima, Kissonerga-Mosphilia and Sotira-Kamminoudhia. Table 17.70. Petrographic analysis of Vasilia-Evrima samples Code Content 051 054 063 060 064 059 055 053 052 062

Quartz and carbonate grains Quartz and carbonate grains Quartz and carbonate grains with some shapes possibly microfossils Quartz and carbonate grains Quartz and fine grained siltstone - possibly chalk Quartz and carbonate grains Quartz and carbonate grains Quartz and carbonate grains with shell Quartz and carbonate grains Quartzite grain quartz and carbonate fragments

Magnification XP x16 XP x16 XP x16 XP x18 PP x18 XP x35 XP x20 XP x22 XP x16 XP x16

Evident in these groups are essentially tight clusters as expected from the Northern groups i.e. Philia, Vasilia and Khrysiliou. The clusters are somewhat mixed from the Philia area. In group 2 we see samples from Vasilia, Khrysiliou and Philia itself in a tight cluster. This was the expected result. As the samples were taken for analysis, the clays were similar. The samples from Kissonerga and Sotira remained reasonably distinct. Group 5 exhibits a tight cluster of Kissonerga samples while group 3 and group 6 clusters some Kissonerga samples with those from Sotira.

The Vasilia samples were fairly homogeneous in content (Table 17.70). They had a fine ground mass containing quartz sand which was very angular - volcanic ash was also apparent. The temper was well distributed and there were very few inclusions in this well levigated pottery The needle crystals were aligned in the shape of the pottery and this might indicate that the pot was thrown not coiled.

Fig. 5.18: Ward method using the selected elements omitting potassium.

Table 17.71. Petrographic analysis of Kissonerga samples

Group 1 - KM9, KM21, SK106, KM38, KM40 Group 2 - KM12, KM27, KM5, KM26, KM20, KM25, KM29, KM1, SP101 Group 3 - KM3, KM4, KM2, KM16 Group 4 - KA93, KA96, VT62, PVL73, VT53, VT51 Group 5 - PV78, PVL82, VT61, PV86, VT59, VT54 Group 6 - PV70, KA91, PV67, PV68, PV66 Group 7 - PV88, KA95, VT55, KA92, PVL71, PVL72, VT56, PVL81, PVL83, KA90, KA94, VT52 The main groups 1-7 exhibit tendencies perceived in the small dendogram i.e. tight clustering of pottery from one site or in association with a neighbouring site. The samples from Sotira do not form a cohesive unit by themselves but are mostly linked with those from Kissonerga. There is a potential link with the northern sites with sample SP100 tying in slightly to groups 4 and 5. Interestingly, sample SK105 did not form a tight cluster with either the Kissonerga or Vasilia samples with which it had appeared similar.

Note. (PP) polarised; (XP) non-polarised

Code

Content

012

Quartz and carbonate grains and micro fossil fragments Quartz grains Quartz and carbonate grains Quartz and carbonate (the carbonate is fine grained, quartz is large grained) Quartz and carbonate grains Quartz and carbonate grains shell fragments Quartz and carbonate grains (very fine) Fine quartz and coarse carbonate grains shell fragments

010 006 008 050 020 026 007

Magnification PP x11 XP x25 XP x16 XP x16 XP x16 XP x16 XP x16 XP x16

Note. (PP) polarised; (XP) non-polarised

These Kissonerga samples were fairly homogenous (Table 17.71) and displayed a fine ground mass. Also apparent were unidentifiable large black opaque areas. Biotite and feldspars were evident. The other elements visible varied from the subrounded to the subangular. A well levigated ceramic not dissimilar to the Vasilia samples.

172

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

Table 17.72. Petrographic Kamminoudhia samples

analysis

Code Content 109 097 113 104 106 103 101 110 108 098 105

of

Sotira-

Magnification

Feldspar, quartz and augite Quartz (fine) and serpentine Quartz (fine) in black igneous rock Very fine quartz fragments with large fragments of black igneous rock Assorted foraminafera Quartz fragments and igneous source material, some opaque (Fe) Uniform fine grained material including quartz (very colourful) Fine grained quartz (very porous) Quartz, feldspar and igneous source material Fine grained quartz Foraminafera and shell fragments. Fine quartz

Table 17.73. Catalogue of Red Polished (Philia) ceramics Cat. no. Sample number

XP x16 XP x16 XP x14 XP x20 PP x25 XP x16 XP x16 XP x16 XP x16 XP x16 XP x20

Note. (PP) polarised; (XP) non-polarised

The difference in Sotira pottery from the KissonergaMosphilia and Vasilia pottery is startling (Table 17.72). The samples are very coarse and the inclusions are larger, particularly large chunks of quartz which tended to fall out of the pottery whilst samples were removed. There is much more sand and many minerals such as olovine, feldspars and volcanic glass. Sample 105 was very different, being well levigated with few inclusions. On the whole the petrographic analysis has tended to confirm the INAA cluster analysis. The groups tend to be uniform and where integration does occur it is at a nearby site level. It is interesting to note the similarity between Kissonerga-Mosphilia and Vasilia displayed both in the dendograms and the thin section analysis. Sotira samples had been very different throughout this study with one or two exceptions as noted above. Catalogue of Red Polished ‘Philia’ ceramics The pottery samples were first given a catalogue number from 1 to 118. Site names are as follows: KM = Kissonerga-Mosphilia VT = Vasilia-Evrima Tomb 1 PVT3 = Philia Vasiliko Tomb 3 PVT4 = Philia Vasiliko Tomb 4 PVLTKT1 = Philia Laksia Tou Kasimou Tomb 1 PVLTKT2 = Philia Laksia Tou Kasimou Tomb 2 KAT1 = Khrysiliou-Ammos Tomb 1 SK and SP = Sotira-Kamminoudhia For analysis procedures each sample was given a 3 digit sample number. This was the most important number as it would later be the representative number in the cluster analysis dendogram. Finally, a description of each sample was given to illustrate the variety of shapes that were to be used in the analysis.

173

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67

045 011 046 017 012 042 013 020 047 001 009 048 022 033 019 040 006 036 049 024 039 007 010 023 015 005 004 026 003 041 028 032 016 002 050 014 043 027 018 044 038 008 029 025 035 034 031 037 021 030 E1 E2 E3 E4 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 058 059 060 061 062 063

Unit

Description

2049 1379 1379 1379 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 1379 1379 1379 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 886 445 1169 1169 1169 1169 488 229 880 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 0 0 0 Edinburgh Std. Edinburgh Std. Edinburgh Std. Edinburgh Std. VT1 VT2 VT3 VT4 VT5 VT6 VT7 VT8 VT9 VT10 VT11 VT12 VT13

RP closed body RP closed body RP open body RP handle (jug) RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP rim deep bowl RP handle (thick, rod) RP handle (small, flat) RP handle (small, rod) RP closed body RP closed body RP rim (hemibowl) RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP open body RP handle (jug or amphora) RP jug handle RP jug handle (plugged) RP closed body (jug) RP rim (hemibowl) RP closed body RP handle (jug) RP closed body (jug) RP closed body RP spout (jug) RP handle (jug) RP handle (jug) RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body (amphora) RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body RP closed body Reference clay Reference clay Reference clay Reference clay RP closed vessel RP open vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP open vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel, incised RP closed vessel, burnt, incised RP closed vessel RP base, spout open RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118

064 065 E5 066 067 068 069 070 071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078 079 080 081 082 083 084 085 086 087 088 089 090 091 092 093 094 095 096 E6 E7 E8 E9 097 098 099 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109

VT14 VT15 Edinburgh Std. PVT3 1 PVT3 2 PVT3 3 PVT3 4 PVT3 5 PVLTKT2 1 PVLTKT2 2 PVLTKT2 3 PT3 1 PT3 2 PT3 3 PT3 4 PT3 5 PT3 6 PLTKT1 1 PLTKT1 2 PLTKT1 3 PLTKT1 4 PLTKT1 5 PVT4 1 PVT4 2 PVT4 3 PVT4 4 PVT4 5 KAT1a 1 KAT1a 2 KAT1a 3 KAT1a 4 KAT1b 1 KAT1b 2 KAT1b 3 Edinburgh Std. Edinburgh Std. Edinburgh Std. Edinburgh Std. SP54 SK52 SK68 SP53T6 SP826R5 SP41 SP94 SP65 SK1 SK2 SK3 SK4 SK5

RP closed vessel (no paint) RP open vessel Reference clay RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel, spout RP open vessel, rim RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP open vessel RP closed vessel RP open vessel, spout RP open vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP open vessel base RP open vessel RP open vessel rim RP handle RP closed vessel BP open vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel, incised RP closed vessel, spout RP closed vessel RP closed, white filled incision RP closed vessel, spout RP closed vessel RP closed vessel RP closed vessel Reference clay Reference clay Reference clay Reference clay RP open vessel RP open vessel, fine RP closed vessel, rough RP open vessel RP open vessel BP open vessel, incised RP open vessel, rim RP closed vessel RP closed vessel, very abraded RP open vessel RP open vessel RP rim RP closed vessel

Sequence B This is constructed from a sequence of levels in a sounding below B 1161 (Period 1B-2), makeup and fill of B 1161 (Period 3A), re-occupation fills of B 1161 (Period 3B) and a general unit over B 1161, equivalent to 880 and 1322 over B 1295 in Sequence A. The diachronic positions of 3A and 3B are clearly attested in this sequence largely because of secondary usage of B 1161. As a result of this critical sequence, and stratigraphic observations, small buildings in the north-west of the Main Area are attributed to a Period 3A community, but at least one was re-used in a functionally or socially differentiated zone of the Period 3B settlement. Sequence C (relevant section: Fig. 18.2) Deposits to the west of B 855 and south of B 1165 yielded a good series of superimposed units through Periods 2-4. They comprise units in soundings below the platform (2066) for B 855 (Period 2-3A), units beside B 855 (Period 3B) and units that accumulated against and above the wall of B 1165 (Period 4). Sequence D (relevant section: Fig. 19.1) This sequence was obtained from three superimposed buildings, B 855, 493 and 200. Unfortunately, the only available section is located at the southern limit of excavations (Fig. 17) where disturbance was evident, perhaps because the site fell away/was terraced more sharply towards the Skotinis stream here. B 493, for example, does not extend into the section face, but was clearly set into the collapse of B 855 and sealed by B 200. Although most units of the sequence do not appear in the section, they can be related to it with confidence because of the architectural integrity of the superimposed buildings. Thus, Unit 882 and its affiliates belong to B 855 (Period 3B), unit 790 to an intermediate deposit between B 855 and B 493, unit 817 and its affiliates to B 493 and associated deposits, and the group with 638 to B 200 and adjacent deposits. See also Figs. 3.4, 3.12 and 3.15.

Note Std=Standard

§ 17.6 Notes for Key Sequences (D.B. and E.P.) The following notes apply to the Key Sequences of Fig. 2.2 Sequence A (relevant section: Fig. 18.1) This sequence is obtained from B 1295, general units above it, a sounding below it and two major units off the section of Fig. 18.1. These are Gr. 558 which clearly cut into B 1295 (Pl. 3.3) and pit 1233 which was cut into a fill of B 1295. The transition from Period 3A to 3B is weakly articulated here because B 1295 was apparently deserted during Period 3B, to be overlaid by general habitation deposits subsequently.

Sequence E (relevant section: Fig. 19.2) Four superimposed structures, B 1103, 3, 706 and 86, and overlying deposits provide a well stratified, but compressed, set of units for this sequence. Several appear in the associated section of Fig. 19.2: those that do not are from other parts of the structures which yielded better sherd data. B 706 had no preserved walls, and so is not marked on the section. Its position is indicated by units 238/246, immediately below B 86. The final group of sherds is derived from units associated with B 86 and from some overlying deposits. See also Figs. 3.5 and 3.11.

Sequence F (relevant sections: Figs. 20, 24)

174

§ 17 Pottery Archive Report

The sequence is obtained from a series of units in the more securely stratified deposits of the Upper Terrace, and as such is vitally important for linking that part of the site with the Main Area. Given settlement drift in Cypriot prehistory, there can be no assurance that the same periods will be represented in both exposures, even though only 100 m apart. Many constituent units belong to pits set in the complex of 1667 and overlying surface 1556 which was sealed by B 1547 just east of the section face and, above this, general deposit 1539. B 1016 was superimposed over B 1547, and together with the intermediate level 1539, it provides data for the latest Period 3A part of the diagram. B 1016 had a late occupation (Floor 3: Unit 992) which is included here in spite of the paucity of sherds because it contained later ceramics which effectively tie in Upper Terrace deposits with the Main Area Period 3B sequences. See also Figs. 3.1 and 3.3.

175

Chapter 18: Catalogue of Figurines, Figurine Fragments, Phalli, possibly Figurative Worked and Unworked Stones, Unidentifiable Worked Stone and Pottery Fragments by Elizabeth Goring [Ed. For figurines from the Ceremonial Area, see LAP II.2.]

§ 18.1 Stone anthropomorphic figurines, pendant figurines and figurine fragments

rial?).

Chalk, calcarenite, limestone, sandstone and diabase

Pl. 31.2; Fig. 80.4; LAP II.2, Fig. 29

KM 33 Limestone with foraminifera Ht 9.6 (fr) W 7.0 (fr) Th 3.6 Torso and legs of detailed figurine, head and neck missing. Outstretched arm projections, largely broken off. Body curves out to wide hips and thighs which bulge slightly at waistline before tapering to base with flattened end. Curved horizontal incised line below waist. Legs indicated by vertical incised line to base. Flat back with no detailing.

KM 289 Dense chalk Ht 24.9 W 14.9 Th 5.8 Large cruciform schematic figurine. Convex head with slightly flattened indented top. Truncated asymmetrical arm projections, one broader than other. Body tapers to flat base. Front face slightly concave at head and upper torso, convex at lower torso. Concave back.

Apparently not self-supporting. Cadastral Plot 157.6

Not self-supporting. Fits comfortably into the hand.

Pecked and ground all over. Chip from side of head and side of lower torso. Smooth areas over top of head, end of one arm and underside of base.

Cadastral Plot 138.2

Not self-supporting.

Pl. 31.1; Fig. 80.1; Preliminary 1, 26, Fig. 8; Tatton-Brown 1979, 22 no. 22

Cadastral Plot 157.6

KM 157 + 256 Chalk Ht (157) 6.1 (fr) W 3.6 (fr) Th 3.3 (fr) Ht (256) 5.9 (fr) W 4.6 (fr) Th 2.6 (fr) Two fragments joining to form lower leg, probably from large anthropomorphic figure. Almost circular section. Tapers to small rounded boss, flat underneath, divided from leg by finely incised line and groove.

KM 332 Calcarenite Ht 5.9 (fr) W 10.3 Th 3.8 Fragment of figurine, arms and part of upper torso and neck surviving. Neck expands slightly to truncated outstretched arms, wedge-shaped and asymmetrical, tapering towards ends. Right arm with straight end, left arm rounded. Front face convex, back flat.

Surfaces covered with parallel vertical manufacturing striations. Cadastral Plot 157.6

Pit 7 Period 4

Fig. 80.2

Fig. 80.6

KM 228 Coarse-grained calcarenite H 13.3 (fr) W 10.6 Th 5.0 Upper part of large schematic figurine. Asymmetrical oblong head slightly tilted back, divided from torso by broad pecked groove. Asymmetrical straight-sided body, slightly convex front surface, flat back. Traces of possible groove at lower, broken end. Oval section.

KM 395 Reef limestone Ht 18.8 (fr) W 9.5 Th 7.2 Large schematic figurine, upper part apparently damaged. Narrow top with rounded end, expanding asymmetrically to broad straight-sided body. Lower part of body expands slightly to two rounded leg projections divided by a deep indentation. Both faces convex.

Faces pecked and ground. Pecking on end. Upper part of sides damaged. Patches of slight polish from handling, especially on convex face.

Surface pecked all over.

Edges polished and smooth from handling. Tool marks on back.

Fig. 80.5

Cadastral Plot 157.3

Cadastral Plot 157.5 Fig. 80.3 KM 282 Reef limestone Ht 15.0 (fr) W 9.3 Th 5.5 Torso and legs of detailed figurine, upper section missing above waist. Slender lower body expands from waist to curved hips. Legs taper to slightly rounded base at feet. Incised Y-shaped groove defines pubic area and divides legs. Feet divided from legs by two horizontal grooves. Front face flat over pubic area and legs, swelling to rounded belly. Back convex, with rounded buttocks. Legs divided on back by deep incised groove. Front face and left buttock chipped. Base pecked and chipped. Right side of back sheared off. Very deep hole (ancient), 1.9 cm deep, 1.1 cm in diameter, tapering in three tiers, drilled through break at top of surviving torso (to secure broken-off upper portion of figurine or a different mate-

KM 509 Chalk (burnt) Ht 5.2 (fr) W 3.3 Th 2.7 Small fragmentary detailed figurine, upper torso, head and right arm missing. Left arm truncated, outstretched and wedge-shaped, tapering towards end. Body curves out below waist to very broad rounded hips. Legs divided by vertical incised line on front face and tucked up under body. Everted rounded stumpy feet. Slight bulge at belly. Buttocks broad and shelf-like, divided sharply from legs on back by groove across the underside. Belly, part of right hip and genital area chipped away. Not self-supporting. General 106 Period 4 Fig. 80.7

176

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

KM 540 Chalk Ht 7.6 (fr) W 5.0 Th 4.6 Leg? of figurine, conical, broken off at wider end, tapering towards slightly flattened end. Circular section, oval at narrower end.

KM 977 Calcareous sandstone Ht 11.3 (fr) W 6.3 Th 3.7 Asymmetrical schematic figurine, divided into two zones by a constriction. One face flat, the other slightly convex.

Smooth sides, with vertical manufacturing striations.

Original surfaces pecked and ground, edges roughly pecked, faces smooth. Narrower end re-used as a pounder. Extensive secondary grinding across front face.

Fill 140 Period 4 KM 578 Chalky reef limestone Ht 9.8 W 5.8 Th 3.9 Asymmetrical schematic figurine, divided into three zones. Roughly shaped oblong ‘head’ divided from middle section by shallow pecked groove. Middle and lower sections divided by similar groove, the lower section roughly divided again on front face into two cursory lobes. Back of figurine with two very shallow horizontal grooves, the lower not corresponding with the division on front face. Lower section not obviously lobed on back.

Pit 758 Period 4 Fig. 81.2

Right lower side damaged. Head area smooth. Unfinished?

KM 1098 Calcarenite Ht 10.6 W 6.4 Th 5.1 Roughly shaped figurine divided into three zones. Upper end rounded, separated from lower sections by a groove. Middle section with short arm projections. Lower section rounded, with vertical groove running over end, front and back, suggesting legs. One face flat, the other slightly convex.

Not self-supporting. Back of figurine gently curved, fitting comfortably into the palm of the hand.

Roughly pecked all over, especially in grooves. ‘Head’ and ‘arms’ smoother. Unfinished?

Pit 165 Period 4

Not self-supporting. General 865 Period 4

Fig. 80.8

Fig. 81.3 KM 671 Chalk Ht 9.9 (fr) W 6.1 Th 5.2 Head and neck of large figurine. Elliptical sub-triangular head with slightly convex face. Incised groove indicates hairline or top of brows. Brows and nose indicated by a continuous incised line. Part of face may have been in relief: brow section is higher than rest of face, and nose may have sheared off. Eyes and mouth not indicated. Back of head plain and slightly convex. Head tilted back and divided from neck by well-defined groove. Scratches all over surface; oblique parallel light incisions down right cheek. Right side of back extremely smooth and polished from top to bottom. Deliberately incised line follows edge of neck break on both front and back. Pecking over central part of face around nose and eye area. General 117 Period 3/4 Pl. 31.3; Fig. 80.9 KM 672 Chalk Ht 4.9 (fr) W 8.0 Th 3.2 Fragment of figurine, arms and upper torso surviving. Truncated outstretched arms with rounded ends, flat section. Faces of arms smoother than torso.

KM 1201 Reef limestone Ht 8.0 (fr) W 7.1 Th 2.6 Fragment of figurine, one end missing. Two zones survive, divided by grooves on one face. Upper zone with two horizontal projections (arms?). Lower zone also with two horizontal projections, and a larger rounded projection at the bottom. Both faces flat. Faces ground smooth, and scratched. Edges and sides roughly pecked. Worn break. Not self-supporting. Fits neatly into the hand, with the fingers curling comfortably around the grooves. Quadrant 23.23.4, superficial. LAP II.2, Fig. 29 KM 1387 Diabase Ht 10.6 (fr) W 8.7 Th 2.7 Head and neck of large figurine. Asymmetrical roughly oval head. Flat faces tapering towards top. Sharp edges around head and jaw line. Head divided from neck by slight bevel front and back. Narrow neck. Ground all over. Top of head chipped. Slightly roughened depression in centre of one face. Quadrant 19.23.4, superficial.

Pecked and worn. General 117 Period 3/4 KM 898 Chalk (burnt) H 5.5 (fr) W 3.6 Th 2.9 Lower body of small figurine, sheared diagonally across torso and legs. Part of upper body survives, expanding to wide rounded hips. Short legs divided by vertical groove on both sides, flat feet.

KM 1388 Chalk Ht 13.5 (fr) W 10.5 Th 4.6 Schematic figurine, one end broken off, the other damaged. Divided into two zones by an indentation to either side. One face flat, the other slightly convex. Roughly pecked all over. Part of one face slightly polished. Unfinished? Quadrant 24.29.2, superficial.

Ground all over. Stands unsupported. Fill 384 Period 4 Fig. 81.1

KM 1896 Chalk Ht 8.1 (fr) W 5.6 Th 3.7 Asymmetrical detailed figurine with thick head/neck broken away at the top. Arms not represented. Large roughly-shaped breasts divided by a vertical groove. Shelf-like hips. Vertical groove down lower body marks leg division. Flattish base. Base pecked. Rough working difficult to distinguish from damage to

177

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

surface. Part of lower left front chipped.

KM 2182 Chalk Ht 4.1 (fr) W 3.6 Th 3.4 Leg from a large figurine, round section, the lower end swelling slightly towards convex foot.

Not self-supporting. Pit 1201 Period 3B Fig. 81.4

Sides of leg well smoothed, with vertical manufacturing lines. Some chips around edge of foot. Foot concreted. Sharp break at top.

KM 1921 Dense fine-medium grained calcarenite Ht 9.6 (fr) W 6.5 Th 3.0 Detailed figurine, head missing. Trace of neck survives. Asymmetrical truncated outstretched arms. No breasts indicated. Body expands below waist to wide curving hips, tapering to stumpy rounded base. Horizontal curved incised line at waist. Two diagonal lines mark out broad pubic area. Front and back faces flat. Back detailed with pecked horizontal curving groove marking line of buttocks. Front now heavily concreted. Back ground very smooth. Sides and base left rough. Not self-supporting.

KM 2388 Chalk Ht 9.2 (fr) W 5.9 Th 4.8 Fragment of schematic figurine, both ends sheared away. Oblong ‘head’ divided from body by deeply pecked groove. No indication of arm projections. Both faces of ‘head’ convex, surviving face of lower section almost flat. Fill 295 Period 4

Fig. 81.5 KM 1925 Chalk Ht 6.4 (fr) W 7.2 (fr) Th 2.3 Fragment of figurine, one arm and part of upper torso surviving. Surviving arm truncated and outstretched. Front face concavo-convex, back flat. Extensive marks of smoothing: long deep vertical striations on front and back. Chip from front of left arm. Sharp break at neck, very worn break at right arm. General 1207 Period 3/4

KM 2413 Dense fine calcarenite Ht 10.7 W 5.6 Th 3.6 Schematic figurine. Elongated head/neck (undifferentiated), with convex faces and flattened sides. Lower end of neck expands to small asymmetrical arm projections. Horizontal groove divides upper torso from cylindrical lower body. No features indicated. Back face slightly flatter than front, with less well defined horizontal groove. Flat base. Pecked all over, rougher on back. Oblique striations across neck and head on front, and some on back. Some rubbed areas from handling on front, less extensive on back. Base chipped at front. Stands well unsupported.

Fig. 81.6

General 1530 Period 3A

KM 2115 Dense calcarenite Ht 8.6 (fr) W 7.2 Th 4.1 Figurine fragment, head, arms and upper torso surviving. Slightly triangular face without facial features, tilted back on body. Chin area not delineated. Head protrudes slightly at back. Truncated stubby asymmetrical arms. Front surface flat, falling away at arms, back convex. Pecked all over. Surface well handled and polished all over, especially on face. Upper Terrace, surface find. Fig. 81.7 KM 2116 Chalk, painted Ht 7.2 (fr) W 5.4 (fr) Th 4.8 Fragment of figurine, arm area only surviving. Truncated outstretched arm with rounded end, curving up at upper edge of break towards neck. Further springing at lower edge of break, perhaps towards breast? Front face convex, back flat. Very clear shaping marks under arm. Surface smoothed all over, with some pecking. Traces of brown-red paint along arm, across arm end, and under arm towards back face. Upper Terrace, surface find. Fig. 81.8 KM 2146 Dense fine - medium calcarenite Ht 5.0 (fr) W 4.8 Th 3.9 Figurine fragment, rounded end, probably a head. Oval section. Sides beginning to expand at break. Unpaved surface 1277 Period 4

General 1306 Period 4?

Pecked all over.

General 1207 Period 3/4

Roughly pecked all over. Roughout?

Self-supporting on underside of foot.

Fig. 81.9 KM 2605 Diabase Ht 9.4 (fr) W 7.0 Th 3.7 Head and neck of large figurine. Wedge-shaped head, with broad rounded top expanding towards jaw. Indent to either side below widest point (more pronounced on right), representing ears? Face subtly modelled with straight browline and chin. Rectangular nose in low relief. Two widely spaced dots represent eyes; right eye small and round, left eye larger and elongated. In profile, head almost upright, but slightly tilted back on neck. Back of head angled from thinnest part at top. Flat and smooth. Thick neck, expanding slightly at break. Ground all over. Pecking and grinding on top of head: re-used as a pounder. Pecking down central area of face and neck: re-used as a hammerstone. ?Pit 1460 Period 4 Pl. B.3; Fig. 83.1 KM 2678 Calcarenite Ht 7.9 (fr) W 7.8 Th 3.1 Lower part of fragmentary detailed figurine. Body tapers from break towards waist, expanding sharply again to broad shelf-like hips. Hips taper asymmetrically towards small irregularly shaped base. Emphatic, slightly raised vertical rectangular panel at genital area, delineated across top by incised groove. Deep vertical groove down centre indicating vulva. Flat back. Vertical division at buttocks. Whole figurine pecked, but modelling carefully emphasised by selective pecking and smoothing. Front face smoothed over flat belly area, with fine horizontal polishing striations. Hips marked out by pecking, down to base. Vulva area and inner edges of hips very smooth. Buttock area delineated by slightly deeper pecking than rest of surface. Upper part of

178

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

buttocks very smooth and polished, with fine horizontal striations. Waist area lightly smoothed. Sides left slightly rough, especially at waist and under hips. Fragment stands unsupported, leaning slightly back (but complete figurine may not have done so). General 326 Period 3/4 Pl. 31.6; Fig. 81.10 KM 2692 Chalk Ht 5.1 W 2.7 Th 1.5 Small complete detailed figurine. Large bulbous head, without facial features, merging into thick neck. Head tilts slightly back. Truncated asymmetrical arm projections. Waist expands to rounded hips and thighs. Legs divided by shallow groove; right leg slightly longer than left. Thighs and legs marked with short random horizontal incisions over front and sides. Light incised line across waist and chest. Front surface of figurine fairly flat, convex over hips. Back slightly flatter. Faint groove round waist on back. Back of left thigh marked with horizontal strokes as front, none on right thigh. Ground smooth all over. Not self-supporting. General 2060 Period 3B Pl. 31.4; Fig. 82.1 KM 2825 Chalk (burnt) Ht 6.4 (fr) W 6.1 Th 3.4 Lower part of figurine, broken away above horizontal pecked groove at ‘waist’. Below groove, lower section tapers to rounded base. Both faces slightly convex. On front face, genitals indicated by deep incisions from ‘waist’ to base. Central vertical groove consists of two parallel attempts from top, merging into a single cut towards base. Single deep inward curving groove to left. Straighter groove to right. On back, single groove deepening and widening towards base, forming buttock division?. Individual cut marks from flint blade visible in grooves. Both faces well smoothed, the back more regular than front. Chip from bottom left of genital area. Central genital area deliberately gouged out (deepened and broadened): several individual gouges visible down edges of centre groove. Very heavy polish from rubbing and handling down front face, following edges of all grooves. On back, two short parallel oblique incised lines to left of groove. Three rougher lines cross groove obliquely at its centre. This area gouged out as on front. Heavy polish from handling across back, as on front. Edges left pecked and rough. Not self-supporting. Quadrant 22.25.1, superficial. Fig. 82.2 KM 2894 Chalk Ht 4.3 (fr) W 2.7 Th 2.7 Fragment of head/neck, head merging directly into neck. Top of head fairly flat. Left edge of face shaped. Large nose projects down from top of head, with emphatic depression immediately below indicating mouth. Shallower depression on left marks eye (right eye obscured by damage). Elongated neck expands towards break. Back of head concave. Light pecking on top of head. Pronounced vertical incision down left side of face; slight groove down right. Right side of face obscured by old pecked damage. Polishing striations run obliquely round surface. Apparently re-worked from figurine leg. General 2060 Period 3B Pl. 31.7; Fig. 82.3

KM 2969 Chalk Ht 8.5 (fr) W 5.5 Th 3.5 Fragment of figurine roughout. Head and upper torso survive. Rectangular head, top missing, sides squared-off. Lower edge roughly shaped and marked off from neck. Sides of head merge into short neck, expanding sharply out towards shoulders. No arms. Left side of upper torso cut straight from shoulder down. Right side curves slightly inwards. Lower part of figurine missing. Sub-rectangular section. Front face convex, back flat. Back of head flat and elongated, merging into neck with no demarcation. Neck separated from body by curved ridge, lower than neck division on front. Body in higher relief than head. Left shoulder curved, right shoulder cut straight. Broad vertical chiselled facets down sides. Irregular facets across both faces. Chisel marks around neck/body division and across back of head. Large chip from back of head. General 1568 Period 3A Pl. 31.8; Fig. 82.4 KM 2998 Chalk Ht 6.2 (fr) W 11.0 (fr) Th 3.1 Fragment of figurine, upper torso and arms survive. Asymmetrical outstretched arms, one tapering towards rounded end, the other damaged. Front and back faces of torso fairly flat. Manufacturing striations on underside of arms. End of intact arm slightly pecked and rough. Worn breaks at neck and below arms. Re-used as a tool: pecking in centre of both faces, and back face polished from use as rubbing stone. Quadrant 25.29.4, superficial. Fig. 82.8 KM 3518 Dense off-white calcarenite Ht 6.9 (fr) W 4.8 (fr) Th 3.9 Arm fragment with rounded end. One face flat, the other slightly concave. Pecking on both faces, more extensive on one. Fill 1655 Period 2 KM 3597 Marly chalk Ht 6.3 (fr) W 2.5 (fr) Th 2.8 Fragment of detailed figurine, bisected vertically, head and half of body missing. Groove marks division between (missing) head and shoulder. Right arm bent at elbow, lower arm held horizontally across chest. Hand damaged but two deep cuts indicate fingers. Body tapers to waist, expanding to broad rounded hip and thigh. Short stumpy leg, lower end slightly everted, flat underneath. Very large triangular pudenda indicated by horizontal and oblique incised lines. Vertical incised line at upper left angle of triangle, trace of another to the right. Back rounded, with very broad rounded buttocks. Elongated swelling towards top of inner surface of leg near break delineated by parallel manufacturing striations (caused by difficulty of inserting manufacturing tool between legs?). Damage to hand. Genital area partly sheared away. Pit 1667 Period 1A Pl. 31.9 KM 3599 Chalk Ht 8.4 (fr) W 8.2 Th 2.8 Fragment of slightly detailed figurine, lower torso survives. Slightly convex sides. Rounded end divided by short vertical groove. Front face concave, with off-centre drilling (navel?). Back flat. Parallel manufacturing striations visible in groove. Pecking on edge of both sides of groove. Both faces well ground; short horizontal, vertical and oblique polishing striations. Front very smooth. Line of little chips

179

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

around break edge on both faces (perhaps deliberate?).

Allegedly from Kissonerga.

Re-used: break deliberately ground very smooth on left side.

Pl. 31.5; Fig. 82.7; Karageorghis 1986, 839, Fig. 55, 840

General 1570 Period 2/3A Fig. 82.5 KM 3602 Chalk Ht 10.1 (fr) W 5.1 Th 2.8 Schematic figurine, head missing. Truncated asymmetrical arm projections, one rounded, the other straight. Elongated lower section with rounded end. Front face flat, back convex. Front face ground smooth, with some peck marks at centre. Sides pecked. Back roughly pecked, with manufacturing lines across upper part. Lower part below arms smooth with longitudinal lines. Very faint polish from handling on ends of arms and on left edge of convex face.

Paphos Museum 2754 Chalk (burnt) Ht 7.2 W 2.8 Th 2.5 Schematic figurine, divided into three zones. Elongated oblong head, irregular section. Swollen middle section divided from lower section by irregular groove. Irregular base and surface. Large drillings over surface. Six drillings on head; one pair to either side of a vertical groove, with a seventh at bottom of groove, at ‘neck’. A second hole at ‘neck’, and a further cut below top of head. Three drillings around centre of body above ‘waist’ groove. Three drillings around lower body. One drilling in underside of base. Apparent signs of handling. Will stand unsupported, but not stable.

Not self-supporting. Feels very comfortable in the hand; polish visible on ends of arms, where finger and thumb might rest, and on back, where remaining fingers might rest if figurine held in left hand.

Allegedly from Kissonerga.

Hearth 1563 Period 3A

Eliades Collection Limestone Neck, arms and upper torso of figurine. Neck expands slightly to shoulders, separated from torso by shallow groove all round. Asymmetrical tapering outstretched arms, right arm sheared off in front. Chest flat, with two horizontal incisions. Left arm with three oblique relief bands on front. Back better preserved. Both arms with two double oblique relief bands with transverse incisions.

Fig. 82.6 KM 3610 Calcarenite Ht 6.8 (fr) W 7.8 Th 3.5 Fragment of schematic figurine, lower torso survives. Below break, body tapers sharply and expands to rounded base. Flat faces. One face ground smooth. The other face pecked, with smooth area near left edge. Pecking on rounded end and sides. Two short parallel incised lines on front face, right side. Quadrant 25.29.4, superficial. KM 5106 Chalk Ht 5.7 (fr) W 5.4 Th 2.5 Head fragment, elliptical, tilted back on neck, right side flaked off. Slightly convex back. No facial features indicated. Convex back smooth.

Fig. 82.10

Picrolite KM 27 Ht 1.3 (fr) W 1.4 Th 1.2 Head fragment, broken off at neck. Triangular face, straight top, sides sloping and tapering to narrow rounded chin. No facial features indicated. Edges of face bevelled. Back of head ridged. Neck tapers, then expands towards break. Slight swelling towards position of throat. Well polished. Extensive tooling marks on neck. Cadastral Plot 138.2 Fig. 83.2; Preliminary 1, 26, Fig. 8.

Surface find. Paphos Museum 2621 Calcarenite Ht 16.6 W 11.6 Th 4.4 Slightly detailed figurine. Head with rounded top. Face area slightly bevelled. Truncated asymmetrical arm projections, wedge-shaped with straight ends. Groove at top of each arm at join with neck. Body expands below arms, swelling on either side before tapering towards legs. Asymmetrical leg stumps divided by deep groove and separated from each other at base. Vertical groove on each leg runs down front, over base and up back. Front face slightly convex, back flat. Pecked and ground all over. Some wear polish across both faces.

KM 51 Black surface, mottled green, grey/blue green at core Ht 4.7 (fr) W 3.9 Th 1.3 Fragmentary pendant figurine, most of lower part missing. Square head, wedge-shaped section, tilted back almost at right angles to neck. Top of neck constricted before expanding towards body. Emphatic protrusion at throat. Truncated outstretched arms, convex on front, flat on back, bevelled edges, tapering towards straight ends with rounded corners. Right arm damaged. Left arm slightly raised, right arm slightly lowered. Flat body, broken above thighs. No detailing on back except shaping of back of neck. Straight horizontal ridge indicates buttocks. Small shallow drilling at centre top of head marks start of uncompleted perforation for suspension. Back of head pecked. Tooling and polishing marks over surface. Chip on back of right arm polished out, suggesting re-working.

Not self-supporting. Allegedly from Kissonerga. Pl. 31.11; Karageorghis 1985, 907, Fig. 24

Cadastral Plot 158

Paphos Museum 2751 Dense calcarenite Ht 18.8 W 9.1 Th 5.0 Schematic figurine divided into three zones. Large ‘head’ section with rounded top separated from middle section by deep indented curve to either side. Short asymmetrical arm projections. Right arm round, left arm straight. Lower sections divided by less pronounced indented curves. Base section similar in shape to head but larger. Rounded end. Flat faces. Figurine much thicker at lower section. Front face pecked and ground. Some polish on back. Possibly re-used: front face pecked in centre. Not self-supporting.

Pl. 31.10; Fig. 82.9; Karageorghis 1986, 839, Fig. 54, 840

Fig. 83.5 KM 124 Yellowish-green Ht 6.2 (fr) W 3.4 Th 1.6 Fragmentary figurine, head missing. Thick neck with protrusion at throat. Short outstretched arms with rounded ends, convex in front, flat on back. Lower torso with slender outline expanding gently to hips, slight swelling at belly. Legs in flexed position, divided by deep vertical groove. Short thick thighs, lower legs curving downwards and backwards. Bottom part of left leg missing. Right foot, with shallow groove above its rounded end, points downwards. Flat back. Buttock line sharply angled, short vertical incised line at lower end.

180

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

Back lightly polished, front surface left matt. Cadastral Plot 137.1 Pl. B.4; Fig. 83.4; Preliminary 2, Pl. 2B. KM 409 Pale blue-grey Ht 2.7 (fr) W 2.5 Th 1.6 Head and neck of large figurine. Oblong upright head with slightly flattened top and fairly flat back. Short nose in flat relief. Two short horizontal incised lines indicate eyes. Face slightly flattened below eyes, which appear in shallow relief. Head separated from body by groove marked by incised lines. Short neck expands towards break at body.

left hand mark five fingers. Slightly concave chest area with two small square breasts in low relief. Roughly incised oblique strokes form cross between breasts. Straight-sided lower torso. Legs in flexed position, partially divided from knees by vertical groove which stops at feet. Feet shown as horizontal ledge incised with vertical strokes bisected horizontally. This attempts to represent correct number of toes; one vertical incision placed too close to another affects regularity. Faceted edges. Flat back, to lower body. Buttock line marked roughly straight across, with horizontal groove below. Polishing striations on edges. Light surface wear. General 817 Period 4

Polishing striations on top and back of head. Many marks of wear on back and at break.

Pl. 32.1; Fig. 83.9; Preliminary 10, 233, Fig. 2; Goring 1988, 50 no. 24

General 65 Period 4/5

KM 1361 Pale green Ht 2.8 (fr) W 2.0 Th 2.0 (fr) Fragment of figurine roughout, head and neck area surviving. Partially worked head tilted back on thick neck. Shape of face marked out, but surface only partly formed and polished. Large area of unworked surface to left.

Fig. 83.3 KM 943 Light green surface, central core pure, mottling and darker green-black veins at edges, especially on back, flaking Ht 16.3 (fr) W 8.1 (fr) Th 1.6 Head, neck and right arm of very large figurine. Thick, flat section, narrower at top of head. Asymmetrical trapezoidal head with hairline, brows, eyes and nose in low relief. Hair curved, parted in middle and swept to either side. Chipped at left end. Hair separated from straight brow line by deep groove. Brows and nose formed by continuous Tshape. Square eyes. Oval ears in relief, marked out by grooves. Head divided from neck by incised line. Long neck, expanding toward body, separated from body by groove. Sub-rectangular outstretched right arm at right angle to neck. Two oblique incised lines towards its end. On chest area, breasts indicated by remains of incised square with double hatched frame and traces of a second; hatches form a small cross between them. Slight incision at base of right square suggests curve of breast. Back flat and plain except for grooves marking ears and junction between head/neck and neck/body. Sides bevelled. Highly polished. Deep manufacturing marks visible in grooves, especially on face and chest. Quadrant 19.24.3 (west side), superficial. Pl. 32.4; Fig. 83.6; Prehistory 7, 27, Fig. 7; Preliminary 9, Pl. 2.3; Goring 1988, 46, 51 no. 25 KM 951 Pale green Ht 4.6 (fr) W 2.5 (fr) Th 1.0 Fragmentary pendant figurine, head and right arm missing. Part of neck survives, with remains of suspension hole. Part of outstretched left arm survives, with faint vertical band with traces of horizontal incised strokes at break. Breasts in low relief, delineated by broad shallow grooves. Stomach area slightly rounded, damaged by vertical chip. Thick rounded thighs and lower legs, divided by a groove. Everted stumpy feet separated by indent. Flat section. Back flat and undetailed except for short deep incision at lower leg division. Re-worked and re-used after damage: neck break polished smooth, and suspension hole in neck elongated and smoothed by wear, suggesting use as pendant after head broken off. Other old surface damage on back. Break at right breast sharp and unworn. Parts of surface sheared off. Quadrant 18.24.1/2, superficial. Fig. 83.7 KM 1052 Yellowish pale green with some dark green and white mottling Ht 7.0 W 5.1 Th 0.9 Complete cruciform figurine. Head with straight top, flat faces, wedgelike in section, thinner at top. Eyes and nose in relief. Incised lines across brow and down sides of nose. Eyes shown as rounded pellets. Small incised line under nose apparently representing mouth (unusual?). Elongated neck, convex front, flat back, constricted at top, expanding towards body. Outstretched arms, convex at front, flat at back, with hands shown in opposing directions: right hand with fingers pointing up, left hand with fingers down. Six incised lines on right hand mark seven fingers; four on

Fine parallel striations along top of head at back and along other cut edges. Fine striations under chin. Quadrant 21.23.3, superficial. Pl. 32.5; Fig. 83.8 KM 1430 Ht 6.9 W 2.5 (fr) Th 1.5 Pale green mottled with white Incomplete figurine, front of head and neck and most of right side including arm missing. Head with straight top, tilted back on thick elongated neck. Emphatic protrusion at throat. Flat upper torso. Truncated outstretched left arm, very broad, with rounded end. Front of arm chipped. Body expands below arms towards hips. Thighs divided from body by horizontal groove. Legs in flexed position, divided by deep vertical groove. Rounded base, feet not indicated. Back concave, swelling towards buttocks. Neck divided from upper torso by horizontal groove. Buttocks divided by deep vertical groove, and separated from thighs by shallow but emphatic horizontal groove. Upper legs divided from lower legs by another horizontal groove. Feet divided at back by short vertical groove which does not extend over underside. Polishing striations all over surface, and toolmarks in grooves. Wear marks especially on front torso and back of left arm. Surface find? Fig. 83.10 KM 1538 Olive green on back, light-dark grey on front (burnt?) Ht 3.2 (fr) W 1.5 Th 1.2 Fragment of figurine, legs surviving. Leg position appears straight in profile but can be read as flexed from front. Slight indent near break, with horizontal striations, apparently marks thigh division. Legs separated by multiple vertical incisions. Horizontal groove divides legs from feet. Feet separated by vertical groove. Toes indicated by fine horizontal and vertical incisions, forming segments. Front surface well polished. Very clear horizontal manufacturing striations on sides. Back uneven, although with horizontal polishing striations, scratched and worn. Small deep pecked area near break. Possibly re-worked? General 150 Period 4 KM 1610 (see also discussion in pendants: § 8.2, 20.2) Even pale green Ht 3.5 W 2.0 Th 0.4 Complete pendant figurine, identical on both sides. Flat head, straight on top, very slightly tilted back and slightly twisted on axis. Perforation through centre, drilled from both sides. Head divided from neck by constriction. Thick elongated neck expanding towards arms. Asymmetrical outstretched arms. Legs drawn up to either side. Large incised V on lower body, lines of incision continuing, apparently accidentally, to end

181

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

of right arm. Everted feet pointing in opposite directions. Left foot flat underneath. Very flat section. Manufacturing striations all over surface. No signs of wear on surface, perforation unworn. Pit 1220 Period 4 Pl. 36.12; Fig. 98.13 KM 1622 Front black and pale green in stripes, back black/dark green Ht 3.4 (fr) W 1.5 Th 1.3 Pendant figurine, head and right leg missing. Extensively re-worked and re-used after damage. Incised groove around neck near break (probably for suspension). Thick elongated neck with protrusion at throat. Outstretched arms broken off short and re-worked. Body expands below arms. Legs originally in flexed position but partly missing. Body separated from thighs by groove. Truncated left leg re-worked as shortened stump. Underside of leg unevenly flattened. Right leg with more recent damage and sharp unworn break. Re-working of head: striations in two directions across top, further striations all round, incised suspension groove. Re-working of arms: abraded smooth across ends. Re-working of leg: re-polishing of end. Back of figurine highly polished, with parallel oblique striations. Surface find?

ing. Oblong head, perforated, hole broken at top edge. Traces of very worn incised decoration on head (lattice pattern?). Constriction between head and neck. Elongated neck. Outstretched arms, left arm missing, right arm broken off at end. Body expands below arms. Traces of incised decoration on chest. Legs broken away, but remains of vertical groove separating legs on front. Break on back at buttock ridge. Figurine ground all over and polished. High quality picrolite. Re-worked after initial damage: breaks at left arm and legs re-ground smooth. Wear at broken edge of perforation on head. Perhaps burnt after further damage: sharp break on right arm blackened. Plaster and paving 1360 Period 4 Pl. 36.11; Fig. 98.14 KM 2408 Burnt Ht 5.3 (fr) W 2.6 Th 2.5 Fragment of large figurine, lower torso and left leg survive. Broken obliquely at waist. Torso expands from waist to hips. Belly swollen. Groove between belly and thighs. Legs in flexed position. Top surface of surviving left thigh sheared off. Broad left lower leg points down, tapering towards foot, broken off. Legs divided front and back by deep vertical grooves. Back flat, buttocks cut straight across. Buttocks divided from legs by broad deep horizontal groove tapering towards knee. Polished surface with fine tooling marks. Striations across front of leg, in groove between belly and thigh, in division between thighs and lower legs, between legs, and on inner surface of left leg.

Fig. 83.11 KM 1934 Black (burnt) Ht 3.8 W 2.5 (fr) Th 1.0 Cruciform pendant figurine, re-worked. Head missing and re-worked as flattened boss. Elongated neck with protrusion at throat. Large perforation for suspension through top of neck, drilled from front to back. Constriction between neck and upper body. Right arm missing. Left arm outstretched, tapering towards end. Body expands below arms to hips. Belly slightly convex. Legs in flexed position, divided from lower body by horizontal groove. Lower legs separated by deep vertical groove. Left foot missing. Right foot divided from leg by horizontal groove. Foot slightly convex underneath. Back flat, slightly concave towards buttocks. Undetailed except for division between buttocks and legs. Extensive signs of secondary treatment. Pecking on top of head, around front of right arm beside break, over right thigh, at division between right leg and foot, on right foot, and at edge of left foot. Elongated pecks (chisel marks?) at break between left leg and foot. Vertical cuts on front of left arm back of left arm. Back of left arm chipped. Burnt. Traces of ochre in cuts on left arm, under both arms, in pecked area between right leg and foot, across left thigh and on back of left arm. Damage on head worn (old damage). Slight wear on back of perforation. General 1276 Period 3/4? Pl. 32.7; Fig. 83.12; Goring 1992, 37-39, Figs. 1 - 2 KM 2062 Even pale grey-blue Ht 4.8 (fr) W 4.6 (fr) Th 1.5 Fragment of very large cruciform figurine, torso and right arm survive. Head and neck missing. Traces of neck bulge at break. Outstretched right arm, faceted on front, flat on back. Swollen belly. Back of neck with fine broad ridge. Back slightly faceted, narrow vertical ridge up centre. Finely shaped and polished. Manufacturing striations over facets, sides and faces and along top of arm. Neck and thigh breaks worn and lightly polished. Sharp break at left arm. Fill 1514 Period 3A

Pit 1478 Period 3B/4 Fig. 84.3 KM 2645 Pale blue Ht 0.6 (fr) W 2.3 (fr) Th 0.6 Tiny fragment of figurine, lower part of neck and part of left shoulder survive. On front, remains of protrusion at throat. Two incised lines encircle neck, crossing at centre front. On back, traces of deep incised line running down from left shoulder and lighter incised line from centre of neck. Disturbance 2049 (compacted ploughsoil); found directly on top of wall 46 of B 3. Period 5 KM 2717 Ht 10.1 W 6.0 Th 1.4 Complete cruciform figurine. Large square head with indent at centre top and two oblique cuts representing hair parting. Wide horizontal groove at hairline. Asymmetrical projecting rectangular ears. Curved jaw. Large square eyes and angular nose in shallow relief with browline. Bottom of nose and mouth not indicated. Elongated neck expanding towards arms. Outstretched arms with rounded ends, convex on front, flat back, curving slightly backwards. On chest, T-shaped panel filled with cross-hatched lines. Cutting across this, similar cross-hatched decoration along upper halves of both arms. Body expands below arms. Broad groove separating chest from legs. Legs in flexed position. Broad bulbous base with rounded end. Legs divided by shallow vertical incised line. Feet divided by broader and deeper vertical groove. Flat back. Axis of body slightly twisted (head twists back on left). Back undetailed except for wide but shallow groove at buttock line. On backs of both arms, oblique cuts towards each end: two on left arm, three on right. Manufacturing marks, especially in grooves. Polishing striations over surface, especially on base. Some wear. Grave 563, burial KM 2719.01. Period 3B Pls. 32.9, 37.6; Fig. 84.5; Peltenburg 1992, 27 - 36, Pl. II

Fig. 84.1 KM 2165 (see also discussion in pendants: § 8.2 and 20.2) Dark grey (burnt) Ht 3.7 (fr) W 2.5 (fr) Th 0.7 Fragment of cruciform pendant figurine, left arm and most of legs miss-

KM 2720 (see also § 8.2, 20.2) Pale green Ht 2.3 W 1.6 Th 0.4 Pendant figurine, both sides identical. Rectangular head with straight top. Suspension hole in centre drilled from both sides. Constriction be-

182

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

tween head and torso. No arms. Torso divided from legs by wide Vshaped groove. Legs drawn up to either side. Everted feet pointing in opposite directions, one pointed, the other straight. Flat section. Parallel polishing striations on both faces, in different directions. Little wear on hole, drilling marks very clear. Top of lower pit fill 2057 of Gr. 563 Period 3B Pl. 36.14; Peltenburg 1992, 27-36, Pl. 2.1

KM 3376 Pale blue-green Ht 1.0 (fr) W 2.3 (fr) Th 0.5 Fragment of truncated outstretched left arm with broad rounded end. Upper edge and part of end survive. Very worn break on top indicates position of neck. Front plain. On back, slight groove at division between neck and torso. Horizontal incised line along length, vertical incised line at end. Well-polished. Worn breaks.

KM 2721 (see also § 8.2, 20.2) Pale green Ht 2.4 W 1.7 Th 0.3 Pendant figurine, both sides identical. Wide rectangular head with straight top. Suspension hole in centre drilled from both sides. Constriction between head and neck, with groove at front. Neck expands towards torso. Asymmetrical truncated arms, slightly upraised. Body expands below arms to hips. Body divided from legs by large V-shaped groove which starts at arms. Everted feet, pointing in opposite directions. Flat, thin section. Oblique polishing striations down neck, torso and legs. Damage to head, foot and thigh. Little wear on hole, very clear drilling marks. Top of lower pit fill 2057 of Gr. 563 Period 3B Pl. 36.13; Fig. 98.12; Peltenburg 1992, 27-36, Pl. II. KM 2952 Mottled grey-green Ht 4.7 (fr) W 2.3 Th 1.9 Figurine fragment, lower torso and legs survive. Break at belly. Belly slightly rounded. Shaping grooves at sides below (missing) arms. Legs in flexed position. Broad lower legs point down, divided by deep vertical groove tapering towards feet. Everted feet, projecting slightly forwards, divided by vertical groove. Toes indicated: two oblique strokes on right foot, three on left. Feet flat underneath. Flat back. Buttocks cut straight across. Legs not divided at back. Feet divided from legs by horizontal groove and from each other by short vertical groove. Tooling marks in grooves. Traces of red pigment on front, in division between legs and feet; on left side, in belly groove and buttock groove; on right side, in buttock groove and in division between legs and feet. Plaster and paving 737 Period 4

General 1114 (found in flotation) Period 4? KM 3438 Light green with medium green mottling, extensive black in core and surface. Ht 3.1 (fr) W 2.3 (fr) Th 1.7 Figurine fragment, lower torso survives. Upper break above waist, below arms. Lower break at top of legs. Belly slightly rounded, rather narrow straight hips. Thin legs originally projected forward and down. Buttocks bevelled straight across. Horizontal manufacturing striations below belly at top of legs, down sides and across underside of buttocks. Oblique striations across belly. Surface worn and abraded. Sharp break at belly, worn break at top of legs. General 1539 Period 3A Paphos Museum 1258 Mid-green banded with dark green Ht 4.5 W 3.2 Th 1.6 Complete cruciform pendant figurine. Sub-rectangular head tilted back on neck. Perforated through top of head, hole worn through. Constriction between head and neck. Elongated thick neck with emphatic protrusion at throat. Outstretched arms, convex on front, flat on back, bevelled edges. Straight upper torso. Legs in flexed position. Rounded upper legs divided by deep broad triangular groove. Feet articulated and widely separated, flat underneath. Back of neck convex, otherwise back of figurine flat. Buttocks bevelled straight across. Right leg recently broken off at hip/thigh division and repaired. Suspension hole very worn. Manufacturing striations at junction between neck and torso. From Kissonerga according to Paphos Museum records (but published erroneously as from Salamiou): Vagnetti 1975, 2, no., PL. I, 3; Morris 1985, 123, Fig. 126

Fig. 84.2 KM 2967 Burnt black through to core, brownish areas on back Ht 2.0 (fr) W 3.5 Th 0.9 Figurine fragment, upper torso and arms survive. Lightly worn break at neck, just above start of protrusion at throat. Broad outstretched arms, convex and bevelled on front, flat back. Body expands towards hips. Sharp break at waist, large chip from front. Back slightly concave. Back very smooth and polished. Manufacturing striations under arms and around neck. Surface worn. Wall 1004 Period 3A

Eliades Collection Mid green Left arm from a large figurine. Broad outstretched arm with rounded end, convex on front, flat on back. On front face, vertical double band in slight relief, with incised horizontal cross strokes, horizontal strokes continuing along arm towards torso. On back, similar vertical double band, and a diagonal double band (from top of vertical band towards torso), also with horizontal cross strokes. Two faint horizontal incised lines towards rounded end. Fig. 84.6

Fig. 84.4

White crystalline limestone KM 3095 Ht 2.9 (fr) W 2.8 Th 1.3 Head of large figurine. Asymmetrical, but roughly square with slightly faceted edges. Top and bottom edges chipped. No facial features. On back, traces of neck. Head originally tilted back. Polished all over. Fine polishing striations. Chipped and worn. Pit 1580 Period 3A Fig. 84.7

KM 291 Ht 3.1 (fr) W 4.1 Th 1.7 Fragmentary cruciform figurine, head missing. Edge of neck survives with traces of swelling at front. Broad truncated outstretched arms, convex on front, flat on back, tapering towards ends. Edges of arms faceted. Slightly convex upper torso, rounded belly separated from legs by horizontal groove. Legs in flexed position. Left leg and lower right leg missing. Flattish back. Buttocks bevelled straight across. Few traces of manufacture. General 33 Period 3B Fig. 84.8

183

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

KM 2140 Ht 2.8 (fr) W 0.9 Th 0.7 Arm of figurine. Convex on front face, flat on back. Sides expand slightly to rounded faceted end. Fine polishing striations over surface. Unpaved surface 1277 Period 4

traces of paint above and below on back. Cadastral Plot 157.6 Pl. 32.11; Fig. 85.4; LAP II.2, Fig. 29; Goring 1988, 52 no. 28; Karageorghis 1991, 25 Pl. 10; Lubsen-Admiraal and Crouwel 1989, 148-9 no. 24 KM 194 Ht 7.7 (fr) W 4.0 Th 3.5 Neck fragment? of very large figurine. Thick elongated shape, tapering at one end. Round section at narrow end, oval at thicker end.

§ 18.2 Pottery anthropomorphic figurines and figurine fragments Red-on-white ware KM 31 Ht 6.4 (fr) W 7.1 Th 4.0 Fragment of large figurine, lower torso and top of right thigh survive. Lower torso flat back and front. Damaged area on front near waist break: perhaps originally swollen belly. Torso expands to hips. Thighs project forward: posture seated, or legs flexed? Grey core, lighter buff towards edges, small to medium black grits. Buff slip. Abraded red painted linear decoration on right side of back, down right side, across torso, above thighs and on thigh. On underside, thick red strokes and zigzag down back of thigh. Red paint continues between legs. Gouge marks under break at belly, following curve and crossing it vertically. Cadastral Plot 138.2 Fig. 85.1; Preliminary 1, 26 Fig. 8 KM 61 Ht 9.2 (fr) W 4.4 Th 3.8 (Left?) leg and foot of large figurine. Thick oblong section, slightly flattened at back. Truncated foot pointing forwards and downwards. Right edge of leg sloping. Buff grey core, small to very large grits. White slip. Surface covered with bold red painted motifs: hatched lozenges and vertical strokes in panels up front of leg, hooks and strokes on sides. Vertical strokes at bottom of leg resembling fringe. Traces of zigzag near upper break. Right side (outer edge?) worn. Band of red across foot above toes. Toes indicated by four incised lines. Traces of paint on underside of foot. Cadastral Plot 158.2 Fig. 85.2; Karageorghis 1978, 911 Fig. 73; Tatton-Brown 1979, 23 no. 31 KM 89 Ht 10.7 (fr?) W 5.2 Th 3.3 Conical figurine, body expanding to flat base. Bevelled head, tilted back, not separated from rest of body. Top of head curved. Pinched nose, depression to either side representing eyes. Two damaged areas halfway down body indicate position of arms, originally outstretched. One front, right breast indicated by irregular-shaped clay pellet, left breast missing. On back, two small bosses represent buttocks. Surface worn, but traces of complex red painted decoration all over. Underside of base painted red. Worn breaks at arms and breast. Very extensive damage around lower edge of base, traces of breaks on front: possibly originally seated on birthing stool, legs projecting forwards, buttocks merging into seat? Cadastral Plot 158 Pl. 32.15 KM 158 Ht 4.9 (fr) W 3.0 Th 2.4 Head and neck. Flat oblong face tilted back on neck. Nose and eyes modelled. Small hole at mouth. Irregular neck, expanding from head to break, with constriction at top. Buff-grey core, dark to medium grits. Buff slip. Facial details in red paint: hair across brow and down sides, on eyes, around mouth. Traces of paint on nose. All features lopsided. Hair shown as curling tresses on back. Red lozenge at throat, two horizontal bands below, with further

Dark grey core, pink towards edge, scarce grits in surface. Pinky-buff slip. Traces of red painted decoration. On one side, dense traces of indistinguishable pattern (hair?). Below, across thickest part, horizontal curving band (neckband?). On other side, faint traces of similar curving band, and faint traces of paint at top. Cadastral Plot 157.3 Fig. 85.3 KM 299 Ht 11.3 (fr) W 7.4 D 7.1 Seated female figurine, head missing. Sharp break. Base of elongated neck survives. Truncated outstretched stumpy arms. Breasts broken off, with sharp edge breaks. Belly shown as rounded ledge with navel. Body expands to wide hips, divided from thighs by deep incised V bisected by deep vertical incision. Widely-spread legs draped over front of stool. Toes indicated by deeply incised cuts. On back, lower body expands to wide flange at buttocks. Body merges into square stool with four conical splayed feet; two back feet missing. Light buff fabric, medium-large grits. Red painted decoration. Above breasts, painted ? pendant necklace. Red lines around top of breasts, and dividing arms from body. Wavy lines along front and back of arms. Lower body below waist and legs painted with dashes. More intense and elaborate motifs on knees and lower legs. Incised lines at genital area emphasised by outlining in paint and direction of dashes. On back, shoulder blades marked by circles and dots. Traces of wavy tresses of hair at neck break on left side and back. Dashes continue around lower body at sides. At centre of back, vertical painted line, from which radiate oblique wavy lines covering buttocks. Surviving feet of stool decorated with vertical lines, with wavy lines on undersides. Underside of stool undecorated. Cadastral Plot 157.1 Pl. 32.10; Fig. 85.5; LAP II.2, Fig. 29; Prehistoric 2, Pl. 3.6; Preliminary 5, Pl. 20; Karageorghis 1991, 8-9 Pl. 2; Maier and Karageorghis 1984, 37 Fig. 19; Morris 1985, 122 Fig. 123; Goring 1988, 28 no. 27; Lubsen-Admiraal and Crouwel 1989, 148, 149 no. 23. KM 500 Ht 6.2 (fr) W 3.5 Th 3.3 Schematic figurine, upper part missing. Rounded pear-shaped body, tapering towards top. Base roughly square, originally with four small stumpy feet, all damaged. Underside of base concave. Grey-buff core, medium black grits. Creamy buff slip with red paint. Surface very abraded. Decorated with irregular designs of complex interlinked thick curvilinear and rectilinear motifs. General 65 Period 4/5 Fig. 85.6 KM 507 Ht 2.7 L 6.1 (fr) W 2.6 Th 2.2 Left leg and foot of seated figurine. Thigh and lower leg horizontal, probably draped over edge of seat. Paw-like foot with five deep incised cuts. Underside mainly sheared off, but only lower leg/foot modelled separately from seat. Buff core, small to large black grits. Buff-cream slip. Traces of red painted decoration all over, especially side of thigh, lower leg and foot. Surface abraded, especially top of thigh. General 106 Period 4 LAP II.2, Fig. 29

184

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

KM 523 Ht 6.5 (fr) W 3.2 Th 2.8 Left leg. Thick thigh, starting to expand upwards at body break. Outer side more convex than inner side. Leg points downwards at knee, tapering to slightly everted foot. Leg position uncertain, probably seated. Grey core, pink towards edges. Cream-buff surface with very abraded red painted decoration all over. Apparently mainly linear along leg, with curved hook above knee. Small dashes above foot. Pit 71 Period 4

Fabric with large grits. No slip or paint survives. Fill 678 Period 4 KM 999 Ht 4.5 (fr) W 3.7 Th 2.5 Neck and lower part of head of figurine. Head originally flat and elliptical, tilted back on neck. Constriction between head and neck. Thick elongated neck expanding towards body. Traces of red paint on chin and at base of neck on front. At back of head, seven red vertical wavy lines representing hair.

LAP II.2, Fig. 29

Quadrant 21.24.2, superficial. KM 778 + 854 (upper and lower parts of same figurine, middle section missing) 778: Ht 9.4 (fr) W 5.6 Th 3.1 854: Ht 8.9 (fr) W 5.3 Th 3.2 778: Upper part of figurine, with flat elliptical face tilted backwards and upwards on thick elongated neck. Top of head an angled curve. Browline and nose modelled as continuous Y-shape in high relief. Eyes modelled as two small pellets. Lower part of face flat with shaped jawline and chin. No mouth or ears. Part of right shoulder survives. Arms modelled in high relief separate from upper torso, clasped to chest at or above position of breasts. Breasts and hands not specifically indicated. Back broken away at shoulder height. Buff-grey fabric, fine to medium grits. Red painted decoration. Browline and nose painted, eyes shown as circles with dot. Trace of red at position of mouth. Hair shown as two curved sections divided by centre parting, swept back, with curved lock at each side. Back of head decorated with two rows of horizontal zigzags. Down left side of neck, vertical row of five squares. Arms decorated with two rows of dashes. Below hand positions, traces of painted inverted V (part of chevron?). Red dot on back at right shoulder, trace of paint centre back at break. 854: Lower part of same figurine. Flat belly, legs flexed, feet pointing downwards. Legs divided by deep cut. Feet slightly everted. Edges broken off at hips and thighs. Back slightly modelled. Same fabric. Front decorated with elaborate painted designs. At top, continuous zigzag, rows of Us, linked and separate, dashes. Linked inverted Us on each knee. On lower legs, rows of short dashes framed by hooked lines. On outside of left leg, two vertical lines. Above feet, rows of vertical dashes resembling fringes. Feet tipped with red. Back coarse and unslipped. Probably applied to another surface as an appliqué: back unslipped, section thin at middle although head, neck and legs very thick and heavy, only neck and head modelled completely in the round. 778: General 139 854: Miscellaneous 196 778: Period 4 854: Period 3B Pls. B.5, 32.13; Fig. 85.9; LAP II.2, Fig. 29; Preliminary 7, 28 Pl. 6.4 (unrestored); Preliminary 8, 223 Fig. 2 (restored); Goring 1988, 51 no. 26; Karageoghis 1991, 11-12 Pl. 2; Lubsen-Admiraal and Crouwel 1989, 148, 149 no. 22 KM 816 Ht 8.6 (fr) W 3.9 Th 3.7 (Right?) leg of figurine, upright, tapering towards small everted foot, damaged. Underside of foot rounded. Eight parallel oblique incised marks down right side. Grey core with medium density of grits of various sizes. Creamy beige slip with abraded red decoration. Linear motifs down front. Foot painted red. Traces of red on back, especially round foot, and on underside. Pit 18 (disturbed from Gr. 501?) Period 4

KM 1357 Ht 7.7 (fr) W 7.9 (fr) Th 3.5 Upper torso of figurine. Part of neck survives. Shallow vertical groove at throat. Arms curve round, both hands placed across chest, left arm mostly missing. Hands and lower arms modelled in low relief. Fingers indicated by four incised dashes on each hand. Torso flat/concave on front, no breasts indicated. Broken at waist. Belly beginning to curve out at break. Back irregularly convex with low horizontal ridge. Surface very smooth and polished. Grey-buff core, small to medium dark grits. Creamy buff surface. Red painted motifs on chest and shoulders: curves, rectilinear motifs and arcades. Similar motifs on back, very worn on right side. Cadastral Plot 158 Slip and paint quality characteristic of Period 2 Pl. 32.14; Fig. 86.1 KM 1382 Ht 3.6 (fr) W 2.4 Th 1.5 Neck and fragment of head of figurine. Elongated neck expands towards head at top and torso at lower end. Grey-buff core, medium to large dark grits. Creamy buff slip with red decoration. Tiny traces of red on front. Columns of short horizontal dashes on back. Column of short vertical dashes down right side. Fill 766 (part of Gr. 519) Period 4 KM 1399 Ht 12.6 (fr) W 6.1 Th 4.6 Head and neck of large figurine, thick and heavy fabric. Subtriangular head tilted back on neck. Top of head straight. Ears, browline, nose (damaged) and eyes modelled in relief. Small indentation at position of mouth. Hair indicated by deeply incised zigzag line to either side of central parting. Thick elongated neck expanding towards torso. Brown-buff fabric, dense medium to large dark grits. Traces of red and white decoration on top and back of head, and lower back of neck. Red dot below left ear. Cadastral Plot 158 Pl. 32.12; Fig. 85.8 KM 1733 Ht 2.7 (fr) W 2.6 (fr) Th 1.7 Left arm, truncated with straight upper edge, curved lower edge and rounded end. Front convex, back flat. Front very abraded. Dark gritty fabric. Back with very soft chalky white slip and traces of red paint, apparently vertical wavy lines. Square 19.25, superficial. Fabric probably Period 3A KM 1795 Ht 2.0 (fr) W 2.4 (fr) Th 1.6 Arm?, one edge straight, the other slightly curved, pointed end.

Fig. 85.7 KM 915 Ht 4.2 (fr) W 2.4 Th 1.5 Neck and part of head of figurine. Flat head, originally elliptical, bevelled and tilted back on neck. Slight groove around back of head (hair?). Elongated neck expanding towards body.

Traces of red paint. Fill 987 Period 3B

185

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

KM 2010 Ht 4.1 (fr) W 2.4 Th 1.7 (Left?) leg and foot, apparently upright. Leg tapers towards projecting foot, end broken away. Rounded heel projects slightly at back.

?Unpaved surface 2011 Period 3B

Well-levigated buff fabric. Decorated with columns of horizontal red lines, thin on front, broader on back. Towards foot, row of broad widelyspaced vertical lines resembling fringe. One side and underside undecorated.

KM 2995 Ht 2.3 (fr) W 2.8 (fr) Th 1.8 (fr) Fragment of figurine, part of swollen belly and left thigh surviving. Body rises vertically above belly. Circular depression on belly (navel). Traces of oblique cut just below belly (flattened area at genitals?). Thigh projects forwards and outwards.

Pit 1012 Period 3/4 Fabric characteristic of Period 3A

Fig. 86.6

Buff slip. Lustrous red paint. Latticed panel motif placed obliquely above and over navel. Traces of two bands of dots on upper part of thigh and along belly.

Fig. 86.2 KM 2086 Ht 5.5 (fr) W 3.6 (fr) Th 2.2 (fr) Left breast of figurine, back sheared away. Part of lower left neck and shoulder survive. Long drooping breast moulded integrally with fat roll under arm. Incision marking cleavage visible at break edge. Grey core, reddish at surface, very large black grits. Very thick white slip with glossy red decoration. Broad red band round neck, stopping at shoulder. Two red bands along shoulder. Two horizontal broad red bands from break under arm to side of breast. Traces of red down cleavage, at nipple and over breast. Traces of red on fat roll towards back. Hearth 951 Period 3B

General 1480 Period 3B? Fig. 86.5 KM 2996 L 3.3 (fr) W 3.1 Th 1.7 Fragment of figurine, perhaps right foot? Upper surface convex. Lower edge divided by deep cuts into large toes. One end of lower edge curves and expands strongly. Back concave. Lustrous red painted decoration on upper surface, consisting of columns of lozenges, with dots towards toes. Traces of paint on sides and underside.

Fig. 86.3

General 1485 Period 3B?

KM 2134 Ht 4.3 (fr) W 3.3 Th 2.0 Head and neck of figurine. Broad flat face bevelled back on neck. Five vertical grooves, forming four ridges, on top of head, partially broken off. Browline and nose modelled in one, in low relief. Nose slightly damaged. Wide ears extend from jawline, both damaged. Eyes indicated by pellets. Mouth not indicated by modelling. Elongated neck expands towards torso.

Fig. 86.7

Front of face and neck painted red, including eye pellets. Back of head to chin level painted red. Broad band of red around neck. Fill 1048 Period 4

KM 3100 Ht 3.6 (fr) W 2.6 Th 1.9 Right leg, upright, tapering towards slightly projecting foot, broken away in front. Foot points slightly downwards. Buff ground with extensive red painted decoration. On front, four sloping rows of horizontal dashes, and two rows of short vertical dashes resembling fringe. On sides, thick vertical dashes, 2 dots, then single row of ‘fringe’. On back, two horizontal dashes, single row of vertical dashes. Traces of decoration on inner side of leg, and underside of foot and heel. Pit 1580 Period 3A

Fig. 86.4 KM 2622 Ht 2.9 L 2.3 (fr) Th 1.3 (Left?) arm. Truncated, outstretched and wedge-shaped. Sloping upper edge, steeper lower edge and rounded end. Break edge springs sharply upwards. Traces of slip but no paint. Fill 1357, found in flotation Period 3A/3B KM 2911 Ht 5.0 (fr) W 5.0 (fr) Th 3.1 (fr) Thick and very damaged fragment from a large figurine. Surviving surface includes a convex area curving outwards at sides towards top, and a lower narrow rectangular area just springing upwards. Buff slip survives in these two areas. Upper area bears traces of orange all over, and small patches of dark red. Lower rectangular area bears part of two oblique red bands. Well-levigated buff fabric. Possibly part of right belly near hip, expanding towards leg? Pit 1532 Period 3A Fabric characteristic of Period 3A KM 2994 Ht 2.5 L 2.6 (fr) Th 1.7 Left arm. Truncated, outstretched, with rounded end. Front slightly convex, back flatter. White slip with lustrous red paint. Three oblique rows of dots from top of arm, ending just below middle.

Fig. 86.8 KM 3157 Ht 6.8 (fr) W 5.0 (fr) Th (neck) 3.5 Damaged fragment of head and neck of large figurine. Head set at right angles to neck. Original shape of head and face uncertain. Large chipped portion above brow suggests head extended well above surviving area (elaborate hair/head-dress?). Part of brow and area around eyes survive. Brow and nose modelled in one in low relief. Upper surface and end of nose missing. Eyes in relief. Thick elongated neck, slightly tapering towards torso. Entire surface abraded, traces of buff slip and red paint survive in various areas on face. Break at neck chipped all round: possibly deliberate shaping (re-use as jar stopper?). Broken edges around head and neck worn. Miscellaneous 1566 Period 3A Fig. 86.9 KM 3160 Ht 6.7 (fr) W 6.3 (fr) Th 2.9 Fragment of (left?) arm, neck and upper torso of large figurine. Neck expands towards shoulder. Outstretched arm, fairly flat, thinner towards rounded end with squared-off corners. Upper corner missing. Top and bottom edges of arm straight. Well-levigated buff fabric. Buff slip with elaborate lustrous red painted decoration. On front?, trace of vertical line down neck towards torso. On chest and arm, two panels of multiple lines formed of inverted Us and wavy lines. Similar but not identical rectilinear decoration on other side.

186

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

All lines terminate halfway down, leaving lower edge of arm undecorated. Pit 1579 Period 3A? Fabric characteristic of Period 3A Fig. 86.10

KM 2737 Ht 3.2 (fr) W 4.4 Th 1.8 Part of neck, arms and part of upper torso of figurine. Elongated neck, slightly tilted, expanding towards arms. Truncated outstretched arms with rounded ends, sloping gently from neck. Break at torso level with underside of arms. One face convex, the other flat. No breasts indicated. Burnt.

KM 3548 Ht 5.0 (fr) W 2.8 (fr) Th 2.7 Upper part of upright leg of figurine, broken off at body and foot. Outward springing of break edge on one face suggests expansion towards buttock or belly. Buff slip. Light brown painted decoration of six vertical bands and one vertical wavy band with irregularly spaced dots or dashes between. General 1651 Period 2/3A

General 1093 Period 3A Fig. 87.3 KM 2993 Ht 3.7 (fr) W 3.2 (fr) Depth 4.2 (fr) Fragment of seated figurine, part of torso and right thigh surviving. Torso upright, broken off below belly. Back straight and fairly flat. Thick thigh projecting forwards. Rounded edge between buttocks and thigh, underside flat.

KM 5107 Ht 3.1 (fr) W 2.1 Th 2.9 Stumpy leg of figurine, concave-sided, flat oval base, broken at junction with body. One edge of break projects outwards.

No traces of slip. Tiny traces of red paint on torso and back.

Red wavy vertical lines on leg, traces of solid red paint on base.

N Papanicolas Collection Ht 10.5 Figurine, left arm missing. Flat elliptical head, no facial features indicated, tilted upwards on thick elongated neck. Neck tapers towards head, expands towards arms. Surviving right arm outstretched, tapering towards rounded end. Pendulous breasts with deep cleavage, extending to waist, separated from torso at lower part. Body expands below waist to pear-shaped lower section with two deep narrow oblong depressions at front. Back of lower section projects, forming exaggerated buttocks, divided by deep vertical groove, continuing to underside of base. Flat base, self-supporting.

General 106 Period 4

Red Monochrome Painted ware KM 292 Ht 4.2 (fr) W 2.3 Th 2.1 Head and neck of figurine. Flat elliptical face tilted back on neck. Top and left side missing. Browline, nose and right eye modelled in relief. Small pellet represents right ear. Thick elongated neck, expanding towards body. Reddish-brown fabric, medium to large black grits. Very abraded surface. General 33 Period 3B

KM 1339 Ht 6.1 (fr) W 3.2 (fr) Th 2.3 Head, neck and upper torso of figurine. Elliptical head tilted back on neck. Flat face, upper part in slight relief. No facial features indicated. Thick elongated neck expanding slightly towards body. Flat torso, no breasts indicated. Fragment of right arm survives at shoulder. Orange-red fabric with small to medium dark grits and red slipped surface. Quadrant 23.31.3, superficial. KM 1758 Ht 3.5 (fr) W 3.3 (fr) Th 1.8 Left leg of seated figurine, subtly and finely modelled. Part of thigh and whole of lower leg survive. Knee indicated by modelling. Thigh and leg carefully rounded. No foot indicated. Fill 987 Period 3B

Flourentzos 1982, Pl. II, 3-5; Karageorghis 1991, 14 no. 11, Pl. IV (described as Red Polished ware, but almost certainly Red Monochrome Painted ware)

KM 864 Terracotta Ht 3.7 (fr) W 2.8 (fr) Th 1.8 Fragment of upper torso, broken off at neck and arms. Part of one arm survives. No preserved paint or details. Fill 626 Period 3B Fig. 87.5 KM 893 Uncertain fabric - RMP? Ht 5.7 (fr) W 8.8 Th 5.5 Lower torso of seated figurine. Body expands below break at waist to rounded belly with large deep navel and wide hips. Break at start of thighs. Thigh division survives. Broad buttocks with rounded edge, divided by deep vertical groove, continuing to underside of base. Concave base. Well levigated orange-brown fabric with light brown surface.

Fig. 87.2

Back of buttocks polished from handling.

KM 2249 Ht 4.6 (fr) W 3.3 (fr) Th 2.5 (fr) Leg fragment?. Angled shape, broken off at wide end and narrower end. Springing from break at wide end suggests probably a leg in flexed position, with lower leg sloping downwards (rather than an arm held across the chest). ‘Knee’ worn. Deep groove on either side.

Fig. 87.4

Probably from Kissonerga

Other fabrics

Pl. 32.6; Fig. 87.1

General 1501 Period 3A/3B

Unpaved surface 1347 Period 4

Fill 481 Period 4 Unusual fabric: not Period 3B. Well-levigated - could be Period 3A? Fig. 87.7 KM 1302 Terracotta Ht 2.7 (fr) W 1.6 (fr) Th 1.4 Small figurine with uneven conical body, the head and one arm missing. Surviving arm is outstretched, conical with pointed end. The base slightly pinched out, the underside concave. Stands unsupported.

187

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

Fine buff grey fabric.

marked by shallow uneven groove. Oblong section. Rest of surface irregular, with horizontal ridging. Back slightly flatter than front, with faint longitudinal groove from tip to other end.

Fill 882 Period 3B Fig. 87.6

Ground, unpolished surface. Short parallel striations around groove. Longitudinal striations down one side.

KM 1771 Terracotta Ht 3.6 (fr) W 3.2 Th 1.3 Small figurine, coarsely modelled and pinched into an anthropomorphic shape. Broad head (partly broken away), upraised arms tapering towards ends. Body expands from waist to feet. Small pinched upturned feet, divided by indent, underside flat. Unsmoothed surface. Two small strokes across one arm.

Not self-supporting. Feels comfortable held in the hand, with thumb resting towards tip of flatter face with longitudinal groove.

Does not stand unsupported. General 838 Period 3B Pl. 32.16; Fig. 87.8 KM 3204 ‘X’ fabric Ht 4.3 (fr) W 3.5 (fr) Th 3.2 Right leg of upright figurine. Short thick leg curving and tapering towards large pinched everted foot. Foot points down and to the right. Near break at top front, deep vertical incised line, marking start of leg division. At top back, rounded ridge indicates right buttock. Wide vertical groove near break edge indicates buttock division. Trace of left buttock survives. Surface heavily abraded. Few traces of red slip. General 905 Period 4 KM 3233 Ht 2.4 (fr) W 1.3 Th 1.1 Head and neck of figurine. Oval head tilted back on neck expanding towards break. Top of head pinched at back. No trace of slip or paint.

Hearth 41 Period 3B Fig. 84.13 KM 755 Chalk Ht 7.4 (fr) W 3.3 Th 3.1 Elongated cylindrical shape, one end broken away, the other end fairly flat. One face convex with flat area towards narrower end, the other slightly concave. Groove around narrower end, broader and more pronounced on convex face. Surface pecked and ground. Parallel manufacturing striations. Slight longitudinal facets. Slight chips. Not self-supporting. Feels comfortable held in the hand, with thumb over flat area on convex face, index finger at groove on back; these areas smoothest. Cadastral Plot 158 KM 756 Dense reef limestone Ht 8.9 W 4.4 Th 2.9 Elongated irregular shape, one side flat, the other very irregular. Groove around one end, wider on flat face, fainter on irregular face. Other end slightly flattened. Flat face smooth and polished from rubbing, other side natural. Flattened end pecked and chipped. Not self-supporting. Feels comfortable held in the hand, with irregular face against palm, thumb over groove on smooth face. Cadastral Plot 158

Wall 2066 Period 3B

Fig. 84.14

§ 18.3 Phalli Chalk, calcarenite, limestone and chert KM 284 Chalk Ht 7.5 W 3.8 Th 3.5 Elongated cylindrical shape with narrower round-sectioned shaft expanding to oval section at broader end.

KM 939 Chalk Ht 8.3 W 4.1 Th 2.5 Elongated cylindrical shape, round section. Thicker end rounded, encircled by incised line. Below line, object tapers and flattens. Midway along length, two small asymmetrical projections (arms?). Rest of shaft narrower. Other end flattened. Shaft twists slightly. Back concave. Ground all over, scratched. Both ends roughly pecked. Chipped area curves over thicker end.

Smoothed sides. Narrower end and broader section pecked.

Not self-supporting. Feels comfortable held in the hand.

Not self-supporting.

General 832 Period 3B

Cadastral Plot 138.4

Pl. 32.17; Fig. 84.11; LAP II.2, Fig. 29; Preliminary 9, Pl. 2.2.

Fig. 84.10 KM 340 Slightly silicified chalk Ht 12.9 W 3.8 Th 3.3 Elongated cylindrical shape. Round section at narrow end, oval section at wider end. Narrow end rounded. Narrow end pecked. Sides ground smooth. Broad end chipped.

KM 984 Chert Ht 4.8 W 2.8 Th 2.3 (fr) Natural pebble fragment, slightly asymmetrical elongated oval shape. Slightly curved. Deep natural groove around one end. Back damaged. Does not feel comfortable in the hand. Fill 626 Period 3B

Not self-supporting. Wall 34 Period 3B Fig. 84.9 KM 623 Reef limestone Ht 6.4 W 1.6 Th 1.5 Elongated cylindrical shape with slightly swollen terminal at one end

KM 1396 Fine dense calcarenite Ht 7.1 W 3.0 Th 2.6 Elongated cylindrical shape, tapering towards one end. Slightly curved. One face convex, the other slightly flatter. Both ends rounded. Surface covered with widely-spaced discontinuous horizontal grooves of varying lengths all round body.

188

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

Not self-supporting. Feels comfortable held in the hand, with thumb resting on slight depression at narrower end of flatter face. Quadrant 19.23.4, superficial. Pl. 32.8 KM 1549 Chalk Ht 9.1 W 3.6 Th 2.9 Elongated cylindrical shape with narrower section expanding to broader section. Rounded ends. Faces slightly convex. Surface pecked and ground all over. One face with deep pecks, other face smoothed, especially toward narrower end.

KM 5152 White crystalline limestone L 5.1 (fr) W 1.2 Th 1.2 Elongated object, broken off at both ends, one end bevelled. Two protrusions, apparently representing legs, projecting from one long edge. Section tapers from thickest point at legs to 0.9 at centre of body. Very smooth at top, with marked bevels. Superficial.

§ 18.5 Worked and unworked stone, possibly figurative

Not self-supporting. Feels comfortable held in the hand, with thumb resting over smoothed end.

Chalk, calcarenite, serpentinite, sandstone and chert

General 815 Period 4 KM 1752 Chert Ht 4.2 W 1.4 Th 1.1 Small elongated natural pebble, shaped at broader terminal.

KM 101 Calcarenite Ht 5.0 W 4.0 Th 3.0 Roughly worked object consisting of three conjoined lobes, one rounded, the other two slightly elongated, joined together at the centre. One face convex, the other with central groove. The two elongated projections separated by a deep division.

No obvious working or wear except chip on terminal.

Pecked all over.

Not self-supporting. Feels comfortable held between the fingers, with finger and thumb resting over groove.

Not self-supporting.

Fill 912 Period 4

Pl. 32.3; Fig. 84.12

KM 2444 Chert Ht 4.4 W 2.5 Th 2.2 Small natural pebble, irregular oblong elongated shape, irregular surface. Natural concentric grooves around one end. Short parallel incisions across both faces. General 1372 Period 4

Fill 1151 Period 3B

KM 3677 Chalk Ht 6.9 W 3.8 Th 3.2 Elongated cylindrical shape, one end broader than the other. Oblong section. Curves along longitudinal axis, concavo-convex faces. Groove around narrower end, made up of several cuts. Deep vertical groove over broader end (pudenda?). Shaped surface: long parallel widely-spaced longitudinal manufacturing striations down length of right side, other less regular striations all over surface. Smoothly polished: fine parallel striations. Polish from handling, especially around middle of convex face. Not self-supporting. Feels comfortable held in the hand. Slight depression in centre of convex face, where polished. Fill 1666 Period 2

§ 18.4 Zoomorphic figurine fragments

KM 2133 (see also Table 19.5) Cemented calcarenite Ht 3.6 (fr) W 2.8 Th 1.3 Natural pebble, anthropomorphic shape, elongated with two divided ‘legs’. ‘Head’ end and part of one ‘leg’ missing. Slightly convex faces. Natural unsmoothed faces. Fill 1048 Period 4 KM 2589 Serpentinite Ht 6.5 W 4.7 Th 2.5 Natural oblong pebble, anthropomorphic shape. Flat top, expanding to wide ‘hips’ and tapering to narrow rounded base. Shallow groove across front face, between ‘head’ and ‘torso’. Paved floor 983 Period 3B

KM 108 Picrolite, pale green with white flecks Ht 1.4 (fr) W 1.2 Th 0.8 Irregular shaped fragment, oval section, one side broken away. Ground and polished all over. Manufacturing marks at edges suggest fragment is complete except where broken away.

Fig. 84.16

Pls. 32.18; 35.8

Very polished over both faces.

Picrolite and white crystalline limestone

Cadastral Plot 157.3

KM 1924 (see also Table 19.5) Chalk L 9.1 W 5.2 Th 1.8 Roughout? Object with irregular approximately lozenge-shaped outline, perhaps zoomorphic? Flat faces, one end curving upwards. Worked straight edges, with two notches along one side, one along the other. Both ends pointed. Pecked all over. One face ground very smooth, the other rough. Fine parallel striations from rubbing.

Not self-supporting. Not very comfortable in the hand.

Possibly fragment of zoomorph (hind leg)?

Surface find from cadastral plot 157.5.

KM 2958 Grey-buff chert Ht 5.6 W 3.3 Th 2.0 Natural oblong pebble, partially worked to adapt shape (anthropomorphic?). One face flat, the other with rounded longitudinal ridge, giving triangular section. Asymmetrical section with one narrow long edge, the other broader. Ends unworked. Smaller knob-shaped end emphasised by pecking all round, resembling head. ‘Neck’ and ‘shoulders’ extensively pecked and worked. Further light manufacturing marks lower down ‘body’.

189

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

General 905 Period 4 Pl. 32.3 KM 3145 Banded chert Ht 4.2 W 2.6 Th 2.0 Small smooth pebble, anthropomorphic or phallic shape. One end flattish, the other rounded. The two ends pale grey, with band of white forming natural groove around centre. Unworked. General 1539 Period 3A

KM 2626 Ht 4.3 (fr) W 5.3 Th 4.9 Cylindrical fragment with flat oval base. One face rises vertically, the other expands and curves outwards. Edge between base and faces rounded off. Traces of pecked groove below break. Faces pecked and ground smooth. Base smoothed. Leg expanding to buttock? Cadastral plot 157.1, superficial. KM 5105 L 2.8 (fr) W 1.6 Th 1.0 Oblong fragment, one face flat, the other convex, broken off at both ends. Well smoothed. Traces of brownish paint on convex face.

KM 3525 Fine silicified sandstone Ht 7.8 W 2.8 (fr) Th 1.5 Violin-shaped pebble, elongated upper section expanding to broad rounded lower section, split in two longitudinally. General 1570 Period 2/3A

Arm? Superficial. KM 5153 L 1.8 (fr) W 0.9 Th 0.4 Small trapezoidal fragment, flat section. Ground very smooth, with parallel striations. Slightly chipped at wide end, broken off at narrower end.

§ 18.6 Model furniture

Arm?

Red and Black Stroke Burnished ware

General 930 Period 3B

KM 2266 Ht 1.6 (fr) L 5.3 W 3.2 (fr) Triangular stool, edges irregular, apex of triangle broken away. Broken stumps of two legs survive. Underside flat.

Picrolite

Upper surface smooth but irregular. Well preserved mottled red-brown paint.

KM 48 Pale green Ht 0.8 (fr) W 2.5 (fr) Th 1.4 (fr) Tiny worked fragment with rounded edge.

Quadrant 19.24.2, superficial.

Perhaps lower part of belly or buttocks? Cadastral plot 136

§ 18.7 Unidentifiable worked stone fragments

KM 1296 Ht 2.2 W 2.6 (fr) Th 1.3 Fragment with rounded end. Flat section, faceted edges, flat faces. Drilled dot towards rounded end on both faces.

Chalk KM 670 Ht 4.9 (fr) W 4.6 (fr) Th 3.0 Damaged fragment, one face smooth and rounded, the other unevenly sheared off and worn smooth. Fragment tapers from break towards constriction, expanding to smooth rounded end. Constriction emphasised by pecked groove and short incised line.

Surface scratched and worn. Transverse scratches on edges.

Leg or foot of large figurine?

KM 2114 Ht 2.9 (fr) W 3.5 (fr) Th 0.7 Fragment broken off at both ends. Slightly convex faces. Faceted edges, one rounded, the other straight. Sides taper towards one end.

General 33 Period 3B

Terminal of figurine arm? General 931 Period 4

Fig. 84.15

Polished, with fine parallel striations. Traces of chipping along broken edges (deliberately cut off?).

KM 711 H 4.9 W 3.3 Th 3.2 Terminal of tapered cylindrical object constricted near rounded end. Ground and smoothed surface.

Probably part of arm of large figurine.

Probably not a figurine fragment?

Pit 1012 Period 3/4 KM 3522 Ht 2.8 W 1.5 (fr) Th 0.8 Fragment with rounded end. Flat faces, oval section.

General 117 Period 3/4 KM 1073 L 7.2 (fr) W 3.8 Th 2.0 Subrectangular object, one end missing. Slightly concave edges, expanding slightly to preserved end. Convex faces. Transverse groove across one end.

Polished, with fine striations across faces. Chipped at break line on one face, small chips on end. Possibly an arm. General 1651 Period 2/3A

Arm? Fill 626 Period 3B

190

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

KM 1989 L 2.7 (fr) W 1.8 Th 1.0 (fr) Small curved fragment, one face convex, the other sheared away.

§ 18.8 Unidentifiable pottery fragments Red-on-White ware KM 345 Ht 3.5 (fr) W (side to side) 2.4 L (front to back) 2.5 (fr) Roughly conical fragment, expanding from break at narrow end to an irregular lower section projecting forward to another break. Upper part leans to one side. Underside concave across middle, rest fairly flat. Finely levigated light fabric. No trace of decoration. General 32 Quadrant 22.24.1, superficial. Fabric apparently Period 3A

Pinky-buff slip. Well-levigated buff fabric. Pinky-grey core with dark grits. Decorated with red painted strokes on both sides. Uncertain identification. General 993 Period 3A Fabric characteristic of Period 3A KM 2075 L 1.2 (fr) W 1.3 (fr) Th 0.4 Small flat fragment, one end rounded, the other broken away, slight springing at break.

Fig. 102.8

Well-levigated buff fabric. Red painted dots and strokes on both faces. KM 537 Ht 7.9 (fr) W 4.4 (fr) Th 3.2 Thick, heavy leg expanding to flat foot with oblong section. Outer surface of leg flat, inner surface concave. Wall continues vertically from top of leg break. A projection from top of inner surface follows the concavity horizontally. Buff core with few medium sized dark grits. Lower end of outer surface of leg decorated with thinly applied streaky red paint. Upper part decorated with red cross-hatching on creamy white slip. Further red decoration on underside of foot, and a thin application on inner surface of leg. Possibly the leg of a chair or the fore or hind leg of a zoomorph? General 106 Period 4

Perhaps the arm or paw of zoomorph? Oven 1275 (from flotation) Period 3B Fabric characteristic of Period 3A Fig. 102.11 KM 2433 Ht 2.6 W 2.2 (fr) Th 1.8 Small conical fragment, the flattened circular top tapering to a deeply perforated rounded end (perforation over 2.0 deep, 0.1 in diameter). Oval shaped break at one side. Unusual fabric, better levigated than usual, with very fine mica and large shell fragments. Traces of fugitive red paint, pattern unclear, possibly cross hatching.

Fig. 87.10 KM 1084 H 4.0 (fr) W 2.9 Th 3.0 Conical fragment with slender upper section curving forwards and to one side towards break. Broad asymmetrical base, projecting forwards, flat underneath.

Perhaps the leg of an exceptionally wide-hipped figurine with small stumpy legs? Two fine incised lines down ‘leg’, with modelling on back surface indicating ‘buttock’? Pit 1426 Period 3A Fabric indicates Period 3A

Finely levigated light fabric. Red painted decoration, starting just below break. Rows of oblong red dots, five rows at front, six at back.

Fig. 87.9

Perhaps the leg and foot from a zoomorph?

KM 2493 Ht 3.5 (fr) W 2.8 Th 2.4 Small cylindrical fragment, oblong section, one face slightly flattened. Broken at both ends. Surface projects outwards slightly at one point of break.

General 817 Period 4 Fabric could be Period 3A Fig. 102.9 KM 1747 Ht 5.5 (fr) W 2.2 Th 2.0 Elongated fragment, the inner edge curving strongly inwards, the outer edge rounded towards upper end break. Thickness expands greatly towards lower end break. Cream slip with fragments of red painted decoration of vertical red strokes in columns and rows, worn away at sides. Perhaps the left leg of a figurine?

Surface heavily abraded, but traces of cream slip, red painted vertical strokes and a horizontal band. Possibly the leg or neck of a figurine? Disturbance 1533 Period 3A? KM 5098 Ht 3.8 (fr) W 2.7 Th 1.8 Probable leg

Quadrant 20.24.1, superficial.

General 1571 Period 3A

KM 1911 L 2.1 (fr) W 1.5 Th 0.7 Flat oval fragment, one end rounded, the other broken away.

Red Monochrome Painted ware

Well-levigated buff fabric. Cream slip, red painted oblique strokes and dashes. Perhaps the arm or paw of zoomorph? Fill 1265 Period 3B Fabric characteristic of Period 3A Fig. 102.10

KM 2168 Ht 7.1 (fr) W 6.2 (fr) Th 4.0 (fr) Irregular shaped fragment with a convex outer surface and concave inner surface. Broad curve across middle. Fragment rises to a steep point at one edge. Oblique ridge across one side. Oblique perforation, pierced when clay was wet. Trace of a further oblique perforation behind ridge. Outer surface smooth and finished, inner surface rough. Burnt. Possibly the lower half of a hollow figurine; or the back, part of neck and rump of a zoomorph with ridge down leg? Skirting 1296 Period 4 Fig. 87.12

191

§ 18 Catalogue of Figurines ...

KM 2234 Ht 4.3 (fr) W 3.8 (fr) Th 3.4 (fr) Small irregular fragment, with broad stumpy end and remains of a dowel plug for attachment. Carefully shaped surface. Traces of brown paint. Perhaps a short stumpy arm? General 993 Period 3A

Other fabrics KM 775 Terracotta Ht 4.3 (fr) W 3.8 (fr) Th 2.4 (fr) Fragment consisting of a rounded projection of wedge-shaped section, with nine deep grooves cut around the edge, projecting out from the rest of the object, now broken away. One face slightly concave. Perhaps a foot, or the top of a head?

Fig. 87.11

Miscellaneous 196 Period 3B

KM 2244 Ht 3.5 (fr) W 2.3 Th 2.1 Roughly modelled cylindrical fragment, both ends sharply broken away. Irregular oval section. One face springs out at one side. Traces of brown/red paint all over surface. Possibly a neck and underside of back of head? General 1185 Period 3B?

Fig. 87.13 KM 2389 ‘X’ fabric Ht 4.9 (fr) W 3.4 Th 2.0 Oblong fragment, back fairly smooth and flat (perhaps broken away), front smooth and concave at one end, swelling to a convex bulge at the other. Edges broken off all round, with surface starting to spring out. Fairly coarse fabric with dark medium to large inclusions. White slip with red/orange paint on front, best preserved in concavity and along one edge. No pattern distinguishable. Back unpainted and unslipped.

Spalled ware KM 1794 Ht 6.4 (fr) W 4.5 Th 3.8 Very thick fragment, oval section, tapering to flattened base. Strongly curved on both faces. Base slightly pushed up, and ridged around edge.

Unidentifiable fragment.

Smooth surface with parallel vertical ridges. Burnt.

KM 2997 ‘X’ fabric

Probably a figurine leg, but possibly from a vessel. Fill 1009 Period 4

?Paved floor 1324 Period 3B

Ht 2.7 (fr) W 3.2 Th 3.9 (fr) Irregular solid fragment with a strong concavity across the middle with one end smooth and fairly flat with a rounded edge. Both ends broken away. Possibly the back and rump of a zoomorph, or the lower torso of a roughly modelled seated figurine? Fill 2102 Period 3B

192

Chapter 19: Ground Stone Tools by Carolyn Elliott-Xenophontos § 19.1 Typology

Period 1/2?

The pie chart in Fig. 7.1 shows that ground stone artefacts from OK = safe deposits (e.g. on building floors, pits and potspreads) form a substantial proportion of the total number of artefacts (=1,664), disregarding material from surveyed cadastral plots and surface finds (=354). The majority of artefacts came from M = mixed deposits (e.g. general layers and fill in buildings, wall collapse, surface make-up, disturbed layers and pit fills. Artefacts from disturbed (D) and contaminated (C) general layers, often just below the surface, were normally registered, and always registered if of interesting rock type or if the tool ranked as rare or strange. Material from disturbed graves was also kept. When considering ground stone by period, the limited amount from Periods 1A, 2 and 5 (see Fig. 7.2) demands a more detailed examination in the text, while the large number of artefacts from Period 4 (=755) lends itself to a general overview, giving a clearer picture of how the inhabitants of Kissonerga were occupied in the LChal. The substantial amount of artefacts from Periods 3A and 3B presents an extremely varied and sometimes novel range of implements in this vibrant MChal phase. The 86 finds dated to Periods 2?, 3A?, 3B?, 4? and 5? are included in the totals without distinction from the unqueried periods. Their numbers, in brackets, are as follows: Period 2? (3), Period 3A? (22), Period 3B? (16), Period 4? (25) and Period 5? (20). Material from the transition phases 1/2, 2/3A, 3A/3B, 3/4, 4/5 and 4/mod are not included in Fig. 7.2. Artefacts are listed by period in Table 19.1 and are divided into their safe (OK), mixed (M), disturbed (D) and contaminated (C) find status. For convenience, the order here follows general functional groupings rather than the alphabetical order of the Catalogue (§ 19.5). Table 19.1. Registered and inventoried (5000 series) stone artefacts by period Period 1A

OK

M

D

C

pounder cupped stone perforated stone bowl basin jar miscellaneous

2 1 1 *21 1 1 2

-

-

-

29

0

0

0

Total 29 * includes total of 27 fragments

OK

M

D

C

hammerstone/grinder rubbing stone bowl

-

1 1 1

-

-

Total 3

0

3

0

0

OK

M

D

C

1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 5 1 1 1 3 1 -

2 2 3 1 1 2 5 1 1 4 2 1 1 2 1 1 *21 1 2 1 2

-

-

25

57

0

0

OK

M

D

C

1 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 -

2 3 3 4 4 1 1 3 13 2 -

-

1 1 2 1

Period 2 axe adze hammerstone hammerstone/grinder grinder pestle pounder pounder/grinder rubbing stone rubbing stone/pounder polisher rubber quern cupped stone mortar grinding block pivot stone perforated stone socketed stone notched stone macehead post pad/pot stand bowl dish jar pebble miscellaneous Total 82 * includes total of 56 fragments Period 2/3A adze chisel flaked tool hammerstone hammerstone/grinder pounder rubbing stone polisher burnisher rubber quern cupped stone mortar pivot stone perforated stone bowl basin cup dish jar

193

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

pebble miscellaneous

10

1 -

-

1 1

Total 70

26

37

0

7

OK

M

D

C

4 6 2 1 2 7 1 1 1 4 5 3 1 1 2 3 2 4 6 6 1 1 1 2 6 1 1 9 2 4 2

9 11 6 9 1 10 8 3 1 15 15 4 15 2 1 2 4 17 4 13 2 2 1 2 4 24 1 6 2 12 2 1 6 1 2

1 1 1 1 -

4 3 1 4 1 2 1 2 4 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

92

218

4

35

OK

M

D

C

axe adze flaked tool flaked tool blanks hammerstone pestle pounder rubbing stone/hammerstone rubbing stone/pounder polisher rubber perforated stone bowl pebble pigment

1 1 -

1 1 8 6 1 1 1 1 -

-

1 1 1 1 1 3 1

Total 31

2

20

0

9

Period 3B

OK

M

D

C

axe adze chisel flaked tool

1 2 2

6 2 1 4

2 1 2 -

2 1 1 -

Period 3A axe adze chisel flaked tool axe-shaped grinder hammerstone hammerstone/grinder grinder pecking stone pestle pounder pounder/grinder rubbing stone rubbing stone/flaked tool rubbing stone/hammerstone rubbing stone/pestle rubbing stone/pounder polisher burnisher rubber quern cupped stone palette anvil mortar grinding block pivot stone perforated stone bowl basin dish jar platter pot lid jar stopper pebble miscellaneous crystal pigment Total 349 Period 3A/3B

axe-shaped grinder hammerstone hammerstone/grinder grinder pecking stone pestle pounder rubbing stone rubbing stone/pounder rubbing stone/grinder polisher burnisher rubber quern cupped stone palette anvil mortar grinding block pivot stone perforated stone socketed stone notched stone macehead? bowl cup jar pot lid jar stopper pebble miscellaneous pigment

3 1 4 1 6 10 9 1 8 4 6 3 2 1 2 1 1 4 2 6 4 1

3 6 3 1 2 2 9 6 4 5 1 8 5 7 2 1 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 2 2 3

2 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 -

3 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 1 -

Total 221

85

97

18

21

Period 3/4

OK

M

D

C

axe adze chisel flaked tool axe-shaped grinder hammerstone/grinder pecking stone pestle pounder pounder/grinder rubbing stone polisher burnisher quern cupped stone mortar sling stone? basin jar

1 1 1 1 -

2 1 1 2 2 1 5 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

1 1 1 -

1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 -

Total 39

4

22

3

10

OK

M

D

C

axe adze hammerstone pestle pounder rubbing stone rubber cupped stone grinding block

1 3 1

1 4 2 1 2 3 -

-

-

Total 18

5

13

0

0

Period 3B/4

194

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Period 4

OK

M

D

C

59 24 3 2 15 10 24 6 3 19 24 2 15 8 19 15 26 2 5 5 5 10 2 2 8 2 2 2 2 6 4 3

32 37 14 2 7 19 13 2 31 40 5 25 1 2 10 2 6 6 21 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 16 3 1 4 1 3 5 3

1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 -

11 5 4 2 1 3 1 1 4 16 12 1 6 2 2 5 1 2 4 1 3 1

Total 755

334

321

12

88

Period 4/5

OK

M

D

C

axe adze axe-shaped grinder pestle pounder rubbing stone burnisher rubber perforated stone dish

-

1 -

-

3 5 1 4 1 1 1 1 1

Total 19

0

1

0

18

OK

M

D

C

axe adze hammerstone/grinder polisher rubber quern cupped stone perforated stone

-

-

-

1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Total 9

0

0

0

9

axe adze chisel flaked tool axe-shaped grinder hammerstone hammerstone/grinder grinder pecking stone pestle pounder pounder/grinder rubbing stone rubbing stone/hammerstone rubbing stone/pounder polisher burnisher rubber quern cupped stone palette anvil mortar grinding block pivot stone perforated stone socketed stone pot stand notched stone sling stone? drill handle? bowl basin cup dish jar pot lid jar stopper pebble miscellaneous pigment

Period 4/Mod

Period 5

OK

M

D

C

axe adze chisel flaked tool axe-shaped grinder hammerstone hammerstone/grinder pestle pounder rubbing stone polisher burnisher perforated stone bowl jar stopper miscellaneous

1 -

1 1 1 -

1 1 4 1 1 1 -

3 4 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 4 1 1

Total 39

1

3

9

26

Cadastral plots (surface)

0

axe adze chisel flaked tool axe-shaped grinder hammerstone hammerstone/grinder pecking stone pestle pounder pounder/grinder rubbing stone rubbing stone/pounder rubbing stone/hammerstone polisher burnisher rubber quern cupped stone anvil mortar grinding block pivot stone perforated stone macehead bowl basin cup dish jar pot lid jar stopper pebble miscellaneous pigment Total

195

58 49 16 14 9 12 10 2 27 25 3 4 2 1 14 3 7 3 19 1 4 1 4 5 3 33 1 2 3 7 2 4 1 4 1 354

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Table 19.2. Distribution of ground stone artefacts by period Artefact class

1A 1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

adze anvil axe axe-shaped grinder basin bowl burnisher chisel crystal cup cupped stone dish drill handle? flaked tool flaked tool blanks grinder grinding block hammerstone hammerstone/grinder jar jar stopper macehead miscellaneous mortar notched stone palette pebble pecking stone perforated stone pestle pigment pivot stone platter polisher post pad/pot stand pot lid pot stand pounder pounder/grinder quern rubber rubbing stone rubbing st/flaked tool rubbing stone/grinder rubbing st/hammerstone rubbing stone/pestle rubbing stone/pounder sling stone? socketed stone

1 21 1 1 2 1 2 -

1 1 1 -

2 1 24 9 2 1 1 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 5 3 2 6 1 1

2 1 15 1 1 1 5 2 1 4 5 1 11 1 2 1 1 1 5 1 1 7 -

20 4 17 4 2 31 7 9 1 21 1 14 5 1 19 10 7 4 10 1 2 1 2 6 22 5 3 2 6 21 24 4 12 22 20 1 3 1 4 -

2 1 3 8 6 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -

5 5 10 6 9 2 6 2 16 6 2 1 9 8 2 2 1 6 1 1 2 8 2 2 11 4 4 6 6 23 10 19 18 1 4 1

2 4 2 1 1 3 6 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 5 1 1 2 1 -

3 1 3 1 1 4 2 2 1 -

68 6 103 24 3 30 2 21 3 52 3 1 6 7 5 32 39 1 6 9 6 1 4 9 9 5 67 7 13 18 6 2 76 7 23 27 43 1 8 1 1

5 3 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 -

2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 -

5 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 5 4 7 1 -

49 1 58 9 1 33 3 16 2 19 3 14 1 12 10 7 4 3 4 4 1 2 5 27 1 4 14 2 25 3 3 7 4 1 2 -

165 16 202 47 9 169 18 58 1 8 133 12 1 54 6 15 10 83 80 22 17 5 45 16 4 8 23 17 26 143 18 26 2 53 1 35 2 173 20 54 82 105 1 1 6 1 20 2 3

Totals

29

3

82

70

349

31

221

39

18

755

19

9

39

354

2,018

Table 19.2 shows the total number of tool types in alphabetical order throughout all periods regardless of unit status. Incised grooves occur on the sides of 23 axes (Table 7.1). If there are two grooves they appear on the same side of the axe; only one, KM 1868, has one groove on each side. If there is a single clearly cut groove and attempts at others, the axe appears in the 2+ column (e.g. KM 1769). Other tools also have incised grooves: chisel KM 2130 with two incised lines, axe-shaped grinder KM 377 with two incised lines on one side, pestle KM 1608 with two incised lines, and flaked tool

KM 3416 (also used as a grinder) with two grooves and less distinct attempts at others on one side.

§ 19.2 Spatial distribution of ground stone artefacts The majority of stone artefacts were found in buildings, not only in occupation fill but also in secondary use in stone settings for large storage jars, built into walls and hearths and in paving and floor make-up. Many others came from pits and pit fills, including important groups of tools cached there. A significant number of a limited range of artefacts occurred in graves and grave fills.

196

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Table 19.3. Ground stone artefacts found in pits and pit fills by period Artefact class

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

5

Total

adze anvil axe axe-shaped grinder basin 1 bowl 21 chisel cup cupped stone 1 dish flaked tool grinder grinding block hammerstone hammerstone/grinder jar 1 jar stopper macehead miscellaneous 2 mortar notched stone palette pebble pecking stone perforated stone 1 pestle pigment pivot stone polisher post pad/pot stand pot lid pounder 2 pounder/grinder quern rubber rubbing stone rubbing stone/flaked tool rubbing stone/hammerstone rubbing stone/pounder socketed stone -

1 -

2 1 11 9 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 5 3 2 5 1 1

1 1 1 2 1 1 2 10 1 1 1 1 1 3 -

4 2 8 3 8 1 5 1 3 2 1 6 4 4 4 2 2 1 9 2 1 2 18 7 2 9 11 1 -

1 1 1 1 -

1 1 2 1 2 1 4 1 1 3 6 5 1 1 1 8 3 6 4 -

1 1 2 1 -

3 1 4 1 2 1 -

9 27 3 9 4 2 10 1 2 4 2 1 3 1 1 2 10 2 3 1 5 2 1 2 10 1 -

1 -

16 3 36 6 3 53 8 3 34 3 6 3 2 17 16 7 6 1 22 4 3 2 7 2 4 29 6 2 6 1 20 26 7 10 22 35 1 2 1 1

Totals

1

64

27

123

4

52

5

12

118

1

436

29

§19.2.1 Artefacts from pits and pit fills (see also § 3.8 and 15.5) The distribution of artefact types by period is given in simplified form in Table 19.3. Periods 1A and 1/2 The 29 registered finds from Period 1A pits 1667 and 1679 in the Upper Terrace have been described in § 7.2 and are not repeated here. There is a single bowl fragment from pit 1680 which is tentatively dated to the transitional 1/2 phase. Period 2 A total of 35 artefacts were recovered from 9 pits and 29 from 6 pit fills. Pit 1599 is exceptional with 15 artefacts which, disregarding the useless fragments (3 bowls, a perforated stone and an axe), comprise a functional food-processing assemblage. Pit fill 1666 with 19

artefacts, half of which are fragmentary, illustrates a feature of many Kissonerga pits: artefacts were found in the fill but not in the pit itself - in this case pit 1659. The complete tools also comprise food-processing equipment. Pit fill 1660 and pit 2078 each contained an adze and they constitute the only evidence for the storage of wood-working tools in Period 2 pits. Period 2/3A This transitional period is represented only by unusable fragments (a quern, mortar and basin) in pit 1554, a chisel and flaked tool in pit 1358 and by pit fill 1147 with a total of 12 artefacts and 10 miscellaneous broken stones. The artefacts from pit fill 1147 are consistent with food-processing usage - 3 rubbing stones, 2 hammerstone/grinders, 2 cupped stones, a pounder, cup and small perforated stone - and only a rubber and hammerstone are unusable fragments.

197

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Period 3A A considerable increase in the number of pits and a different artefact repertoire in them is evidenced in Period 3A, reflecting an increase in wood-working activities and in objects for use with ceramic or other vessels. Twenty pits and 4 pit fills yielded a total of 123 artefacts. Ten of the pit finds and one from a pit fill occur as single tools. Pits with a sizeable number of artefacts include pit 1426 (17 artefacts) which together with its fill 1464 (26 artefacts) contained 8 and 10 pot lids and 2 and 1 jar stoppers respectively. A piece of red pigment and red stains on 7 artefacts, including a palette, stress this ceramic connection. The other finds are consistent with pigment crushing and food processing. The deposit in pit 1542 (17 artefacts) has a varied repertoire without the special character of pit 1426, containing an axe fragment, an adze, 3 pestles, 2 pounders, a grinder fragment, 3 rubbing stone fragments, 5 vessel fragments and a jar stopper. The increase in wood-working tools in this period is not reflected in pit storage habits, though axes occurred as the single tool in 4 pits and there was a lone chisel in pit 1517. Period 3A/3B Three pits contained only 4 artefacts, none being woodworking tools - a bowl fragment and pigment pebble in pit 997, a hammerstone in pit 1494 and a rubbing stone/hammerstone in pit 1589. Period 3B In this period there are 5 pits within buildings, some dug into the floors: pit 171 (B2), pit 313 (B4), pits 1202, 1204, 1205 (B994). Only 3 of the 6 tools found in them are complete, though 2 more are usable fragments. Material from Ceremonial Area pits 1015 (25 artefacts) and 1225 (12 artefacts) has already been published (LAP II.2) but is included in Table 19.3. A further 6 pits contained 9 artefacts. Only 2 of these pits, both belonging to the Ceremonial Area, contained unbroken tools - a rubbing stone in pit 1201 and a jar stopper in pit 1375. The deposition of broken tools in the other pits contrasts with the complete finds from the pits in buildings where a relatively small piece from a quern in pit 1205 is the only fragment. Period 3/4 Three pits contained 5 artefacts including the complete basin KM 2735 set into its own ‘pit’. Chisel KM 2097 in pit 1012 is a fine sharp example and a cupped stone and rubbing stone are also complete, suggesting this is not a waste pit. Period 3B/4 A total of 12 artefacts came from pit fill 297 and pit 1497. Two complete Type 5 pestles from pit fill 297 are

important evidence for a distinctive and prestigious Kissonerga tool (Fig. 91.4). Six of the 10 finds from pit 1497 are fragments (2 rubbers, 2 cupped stones, a pestle and pounder) - all associated with food processing, as are a complete rubbing stone, cupped stone, hammerstone and pestle. Period 4 There are 8 pits within buildings: pit (posthole?) 6 and pit 11 (B 1), pit 876 (Pithos House), pit 889 (B 493), pit 471 (B 706), pits 1231 and 1241 (B 834), pit 1460 (B 1165), with a total of 23 artefacts. All these artefacts are complete except for a quern in pit 11, a hammerstone/grinder in pit 471 and a chisel in pit 1241. Pit 889 is exceptional with 10 specialised tools suggesting an artisan’s store (4 axes, 2 adzes, a chisel, pestle, polisher and pounder). Of the other 32 pits totalling 70 finds and 16 pit fills with 25 artefacts, the most noteworthy is pit 1072 with its cache of 18 axes and a flaked tool (Pl. 33.1). In the other pits 1-3 tools only are the norm, with pit 18 containing most artefacts (2 axe-shaped grinders, 2 rubbing stones, a flaked tool, hammerstone, bowl and cup), all pointing to food-processing uses. Other pits contained only fragmentary material, some of which could have been reworked into usable form, while other fragments are irredeemably useless. Of all the Period 4 pits, 24 contained only one artefact, 9 contained 2, 4 contained 3 and one contained 4 artefacts or artefact fragments. Several pits (e.g. pits 847, 885) contained only fragmentary artefacts. Adzes, pestles and cupped stones are the most common complete single finds. Though such personal belongings relate mainly to food-processing activities, axes, adzes and chisels show a wider ownership of wood-working tools. Pounding tools found with vessels (e.g. a bowl and pestle in pit fill 989, a cupped stone and pounder/grinder in pit 20) may represent an individual production kit. A hammerstone/grinder from pit 916 is the only Period 5 evidence. As the total number of Period 3A ground stone finds is 349, the quantity found in pits (35.2%) is significant, especially since Period 4, with 755 registered artefacts, has only 120 (15.9%) from pit contexts. The number of Period 3B artefacts from pits (52 = 23.5%) is of note in that pits with the majority of finds (pits 1015 and 1225) belong to the Ceremonial Area while the other pits have only one or two implements, highlighting two different storage practices. § 19.2.2 Stone artefacts from graves and grave fills (For graves and tombs, see § 4 and 16) A total of 63 artefacts were recovered from 22 graves and their fills from Periods 3A-4 (Table 19.4). The largest number of artefacts (36) are recorded from Period 4 as the majority of graves date to that period, fol-

198

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

lowed by Period 3A (13 artefacts). Querns were used as Table 19.4. Registered stone artefacts from funerary facilities fills by period Period Funerary facility/fill

Artefact

3A?

1510 (upper fill, Gr. 535) pestle KM 2015 pecking stone KM 2016 rubber KM 2043 571 quern KM 3070 (capstone) querns KM 3071, 3078 1618 (fill, Gr. 572) bowl KM 3419 574 cupped stone KM 3396 rubber KM 3468 rubbing stone/pestle KM 3480 miscellaneous KM 3574 1626 (fill above capstone, cupped stone KM 3513 Gr. 575) 1650 (fill below capstone, pounder KM 3550 Gr. 575)

3B

503 563

568 2085 (pit, Gr. 568) 2093 (fill, Gr. 568)

3/4

548

4

505

4? Total

pounder? KM 490 bowl KM 477.01 axe-shaped grinder KM 2665 hammerstone KM 2684 adze KM 2729 rubbing stone KM 2899 hammerstone/grinder KM 2900 pigments KM 2901, 2902 hammerstone/grinder KM 2744 axe KM 2746 rubbing stone KM 2792 pigment KM 2868 axe KM 1770

cupped stone KM 553.02 chisel KM 553.03 grinding block KM 553.05 bowl KM 553.09, pot lid KM 595.02 507 adze KM 765 (in haft KM 847) 165 (pit, part of Gr. 507) rubber KM 676 309 (fill, Gr. 511) cupped stone KM 725 515 bowl KM 910 423 (upper fill, T. 515) pestle KM 796 rubbing stone/pounders KM 797-8 pounder KM 833, pestle KM 834 621 (pit fill 654+Gr. 517) rubber KM 874 780 (fill, T. 523) pounder KM 996 526 grinder (pebble) KM 1308.02 884 (fill, T. 526) bowl KM 1181 cupped stone KM 1156 1038 (fill, T. 541) cup KM 2494 hammerstone KM 1746 542 quern KM 1726 (capstone) rubbers KM 1853, 1871 axe-shaped grinder KM 1910 558 pounder KM 2446 bowl KM 2447 1318 (fill, T. 558) cupped stone KM 2203 1355 (fill, T. 558) hammerstone/grinder KM 2190 hammerstone KM 2191 pot lid KM 2439 2095 (lower fill, T. 558) miscellaneous KM 2742 561 cupped stone KM 2321 2033 (pit, Gr. 562) cupped stone KM 2568 341 (upper fill, Gr. 512)

capstones, as in Gr. 571 and 542 (Pl. 34.3), placed in an inverted position. Special food preparation may have taken place during the funerary proceedings, as complete or almost complete cupped stones, hammerstones, pounders and pestles suggest. High social standing of the deceased is indicated by the deposition of prestige objects (bowl KM 477.01 in Gr. 503, hafted adze KM 765 in Gr. 507). Pestle KM 2015, though from upper grave fill, is of fine workmanship and an excellent tool which stands out from other grave fill finds. Artefacts found in T. 505 in the Mortuary Building B 375 are also of sufficient high quality to rank as grave goods, as is cupped stone KM 725 from the fill of Gr. 511. Three pieces of red pigment and a hammerstone/grinder with red staining from the fills of Gr. 568 may point to funerary rites involving preparation and application of colour, as may other tools with similar staining from Gr. 574, 507 and 542 (see Table 19.7). Only one of the 2 axes (KM 2746, Gr. 568) is in usable condition. Several broken tools occurred in grave fills and are not considered grave goods. Of the 63 artefacts, 43 are complete or still usable, with only slight damage, and 18 are so fragmentary as to be waste material (e.g. bowl rim KM 553.9, bowl handle KM 910, cup fragment KM 2494). Of the bowls, only prestige KM 477.01 is in good condition, though damaged, whereas only 2 rubbers are useless fragments. Of the complete or nearly complete rubbers, 4 are so long they could have served as capstones if required. Intentional breakage of objects is unlikely as only a single fragment from any given object was recorded (e.g. half a cupped stone, KM 3396, half a bowl, KM 3419). Tool types appearing in graves and grave fills are repetitive, but no pattern emerges of the regular deposit of one artefact type with another. Hammering, pounding and rubbing implements are most common, blade tools rare. § 19.2.3 Stone artefacts from buildings (For buildings, see § 3 and 15) Apart from the finds from pits associated with buildings, occupation fill (‘A’ contexts) included a significant number of in situ artefacts relating to the activities within the buildings or elsewhere of its inhabitants or administrators. Evidence from building contexts is restricted to Periods 3A-4. Other finds come from floor make-up, entrance blocking, stone settings, walls, hearths (‘S’ contexts), and the remainder from general collapse and fill (‘S*’ contexts).

rubbers KM 709, 710 63

199

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

1566 adzes KM 2976, 3091; pestle KM 2977 1567 hammerstone KM 3159 S* 1557 polisher KM 3563; rubber KM 3571; quern KM 3572; rubbing stone/hammerstone KM 3590

Table 19.5. Registered stone artefacts from buildings by period and depositional mode Notes: Finds from pits associated with buildings are not included in this table. They are mentioned briefly in § 19.2.1. It should be noted that artefacts from the most highly productive units of the Pithos House (Units 652, 846 and 905) belonging to Floor 1 are not listed separately by their KM number but are given as class totals. Context

Building 1590 Floor 1 A 1592 axe KM 3280; burnisher KM 3281; miscellaneous KM 3304 Building 1638

Unit Class and KM number

General S 1647 Floor 1 S 1645 S* 1633 1639

PERIOD 3A Ridge Building 1016 General A 1536 cupped stone KM 3024 S 1004 adze KM 3428 Floor 1 A 1026 pestle KM 2617; adze KM 3427; chisel KM 3430 1508 polisher KM 2104 S 1519 rubbing stone/pounder KM 2604 1520 rubber KM 5002; hammerstone KM 5005 1523 miscellaneous KM 2599 1534 anvil KM 5064 1537 quern KM 2710; axe-shaped grinder KM 2712; hammerstone KM 2816; axe KM 2961; adze KM 2962; pigment KM 2963; chisel KM 2964; pounder KM 3002 Floor 2 A 1002 flaked tools KM 1509, 2579; pounder KM 2580 S 1509 hammerstone KM 2063 Floor 3 A 993 chisel KM 1976; axe KM 2339; adzes KM 2414, 2484

PERIOD 3B Building 2 General S

41 1074 S* 2 33 36

pounder KM 620; cupped stone KM 621 chisel KM 1745; cupped stone KM 2362 pot lids KM 341, 342; jar stopper KM 343 anvil KM 595.01 quern KM 326; rubber KM 327; bowl KM 622; axe KM 707, cupped stone KM 712

Building 4 General A S S*

Building 1161

Building 206

Floor 1 A 1690 2001 S 277 S* 1266

General S Floor 2 A

pivot stone KM 5057 pounder KM 2563; pounder/grinder KM 2598 burnisher KM 681 pestle KM 2066; cupped stone KM 2101; grinder KM 2102 2031 pecking stone KM 2565

pot lid KM 3510 perforated stone KM 3528 chisel KM 3502 chisel KM 3507; miscellaneous KM 3589

278 pounder KM 687; burnisher KM 723 29 pestle KM 382; cupped stone KM 389; anvil 5035 4 pestle KM 390; miscellaneous KM 1944; grinder KM 1945

784 hammerstone KM 931 626 axe KM 869; hammerstone KM 870; pestles KM 879, 880, 881; adze KM 1070 655 rubbing stones KM 866, 867; pounder KM 868

Ridge Building 855 Floor 1 A

Building 1295 Floor 1 A 1301 hammerstone KM 2828; hammerstone /grinder KM 2829 S 2005 axe KM 2826 2006 adze KM 2601; rubbing stone/pounder KM 2602 2034 pounder KM 2608; flaked tool KM 2609 S* 1379 pigment KM 2436 1409 rubbing stones KM 2274, 2511; pot lid KM 2477; pounder/grinder KM 2637

882 adze KM 1288; burnisher KM 1301; flaked tool KM 1312; palette KM 1317; pounders KM 1318, 1323; quern KM 1782; hammerstone KM 1783 S 952 pivot stone KM 5008; quern KM 5009 1706 rubber KM 1780

Building 994 General S S* Floor 1 A

Ridge Building 1547 General S 1540 bowl KM 3481; cupped stone KM 3508; miscellaneous KM 3613; pounder KM 3614; quern KM 5001; rubber KM 5004 Floor 2 A 1546 cupped stone KM 3482; burnisher KM 3591 1704 bowl KM 5006 S 1550 adzes KM 2876, 2877; rubber KM 2878 1605 bowl KM 3511 1637 bowl KM 3500 (joins KM 3515+3445) S* 1543 bowls KM 3020, 3029, 3072; cupped stone KM 3027; anvil KM 3030; quern KM 3073; hammerstone KM 3080; flaked tool KM 3144; rubbing stone KM 3158 1549 flaked tool KM 3085; hammerstone KM 3212; bowl KM 3217 1573 bowls KM 3050, 3053; hammerstone KM 3051; pestle KM 3081; pounder KM 3161; hammerstone/grinder KM 3162

S*

943 pivot stone KM 2029 994 macehead KM 1414; pot lid KM 1415 983 cup KM 1891; rubbing stones KM 2359, 2360; rubber KM 2555 996 rubbing stone KM 1942; quern KM 2574 981 pounder KM 1369 987 rubbing stones KM 1435, 1799; rubbing stone/grinder KM 1800; pounder KM 1902; mortar KM 5065

Building 1000 General S Floor 1 S*

289 bowl KM 1943; cupped stone KM 5038 965 axe KM 1330; rubber KM 1438; cupped stone KM 1439; pounder KM 1440; polisher KM 1441; cupped stone KM 1477; anvil KM 1503

Building 1103 Floor 1 A 1292 flaked tool KM 3237; axe KM 3277; rubbing stone/pounder KM 3278; perforated stone KM 3364 S 1192 rubber KM 5053; pounder KM 5054 S* 1191 axe KM 1840

Ridge Building 1565

Building 1328

General S 1564 rubbing stone/pounder KM 3536; axe KM 3573 Floor 1 A 1558 pestle KM 3577; rubbing stone/pounder KM 3619 S 1563 spouted bowl KM 3567, bowl KM 3568

General S

200

328 flaked tool KM 741

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Building 1161 2140 2141 2174 2175

A 1265 rubber KM 2083; miscellaneous KM 2428 S* 1151 notched stone KM 1924 PERIOD 3B/4

2176

Building 494 Floor 1 A S

762 axe KM 979; adzes KM 980, 1035 759 grinding block KM 1046 760 adze KM 1037

S*

2177 52 330 383

PERIOD 4

385

Building 1 General S

S* Floor 1 S*

9 pounder KM 335; pounder/grinder KM 336; polisher KM 344; adze KM 367; cupped stone KM 368; hammerstone/grinder KM 381 1 axe KM 328; axes KM 329, 365; pounder KM 330; hammerstone KM 364; pivot stone KM 386 5 hammerstones KM 300, 302; pestle KM 303, 310, 313; axes KM 308, 309; rubber KM 311; cupped stone KM 312; adze KM 317; flaked tool KM 318; chisel KM 319 15 pecking stone KM 361 24 adze KM 678, 684; chisel KM 679; dish KM 680; cupped stone KM 683 242 chisel KM 591; adze KM 607; pestle KM 608; pounder KM 609, 610, 665, 666,667; hammerstones KM 611, 616, 617; adze KM 612; axe KM 613, 614; polisher KM 615; hammerstone/grinder KM 664

695

Building 86 General S S* Floor 1 A S* Floor 2 A S*

General S* Floor 1 A S

46 rubber KM 5042 351 pounder KM 905 652 5 adzes; 8 axes; 2 axe-shaped grinders; 1 chisel; 1 cupped stone; 3 bowls; 3 hammerstones; 11 hammerstone/grinders; 2 grinders; 2 pestles; 1 pigment; 2 rubbers; 6 pounders; 1 pounder/grinder; 1 pebble; 2 grinding blocks; 1 polisher; 4 rubbing stones; 2 palettes 675 adzes KM 819, 820 683 pounders KM 906, 907 694 adze KM 828 696 rubbing stone KM 827 846 6 adzes; 19 axes; 1 axe-shaped grinder; 1 polisher; 2 pebbles 881 burnisher KM 1088; pounder KM 1090; hammerstone/grinder KM 1224; pestle KM 1225 905 3 adzes; 1 axe; 2 axe-shaped grinders; 1 chisel; 1 flaked tool; 3 hammerstones; 1 hammerstone/ grinder; 1 pebble; 4 pestles; 4 pounders; 2 pounder/ grinders; 1 burnisher; 1 pecking stone; 1 rubbing stone; 1 rubbing stone/pounder; 1 cupped stone; 1 quern 1285 axe KM 2014 1287 chisel KM 1936 1705 pivot stone KM 5040 2131 pestle KM 2945 S 612 basin KM 882 718 pestle KM 1237; rubber KM 1930 719 hammerstone KM 1234; adze KM 1235; hammerstone KM 1236; rubber KM 5052 720 pounder KM 1830, 1931 721 pestle KM 1232 724 pounder KM 1095, 1230; pebble KM 1231 725 mortar KM 5046 726 pestle KM 1092; quern KM 5047; grinder KM 5048; pounder KM 5049; hammerstone/grinder KM 5050 795 pot lid KM 1082; quern KM 5044 836 pestle KM 1089; quern KM 3133 850 bowl KM 1008; hammerstone/grinder KM 1009,

87 217 95 233 89 90 88

axe-shaped grinder KM 689 quern KM 596 miscellaneous KM 708 adze KM 659 chisel KM 495 pestle KM 572; anvil KM 576; mortar KM 577 pounder KM 543, 544, 545; pestle KM 546; bowl KM 547; cupped stone KM 557

Building 96

Pithos Building 3 General S Floor 1 A

1010 quern KM 5041 grinding block KM 3337 pot stand KM 5045 hammerstone/grinders KM 1081, 2946; pounder KM 1238 flaked tool KM 3172; hammerstone/grinder KM 3173, 3177; hammerstone KM 3174, 3175 pot stand KM 5043 adze KM 393 hammerstone/grinder KM 696; pestle KM 706, 753 pounder KM 742; adze KM 799; cupped stone KM 800; pecking stone KM 3119 hammerstone KM 813; pounder KM 814; axe KM 826 cupped stone KM 3171; pounder KM 3349; grinder KM 3353; rubbing stone KM 3354; rubber KM 3355, 3356; pebble KM 3357; grinder KM 3358

96 axe-shaped grinder KM 481; rubbing stone KM 485 69 axe KM 483; rubbing stone KM 484, 487; hammerstone KM 486; pestle KM 491 111 quern KM 506 145 axe-shaped grinder KM 497

Building 98 General S 75 anvil KM 630 Floor 1 A 1703 pivot stone KM 688 Building 200 General S Floor 2 S

186 rubbing stone KM 904 390 cupped stone KM 802, 803; quern KM 804, 805, 806

Building 204 General S Floor 1 A

194 340 377 1078 S* 315

quern KM 643; cupped stone KM 644 miscellaneous KM 647; adze KM 791 polisher KM 784; rubber KM 650 pivot stone KM 645 cupped stone KM 721

Building 346 General S*

346 cupped stone KM 1217 (in secondary use in wall 344)

Mortuary Building 375 Floor 1 S

150 cupped stone KM 606, 625, 794; bowl KM 793; rubber KM 795; jar stopper KM 815

Building 376 General S Floor 1 A S

362 254 361 633

rubbing stone KM 811; cupped stone KM 1173 adze KM 787 pestle KM 788; cupped stone KM 809 hammerstone KM 785, 871; adze KM 789; pestle KM 792; perforated stone KM 1121

Building 493 General S Floor 1 A

201

262 miscellaneous KM 761 741 pestle KM 1036; pounder KM 1140 651 rubbing stone KM 934; polisher KM 935, 936,

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

1117; pestle KM 1048 894 axe KM 1776 613 cupped stone KM 965; chisel KM 1039; pestle KM 1041; polisher KM 1101 602 cupped stone KM 966

Floor 2 A S* Floor 3? S

1687 S 1133 1137 1194 Floor 2 A 1174 1688 S 1136

Building 494 Floor 1 S*

463 adze KM 900; axe KM 901, 902 481 axe KM 894; adze KM 1061, 1063

Building 706 Floor 1 A

1176

238 pestle KM 691; bowl KM 693, 772; axe KM 702; polisher KM 728, 771; hammerstone KM 729; pounder KM 730, 731; quern KM 748, 749 246 axe-shaped grinder KM 698, axe KM 699 355 cache = axe-shaped grinder KM 734, axe KM 735, axe KM 736, axe KM 737, axe KM 738, axe KM 739, axe KM 740 231 rubbing stone KM 598, adze KM 651, adze KM 652, pounder KM 655 350 pestle KM 752

S*

S* 1054 1071

Building 1165 General S

796 axe KM 2138; pivot stone KM 5012; quern KM 5014 Floor 1 A 1692 pivot stone KM 5010 S 1166 rubbing stone KM 2787, 2788; pestle KM 2789; quern KM 5011 1439 cupped stone KM 2471 S* 1339 rubbing stone KM 2377; polisher KM 2380

Building 736 General S*

736 pot lid? KM 5051

Building 834 General S 858 Floor 1 A 1698 S 1190 1228 S* 1360 1382

Floor 2 A 1234 S* 1076 1082 1090 1223 Super- A 922 imposed

axe-shaped grinder KM 1854, 1860; adze KM 1855, 1862; axe- shaped grinder KM 1856; pestle KM 1857, 1960; rubber KM 1962, 5030 pivot stone KM 5027 mortar KM 5028 axe-shaped grinder KM 1954 perforated stone KM 5029 anvil KM 1959 pivot stone KM 5026 grinding block KM 1873; pounder KM 1874, 1876; hammerstone/grinder KM 1875, 1877 quern KM 1727, 1728; anvil KM 1729; pestle KM 1867; axe KM 1868, 1872; axe-shaped grinder KM 1869; adze KM 1881 cupped stone KM 1879, adze KM 1880, palette KM 1953, axe KM 1957 axe-shaped grinder KM 1711; hammerstone KM 1724

jar stopper KM 2121; pestle KM 2572 pivot stone KM 5034 basin KM 1812; axe KM 1814 rubber KM 2495; pounder KM 2496; rubbing stone KM 2510, 2561 pounder KM 2417; rubbing stone KM 2418, adze KM 2479 pestle KM 2175, 2397, 2422; rubbing stone KM 2176; pounder KM 2398; axe KM 2420; pigment KM 2421 polisher KM 1817 cupped stone KM 1595 chisel KM 1596 drill handle? KM 1600 rubber KM 1816 pebble KM 1589

PERIOD 4/5 Building 866 Floor 1 S*

774 adze KM 942; pestle KM 1074, 1604; axe KM 1612; pounder KM 1613

Period 3A

Building 866 Floor 1 A

878 pot lid? KM 1325 1118 axe KM 1769, 2458; pestle KM 2456, 2457; rubber KM 2459 S 974 jar stopper KM 1768; bowl KM 1773 S* 872 hammerstone/grinder KM 1131; pounder KM 1137; axe KM 1313

Building 1044 General A 1683 pivot stone KM 5025 Floor 1 A 1172 adze KM 1864 Floor 2 A 1053 pestle KM 1725; palette KM 2226 1148 quern KM 5024 1171 pestle KM 1865 Basin Building 1046 General S 1047 perforated stone KM 2145; cupped stone KM 2681; quern KM 5015; basin KM 5016; rubber KM 5017; anvil KM 5018 Floor 1 A 1489 hammerstone KM 2525; pebble KM 2557; adze KM 2562; adze KM 2567; pounder KM 2597 1685 pivot stone KM 5022 S 1686 anvil KM 5023 = door brace stone S* 1048 pebble KM 2133 1410 pestle KM 2518 Building 1052 Floor 1 A 1175 pestle KM 1730; hammerstone/grinder KM 1851;

Table 19.5 shows the total number of stone artefacts registered within each building, with fragmentary tools forming 37.3%. Stone objects still in situ have registration numbers in the 5000s. Most artefacts came from the two ridge buildings B 1547 and B 1016 in the Upper Terrace. Wood-working tools occurred in the B 1016 assemblage on all floors, with a total of 5 adzes, 2 axes and 2 chisels, including those in the paved floor make-up and wall. Other artefacts are related to food processing. Small complete tools recovered from walls may have been stored in gaps between the stones - a common practice in stone buildings today - rather than being structurally part of the wall make-up. Artefacts were also recovered from hearths (e.g. a hammerstone and rubber fragment in B 1016). A large flat cupped stone with a small depression near the wall served as the base for a sherd and plaster basin. In B 1547 there are no wood-working tools apart from 2 adzes found just outside the wall in the skirting. Bowl KM 5600 is in situ, set on edge in the floor to form a door brace. Other edge-set stones and door pivot stones are clearly shown on the buildings plans, as in B 1295 (Fig. 30). Most of the tools from the building fill are fragments but they include a complete bowl and pestle showing domestic activity perhaps connected with the plastered basins. Implements from other buildings relate to food processing, with hammerstones, pestles, rubbing stones and pounders indicative of such activity. Only B 1638 con-

202

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

tained 2 chisels, B 1295 an adze and axe fragment, B 1565 a worn axe in the wall and 2 chipped adzes and B 1590 an axe. Of note is the large ‘spouted’ bowl KM 3567 (Fig. 95.16) in the hearth of B 1565. Period 3B Most artefacts in Period 3B buildings came from ‘A’ contexts (31), with 29 from ‘S*’ and 17 from ‘S’ contexts. Only 15.8% are fragmentary. B 2 contained a minimum number of artefacts relative to its size; these include a pounder and cupped stone recovered from the hearth and a chisel and cupped stone fragment from a gully. Two lids and a stopper were located in the same part of the building as various ceramic vessels (Fig. 32). Even the general collapse contained only a small range of artefacts: a quern, rubber, cupped stone and bowl. An axe and anvil complete the tool complement. B 4 also had a limited number of tools, including a pounder and burnisher in occupation fill and a pestle and grinder near the wall. A cupped stone, anvil and pestle were recovered from the wall. The complete condition of the tools contrasts with the more fragmentary state of Period 3A intramural implements. The large B 206 had a group of 3 pestles and a hammerstone. In the fill were 2 rubbing stones and a pounder; and a hammerstone was found on the hearth. Such finds are in line with food-processing activities. A single large axe and an unusable adze blade fragment complete the fill contents. Edge-set stones are also in place in Period 3B, e.g. rubber KM 1780 in ridge building B 855 (Fig. 35). A quern is of note on the unpaved floor of this building, near a large pivot stone (Pl. 6.5) which could have been reutilised as a mortar as a hole 7.2 cm in diameter is present in the 16.8 cm depression as though it has worn through by more than pivot stone use. From the fill more food-related tools were recovered, including 2 pounders and a hammerstone. A flaked tool, adze, burnisher and a fragmentary but still functional palette suggest a wider range of activities. There is no distribution pattern in the location of these implements relative to each other however. The inclusion of mainly food-processing artefacts within buildings is also evident from B 994, with a cup and 2 rubbing stones and a rubber fragment on the paved floor. Stone setting 996 included a rubbing stone and broken quern, and more artefacts came from the wall and wall collapse. Wood-working tools were not found. B 1103 and B 1328 are noted for a dearth of artefacts, with a pounder and usable fragmentary rubber on the floor of B 1103 found in close proximity near the wall and a flaked tool in a posthole in B 1328. The occupation fill in B 1103 did contain several artefacts, however, including 2 axes - one with a badly damaged blade which would have required reworking to be serviceable. B 1000 had a similar tool selection in the

fill (an axe, rubber, 2 cupped stones, a pounder, polisher and anvil), with a large flat cupped stone and a bowl fragment in the wall. Period 4 There is a departure in this period from earlier intramural artefact occurrences, with evidence from 20 different buildings. 11% of the artefacts are fragmentary. As an administrative centre the Pithos House would have stored and controlled the distribution of a large number of artefacts and the 188 total (16 are fragments) puts any detailed plan showing in situ finds in sharp contrast with earlier buildings (see Figs. 41-2). Apart from the 8 axes and 5 adzes from occupation fill 652, a cache including 19 axes and 6 adzes (Elliott in Preliminary 9) illustrates the special nature of this building. Other axes, adzes and chisels were scattered throughout the building in general fill and surface make-up, and several adzes (KM 819, 820, 828) occurred in potspreads or stone settings for vessels (KM 1235). Such tools may even have been stored in certain vessels and timber-felling tools may have been distributed from such a centre. Stone settings for storage jars in the Pithos House comprise a range of artefacts, including pestles, pounders, hammerstones, hammerstone/grinders, querns and rubbers (Pl. 12.5, Figs. 41-2, rubber fragment KM 1930 in stone setting 718). Two large individual pot stands are still in situ in the northern sector (Fig. 42, KM 5043, 5045) near the large mortar KM 5046. A cupped stone served as the door brace for this building. The possible crucible, bowl KM 1007, is located among a concentration of artefacts between the hearth and the west wall, an area where tools were located in great quantity (Fig. 42). No other Period 4 building contained so many wood-working tools as the Pithos House but the 6 axes, 5 adzes, 3 chisels, 2 polishers and a pecking stone from general fill and surface make-up in B 1 suggests specialist activities generated from that building, while the relatively high number of finds (46) gives it a rich status. The much smaller structure B 1052, with 36 artefacts, included 2 axes and an adze in a stone setting, with 3 more adzes and an axe in various fills, underlining again the increase in timber-felling and related products. A large in situ mortar and perforated stone on Floor 1 of B 1052 indicate food-processing in connection with pestles and various grinding and pounding implements. Another significant building is B 706 with 25 artefacts, including a cache of 6 axes and an axe-shaped grinder in the north-western sector and an additional 2 adzes and 2 axes in the Floor 1 fills. Crucible KM 693 was recovered from this building which also yielded 2 querns and pounding and hammering tools. Of note amongst the other buildings are B 494,

203

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

which includes 3 axes and 3 adzes from the fill. The artefacts from the plastered Basin Building B 1046 are not indicative of any exceptional functions although the structure’s facilities clearly suggest this. The limited tool range comprises 2 adzes, a hammerstone, pounder, pestle, anvil and 2 pebbles. Emphasis on special activities, with groups of timber-felling and wood-working tools is attested in Period 4, echoing the increased demand for structural beams. Querns and rubbers, rubbing stones and grinders seem to have been preferred for grinding activities rather than mortars and pestles, though the latter are not uncommon. The wide size and weight range of axes suggest multi-functional use and they are not necessarily out of place in a domestic context for mashing boiled cereals, lentils and peas, as well as pulverising material for surfacing floors.

§ 19.3 Tools with traces of red pigment Tables 19.6-9 list artefacts with red pigment staining adhering to them. Red ochre from the major Cypriot sources as at Skouriotissa and Mathiatis is a deep red, powdery material and the deposits of yellow ochre are also powdery. The Mavrokolymbos riverbed has an abundance of red siltstone and mudstone pebbles, some with yellow coloration within the same pebble, which by abrasive techniques provide an adequate powder to mix with water. It is pebbles like these, found during the course of the excavation, which have been called ‘pigment’ at Kissonerga. Due to the distance and difficult terrain, it is unlikely that Chalcolithic artists in the Paphos District were supplied from the Skouriotissa source when minimum effort was required to exploit the nearby Mavrokolymbos. Other sources of ochre closer than Skouriotissa are located in the area of the Limni mines and in numerous smaller gossans along the south-western edge of the Troodos range near Panayia, Vrecha and Peravasa (Siderpounjin). The Xeropotamos and Dhiarizos riverbeds seem to lead up to these deposits. Umbers (note pigment pebble KM 3556) occur south of the Limni mines, between Meladhia and Sarama, and west of Panayia. Table 19.6. Occurrence of pigment and stone artefacts with traces of pigment found in pits and pit fills. (S = sample number) Period

Pit/Fill

Artefact/Pigment

2/3A

1358

flaked tool KM 2379

3A

1426

pot lid KM 2468 pigment KM 2532 palette KM 2528 rubber KM 2530 hammerstone KM 2541 pot lid KM 2550 rubbing stone KM 2551 pounder KM 2552 axe-shaped grinder KM 2316

1464 (fill of pit 1426)

1503

1532 1598 3A/3B 3B 4

997 1225 11 105 420 (fill of pit 731) 471 642 (fill of pit 654) 800 885

Total

palette KM 2610 pigment KM 2922 hammerstone KM 3305 pigment KM 1423 pigment S186 quern KM 351 axe-shaped grinder KM 589 pestle KM 1188 hammerstone/grinder KM 2252 pigment KM 3155 pigment S154 pigment S155 pigment KM 1170 23

Table 19.7. Occurrence of pigment and stone artefacts with traces of pigment found in funerary facilities fills. (S = sample number) Period Grave/Fill

Artefact/Pigment

3A?

rubber KM 3468 miscellaneous KM 3574

3B

574

2085 (pit of Gr. 568) 2093 (fill of Gr. 568)

pigments KM 2901, 2902 hammerstone/grinder KM 2744 pigment KM 2868

4

165 (pit of Gr. 507) 542

rubber KM 676 rubber KM 1871

4?

536

pigment S157

Total

9

Table 19.8. Occurrence of pigment and stone artefacts with traces of pigment found in buildings and building fills. (S = sample number) Period Building/Fill

Artefact/Pigment

3A

1409 (wall collapse, B 1295) 1566 (floor make-up, B 1565) 1379 (fill, B 1295) 1537 (floor 1 make-up, B 1016) 1578 (paved floor, B 1547) 2001 (floor occupation, B 1161)

rubbing stone KM 2511 pestle KM 2977 pigment KM 2436 pigment KM 2963 pigment S61 pounder KM 2563

3B

983 (paved floor, B 994) 965 (fill, B 1000) 278 (fill, B 4) 882 (fill, B 855) 126 (pink plaster, B 206)

rubbing stone KM 2359 rubber KM 1438 burnisher KM 723 palette KM 1317 pigment S125 pigment S132

4

652 (floor occupation, B 3)

hammerstone/grinder KM 3195 pigment KM 1014 pigment S338 rubber KM 3355 pounder KM 1090 pounder KM 1220 pounder/grinder KM 2960 pounder KM 3238 pigment S341 rubber KM 1930

695 (paved floor, B 3) 881 (general, B 3) 905 (general, early or pre-B 3)

718 (stone pot-setting, B 3)

204

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

146 (general, associated B 3?)

pigment KM 563 pigment S138 rubbing stone KM 2176 axe KM 2420 pigment KM 2421 axe KM 2458 palette KM 1953 grinding block KM 1873 pigment S156

1382 (disturbance, B 834)

1118 (paved floor, B 866) 1054 (fill over floor 2, B 1052) 1136 (on floor 2, B 1052) 361 (paved floor, B 376) Total

2060 (general)

pigment S245

4

1156 (general) 366 (general) 1412 (general) 779 (general) 1306 (general) 167 (general, under B96) 146 (general, associated B3) 1465 (general) 905 (general, early or pre-B3)

adze KM 2395 hammerstone KM 758 pestle KM 2618 pounder/grinder KM 1216 rubber KM 2289 pigment KM 536 pigments KM 563, S138 pigment KM 2416 pigment S341

0

727 (cancelled unit) surface surface

pigment KM 1189 pigment S164 pigment S356

31

Table 19.9. Occurrence of pigment and stone artefacts with traces of pigment from general contexts and surface. (S = sample number) Period Context

Artefact/Pigment

3A

1539 (general) 1568 (general) 1625 (general) 1621 (general, under B1016)

rubbing stone KM 3553 rubbing stone KM 3499 pestle KM 3434 pigment KM 3556

3B

1529 (general) 1278 (general, CA)

rubber KM 2573 pigment S187

Cadastral plot 157.5

rubbing stone/hammerstone KM 231 pounder KM 1376 pestle KM 1437 polisher KM 1671 pounder KM 2112 hammerstone/grinder KM 2426

surface surface surface surface surface Total

26

§19.4 Rock types Tables 19.10-26 include rock types of only the main artefact classes. Less numerous categories are given in the Typology itself (§ 7.1). The tables are self-explanatory, showing at a glance the preference for igneous or sedimentary rocks and the various varieties within those lithologic groups. Table 19.10. Axe rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

diabase basalt pyroxene andesite gabbro microgabbro

-

-

1 -

-

16 1 -

1 -

7 1 2

4 -

1 -

86 1 3 2 11

3 -

1 -

2 1 -

44 4 1 2 7

164 8 4 6 20

Total

0

0

1

0

17

1

10

4

1

103

3

1

3

58

202

Table 19.11. Adze rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

diabase basalt pyroxene andesite andesite microgabbro jasper

-

-

2 -

1 1 -

14 5 1 -

1 1 -

3 2 -

2 -

2 1 -

34 27 2 1 3 1

2 3 -

2 -

3 2 -

18 22 5 2 1 1

82 66 8 3 4 2

Total

0

0

2

2

20

2

5

2

3

68

5

2

5

49

165

Table 19.12 Chisel rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

chert serpentinite diabase basalt pyroxene andesite

-

-

-

1 -

1 4 4 -

-

2 4 -

1 2 -

-

5 14 2

-

-

2 -

1 8 7 -

1 1 23 31 2

Total

0

0

0

1

9

0

6

3

0

21

0

0

2

16

58

205

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Table 19.13. Axe-shaped grinder rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

diabase pyroxene andesite gabbro microgabbro melagabbro

-

-

-

-

4 -

-

5 1 -

1 1 -

-

20 1 1 1 1

1 -

-

1 -

7 1 1 -

39 1 3 3 1

Total

0

0

0

0

4

0

6

2

0

24

1

0

1

9

47

Table 19.14. Hammerstone rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone calcareous sandstone chalk dense calcarenite reef limestone crystalline limestone chert serpentinite diabase gabbro

-

-

1 1 1 -

3 1 -

1 2 4 7 1 1 3 -

1 1 -

2 1 2 2 1 1 -

-

1 -

2 13 1 1 4 4 1 1 4 1

-

-

1 -

1 1 2 2 1 2 3

3 19 3 1 14 18 5 1 1 1 13 4

Total

0

0

3

4

19

2

9

0

1

32

0

0

1

12

83

Table 19.15. Hammerstone/grinder rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone calcareous sandstone chalk calcarenite dense grey limestone dense crystalline limestone chert serpentinite serpentinized harzburgite diabase Mamonia lava gabbro microgabbro

-

1 -

2 1 -

1 1 1 1 1

3 2 3 1 1 -

-

1 5 1 1 -

1 1 -

-

1 9 3 1 2 3 3 1 2 6 1 5 2

-

1

1 -

3 1 1 3 1 1

9 17 6 1 6 7 4 1 1 2 2 11 1 7 5

Total

0

1

3

5

10

0

8

2

0

39

0

1

1

10

80

206

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Table 19.16. Pestle rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone calcareous sandstone chalk calcarenite reef limestone dense limestone + foraminifera diabase gabbro gabbro-amphibolite microgabbro

-

-

1 -

-

2 1 3 6 -

-

1 2 1 -

-

1 1 -

3 3 4 1 1 5 1

1 1 -

-

1 -

1 1 1 3 -

5 8 5 1 6 18 2 1

-

-

-

-

9 1

1

7 -

1 -

2 -

35 6 1 7

1 1 -

-

1 1 2

14 3 1 3

70 11 2 14

Total

0

0

1

0

22

1

11

1

4

67

4

0

5

27

143

Table 19.17. Pounder rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone silicified sandstone chalk calcarenite reef limestone dense grey limestone dense crystalline limestone chalcedony chert serpentinite silicified serpentinite pyroxenite diabase basalt gabbro microgabbro

1 1 -

-

1 1 -

1 1 1 2 -

3 3 2 3 3 8 2 -

1 -

1 3 5 2 3 5 3 1 -

1 1 1 1 1 -

1 1 -

1 10 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 22 2 23 4 2

1 -

-

1 2 3 1

1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 13 1 2 -

7 19 2 1 13 13 5 2 2 1 36 1 2 1 54 2 9 3

Total

2

0

2

5

24

1

23

5

2

76

1

0

7

25

173

Table 19.18. Rubbing stone rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone chalk dense calcarenite reef limestone dense grey limestone chalcedony serpentinite diabase basalt microgabbro

-

1 -

5 1 -

3 2 1 1 -

3 11 4 1 1 -

-

1 5 6 2 1 1 1 1

1 1 -

1 -

1 21 11 5 2 1 2 -

1 1 -

-

1 -

2 1 1 -

2 34 40 14 2 4 1 2 4 1 1

Total

0

1

6

7

20

0

18

2

1

43

2

0

1

4

105

207

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Table 19.19. Polisher rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

red Mamonia sandstone calcarenite chalcedony chert picrolite serpentinite serpentinized harzburgite diabase basalt

-

-

1 -

1 -

1 2 1 2

1 -

1 1 1 2 1

1

-

2 7 1 7 1

-

1 -

4 -

2 5 7

1 1 1 4 1 10 2 21 12

Total

0

0

1

1

6

1

6

1

0

18

0

1

4

14

53

Table 19.20. Rubber rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone calcareous sandstone chalk calcarenite reef limestone

-

-

2 -

1 -

2 16 3 1 -

1 -

1 10 3 3 2 -

-

2 -

3 16 2 3 2 1

-

1 -

-

5 1 1 -

6 53 9 3 3 7 1

Total

0

0

2

1

22

1

19

0

2

27

0

1

0

7

82

Table 19.21. Quern rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone calcareous sandstone chalk calcarenite reef limestone conglomerate gabbro microgabbro

-

-

1 1 1 -

1 -

2 2 1 6 1 -

-

7 1 1 1 -

1 -

-

1 8 2 2 1 4 3 2

-

1 -

-

1 2 -

5 19 2 3 3 13 5 1 1 2

Total

0

0

3

1

12

0

10

1

0

23

0

1

0

3

54

Table 19.22. Cupped stone rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

quartz sandstone calcareous sandstone chalk calcarenite reef limestone dense grey limestone limestone + foraminifera

1 -

-

4 5 -

4 1 -

9 8 4 -

-

1 1 6 1 6 1 -

1 4 1 -

1 2 -

1 1 15 10 24 1

-

1 -

-

1 6 2 9 1 -

3 2 47 34 44 2 1

Total

1

0

9

5

21

0

16

6

3

52

0

1

0

19

133

208

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Table 19.23. Bowl rock types by period Rock Type mica sandstone chalk calcarenite reef limestone limestone + foraminifera diabase gabbro microgabbro chloritite Total

1A *20 1 21

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

1 **21 - +3 -

#14 1 -

26 5 -

2 1 -

7 1 1 -

-

-

1 18 8 1 1 1 -

-

-

1 1 -

17 1 10 4 1 -

1 127 19 12 1 6 1 1 1

15

31

3

9

0

0

30

0

0

2

33

169

1

24

NOTES * + 6 additional fragments (2 in 3716, 4 in KM 3717) ** +34 additional fragments (6 in KM 3688, 6 in KM 3693, 4 in KM 3698, 7 in KM 3699, 8 in KM 3701, 3 in KM 3725) + + 1 additional fragment in KM 3701. # KM 3445, KM 3515 and KM 3500 are fragments from the same bowl .

Table 19.24. Pot lid rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

mica sandstone calcareous sandstone chalk calcarenite reef limestone dense limestone laminated limestone chert

-

-

-

-

2 7 10 1 1

-

1 2 2 1 -

-

-

2 1 1 2 -

-

-

-

1 1 -

5 1 11 14 1 1 1 1

Total

0

0

0

0

21

0

6

0

0

6

0

0

0

2

35

Table 19.25. Pebble rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone silicified sandstone chalk calcarenite chalcedony chert pyroxenite diabase pumice

-

-

1 -

1 1 -

1 -

1 -

1 1 1 2 1 1 1

-

-

1 6 1 1 -

-

-

-

1 -

1 1 1 1 2 1 1 11 1 2 1

Total

0

0

1

2

1

1

8

0

0

9

0

0

0

1

23

Table 19.26. Miscellaneous worked stone rock types by period Rock Type

1A

1/2?

2

2/3A

3A

3A/3B

3B

3/4

3B/4

4

4/5

4/mod

5

0

Total

sandstone mica sandstone calcareous siltstone chalk calcarenite reef limestone dense grey limestone diabase microgabbro

2 -

-

1 1 -

4 6 1 -

6 2 1 1

-

1 1 3 1 -

-

-

5 1 1 2 -

-

-

1 -

1 1 1 1 -

1 1 1 18 13 1 1 8 1

Total

2

0

2

11

10

0

6

0

0

9

0

0

1

4

45

209

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

§ 19.5 Catalogue of ground stone artefacts Artefacts are listed by type in alphabetical order and by period. Dimensions follow the order length, width, thickness. Fragmentary dimensions are followed by (f). In the case of vessels the height (Ht) is given and the diameter (D). If the diameter is not reconstructable or if the piece is a body fragment, then the thickness of the wall is given (Th). The diameter is given of the depression in pivot stones (D) as well as its depth (Dpth). Rock types may provide slightly more information than in Tables 19.10-26 and in the Typology § 7.1 (e.g. if diabase is porphyritic, the colour of chert, if calcarenite is porous or dense, and so on). It should be noted in the case of in situ finds in the 5000 series that one or two of the dimensions may be missing. This is because some objects are partially under the surface or protrude from walls or other features making full measurement of them impossible without disturbance. If no subtypes have been distinguished, then the Type column has been omitted. ADZE KM

Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 2844 2.2 3535 1

diabase diabase

4.4x3.5x1.1 10.1x6.8x2.2

2078 1660

Period 2/3A 2364 1.2 3581 1.2

diabase basalt

6.6x4.4x1.8 5.3x3.4x1.1

1383 1570

Period 3A 2333 1.1 2414 1.1 2484 1.2 2519 1.2 2601 2.2 2780 2.2 2876 2.2 2877 1.2 2962 1 2971 1.1 2976 1.1 3035 1.2 3044 2.2 3047 1? 3091 1.2 3224 1.2 3427 2.2 3428 1.2 3433 1.1 3530 1

basalt diabase diabase porphyritic diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase basalt diabase diabase basalt basalt diabase basalt diabase pyroxene andesite

5.2(f)x4.2x1.1 4.8(f)x4.3x1.1 7.4x5.2x1.6 4.9x3.8x1.3 6.6x4.6x1.5 7.7x4.9x1.9 6.4x4.5x1.1 6.2x3.9x1.1 3.2x3.1x1.0 4.7(f)x4.7x1.4 7.6x3.3x1.7 5.8x4.7x1.2 6.9x5.0x1.9 3.5(f)x3.1(f)x1.1 4.6x4.1x1.3 1.9(f)x2.6x0.8 8.7x6.4x2.2 6.0x4.9x1.4 4.3x3.9x1.0 3.2(f)x3.8x0.9

1502 993 993 1532 2006 1542 1550 1550 1537 1568 1566 1574 1568 1539 1566 1586 1026 1004 1625 1621

Period 3A/3B 1531.02 1.1 2099 2.2

diabase basalt

6.5x4.8x1.2 7.5x3.9x1.8

1014 1501

Period 3B 843 1.1 1070 1 1288 1.1 2351 1.2 2729 1?

basalt basalt diabase diabase diabase

4.5x4.5x1.2 4.4(f)x3.6(f)x0.8 5.0x4.9x1.1 5.9x4.7x1.9 3.1(f)x5.1x1.8

313 626 882 2060 563

Period 3/4 1843 2.2 1916 1.2

basalt basalt

4.5x5.0x1.2 5.0x5.1x1.2

1207 1207

Period 3B/4 980 1.2 1035 1.1 1037 1

diabase basalt diabase

9.3x5.6x1.6 4.9x4.6x1.3 5.0(f)x5.1x1.4

762 762 760

Period 4 317 338 367 380 393 607 612

basalt andesite pyroxene andesite microgabbro basalt diabase basalt

6.8x6.1x1.2 6.7x5.2x1.5 4.7x4.4x1.1 7.1x6.3x1.5 5.0x4.4x1.2 6.8x4.7x1.6 8.1x4.4x1.5

5 7 9 7 52 242 242

1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 2 1.2 1.2

651 652 659 678 684 733 760 765 787 789 791 799 819 820 828 900 903 927 1002 1003 1020 1056 1057 1061 1063 1078 1079 1085.12 1085.13 1085.16 1085.17 1085.18 1085.27 1107 1149 1171 1191 1221 1223 1235 1287 1290 1332 1540 1550 1551 1620 1683 1717 1844 1855 1862 1864 1880 1881 2296 2395 2479 2562

210

3 1.1 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 2.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 2.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 1.1 1 1.2 2.1 2.2 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 2.2 1.1 1 1.1 1.2 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 2.1?

diabase basalt diabase diabase basalt basalt diabase jasper basalt porphyritic diabase diabase basalt diabase diabase basalt diabase diabase diabase diabase basalt diabase diabase diabase basalt diabase basalt diabase basalt basalt basalt basalt basalt basalt diabase diabase basalt basalt basalt pyroxene andesite diabase diabase diabase microgabbro diabase diabase diabase microgabbro diabase basalt basalt basalt basalt basalt diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase

3.1(f)x3.9x0.7 6.2x6.1x1.6 4.7(f)x4.9x1.4 4.1(f)x5.2x1.5 5.4(f)x3.7x1.3 4.2(f)x4.4(f)x1.2 7.0(f)x3.7(f)x1.5 5.2(f)x2.7x0.8 7.2x6.3x1.6 8.8x4.8x1.8 3.5(f)x4.2(f)x1.6 4.4(f)x3.6(f)x0.9 9.0x5.8x2.0 3.9x3.3x1.0 5.7x4.9x1.5 3.4(f)x3.7x1.1 3.7x3.2x1.1 4.4x3.0x1.4 5.9x4.6x1.4 5.5x4.0x1.0 5.4x4.3x1.4 7.8x5.4x1.8 6.9x5.1x1.9 4.0x3.6x0.9 6.7x4.5x1.3 5.0x3.3x1.0 4.4(f)x3.5x1.4 9.4x6.6x2.0 8.3x6.9x1.8 13.3x7.2x2.1 6.7(f)x4.1x1.3 13.3x7.8x2.2 6.0x3.9x1.6 8.4x6.7x1.9 6.2x5.1x1.8 5.2x3.7x1.0 6.4x7.0x1.4 3.3x3.9x1.0 7.3x5.6x1.7 5.5x5.3x1.9 4.8x4.4x1.2 5.6(f)x3.7x1.0 4.4(f)x4.9x1.3 4.8x4.5x1.3 3.6(f)x3.9x1.5 5.8x3.9x1.1 3.8(f)x4.8x1.4 4.6x3.4x1.3 6.3x4.5x1.2 5.4(f)x4.8x1.3 6.2x4.8x1.4 9.7x6.0x1.3 5.5(f)x4.8x1.5 9.1x5.4x2.0 8.4x5.9x1.7 3.6x3.4x1.2 8.5x5.3(f)x1.6 5.8x4.4x1.2 7.7(f)x5.1x2.0

231 231 233 24 24 366 342 507 254 633 340 383 675 675 694 463 479 848 652 652 652 738 738 481 481 652 652 846 846 846 846 846 846 889 816 746 889 905 905 719 488 488 934 815 815 815 1057 1083 815 1064 1175 1175 1172 1054 1176 1345 1156 1360 1489

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

2567 3184

1.2 1.2

diabase basalt

7.7x4.7x1.8 5.8x3.9x1.4

Period 4/5 402 1.1 403 1.2 421 2.1 942 1.2 949 1.2

diabase basalt basalt diabase basalt

6.9x5.4x1.6 8.6x5.8x1.7 19.7x9.5x2.2 8.3x5.6x1.8 3.8(f)x3.7(f)x0.8

1489 905 65 65 65 774 229

Period 4/Mod 1278 1.1 2153 2

diabase diabase

8.5x4.9x1.6 3.3(f)x3.1x0.9

895 895

Period 5 436 1.2 1130 1.1 2822 1

diabase basalt diabase

6.7x3.6x1.1 5.1x4.4x1.3 6.8(f)x6.1x1.9

66 867 66

Period 5? 1214 1.2 1838 2.2

diabase basalt

8.7x4.8x1.8 3.6x4.1x1.2

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 1 1.2 porphyritic diabase 12 1.2 basalt 20 1.1 basalt 21 1 pyroxene andesite 22 1.1 diabase 29 1.2 andesite 46 2.1 diabase 54 2.2 diabase 57 1.1 microgabbro 62 2.2 basalt 63 1.1 basalt 66 1.1 porphyritic diabase 76 1.2 andesite 97 2.2 basalt 113 1.1 diabase 114 2.2 basalt 132 1 diabase 135 2.2 pyroxene andesite 141 1.1 basalt 147 1.1 basalt 159 2.2 basalt 160 1.2 diabase 167 1.2 diabase 170 1.1 diabase 173 2.2 pyroxene andesite 177 2.1 pyroxene andesite 186 1.2 diabase 190 1.2 basalt 209 2.2 pyroxene andesite 216 1.2 diabase 224 2.2 basalt 232 1.2 basalt 261 1.2 basalt 286 2 basalt 423 1.2 diabase 426 1.1 diabase 439.01 1.1 basalt 439.02 1.1 basalt 941 2.2 basalt 1146 1.1 basalt 1276 1.2 diabase 1279 1.1 porphyritic diabase 1412 1.2 basalt 1579 1 basalt 1732 1.2 diabase 1970 2.2 basalt 1971 2.2 basalt 1973 2.2 diabase 2750 1.1 dark green jasper

9.0x6.1x1.6 5.1x3.3x1.1 9.2x8.0x2.0 5.7(f)x4.4(f)x1.4 7.2x4.8x2.0 4.9x3.8x1.1 6.6x5.1x2.0 4.6x4.1x1.4 8.7x5.9x2.3 4.9x4.1x1.3 6.8x5.0(f)x1.2 12.8x8.5x2.3 4.5x2.6x0.7 5.5x4.9x1.3 5.2x4.0x1.1 4.8x4.7x1.3 5.2(f)x4.5x1.5 8.5x5.6x1.6 4.7x3.7x1.1 6.9x5.5x1.3 4.4x4.1x0.7 7.8x6.1x1.2 9.6x6.3x2.0 10.5x4.7x1.9 4.8x4.1x1.4 4.9x5.4x1.5 7.2x5.2x1.4 6.9x5.0x1.4 5.6x3.8x0.9 7.8x4.2x1.7 5.3x3.4x1.0 5.9x4.7x1.3 6.6x4.9x1.4 4.9x4.2x1.4 8.1x4.0x1.9 11.9x7.6x2.2 4.9x3.4x1.0 7.4x4.6x1.5 3.7x3.9x1.2 5.0x4.5x1.3 8.3x4.7x1.1 12.2x6.0x2.3 6.2x4.7x1.9 5.2(f)x4.7(f)x1.5 6.9x4.4x1.4 4.9x4.2x1.4 4.9x3.8x1.2 4.4x4.1x1.2 1.9(f)x2.0(f)x1.6

880 1169 120.8 139.8 140.8 140.8 140.8 138 134.8 120.1 158 157.1 157.1 155 157 157.5 157.2 157.2 140.1 158.3 177.1 189.3 157.5 157.5 157.6 157.1 157.6 157.3 157.5 131.8 157.4 0 157.4 157 157.6 158.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

ANVIL KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 3030 1 3031 1 3209 1 5064 1

calcarenite calcarenite chalk mica sandstone

8.4(f)x13.1x4.2 24.1x13.9x8.9 13.9x7.3x6.0 24.6x19.7x4.6

1543 1574 1581 1534

Period 3B 595.01 3 1503 2 2031 1 5035 1 5059 1

diabase calcarenite mica sandstone dense calcarenite reef limestone

24.9(f)x11.0x7.7 9.8x11.9x11.7 12.1(f)x11.1x3.6 40.0x30.0x12.7 33.4x33.9

33 965 1225 29 35

calcarenite calcarenite calcarenite sandstone mica sandstone microgabbro (door brace use)

23.8x22.8x6.4 43.5x41.5x12.0 17.9x16.7x5.4 28.0(f)x12.5x8.8 20.3x18.7x9.0 25.7x11.7x5.5

90 75 1176 1174 1047 1686

calcarenite

22.5x12.9x11.8

158

Dimensions

Unit

Period 4 576 630 1729 1959 5018 5023

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cadastral plot 3342 2 AXE KM

Type Material

Period 2 3424 3

basalt

6.2(f)x5.2x1.6(f)

1599

Period 3A 2339 1.2 2776 1.1 2826 1 2848 1.1 2961 1.1 2992 1.2 3033 1.2 3038 1.2 3256 1 3257 1 3280 1.1 3459 3 3479 1.2 3486 3 3512 5? 3573 1.2

diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase gabbro diabase

10.9x5.7x2.9 16.7x8.2x4.3 8.7(f)x5.9x3.3 5.6(f)x3.9x2.4 9.5x5.0x3.6 10.1x4.9x3.4 8.0x5.5x2.3 11.4x6.4x3.6 5.1(f)x5.0x2.2 6.4(f)x5.8x2.7 11.1x5.8x3.0 3.8(f)x4.4x2.5 6.6x4.6x2.6 4.7(f)x5.9x2.7 2.5(f)x3.3x1.1 11.3x7.0x3.9

993 1539 2005 1542 1537 1539 1574 1574 1593 1586 1592 1571 1634 1652 1643 1564

Period 3A? 2007 1.1

diabase

11.6x6.2x3.7

1505

Period 3A/3B 1531.01 2.2

diabase

9.3x5.7x2.6

1014

Period 3B 707 5 869 1.2 1202 1 1330 1.1 1840 1.1 2559 1.2 2746 1 2831 1 3277 2.1

basalt diabase microgabbro microgabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase

3.6x2..8x1.1 16.1x7.7x4.8 9.9x7.1x4.6 15.5x7.3x4.0 10.7x6.3x3.0 11.0(f)x6.9x4.3 9.9(f)x6.3x3.6 8.3(f)x5.9x2.6 10.4(f)x5.5x2.8

36 626 930 965 1191 2060 2093 2060 1292

Period 3B? 2711 1.1

diabase

6.4x4.5x2.5

1485

Period 3/4 872 1.1 974 3 1770 1 1847 1.1

porphyritic diabase diabase diabase diabase

11.0x6.2x3.1 5.1(f)x3.1x1.6 6.9(f)x9.1x4.3 9.0x5.6x2.8

117 326 548 1207

211

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Period 3B/4 979 1.2

gabbro

13.7x6.8x4.2

Period 4 308 309 328 329 333 365 483 525 551 613 614 675 699 702 735 736 737 738 739 740 781 810 821 824 825 826 829 844 894 901 902 920 930 962 1011 1012 1055 1085.02 1085.03 1085.04 1085.07 1085.08 1085.09 1085.10 1085.11 1085.15 1085.19 1085.20 1085.21 1085.22 1085.23 1085.24 1085.25 1085.26 1085.28 1085.29 1111 1114 1115 1190 1295 1313 1326 1690 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698

diabase diabase microgabbro diabase diabase microgabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase pyroxene andesite diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase gabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase microgabbro basalt diabase diabase microgabbro diabase gabbro diabase porphyritic diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase porphyritic diabase microgabbro diabase porphyritic diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase microgabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase pyroxene andesite diabase diabase diabase microgabbro

20.2x7.5x4.8 16.0x7.0x5.0 7.2(f)x7.4x4.5 9.4x5.9x3.7 16.6x7.0x4.9 14.0x6.4x4.0 16.5x7.9x4.0 7.3x4.8x1.9 10.8x3.9x3.4 17.7x6.2x3.1 13.8x6.2x3.6 9.3x6.2x1.9 14.9x6.5x4.7 9.8x4.7x2.8 8.6x5.3x2.9 13.6x6.6x3.8 13.3x5.2x3.5 10.4x5.8x3.3 12.6x5.9x3.7 12.3x6.3x3.4 7.3(f)x6.1x3.6 6.5(f)x5.0x2.8(f) 8.7x5.0x3.1 11.6x5.0x3.5 7.2x3.4x2.8 6.3x3.6x2.2 6.5(f)x4.6(f)x3.1 11.2x6.5(f)x4.1 8.3(f)x5.8x1.9 6.8(f)x3.5x3.1 8.9x3.3x1.7 15.5x6.8x4.7 10.3x4.3x2.5 6.1(f)x5.6x2.7 17.8x7.4x4.5 14.7x8.1x2.3 10.8x4.7x3.1 14.8x7.0x4.4 17.2x7.0x4.2 10.2x4.7x3.1 17.0x7.8x4.2 17.1(f)x7.0x4.7 15.2x6.6x4.2 22.2x8.6x4.9 11.8x7.3x2.4 20.3x7.6x5.0 17.5x7.4x4.7 9.5x5.9x2.9 15.8x7.1x4.9 20.9x8.5x5.0 19.9x8.1x5.6 16.7x7.0x4.6 9.3x5.4x2.8 13.5x6.5x4.1 21.6x8.0x5.8 13.3x5.7x4.2 19.1x7.7x5.3 16.1x7.3x3.6 9.2x4.4x3.6 10.2x5.4x3.6 12.6x5.9x3.6 11.0x6.7x3.6 12.1x5.4x3.8 19.1x8.7x5.3 21.0x8.7x4.1 21.1x8.8x4.6 12.4x6.3x3.7 14.6x6.6x4.3 12.1x5.7x3.88 13.5x5.9x3.6 12.6x5.5x3.8

1.1 1.1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 2.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1 2 1 3 1.1 1.1 3 1.1 2.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 1.2 2.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.2 4 1.1 1.1 1.1 3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2

1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1756 1769 1776 1807 1814 1868 1872 1957 2014 2138 2420 2458 2632 2898 3181 3191 3198 3234

1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1 1.1 3 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 5 1.1 1.1 1.2 1 5 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1

diabase diabase diabase diabase microgabbro diabase pyroxene andesite microgabbro microgabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase microgabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase

14.2x6.5x3.9 13.0x6.1x3.9 10.0x6.4x3.6 15.6x6.5x4.5 11.8x5.5x3.7 9.8x4.8x2.8 12.2x4.2x3.2 15.8x6.9x4.6 14.9x5.6x4.3 14.8x6.0x3.8 5.0(f)x3.9x2.1 20.5x7.8x5.1 8.9x4.7x2.0 12.8x4.9x3.7 8.6(f)x5.4x3.3 15.1x6.8x4.3 12.1x5.1x3.5 17.4x7.6x4.8 4.7x3.9x1.5 10.0x4.3x3.0 8.9(f)x5.7x3.2 10.3(f)x5.9x3.4 7.3(f)x6.2x3.2 5.6x2.4x1.6 9.8x6.2x2.8 13.5(f)x7.3x3.8 7.4x4.5x2.9 11.0(f)x6.5x4.6

1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1036 1118 894 1116 1190 1176 1176 1054 1285 796 1382 1118 847 306 905 652 652 652

Period 4? 989 1124 1147 2187

2.2 1 2.2 4

diabase diabase diabase diabase

11.3(f)x6.6x2.9 7.9(f)x8.7x4.0 10.7x7.6x3.1 20.5x8.1x5.4

819 819 819 1306

Period 4/5 406 5 948 1.2 1612 1

diabase diabase diabase

4.8x4.1x1.2 13.3x5.8x3.7 6.6(f)x4.8x2.4

65 445 774

Period 4/Mod 1283 1.2

diabase

14.4x6.6x4.5

895

Period 5 533 1.1

diabase

14.1x6.8x4.4

66

Period 5? 1845 3 1846 3

basalt diabase

7.3x4.4x1.6 10.5x5.3x3.5

1169 1169

762 5 5 1 1 7 1 69 166 178 242 242 258 246 238 355 355 355 355 355 355 403 638 652 652 652 385 460 460 481 463 463 754 754 638 652 652 738 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 846 889 889 889 889 738 872 971 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072 1072

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 2 1 porphyritic diabase 3 1 gabbro 28 1.1 diabase 35 1.1 diabase 36 1.1 basalt 37 1.2 basalt 38 1.1 porphyritic diabase 39 1.2 basalt 41 1.2 diabase 44 1.1 gabbro 58 1.2 diabase 65 1.2 diabase 67 1.2 diabase 105 1.2 porphyritic diabase 110 1.2 diabase 111 4 diabase 134 5 diabase 138 3 diabase 145 1.1 porphyritic diabase 146 1.1 microgabbro 165 1.2 diabase 168 1.2 diabase 171 1.2 porphyritic diabase 172 1.1 diabase 180 1.2 porphyritic diabase 181 1.1 diabase

212

7.1(f)x6.4x3.4 9.8x8.0x4.5 10.5x6.1x2.6 9.3x5.6x3.2 6.2x5.5x1.4 5.1x3.9x1.2 7.6x5.1x2.8 13.8x5.9x4.4 12.7x6.7x4.3 18.6x5.1x4.0 12.7x7.1x3.5 21.3x8.3x5.3 5.4x4.4x2.6 11.1x6.5x3.9 7.0x4.7x2.3 15.8x5.8x2.7 4.8x3.2x1.3 5.0(f)x4..7x2.2 8.6x5.5x2.7 9.1x5..1x2.8 10.0x6.1x3.5 5.1x3.3x2.3 13.9x4.9x3.2 20.6x7.1x4.5 11.6x5.9x3.9 8.6x5.7x3.0

120.8 120.8 138 138 140.8 114.8 114.8 114.8 121 157 158 155 113.8 157 157.3 157.2 158.3 158.3 189.3 189.3 157.1 157.6 157.1 157.1 157.3 157.3

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

182 191 211 221 236 239 262 263 265 316 414 415 419 424 425 429 439.03 439.04 439.05 439.06 472 528 914 956 1272 1578 1650 1673 1674 1675 2128 2147

1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 3? 1.2 4 2.2 1.2 2.1 3 2.1 4 2.1 1.2 1.2 2.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 2.2 1.1 4 3 1.1 1.1 1.1 4 3 1

diabase microgabbro microgabbro porphyritic diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase microgabbro pyroxene andesite microgabbro diabase diabase diabase microgabbro basalt diabase diabase diabase microgabbro porphyritic diabase diabase diabase porphyritic diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase

13.5x6.5x4.0 11.7x6.4x3.5 20.1x7.5x5.4 14.1x6.1x4.3 9.5x4.2x2.3 9.3x5.7x3.7 13.5x6.4x3.1 10.1x5.0x2.1 16.1x7.5x4.7 8.8x5.0x1.7 11.8x4.3x2.6 8.6x5.6x2.2 21.1x8.5x3.5 8.2x5.5x2.3 10.9x5.3x3.5 6.6x3.0x1.6 8.6.x5.8x1.9 10.0x5.6x2.6 11.2x5.6x3.2 17.2x7.3x4.4 15.7x7.7x4.7 16.7x7.1x4.5 9.8x5.6x3.0 12.0x5.2x3.8 20.0(f)x6.5x2.9 6.2(f)x5.4x2.4 5.4x3.9x1.8 6.5(f)x4.8x2.1 10.9x4.8x3.1 10.9x6.8x2.8 6.7x3.6x3.5 9.4(f)x9.0x4.6

157.3 131.8 157.4 0 157 157.4 157.6 157.6 157.6 32 157.1 157.1 157.1 0 0 157.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

AXE-SHAPED GRINDER KM Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 2316 2712 3037 3109

diabase diabase diabase diabase

9.8x3.8(f)x3.9 6.7x5.0x2.8 9.0x5.1x3.1 7.6x4.9x2.6

1503 1537 1574 1580

Period 3B 387 2481 2665 2705

diabase diabase diabase diabase

10.9x5.8x3.5 9.7x6.1x3.8 4.4(f)x5.2x3.1 10.2x6.4x4.6

31 2060 563 2060

Period 3B? 531 534

microgabbro diabase

13.1x6.1x4.0 10.9x6.0x3.3

176 176

Period 3/4 394 1927

diabase gabbro

10.7x5.9x4.8 12.3x7.4x4.6

61 1207

Period 4 366 481 497 589 689 698 734 823 837 925 1075 1085.01 1157 1711 1854 1856 1860 1869 1910

diabase diabase diabase diabase melagabbro diabase diabase diabase porphyritic diabase microgabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase porphyritic diabase diabase diabase

11.6x6.8x4.3 10.6x5.8x2.5 12.3x7.6x5.3 13.0x6.8x3.4 11.7x5.7x3.2 12.9x6.4x3.8 11.7x6.2x3.7 12.4x6.0x3.7 13.4x7.1x4.0 13.0x6.6x4.3 8.8x5.6x2.0 8.2x5.4x2.9 11.5(f)x6.7x3.7 8.6x5.2x2.6 9.1x4.8x2.6 11.0x7.3x3.8 9.8x6.0x3.1 15.4x6.4x3.9 10.0x6.6x2.6

18 96 145 105 87 246 355 652 18 488 652 846 869 1071 1175 1175 1175 1176 542

1954 2616 3132 3232

diabase diabase diabase pyroxene andesite

12.8(f)x6.9x4.9 8.9x5.8x2.7 11.9x7.4x3.5 10.5x6.0x3.4

gabbro+ micropegmatite veins

9.4x7.2x4.0

819

Period 4/5 405

porphyritic diabase

13.8x7.5x3.4

65

Period 5? 2194

diabase

9.8x6.3x3.3

Period 4? 1139

1137 1348 905 905

1322

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 217 diabase 219 diabase 235 diabase 253 diabase 271 diabase 301 diabase 377 microgabbro 475 diabase 1211 gabbro

10.2x6.3x3.6 11.0x6.3x5.0 10.4x4.9x3.4 6.8x5.4x4.3 11.3x7.1x3.5 8.3x6.2x2.4 11.4x6.3x4.1 11.0(f)x6.8x3.9 13.9x6.2x4.3

0 0 157 157.1 157.3 32 158 0 0

BASIN KM

Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 1A 3727

chalk

Ht 9.4(f) Th 3.3

1667

Period 2/3A? 2783

chalk

Ht 14.4(f) D c.60.0

1554

Period 3A 2441 3403

chalk chalk

Ht 6.1(f) D c.26.0 Ht 12.1(f) Th 4.0

1487 1568

Period 3/4? 2735

calcarenite

Ht 30.8 L 67.5 W 58.5 947

Period 4 882 1812 5016

dense calcarenite chalk dense calcarenite

Ht 38.0 D 45.0 Ht 18.6 D c.22.0 Ht 25.0 D(f) 25.0

Cadastral plot 255

calcarenite

Ht 10.8 D 26.0

157.6

Dimensions

Unit

Ht 5.3(f) D 11.0 Ht 3.7(f) D 18.0 Ht 7.2(f) Ht 6.0(f) bD 6.5 Ht 5.7(f) bD 12.0 Ht 3.9(f) bD 17.0 Ht 2.5(f) bD 8.0 Ht 8.4(f) Th 1.6 Ht 4.5(f) Th 1.3 Ht 3.5(f) Th 1.9 Ht 6.1(f) Th 2.5 Ht 2.4(f) D c.11.0 Ht 4.3(f) Th 1.5 Ht 9.1(f) Th 2.7 Ht 8.2(f) Th 1.9 Ht 5.2(f) Th 1.8 Ht 6.6(f) bD 8.1 Ht 5.4(f) Th 1.1 Ht 7.6(f) Th 2.3 3 rim frags 5 wall frags

1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1679 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667 1667

BOWL KM

Type Material

Period 1A 3603.02 3 3603.03 3 3603.04 3 3603.05 3 3603.06 3 3603.07 3 3603.08 3 3603.09 3 3603.10 3 3603.11 3 3603.12 3 3603.13 3 3603.14 3 3637 3 3675 2 3676 4 3692 3 3694 3 3711 4 3716 2 3717 3

213

chalk chalk chalk chalk marly chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chloritite chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk

612 1190 1047

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Period 1/2? 3638 3

chalk

Ht 6.7(f) Th 2.5

1680

Period 2 1809 1832 2845 3206 3425 3426 3467 3533 3534 3544 3636 3657 3681 3688 3693 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3725 3726

chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk dense calcarenite chalk chalk calcarenite chalk chalk chalk chalk calcarenite chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk

Ht(f) 7.8 D c.12.0 Ht(f) 7.5 D 20.0 Ht 6.7 D 10.0 Ht 7.5 D 8.6x7.3 Ht 3.9 D 5.8 Ht 8.5(f) D 14.0 Ht 5.8(f) D 12.0 Ht 3.3 D 8.0 Ht 5.3(f) bD c.15.0 Ht 3.3(f) bD c.20.0 Ht 5.4 Th 2.6 Ht 6.0 bD 9.7 Th 2.5 W(f) 7.5 1 rim, 7 body frags 1 rim, 7 body frags Ht(f) 5.1 bD 5.1 Ht(f) 5.5 Th 1.6 Ht 6.5(f) Th 1.6 5 rim frags 8 body frags Ht(f) 3.4 Th 1.9 4 rim, 6 body frags 4 body frags Ht(f) 2.5 Th 2.4

1094 1227 2078 1594 1599 1599 1599 1655 1655 1655 1666 1666 1666 1556 1556 1556 1556 1556 1556 1556 1556 1556 1556 1556

1.1 3 1 1.1 1.1 2.2 2 2 3 3 2 1 3.2

2 3 3

3

3

Period 2/3A 2365 9 2799 1.1 3445 2.1 3487 3 3515 2.1 3517 3 3519 3 3520 3.2 3526 3 3570 3 3587 2 3600 3 3607 2 3612 3.2 5097 3.1

chalk Th 5.0 D 16.0 chalk Ht 7.2 bTh 3.5 chalk (joins 3515, 3500) Ht 8.7 bTh 2.5 chalk Ht(f) 12..1 Th 2.8 chalk (joins 3445, 3500) Ht 8.7 bTh 2.5 chalk (joins 3570, 3587) Ht(f) 5.4 D 19.0 chalk Ht(f) 12.1 Th 3.3 chalk Ht 8.0 D 17.5 diabase Ht 2.3 bTh 0.6 chalk (joins 3517, 3587) Ht(f) 5.0 D 19.0 chalk (joins 3517, 3570) Ht(f) 4.2 D 19.0 chalk Ht(f) 5.4 D 19.0 chalk L(f) 7.0 bTh 2.5 chalk Ht(f) 6.1 D 17.5 chalk Ht(f) 5.3 D c.19.0

1383 2079 1570 1570 1570 1570 1651 1651 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570 1570

Period 3A 2713 2 2781 2 2841 2.2 2856 1 2874 2 2975 2 2988 2 3020 2.1 3029 2 3032 9 3043 3.1 3050 5 3053 9 3059 2 3072 2.2 3211 2 3217 2.2 3221 2 3290 2.1 3330 2.2 3481 2.1 3498 3.1 3500 2.1 3511 1.1 3567 7 3568 9 3601 3 3620 2 5006 2.1

chalk Ht 11.1 D 17.0 calcarenite Ht(f) 6.5 Th 1.6 chalk Ht 2.5(f) D 6.8 porous calcarenite Ht(f) 5.4 D 13.0 chalk Ht 7.4 D 8.0 chalk Ht(f) 3.4 Th 1.4 chalk Ht 5.0 D 15.0 chalk Ht 3.2 bTh 1.0 chalk Ht 2.5 D 8.0 chalk Ht 4.8 D? chalk Ht(f) 5.2 bD 11.0 chalk Ht(f) 5.4 L(f) 8.5 chalk Ht 4.8 D c.15.0 chalk Ht(f) 2.5 D 8.0 chalk Ht 5.2 D 11.0 chalk Ht 4.8 D 11.0 chalk Ht 5.5 D 6.5x5.5 chalk Ht(f) 5.1 D c.19.0 chalk Ht 3.0 L(f) 5.5 chalk Ht 4.5 D 8.0 dense calcarenite Ht 3.7 L(f) 10.3 chalk Ht(f) 3.5 bD 10.0 chalk (joins 3515+3445) Ht 11.1 bTh 2.4 dense calcarenite Ht 8.5 L 21.6 dense calcarenite Ht 7.8 D 13.2x8.8 chalk Ht 11.4 D c.26.5 chalk Ht(f) 11.6 D c.12.0 chalk Ht(f) 5.6 bD c.6.0 chalk Ht 6.9 D 7.5x?

1539 1542 1542 1542 1545 1568 1568 1543 1543 1574 1568 1573 1573 1539 1543 1581 1549 1585 1586 1539 1540 1614 1637 1605 1563 1563 1568 1649 1704

Period 3A? 3419 2.1 3531 2

chalk chalk

Ht 4.6 D 10.0 Ht(f) 6.4 D 14.0

1618 1611

Period 3A/3B 1422 9 2905 2 2906 2

reef limestone chalk chalk

Ht 7.5 bTh 4.4 Ht 5.5 D 13.0 Ht 7.4 D 18.0

997 2117 2117

Period 3B 477.01 3.1 622 3 1483 2 1494 2 1943 2 2593 2.2 2708 1

chalk chalk chalk reef limestone chalk chalk chalk

Ht 10.7 D 22.0 Ht(f)12.2 Th 2.8 Ht(f) 10.3 Th 3.1 Ht(f) 4.1 D 11.0 Ht(f) 4.5 Th 2.3 Ht 5.2 D 16.0 Ht 4.0 D c.6.5

503 36 1015 1015 289 2060 2060

Period 3B? 1831 1 2556 1.1

dense chalk fine calcarenite

L(f) 12.2 Th 5.7 Ht 5.9 D 10.0

1185 1480

Period 4 547 553.09 593 601 693 772 793 838 910 1006 1007 1008 1179 1181 1321 1362 1510 1591 1607 1614 1736 1773 1806 1834 2172 2309 2447 2696 2698

calcarenite chalk chalk calcarenite limestone+foraminifera chalk chalk calcarenite chalk chalk mica sandstone calcarenite chalk calcarenite diabase chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk gabbro calcarenite chalk chalk chalk chalk fine calcarenite chalk

Ht 7.5 D 11.0x6.4 88 Ht(f) 4.5 D 21.0 505 Ht 3.9 D 6.5 219 Ht 9.5 D c.17.0 199 Ht 4.3 L 10.8 W 5.4 238 Ht 6.0 D c.9.0 238 Ht 7.8 D 17.0 150 Ht 5.0 D 8.0 18 Ht(f) 8.8 Th 2.9 515 Ht 6.9 D 9.3x8.4 652 Ht 6.7 L 17.6 W 10.3 652 Ht 10.5 D 11.2x10.0 850 Ht(f) 8.2 D 23.0 707 Ht 7.4 D 7.5 884 Ht(f) 2.8 bD 8.0 885 Ht 5.1 D 8.1 989 Ht 7.0 D 28.0 984 Ht(f) 6.4 D 14.0 1035 Ht 5.9 D c.11.0 1042 Ht 2.7 D c.7.5 1057 Ht 4.4 D 13.0 984 Ht(f) 7.7 D 16.0 974 Ht(f) 5.5 D 13.0 1116 Ht 5.5 Th 4.0 652 Ht 8.0 D 10.0 1296 Ht 7.0 Th 2.4 1373 Ht(f)4.6 bD 6.5 558 Ht 4.0 D 9.0 847 Ht 5.6 D c.6.8 1372

Period 4? 2691 3.2

calcarenite

Ht 7.0 D 15.0 bD 12.01378

Period 5 2733

chalk

Ht(f)4.6 bD 9.0

66

Period 5? 2745

fine calcarenite

Ht 8.5 D c.11.0

886

Ht 4.7 D 14.0 Ht 17.0 D 24.4 Ht 11.2 D 24.0 Ht 3.6 D 10.0 Ht(f)10.2 Th 1.9 Ht(f) 4.5 Th 0.8 Ht 4.3 D 6.5 Ht 9.2 D 12.1 Ht 11.0 Th 2.3 Ht 6.7 D 8.0 Ht 6.2 D 15.0 Ht(f) 9.6 D 18.0 Ht(f) 8.2 D 14.0 Ht 3.9 D 11.0

120.8 120.8 139.8 139.8 139.8 139.8 114.8 157 143 120.8 137.8 201.8 142.8 158

1.1 3 2.1 2.2 5.1 2 1.2 2.2 3 2.1 5.2 8 3 1.2 3 2.2 9 2 1.1 1 1 3 2.2 2.1 2.1 2 3 1 1

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 4 2.2 reef limestone 5 3.1 reef limestone 8 2 dense chalk 10 2 chalk 13 3 reef limestone 14 3 diabase 40 2.2 reef limestone 43 2.1 reef limestone 49 2.1 chalk 52 2.1 reef limestone 69 2.2 chalk 79 3 chalk 86 3 chalk 88 2.2 reef limestone

214

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

121 139 142 155 174 188 254 260 267 268 287 346 538 575 590 909 1630 1967 1988

2.1 2.1 3 3 3 2.1 2.2 2.2 3 3 2 3 3.2 3 6 2 2.2 3

reef limestone Ht 12.6 D c.19.0 diabase Ht 3.0 D 7.5 chalk Ht(f) 9.2 D 24.0 chalk Ht(f) 6.5 D 19.0 chalk Ht(f) 6.3 Th 1.7 chalk Ht 7.4 L(f) 15.4 reef limestone Ht 5.9 D 7.5 reef limestone Ht 6.9 D 11.0 chalk Ht(f) 10.7 D c.29.0 chalk Ht(f) 6.6 D c.29.0 chalk Ht(f) 3.0 bD 7.0x6.5 chalk Ht(f) 7.9 Th 4.7 diabase Ht 6.5 D 10.4x7.9 chalk Ht(f) 6.5 bD 11.0 chalk (post-Chalcolithic) Ht(f) 3.6 D 14.0 diabase Ht(f) 6.8 Th 1.6 chalk Ht 5.7 D c.15.0 calcarenite Ht 4.7 D 9.0 microgabbro Ht(f) 3.9 bD 8.5

0 158.3 177.1 157 157.6 157.5 157.6 157.6 157.6 157.6 158.4 157.1 0 157 157 158 0 0 0

(Note also Cyprus Museum inv. no. 1951/II-15/5 type 6 diabase)

diabase

6.9x1.9x1.4

1539

Period 3B 1574 1.1 1745 1.2 1839 1.2 2035 2

3560

5

basalt basalt basalt diabase

6.3x1.3x1.3 6.8x1.7x1.6 3.1(f)x1.2x0.8 10.8x3.5x2.2

930 1074 930 1225

Period 3B? 1177 1.1 2890 2

basalt diabase

5.8x1.8x1.7 4.1(f)x2.7x1.5

891 1480

Period 3/4 964 1.1 1848 1.1 2097 1.2

basalt diabase basalt

3.6x1.2x1.0 2.4(f)x1.5x1.5 4.8x1.5x1.2

326 1207 1012

Period 4 319 495 496 526 548 553.03 591 679 1039 1113 1172 1585 1596 1598 1636 1820 1932 1936 2103 3205

basalt basalt diabase basalt diabase basalt pyroxene andesite diabase basalt basalt basalt basalt diabase basalt basalt diabase pyroxene andesite basalt basalt basalt

4.7x1.4x1.3 4.6x1.3x1.0 5.1x1.9x1.8 4.2(f)x1.6x1.4 4.6(f)x1.8x1.3 4.4x1.6x1.1 13.2x2.8x2.8 4.2(f)x1.2x1.0 3.9(f)x1.3x1.1 8.8x1.9x1.5 2.7(f)x1.4x1.2 1.9x1.0x0.7 6.2x2.2x1.0 3.3(f)x1.0x0.8 5.6x1.6x1.4 3.5(f)x1.6x1.5 2.9x2.6x1.1 4.1x1.4x0.9 3.8(f)x1.5x1.4 2.7(f)x1.3x0.8

5 89 100 100 146 505 242 24 613 889 890 1035 1082 1035 984 1241 652 1287 1255 905

Period 4? 993 1.1

basalt

4.6x1.3x1.3

diabase diabase

4.7(f)x1.4x1.3 4.4x2.4x1.2

1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 2 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 3 2? 1.2 1.2 1.1 3 1.2 1.1 1.2

BURNISHER KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2/3A 3471 1

mica sandstone

6.2x3.5x1.1

1570

serpentinite fine grey laminated sandstone fine mica sandstone fine mica sandstone red mica sandstone mica sandstone diabase

4.4x2.2x1.1 3.9x1.2x0.6

277 1568

3.0(f)x3.4x0.6 4.6(f)x3.7x0.7 8.7x3.0x0.5 12.1(f)x5.2x0.8 5.3(f)x3.5x1.3

1592 1568 1568 1621 1546

Period 3B 723 1 1301 1

mica sandstone chalk

6.4x4.2x0.8 4.4x2.9x0.8

278 882

Period 3/4 1091 1

Period 5? 1315 1.1 2188 2

chalk

3.1(f)x2.1x0.7

877

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 18 1.1 diabase 30 1.1 basalt 50 1.1 basalt 59 1.2 diabase 60 1.2 basalt 64 1.2 diabase 75 1.2 basalt 251 3 diabase 363 1.1 basalt 524 1.2 diabase 750 1.2 diabase 1270 1.1 basalt 1271 1.1 diabase 1398 4 basalt 1624 4 serpentinite 2130 2 diabase

4.4x1.3x1.2 3.7(f)x1.3x1.3 7.6x1.8x1.6 4.9x1.6x1.4 3.1(f)x1.1x1.1 9.5x3.3x2.1 4.1x1.5x1.1 2.4x2.5x0.9 4.0x1.5x1.5 6.7x2.5x1.6 7.9x2.6x1.8 4.4x1.3x1.3 5.7x1.8x1.7 4.1(f)x2.0x0.7 3.0(f)x1.2x0.6 8.7x2.9x2.0

139.8 138 143 158 158 155 197.8 157.4 44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

CRYSTAL KM

Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 3023

crystal (pyroxene)

0.7x0.3

1571

Period 3A 681 1 2972 1 3281 3402 3412 3443 3591

1 1 1 2 1

Period 4 1088 2 3312 2

mica sandstone mica sandstone

8.2(f)x2.7x0.5 8.5(f)x2.7x0.7

881 905

Period 4/5 953 1

diabase

4.8x2.8x1.4

229

Period 5? 1212 2

mica sandstone

3.9(f)x2.3x0.4

880

Cadastral plot/surface/ploughsoil 144 1 marly chalk 2264 2 diabase 2314 2 fine mica sandstone

7.8x3.5x1.8 6.0x1.6x1.7 4.6x2.1x0.7

189.3 0 0

CHISEL KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2/3A 2141 1.2

diabase

4.3x1.8x1.1

1358

Period 3A 1976 1.2 2098 4 2964 1.1 2974 1.1 3332 1.1 3430 4 3502 3 3507 1.1

dark brown chert basalt basalt basalt diabase diabase diabase basalt

1.7(f)x1.2x0.8 4.3(f)x2.0x1.1 4.5(f)x1.2x1.2 4.3x1.2x1.2 2.8(f)x1.4x1.2 4.1x1.9x1.0 4.0x2.2x1.2 4.0x1.3x1.1

993 1517 1537 1568 1539 1026 1633 1639

215

819 886 1322

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

CUP KM

Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2/3A 1884 2

chalk

Ht 2.8 D 4.2

1147

Period 3B 1891 1.2 2410 1.1

dense fine calcarenite chalk

Ht 5.6 D 4.5 Ht 3.4 D 7.0

983 1529

Period 4 830 1.2 1000 1 2494 1

chalky reef limestone chalk fine calcarenite

Ht(f) 3.9 D 6.0 Ht(f) 7.0 D 6.0 Ht(f) 4.6 D c.7.0

18 642 1038

Cadastral plots 77 1.1 reef limestone 240 1.2 reef limestone

Ht 3.1 D 5.5 Ht 3.6 D 5.7

157 157.4

CUPPED STONE KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 1A 3674 4

chalk

5.6x5.1x3.4

1667

chalk calcarenite calcarenite calcarenite coarse porous calcarenite dense calcarenite chalk chalk

16.3x12.0x8.7 11.7x8.7(f)x6.9 19.0x16.3x9.3 13.8x10.1x3.7 21.6x18.6x10.6

1240 1599 1599 1599 1653

15.1x12.3x7.3 8.3(f)x8.5(f)x4.4 25.2(f)x18.4x7.5

1658 1666 1666

Period 2? 1904 1.2

chalk

6.2x4.3x3.6

1153

Period 2/3A 1889 7 1915 1.1 3516 1.1 3524 4 3566 8

chalk calcarenite chalk chalk chalk

10.3(f)x5.7x4.4 10.7x8.9x7.0 8.8x7.2x4.5 5.3x4.1x1.5 8.4x8.2(f)x3.1

1147 1147 1570 1570 1570

Period 3A 2101 5 2430 7 2529 3 2774 8 2846 4 2867 3 3024 6 3027 3 3046 2 3110 1.1 3210 3 3248 3 3333 2 3384 1.1 3472 3 3482 5 3508 6

dense calcarenite 8.4x8.2x4.1 dense reef limestone 15.2x9.1x6.3 coarse porous calcarenite 22.9x20.0x6.8 coarse porous calcarenite 8.0x7.9x4.3 chalk 6.4x6.3x3.4 chalk 15.0x10.5x4.0 coarse calcarenite 36.7x28.3x9.5 chalk 13.6(f)x17.2x7.6 chalk 8.6x8.2x6.1 calcarenite 9.6x8.2x5.2 chalk 19.4x14.3x5.7 porous calcarenite 7.2x6.4x3.8 chalk 10.6x9.1x3.7 calcarenite 8.2x7.9x3.9 reef limestone 10.7x8.0x3.5 dense calcarenite 10.4x10.3x8.0 dense reef limestone 43.6x24.9x11.4

1266 1466 1464 1539 1539 1545 1536 1543 1571 1580 1581 1539 1539 1571 1571 1546 1540

Period 3A? 2202 4 3396 1.2 3513 1.1 3529 1.1

chalk chalk chalk dense reef limestone

5.0(f)x3.2x2.6 10.7x5.6(f)x6.7 10.5x8.6x5.7 23.2x19.8x14.4

1344 574 1626 1611

Period 3B 389 3 621 5 712 1.1 1038 4 1439 3

reef limestone dense reef limestone reef limestone reef limestone reef limestone

10.3x9.0x5.5 7.6x5.9x6.9 9.8x7.8x3.8 7.3x6.0x2.5 17.8x10.0x8.6

29 41 36 755 965

Period 2 1833 3423 3473 3477 3488

7 3 1.1 3 1.1

3537 3617 3686

1.1 1.1 6

1477 1496 1527 2317 2362 2734 2889 5038 5063

quartz sandstone calcareous sandstone reef limestone dense grey limestone chalk chalk dense calcarenite chalk chalk

16.0x14.9x9.2 5.9x3.5(f)x2.8 6.3x4.2(f)x3.3 9.4x8.0x3.9 5.8(f)x7.5x3.7 15.7x14.3x7.8 7.6x7.0x6.3 38.7x26.1x8.3 21.0x10.5

965 1015 1020 2060 1074 35 2060 289 35

Period 3B? 2584 4 2703 1.2

chalk chalk

4.0(f)x5.7x3.8(f) 14.4(f)x11.3(f)x4.7

1480 1480

Period 3/4 1154 3 1907 1.1 2046 2 2185 1.2 2223 1.2 2725 3

calcarenite 15.6x12.7x5.4 dense calcarenite 11.1(f)x8.5(f)x2.8 porous calcarenite 11.9x9.6x7.6 chalk 9.4x8.0x4.9 dense reef limestone 8.5x6.0(f)x2.9 coarse porous calcarenite 18.0x12.4x5.8

326 1122 1012 1207 790 1350

Period 3B/4 2475 3 2487 3 2488 1.2

chalk 21.3x16.3x7.1 dense calcarenite 16.0(f)x10.3(f)x9.3 coarse porous calcarenite 12.5(f)x9.5(f)x8.1

1479 1479 1479

Period 4 312 368 372 467 493 553.02 557 600 606 625 644 683 721 725 751 773 774 794 800 802 803 809 965 966 976 1001 1086 1156 1173 1217 1229 1291 1327 1333 1336 1595 1606 1879 1992 1993 2173 2179 2203 2321 2412 2471 2568 2669

reef limestone reef limestone reef limestone dense calcarenite calcarenite chalky reef limestone reef limestone dense reef limestone reef limestone reef limestone reef limestone limestone+foraminifera coarse calcarenite chalk reef limestone dense reef limestone reef limestone dense reef limestone reef limestone calcareous sandstone dense reef limestone reef limestone dense chalk reef limestone reef limestone chalk dense reef limestone dense reef limestone dense reef limestone calcarenite calcarenite reef limestone calcarenite reef limestone reef limestone dense chalk dense chalk calcarenite coarse dense calcarenite dense calcarenite chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk quartz sandstone

5 9 20 109 97 505 88 199 150 150 194 24 315 309 366 403 403 150 383 390 390 361 613 602 758 652 876 884 362 346 905 885 931 869 869 1076 264 1054 1220 1255 1356 1327 1318 561 1467 1439 2033 1460

216

1.1 4 1.2 3 1.1 3 8 6 1.1

8 1.1 2 3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 4 4 1.2 5 1.1 4 1.1 1.1 2 1.1 1.1 1.1 6 3 3 5 4 1.2 6 1.2 5 1.2 3 1.2 8 8 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 3 4 4 1.2 7 1.2 3 7 4

13.7x12.6x6.4 12.6x10.8x3.9 14.3x12.6x12.6 10.1x9.7x3.6 21.7x14.1x6.1 12.4x9.6x9.0 16.6x13.6x8.5 19.0x12.1x6.7 6.3x6.2(f)x2.2 4.8x4.4x2.3 17.0x13.5x7.0 5.1x5.0x5.3 15.0x11.4x8.0 5.3x3.5x2.5 9.2(f)x5.2(f)x4.5 15.3x13.3x5.9 16.9x12.6x9.5 9.1x7.2x5.9 17.4x14.4x8.4 37.0x19.1(f)x11.5 46.6x23.7x10.6 13.3x10.9x6.3 11.6x8.9x5.3 6.5x5.5x3.8 5.8(f)x5.2x4.5 12.9x9.9x7.4 33.5x19.8x8.2 11.7x7.9x4.3 7.4x6.0x4.5 24.8x21.9x14.2 9.2x6.4x3.5 13.2x12.0x9.1 8.3x7.0(f)x5.0 11.0x9.8x5.8 10.7x9.6x4.7 8.5x5.4(f)x3.6 13.0x10.3x3.5 12.1x9.7x7.3 12.4.2x12.0x6.2 12.0x9.9x4.0 6.1x3.7x2.7 5.0(f)x4.1x3.1 10.3x8.5x4.2 10.0(f)x8.7x4.5 7.5(f)x4.8(f)x4.6 10.2x7.5x4.3 13.3(f)x7.8x6.5 4.4x3.6x3.0

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

2681 3169 3171 5021

8 5 7 1.1

Period 4/Mod 5033 1.1

fine chalky calcarenite chalk chalk chalk

7.9x6.6x4.0 7.8x7.2(f)x4.8 9.5x6.8x5.0 18.0x12.5

dense calcarenite

17.8x13.6

895

9.3x5.2x4.0 5.8x5.1x3.3 10.5x9.8x4.2 9.4x8.8x3.9 8.7x7.8x4.4 10.3x10.2x5.1 9.0x8.3(f)x3.8 14.1x9.3x5.0 8.4x8.1x3.2 6.7x5.4x2.5 15.6x12.7x4.2 5.2x3.6(f)x2.9 12.5x8.1x3.3 6.7x5.2x3.0 8.0x7.5x4.7 4.6x4.0x2.3 6.2x3.8(f)x2.2 10.9x9..3x7.0 39.7x35.7

139.8 139.8 113.8 199.2 157.5 157 157 157 157.4 157.3 157.1 157.1 157.1 157.5 0 0 0 0 0

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 16 7 reef limestone 17 4 chalk 68 1.1 dense grey limestone 107 1.1 reef limestone 115 1.2 reef limestone 119 1.1 chalk 120 8 reef limestone 128 3 calcarenite 205 8 reef limestone 258 4 chalky reef limestone 269 3 reef limestone 277 4 chalk 285 1.1 reef limestone 459 4 chalk 1123 5 dense reef limestone 1384 4 quartz sandstone 2082 4 chalk 2640 1.1 dense chalk 5037 6 calcarenite DISH KM

Material

Dimensions

1047 2142 695 1396

Unit

Period 2 1615 3687

calcarenite chalk

Ht 6.4 D 15.0 Ht 3.7

1105 1556

Period 2/3A 3523 3527

chalk chalk

Ht 2.9 D 7.8 Ht 3.3 D 11.8x6.7

1570 1570

Period 3A 3272

chalk

Ht 3.6 D 9.0

1598

Period 4 466 680 863

chalk diabase reef limestone

Ht 2.6 D c.9.0 Ht 4.7 D 12.0 Ht 3.6 D 6.0

101 24 139

Period 4/5 1176

chalk

Ht 3.5 Th 1.3

445

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 9 diabase 72 chalk 1204 reef limestone

Ht 2.8 D 10.0 Ht 2.0 D 6.0 Ht 4.9 D 7.8

139.8 138.3 0

DRILL HANDLE? KM Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 4 1600

4.4x3.5x1.9

1090

Dimensions

Unit

calcarenite

FLAKED TOOL KM Type Material Period 2/3A 2379 1

diabase

9.4x4.4x2.2

1358

Period 3A 1509 2 2100 1 2113 2 2406 2 2579 2 2603 1

diabase diabase diabase diabase porphyritic diabase diabase

7.4x4.8x2.0 7.4x4.7x2.4 9.5x5.7x2.1 6.8x5.8x2.1 10.5x6.5x2.4 10.7(f)x7.0x4.0

1002 1502 1515 1464 1002 1530

2609 3085 3144 3306 3416 3489 3503 3559

2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2

diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase

5.4x3.4x0.8 5.6x4.4x1.3 5.2(f)x5.6x2.3 8.3x7.2x2.4 7.8x5.7x2.1 9.3x6.6x2.4 9.3x7.4x2.8 4.6(f)x4.8x1.8

2034 1549 1543 1580 1568 1568 1617 1539

Period 3A/3B 1531.04 2 1531.05 2 1531.06 2 1531.07 2 1531.08 2 1531.09 2 1531.10 2 1531.11 2

diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase

9.8x5.5x2.1 6.9x4.6x1.3 9.1x4.3x2.1 9.1x4.9x1.4 9.2x5.3x1.9 8.9x6.0x1.6 8.7x5.5x2.3 9.0x5.1x2.1

1014 1014 1014 1014 1014 1014 1014 1014

Period 3B 741 3 1312 2 2800 2 3237 2

diabase diabase diabase diabase

10.2x7.3x2.9 9.9x7.7x3.1 4.3(f)x4.6x1.8 5.4(f)x5.0x2.1

328 882 2053 1292

Period 3B? 2801 2 2823 2

diabase diabase

6.4x6.1x2.0 5.5(f)x5.5x2.4

1480 2090

Period 3/4 897 2 1920 2

diabase diabase

8.5x7.0x2.1 8.8x5.3x2.2

117 1207

diabase diabase quartz sandstone microgabbro (axe roughout?) diabase diabase

7.2x4.7x2.0 9.5x6.2x2.7 9.5x7.8x2.3 22.0x8.5x5.7

5 18 264 1072

8.9x7.1x2.3 8.4x5.7x2.4

2176 905

Period 5 2651 1 2747 2

diabase diabase

9.4(f)x5.7x2.8 6.6x5.0x2.1

2048 66

Period 5? 1849 1

diabase

17.7x9.1x4.9

1169

Period 4 318 835 1605 1691

1 1 2 1

3172 3182

2 2

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 81 2 diabase 109 1 diabase 112 2 diabase 133 1 diabase 233 2 diabase 257 1 diabase 348 1 diabase 473 1 diabase 940 2 diabase 1043 2 diabase 1275 1 diabase 1627 2 diabase 1735 2 diabase 2629 2 diabase

5.9x5.3x1.6 13.0x6.3x3.4 8.1x5.3x1.7 13.8x6.8x3.1 6.1x4.5x1.5 7.9x4.7x2.6 9.1x5.5x3.7 16.7x7.1x3.5 6.5(f)x4.5x1.5 8.0x5.3x1.7 12.2x7.1x3.0 5.3x3.9x1.2 8.0x4.5x1.6 7.9(f)x3.8x1.6

154 157.3 157.2 140.1 157 157.3 44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

FLAKED TOOL BLANK KM Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A/3B 1531.12 1531.13 1531.14 1531.15 1531.16 1531.17

9.2x5.4x1.5 6.9x4.8x1.1 8.9x6.0x2.0 8.4x6.7x1.8 9.6x9.0x2.5 8.1x4.5x1.6

1014 1014 1014 1014 1014 1014

217

diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

1266 1542 1545 1568 1580

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

chalk calcarenite calcarenite dense chalk diabase dense calcarenite mica sandstone reef limestone

11.9x7.6(f)x6.3 9.1x8.9x4.1 11.7x8.5x4.8 7.4x5.8x3.3 9.5x8.6x5.3 11.9x7.9x5.8 15.4x7.9(f)x7.6 11.3x9.8x3.5

1574 1573 1543 1567 1549 1539 1598 1520

Period 3A? 2983 1.2 3532 1.2

fine calcarenite dense calcarenite

7.2(f)x10.8x5.1 11.7x8.7x3.8

1569 1611

11.1x9.7x2.7 8.2x6.1x2.4

4 985

Period 3A/3B 2002 1.2 2348 4

fine dense calcarenite diabase

12.6x9.1x3.1 11.7x6.5x3.8

1501 1494

sandstone mica sandstone dense grey limestone sandstone mica sandstone diabase

5.0x4.9x1.4 13.0x9.5x3.5 9.3x8.7x3.5 14.7x7.4x2.3 11.5 20.5(f)x14.6

526 652 695 695 726 652

diabase

7.3x4.4x3.2

1306

Period 3B 870 1.2 931 1.2 1783 1.2 2328 1.2 2350 1.2 2480 2 2500 1.2 2521 1.2 2684 1.2

mica sandstone dense chalk dense chalk quartz sandstone dense reef limestone dense calcarenite mica sandstone fine calcarenite diabase

9.8x9.3x4.4 10.3x7.6(f)x3.5 9.8(f)x6.8x4.7 10.5x8.8x5.4(f) 11.1x9.5x4.7 9.8x6.4x5.6 12.1x5.7x3.9 7.7(f)x7.7x2.5 5.6x3.8x3.0

626 784 882 2060 1418 2060 2060 2060 563

Period 3B/4 2476 2

chalk

7.2x6.4x3.4

1479

calcarenite mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone mica sandstone calcarenite chalk diabase chalk diabase dense reef limestone slightly silicified chalk gabbro sandstone diabase mica sandstone dense calcareous sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone dense calcarenite dense calcarenite white chert mica sandstone mica sandstone chalk mica sandstone mica sandstone sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone diabase

9.9x9.7x3.4 12.0x10.1x4.4 10.7x9.6x6.3 11.3(f)x7.5x3.4 15.1x9.2x3.4 11.2x9.4x3.8 11.9x10.6x7.4 13.6x6.1x3.8 7.2(f)x8.8x3.5 8.8x6.1x3.0 7.0x5.2x2.2 12.6(f)x12.1x6.0 6.9(f)x5.7x2.1 11.7x8.7x4.8 13.6x10.9x6.9 12.3x7.0x3.4 15.9x8.4x3.8 10.3x10.2x5.7

5 5 1 69 242 242 242 228 238 366 633 385 18 633 652 738 652 719

11.3x10.3 x4.7 10.9x9.5x4.3 9.6x7.0x4.5 9.4x7.4x3.8 10.3x9.8x5.9 12.9(f)x11.8x3.0 11.3x9.8x4.5 9.8x8.2x3.4 9.5x8.8x3.6 9.6x9.4x4.0 12.0x9.9x5.0 11.9x9.1x4.6 15.2x10.5x2.9 10.2x7.7x3.3

719 1071 984 1038 1355 1489 2054 471 2176 2176 652 905 905 905

diabase

11.3x10.7x3.8

66

7.7x7.5x6.6 9.9x7.9x7.9 12.4x9.5x6.0 9.9x9.3x5.5 11.3x9.5x3.4 11.0x5.1x5.0 11.0x8.9x5.0

140.8 157.5 157.1 157.6 157.1 157.3 157.3

GRINDER KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 2808 1

quartz sandstone

10.1x8.9x6.4

2078

Period 3A 2102 1 2784 1 2869 1 3049 1 3243 1

diabase diabase dense calcarenite dense calcarenite calcarenite

5.9x3.1x2.3 8.0(f)x7.3x4.7 7.5(f)x8.9x2.6 9.1x8.1(ff)x4.0 8.6x7.9x2.5

Period 3B 1945 1 1950 1

chalk mica sandstone

Period 4 1308.02 3348 3353 3358 5048 5156

1 1 1 1 1 2

Period 4? 2209 1

GRINDING BLOCK KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 3618 1

mica sandstone

13.3x10.9(f)x4.8

1658

Period 3A 2505 2

mica sandstone

12.5x11.4x9.7

1426

Period 3B 2438 1

sandstone

19.3x18.5x6.4

1319

Period 3B/4 1046 1

red sandstone

13.9x13.7x3.7

759

Period 4 553.05 1022 1873 3193 3337

sandstone quartz sandstone quartz sandstone quartz sandstone sandstone

14.7x13.3x5.0 15.7x12.6x5.2 16.6x16.6x5.2 17.7x14.9x4.8 19.3x15.2x6.5

505 652 1136 652 2141

quartz sandstone

16.3x15.4x6.2

157.3

HAMMERSTONE KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 2836 1.1 3683 1.2 3729 1.2

calcarenite chalk mica sandstone

10.3x9.8x7.9 11.9x10.0(f)x4.4 8.4x7.4x2.5

2078 1666 1682

Period 2/3A 1913 1.1 2897 1.2 3118 1.2 3545 1.2

dense calcarenite dense calcarenite dense calcarenite diabase

13.4x8.8(f)x5.1 14.3x9.1x4.9 7.9(f)x5.3x3.6 10.9x7.4(f)x4.6

1147 2120 2120 1570

1 1 1 1 1

Cadastral plot 325 1

Period 3A 2063 1.1 2361 1.1 2541 1.2 2542 1.2 2816 1.2 2828 1.2 2863 1.1 2873 1.1 2987 1.2

chalk sandstone diabase diabase (weathered) serpentinite mica sandstone dense calcarenite dense chalk calcarenite

7.4x7.1x3.2 11.3x10.1x3.0 10.4x9.9x5.1 10.9x10.0x3.9 10.6x9.1x3.8 14.2x9.8x3.0 10.6x9.1x6.9 8.8x8.4x5.4 11.6x10.8x5.1

1509 1341 1464 1464 1537 1301 1539 1545 1568

3036 3051 3080 3159 3212 3251 3305 5005

Period 4 300 302 364 486 611 616 617 669 729 758 785 813 831 871 1016 1060 1080 1234

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 4 1.2 1.1 4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 4 4 1.2

1236 1724 1737 1746 2191 2525 2700 2950 3174 3175 3189 3203 3310 3311

1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

Period 5 433 1.2

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 55 3 gabbro 116 3 gabbro 163 1.2 gabbro 266 1.1 reef limestone 270 1.2 mica sandstone 272 2 dense chalk 273 2 diabase

218

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

352 417 782 1142 3115

1.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 2

quartz sandstone diabase dense grey limestone reef limestone chalk

13.9x12.2x6.6 10.1x8.3x5.4 7.5x7.3x4.2 10.2x7.6x4.7 12.2x9.3x8.9

157.1 158 0 0 0

HAMMERSTONE/GRINDER KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 1/2? 2903 1.2

chalk

11.6x8.2x4.2

2110

Period 2 2805 1.2 3680 1.2

gabbro dense chalk

10.3(f)x7.4(f)x4.8 10.6x9.8x3.9

2078 1666

Period 2? 1760 1.1

chalk

14.7x12.2(f)x5.4

1153

Period 2/3A 1804 1.2 1887 1.2 2347 1.2 2368 1.2 3594 1.2

mica sandstone calcarenite quartz sandstone microgabbro diabase

10.3x7.5x3.9 11.3x10.8x4.3 9.7x8.2x4.0 9.5x8.7x2.9 8.8x6.7x2.4

1147 1147 1383 1383 1570

Period 3A 2478 2 2554 1.2 2587 1.2 2791 1.2 2810 1.2 2829 1.2 3045 1.2 3162 1.2 3207 2 3249 1.2

dense calcarenite serpentinite sandstone mica sandstone grey chert sandstone fine calcarenite dense calcarenite mica sandstone sandstone

13.8x11.7x3.0 11.4x8.2x6.2 10.2x9.0x3.8 11.0x8.4x3.4 10.1x8.2x5.2 6.3(f)x9.4x4.5 5.5(f)x9.6x3.7 20.5x11.2x4.4 7.9(f)x6.6x3.9 10.7(f)x5.9(f)x3.4

1461 1464 1464 1541 1539 1301 1568 1573 1581 1539

Period 3B 1897 1.1 1947 1.1 2047 1.1 2052 4 2371 1.2 2595 2 2744 1.2 2900 1.2

chalk mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone sandstone quartz sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone

9.3x7.7(f)x4.6 7.5(f)x9.8x4.4 9.6x7.0x6.3 13.5x9.1x3.2 11.1x9.9x4.1 9.8x9.5x3.9 12.1x8.1x3.4 8.5(f)x12.7x2.4

1202 1225 1225 1205 2060 2060 2093 568

Period 3/4 849 1.2 1047 1.2

dense grey limestone diabase

11.6x11.0x4.2 11.4x8.6x5.1

117 790

Period 4 379 381 656 664 696 926 1004 1009 1010 1015 1059 1081 1093 1094 1131 1153 1224 1609 1818 1851 1875 1877 2190

1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1

diabase 9.8x8.4x4.4 diabase 6.2x6.0x4.0 quartz sandstone 11.5x10.1(f)x4.8 mica sandstone 12.7x8.6x3.9 calcareous sandstone 12.8x7.8x4.2 diabase 6.9x6.1x4.3 silicified chalk 12.5x9.1x4.8 mica sandstone 11.7x9.9x4.6 serpentinized harzburgite 11.2x10.2x5.5 gabbro 12.5(f)x11.0x8.2 diabase 10.3x9.4x5.2 dense calcarenite 11.2x9.7x5.6 quartz sandstone 10.4x10.0x5.4 dense grey limestone 10.6x10.0x5.0 gabbro 11.3x9.6x3.9 diabase 10.2(f)x6.4(f)x4.6 Mamonia lava 10.8x8.9x4.6 calcarenite 7.3(f)x5.6x2.9 mica sandstone 10.9x9.4x3.6 diabase 7.5x5.3x2.2 sandstone 13.1x9.8x3.9 dense calcarenite 11.7x9.7x4.1 gabbro 9.8x9.8x6.4

27 9 199 242 330 488 652 850 850 652 738 2175 652 652 872 306 881 1042 1231 1175 1136 1136 1355

2252 2946 3139 3140 3165 3170 3173 3177 3185 3190 3192 3195 3351 3621 5050

1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 4 1.2 1.1

serpentinized harzburgite 6.7(f)x8.8x3.5 mica sandstone 13.3x10.7x3.7 gabbro 10.2x9.9x4.8 microgabbro 11.4x10.1x4.7 dense chalk 7.4x6.9x3.0 mica sandstone 13.8x10.0x4.2 mica sandstone 15.4x10.5x4.3 mica sandstone 11.0x8.4x3.2 mica sandstone 11.1x9.8x4.3 quartz sandstone 10.9x8.9x4.8 microgabbro 10.5x9.4x55.0 dense grey limestone 13.5(f)x8.6x3.0 mica sandstone 16.3x8.3x4.7 dense grey limestone 11.0x9.3x3.6 dense crystalline 11.9x9.1x4.7 limestone

471 2175 652 652 2142 2142 2176 2176 905 652 652 652 652 652 726

Period 4? 1187 1.2

gabbro

10.9x9.7x4.4

819

Period 4/Mod 2154 1.1

microgabbro

9.6x9.5x4.5

895

Period 5 1274 1.1

sandstone

12.1x9.3x6.2

916

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 151 3 diabase 175 1.2 serpentinite 178 1.2 sandstone 199 1.2 sandstone 200 1.1 quartz sandstone 203 1.2 diabase 204 2 diabase 222 2 microgabbro 226 1.2 sandstone 2426 1.2 gabbro

13.3x10.9x7.0 9.9x9.6x3.4 10.0x8.6x3.6 10.6x9.4x4.4 9.3x9.0x3.8 10.7x9.5x4.6 9.7x6.6x3.9 7.1x66.9x4.5 9.4x8.7x3.8 12.0x11.2x3.4

196.8 157.3 157.3 157.4 157.4 157.4 157.4 157.4 157.5 0

JAR KM

Dimensions

Unit

Type Material

Period 1A 3603.01 2

chalk

Ht(f) 5.4 D 11.0

1667

Period 2 3264 1/2 3684 2

chalk chalk

Ht(f) 5.3 Th 1.6 Ht(f) 5.8 Th 1.7

1594 1556

Period 2/3A 3606 2

chalk

Ht(f) 5.1 D c.14.0

1651

Period 3A 2544 2 2812 2 2814 1/2 2855 1/2 2907 1/2 3380 1/2 3562 2

chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk chalk

Ht(f) 5.1 D 9.0 Ht(f) 4.7 D 14.0 Ht(f) 7.6 Th 1.8 Ht(f) 8.9 Th 2.4 Ht(f) 5.1 Th 1.8 Ht(f) 7.8 Th 1.6 Ht(f) 7.1 D 14.0

1464 1539 1538 1542 1542 1586 1539

Period 3B 2036 1/2 2699 2

chalk chalk

Ht(f) 4.4 Th 1.3 Ht(f) 6.0 D 11.0

1225 2060

Period 3/4? 3303 1/2

chalk

Ht(f) 6.7 Th 2.1

1276

Period 4 1738 2

chalk

Ht(f) 8.6 D 18.0

264

Ht(f) 5.4 D 12.0 Ht(f) 3.6 D 8.0 Ht(f) 6.4 D 10.0 Ht(f) 5.5 D 11.0 Ht(f) 7.0 D 11.0 Ht(f) 4.7 D 5.9 Ht(f) 11.7 D 13.5

134.8 140.1 157.5 157 157.4 157.4 0

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 45 1 chalk 82 2 reef limestone 153 1 chalk 154 2 chalk 201 2 chalk 243 1 chalk 561 2 chalk

219

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

JAR STOPPER KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 2277 2 2502 1 2534 5 2777 3

quartz sandstone porous calcarenite chalk chalk

12.5x11.1x8.2 9.3x9.2x5.5 11.5x11.2x10.8 8.2x5.6x5.2

1426 1426 1464 1542

Period 3B 343 2

reef limestone

15.7x15.5x7.7

Period 3B? 2344 1

dense calcarenite

10.5x9.6x5.7

Period 4 480 815 1750 1768 2121 2578

reef limestone chalk calcarenite chalk calcarenite fine calcarenite

5.1x4.5x3.2 106 9.6x8.8x8.0 150 10.3(f)x6.3(f)x4.7(f) 912 6.9x4.5x4.2 974 16.9x12.5x7.2 858 7.0(f)x4.8x3.7 1312

Period 5? 2739 1

calcarenite

9.2x8.9x4.6

886

Cadastral plots 53 2 56 2 418 1 3268 3

chalk chalk diabase chalk

11.9x5.9x5.7 11.4x10.2x9.1 10.1x9.0x4.9 10.6x12.4x9.0

120.8 158 157.3 158

3 4 3 3 2 3

2 1375

MACEHEAD KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 3634 1

gabbro

Ht 4.6 D 7.2

1666

Period 3B 1414 1

gabbro

Ht 3.0 D 4.9

994

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 47 1 microgabbro Ht 5.1 D 7.0 80 2 serpentinized harzburgite Ht 4.6 D 7.4x5.4 354 1 diabase Ht 6.0 D 6.8x6.6

136 201.8 44

MISCELLANEOUS KM Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 1A 3714 3715

chalk chalk

3.7x3.6x2.8 7.8x1.9x1.8

1667 1667

Period 2 2786 3615

diabase sandstone

8.3x5.0x2.5 9.5(f)x8.6(f)x4.2

2078 1666

Period 2/3A 1909 1914 1917 1972 1994 1995 1996 1998 1999 2000 3549

chalk fine calcarenite chalk dense calcarenite dense chalk dense calcarenite dense calcarenite dense calcarenite dense calcarenite chalk diabase

20.5x9.8(f)x8.0 10.9(f)x6.8(f)x4.0 10.9(f)x8.2(f)x4.8(f) 10.9(f)x5.4(f)x8.4 16.2(f)x8.7(f)x6.3 9.2x8.1x5.3(f) 8.7(f)x8.5x3.8(f) 10.9x7.4(f)x5.3 15.7(f)x10.1x7.0 8.4x5.9(f)x4.9 5.1(f)x4.6x2.1

1147 1147 1147 1147 1147 1147 1147 1147 1147 1147 1651

Period 3A 2599 3040 3304 3381 3411 3497

fine calcarenite chalk chalk chalk microgabbro chalk

9.1(f)x4.7x4.3 5.5(f)x3.8x3.7 8.2x4.1x3.5 7.2(f)x5.6x2.0 10.8x3.4x2.7 9.7x9.6x7.5

1523 1539 1592 1581 1568 1625

3589 3613

diabase chalk

19.6x9.1x2.1 7.4(f)x4.1x3.5

1639 1540

Period 3A? 3574 3608

dense calcarenite chalk

14.0(f)x11.2(f)x3.9 12.7x7.1x6.6

574 1611

Period 3B 1499 1944 2023 2030 2428

diabase dense calcarenite dense calcarenite dense calcarenite calcareous siltstone

5.4x1.8x1.2 11.5(f)x10.6x4.5 11.5(f)x8.9(f)x7.6 10.9x9.7x4.2 6.8(f)x6.0(f)x3.2

1015 4 1225 1225 1265

Period 3B? 2415

chalk

5.0x3.3x2.7

1485

Period 4 489 647 708 761 839 1649 1670 1710 2742

chalk chalk reef limestone diabase dense silicified chalk diabase dense chalk chalk calcarenite

9.4x4.6x4.1 2.9x2.7x1.5(f) 3.3(f)x3.3x3.2 8.7x6.6x2.6 22.1x11.2x11.0 4.2x4.0x3.0 5.6(f)x3.4x1.9 7.0x5.8x5.5 6.3(f)x4.1x1.7

105 340 95 262 449 480 815 1097 2095

Period 5 2820

diabase

13.2x9.2x6.9

66

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 117 calcarenite 1676 diabase 1905 dense grey limestone 3060 mica sandstone

12.4x8.7x7.9 8.3x5.6x1.6 6.5x5.8(f)x3.7(f) 17.3x10.3x6.9

157.5 0 0 0

MORTAR KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

28.4x28.0(f)x26.4 D 14.5 Dpth 10.7 30.0x21.5(f)x13.2 D 18.0

1666

Period 2 3540 1

chalky reef limestone

3685

coarse calcarenite

2

1666

Period 2/3A? 2778 1

calcarenite

27.5x14.6(f)x12.1 D 14.0 Dpth c.9.0

1554

Period 3A 3086 2

mica sandstone

28.7x28.2(f)x13.7

1539

Period 3B 5065 ?

missing from the site

?

Period 3/4? 2909 2

calcareous sandstone

25.1(f)x24.8(f)x8.4 D 12.9 Dpth 1.5

Period 4 555 1

reef limestone

18.8x17.0x11.0 140 D 12.5x11.2 Dpth 2.6 Ht 27.0 D 28.0 90 Ht 11.5 D 17.0 382 Dpth 6.5 37.0(f)x22.4(f)x11.0 971 D 14.0 D 15.0x14.5 1133 54.5x47.5x16.5 725 D 23.0 Dpth 13.0

577 801

1 1

reef limestone chalk

2152

1

dense calcarenite

5028 5046

1 1

mica sandstone dense laminated limestone

Cadastral plot/surface/ploughsoil 298 1 gabbro

220

440

1

chalk

1377

1

gabbro

987 1033

33.9x29.1(f)x29.2 157.3 D 13.0 17.6x14.8x9.8 0 D 11.5x11.0 Dpth 3.1 11.0x9.0(f)x8.4 0

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

1761

1

coarse porous calcarenite 41.0x35.0x12.0 D 28.0

NOTCHED STONE KM Type Material

Dimensions

0

Unit

Period 2 3616 2 3673 1

dense calcarenite calcarenite

12.4(f)x11.2x5.1 15.2x8.9x2.4

1666 1666

Period 3B 1924 1

chalk

9.1x5.2x1.7

1151

Period 4 1429 1

chalk

5.6(f)x4.3x1.7

934

PALETTE KM

Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 2528 2610

mica sandstone chalk

11.7(f)x12.1x2.5 14.7x12.5(f)x6.1

1464 1532

Period 3B 1317 2499

mica sandstone mica sandstone

11.3(f)x10.0(f)x2.1 12.8x7.4x2.3

882 2060

Period 4 1953 2226 3346 3347

sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone

17.2x8.2x2.6 8.7(f)x6.5(f)x1.1 16.5x12.2x2.3 16.2x8.0x2.1

1054 1053 652 652

PEBBLE KM Type Material

Dimensions

white chert

4.9x4.6x2.2

1153

Period 2/3A 3525 2 3592 2

silicified sandstone cream chert

7.8x2.8(f)x1.5 2.6(f)x2.2x1.7

1570 1651

Period 3A/3B 1531.18 1 Period 3B 1468 2 1479 2 1484 1 1490 1 1491 2 1500 2 2817 1 2818 1

creamy white banded chert

4.2x2.6x1.9

altered diabase

5.1x3.6x2.0

1014

mica sandstone chert quartz sandstone sandstone chalk chalk pumice white translucent chalcedony

12.9x5.0x3.5 10.1x5.9x4.1 11.2x6.9x1.7 5.7x2.8x1.5 6.1x2.8x2.4 4.7x2.6x2.4 5.8x4.5x4.2 7.2x4.1x2.3

1015 1015 1015 1015 1015 1015 2060 2060

846 846 724 652 922 1048 1489 905 695

Period 4 1085.06 1085.14 1231 1233 1589 2133 2557 2958 3357

1 1 1 1 3 2 1 2 3

pyroxenite porphyritic diabase red banded chert red chert chert calcarenite off-white chert grey-buff chert banded chert

3.7x3.5x2.4 5.7x4.0x1.7 5.4x4.6x3.8 6.3x5.1x4.1 3.9x3.7x3.7 3.6(f)x2.8x1.3 4.7x3.2x1.9 5.6x3.3x2.0 3.8x3.0x2.3

Surface 1668

1

red banded chert

4.8x3.1x3.8

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 2565

brown-grey chert

5.7x4.8x4.6

2031

Period 3A? 2016

chert

5.5x4.5x4.7

1510

Period 3B 2520 2592

brown-grey chert brown-grey chert

3.6x3.5x3.4 5.7x5.0x5.3

2060 2060

Period 3/4 2300 2302

white chert brown-red chert

4.9x4.7x3.8 4.4x4.3x4.2

117 117

Period 4 361 501 502 759 2137 3119 3143 3231

serpentinized harzburgite 4.6x3.8x3.9 gabbro (pyroxene-rich) 5.2x4.9x4.3 pyroxenite 5.1x4.8x4.3 serpentinized harzburgite 4.8x4.2x4.1 red-purple chert 4.3x4.2x3.3 red-brown chert 5.6x4.8x4.4 grey chert 5.1x4.1x3.2 white-grey chert 5.4x5.3x4.7

15 139 139 333 1313 383 2127 905

Period 4? 2183

chalk

1306

3.6x3.5x3.1

Cadastral plots 164 white chert 213 pyroxenite

7.0x6.9x6.9 5.0x4.2x4.2

157.1 157.4

PERFORATED STONE KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Unit

Period 2? 1903 1

Period 3A 3145 3

PECKING STONE KM Material

1539

Period 1A 3710 1

chalk

10.0x9.3(f)x3.3 Perf D 1.2

1667

Period 2 2748 1

chalk

2088

3469

1

chalk

8.4x8.0x2.8 Perf D 0.7 8.9x4.7(f)x4.0 Perf D 0.8

Period 2/3A 1749 1

chalk

9.0x7.6x2.7 Perf D 0.7

1147

Period 3A 2332 1 2576 2

chalk calcarenite

1502 1426

2857 2860 3528 3561

porous calcarenite porous calcarenite dense calcarenite chalk

7.4(f)x4.0(f)x2.7 44.3x37.4x18.4 Perf D 22.0 11.0x7.8(f)x7.7 7.7(f)x9.2x6.1 4.6(f)x5.9x2.8 10.8x6.1(f)x5.9

1 1 1 1

1599

1539 1502 1645 1539

Period 3A/3B 5036 2

fine calcarenite

33.5x30.9 Perf D 14.0

2035

Period 3B 2796 1 3364 1

dense calcarenite porous calcarenite

10.0(f)x8.4x6.9 5.9x4.4x2.6

2060 1292

Period 4 1121 1

reef limestone

633

2145

1

calcareous sandstone

2167

1

2404

1

dense calcareous sandstone chalk

5029

2

calcarenite

8.4x8.1x3.8 Perf D 1.4 4.3x4.2x1.7 Perf D 0.6 13.8x13.2x9.3 Perf D 3.2 6.5(f)x3.8x2.3 Perf D 6.7 39.0x39.0x11.5 Perf D 18.0

0

221

1047 1296 1156 1194

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Period 4/5 413 1

slightly silicified chalk

12.8x7.1x2.8 Perf D 0.9

Period 4/Mod 2157 2

chalk

21.6(f)x11.4(f)x7.7

895

Period 5? 2743 1

chalk

9.1x5.1(f)x4.2 Perf D 0.9

886

7.2x5.9x3.3 Perf D 1.0 25.6x21.9x4.9 23.2x19.3x11.4 Perf D 5.0 37.2x32.4(f)x12.8 Perf D 10.5 8.5x5.9(f)x4.3 Perf D 2.1

137.2

PESTLE KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 3730 1?

mica sandstone

7.6(f)x7.1x3.8(f)

1682

Period 3A 2066 1 2275 3 2517 1 2533 8 2543 1 2617 8 2782 1 2837 3 2839 7 2840 1 2870 1 2871 1 2977 8 3081 6 3094 1 3106 1 3215 1 3397 3 3434 1 3577 1 3578 1

diabase diabase mica sandstone diabase diabase mica sandstone calcarenite chalk quartz sandstone porphyritic diabase dense coarse calcarenite chalk diabase microgabbro calcarenite chalk dense calcarenite dense calcarenite diabase diabase dense calcarenite

6.8x4.4x3.6(f) 15.4x6.8x5.8(f) 8.7x5.2x4.8 14.4x7.7x5.6 13.4x6.0(f)x4.1(f) 12.7x8.6x5.4 18.5x7.7x7.2 15.9x5.2x4.5 10.6(f)x8.5x6.4 13.3x6.3x5.9 9.1(f)x6.3x5.9 6.3(f)x4.5x3.6 9.4x5.8x4.0 9.1x6.4x5.5 15.0x5.8x5.1 12.3x5.4x4.7 8.4(f)x7.2x5.8 9.8x4.9x4.4 10.3x7.4x6.8 11.0x7.0x6.5 10.0x6.0x6.0

1266 1426 1341 1464 1464 1026 1542 1539 1542 1542 1545 1545 1566 1573 1586 1580 1582 1568 1625 1558 1568

Period 3A? 2015 1

diabase

13.8x6.8x6.4

1510

Period 3A/3B 1979 3

microgabbro

8.7x5.9x5.5

1500

Period 3B 382 1 390 1 565 3 879 1 880 1 881 1 1453 1 1458 1 1462 2 1478 1 2704 1

reef limestone diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase calcarenite chalk dense calcarenite diabase diabase

8.3(f)x7.4x5.8 17.5x7.7x7.1 7.6x4.1x3.9 9.6x6.5x6.0 10.4x6.1x5.7 11.8x5.9x5.5 12.5x6.3x6.2 14.0x5.3x5.2 10.2x5.4x5.4 11.8x6.3x5.1 12.6x6.1x5.0(f)

29 4 171 626 626 626 1015 1015 1015 1015 2060

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 78 1 chalk 93 294

2 2

reef limestone chalk

295

2

reef limestone

427

1

chalk

2474 2583

1 8

dense calcarenite sandstone

24.8x10.5x6.3 10.3x8.1x66.0

Period 4 303 310 313 334 337 452 453 479 491 503 527 529 546 572 608 691 706 752 753 783 788 792

1 5 1 3 1 5 6 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 5 1 1

11.7x6.8x6.1 21.9(f)x9.5x9.3 18.1x7.9x4.6(f) 20.4x8.6x7.5 8.3x5.4x5.3 9.6(f)x5.4x3.4 7.5x6.6x6.2 9.6x5.2x4.8 20.6(f)x9.7x9.5 11.2x6.2x5.8 9.0x6.5x6.0 13.1x6.1x5.7 11.0x6.2x5.6 22.5x7.5x7.1 10.6x5.1x4.8 12.1x8.1x7.7 8.9x6.5x5.8 8.3x5.4x5.3 8.1x6.2x5.4 9.8(f)x7.6x6.7 11.9(f)x7.4x6.7(f) 13.5(f)x7.0x6.3

5 5 5 7 7 72 17 106 69 127 106 106 88 90 242 238 330 350 330 294 361 633

796 834 1005 1036 1041 1048 1089 1092 1112 1188 1225 1226 1232 1237 1298 1363 1608 1725 1730 1857 1865 1866 1867 1926 1960 2161 2175 2397 2456 2457 2518 2572

1 6 5 1 1 4 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1? 2 1 5 1 2 1 7 1

11.7x5.0x4.6(f) 11.7x6.8x6.3 15.9(f)x8.8x4.9(f) 10.4(f)x7.2x6.8 10.0x5.5x5.2 8.9(f)x7.6x7.2 14.7x8.5x7.1 16.0x5.0x4.1 19.5x5.8x4.5 20.0x7.6x6.8(f) 15.0x6.9x6.1 13.2x6.5x5.3 13.4x8.7x8.3 31.3x9.6x8.6 9.4x5.9x5.6 11.5x4.5x4.0 7.3(f)x5.2x4.8 12.5x6.2x5.2 18.1x8.5x7.7 11.4x5.1x5.1 9.5(f)x5.2x5.2 6.7x4.3x4.2 15.0x7.1x5.0 5.7(f)x5.0x4.3 8.9x7.2x6.4 8.8x6.6x5.5 10.6(f)x5.4x5.4 12.9x6.4x5.4 10.2x6.2x5.8 13.0x5.1x5.1 10.0x6.5x5.7 9.6x6.7x6.0

423 423 652 741 613 651 836 726 889 420 881 905 721 718 900 989 1042 1053 1175 1175 1171 1154 1176 1236 1175 1311 1382 1382 1118 1118 1410 858

2618 2789 2945 3138 3179 3186 3202 3387

1 1 1 5 1 1 5 1

diabase gabbro gabbro-amphibolite diabase quartz sandstone diabase quartz sandstone diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase sandstone diabase diabase calcarenite diabase microgabbro sandstone dense limestone + foraminifera gabbro diabase diabase diabase dense calcarenite gabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase diabase calcarenite diabase mica sandstone diabase dense chalk dense calcarenite quartz sandstone mica sandstone diabase microgabbro diabase diabase diabase diabase gabbro diabase diabase gabbro diabase diabase coarse calcareous sandstone microgabbro microgabbro microgabbro mica sandstone sandstone diabase microgabbro calcarenite

12.2x6.7x5.3 9.6x5.7x5.1 11.7x6.3x5.7 28.1x7.9x7.8 10.0x4.4x4.0 13.8x7.0x6.7 8.6(f)x5.0x4.9 8.6x4.8x4.2

1412 1166 2131 652 905 905 905 911

Period 4? 1186 1282 2186 2212 2516

1 1 1 8 1

diabase gabbro microgabbro quartz sandstone diabase

6.2x4.4x3.8 10.9x6.4(f)x6.2(f) 11.8x5.1x5.1 11.2x7.2x5.0 10.2x5.4x4.1

819 819 1306 1306 1210

65

148.8 157.3 157.3 157.1

Period 3/4 873 1

diabase

12.2(f)x6.1x5.8

117

Period 3B/4 631 5 632 5

diabase diabase

43.4x8.5x8.3 45.0x7.9x6.7

297 297

222

1479 1479

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Period 4/5 404 3 407 1 1074 5 1604 5

calcarenite reef limestone gabbro diabase

15.9(f)x7.9x6.9 9.2x5.5x5.5 20.8(f)x9.1x7.8 22.0x8.9x7.9

Period 5 448 5 492.01 1 2953 1

microgabbro microgabbro gabbro

15.5x9.4x7.6 10.6x5.7x4.8 12.5x6.9x6.0

66 66 2103

Period 5? 2195 1 2749 1

diabase mica sandstone

14.5x5.9x5.8 12.7(f)x5.5x4.5(f)

1322 886

65 65 774 774

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 6 1/5 mica sandstone 7 1 diabase 42 3 diabase 94 1 gabbro 106 6 sandstone 118 3/5 diabase 126 5 diabase 140 5 porphyritic diabase 149 1 diabase 150 1 diabase 161 2 microgabbro 166 2 gabbro 192 6 microgabbro 212 1 calcarenite 215 1 diabase 229 1 diabase 237 6 diabase 264 1 gabbro-amphibolite 276 3 calcarenite 349 5 diabase 933 1 gabbro 1203 1 calcarenite 1385 4 dense chalk 1437 4 microgabbro 1968 1 diabase 2394 8 diabase 2427 9 diabase

16.1x9.3x8.5 11.2x5.8x3.8 11.7x4.9x4.3 10.6x7.5x7.4 7.7x6.3x5.7 11.8x5.5x5.2 32.6x10.0x9.3 22.0(f)x8.8x6.9 17.0x7.8x6.7 11.9x5.8x5.7 10.3x7.7x7.1 9.2x6.1x6.0 11.2x6.8x6.5 21.2x7.1x6.2 13.2x6.7x5.2 13.1x7.9x5.9 9.2(f)x8.0x7.3 13.0x7.7x6.2 11.5x7.9x6.7 16.2x9.1x7.1 9.2x5.3x4.9 15.7x6.5x5.0 9.2x4.6x3.9 15.5x8.5x7.7 11.4x6.2x5.7 13.3x10.3x5.4 13.6x8.2x5.8

120.8 139.8 121 196.8 199.2 157 140.1 158.3 196.8 196.8 157.5 157.6 157.3 157.4 0 157.5 157 157.6 157.1 44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

PIGMENT KM

Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 2436 2532 2922 2963 3556

red siltstone red siltstone red siltstone red siltstone dark brown umber

4.9x4.0x2.3 3.2x2.6x2.3 6.0(f)x5.3x2.8 7.5x5.2x3.4 6.7x4.8x4.3

1379 1426 1532 1537 1621

Period 3A/3B 1423

red siltstone

7.0x3.6x2.8

Period 3B 1480 2868 2901 2902

red mica sandstone red siltstone red & yellow siltstone red siltstone

5.4(f)x3.4x2.1 5.0x4.5x2.1 9.3x7.4x4.1 8.7(f)x5.8(f)x3.5

1015 2093 2085 2085

red siltstone red siltstone red siltstone red veined Mamonia mudstone red/yellow siltstonemudstone red siltstone-mudstone red siltstone-mudstone

1.7x1.7x1.2 3.8x2.7x1.6 8.3x4.6x3.6 6.7(f)x3.8(f)x3.1

167 146 652 885

Period 4 536 563 1014 1170 2416 2421 3155

Surface/ploughsoil 1189 red siltstone-mudstone

PIVOT STONE KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 1597 2

chalk

13.9x8.4x5.7

1084

Period 2/3A? 3539 1

mica sandstone

38.4(f)x30.2x12.7 D 10.0 Dpth 3.1

1664

Period 3A 2865 1

quartz sandstone

1539

5057

mica sandstone

26.5x26.0x8.8 D 9.3 Dpth 2.3 26.4x21.0 D 6.8 Dpth 0.8 19.1x9.4(f)x4.7

1344

12.9x13.2x4.8 D 7.5 Dpth 1.5 dense pink limestone 40.7x31.9 (hole at bottom, D 7.2) D 16.8 calcarenite 26.3x22.9x12.8 D 9.0 Dpth 1.4 calcarenite 32.1x25.0x9.5 D 7.5 Dpth 2.0

943

1

Period 3A? 2201 1

quartz sandstone

Period 3B 2029 1

dense calcarenite

5008

1

5060

1

5061

1

Period 4 386 1

microgabbro

645 688

1 1

mica sandstone reef limestone

786

1

calcarenite

5010

1

calcarenite

5012

1

sandstone

5022

1

calcarenite

5025

1

sandstone

5026

1

calcarenite

5027

1

calcarenite

5034

1

dense calcarenite

5040

1

mica sandstone

Period 4? 1569 1

chalk

997

3.9x2.6x2.0

1465

6.6x4.5x3.9 4.6x3.8x2.2

1382 471

6.4x4.8x2.9

727

Cadastral plots/ploughsoil 127 1 calcarenite 248

1

mica sandstone

297 5039

1 1

reef limestone dense calcarenite

1690

952 1417 1417

39.1x31.6x10.9 1 D 12.0 Dpth 1.9 33.2x26.3x14.6 1708 27.8x25.9x19.1 1703 D 8.5x7.0 Dpth 2.2 27.5x25.0x5.3(f) 294 D 8.6 Dpth 2.4 35.7x41.6x21.2 1692 D 12.3 Dpth 3.5 33.1 D 11.0 796 Dpth 4.0 45.0x26.0 D 10.3 1685 Dpth 2.4 31.0x24.1xc.9.0 1683 D 10.0 Dpth 1.5 38.8x16.9 1688 D 13.0x10.5 Dpth 4.2 31.2x19.8 1687 D 11.0x9.0 Dpth 1.8 28.6x23.2x13.5 1698 D 7.0 Dpth 1.5 48.5x38.4 1705 D 11.5x10.5 Dpth 1.7 23.0x26.0x8.8 D 11.0 Dpth 2.0

923

25.7(f)x30.8x9.3 140.1 D 10.5x10.1 Dpth 1.5 24.0x22.0x16.9 157.1 D 9.1 31.0x29.5x19.3 157.3 38.8x26.0x12.0 0 D 8.0 Dpth 1.4

PLATTER KM

Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 2577 3496

chalk chalk

Ht 5.6 D c.25.0 Ht(f) 5.7 Th 1.9

1490 1539

223

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

POLISHER KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

POST PAD/POT STAND KM Material

Period 2 2736 2

diabase

3.6x4.4x1.7

2088

Period 2 3541

Period 2/3A 3593 1

diabase

6.5x3.5(f)x1.8

1570

Period 3A 2104 1 2885 1 3246 1 3307 2 3558 2 3563 2

basalt diabase red Mamonia sandstone chert basalt brown translucent chert

4.2x2.2x0.8 7.8(f)x4.3x2.1 5.1(f)x2.4x0.8 4.8(f)x3.9x1.4 4.3x2.8x1.2 4.0x3.1x1.2

1508 1502 1580 1580 1539 1557

Period 3A/3B 3267 1

picrolite

2.6x1.4x0.7

1158

Period 3B 1441 2 1893 1 2851 2 3142 2

diabase 6.0x5.2x1.3 basalt 6.0(f)x3.7x1.1 serpentinized harzburgite 4.8x3.8x2.8 calcarenite 4.9x4.7x1.5

965 1204 2060 2060

white translucent chalcedony diabase

3.7x2.6x1.5

1298

4.5(f)x2.8x2.0

1480

basalt

4.7(f)x3.1x1.4

1207

diabase 8.7x2.4x2.0 diabase 6.5x4.6x1.5 basalt 5.8x5.1x1.2 diabase 8.1x5.5x2.0 diabase 7.0x4.3x2.7 serpentinite 4.9x4.1x1.5 serpentinite 4.2x3.3x1.3 chert 5.3x4.2x2.1 serpentinite 4.6x3.2x1.4 serpentinite 3.8x2.5x1.0 serpentinite 4.4x2.7x1.3 serpentinized harzburgite 5.9x4.2x2.7 diabase 8.2x3.6x2.1 grey/buff translucent 6.5x5.9x2.5 chert serpentinite 5.2(f)x3.3x1.4 serpentinite 4.7x2.8x1.4 diabase 4.1x1.5x1.2 diabase 5.7x2.8x1.8

9 242 238 238 377 651 651 846 613 651 889 1234 1231 1141

Period 3B? 2127 2 2399

1

Period 3/4 1918 1 Period 4 344 615 728 771 784 935 936 1085.05 1101 1117 1192 1817 1819 1828

1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2

2263 2380 3068 3194

1 1 1 1

serpentinite

2.9x2.1x1.8

895

Period 5 422 435 437 1145

diabase diabase diabase diabase

6.8x3.5x1.2 7.4x5.3x1.4 6.3x3.3x1.3 5.9x5.2x1.6

66 66 66 867

4.1x2.3x0.7 7.3x3.9x1.1 9.4x2.9x2.2 6.7x3.1x1.5 5.9x4.8x1.8 4.8x2.3x1.4 5.7x3.4x1.2 5.0x2.3x1.2 5.7x3.9x3.1 3.9x2.8x1.1 7.3x2.7x1.8 5.6x2.1x1.4 4.6x4.2x3.9 2.6x1.2x0.7

158.3 157.3 157.4 0 157.4 157.4 157.5 157.5 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 1 1 2

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 137 1 basalt 176 1 basalt 202 1 diabase 220 1 basalt 223 2 basalt 225 1 basalt 230 1 basalt 250 1 diabase 913 1 serpentinite 1637 2 basalt 1671 1 diabase 2466 1 porphyritic diabase 2660 2 serpentinite 3313 1 diabase

coarse porous calcarenite 31.3x24.0x13.5

POT LID KM Type Material Period 3A 2205 3? 2276 1 2431 1 2468 1 2477 2 2497 2 2501 1 2504 2 2526 1 2535 1 2536 2 2537 1

Dimensions

Unit

1666

Unit

chalk 36.8x32.7(f)x5.5 dense calcarenite 12.8x11.7x1.2 calcarenite 17.5x15.5x4.7 mica sandstone 15.2x14.0x2.8 dense calcarenite 12.0x11.6x5.0 coarse porous calcarenite 14.5x12.3(f)x7.6 dense calcarenite 12.9x12.2x1.8 slightly silicified chalk 11.9x11.5x4.5 dense calcarenite 12.9x10.0x4.2 chalk 12.6x12.5x4.5 dense chalk 13.8x12.9x4.2 dense calcarenite + 16.7x15.7x3.9 thin kafkalla cream chert 12.6x11.7x5.3 chalk 24.3x22.5x6.9 dense calcarenite 16.7x16.0x5.8 laminated limestone 11.6x11.5x2.6 dense calcarenite 30.7x30.4x5.5 mica sandstone 20.2x19.3(f)x2.3 coarse porous calcarenite 13.8x13.8x5.3 chalk 9.6x9.5x3.4 chalk 14.3x7.8(f)x8.7

1464 1464 1464 1464 1464 1464 1426 1539 1647

Period 3B 341 1 342 1 1415 2 2024 1 2485 1

mica sandstone calcarenite chalk dense calcarenite chalk

2 2 994 1225 2060

2594

dense reef limestone

14.8x14.2x2.0 15.4x14.0x3.5 5.9x5.5x2.6 12.6x10.9(f)x3.9 22.9(f)x16.4(f)x4.8 Restored D 25.8 14.7x14.2x5.8

14.7x13.3x0.5 13.7(f)x10.5(f)x1.6 Restored D 17.0 mica sandstone 19.8x18.9x3.1 coarse dense calcarenite 15.5x13.3x3.8 fine chalky calcarenite 6.4x6.3x2.5 calcareous sandstone 16.2x13.6x5.3

505 795

2538 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2591 3331 3510

2 3 2 1 2 1 2 2 3

2

Period 4 595.02 1 1082 1 1325 2439 2600 5051

1130 1339 471 652

Period 4/Mod 2158 2

Dimensions

1 1 2 1

mica sandstone chalk

1426 1426 1426 1426 1409 1426 1426 1426 1464 1464 1464 1464

2060

878 1355 2024 736

Surface/ploughsoil 441 3 chalk 1524 1 dense limestone

18.7x18.7x5.8 12.5x12.3x2.4

POT STAND KM

Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 4 5043 5045

mica sandstone dense calcarenite

46.7x41.7x13.8 68.5x52.0x19.5

2177 2174

POUNDER KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 1A 3712 2 3713 2

quartz sandstone dense calcarenite

8.0x5.7x3.7 10.2x6.2x3.5

1667 1667

Period 2 3564 1 3679 2

light pink chert chalk

7.9x7.6x5.8 11.9x5.2x4.2

1599 1666

224

0 0

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Period 2/3A 1908 2 3329 2 3542 1 3543 2 3547 2

diabase diabase chalk sandstone dense calcarenite

11.2(f)x8.2x4.4 5.8(f)x3.6x2.2 5.9x5.6x5.2 13.0x8.1x5.4 13.6x6.6x5.5

1147 1570 1570 1570 1570

Period 3A 2465 2 2467 1 2552 1 2563 2 2580 2 2590 2 2606 2 2608 2 2723 1 2872 2 2892 2 2910 2 3002 2 3117 2 3161 2 3216 2 3271 2 3339 2 3341 3 3417 2 3495 1 3557 2 3614 2

diabase grey chert sandstone mica sandstone diabase sandstone diabase chalk mica sandstone chalk sandstone diabase diabase diabase mica sandstone gabbro dense calcarenite diabase gabbro diabase purple-brown chert dense calcarenite grey laminated chert

14.1x5.6x4.5 6.6x6.2x4.2 10.6x9.7x8.0 11.1x6.3x3.1 5.8x3.5x1.4 10.4x5.5x1.9 6.3x4.3x3.2 8.0x5.1x3.0 7.0x6.3x4.7 6.0(f)x6.7x5.8 15.2x7.0x5.5 4.5x3.4x3.3 7.0x3.4x1.7 9.9x3.0x2.3 7.4(f)x4.6x1.0 12.6x5.5x2.8 10.6x3.6x2.1 7.6x3.9x1.8 22.3x17.3x7.3 13.0x6.5x3.2 6.3x4.8x3.4 7.8x3.3x2.7 11.0x5.7x4.7

1426 1426 1464 2001 1002 1426 1341 2034 1542 1545 1542 1539 1537 1539 1573 1582 1568 1571 1541 1568 1571 1539 1540

Period 3A? 3550 2

dense calcarenite

7.8x4.2x1.6

1650

Period 3A/3B 1531.03 2

diabase

11.4x7.4x3.8

1014

chalk gabbro sandstone chalky reef limestone purple-brown chert dense chalky reef limestone diabase banded chert reef limestone calcarenite diabase chalk chert (vitreous) dense chalk chert mica sandstone mica sandstone dense chalk diabase silicified chalk pink chert dense calcarenite mica sandstone

7.9x6.5x6.5 11.5x6.7x6.0 8.6x5.1x1.9 9.7x7.5x7.0 6.5x6.1x5.9 8.8x4.8x2.7

503 41 278 655 882 882

13.5x8.1x2.6 6.2x5.9x5.7 18.6x5.7x4.2 14.3x5.7x4.3 6.9x3.9xx2.0 11.9x4.4x4.3 4.8x4.0x2.7 8.3(f)x5.5x4.6 7.9x5.1x2.8 10.0x5.9x2.0(f) 11.7x5.8x4.5 7.6x3.2x2.5 8.4(f)x3.8x3.0 9.2(f)x4.4x3.5 6.6x6.5x4.1 9.3(f)x7.8x3.9 14.7x7.3x3.5

981 965 1015 1015 1015 1015 1015 1020 987 1225 2060 2011 1366 2060 2060 1349 1192

Period 3/4 470 1 639 2 685 2 850 2 2301 2

light grey chert basalt calcarenite sandstone mica sandstone

6.8x6.2x5.4 5.7(f)x4.5x2.0 10.9(f)x6.5x5.3 18.5x7.8x4.0 10.0x4.2x3.3

117 326 117 117 117

Period 3B/4 383 2 2354 2

diabase mica sandstone

11.1x6.0x2.3 10.8(f)x5.8x2.3

28 1479

Period 4 330 2 335 1

diabase diabase

8.7x3.3x1.9 8.1x7.0x5.4

Period 3B 490 1 620 3 687 2 868 3 1318 1 1323 2 1369 1440 1457 1465 1481 1482 1489 1528 1902 2032 2320 2411 2452 2498 2514 2727 5054

2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2

450 456 488 543 544 545 609 610 636 655 665 666 667 730 731 732 742 777 812 814 833 905 906 907 996 1058 1067.01 1067.02 1067.03 1083 1090 1095 1137 1140 1230 1238 1239 1267 1268 1293 1337 1830 1835 1874 1876 1931 2148 2150 2298 2340 2343 2398 2417 2422 2446 2496 2597 2662 2714 2715 2960 3166 3168 3180 3196 3199 3230 3238 3344 3349 3624 5049

1 9

225

2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2

chert mica sandstone diabase diabase deep red-purple chert silicified serpentinite diabase diabase diabase microgabbro diabase grey chert gabbro gabbro+pegmatite silicified sandstone grey chert dense calcarenite diabase dense calcarenite reef limestone purple chert calcarenite diabase diabase dense chalk brown chert purple-brown chert off white-grey chert dark grey-purple chert porphyritic diabase red chert chalk red chert mica sandstone purple-brown chert red chert purple-brown chert diabase silicified serpentinite diabase calcarenite mica sandstone sandstone gabbro mica sandstone diabase gabbro diabase dense grey limestone purple-brown chert mica sandstone diabase mica sandstone grey chert quartz sandstone diabase grey banded chert light grey chert chalcedony diabase red chert red banded chert diabase microgabbro diabase mica sandstone grey chert red chert mica sandstone diabase diabase mica sandstone

7.1x4.7x3.2 12.8x6.0x4.5 9.3x6.4x4.9 20.4x8.1x4.8 7.6x6.5x6.2 8.3x7.4x7.1 13.2x5.5x3.7 7.0x2.9x2.1 7.5x3.4x1.7 10.2x4.3x2.3 6.9x3.8x1.7 8.5x7.3x5.1 12.5x5.0x4.5 5.5x5.4x5.4 7.6x6.2x5.5 10.0x9.6x9.4 15.3x5.0x4.0 7.6x3.8x2.5 12.2x6.6x4.4 9.6x5.8x4.7 6.1x6.0x4.9 9.4(f)x4.2x2.4 7.6x4.3x1.9 7.2x3.3x1.4 8.8x4.3x2.9 6.4x5.0x5.5 6.6x5.6x5.0 5.6x5.2x4.6 5.1x4.7x3.9 8.2x4.7x1.4 6.0x5.5x5.3 8.7x8.5x6.5 6.0x5.6x4.3 12.6x6.1x3.4 7.8x7.2x5.8 10.5x9.4x5.8 8.5x6.5x5.7 7.2x7.0x5.9 7.0x6.0x5.3 11.2x9.9x6.3 11.6x5.6x4.8 16.5x5.3x5.0 9.5x5.0x4.0 8.3x8.3x7.4 12.0x6.1x4.1 5.3x5.2x4.6 6.8x6.3x5.5 5.9x2.4x2.3 9.6x3.3x2.5 6.6x5.0x4.6 8.0x5.2x1.9 8..2x3.5x3.0 12.6x5.9x2.8 8.1x7.6x7.0 18.7x9.4x5.9 7.1x6.7x5.5(f) 5.9x4.4x4.5 6.3x6.4x5.3 7.9x4.9(f)x3.4 4.6x4.3x1.6 7.0x6.3x5.9 8.3x8.3x6.8 15.8x5.1x4.7 8.8x7.6x6.5 10.5x10.1x8.8 14.3x4.5x3.5 6.1x5.6x5.4 6.6x6.2x4.7 13.1x8.9x3.7 7.3x4.5x1.7 13.9x8.0x4.9 16.6x6.8x2.4

83 72 127 88 88 88 242 242 310 231 242 242 242 238 238 366 383 146 139 385 423 351 683 683 780 738 460 460 460 652 881 724 872 741 724 2175 889 754 754 815 934 720 652 1136 1136 720 1313 1312 1345 1345 1331 1382 1360 1382 558 1228 1489 1411 847 1469 905 2142 2142 905 652 652 905 905 652 695 652 726

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Period 4? 845 2 2208 2

mica sandstone dense crystalline limestone

11.5x5.9x4.0 11.8x6.8x4.3

47 1306

Period 4/5 1613 2

dense chalk

8.4x4.6x4.0

774

Period 5 434 1 492.02 2

purple-pink chert microgabbro

7.2x6.5x6.4 11.2x9.5x6.8

66 66

Period 5? 1284 1285 1286 1850 2821

diabase chert dense grey limestone diabase diabase

15.2x8.9x3.8 5.9x5.1x4.9 14.0x7.5x3.9 10.9x6.7x2.8 8.3x5.1x1.6

886 886 886 1169 886

3 1 2 2 2

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 74 2/3? reef limestone 129 2 diabase 131 2 diabase 169 3 diabase 179 2 diabase 183 2 gabbro 184 2 diabase 206 2 serpentinite 214 2 calcarenite 218 2 diabase 234 2 diabase 238 2 diabase 241 2 dense silicified chalk 259 1 brown-buff chert 353 1 diabase 460 1 pyroxenite 461 2 diabase 1143 1 diabase 1277 2 diabase 1376 1 gabbro 2112 2 diabase 2327 2 basalt 2393 2 dense crystalline limestone 2643 2 mica sandstone 2659 1 light grey chert POUNDER/GRINDER KM Type Material

15.8x6.4x3.3 10.4x6.0x4.8 8.5x3.9x2.9 10.7x8.7x7.4 6.6x3.7x1.9 10.0x4.5x3.9 5.8x4.1x4.0 5.7x3.0x1.8 9.9x4.2x3.7 8.1x5.4x2.0 7.9x5.0x4.4 8.5x3.6x2.6 11.6x5.8x3.0 7.0x6.6x5.2 8.6x7.7x5.6 7.2x7.1x5.3 8.8x8.7x2.3 8.9x8.2x5.6 8.5x3.8x2.1 6.6x5.9x5.2 10.1x5.9x2.5 7.7x2.8x1.7 11.4x5.9x5.9

158 157.3 189.1 157.6 157.6 157.6 157.5 157.4 157.4 0 157 157 157.4 157.1 157.1 157.3 157.3 0 0 0 0 0 0

15.2x6.9x5.9 6.0x5.2x5.1

0 0

Dimensions

Unit

diabase 7.4x6.9x5.8 diabase 8.5x8.3x4.4 diabase 5.2x5.5x5.0 dense foraminiferal chalk7.7x6.9x4.5 purple-brown chert 7.3x5.9x5.4

2078 2078 1599 1599 1599

Period 3A 2598 1 2637 1 2854 1 3401 1

diabase light grey-brown chert diabase pink chert

5.4(f)x6.6x3.9 4.3x4.2x3.8 7.5(f)x4.8(f)x3.3(f) 8.0x5.4x4.4

2001 1409 1539 1568

Period 3/4 1200 1

mica sandstone

6.8x6.5x5.0

917

gabbro diabase diabase quartz sandstone limestone (impure) grey-green chert + brown band diabase

7.5x6.8x6.5 7.6x6.8x5.4 7.7x6.9x5.5 7.5x6.8x5.7 6.1x6.1x4.7 6.9x6.5x5.3

9 20 678 779 905 905

8.5x7.4x4.9

652

Period 2 2815 2893 3552 3586 3588

1 1 1 1 1

Period 4 336 373 916 1216 1220 1228

1 1 1 1 1 1

3623

1

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 185 1 diabase 6.4x5.8x4.6 187 1 pink Mamonia limestone 7.5x6.1x5.4 2633 1 diabase 6.9x5.7x5.2

157.5 157.5 0

QUERN KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 3569 2 3728 ? 5007 2

mica sandstone calcarenite sandstone

34.3x23.6x10.0 13.0(f)x18.0x5.8 48.3x36.2x13.0

1656 1682 1105

Period 2/3A? 2775 2

chalk

15.4(f)x15.6x5.4

1554

Period 3A 2432 1 2710 3 3073 1 3273 2 3274 2 3343 2 3572 3 3582 1 5001 2

calcarenite calcarenite porous calcarenite chalk calcarenite porous calcarenite sandstone sandstone calcarenite

27.7(f)x34.0x12.1 36.0(f)x31.4x27.7 18.5(f)x14.5(f)x6.2 11.2(f)x11.1(f)x6.5 13.3(f)x10.1(f)x3.2 28.9x27.5x8.1 36.4x20.8(f)x17.4 25.8(f)x20.3x12.8 33.3x23.9x7.6

1466 1537 1543 1586 1571 1606 1557 1571 1540

Period 3A? 3070 1 3071 1 3078 1

mica sandstone conglomerate mica sandstone

64.5x39.2x7.4 44.2x35.6x9.7 30.2(f)x34.2x9.8

Period 3B 326 2 1487 2? 1488 2? 1782 1 2051 2 2325 1 2472 1 2574 2 5009 2 5062 1

calcarenite mica sandstone mica sandstone calcareous sandstone gabbro mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone

30.8(f)x25.2x8.8 19.3(f)x11.8(f)x8.8 14.3(f)x14.5(f)x9.0 35.2x23.1x7.4 9.4(f)x12.9(f)x5.1 24.0(f)x22.3x8.7 33.7(f)x30.6x14.5 26.5(f)x26.8(f)x11.4 41.6x31.6x20.3 57.0x27.0xc.12.0

36 1015 1015 882 1205 2060 2060 996 952 1417

Period 3/4 2189 1

mica sandstone

35.1x24.1x14.2

1207

Period 4 351 506 596 643 748 749 804 805 806 1726 1727 1728 3133 3183 5011 5014 5015 5024 5041 5044 5047

microgabbro quartz sandstone microgabbro reef limestone quartz sandstone mica sandstone calcareous sandstone reef limestone dense reef limestone mica sandstone calcareous sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone chalk sandstone calcarenite calcarenite dense calcarenite mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone

25.1(f)x26.1x8.3 23.0(f)x27.5x10.0 25.0(f)x27.5x8.5 49.1x38.1x15.4 32.6x17.6(f)x8.5 28.7(f)x13.8(f)x11.9 35.5(f)x31.8x14.0 33.3(f)x35.0(f)x15.0 22.2(f)x29.1x9.1 70.0x34.5x8.0 22.4(f)x29.0x6.8 16.8(f)x18.6x4.9 43.8x17.8x10.6 21.5x14.2x3.9 45.2x26.0x6.0 29.2(f)x30.9xc.10.0 18.3(f)x28.5 52.1x25.3x12.1 28.2x24.1 24.8x17.0 23.8x18.6xc.6.4

11 111 217 194 238 238 390 390 390 542 1176 1176 836 905 1166 796 1047 1148 2140 795 726

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

Period 4? 2307 1 2445 1

mica sandstone 57.2x35.0x15.0 coarse dense calcarenite 43.9(f)x20.6x14.6

Period 4/Mod 5031 2

dense calcarenite

226

26.6x13.7x4.5

571 571 571

1378 1306 895

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

Cadastral plot/surface/ploughsoil 122 2 reef limestone 123 2 reef limestone 296 1 sandstone

27.2x16.3x9.9 33.2x19.3x6.6 64.0x37.7x14.0

0 0 157.3

RUBBER KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 3474 1.2 3609 1.2

mica sandstone mica sandstone

15.6(f)x13.6x2.0 12.0(f)x16.8x3.5

1599 1666

Period 2/3A 1935 2

mica sandstone

13.8(f)x12.3(f)x4.0

1147

Period 3A 2530 1.1 2553 1.1 2809 1 2878 2 3107 1 3208 2 3213 2 3214 2 3250 2 3309 2 3334 2 3340 1 3571 1.2 5002 1 5003 1 5004 2 5157 1.2 5158 1.2 5159 1

mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone sandstone quartz sandstone sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone

34.3(f)x13.2x5.8 15.7(f)x11.9x5.4 10.6(f)x11.5x3.0 12.1(f)x9.1(f)x3.8 9.5(f)x13.4x4.1 14.2(f)x9.1x3.4 7.5(f)x13.6x5.7 7.6(f)x6.9(f)x5.9 9.7(f)x11.6x3.4 8.9(f)x11.8x3.3 14.7(f)x12.3x3.2 11.0(f)x12.5x2.4 30.3x15.0x5.6 13.3(f)x13.8x2.9 19.2(f)x15.3x3.3 24.8 17.2(f)x12.0x4.4 20.3(f)x12.2x3.1 16.6(f)x15.0x2.5

1464 1464 1539 1550 1581 1581 1582 1582 1539 1581 1539 1586 1557 1520 1502 1540 1539 1539 1539

Period 3A? 2043 1.2 2858 1 3468 1

mica sandstone mica sandstone dense calcarenite

41.3(f)x15.6x5.1 11.3(f)x12.3x2.8 13.1(f)x9.2(f)x3.8

1510 1544 574

Period 3A/3B 5056 2

calcarenite

20.5(f)x14.6

1367

Period 3B 327 1.2 1438 2 1486 2 1564 2 1780 1.2 2021 2 2026 1.1 2050 2? 2083 2 2324 1.2 2356 1.2 2437 1.2 2449 1.1 2482 1? 2555 1.2 2558 1.2 2573 2? 5053 2 5058 2

mica sandstone calcarenite quartz sandstone chalk mica sandstone quartz sandstone dense calcarenite quartz sandstone mica sandstone sandstone chalk mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone chalk

22.4(f)x17.6x6.7 22.2x15.3x4.7 18.4(f)x16.3x4.2 11.8(f)x16.2x5.0 46.3x12.8x6.6 10.7(f)x12.9(f)x4.9 18.7(f)x14.0x4.4 8.8(f)x11.5x3.2 4.1(f)x7.7x5.3 20.7(f)x13.9x3.6 12.8(f)x10.1x4.1 18.1(f)x12.0x3.0 7.9(f)x10.7(f)x4.5 11.5(f)x13.9x4.9 18.0(f)x10.2x4.2 11.5(f)x8.5x5.6 19.4(f)x17.2x5.2 28.5(f)x15.0x3.5 43.3x21.5xc.7.6

36 965 1015 930 1706 1225 1225 1201 1265 2060 2060 1381 1381 2060 983 2060 1529 1192 35

Period 3B/4 2355 1.1 2486 1.1

mica sandstone mica sandstone

15.0(f)x12.1x4.1 15.0(f)x12.4x3.7

1479 1479

Period 4 311 649 650 676 795 874 1023

reef limestone mica sandstone calcarenite mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone

32.6x14.4x7.4 31.3x17.9x5.2 33.6x17.2x5.8 32.0(f)x18.0x4.1 8.2(f)x10.5x3.6 49.3x15.8x5.8 6.8(f)x9.7x3.9

5 377 377 165 150 621 652

1.1 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1

1515 1816 1853 1871 1930 1962 2459

2 2 1.1 2? 1.1 1.1 1.2

14.7(f)x13.0x5.8 30.2x17.2x8.4 32.0(f)x12.8x6.8 14.7(f)x14.2x3.9 16.5(f)x12.3x5.8 13.7(f)x14.0x4.9 26.7x13.3x4.8

1011 1223 542 542 718 1175 1118

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

quartz sandstone calcareous sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone sandstone sandstone coarse calcareous sandstone sandstone calcareous sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone calcarenite mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone

2495 3137 3355 3356 5017 5020 5030 5042 5052

23.8(f)x18.6x5.5 26.1(f)x16.7x4.8 18.8(f)x8.2x4.2 29.0x14.0x4.3 26.0(f)x12.5x6.7 37.5x16.0x5.0 28.6x13.7x4.8 19.0(f)x13.4x4.0 35.2x12.8x7.5

1228 652 695 695 1047 1396 1175 46 719

Period 4? 709 710 1870 2289

1.2 1.2 2? 1.1

mica sandstone mica sandstone quartz sandstone mica sandstone

39.5x15.0x3.9 36.7x13.5x3.8 10.4(f)x12.8x3.3 9.9(f)x12.0x4.0

341 341 1199 1306

mica sandstone

23.8(f)x16.3x4.3

895

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 162 1.2 mica sandstone 198 1.2 quartz sandstone 247 1.1 mica sandstone 283 1.2 mica sandstone 508 1.2 mica sandstone 744 1.2 mica sandstone 5019 2 calcarenite

28.6x14.0x3.6 13.6(f)x11.2x4.0 36.5x12.7x5.7 30.2x13.4x5.9 51.1x14.4x6.2 12.4(f)x12.5x5.5 29.7(f)x18.5x5.8

157.5 157.4 157.1 157.1 157.1 0 0

RUBBING STONE KM Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 1/2? 2904

chalk

13.5x8.0x4.3

2110

Period 2 2798 3242 3611 3672 3678 3682

chalk chalk chalk chalk dense chalk dense calcarenite

9.5(f)x9.0(f)x3.6 11.3(f)x6.6x3.2 8.2(f)x6.3(f)x3.4 8.5x7.4(f)x2.8 18.6x8.7x3.9 9.1(f)x7.4x3.3

2073 1599 1668 1666 1666 1666

Period 2/3A 1885 1886 1997 2363 2524 3321 3546

mica sandstone dense chalk dense calcarenite mica sandstone mica sandstone chalk diabase

14.9(f)x7.9x4.1 10.3(f)x8.9x3.0 21.7(f)x7.4x5.9 15.5x8.8x4.1 11.8x8.5x2.7 7.9x5.6x3.2 7.5x3.1x2.4

1147 1147 1147 1383 1383 1570 1570

Period 3A 2274 2469 2503 2511 2527 2551 2790 2847 2891 2908 2986 3025 3092 3158 3244 3245

mica sandstone chalk dense grey limestone chalcedony dense chalk dense calcarenite chalk dense chalk chalk chalk mica sandstone calcarenite chalk dense calcarenite chalk mica sandstone

13.1(f)x10.3x3.1 11.8x6.6x3.7 13.9(f)x10.2x4.7 6.4(f)x7.0x4.0 8.1(f)x6.9x2.8 11.9x6.7x2.5 6.9(f)x5.8x3.3 6.2(f)x8.0x2.7 4.5(f)x4.2(f)x1.4 4.4(f)x5.2(f)x1.1 11.6x7.4x3.3 11.6(f)x10.6x5.5 7.0(f)x7.6x3.6 11.6(f)x6.4x3.9 6.8(f)x13.5x2.7 15.0x7.5x3.1

1409 1502 1426 1409 1464 1464 1542 1542 1542 1542 1574 1568 1574 1543 1580 1580

Period 4/Mod 5032 2

227

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

3499 3553 3555 3576

calcarenite chalk silicified chalk chalk

9.5(f)x7.6x3.9 7.8(f)x7.7x3.4 8.6x4.1x1.2 5.2(f)x6.2x3.0

1568 1539 1539 1568

Period 3B 866 867 1435 1456 1459 1799 1942 2037 2049 2359 2360 2513 2523 2726 2728 2792 2899

mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone dense reef limestone mica sandstone dense chalk chalk sandstone mica sandstone microgabbro serpentinite dense grey limestone chalk silicified chalk chalk dense calcarenite dense calcarenite

9.2(f)x6.9x3.8 10.2x9.2x4.1 14.7x8.8x3.5 15.0x6.2x3.7 11.4x6.2x2.8 12.4x6.6(f)x2.6 9.4x5.2x2.4 9.5(f)x7.3x2.4 10.5x5.4x2.3 8.7x7.9x2.4 10.0x6.3x2.9 8.7x6.0(f)x3.9 12.4x10.4x4.5 10.8x8.1x3.2 7.6(f)x5.5x3.0 7.0(f)x4.4x1.6 10.1(f)x9.9x3.3

655 655 987 1015 1015 987 996 1225 1201 983 983 2060 2060 838 1349 2093 568

Period 3B? 2661

chalk

6.3(f)x7.8x2.3

Period 4? 818

mica sandstone

9.2(f)x7.0x3.2

47

Period 4/5 430 1798

mica sandstone dense calcarenite

11.2(f)x5.9x3.1 9.3x4.6x3.5

65 896

Period 5? 2198

basalt

7.0(f)x4.9x1.9

1322

Cadastral plots/surface/ploughsoil 189 reef limestone 242 chalk 244 chalk 1974 diabase

36.2x10.5x3.9 6.9x7.1x2.9 5.8(f)x5.5x2.3 11.1(f)x5.8x4.2

157.5 157.4 157.4 0

RUBBING STONE/FLAKED TOOL KM Material Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 3082

12.5x8.1x3.0

1580

RUBBING STONE/GRINDER KM Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3B 1800

12.0x8.5x3.6

987

diabase

2090

Period 3/4 682 2045

mica sandstone chalk

13.8(f)x7.4x3.2 11.0x5.0x2.2

117 1012

Period 3B/4 2473

chalk

15.1x11.4x3.9

1479

Period 4 469 484 485 487 532 598 637 715 763 811 827 832 836 848 904 908 934 1138 1141 1148 1265 1331 1508 1566 1572 1603 1631 1906 2176 2377 2418 2510 2561 2787 2788 3123 3345 3350 3352 3354 3622 5013

dense grey limestone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone sandstone mica sandstone dense grey limestone chalk chalk mica sandstone chalk chalk chalk chalk fine calcarenite mica sandstone serpentinite mica sandstone calcarenite mica sandstone dense chalk mica sandstone mica sandstone dense calcarenite calcarenite mica sandstone dense calcarenite mica sandstone diabase dense chalk mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone mica sandstone dense chalk mica sandstone mica sandstone diabase mica sandstone chalk chalk

13.9x5.5x3.8 12.5x7.4x2.7 16.3(f)x8.0x2.7 12.8(f)x6.6x4.1 12.7x3.7x3.3 13.9x7.3x3.1 7.2(f)x5.0x2.6 4.7(f)x2.7x1.9 6.6(f)x7.2x1.6 13.1(f)x6.2x3.2 15.7x8.2x3.2 7.5x7.1x2.4 6.1x3.2x1.1 8.8x4.1x2.4 10.7x4.5x3.6 19.5x7.2x2.9 8.2x6.8x2.5 9.3(f)x7.9x2.8 8.8x4.8x2.6 10.1x6.5x2.4 9.1(f)x6.4x2.6 11.1x5.1x2.2 16.2x6.6x3.1 5.8(f)x4.5x2.3 7.1(f)x4.6x2.0 14.5x5.5x3.3 10.6x6.1x2.4 6.4(f)x7.9x2.6 7.4x5.9x1.4 9.2(f)x6.3x3.6 12.1(f)x7.0x2.7 15.3x7.2x3.1 10.2x7.3x2.3 12.6x6.7x2.7 12.3x6.9x2.0 13.2x6.3x4.0 15.9x8.8x3.1 11.5x6.4x3.0 10.8x5.6x3.4 15.1x7.5x3.4 8.0(f)x5.1x2.3 20.7x12.0x5.0

72 69 96 69 140 231 310 139 307 362 696 436 18 18 186 342 651 851 261 851 815 934 984 1037 1064 310 1036 928 1382 1339 1360 1228 1228 1166 1166 905 652 652 652 695 652 1460

mica sandstone

RUBBING STONE/HAMMERSTONE KM Material Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A 3335 3579 3590

mica sandstone dense calcarenite dense silicified chalk

9.2(f)x8.6x2.2 14.7x10.0x3.8 15.6x8.5x4.5

1539 1568 1557

Period 3A/3B 3254

dense grey limestone

9.8x5.1x2.2

1589

Period 4 1294

calcarenite

11.1(f)x8.3x4.8

924

Cadastral plot 231

reef limestone

8.5(f)x9.8x2.9

157.5

RUBBING STONE/PESTLE KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3A? 3480

10.5x5.0x4.2

574

RUBBING STONE/POUNDER KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 3551

mica sandstone

11.9x6.6x5.4

1599

Period 3A 2602 2604 3536 3619

diabase silicified chalk mica sandstone sandstone

11.1x5.3x2.8 9.9(f)x6.0x3.7 10.4x7.0x2.1 15.2x8.7x2.6

2006 1519 1564 1558

Period 3A/3B? 5055 dense calcarenite

18.0x8.9x5.3

1091

Period 3B 2370 2802 2819 3278

sandstone mica sandstone silicified chalk dense calcarenite

11.8x8.4x4.0 13.5x7.7x2.4 10.0x4.0x2.9 8.5(f)x6.2x3.0

2060 2060 2060 1292

Period 4 451 568

chalky reef limestone mica sandstone

6.9x5.0x1.6 11.3x5.3x2.0

72 146

228

dense chalk

§ 19 Ground Stone Tools

638 674 797 798 1222 2564

sandstone dense limestone sandstone mica sandstone diabase chalk

9.6x5.5x2.2 13.9x6.2x2.5 10.5(f)x6.4x2.4 12.0(f)x6.3x3.8 16.2x6.3x3.3 6.5x2.7x2.6

310 258 423 423 905 1312

Cadastral plot/surface/ploughsoil 288 diabase 2658 diabase

9.5x5.5x4.3 11.3x6.0x3.3

157.6 0

SLING STONE? KM Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 3/4 1196

chalk

3.5x1.8x1.5

790

Period 4 1718

chalk

4.7x1.9x1.9

815

SOCKETED STONE KM Type Material

Dimensions

Unit

Period 2 3732 1

calcarenite

47.5x45.0x26.5

1682

Period 3B 2335 1

dense calcarenite

29.7x12.7x12.4

2060

Period 4 924 2

calcarenite

51.1x41.5x14.9

754

229

Chapter 20: Other Artefacts by Paul Croft, Edgar Peltenburg, M. Tite and Paul Wilthew Objects from the ploughzone, from all disturbed units except graves, and from unspecified or modern periods were normally excluded from the following distribution tables. Data was generated from a reduced sample of 1758 Kissonerga units. In the temporal bar charts shown in § 8, only objects from OK and M contexts are used, and those from mixed periods like 3A/3B are ignored. Thus, the temporal charts are comprised of a smaller, but more precise database.

KM 986 Square-sectioned, sides taper to flat square butt, convex working edge. 11.2 x 0.8 x 0.75 cm. Fill 678 of quarry 654, Period 4. Pl. 36.3, Fig. 97.3. Gale 1991a. Analysis: Pickles (1987, 37, 45) carried out INAA analysis on this chisel. Results were: copper 99%, antimony 6 ppm, silver detected, tin n.d., gold n.d., cobalt, n.d. and arsenic n.d.

§ 20.1 Metal and metalworking (E.P. and P.W.) Pl. 36.1-6; Fig. 97.1-5

Awl

Here we treat those items which form the basis for the discussion of metals and metalworking in § 8.1. Presentation comprises a Catalogue of registered material and analytical results. For lead isotope analyses see Gale 1991a. For further XRF and microprobe analyses see Zwicker 1988, 1989.

KM 2174 Tip of oval-sectioned chisel with bevelled cutting edge. L 2.5, W 0.5 cm. External skirting 1296 against B 834, Period 4. Pl. 36.2. For location, see Fig. 48.

KM 416 Square-sectioned tapered to point. Mounted in cylindrical bone handle with flattened square butt. Awl: 3.9 x 0.45 x 0.45 cm. Handle 7.7 x 1.4 cm. Surface, Quadrant 22.24.2, just above stones of fill 80, pit 411, Period 4. Pl. 36.4, Fig. 97.4. Preliminary 6, 62 Fig. 4; Gale 1991a.

Earring

§ 20.1.1 Catalogue (E.P.)

KM 1182 Spiral with expanded and pointed terminals, two pieces. Diam. 1.7 cm. Fill 902 of Gr. 529, Period 4/5. Pl. 36.5, Fig. 97.5. For location, see Fig. 55. Preliminary 10, 234 Fig. 3; Gale 1991a.

Ores

Bronze objects

KM 633 Copper ore Nugget of oxidised, rust coloured core with greenish envelope of oxidised copper. 7.5 x 6 x 3.2 cm. Unit 150, Period 4 (See Fig. 40, at juncture of B 1 and 98, beside stakescape 21). Analyses: Zwicker 1988, 427 gives it at 500 gm, but in 1989, 1 kg (note only one piece from Kissonerga was given to Zwicker, not two as stated); Gale 1991a.

KM 539 Buckle or clasp frag, with flat, constricted terminal bearing traces of incised lines. 5 x 1 x 0.8 cm. General 173, over B 200, Period 4.

KM 701 Copper ore or corroded lump of copper Two amorphous pieces with bright green area of copper corrosion, the largest 3 x 2.3 x 1.6 cm. Fill 238 of B 706, Period 4. For location, see Fig. 43. Gale 1991a.

KM 693 See § 7.1 and Fig. 95.14. From fill 238 of B 706, Period 4. For location, see Fig. 43. Analysis: § 20.1.3

KM 2109 Malachite ore Vivid green stain coats entire inner surface of bivalve, and more thickly preserved near apex. Gr. 554, Period 3A?. Pl. 36.6. Analysis: Gale 1991a; below, § 20.1.4.

KM 1007 See § 7.1 and Fig. 95.15. From occupation fill 652 of B 3, Period 4.

C 384 Copper flakes Small flakes of green, oxidised copper recovered from flotation. Floor 1416 = B 834 Floor 1, Period 4. For location, see Fig. 48. Analysis: see § 20.1.2.

Copper and copper alloy objects Axe/adze KM 457 Flat trapezoidal butt, slightly rounded corners, broken where thickening towards middle? of probable axe or adze. L 3.3 x W 3.6 (butt 2.9) cm. Wt. 250 gm. General 66, just above B 86, Period 5. Pl. 36.1, Fig. 97.1. Analysis: Gale 1991a.

Chisel KM 694 Frag., square-sectioned, tapered just above cutting edge, bent and broken, thinner rectangular-sectioned beyond bend. 9.8 x 1.1 x 1.1 cm. Wt. 85 gm. Fill 246 of B 706, Period 4. Fig. 97.2. For location, see Fig. 43. Gale 1991a.

KM 584 Corroded coin. Surface.

Crucible?

§ 20.1.2 Analytical research on C 384 (P.W.) Summary A small bag of green fragments from excavations at Kissonerga were analysed to obtain chemical and metallurgical information prior to lead isotope analysis of the samples. Five fragments were analysed by X-ray fluorescence and no significant differences were found. Each fragment was copper rich with traces of iron and calcium (possibly contamination from adhering soil). Tin was just detectable, but lead was not detected. Scanning electron microscopy of a section through a fragment showed it to be corroded copper. The metal was in the as cast state with no evidence of working. Energy dispersive X-ray microanalysis showed it to be of high purity as no elements other than copper were detectable in a general analysis although interdendritic

231

§ 20 Other Artefacts

copper-cuprous oxide eutectic was present. Inclusions rich in tin and in lead and selenium were observed. The presence of tin suggested that the metal was probably smelted rather than native copper. The corrosion products included both chlorides and oxides, and possibly other copper compounds. Introduction A group of fragments of green mineral with brown soil? adhering from the site at Kissonerga, Cyprus was supplied for analysis. The fragments were to be the subject of lead isotope analysis and the aim was to obtain as much information as possible before their destruction. Method Five of the fragments were analysed without preparation by energy dispersive X-ray fluorescence (XRF). The primary X-ray beam was produced by a Rhodium target X-ray tube run at 46 keV and a silicon (lithium) detector was used to detect the fluorescence X-rays. The sample-detector path was through air. A small piece of the largest fragment which was observed to contain uncorroded metal, was mounted in a polyester resin and a polished metallographic section was prepared in the usual way. The section was examined before and after etching using both optical and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and was analysed qualitatively using a Link Systems AN10000 energy dispersive microanalysis system (EDX) attached to the SEM. Results No significant differences were observed between the results of XRF analysis of the five selected fragments analysed. Only copper and, at low levels, iron, calcium and tin were detected (spectrum F4029B). The method used would not detect elements of atomic number less than 20. Iron and calcium levels were higher in the adhering brown layer. During examination under a low power optical microscope metallic copper was observed in the largest fragment. Metallographic examination showed it to be essentially pure dendritic copper, with interdendritic copper-cuprous oxide eutectic. Other inclusions were found using back-scattered electron detection in the SEM. The chemistry of these has not been fully elucidated but the majority were tin rich (spectrum C&AR 4644 D), although occasional inclusions rich in lead and selenium were also found (spectrum C&AR 4644 C). No elements other than copper were detected by EDX in the bulk metal (only elements of atomic number 11 or above would be detected) despite the presence of the inclusions. EDX is not a sensitive analytical technique and the detection limit for most elements was probably about 0.1% or higher. Nevertheless the results show that the copper was quite pure and had certainly not been alloyed.

Discussion It is not possible to identify copper as native metal solely on the basis of high purity (Rapp 1982). Certain metallographic features have been reported as being typical of native copper, but if the metal has been melted these are lost and in the present case the cast microstructure shows that if the metal was native it has been melted. However, the tin content of native coppers has usually been found to be low (Rapp 1982; Hancock et al. 1991). Rapp quotes a figure of l ppm for the mean of three Cypriot native coppers. In this sample tin was detectable by XRF and tin rich inclusions were present suggesting an overall tin content of a few hundred ppm although a quantitative analysis has not been carried out. It seems more likely therefore that the metal is a pure smelted copper. Further analysis might shed more light on this question. I can make no comment on which, if any, Cypriot copper ores could have been used. However, further study of the distribution of trace elements in inclusions in early copper alloys might be of value in attempting to answer questions about the source of copper. It could give complementary information to that provided by the purely chemical approach. Further work could be carried out on the section in the future, assuming it is not required for lead isotope analysis. 20.1.3 XRF Analysis of crucible KM 693 (P.W.) Summary The surface of a vessel from Kissonerga was analysed. The inner surface and part of the external surface of the vessel was vitrified indicating that it had been exposed to high temperatures, and it was thought that the vessel might have been used as a crucible. Copper was detectable at trace levels on the inner surface, but was also detected in most of the external areas analysed although possibly at a slightly lower level. The results did not allow any conclusion about the function of the vessel to be drawn. Introduction A vessel from Kissonerga was submitted for nondestructive analysis. It showed extensive surface vitrification particular on the internal surfaces but extending over part of the external surface, indicating that it had been subjected to a high temperature and suggesting that it might have functioned as a crucible. Qualitative analysis was carried out to determine whether the composition of the vitrified layer provided any support for this hypothesis Analytical method All analyses were carried out by energy dispersive Xray fluorescence. No surface preparation was carried out. To allow comparison between areas the ratio of the copper Kα peak to the local background was obtained. This value should be less sensitive to the inevitable

232

§ 20 Other Artefacts

variations in geometry and surface finish than a simple measure of copper counts per second. Further details of the method are given in the appendix. Results and discussion Copper was detectable in many of the areas analysed (see Table 20.1) but no other elements which might have indicated non-ferrous metalworking were detected, with the exception of zinc. Zinc was detected in all areas, but its presence was not considered significant. Table 20.1. XRF analysis for copper on possible crucible, KM 693 Spectrum

F5301B F5302B F5303B F5304B F5464B F5465B F5466B F5467B F5495B F5496B F5497B F5517B F5518B

Time s 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Area

Base, external, not vitrified Grey lump, internal Wall, internal, vitrified Base, internal, vitrified Wall, external, vitrified Wall (near base), external, not vit. Wall (near rim), external, vitrified Base, external, not vitrified Base, external, not vitrified Base, internal, vitrified Base, external, not vitrified Drilling from inside vessel Internal, vitrified

Copper peak/bgd 0.000 0.309 0.091 0.290 0.024 0.038 0.211 0.094 0.084 0.142 0.079 0.152 0.122

Note: bgd=background

Initial results (F5301B-4B) suggested that copper was only detectable on the internal surface of the crucible. Although the levels were low, this seemed to provide some support for the hypothesis that the vessel had been used as a crucible. However further analyses carried out to confirm the initial results showed that copper could be detected on the external surfaces, raising the possibility that its presence is due to factors other than use as a crucible. Conclusion Copper was present at slightly higher levels and was more consistently detectable on the internal surfaces of the crucible. However no evidence for the presence of metallic copper was found, and the levels of copper detected were low, and therefore the results do not prove that the vessel was used as a crucible. Appendix - XRF Method The analysed areas were irradiated with a primary Xray beam produced by a Rhodium target X-ray tube run at 46 kV with an anode current of 0.30 mA. The primary beam was collimated to give an elliptical irradiated area about 1.5 x 1 mm. Secondary X-rays were detected using a silicon (lithium) solid state detector. The path between the sample and detector is through air which normally limits the range of detectable elements to those of atomic number 20 or above. The detection limit varies for different elements and

is affected by the matrix and the particular analytical conditions. However it is typically in the range 0.05% 0.2%. § 20.1.4 SEM examination of a deposit in shell KM 2109 (P.W.) A green deposit contained in a shell was examined in the scanning electron microscope (SEM). No preparation, coating or sampling was permissible and therefore the object was examined in the as-received condition. Energy dispersive x-ray microanalysis was carried out in various areas and the spectra obtained are retained on file. As expected, in areas not coloured green (the rim and ‘low copper’ areas) calcium was the main element detected, with low levels of silicon, iron and potassium, all elements which might be expected on an uncleaned shell from the site. Some copper was detected in the ‘low copper’ area inside the shell but much higher levels were present in the green (‘copper rich’) area, indicating that the green is a copper based compound. The only other element, apart from calcium, detected at high levels in the green area was silicon which could be contamination (sand) but does raise the possibility of a silicate. Egyptian Blue, for example, is a coppercalcium-silicate. Alternatively the deposit could be a copper compound containing elements not detectable by the method used (elements of atomic number less than 11). A few small barium and sulphur rich particles were also detected (probably barium sulphate). The significance, if any, of this is not clear but barium sulphate is used in modern pigments. It is recommended that the green deposit is identified further by x-ray diffraction.

§ 20.2 Pendants (E.P.) Pl. 36.7-14; Figs. 97. 6-29, 98 Kissonerga yielded 107 pendants, or 132 if one includes anthropomorphic picrolites which were also probably secured to necklaces. To facilitate inter-site comparisons, pendants are treated here by unpierced and pierced classes according to the Lemba typological enumeration (LAP I, 284), and following Beck’s (1927) terminology where possible. Sizes conform to the Lemba range. Many shell examples are barely altered natural shells and are not given a type. Not included here are probable other marine shell pendants: Charonia variegata, Trunculariopsis trunculus and Helmet or bonnet shells (Phalium spp.)(see § 24). 1. Unpierced Type 6 Dumb-bell (Fig. 97.6) The only example, KM 580, is constricted by a groove near the smaller terminal. It was presumably suspended by the groove and may be a schematised anthropomorph. Type 7 Axe-shaped (Fig. 97.7) A single picrolite, KM 1644, flat with smooth sides and faces. It is hard to see how this could be suspended. Possible blank for Type 2.3? See also Fig. 98.18.

233

§ 20 Other Artefacts

Type 8 Drop with elongated suspension rod and splayed terminal (Pl. 36.8, third row) Bottle-shaped, cf. Type 2.15. Variant of Type 1.4 One example, KM 1791. Type 9 Button pendant One example, KM 1562.

2. Pierced Type 1 Plain drop (Fig. 97.9, 11, 14) These plain, flat types can be very small, as in the case of KM 370 intended for a baby. Type 2 Rectangular, flat-sectioned (Fig. 97.10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 21) Made in many types of materials. Type 4 Triangular with round or elliptical section (Fig. 97. 20) One example, KM 1356.

pins’ KM 3120 (Fig. 98.26) and perhaps KM 3034, derivatives from Period 1A. Other objects not treated here could also belong to the pendant class: KM 1752, type 1.9; burnisher KM 1091, a broken type 2.2 pendant; bead KM 686, a large 2.10 or 2.20 pendant; object KM 1678, broken type 2.2 pendant; and inlay KM 2490, blank for Type 2.2 pendant. Type 2.10 occurs here for the first time in controlled excavations (cf. Sotheby’s Catalogue 9.12.1974; Christie’s Catalogue 27.4.1978, Pl. 4), and, of the other new types, 2.11 is known at MChal SouskiouVathyrkakas (Vagnetti 1980, Pl. XVIII.98-9). Table 20.2. Occurrence of pendants by type and period

Type 6 Cylindrical with swollen lower body (Fig. 97. 17, 18) Type 8 Multiple pierced slab (Fig. 97. 19) One possible example, KM 1053 (only one perforation remains). See also Perforated tusk piece, PT1, §20.7, Table 20.7. Type 9 Swollen body with expanded terminals (Fig. 97.22). One example, KM 592. Type 10 Solid ball with corrugated suspension stem (Fig. 97.24) Unique example, KM 860. Type 11 Globular, perforated through narrow part of body (Fig. 97. 25) Unique, KM 861. Type 12 Spurred annular (Pl. 36.9; Figs. 97. 29; 98. 1) Flat ring carved from shell or bone, perforated at swollen apex, diamondshaped projection opposite. Type 13 Perforated shell (Fig. 98.2) Natural shell perforated near apex. Type 14 Splayed axe (Fig. 98.3) Unique example, KM 1338. Splayed metal axes are only known from Philia and later contexts (cf. Dikaios 1962, 175, Fig. 84.1), hence the axe prototype may not be correct. Type 15 Drop with elongated suspension rod and splayed or pointed terminal (Fig. 97.26-8) Cf. 1.4 and 8.

Type

Period 3A 3A/3B 3B 3/4

4

5

Intra Extra Pit Grave

1.08 2.01 2.02 2.04 2.06 2.08 2.09 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 2.20 2.21 2.22 2? ? Misc

0 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 2 2 0

1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 0 0 1 2 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0

0 5 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 3 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 17 4

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 1 5 0 0 1 0 1 1 5 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 2

1 6 15 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 3 1 1 3 5 1 1 4 5 13 2

1 4 7 1 0 0 1 1 1 5 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 7 1

0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 4 0 0 0 1 0 0

Total

25

4

10

2

5l

2

28

66

34

9

Type 16 Ridged cylinder (Fig. 98.4) Body tapers in steps, with perforation through thickest step. One specimen, KM 1582.

Note: Data obtained from OK, M and C units, together with D units from graves; surface finds excluded; doubtful ascriptions amalgamated, e.g. Period 4? ascribed to 4.

Type 17 Crescentic pebble (Fig. 98.5) Barely altered pebble, thicker than plaque, Pierced Type 5. One example, KM 1792.

Materials

Type 18 Lozenge (Fig. 98.6?, 7, 8?) Pierced through tip of circular-sectioned lozenge. Type 19 Anthropomorphic (Pl. 36. 11-14; Fig. 98. 10-14) Cruciform-shaped with perforation through plain head. Although many pendants are probably highly schematised anthropomorphs, this shape with leg articulation is less ambiguous. Type 20 Solid ball with knurled stem, suspension loop opposite (Fig. 98.9) Unique, KM 2105. Cf. Type 2.10. Type 21 Bar-shaped (Fig. 98.15) Rectangular-sectioned bar with perforation near tapered terminal. Type 22 Notched crescent (Pl. 36. 10; Fig. 98. 16,17) Made exclusively from a curved sliver of pig’s tooth or bone which has been perforated just below the notched thicker terminal. Toggle?

Examples without typological designation include KM 1543, possibly the legs of a picrolite figurine, KM 1345 (Pl. 36.8 second row; Fig. 98.22), a re-used fragment from an elaborate picrolite object, Fig. 98.21 and ‘dress

Picrolite and shell were the two commonest materials selected for pendant manufacture, accounting for 49.3% of the recovered sample. Shell and bone were used especially for Types 2.12-13, picrolite for 2.2, 15 and 19; bone and pig’s tusk were used exclusively for Type 2.22, hitherto unattested in Cyprus. Many types are only represented by single examples and it seems pendant-makers had an empirical attitude to materials; there is no strict type/material correlation. Harder stones such as diabase, basalt and melagabbro were used for simple shapes, more elaborate creations are in easily carved picrolite. Contrasting colours, as in banded sandstone KM 1793 (Pl. 36.8, third row), were frequently chosen. Mother-of-pearl (Pl. 36.7, third row right) is attested for the first time on a LAP site (cf. Vagnetti 1980, Pl. XVII.93-5), as is the spiny cockle which was probably selected for its deep grooves (Fig. 97. 12, 15). Where well preserved, picrolite is pale green as frequently occurs in the Kouris River source

234

§ 20 Other Artefacts

(cf. Peltenburg 1991), but many examples have been discoloured. Manufacture and wear A fine drill was needed for some of the picrolite pendants and, as usual, facets are not polished away and scratch marks from other fine tools are ubiquitous on picrolites. Fine incision-work on Types 10 and 20 may indicate the onset of the use of metal tools in Period 4 (cf. also KM 929, Type 2.21, with its sharply cut lines, Pl. 36.8, top row). Discards are attested for shell Type 2.1? (KM 1740), 2.8? (KM 1567), 2.12 (KM 653, 747); blanks for basalt Type 2.1 or 2.2 (KM 1678) and for chalk Type 2.1 or 2.2 (KM 2490). Most production evidence is available for picrolite, but the numbers of blanks seem excessive and it may be that these objects were used for other purposes (e.g. polishers, KM 2081). Thus, there are blanks for Type 2.1 (KM 1975, 3267), for 2.1, 2 or 8 (KM 100), for 2.2 (KM 2824) and for unknown Types (KM 1042, 1774, 3269). Type 2.2 pendants in picrolite and chalk, KM 1410 and 3089, were only partly pierced. The clearest evidence for local manufacture of anthropomorphic Type 2.19 is provided by KM 1361, a fragmentary example in which the head, Rodin-like, is only partly freed from the picrolite block (Pl. 32.5). In another instance, KM 1837, a broken cruciform figurine, has been pierced so its incised arm served as a pendant (Fig. 98.21). Most of this evidence comes from general habitation levels, but a concentration around B 1547 suggests that a pendant workshop existed in its vicinity. The evidence for the existence of pendant manufacture in or near B 1547 comes from raw material, waste trimmings, incompletely finished discards and pristine, but snapped, pendants inside its entrance and around the building (Pl. 36.7). Carvers here specialised in Type 2.2 pendants in a variety of media: picrolite, chalk, bone, shell and perhaps mother-of-pearl. There are partly worked chalk blanks (KM 3076), bone blank KM 3446 (but see § 20.4), a partly pierced chalk (KM 3089), waste picrolite slivers (KM 3323, 5102, 5172) and finished products in picrolite (KM 3021, 3074, 3077, 3415, 3455, 3483), bone (KM 3088, 3440, 3449), shell (KM 3291) and mother of pearl (KM 2978). KM 1410, with asymmetrically placed, incomplete drill holes through the picrolite, from pit 999/1012, 15 m away may also belong, as may the shell KM 3147 (cf. KM 3291) from the floor makeup of B 1565. Blanks were trimmed to create objects which were then drilled with one or two holes. Plaque-like products are thicker and larger than most Type 2.2 pendants which come from Period 4 and the corrugations of the shells were emphasised in a manner not seen again at Kissonerga. Material was carefully selected to avoid blemishes. This is seen particularly in the exclusive choice of pure Kouris pale green picrolite, a dominance not found in picrolites from Kissonerga as a whole. A second type of pendant, the notched crescent, KM 3440, 3449, was also found here, and one of two pieces of pig’s tusk

debitage, KM 2123, 5175, was located in pit 999/1012 (see above and Pl. 36.10). This workshop material seems to have become scattered on the abandonment of B 1547. A finished pendant was found above the east floor, blanks and partly pierced ones inside the entrance, a shell one in the top of pit 1586 which included subsided floor material, wasters re-deposited in pit 1575 and Gr. 567 immediately west and above B 1547, and the remainder in the artefact-rich unit 1539 that surrounded B 1547. Further examples were found above B 1547 (KM 3415, 3575). We can infer from the consistently high quality of this workshop’s material and the techniques that its products, including the largest Kissonerga pendant, KM 3021 (Pl. 36.8, fourth row right), and translucent, wafer-thin KM 2978, were distinctive and recognised as such in Period 3A. There is no evidence that carvers here fashioned anthropomorphic pendants. They specialised in plain, rectilinear ornaments, hence other carvers may have concentrated on anthropomorphic pendants. Contexts and function Anthropomorphic picrolite figurine pendants sometimes served as centrepieces or elements on necklaces. Direct evidence for this is provided by cruciform KM 2717 which was found with a dentalium necklace (Pls. 24.3, 37.6). Pendant KM 1273 (Figs. 55.529, 98.1) was also found where it was probably part of a dentalium necklace, but the ratio of pendants to dentalia suggests that not all pendants are residues from multi-coloured dentalium necklaces. Only 400 dentalia spacers were recovered, and the 1:4 pendants to dentalia proportion does not fit conventional reconstructions of Cypriot chalcolithic dentalia necklaces. Kissonerga pendants, therefore, were most likely worn in other arrangements, such as a group of pendants with only one dentalium, as shown in Pl. 24.2. The general assumption that pendants were primarily intended for funerary use is not borne out by the Kissonerga evidence. Only 9 of the 107 total were recovered from graves, 13 if we add those from pit 911 connected to Gr. 528 and 534, pit 913 associated with T. 523 and 541 and B 1052 containing Gr. 542 and 544. It is possible to argue from their proximity to certain graves and tombs (Figs. 8.1, 2 to Fig. 17) that others could be derived from 502, 526 (or the disturbed ?grave 746 beside it), 548, 552 and 560, but the spatial correlation between pendants and graves is not a strong one in any period. Over 50% were found discarded in general habitation deposits and pits, a pattern suggesting in vivo use, loss of value when the circumstances for which they were made passed and mainly of secular significance. The same pattern holds for anthropomorphic figurines. There is a weak concentration of pendants near or in buildings (B 3, 706, 1547) and four anthropomorphic figurines were incorporated into structural features: the wall plaster of B 3, the floor of B 834, the foundations of B 493? and the wall of B

235

§ 20 Other Artefacts

1016. However, small pierced shells seem to be associated with B 3: 8 of the 14 Period 4 examples come from that building and its vicinity. Chronology Many types are represented by single examples so it is not possible to monitor typological evolution in detail. Nearly half the assemblage comes from Period 4 contexts whence the most delicately carved Types 10 and 20. Anthropomorphs, on the other hand, mainly occur in Period 3B. Leaving aside single specimens, only Type 2.12, the annular spurred shell, and 2.21 are introduced in Period 4. All the others, Types 2.1, 2.2, 2.13, 2.15, 2.18 and 2.19 have precursors in Period 3A or 3B. This recurrence suggests that the Period 4 peak for pendants in Fig. 8.3 is misleading. Most Period 4 pendants may be derived and pendant production may have declined after Period 3A/3B. The paucity of in situ Period 4 pendants tends to support this conclusion. Only two Period 4 graves contained pendants. Increased use of serpentinite in Period 4 and absence of poor quality picrolite in Period 3A-3B give further support and suggest that, with the contraction or settlement shift of Erimi, the major supplier of Kouris pale green picrolite, good quality raw material became harder to procure. The same reservations apply to the increased variety of materials in Period 4, though an early preference for bone and pig’s teeth, and a late growth in the use of shell other than dentalia seem real enough. Small pierced shells, in particular, inflate the figures for Period 4. Of these, only two come from Period 3, 14 from Period 4. Leaving aside the equivocal evidence of blanks, manufacture of picrolite, chalk, bone, shell and perhaps mother-of-pearl pendants is attested at Kissonerga in Period 3A, of shell in Period 4.

§ 20.3 Beads (E.P. and M.T.) Pl. 37.1-3, 6; Fig. 99.1-17 Some 511 beads and fragments or offcuts were recovered. The predominance of dentalia (409) is expected

on western chalcolithic settlements, but the occurrence of the material faience (21) is remarkable since this is the first time it has been found on a chalcolithic site in Cyprus, it is the earliest in the Mediterranean and probably constitutes rare evidence for extra-island contact (see Peltenburg 1995). The assemblage is presented by Type, and it should be noted that, contrary to the Lemba typology where this was by material, the key here is shape (cf. LAP I, 285-8). Not included here are probable other marine shell beads: Charonia variegata, Conus mediterraneus?, Columbella rustica and bivalves (See § 24). Type 1 Oblate disc (Fig. 99.1,2) 32 examples, mainly faience. The latter are standard-sized, with irregular, uneven edges. Type 2 Large oblate disc (Fig. 99.3, 4) This variant occurs in a greater variety of materials than 1, and with more irregular thicknesses and faceted edges. Average diam. 1.23 cm. Total: 6. Type 3 Ring (Fig. 99.5) The perforation is large in relation to the diam, and in the one case, KM 3605, it was probably determined by the material, shell. Total: 3. Type 4 Thick oblate (Fig. 99.6) Compressed globe with convex faces and large perforation. Differentiated from stone discs or whorls by having finished edges, trimmed corners and thick walls: they may, nonetheless, have functioned as whorls. Most are chalk. Total: 9. Type 5 Globular (Fig. 99.7-9) Mainly produced in chalk, these are heavy, like Types 4 and 6, and as none has been found in situ, and they have such large perforations, their use as beads is uncertain. Total: 9. Type 6 Standard truncated bicone (Fig. 99.10) Only two large specimens of chalk and chert, KM 1304, 1587 and four miniature examples of faience, KM 1932.1-3 and 1784. Total: 10. Type 7 Cylindrical (Fig. 99.11-16) Short cylinders, mainly in bone and antler (See § 20.74). The faience cylinders are much shorter. Total: 23. Type 8 Natural dentalia (Pl. 37.2,3,6) Trimmed or cut flat at both terminals, used as spacers in necklaces. Sections of dentalia may also have served as spacers. Most examples are fragmentary. Excluding the latter, av. L 1.61 cm. Total 409. Type 9 Double chamfered ring (Fig. 99.17) Total: 2. Type 10 Long barrel Three small antler examples (See §20.7).

Table 20.3. Occurrence of beads by type and period Type 3A

Period 3A/3B 3B

1/2

2

2/3A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Misc ?

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

0 0 1 0 1 0 0 2 1 1 1 0

0 1 1 0 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 1 4 27 0 1 1 0

1 0 0 1 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0

Total

1

7

6

34

6

3/4

3B/4

0 1 0 0 1 2 5 58 0 0 0 1

0 0 0 0 0 0 1 9 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

68

10

1

4

Intra

Extra

Pit

Grave

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 0 0 0 0

2 3 0 2 4 2 4 205 0 0 2 1

24 3 2 5 2 8 16 165 2 3 2 0

7 2 0 1 0 1 4 189 2 1 2 0

17 0 0 1 0 1 1 64 0 0 0 0

34

225

232

209

84

4/5

5

25 4 0 6 4 7 6 234 1 0 2 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

289

1

Note: Data obtained from OK, M and C units, together with D units from graves; surface finds excluded; doubtful ascriptions amalgamated, e.g. Period 4? ascribed to 4.

236

§ 20 Other Artefacts

Materials Faience is attested for the first time in Cyprus in Kissonerga 4. It is used primarily for small discs and barrels, but also occurs as larger discs and cylinders. There are no globular faiences which occur commonly in EB Cyprus. Cores are friable white with interstitial glassy phase rendering them pale white to light blue. The monochrome blue glazes are variably preserved, from no glaze to devitrified matt buff, to relatively thick, lustrous, deep blue-green. This intense blue-green (e.g. KM 2057, 2059) most likely existed on all beads originally. As Tite reports below, the glaze was probably formed by the florescence technique, a considerable and unlikely achievement for Cypriots, but one well established on Mainland Asia and Egypt. For discussion see Peltenburg 1995. Several factors demonstrate that the advent of faience had a significant impact on the established picrolite industry. The preferred earlier picrolite has a delicate pale blue-green colour (Munsell 5GY7/1 to 5G7/2) rather than the glossy deep blue-green of glazes used on faiences. Some typologically late picrolites are harder and darker than before, suggesting emulation. KM 3141 which is classed as picrolite could even be faience. This interaction is more clearly borne out by the appearance of picrolite beads for the first time in Period 4, and exclusively in the faience shapes Types 1 and 7. This correlation is matched by the suspected decline in other classes of picrolite objects in Period 4 (see § 8.2), hence emulation is accompanied by a restriction in the repertoire. A real modification in the evolution of the picrolite industry is thus evident from the Kissonerga evidence. Antler and bone were reserved for Types 1, 7 and 10, chalk mainly for the heavy 4 and 5 which, together with 6, have such large perforations (see Pl. 37.1) that they may have functioned as whorls or other objects. The material of the five white Type 1 beads from T. 526 is uncertain: they could be made of shell. Other materials include beads of basalt, chert, dense chalk and limestone, limestone, peridolite, sandstone and siltstone/sandstone. Crystal KM 3023 may also have been a bead. Manufacture and wear One chert (KM 1755) and one chalk (Fig. 99.9, KM 1559) are incompletely pierced, and could be evidence for local production. See also LAP I, 286. Picrolite KM 1625 is harder and darker than normal, and was cut asymmetrically from a rod. Possible evidence for production comes from KM 853, offcuts? from trimmed dentalium beads (Pl. 37.3). The 158 dentalia are mostly tapered terminals with broken edges. They vary in length from 4 to 10 mm, and in diameter from 2 to 5 mm. They were found in pit 279 in B 706, a building that contained evidence for craft activities (see § 3.5). Also from B 706 were seemingly finished dentalia cuts (L 1-1.5 cm), as if necklaces at that time included some made with segments of dentalia. This raises the possi-

bility that KM 853, although comprising much smaller dentalia cuts than within the building, was part of a necklace. It was found with finished shell and picrolite pendants which could have belonged to such a necklace. In favour of this hypothesis is a process of miniaturisation in bead production in Period 4, as indicated independently by the picrolite evidence just discussed. Until an in situ necklace with reduced dentalia is found, or they are recovered from a grave, we shall continue to have two alternative possibilities. Their close association with complete pendants, however, marginally favours their use as complete beads. Possible debitage from production of disc beads from worked pig teeth comprise small, fragmentary plaques with cut-outs, KM 2006 (Pl. 36.10 top row right) and 2123. No end-products have been found and the attribution is uncertain (see § 20.7). Contexts and functions Faiences were mostly found in or near chamber tombs and seem to replace the larger Period 3B picrolite accessories in Kissonerga 4. Gr. 538 yielded one example, T. 546 eight. Units 984 and 1038 are fills in a large pit cut into Gr. 532 and T. 541, and the seven beads from those fills are probably funerary derivatives. A further three come from the fill of a scrappy basin beside T. 566, and they too are likely to be redeposited. Each group is a discrete assemblage. Those from T. 546 are flat discs, diam. 6-7.5 mm, from 532/541 markedly smaller Type 1, 3.5-4.5 mm diam., with less well preserved glazes, from T. 566? small barrels, L 3 mm and from Gr. 538 a wide, irregularly pierced disc. Considered together, faience beads forming coherent sets within a narrow range are primarily associated with chamber tombs for children and adults of both sexes, a situation very different from the use of dentalia (see below). The remaining two come from B 3 and 834, and they suggest that necklaces with faience disc beads also had non-funerary roles. An adolescent female in T. 526 and a child in Gr. 538 wore single strand necklaces with only 3-5 beads, so faiences were extremely rare at this time and the situation may be contrasted with the hundreds of beads that are typical of mainly later disc bead necklaces (e.g. Hennessy et al. 1988, Fig. 25.39). Of the 409 dentalia, 83 were found in general habitation levels, 61 in various fills and 65 in graves. The first group largely comprises single examples. The second come mainly from building fills. It is not advisable to infer in vivo use from this evidence uncritically. Given the close association of graves with buildings and the occurrence of post-deposition grave disturbance, many are probably derived. Thus, 3 from B 866, one from B 1044 and 8 from B 1161 may be attributed to Gr. 563, 538 and 546 respectively. The 8 from B 1161 fill form a particularly coherent set average L 2 cm. There are no nearby graves that can account for 11 examples from B 3 however, and these provide more conclusive evidence for in vivo usage suspected from abrasion on some grave specimens. A cache of 9 from

237

§ 20 Other Artefacts

B 206 also probably belongs to this category of evidence since, although there are nearby disturbed later graves, the beads were securely sealed in the ash lying on the floor of the Red Building. They are all fragments, L 1.1-1.5 cm. and include one slotted inside another. Most dentalia in the funerary group come from two graves: 19 from Gr. 529 and 34 from Gr. 563. The former were found in disarray beside and under skull fragments of a male juvenile, together with an annular spurred pendant and copper spiral hairring (Fig. 55). The pendant presumably formed the centrepiece of a single strand dentalium necklace (Pl. 37.2). Two necklaces may be inferred from the distribution and sizes of dentalia with multiple burials in Gr. 563. The first was found with a disproportionately large cruciform figurine at the base of the mandible of a 1½ year old baby Fig. 57. The beads lay in a heap save for KM 2754 and 2757 which extended in a line from the inner edge of the mandible to the heap, and KM 2766-7 which were paired. A single or double-stranded necklace of 17 worn and broken dentalia and a heavy cruciform pendant probably slipped to this position upon interment (Pl. 37.6). The average length of dentalia in this necklace is 2.77 cm, and this contrasts with the 1.975 cm average length of the remaining dentalia in the grave fill. A second necklace of smaller dentalia may, therefore, have been associated with the adjacent 4-5 year old, where a single bead (L 2.2 cm) was located, or with the other children attested in this grave. It probably included the anthropomorphic and bottle-shaped picrolite pendants (Pl. 36.13,14; Fig. 98.11) also found in the upper fill, but no evidence is available regarding its internal arrangement. Dentalia did not always comprise the major components of necklaces. In Gr. 560, a broken dentalium and two pendants formed a cluster of ornaments at the neck of a 6 month old baby (Pl. 24.2). Dentalia are associated primarily with children in the Kissonerga burial population. Eight children whose ages ranged from 1 month to 8 years were accompanied by dentalia. The only adults with dentalia were female. Implications of this correlation are pursued elsewhere (Peltenburg 1992). Chronology Several chronological trends are evident from the data. In terms of material, 73% of stratified bone and antler occur in Periods 3A-B, 80% of the large chalk beads occur in Period 4 together with all the faiences and picrolites. Since picrolites are popular ornaments in 3B, the absence of picrolite beads in that period and their appearance in 4 is significant. The dentalia, however, seem popular throughout, starting in Period 2, and peaking in Period 4 when there is possible evidence for production (Table 20.3). In spite of this, a higher proportion of Period 3B dentalia come from graves than in 4. Only one (or 2.56%) of the Period 4 graves retained dentalia more or less in situ whereas three Period 3B

graves (or 60%) did so. This does not include dentalia found loose in grave fills. Gr. 563 suggests they are necklace remnants, but including them increases the occurrence in Period 4 graves to only 6.6%. To conclude, we may infer a change of use in which dentalium necklaces were more frequently buried in 3B, and circulated amongst the living in 4. In terms of types, discs (Types 1-2) appear in Period 4 and are closely related to material. Heavy Types 4 and 5 are most common in Period 4, and the little evidence for earlier occurrences needs to be treated with caution. KM 1319 comes from the fill of B 855 where there was some admixture of material even though the disturbance could not be isolated. KM 2369 comes from a Period 2? unit consisting of stones beside B 4 wall where there was no sign of intrusion, but the type is unique in that period. In general, therefore, there is a tendency to a greater diversity of types and materials in Period 4. Report on SEM examination of faience bead, KM 2056 (M.T.) See § 8.3. Table 20.4. Energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry analysis of faience bead KM 2056.

1

Compound1

Bulk body %

Interstitial glass %

SiO2 Na2O K2O CaO MgO Al2O3 FeO CuO

90.0 2.6 0.3 1.0 0.4 2.0 1.8 1.0

79.8 4.1 1.3 3.0 0.7 3.4 3.2 4.6

Normalised to 100 percent

§ 20.4 Small conical and grooved stones (E.P.) Pl. 37.7, 8; Fig. 99.18-31 These two classes of small objects are typologically and chronologically related, hence they are considered together. Some 345 conical stones and 36 grooved stones were recovered. Cones stand upright on wobbly convex bases, grooved stones rest on the flat, plain reverse of their essentially cylindrical bodies. Obverse and sides are transversely incised with a groove. There is considerable morphological variation within types, probably because they are roughly-finished objects. The Lemba typology has been refined to admit the existence of conical stones with incisions (Type 3). The incisions are sometimes lightly scratched around the complete circumference of the cone, whereas the more deeply incised grooves on grooved stones do not extend onto the flat face, either originally or through wear. Grooved stones have plano-convex sections rather than the circular sections of the cones. In this revised classification, Lemba LL 677 (LAP I, Fig. 85.4), for example, would be a Type 3 conical stone. Only 4% of coni-

238

§ 20 Other Artefacts

cal stones belong to Type 3 at Kissonerga. There are a few ambiguous cases: KM 757 (Fig. 99.26) with incision near the apex, for example, may be a phallus. Where the object is broken, as in KM 541, classification is problematic. Most (93%) conical stones belong to plain Type 2: there are only a few oddities. KM 1386 (Fig. 99.25) is nail-shaped with thickened ‘head’. Its similarity to nail-shaped clay objects (see § 8.8) is probably fortuitous. It could readily have served as a stopper for flexible containers, although pottery and stone stoppers and lids of different shapes are well known. KM 1775 and 3276 are tetrahedrons. Type 1 occurs in varied materials (Table 20.5) and may have been used for different purposes than the standardised Type 2. There are more variants within the grooved stone class. KM 125 (Fig. 99.30) is unique and may better be classed as a grooved pebble. KM 458 and 2566, although included here, are more like squat, rough stone reels (Fig. 99.31) and probably should be considered separately. So too should KM 148. KM 2184 is bobbinshaped. KM 3262 (Fig. 99.29) is an elaborated grooved stone. Its vertical and horizontal grooves suggest anthropomorphism, but the cross on the base seems more like a stamping device. In all other respects it is like remaining grooved stones. Materials Carvers overwhelmingly preferred chalk for these two classes. Other soft stones occur occasionally and they frequently correlate with typological deviations from the Type 2 norm. Manufacture and wear The convex bases, swollen sides and pointed tops of the conical stones are usually modified in some way. Thus, bases are sheared or frequently bevelled around the edges, lower sides are chipped, and tops are blunted. Faceted sides and vertical striations are more likely the result of manufacture in which faces were left unpolished.

Contexts and functions Conical stones occur equally outside and inside buildings (Table 20.5). This may be a little misleading, however, since many extra-mural examples come from units like 815 (Quadrant 20.23.2) which was associated with vestiges of disturbed late buildings. Other extramural instances come from discrete locations (e.g. quarry 654 in 22.23.4 and pit 911 in 21.25.1). Virtually every unit class, from postholes to hearths, has yielded examples. There are few caches, and these show little coherence. Thus, 5 examples from unit 1416 are different in size but have no obvious gradation, one is stubby, another tall and slender, another larger and smoother than the others. Two are white, three grey. Three cones are probably in primary positions in graves. In T. 526 a Type 2 example was associated with a flat stone that could have served as a palette, but no ochre or other discoloration is found on conical stones, or on the ‘palette’. Both objects belonged to an adult female who was also accompanied by a bowl (Pl. 22.2). Two Type 2 cones were also buried with an adult female in T. 561. One was found at her feet beside a spouted jar (Fig. 56). If it had a practical function, it could have plugged the spout, but it would not have made an effective seal. A dark patch in the area may indicate a perishable container. Cones could have sealed such objects with semi-rigid narrow mouths, but there is no direct evidence to support this function. All that can be stated with certainty is that their funerary associations are with pots and adult females. Conical stone sizes are only weakly correlated with individual buildings. Given their rough finish, heights rather than weights, may be a preferable method of assessment. A real contrast is evident between cones from B 3 (average Ht. 3.5 cm) and B 1 (average Ht. 4.02 cm), but less so with B 493 (average Ht. 3.53 cm). A possible inference to be drawn from the generic connection between cones and the conical seal from above B 3 is considered in § 8.4.

Table 20.5. Occurrence of small conical and grooved stones by type and period Type 2

2/3A

3A

Period 3B 3/4

I 4

4/5

5

E

P

Gr. Ca

Ch

Material Li

Sa

?

Conical Stones 1 0 2 1 3 0 ? 0

0 1 0 0

0 1 0 0

0 5 0 0

0 11 0 0

4 220 5 1

0 14 1 0

0 12 1 0

1 128 3 0

3 137 4 1

1 37 1 0

0 3 0 0

0 13 0 0

2 233 6 1

1 18 1 0

1 0 0 0

0 1 0 0

Total

1

1

5

11

230

15

13

132

145

39

3

13

242

20

1

1

Grooved Stones 1 0 1 ? 0 0

0 0

1 0

0 0

17 2

1 0

0 0

6 1

14 1

4 1

0 0

3 0

13 2

4 0

0 0

0 0

Total

0

1

0

19

1

0

7

15

5

0

3

15

4

0

0

1

0

1

I - Intra, E - Extra, P - Pit, Gr. - Grave, Ca - Calcarenite, Ch - Chalk, Li - Reef & Grey Limestone, Sa - Sandstone

239

§ 20 Other Artefacts

Chronology

§ 20.5 Discs (E.P.) Pl. 37.10, 11; Fig. 100.1-15

Both classes were most likely introduced in Period 4. There are 10 earlier occurrences from uncontaminated contexts, but these are suspect on typological or other grounds. They need to be considered here.

Some 353 pottery and 41 stone discs were recovered. These are classified as at Lemba (see LAP I, 290).

Period 2: KM 3538, conical stone with flat top, concave sides and made of calcarenite, all features which distinguish it from the standardised Type 2.

The intended shape was roughly circular, but it is not possible to classify the pottery discs by the variations circular, elliptical or polygonal, as was attempted at Alambra (Palmer pers comm), since fabric, wear and manufacture techniques yielded shapes that are too irregular for these criteria. Some discs (e.g. KM 1397, 3316) are sub-square or trapezoidal in plan. They range from 1.9 to 7 cm in length, with a single outsize specimen (KM 438, L 11.1 cm) that probably served another function. Types 2-5 have centrally placed depressions or complete hourglass perforations.

Period 2/3A: one of each class. KM 3565 is larger than most Type 2 conical stones (Ht 6 cm; the average height is 3.632 cm and only KM 462 at 6.5 cm is taller), and made of calcarenite. Grooved stone KM 3320 is more a grooved pebble, with pecked groove all round and possibly a weight, with atypical height (8.9 cm). Period 3A: KM 2505, although classed as a conical stone, belongs to a large conically-shaped stone well known in EChal (cf. Preliminary 2, Pl. IIA), not to be confused with the smaller variety treated here. It is Type 1 which probably includes the disparate, squat, early type and others which are different in height, and often material, from Type 2. Period 3B: Five conical stones and one grooved. Two of the former come from fill 882 of B 855. There was a concentration of 10 conical stones in 821 immediately overlying 882 and since the interface between the two units was blurred, their stratigraphic integrity is suspect. Period 4 sherdage also occurred in minuscule amounts in 882. A similar situation obtained in respect of KM 2064 from the fill of B 1103. It is most likely intrusive from overlying B 3 which contained many conical stones. KM 1393 comes from the fill of B 1000 which was cut by large pit 911. It is probably derived from that irregular Period 4 cut. Another conical stone comes from a disturbed Period 3B context. Lastly, grooved stone KM 103. Unlike congeners, the groove extends around the entire circumference, hence this fragmentary example may in fact come from another object (phallus?).

In sum, these earlier instances do not provide secure evidence for pushing the inception of conical and grooved stones before Period 4. Their appearance in Period 4, therefore, is even more dramatic that suggested by the histogram of Fig. 8.9. While they may have been used in MChal Cyprus (cf. Dikaios 1936, 50), incontrovertible evidence is lacking for their use at that time at Kissonerga.

Pottery discs

Type 1 Unpierced. Total 31. Type 2 Semi-pierced on one face. Total 40. Type 3 Semi-pierced on two faces. Total 36. Type 4 Pierced discs. Total 222. Type 5 Decorated pierced discs. These have 2-4 peripheral depressions or perforations. Some appear to be trial borings rather than attempts at decoration. Total 9.

Stone discs Traces of striations on faces (especially on Type 3), scoring around perforation and smoothed edges are common. Most are plano-convex in section. One example, KM 1679, is decorated with radial incisions on one face (Fig. 100.15).

Table 20.6. Occurrence of pottery and stone discs by type and period Type

Period 2

2/3A

3A

Pottery Discs 1 2 3 3/4 4 5 ?

0 0 0 0 2 0 0

0 0 1 0 3 0 0

Total

2

Stone Discs 1 2 3 4 ? Total

Context Extra

Pit

9 11 7 0 43 2 1

18 24 26 1 149 3 5

7 9 9 0 50 0 4

2

73

226

79

0 0 0 0 0

0 1 0 0 0

1 3 3 0 0

2 10 11 1 2

2 1 5 0 0

0

1

7

26

8

3A/3B

3B

3/4

4

4/5

5

Intra

13 23 13 1 122 4 2

3 2 4 0 15 0 1

2 0 1 0 20 1 1

0 2 2 0 1 0 0

9 7 11 0 28 0 2

0 0 1 0 0 0 0

0 1 0 0 1 0 0

4

178

25

25

5

57

1

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

2 6 8 1 2

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 1 0 0 0

1 5 6 0 0

0

0

19

0

0

1

12

Note: Data obtained from OK, M and C units, together with D units from graves; surface finds excluded; doubtful ascriptions amalgamated, e.g. Period 4? ascribed to 4

240

§ 20 Other Artefacts

Type 1 Unpierced or partly pierced. Total 3. Type 2 Pierced, thin, flat, polygonal with sides perpendicular to faces. Total 16. Type 3 As 2, bevelled faces and rounded edges. Total 17. Type 4 Tapered cylinder. Total 2?

Material BTW, RW, RMP, “X” and RB/B were the primary sources for pottery discs. The majority, 261, are of RMP-A and -B, largely a result of chronology (see below) and the unsuitability of RB/B which has a very rough break. For stones discs, see under Chronology. Manufacture and wear There is little to add to LAP I, 291. All pottery discs are modified sherds, most with rough edges which have also been chipped, perhaps due to abrasion in use and redeposition. A minority are reworked from rim sherds so that they are quite asymmetrical. KM 890 is a recycled angular butt end of a pottery burnisher. Many have scratched all over convex faces, some are quite deeply scored. Others bear drill marks around the perforation, fewer have a square scratched in the surface there (e.g. KM 3399, 3448). These marks are always on the convex surface and it was from here that most drilling for the uneven hourglass perforation took place. Several stone perforators from Period 3A retain red discoloration on their tips (see § 21.4). This correlates well with the high numbers of red painted Period 3A discs, and suggests discs were drilled with such perforators. Type 1 tends to have smoother edges as if unused, or complete but used for a different, less robust function. Types 2 and 3 are seldom broken along the axis of the attempted perforation. Leaving aside Type 3 specimens with misaligned drill holes, they seem unlikely wasters. Contexts and functions The majority of all Types occur in extra-mural contexts: almost four times as many Type 4 come from outside buildings as inside (Table 20.6). The greatest concentration of discs was in Unit 1539, where 43 were found in a general habitation deposit below B 1016 (Fig. 8.11 left). None can be regarded as in a sealed position however and so they have been discarded rather than used there. There is no strong correlation with a particular unit class. Internal evidence does not readily assist in determining their use(s). They are frequently regarded as spindle whorls. Many have such large perforations, or small ones, or are so curved (KM 554 comes from a flask neck), or possess such asymmetric plans that they would rotate inefficiently. Although wear and breakages obviated analysis of discs by weight, many are

close to or below the lower limit of 10 gm for whorls (Carrington Smith 1977, cited in Palmer - see above). Occurrence rates of breakage are varied, but their significance is unclear. Only 17.7% and 21.2% of Types 1 and 2/3 are broken, 50.2% of Type 4. In other words, half the pierced discs were discarded in a complete and usable state, while 80% of the others were discarded in a similar state. The proportions between stone types are very different from pot disc counterparts. Chronology Pottery discs of all types were virtually unknown in Period 2 and then extremely popular in Period 3A (Fig. 8.13). This is unlikely to be a result of functional differences since the same types of units are attested in both periods. All disc types, with the exception of Type 1, decline sharply thereafter, especially if derivatives (e.g. 3 BTW in Periods 3B and 4 after BTW ceased to be manufactured) and larger volumes of excavated soil are taken into account in the later periods (see Fig. 8.13). That they were still being made in Period 4 is indicated by the 11 examples chipped from RB/B pottery, but the histogram probably exaggerates the number in Periods 3B and 4. The reason for the Period 3A peak is unclear. Discs became thicker, and probably heavier, as the chalcolithic progressed. The average thickness of all discs in Period 3A is 76 mm, in 3B 84 mm and in 4 93 mm. While this may have something to do with changing function, it may also be related to source material. RMP, which, as mentioned, was the source for the majority of discs, was mostly used for small vessels in Period 3A, but for larger and thicker-walled vessels subsequently. Stone discs also evince change in size and material through time. In Period 3A they are generally smaller (av. L 3.75 cm) than in 4 (av. L 4.12 cm). All but one of the 3A discs are made of chalk, whereas discs of Periods 4 and 5 occur in six other materials amounting to 50% of the assemblage. As noted elsewhere, this is part of a hybridisation trend typical of several Period 4 object classes.

§ 20.6 Spindle whorls (E.P.) Pl. 37.9; Fig. 100.16-20 All six examples of this small assemblage are made of pottery. Some are so small they might have been used as beads, but the material would be exceptional in the Kissonerga bead repertory. They are discussed in § 8.6. For other possible whorls, see discs (§ 8.5, 20.5) and beads (§ 8.3, 20.3). Catalogue Biconical KM 573 White filled incised radial lines from terminals, single horizontal incision below carination. Chipped and worn narrow end of perforation. Lustrous RP (Philia). Ht. 2.1 D. 2.5. General Unit 66, Period 5. Pl. 37.9 top left; Fig. 100.16.

241

§ 20 Other Artefacts

KM 946 Cord? impressed horizontal grooves. Traces white filling. Frag., damaged around carination. RP?, blackened. Ht. 2.4 D. 2.6. General Unit 445, Period 4/5. Pl. 37. 9 top row second from left; Fig. 100.17. KM 1305 Cord? impressed horizontal grooves above and below carination. RP. Ht. 2.3 D. 3.0. General Unit 814, Period 4. Pl. 37. 9 top row second from right; Fig. 100.18. KM 1677 Plain, coarse. RP. Ht. 3.1 D. 3.7. Surface, Quadrant 20.23.4. Pl. 37. 9 bottom row second from right. KM 2367 White filled groups of two/three oblique incisions from perforations. Worn around carination. Lustrous RP (Philia). Ht. 2.3 D. 2.3. Wall 798 of B 866, Period 4. Pl. 37.9 bottom row right; Fig. 100.19.

Spherical KM 1307 Worn, plain surface, dark gritty core. RP. Ht. 2.7 D. 3.0. General Unit 814, Period 4. Pl. 37.9 bottom row left; Fig. 100.20.

§ 20.7 The bone and antler industry (P.C.) Introduction Because it is generally readily available, strong and easily worked, bone (including antler) was seldom neglected as an industrial raw material by prehistoric communities. The assemblage of bone and antler artefacts from Kissonerga is typical for Early Prehistoric Cyprus, consisting mainly of bone points and needles and antler hafts and hammers, but including numerous examples of other types of artefact such as beads and pendants. The typology which has been used in this study of over 400 pieces of worked bone and antler from Kissonerga has developed out of the writer’s experience in studying worked bone from a number of Early Prehistoric Cypriot sites. The typology is essentially that which was used for the Lemba assemblage (LAP I) and although, inevitably, the larger Kissonerga assemblage includes a wider range of definable types, the great majority of the material falls within the limited range of types which accounted for most of the Lemba material. This is not to argue for any particularly close relationship between the bone and antler industries of Kissonerga and Lemba, but rather reflects the limited potential for variability when fundamentally simple techniques of manufacture are applied to the same limited array of raw materials to produce mainly unembellished functional items. Where practical, the categories employed in the typology have been defined in terms of morphological criteria, and the types have been accorded descriptive, neutral names. Commonly used terms such as “awl”, “borer”, “threader” and “pin” have been avoided since they involve a priori assumptions regarding function; all such items would be categorised as “points” of various sorts in the present typology, differentiated by size or other morphological attributes rather than by assumed function. Type names which do suggest function have been retained only in such cases where there is no (or minimal) ambiguity regarding function. A needle is indubitably a needle and a haft a haft, and to call them otherwise would seem impractical since it would only serve to confuse the issue. The terminology employed in morphological descriptions is such that the tip and the butt are located at

opposite ends of the body of a point or needle. The terms proximal, distal and shaft are reserved to convey anatomical information. The study of “simple” faunal remains and the study of artefactual bone are clearly complementary, and they are interrelated in several ways. Much of the worked bone from any excavation is likely to be extracted from faunal samples, since the zooarchaeologist’s knowledge of the morphology of natural bone and normal traces of butchery enables him more certainly to distinguish industrial modification than can most excavators. Furthermore, the zooarchaeologist’s knowledge is needed to establish which bone constituted the raw material for a particular artefact. Finally, it is also the case that worked bone comprises part of the overall faunal assemblage, and it is essential that any “faunal” information (e.g. taxon, element, age at death) latent in the artefacts should be included in the faunal analysis, and not be overlooked. The Typology - Abundant Types The artefactual types most abundantly represented at Kissonerga, and accounting for the bulk of the assemblage, are described below, subdivided according to the particular skeletal material (bone or antler) on which they were manufactured. Other, less abundant, types will be described and discussed in the following section. A complete list of bone and antler artefacts is presented as Table 20.7. Numbers and letters in square brackets in the text represent class codes, which are also quoted in Table 20.7. Bone Large Points and Small Robust Points [L and SR] are sturdy, well-worked points of respectively greater than and less than 10 cm in length. They often incorporate part or all of an articular end into the butt [LA and SRA], but sometimes do not [LB and SRB]. Large Points are represented by 17 examples of which 11 (65%) include part or all of an articular end in the butt, whilst of 30 Small Robust Points only 7 (23%) do so. When articular ends of bones are retained as point butts, it is generally possible to determine which element of which animal has been used as the raw material. Even when Large Points are made on bone shaft fragments, lacking articular ends, it is very often possible to make an identification to element and taxon, whilst on Small Robust Points this is less commonly the case since there is less evidence to go on. Most Large Points which employ an articular end as the butt are made on deer ulnae , this bone accounting for 8 of the 11 examples (KM 727, 1358, 1420, 1506, 1658, 3660 (Fig. 101.2), 3667 and 5111 (Fig. 101.3)). Of the remainder, two (KM 1030 (Fig. 101.1), 3388) were made on caprine proximal and distal radii and one on a deer distal metatarsal (KM 1660 (Pl. 38.12)). Of the 6 large points which did not employ an articulation as the butt, the raw material of 5 was identifiable as

242

§ 20 Other Artefacts

Table 20.7. Classified list of artefacts of bone, antler and pig tusk Code BONE LA LB SRA SRB

P

SF F

C N

B

M M01 M02 M03

M04 M05 M06 M07 M08 M09 M10 M11 X

Class

Large Point with joint for butt - 727, 1030, 1358, 1420, 1506, 1658, 1660, 3388, 3660, 3667, 5111. Large Point without joint for butt - 1629, 1664, 2697, 3394, 3662, 5136. Small Robust Point with joint for butt - 3639, 3647-8, 3661, 3690, 5139, 5260. Small Robust Point without joint for butt - 1029, 1193, 1342, 1427, 1651, 1655, 1685, 1778, 1805, 1966, 2106, 2241, 2273, 2706, 3284, 3389, 3506, 3643, 3645, 3656, 5143, 5145, 5180. Damaged Large/Small Robust point - 293, 384, 396, 716, 841, 1033, 2039, 2224, 3098, 3101, 3390, 3392-3, 3395, 3651, 3654-5, 3691, 5114, 5118, 5124, 5128, 5142, 5146, 5164, 5174, 5179. Small Flat Point - 579, 1329, 1341, 1894, 2569, 3014, 3635, 5173. Fine Point - 362, 397, 722, 743, 776, 1099, 1601, 1652, 1654, 1656-7, 1762, 1797, 2034, 2218, 2405, 2522, 2701, 3391, 3509, 3653, 5122, 5126-7, 5129-31, 5144, 5148, 5167. Crude Point - 2331, 3646, 5133, 5138, 5161, 5169. Needle - 886, 959, 1021, 1026, 1031, 1122, 1183, 1195, 1300, 1374, 1381, 1408-9, 1411, 1421, 1428, 1454, 1505, 1721-2, 1744, 1763, 1779, 1815, 1829, 1836, 1861, 1882, 1969, 1984-5, 2009, 2012, 2028, 2068-71, 2078-9, 2090-4, 2107, 2124, 2162, 2213-7, 2240, 2265, 2305, 2311, 2313, 2329, 2334, 2560, 2680, 2771, 2795, 2813.01-02, 2842, 2879, 2881.01-02, 2882, 2918.01-04, 2919, 2989, 3010, 3063, 3066, 3097, 3163, 3219, 3225, 3240, 3378, 3410, 3437, 3441, 3484, 3663-5, 3718-9, 5109, 5155, 5182-5256. Bead Type 7: 25-6, 1028, 1741, 2773, 2859, 3241, 5119, 5137, 5170. Type 9: 3385. Miscellaneous Items Spatulate Implements - 1343, 1663, 2038, 2235, 2239, 3641-2, 5113, 5125, 5135, 5168. Tube - 692. Pendant Type 2.02: 1965, 3088, 3446; Type 2.12: 857, 859; Type 2.19: 2402; Type 2.22: 3440, 3449. Hook - 2920, 3285. Blank - 1501, 3279, 3640, 5149. Worked Bird Bone - 3015. Denticulate - 3644. Double Ended Point - 5123 Utilised Scapula - 3652, 5257-9. Modified Deer Distal Metatarsal - 3466, 3703. Drilled Bone - 5132. Unclassifiable Fragments of Worked Bone - 658, 1032, 1507, 1659, 1666, 1955, 2330, 2779, 2843, 2913, 3659, 3666, 5134, 5160.

ANTLER A1 Haft - 416, 779-80, 847, 1068, 1580, 1662, 1667, 2242-3, 2245, 3102-3, 3379, 3382, 3649.01-03, 3671, 3689, 5110, 5121, 5166. A2 Bead Type 7: 2067, 2122, 2126, 2129, 2352, 2434, 2582, 3702.01-02, 5165, 5171, 5178; Type 10: 2915-6, 3669. A3 Hammer - 1436, 5112, 5140. A4 Worked Tine - 594, 3650, 3668, 5117, 5141. PIG TUSK PT1 Perforated Tusk Piece - 1040, 2006, 2123, 2271, 2785, 2807, 3164. PT2 Hook - 2345, 3019. PT3 Pendant - Type 2.22: 2272, 2797. PT4 Miscellaneous Worked Pig Tusk - 398, 1169, 5175.

deer metapodial shafts whilst one remained unidentifiable. Metatarsi (KM 1664, 3394, 3662 and 5136) were clearly preferred to metacarpi (KM 2697), undoubtedly because the natural morphology of the cervid metatarsal (specifically the existence of a deep groove on its dorsal surface) facilitates its longitudinal splitting. Small Robust Points with articular ends as butts were most commonly made on deer metapodia, again with a strong preference for metatarsi as the raw material (metapodial: KM 3661 (Fig. 101.6); metatarsal: KM 3639 (Fig. 101.4), 3647 (Fig. 101.5), 3690 (Fig. 101.7). Also recorded as raw materials for such points are pig fibula (distal end plus shaft - KM 5139 and 5260) and caprine metatarsal (KM 3648). The majority of Small Robust Points do not have articular ends as butts. The raw material on which most of these was made was not determinable (e.g. KM 1193 (Pl. 38.1), 1805 (Pl. 38.10), 1029 (Fig. 101.8), 1778 (Fig. 101.9) and 1966 (Fig. 101.10)), but where it could be established it was normally a deer metapodial, specifically a metatarsal (metacarpal: KM 3643; metatarsal: KM 1655, 1685, 2273 (Fig. 101.11), 3506 and 3604). Both Large and Small Robust Points seem well suited to have served as awls; where articular ends were retained as butts they would have served to provide a good grip, polish is usually more pronounced at the working tip, and these points are all sufficiently robust to withstand the application of considerable pressure. The lengths of Large and Small Robust Points which could be measured or reliably estimated range from 2.916.7 cm, and are summarised in Table 20.8. The majority fall within the range 3.0-6.9 cm in length, although points of length 8.0-9.9 were also reasonably frequent. There is a curious absence of examples of length 7.0-7.9 cm; perhaps this size was too long to be comfortably used when gripped between index finger and thumb (as the shorter points must have been) but too short to be gripped effectively using more fingers. Table 20.8. Lengths of large and small robust points Length (cm)

KM

2.0- 2.9 3.0- 3.9 4.0- 4.9 5.0- 5.9 6.0- 6.9 7.0- 7.9 8.0- 8.9 9.0- 9.9 10.0-10.9 11.0-11.9 12.0-12.9 13.0-13.9 14.0-14.9 15.0-15.9 16.0-16.9

1342 1778, 1966, 2032, 3690, 5139, 5145 652, 2706, 3389, 3506, 3647, 3661 1029, 1427, 1685, 5143 1651, 1655, 2241, 5260 1193, 1805, 3284, 3648 3639, 2273 5111 3388 1030 1660 2697

Numerous damaged items were fairly clearly either Small Robust or Large Points, but could not confidently be assigned to one or the other class. This general cate243

§ 20 Other Artefacts

gory [P] may possibly include a minority of abraded fragmentary fine points on which the high quality surface finish could not be observed. Fine Points [F] are generally characterised by their slender proportions (the body of the point is generally parallel sided, and narrow in proportion to its length) and by being well-polished, often to a high gloss finish, over their entire surface. They do not have articular ends for butts. The strong impression is that aesthetic considerations have played a part in determining the quality of their finish if not their form. The fragility of Fine Points is reflected in the fact that they are mostly represented by highly fragmentary specimens. Because of this, and since they are of slender form and very well smoothed and polished, it is seldom possible to be certain which bone Fine Points have been made on. In all three instances out of a total of 31 examples of Fine Points where the raw material could be identified with reasonable confidence, they seem to have been made on deer metatarsals (KM 2405, 2701 and 3509). It is suspected that this bone was probably the standard raw material for this class of points also. Only two examples of Fine Points were complete. KM 3509 (Fig. 101.15) is of standard form, whilst KM 722 (Fig. 101.13) is more elaborate, a delicately wrought point which broadens out gradually from the tip to the butt, which is decoratively bifurcated. This latter piece, like many other Fine Points, seems rather fragile to have served as a piercing implement, and it seems more likely that rather than being used as implements, points of this type fulfilled a more passive role as pins, possibly for hair or clothing. Needles [N] are, naturally, firmly defined by possession of an eye, almost invariably drilled from both sides. They are normally well-polished all over as befits their function. The bodies of needles are generally round or oval in section, but occasional specimens are quadrangular or triangular. Needles are generally made on small slivers of longbone shafts of large mammals, only one specimen (KM 2313) clearly having utilised a fragment of longbone shaft of a small mammal, or perhaps even a bird. The maximum diameter of the body of unambiguous needles never exceeds 5 mm, whereas the bodies of fine points appear always to be greater than 5 mm in diameter. Thus, well-polished small body fragments are fairly confidently attributable to needles or fine points depending on whether or not they exceed 5 mm. 172 needles and fragments thereof were recorded from Kissonerga. In 50 cases the eye was partly or wholly preserved, and eye (minimum) diameters were measurable in 19 instances; diameters ranged from 0.6 to 1.8 mm, most (n=11) falling within the range 0.9 to 1.1 mm. Many examples had been broken across the eye in antiquity (e.g. KM 2028 (Pl. 38.4)), and although some exhibited traces of having been re-bored (KM 1454 (LAP II.2, Pl. 15, Fig. 20), 2091, 2092, 2771

and 3484), most did not. Of course, others may have been re-bored on one or more occasions, the traces of this process having been effaced during reworking. In fact, since re-boring a broken needle must require considerably less effort than making a totally new one, it seems very likely that re-boring would have been the norm wherever possible, perhaps until the needle became too short to be conveniently handled. Complete needles are represented by 11 examples (KM 1300, 1374, 1411 (Fig. 101.16), 1454 (LAP II.2, Pl. 15, Fig. 20), 1836 (Pl. 38.5), 2012 (Pl. 38.3), 2091, 2092, 3219 (Fig. 101.17), 3225 and 3484). The lengths of ten of these fall within the range 18.7 to 54.5 mm, but one (KM 1411) is exceptionally long (119.8 mm). Several others are largely complete (e.g. KM 3063 (Pl. 38.7)) and of these only one example (KM 2881.01 a body fragment 92.3 mm in length) appears to represent a second very long needle. Whether such long needles were indeed as uncommon as their observed frequency would suggest, or whether they are more frequent but generally represented by small undiagnostic fragments remains a moot point. Several needles display features of interest, and will be described. One example (KM 2771) exists of an incompetent attempt to rebore a needle following breakage across the eye; boring from both sides immediately below the broken eye was misaligned, and although perforation was achieved from one side, the eye would have been rather distorted so the attempt was abandoned. KM 2216 is a needle which was never finished; apart from the point, which remains blunt and chisel ended, it has been ground into shape, but not polished. Boring of the eye has been started by drilling from both sides, but again misalignment seems to have resulted in the piece being discarded. KM 2012 (Pl. 38.3) shows evidence of a false start having been made on one side in drilling the eye, the eye ultimately having been successfully bored (from both sides) immediately above the initial indentation. KM 2079 (Pl. 38.6) clearly broke across the eye, which was subsequently ground down to square off the butt, but no attempt seems to have made to rebore the needle. The butt end of KM 1408 (through which the eye is bored) has been ground down to about one third of the thickness of the body of the needle. The eye of this needle is the largest of all the Kissonerga specimens (1.8 mm) and presumably designed to take thicker than normal thread. Fining down the butt of the needle would assist the passage of a double thickness of this thread through the fabric being stitched. Spatulate Implements [M01] constitute a fairly heterogeneous group of bone artefacts ranging from somewhat pointed implements with rounded tips to implements with much more distinctly squared-off working ends. Tips tend to be well polished, whilst the degree of smoothing to the bodies of the implements is variable. Two implements, KM 3642 (made on a pig fibula) and 3641 (made on a rib of a deer/pig/caprine-sized

244

§ 20 Other Artefacts

mammal) possess polished working surfaces on their long edges. Spatulate implements were, like Large and Small Robust Points, most often made on deer metapodia. Again metatarsi were clearly preferred (KM 2038 (Pl. 38.11), 2235 (Pl. 38.8), 2239 (Pl. 38.9; Fig. 101.19), 5113 and 5168), but metacarpi seem also occasionally to have been utilised (KM 1663 (Fig. 101.18)). Other elements on which spatulate implements were manufactured include, in addition to the pig fibula and the rib mentioned above, a deer tibia shaft fragment (KM 5135). These spatulate implements could all have functioned as polishers of one sort or another, possibly used in the manufacture of ceramic vessels. Beads [B] (See also § 8.3 and 20.3) utilising bone as the raw material were slightly fewer than those of antler, amounting to 11 in number. They seem mainly to be made on longbone shafts of the smaller animals. KM 26 (Fig. 99.12) and 1028 were made on femur shafts of fox and, less certainly, KM 25 (Fig. 99.11) was made on a fox tibia, KM 2773 and 2859 on dog metapodia and KM 5170 on a pig metapodial ii or v. KM 1741 was made on an unidentified small animal longbone shaft. Ten bone beads are essentially cylindrical in form (Bead Type 7), whilst one (KM 3385 (Fig. 99.17)) is a fragment of a shorter type with a bevelled external face (approximating to Bead Type 9). Antler The writer has previously discussed the working of antler at the nearby Chalcolithic site of Mylouthkia, and the comments on antler technology (Prehistory 2, 19-21) are equally applicable to the Kissonerga assemblage, and will not be reiterated here. Hafts [A1] were the most abundant type of antler artefact at Kissonerga. Twenty three examples were recognised, but considering that antler in general was often poorly preserved and abraded it is most probable that numerous other fragmentary hafts were recovered but not recognised as such. Two main types of haft existed, the difference being the portion of the antler from which they were made. One type, made on the lower portion of the distal palmation of the antler, was a more or less bell-shaped antler sleeve (e.g. KM 779, 1580, 3102 (Fig. 102.3), 3103 and 5121). The few antler hafts found at Lemba were principally of this type (LAP I, 201). The second main type of antler haft at Kissonerga, which is essentially similar to the first, was made on the basal sections of substantial (normally, if not invariably, trez) tines (e.g. KM 780 (Fig. 102.1), 847 (Pl. 38.13; Fig. 102.2), 1068, 3379 and 3382). In either case, the desired portion of the antler was detached by grooving and snapping, the snapped ends ground down, and a slot cut into the spongy core of the antler at the broader end to permit the insertion of the tool. The butt ends of hafts often show signs of shaving,

sometimes right down to the spongy core of the antler. Where preserved, the size of the slots suggests that small axes or adzes were normally the hafted tools. In a single instance in which such a haft (KM 847) retained its tool it housed a jasper adze (KM 765 (Pl. 38.13; Fig. 102.2)), an unusual item which had been placed with the deceased in Grave 507. Only one other example of a haft with its tool in place came to light. The tool was a most unusual one, a copper awl (KM 416 awl and haft (Pl. 36.4; Fig. 97.4)), the slenderness of which permitted an unusual piece of the antler, a straight central portion of an antler tine, to be used as the haft. One other example of a haft made on an antler tine (KM 2243 (Pl. 38.2)) was recorded at Kissonerga. This item was shaved and polished, the antler tip faceted away to a blunt point, and the wider end damaged in antiquity (perhaps motivating its discard). The socket which had been hollowed out in the spongy antler core was preserved to a depth of 60 mm, and could have accommodated a tool which was not greater than 6x8 mm. This haft thus seems likely also to have housed a metal tool. Numerous fragments were clearly parts of hafts, but the portion of the antler on which they had been made was not determinable. Beads [A2] (See also § 8.3 and 20.3) made on hollowed out portions of antler tine were represented by 15 examples at Kissonerga. The most abundant type (12 examples) is more or less parallel sided, generally 1-2 cms long and roughly as wide as long (Bead Type 7). Occasional specimens are longer or wider. The surfaces of these beads have often been shaved and polished, and they commonly show signs of concentric grooving and snapping at the ends subsequent to having been shaved. Only 3 examples (KM 2915, 2916, 3669) of a rarer, somewhat barrel-shaped type of antler bead (Bead Type 10) were recorded. These beads are 14-24 mm long, and two well-preserved examples were about half as wide as they were long. In other words the second type of bead tends to be more slender than is generally the case for the first type. The Typology - Less Abundant Types Less abundant artefact types were not only manufactured of bone and antler but also, relatively infrequently, of pig tusk. Since some items (viz. pendants of Type 2.22 and hooks) made of the latter material have exact counterparts in bone, pigs tusk has been included in the discussion of bone artefacts. Bone (including pig tusk) Small Flat Points [SF] are points less than 10 cms in length made on slivers of longbone shaft or, occasionally, rib. They often have (or had) a well-polished surface, and preserve a flat cross-section throughout their entire length. Butt ends may be perforated and may incorporate part of an articular end. Small Flat Points are relatively rare at Kissonerga compared with Lemba, being represented by eight ex-

245

§ 20 Other Artefacts

amples, only two of which are fairly complete. KM 3635 lacks only the very tip and is 51.0 mm long (estimated original length 54 mm), 5.0 mm in breadth and 1.7 mm thick. It has a squared off butt with a transversely located perforation 3.2 mm wide and 2.2 mm in height. The pronounced curvature of the body of this point suggests that it was made on a rib fragment. KM 1329 is broken towards its tip, and is a more substantial Flat Point with a squared-off butt, circular perforation of diameter 3.2 mm and tapering body, manufactured on a straight piece of longbone shaft. Additionally, 5 tips and a body fragment were recorded. Crude points [C] encompass a variety of shapes and sizes of point, the unifying factor in this category being that relatively little care has been taken over their production and finishing. Only 6 examples of this type of point came to light at Kissonerga. Tube [M02]. A single example of a bone Tube (KM 692 (Fig. 101.20)) consists of the neatly cut central portion of a caprine tibia 90.3 mm in length. It could have been stoppered at the ends to form a small container. Pendants [M03 and PT3] (See also § 8.2 and 20.2). A variety of pendants was manufactured of bone, and these fall into 4 categories. Annular Spurred Pendants (Pendant Type 2.12) are represented by KM 857 (Pl. 6.3 (bottom left)) and KM 859 (Pl. 36.9 (middle row)) in bone, but seem more commonly to have been manufactured of shell (cf. KM 852 (Pl. 36.9 (top row)), 856 (Pl. 36.9 (top row)), 858 (Pl. 36.9 (top row); Fig. 97.29) and 1273 (Pl. 36.9 (bottom row), 37.2; Fig. 98.1)). Similarly, Rectangular Pendants (Pendant Type 2.02), represented in bone by KM 1965 (Fig. 97.21) and 3088 (Pl. 36.8 (second row), are more commonly found in a variety of other materials. Unperforated bone plaque KM 3446 (Pl. 36.7 (top row)) is viewed by Peltenburg (§ 20.2)) as a rectangular pendant in the course of manufacture and it is, for the sake of convenience, classified as such in the present study. However its wellworked faces do not convey the impression of an unfinished piece, and its considerably larger size than the two complete examples of Type 2.02 pendants in bone, and its somewhat waisted shape, suggest that it could well be a finished item of a different type. Notched Crescent Pendants (Pendant Type 2.22) are also represented by two examples (KM 3440 (Pl. 36.7 (bottom row); Fig. 98.16) and 3449 (Pl. 36.7 (bottom row)) in bone, but were as frequently made of pig tusk (KM 2272 (Pl. 36.10 (middle row); Fig. 98.17) and 2797 (Pl. 36.10 (middle row)). A final type of bone pendant, vaguely Anthropomorphic in shape (Pendant Type 2.19), is represented by a single very abraded example (KM 2402 (Fig. 98.10)) which accompanied the infant in Gr. 560 (Pl. 24.2; Fig. 56). Hook [M04 and PT2]. A largely complete bone hook (KM 3285 (Pl. 36.10 (middle row); Fig. 101.21) certainly has a sharp enough point to have been used for

fishing, and a second more fragmentary item (KM 2920) probably represents another. Similar hooks of pig tusk (KM 2345 and 3019) occurred with equal frequency. Blanks [M05]. Four examples were found of Blanks that is bone implements which are clearly in the course of being manufactured. KM 1501 is clearly a needle blank which had been ground into shape, but remained to be perforated and polished. KM 3279 seems to be a small point or fairly large needle which was still undergoing primary grinding into shape (the blank is somewhat angular in section and 56.3 mm long). KM 5149 is a sliver of longbone shaft of a small mammal which was in the process of being ground down, possibly to make a small needle. Finally, KM 3640 is a substantial fragment of deer metatarsal shaft 127.7 mm in length which has been somewhat ground and polished, but which retains a jagged edge still unworked. It seems likely to represent a bone point of one sort or another, the manufacture of which was never completed. Worked Bird Bone [M06]. Only on piece of unambiguously Worked Bird Bone was located. KM 3015 is the very tip of a delicate pointed implement made on a longbone shaft. Denticulate [M07]. Also unique was a fragmentary Denticulate piece (KM 3644 (Fig. 101.22)), possibly made on a flat fragment of a mammalian scapula. The edge of the piece was notched and polished. Double-ended Point [M08]. Another unique item was KM 5123, a small Double-ended Point 34.3 mm in length. This implement was made on a thin sliver of longbone shaft, probably caprine but possibly from a smaller animal. Utilised Scapula [M09]. Four examples of Utilised Scapulae were found. KM 5257, 5258 and 3652 are all pig scapulae (shoulder blades) which possess a high gloss polish in the region of the neck of the bone. Such polish must result from the bone being repeatedly handled, a grip around the neck being the easiest way to hold a scapula. This suggests that these scapulae were utilised as scoops or shovels. Only KM 3652 bears traces of deliberate modification; in this instance the spinal process of the scapula has been chopped off. KM 5259 is a deer scapula with a similarly polished neck, and from which both the spine and the tuber scapulae have been removed. The greater prominence of both the spine and the tuber on the distal end of the deer scapula than on the pig scapula makes their removal more likely if the bone is conveniently to be gripped for use as a shovel. Modified Deer Distal Metatarsal [M10]. Two specimens of Modified Distal Metatarsi of deer were noted. KM 3703 (Fig. 101.23) had been grooved and snapped at the very base of the bone shaft to detach the distal articulation. The break thus formed and the adjacent surface of the bone were polished as if by repeated han-

246

§ 20 Other Artefacts

dling. The distal aspect of the epicondyles of the articulation had been ground down flat. Damage to the axial edges of the epicondyles shows that the gap between them was widened, presumably to improve access to the natural foramen which opens at their base. All of this suggests that the foramen was used for the hafting of some small tool. KM 3446 (Pl. 36.7 (top row)) represents a second example of such modification to a deer distal metatarsal, although in this case the articular end of the bone had not been detached from the shaft (the distal quarter of the shaft is retained, above which point it is broken off in a non-purposeful way). A little above the articulation of the bone, on the ventral face and on the axial line of the bone, has been drilled a small depression 0.5 mm in depth. Drilled Bone [M10]. KM 5132 is a piece of Drilled Bone consisting of a small piece of longbone shaft (probably from a deer metatarsal) into which has been drilled a depression 5.1 mm in diameter and 1.5 mm deep. Unclassifiable Fragments of worked bone [X] amount to 14 in number. Most of these are probably undiagnostic fragments of the bodies of points of various sorts, and are so incomplete as not to merit specific mention. Several other items within this general “unclassifiable” category are clearly of different origin, and will be mentioned, although possible functions cannot be ascribed to them. KM 1032 is the proximal half of a pig metacarpal iv. On the shaft of the bone are numerous longitudinal striations, and centrally located on the dorsal margin is a shallow longitudinal groove. Some polish is also evident on this face. KM 1666 is a scapula blade fragment, possibly caprine, with evidence of artificial rounding and smoothing of its margins. KM 2779 is a portion of a longbone shaft, probably of deer in view of its robustness, which has been longitudinally split and its broken long edges ground flat and smooth. KM 5134 apparently represents a piece of Debitage, perhaps from the manufacture of a bone bead. Alternatively it may represent an abandoned attempt to make a bead. It consists of a piece of longbone shaft of a fox/cat-sized mammal which has been grooved and snapped, but not further smoothed or otherwise worked. KM 3659 is a distal fragment of an unfused deer metapodial on which a small circular hole perforates the plane of fusion. No particular evidence of rotary drilling is observable, and no particular function can be envisaged for the piece. Perforated Tusk Piece [PT1]. The main type of object made of pig tusk, and not replicated in bone, is a Perforated Pig Tusk Piece, often multiple perforated and usually retaining its enamel. Two such pieces (KM 2006 (Pl. 36.10 (top row) and KM 2123) lack evidence for well-finished edges, and could conceivably represent tusk segments from which small (c. 5 mm diam.)

disc beads had been cut, although the lack of such beads in this material amongst the finds from Kissonerga (or from Lemba) weakens this interpretation. A majority of perforated pig tusk pieces, KM 1040, 2271 (Pl. 36.10 (top row)), 2785, 2807 (Pl. 36.10 (top row)) and 3164, seems clearly to be fragments of (multi)perforated decorative items (also occasionally encountered in picrolite from both Kissonerga cf. KM 1053 (Fig. 97.19) and Lemba cf. LL 1242). On all five pieces there is evidence that the edges of the tooth segment had been carefully smoothed, which would not be the case if the pieces were simply debitage from disc bead manufacture. Miscellaneous Worked Pig Tusk [PT4]. KM 5175 is a small tusk fragment bearing traces of cutting and grinding. It is clearly an unfinished piece, and its size and shape suggest that it could have be a Notched Crescent Pendant in the course of manufacture. KM 398 is a substantial segment of a tusk with well smoothed edges. It seems likely to be part of a finished item, but whether it was perforated is unknown due to breakage. KM 1169 is a small well-shaped block of what is most probably dentine from a pig tusk. Antler Hammers [A3], presumably for flint-working, occur on many early sites in Cyprus. Two out of three examples recorded at Kissonerga are of the normal type (KM 5112 (Fig. 102.5) and 5140), also found at Lemba (LAP I, 201), which employ, in little modified form, a shed first-head (second year) antler, the base serving as the striking surface of the implement. Modification to such pieces consists simply of removal of the burr of the antler. The reason for this preference of raw material is probably that first-head antlers are small and of the right sort of weight, and that they do not possess a brow-tine which would have to be removed. The third antler hammer (KM 1436 (Fig. 102.4)) is made on a larger shed antler base. The surface of the antler, preserved for some 7 cm above the base, has been smoothed, and no trace of a brow tine is evident which suggests that although rather large, this antler too came from a buck in his second year of life. Worked Tines [A4] in a variety of styles probably fulfilled a diversity of functions. KM 3650, made on a shaved tine, is a blunt-ended point with very polished tip, possibly a burnisher, whilst KM 594 is smoothed with a notched tip. KM 3668 is a tine which has been shaved to a sharp point and KM 5117 is simply a piece of faceted antler tine. KM 5141 is the tip of a tine which has been shaved and smoothed. Subsequently this portion was detached by grooving and snapping, and traces of this process were not erased, suggesting that despite apparent working the piece was debitage. Numerous other antler tines in the faunal samples showed evidence of having been detached in this manner.

247

§ 20 Other Artefacts

Chronological discussion

Clay cones

Examination of the chronological periods in which the various classes of bone artefact occur at Kissonerga does not reveal any very convincing evidence for changes in their frequency through time. An observation which may, however, be significant is an apparent reduction in the frequency of items made of antler in the later periods. If attributions (including uncertain ones) to Period 4 or 5 are considered as “later” and attributions to Period 3B or earlier as “earlier” (Period 3/4 attributions being ignored), then antler items comprise 10.8% of all earlier worked bone but only 8.6% of the later assemblage. This situation may reflect an increasing scarcity of antler through time. The fact that only 25% of 8 “earlier” determinable antler bases are shed, whereas 60% of 32 “later” antler bases are shed, may perhaps reflect an increased inadequacy in the supply of (unshed) antler which came in on the head during Periods 4 and 5. This would provide a greater incentive to seek out shed antlers in the landscape and to transport them back to the settlement for industrial use (see also LAP I, 295-6).

KM 2944 Smooth-surface cone with flat base. Ht 2.3, Diam. 2.3 cm. From fill 383 of the Pithos House, Period 4.

§ 20. 8 Miscellaneous artefacts (E.P.) Glyptics KM 15 Fragmentary sealing? with eye motif, parallel lines and single border impressed? on flat obverse of curvilinear object, irregular reverse. Light brown, soft calcareous material. Ht 3.6, W 2.6, Th 1.0 cm. Surface find from Plot 139. Pl. 37.12; Fig. 102.6.

KM 3470 Smooth, slightly concave surfaces, flat base. Ht 1.7, Diam. 2.3 cm. From general 1570, Period 2/3A.

Clay nail-shaped objects KM 345 Fragment with depressed oval head, tapered cylindrical shank, broken tip. Ht 3.5, L of broken head 2.7 cm. From general 32, surface. Fig. 102.8. KM 1084 Circular flat head, asymmetric tapered shank, broken tip. Three irregular rows of painted vertical strokes below head and on shank. RW. From general 817, Period 4. Fig. 102.9.

Red-on-White pellets KM 1911 Flattened oval terminal broken from larger object, with parallel bands placed diagonally across both faces. L 2.1. From fill 1265 of B 1161, Period 3B. Fig. 102.10. KM 2075 Flattened oval pellet? broken along one edge, with fine parallel lines on one face, borders of squared arcades framing a central group of dots on the other face. Ht 1.1, W 1.2, Th 0.4 cm. From oven 1275 of B 1161, Period 3B. Fig. 102.11.

Painted pebble KM 2957 Natural, flat, elongated pebble, one long edge straight, the other tapered with an indentation midway; two short edges sloped in opposite directions. Traces of red paint on most surfaces, including three parallel chequered bands on one face below the indentation. One band has four rows of checks, another two, the central a single ladder pattern with irregular additional cross and side bars. Fire blackened dense chalk. Ht 13.4, W 7.1, Th 2.2 cm. Found upright with narrow end embedded in the Pithos House floor, 905, Period 4. Pl. 38.15, Fig. 102.12.

KM 597 Limestone conoid with wide cross hatched incised decoration on base, groove near apex. Ht 2.8, W 2.1 cm. From fill 246 of B 706, Period 4. Pl. 37.13; Fig. 102.7.

248

Chapter 21: Chipped Stone Report by W. Finlayson and Carole McCartney [Ed. NB. Captions for the following items in Fig. 107 are incorrect and should have read: 107.2. KM 2464 retouched obsidian segment, general 1312, Period 4; 4. KM 1748 utilised obsidian bladelet, fill 987 of Building 994, Period 3B; 5. KM 2169 obsidian splintered piece, surface 1327, Period 4; 7. KM 982 obsidian bladelet segment, fill 626 of Building 206, Period 3B.] [Ed. For additional bibliographic references, see p. 294.]

Introduction (C.M.) The following report documents the chipped stone assemblage of Kissonerga. The report concentrates on three areas: assemblage quantification, tool analysis and the investigation of chipped stone artefacts in relation to site context. The total assemblage and individual period compositions are considered first as well as fundamental aspects of the technology employed in the chipped stone industry. The second section covers the quantification of the formal and non-formal tool types within class groupings against which chronological comparisons and the consideration of a limited number of attributes have been made. A morphological tool typology provides the basis for the present analysis which will, no doubt, be refined by use-wear analysis, further attribute testing and inter-site analysis. The limited attribute analysis used in the present report provides an initial step towards isolating diagnostic elements in Cypriot chipped stone assemblages, particularly those belonging to the Chalcolithic period. Context analysis has been integrated within the discussions of major artefact classes. The consideration of context in the present analysis represents a generalised view of artefact proportions from six context classes: buildings, pits, general occupation deposits, external surfaces, other (including grave fills) and material from disturbed units. The aim of this simple analysis was to access the potential of the contextual variable in the study of chipped stone assemblages within complex multi-period sites like Kissonerga. Knapping techniques and reduction strategies will not be dealt with in detail in the present report. The quantification of all debitage and core types and a discussion of assemblage category ratios document the basic reduction methods employed at the site. Debitage and core materials belonging to the Kissonerga assemblage were subjected to a detailed attribute analysis as part of the author’s PhD research programme on the structure and variability found within later prehistoric simple core knapping techniques and reduction strategies in Cyprus and the Levant (McCartney 1996). Technological information can be obtained for the pre-

sent from this thesis, but will also be discussed further within an intersite analysis of Lemba project sites in the future.

§ 21.1 Definitions (C.M.) In order to avoid confusion, key terms utilised in this analysis are defined briefly below. Other more specific terms are defined within the relevant sections or, if not listed directly in the text, follow Inizan, Roche and Tixier 1992. Blanks are defined as any flake, blade or bladelet demonstrating no secondary retouch or patterned wear from utilisation. Blades are arbitrarily defined as any blank exhibiting a length at least two times its width, while bladelets represent smaller blades not greater than 40 mm long and 12 mm wide. Chips are defined as any blank less than or equal to 15 mm. Unmodified spalls (bladelets produced by the burin blow technique) are considered together with other blank types. While a regular practice of sieving was made during excavation, not all context types were sampled equally, suggesting that while such small elements of the assemblage seem to be relatively abundant, their total numbers may be somewhat under represented. All blank types were employed for the production of tools in the Kissonerga assemblage. Blank fragments were quantified as proximal, medial, distal and non-orientable fragments for two (>15 mm and 15 mm % Medial >15 mm % Distal >15 mm % N.O. >15 mm %

2 11.11 1 5.56 1 5.56 2 11.11

17 1.55 21 1.92 23 2.10 10 0.91

201 4.20 317 6.62 209 4.36 175 3.65

114 3.66 150 4.82 103 3.31 69 2.22

365 3.72 647 6.59 383 3.90 257 2.62

1 2.22 0 0.00 2 4.44 2 4.44

218 6.77 314 9.75 187 5.80 116 3.60

1,492 4.08 2,437 6.66 1,513 4.13 1,013 2.77

Chunks

2 11.11 0 0.00

106 9.67 5 0.46

315 6.58 1 0.02

231 7.42 5 0.16

803 8.18 10 0.10

9 20.00 0 0.00

132 4.10 1 0.03

2,693 7.38 38 0.10

% Core frags. % Tested core % Split pebble %

0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00

13 1.19 5 0.46 1 0.09 0 0.00

184 3.84 33 0.69 4 0.08 4 0.08

70 2.25 13 0.42 2 0.06 3 0.10

265 2.70 76 0.77 4 0.04 3 0.03

0 0.00 1 2.22 0 0.00 0 0.00

251 7.79 62 1.92 12 0.37 9 0.28

1,154 3.15 310 0.85 36 0.10 29 0.08

Crested piece % Battered crest % Core tablet % Plat. removal %

0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00

3 0.27 1 0.09 0 0.00 18 1.64

26 0.54 6 0.13 7 0.15 85 1.77

18 0.58 3 0.10 2 0.06 57 1.83

40 0.41 10 0.10 5 0.05 231 2.35

0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 1 2.22

23 0.71 4 0.12 0 0.00 103 3.20

216 0.59 43 0.12 37 0.10 824 2.25

% C-1 % C-2 % C-3 % Proximal 1.0% of the total marine molluscan assemblage.

Table 24.8. Occurrence of the most frequent land and freshwater Mollusca by context A. Species

Number (%) of samples with species Pits Graves

Extramural

Surfaces

Small Helicidae Ferussaciidae2 Melanopsis praemorsa3

123 (25.57) 50 (19.69) 24 (24.00)

10 (2.08) 7 (2.76) 2 (2.00)

B. Species

Range (mm), mean (mm) and (number) of shells in sieved samples by context4 Extramural Surfaces Pits Graves Fill

Small Helicidae1

1-7 4.00 (n=4)

0-28 12.63 (n=8)

3-440 92.10 (n=20)

0-422 59.00 (n=20)

1-62 11.20 (n=20)

Ferussaciidae2

0-9 3.75 (n=4)

0-21 7.00 (n=8)

0-464 69.75 (n=20)

0-390 42.75 (n=20)

0-89 12.15 (n=20)

Melanopsis praemorsa3

0-7 4.50 (n=4)

0-19 8.13 (n=8)

0-28 11.8 (n=20)

0-92 10.75 (n=20)

0-17 5.15 (n=20)

1

63 (13.10) 44 (17.32) 7 (7.00)

89 (18.50) 49 (19.29) 23 (23.00)

Fill

Other

139 (28.90) 77 (30.31) 37 (37.00)

57 (11.85) 27 (10.63) 7 (7.00)

Notes: 1 Candidula cf. cyparissias and ?Xerophila cretica. 2 Cecilioides cf. petitianus, ?Caecilianella aegyptiaca and Calaxis unidentata. 3 Based on 100 samples. 4 Vertical columns refer to the same random group of samples.

dominance of samples from extramural, fill and pit contexts, the results of this analysis show the same relative peaks and troughs for all the species considered. However, a pattern does emerge. Species, which from frequency and shell condition are considered to have been used as food (Monodonta, Murex, Patella), appear relatively less frequently in extramural contexts and more frequently in pit and grave contexts than species which appear to have been used as ornaments (e.g. Phalium, Thais, Trunculariopsis). This can only be a generalisation: Astraea rugosa, for example, the operculum of which has been used as a gem stone throughout antiquity and to the present day, shows a distribution pattern similar to that of the food species. How-

ever, the contextual distribution of crab claws closely follows that of edible molluscs: extramural - 27.08%; surfaces - 5.21%; intramural - 0%; pits - 27.08%; graves - 8.33%; fill - 29.17%; other - 1.04%; and disturbed - 2.08%. Because each species tends to occur singly or in very low numbers in any one sample, Table 24.7 probably gives a fairly accurate indication of their overall frequency according to context. Because the shells of any one species do not occur together in quantity, there were no specific caches or deposits of shells and the contextual analysis suggests that the marine molluscs at Kissonerga form part of the general background detritus distributed throughout the site. The higher fre-

343

§ 24 The Mollusca

quency of food species in pits and graves could reflect their use as offerings: the only large assemblage of topshells (99 shells) came from pit 1015. Other pits could have been used for rubbish. However, both limpets and topshells occur in a wide range of contexts and almost always with other non-food species. They form part of the general site rubbish and as such some may have entered pits and graves. It is possible that most of the edible shell refuse went into separate middens away from the site. An analysis of the most frequently occurring land and freshwater snails according to context shows a similar pattern (Table 24.8A). Most samples containing these species are from general extramural deposits, pits and graves, and fill. Unlike the marine shells (with the exception of Gibbula spp. and Thais haemastoma, although too few examples of these species were found to substantiate any conclusion), more samples come from graves than from pits. However, whereas the marine shells tend to occur singly or in low numbers, in some of the samples the small land snails occur in quantity (Table 24.8B). In a random sample of 20 samples each from pits and graves, there is great variation in the number of shells present per sample, but overall the mean for small Helicidae occurring in pits is 92.10 and in graves it is 59.0. Corresponding figures for Ferussaciidae and the freshwater snail Melanopsis praemorsa are 69.75 and 42.75, and 11.8 and 10.75 respectively. The data presented in Tables 24.8A and B therefore show that small land snails are overwhelmingly predominant in pits, followed by graves with approximately two-thirds the number of individuals. This extreme pattern was not shown by Melanopsis, despite an increased incidence of this species in pits and graves. The presence of tiny juveniles shows that land snail colonies were living and thriving in these contexts, whereas the freshwater shells must have entered them by other means. The wide variation in numbers of small land snails in pits and graves could reflect the quantity of sieved deposit; it could also reflect how effectively or how quickly the pits and graves were sealed after construction. Some graves were covered with capstones and left as voids, such as Gr. 563 (Peltenburg 1992). This Type 2 grave yielded 429 small Helicidae and 285 Ferussaciidae, which attest to its ‘open’ state. T. 550 yielded even more (468 small Helicidae and 561 Ferussaciidae) although other tombs (T. 515 and 561) apparently contained very few. Overall, Type 2 graves appeared to support the largest populations of these small land snails. The species of molluscs occurring together within a single sample can sometimes provide information about the nature of a particular assemblage as, for example, when food species occur together they could represent midden debris. Because of the low frequency of occurrence of marine shells very few special assemblages

were apparent among the Kissonerga samples. Examples include the shells from Sample M684, which includes an unusually large number of the food species Monodonta spp. (13) and Murex brandaris (7) together in a fill deposit and which may represent the remains of a meal, and Sample M738 from a stone setting which contained one example each of four species of bivalves, three of which had been deliberately holed by grinding and the fourth was a species of which holed examples had been found elsewhere on the site: this assemblage appears to represent a small collection of ornamental shells used as pendants or beads. No particular association between the food species Monodonta spp. and Patella spp. could be demonstrated.

§ 24.5 Chronological analysis Any possible changes in the utilisation of molluscs over time were investigated by determining the frequency pattern of species according to period of occupation. Tables 24.9 and 24.10 show the numbers and percentage occurrence of those marine and freshwater/brackish water species, respectively, with an overall frequency of more than 1.0% according to site period, including only those shells for which a definite time period has been determined. No shells were recorded from the Neolithic periods (Periods 1A and 1B) and relatively few from the EChal (Period 2). For the marine species in general, their presence on the site increased during the MChal (Periods 3A and 3B) to reach a peak during the LChal (Period 4), after which numbers declined rapidly. The food species, limpets (Patella spp.) and topshells (Monodonta spp.), show a similar pattern of frequency according to time period, occurring at 8.70% and 6.83% respectively in Period 2, increasing to 17.39% and 17.49% respectively in Period 3A and 29.67% and 35.25% respectively in Period 3B, to peak at 41.18% and 36.34% respectively in Period 4. This pattern is followed by the third food mollusc, Murex brandaris, although this species was relatively more frequent during Period 2, suggesting that its exploitation may have begun earlier and that it was perhaps largely replaced by the more easily collected, but probably less palatable, limpets and topshells. The frequency of the ornamental species peaked more strongly during Period 4, for example reaching 45.0% and 58.54% respectively for Thais haemastoma and Trunculariopsis trunculus and a marked 91.18% for Phalium spp. There is no obvious distinction in frequency pattern according to time period between these ornamental species and those shells to which ritual or special significance has been attached (LAP II.2, 7584): for example, Charonia spp. peaked in Period 4 at 64.94%, Columbella rustica at 73.84% and Dentalium spp. at 81.58%.

344

§ 24 The Mollusca

Table 24.9. Frequency of the more common marine Mollusca by period1

Species Astraea rugosa Cerithium vulgatum Charonia spp. Columbella rustica Conus mediterraneus Cypraeidae Gibbula spp. Monodonta spp. Murex brandaris Patella spp. Phalium spp. Thais haemastoma Trunculariopsis tr. Glycymeris spp. Dentalium spp.

2

3A

0 1 (3.13) 1 (1.30) 7 (4.07) 1 (1.82) 0 2 (5.13) 25 (6.83) 18 (30.00) 34 (8.70) 0 3 (15.00) 0 1 (1.25) 1 (2.63)

Number (%) of shells by Period2 3B

3 (10.00) 7 (21.88) 12 (15.58) 11 (6.40) 5 (9.09) 7 (31.82) 4 (10.26) 64 (17.49) 8 (13.33) 68 (17.39) 2 (5.88) 2 (10.00) 4 (9.76) 7 (8.75) 1 (2.63)

11 (36.67) 8 (25.00) 12 (15.58) 24 (13.95) 5 (9.09) 1 (4.55) 6 (15.38) 129 (35.25) 16 (26.67) 116 (29.67) 1 (2.94) 3 (15.00) 10 (24.39) 12 (15.00) 3 (7.89)

4

5

16 (53.33) 14 (43.75) 50 (64.94) 127 (73.84) 42 (76.36) 11 (50.00) 27 (69.23) 133 (36.34) 17 (28.33) 161 (41.18) 31 (91.18) 9 (45.00) 24 (58.54) 55 (68.75) 31 (81.58)

0 2 (6.25) 2 (2.60) 3 (1.74) 2 (3.64) 3 (13.64) 0 15 (4.10) 1 (1.67) 12 (3.07) 0 3 (15.00) 3 (7.32) 5 (6.25) 2 (5.26)

Notes: 1 Species occurring at a frequency of >1.0% of the total marine molluscan assemblage. 2 No shells were represented from Neolithic Periods 1A and 1B.

Table 24.10. Frequency of the more common freshwater and brackish water Mollusca by period1

3A

Number (%) of shells by Period2 3B

Species

2

4

5

Freshwater: Melanopsis praemorsa3 Melanoides tuberculata Bithynia cf. leachii

2 (0.45) 3 (2.16) 0

3 (0.68) 57 (41.00) 19 (33.93)

124 (27.99) 56 (40.29) 30 (53.57)

313 (70.65) 23 (16.55) 5 (8.93)

1 (0.23) 0 2 (3.57)

Brackish water: Truncatella subcyl. Ovatella myosotis

0 0

31 (8.45) 11 (35.48)

74 (20.16) 19 (61.29)

262(71.39) 1 (3.23)

0 0

Notes: 1 Species occurring at a frequency of >1.0% of the total marine molluscan assemblage. 2 No shells were represented from Neolithic Periods 1A and 1B. 3 From 150 samples.

Among the freshwater and brackish water species, which were introduced into the site neither as food nor as ornaments, the frequency of Melanopsis praemorsa and Truncatella subcylindrica increases markedly during Period 4, suggesting that whatever agency or activity brought them to the site also increased during this period. In contrast, the frequency of Melanoides tuberculata, Bithynia cf. leachii and Ovatella myosotis reached a peak during Periods 3A and 3B, unlike any of the marine species. The agencies and/or activities bringing these species to the site would therefore appear to be different from those affecting Melanopsis and Truncatella. The chronological analysis therefore suggests a steady increase in the exploitation of topshells and, especially, limpets from Periods 2 to 4 and a rapid decline thereafter. It is possible that as the population at Kissonerga increased, these more readily available species supplemented and largely replaced Murex brandaris, which reached its peak frequency in Period 2, as a marine food resource. The use of ornamental species

and shells with special or ‘ritual’ significance, such as dentalia, also increased more sharply during Period 4, Unlike the marine species, some of the freshwater and brackish water species reached peak frequency during Period 3, suggesting a change in the relative importance of the agencies or activities responsible for their introduction after this period. The land snails were not analysed according to period, since their occurrence at Kissonerga is not directly attributable to human agency.

§ 24.6 Utilisation of molluscs The marine, freshwater and brackish water species at Kissonerga were introduced into the site through conscious or unconscious human activity. Their presence can be attributed to one or more of the following categories: as food, as tools or utensils, as ornaments and ‘ritual objects’, as casual but deliberate introductions (e.g. as toys or curios), or as accidental introductions.

345

§ 24 The Mollusca

§ 24.6.1 Food species The frequency and shell condition of Monodonta spp., Patella spp. and Murex brandaris single these species out as a food resource, together with the remains of Crustacea including several species of crabs, a lobster and at least one species of prawn. Ormers (Haliotis spp.) and tun shells (Tonna galea) were also collected ‘fresh’ and may have been eaten, but very few individuals are represented (four and nine, respectively). Fragments of the internal shell of the cuttlefish Sepia officinalis may represent food: although only one example was recovered, these shells are fragile and do not preserve well. The only species of bivalves represented by ‘fresh’ shells occur in extremely low numbers: the scallop Pecten jacobaeus (1), the fan mussel Pinna nobilis (5), the oyster Ostraea edulis (2) and the spiny cockles Acanthocardia spp. (9) may represent food species. The shells of other species of marine molluscs which are known to have been eaten at other periods and places within the eastern Mediterranean occur only in a beachworn condition showing that the live animals were not collected, for example the bivalve Callista chione. It is possible that the large land snail Helix cf. cincta was eaten. § 24.6.2 Shells as tools and utensils Very few of the shells from Kissonerga show signs of having had a purely practical function. Two Charonia variegata (= C. sequenzae) (KM 5068 and KM 5069) may have been used as trumpets and this species was highly prized as a ritual object (LAP II.2, 75-84). The edge of part of a spire of C. variegata (KM 5070) and part of a body whorl of the same species (KM 5071) show evidence of cutting and grinding and these shells may have been used as spoons or scoops. A fragment of a large valve of Glycymeris glycymeris (KM 5082) shows an unusual wear pattern, in that the edge appears to have been artificially chipped or flaked, either through use or to form a sharp cutting edge: this may also have been used as a scoop or tool. The use of the single Mactra corallina valve as a cosmetic container has been described elsewhere (Preliminary 14). § 24.6.3 Shells as ornaments and ‘ritual’ objects Shells may be collected and utilised as personal ornaments and/or venerated as ritual or symbolic objects: these two functions may overlap or be one and the same. A spire of a juvenile Charonia variegata (KM 5072), in excellent condition but missing the body whorl, has a neat round 5.0 mm diameter hole in the otherwise intact penultimate whorl: a cord threaded through the hole and passed out through the siphonal canal would suspend this shell vertically, spire downwards, as a pendant. Despite the ritual associations of Charonia at Kissonerga, the random distribution of fragments suggests that broken shells were discarded to

form part of the general site detritus. Of particular interest were two virtually intact specimens of Charonia variegata found against the wall in the Pithos House (B 3) where they would have been hidden behind the stacked vessels. One of these is a juvenile, 162 mm high, originally in excellent condition, which has been burned and crushed in situ. The tip of the apex is missing but the shell is imperforate. The other specimen is larger and was probably about 200 mm high when complete. The first three apical whorls have been broken off but the hole is jagged and irregular and this does not appear to have been a trumpet shell. It is in good condition, despite some spongepitting. Neither shell shows any evidence of working, neither do they appear to have been used as containers. Because of their susceptibility to attack by the boring sponge Cliona celata, good specimens of Charonia had rarity value. That two such specimens should be found together in the storage context of B 3 is unusual. Two possible explanations are offered: that the shells were used as measures or ladles to impart a special or ‘sacred’ quality to goods being distributed; or that they had been hidden in this building for some unknown reason. Two other specimens, one burned and crushed and the other consisting of two burned fragments only, were associated with specific storage vessels in this building. Many shells were collected in a beachworn condition but relatively few show signs of utilisation as personal ornaments. Nine (17.31%) specimens of the murex Trunculariopsis trunculus have irregular holes punched in the back of the body whorl. These holes could have been the result of natural damage but they occur in the same place on all the shells and in one case (KM 5080) the edges of the hole are smooth and shiny, suggesting that a cord may have been threaded through it and the shell used as a pendant. Nine other shells of this species are represented by beachworn ‘apertural rings’ only, which could have been strung or suspended in some way. Suárez Díez (1989) illustrates similar apertural rings of Mexican species and describes these as ‘pendants’. Four beachrolled columellar fragments could also be attributed to Trunculariopsis, and it is possible that some of the unidentified gastropods also belong in this category: they may have been collected for their spiral shape, which may or may not have had special significance. In contrast, the rather similar rock shell Thais haemastoma does not appear to have been used as an ornament: none are holed, there is only one ‘apertural ring’ and relatively more of the shells were collected in a good or ‘fresh’ condition (see Table 24.1). The significance of this species at Kissonerga is unclear: with Murex brandaris and Trunculariopsis brunculus, it is a source of the famous Tyrian purple dye but there is no evidence that shells were exploited for this substance as early as the Chalcolithic, neither do the shells show the characteristic damage caused to

346

§ 24 The Mollusca

extract the gland containing the dye (Reese 1987). Arcularia gibbosula were holed for stringing as beads at other Cypriot sites (Reese, 1985, Ridout in Peltenburg 1982, 93-5, 437-52): two worn and fragmentary examples were recovered from Kissonerga but it was not possible to ascertain whether they had been used as beads. The star shell Astraea rugosa has a thick decorative operculum, in shape and size rather like a cabochon-cut gemstone, which has been used as an ornament by many cultures. Of the 35 examples of this species at Kissonerga, 22 (62.86%) are opercula which range in size from 3.3-16.0 mm (mean 9.42 mm). The remaining examples are worn or very worn shell fragments of uncertain significance but include three spiral columellae. Helmet or bonnet shells (Phalium spp.) are well represented at Kissonerga, being the seventh most frequent marine gastropod with 41 examples. Most are the Mediterranean subspecies Phalium granulatum undulatum but at least two are the smaller P. saburon. Eleven examples are represented just by the strongly ridged outer lip, some fresh and some beachworn, and of these six show clear signs of having been deliberately cut or otherwise removed from the parent shell. Reese (1989) presents a catalogue of Phalium lips from Near Eastern and Mediterranean archaeological sites, where they occur from the Neolithic through to the Iron Age. Several examples have been previously recorded from Cyprus, including two from EBA SotiraKamminoudhia. The Kissonerga lips are attributed to the MChal to LChal. Reese (1989) interprets these as personal ornaments or offerings in graves or sanctuaries but all the Kissonerga examples came from general or fill deposits. None of them are pierced and Reese (1989) suggests that they were tied to strings and used as ornaments. One beachworn shell of Phalium granulatum (KM 5078) has the outer lip cleanly removed flush with the surface of the body whorl. The outer margin of the callus or columellar shield and the siphonal canal opening of this specimen had been worn or ground down flat. Two of the shells appear to have been deliberately holed for use as pendants. One is a complete, slightly worn shell of P. saburon (KM 5076), 56.0 mm high, which has a rough hole in the back of the body whorl; the flared part of the outer lip appears to have been removed or cut off flush with the surface of the body whorl. The other is a worn specimen of P. saburon (KM 5077), 53.0 mm high, with a hole in the body whorl which shows possible signs of wear through suspension: the lip of this specimen was left intact. One intact shell of P. granulatum was recovered in excellent ‘fresh’ condition, but most of the remaining examples are worn and fragmentary. Cowry shells have a world-wide association with sexual symbolism (Reese 1978), the inrolled curved lips

and the slit-like aperture having a fanciful resemblance to the female genitalia. Three species (Cypraea lacrimalis, C. spurca and Luria lurida) and 27 examples were recovered at Kissonerga, with a high proportion of the shells (40.91%) in good or ‘fresh’ condition. Most are fragmentary but none appear to have been worked or show signs of wear. One is represented by a beachrolled lip which may have been used in the same way as a Phalium lip. A relatively high proportion of cowries came from graves (Table 24.7), where they may have been offerings. Cowries introduce a whole range of gastropods which seem to have been collected at Kissonerga because of their slit-like apertures and possible sexual connotations: these include the cone shell Conus mediterraneus, the dove shell Columbella rustica and several similar species. At 61 shells, Conus mediterraneus is the fifth most frequent marine gastropod: most of the shells had been collected as beachworn specimens and intact examples range in size from a tiny 3.4 mm to 51.1 mm, which is about the maximum for this species, with a mean of 14.97 mm showing that most are juveniles. None show signs of working or artificial wear, although four are represented by beachworn ‘conus top beads’ which are round apical fragments with a naturally worn hole in the centre which would have permitted them to have been strung (Reese 1978). Columbella rustica is the third most frequent marine gastropod at 195 shells, and the most frequent nonfood species. The distinctive long, slightly curved and inrolled outer lip resembles those of cowries. This is a small species, intact specimens ranging in size from 3.7-16.8 mm (mean 12.32 mm); most are represented by lip fragments only. Nearly all (91.79%) are beachworn specimens. Eight had been holed, perhaps naturally, and these include one unusually coloured shell, white with a purple tip instead of the usual mottled red, which must have had rarity value. Two of the holed shells show evidence of artificial wear: one beachworn shell (KM 5079), 12.9 mm high, has a small hole in the body whorl and the base of the outer lip and siphonal canal are worn, suggesting that a suspension cord may have been threaded through the hole and shell aperture; another fine specimen (KM 5081) has a hole of 4.5 x 3.0 mm at the back of the body whorl which shows wear and abrading with a slight bevelling of the edge closest to the spire. Reese (1978) quotes Biggs (1963) as stating that this species is possibly worn today by Greek women as a necklace and love charm. Columbella occurred in groups of 1-14 and the largest group came from a grave: this may imply a ritual significance for this small shell, although its wide contextual distribution suggests that it may have been more a personal amulet than a special offering. The less frequent Pisania maculosa, Mitrella scripta, Muricopsis cristata and Mitra cf. cornicula may have performed a similar function: the size and fusiform shape of these shells

347

§ 24 The Mollusca

resembles that of Columbella rustica although, with the exception of Mitra, the apertures of these species are not particularly slit-like. Whereas these species may represent the female sex, it has been suggested (Peltenburg 1992) that the elongated and slightly curved tusk shells or dentalia (Dentalium spp.) may represent the male sex. Dentalia shells occurred predominantly in graves and are described in § 4.4, 8.3 and 16.1; 45 examples were recovered from the molluscan samples, mainly (54.05%) from fill deposits. The shells vary in length from 4.2-38.9 mm (mean 15.20 mm). The hole running through 11 (24.44%) of these is too fine (< 1.0 mm diam.) to have permitted the shell to have been strung as a bead and these are considered to be the cut-off end fragments of larger shells and to represent the debitage or debris from bead-making. The ends of at least two dentalia shells show signs of cutting. It is just possible that long-spired gastropods of no obvious function at Kissonerga may also have represented the male sex, in particular the tower shells Turritella spp. and the ceriths Cerithium spp. Cerithium vulgatum is the eighth most frequent marine gastropod with 37 individuals and represents 1.73% of the total marine assemblage. This is an edible species but the shells from Kissonerga are almost all (92.30%) beachworn specimens: one had been predated on by another gastropod, Natica sp., and another shows an internal worm tube. Intact shells range from a tiny 5.2 mm to a magnificent 50.9 mm, with a mean of 17.41 mm. Apart from the Natica-bored specimen, none are holed. Most of the bivalves are represented by beachworn specimens and a number of these had been deliberately ground at the umbo to form a hole for suspension. The ground surface is always flat and marked by fine parallel striations, as if the shell had been rubbed backwards and forwards against a stone. Shells holed in this way include ten Glycymeris spp., two Callista chione, two Arca barbata, three Loripes lacteus, one Venus striatula and one Acanthocardia tuberculata. Although the smooth round shells of Glycymeris spp. appear to have been preferred, any suitable bivalve shell seems to have been used in this way. However, in one Glycymeris the ground umbo is not perforated and in another the hole appears too small (< 1.0 mm diam.) to have permitted threading, as if these two shells were discarded before the grinding was completed. The ground shells tend to be rather small (range 14.3-35.2 mm, mean 21.96 mm) and the ground holes themselves are small at about 1.5 mm in diameter. In addition to the ten Glycymeris with ground umbones, one shell (KM 5084) has an irregular hole in the umbo which appears to have been deliberately knocked out, perhaps with a sharp stone (the edges are fresh and rough), two had been neatly holed near the umbo by the gastropod predator Natica sp. and three appear to have been naturally or accidentally holed, giving a total of 16

(17.78%) perforated/ground shells. Some of these show evidence of use: a slightly worn valve of G. violascens (KM 5089), 30.8 mm high, has a ground and holed umbo and a slightly asymmetrical hinge plate which could have resulted from wear caused by suspension from a cord, and a ground and holed juvenile valve of G. glycymeris (KM 5090), 17.8 mm high, has a similar wear pattern. One of the naturally holed G. glycymeris is unusually large at 90.0 mm high, exceeding Campbell’s (1982) maximum for this species by 10.0 mm, but this specimen shows no signs of artificial wear from suspension. Glycymeris shells of all sizes, from a tiny 5.0 mm to the giant 90.0 mm (mean 23.87 mm), were collected and some of these are considerably beachworn, damaged by the parasitic sponge Cliona celata, or disfigured by worm tubes. It therefore seems probable that Glycymeris shells had a special ‘ritual’ or symbolic significance and were prized regardless of condition. Although most of the shells (61.11%, 55/90) were found in general deposits and fill, the maximum number occurring together was five, all unground juveniles, from a grave fill and these may represent an offering. The hinge plates of a juvenile holed Callista chione, a juvenile holed Venus striatula and, especially, a relatively large (46.2 mm) holed valve of Arca barbata also show uneven wear on the hinge plate resulting from suspension. The asymmetrical valves of Arca, which have the umbo in the anterior half, would seem to be unlikely candidates for pendants as they hang unevenly and this is reflected in the extent of wear on the hinge plate. § 24.6.4 Casual introductions Some of the shells appear to have been collected for no other reason than as aesthetic objects and curios. These all occur in low numbers, show no signs of artificial wear and no special contextual significance. An almost perfect Cymatium parthenopeum, 76.2 mm high, probably falls into this category (although one of the three shells of this species has a natural hole in the body whorl), as do the occasional and relatively large shells of Euthria cornea, Fasciolaria tarentina, Galeodea spp. and Natica hebraea. The four examples of the giant worm shell Vermetus gigas are natural curios. Among the bivalves, three specimens of the thorny oyster Gaederopus gaederopus include a very large and very worn shell 98.0 mm long, which approached the maximum for this species at 100.0 mm. Thorny oysters are prized by many cultures for their colour, appearance and rarity value (Suárez Díez 1989). § 24.6.5 Accidental introductions A number of species do not fit readily into any of the above categories. These tend to be small to medium sized species that show no signs of utilisation. It is perhaps no coincidence that these are all common inter-

348

§ 24 The Mollusca

tidal or shallow water species and it seems probable that they were introduced into the site at Kissonerga along with some other product from the beach: sand or gravel, perhaps, but most probably the seaweed that may have been used in house construction. Most of these species occur singly or in low numbers (see Table 24.1): the topshells Calliostoma conulus and Clanculus corallinus, the slit limpet Diodora gibberula, the nerite Nerita sp., Rissoa cf. ventricosa, the pheasant shell Tricolia pullus, Ocenebra cf. aciculata, the small periwinkle Littorina neritoides and the netted dog whelk Nassarius incrassatus are all common shore-living gastropods. Only the small topshells Gibbula spp. occur in significant numbers (35 shells, representing 1.64% of the marine molluscan assemblage). It may be significant that a relatively large proportion (33.33%) of these seaweed-living species are ‘fresh’ and a similar proportion (28.57%) are small juveniles, suggesting the presence of living colonies of these species among seaweed collected, perhaps, for house construction at Kissonerga. Several species of off-shore bivalves which occur in low numbers could represent beach specimens collected among seaweed: Anomia ephippium, Cardita spp., Spisula sp., Venerupis decussata and Ostrea edulis. All the freshwater and brackish water molluscs occurring at Kissonerga (Table 24.5) are thought to represent accidental introductions, perhaps with aquatic and estuarine vegetation or with drinking water.

§ 24.7 Environmental considerations All the marine molluscs represented at Kissonerga are Mediterranean species and could have been obtained locally. Their habitats range from rocky shores to offshore sandy and muddy substrates down to quite deep water. Despite the international contacts established by Kissonerga during the LChal (Period 4), there are no imported or exotic shells. The freshwater and brackish water species attest to the presence of a nearby permanent water course, the Skotinis stream. The gill-breathing prosobranch gastropods, Melanopsis praemorsa, Melanoides tuberculata and Bithynia cf. leachii, and the bivalve Pisidium sp. require well-oxygenated water; in addition, Melanopsis and Bithynia are hard-water species that prefer rivers and streams that have flowed through chalk or limestone. The pulmonate freshwater limpet Ancylastrum fluviatile also requires flowing water and together these freshwater species are indicative of permanent running water rather than seasonal streams and stagnant pools. In contrast, the pulmonates Lymnaea truncatula and Oxyloma pfeifferi are amphibious in habit, living among vegetation in damp marshy locations. The Skotinis stream must therefore have supported marshy riverside vegetation and these species may have been introduced into the site among rushes or reeds. The large numbers of Melanopsis praemorsa recov-

ered from Kissonerga and from most contexts (Table 24.8) are a puzzling feature. The shells range in size from tiny juveniles of 3.2 mm to adults up to 19.2 mm, showing the presence of thriving populations in the stream. Although some of the shells are holed, this appears to be the result of natural damage and there is no evidence to suggest that they were used as beads at Kissonerga. Their strong presence in extramural (24.0%) and fill (37.0%) deposits suggests that they form part of the general background detritus at the site, although their high frequency in graves (23.0%) suggests a possible introduction with libations of water. Some of the graves at Lemba had circular openings, presumably for this function. They could have been introduced with flood water: Peltenburg (1992) refers to ‘settling by water action’ in Gr. 563. In the absence of flooding, introduction along with drinking water would seem the most likely explanation for the presence of this species, although it might be thought that at least the larger shells, which reach nearly 20.0 mm in size, would have been removed at source. The rather similar Melanoides tuberculata shows a different distribution pattern according to context: proportions in extramural deposits and surfaces are similar to those of Melanopsis (26.04% and 24.0%, and 4.14% and 2.0%, respectively). However, there is a discrepancy with regard to pits, graves and fill deposits: 36.69% of Melanoides occurred in pits, compared to 7.0% of Melanopsis; 12.43% of Melanoides occurred in graves compared to 23.0% of Melanopsis; and only 13.61% occurred in fill compared to 37.0% of Melanopsis. This suggests that Melanoides was introduced into the site in a different way from Melanopsis, perhaps among vegetation rather than with drinking water. The peak occurrence (81.29%) of Melanoides during Periods 3A-3B, compared to a peak for Melanopsis (70.65%) during Period 4, when grave-orientated rituals (and possibly libations) may have been more frequent, may help to explain the discrepancy. The spatial and temporal distribution of Bithynia cf. leachii, all of which are juveniles possibly introduced on aquatic vegetation, agree with those of Melanoides: 21.82% for extramural deposits, 12.73% for surfaces, 40.0% for pits, 7.27% for graves and 7.27% for fill deposits, with 87.5% occurring during Periods 3A-3B. The spatial distribution of the brackish water species Truncatella subcylindrica and Ovatella myosotis also differ. Most Truncatella occur in graves (42.39%) with 21.74% in pits and 32.34% in fill. The equivalent figures for Ovatella are 5.56% (graves), 52.78% (pits) and 25.0% (fill). Both are small species and were probably introduced among vegetation. Of the two, Ovatella is more strongly brackish in requirements whereas Truncatella can also occur among weeds on the shore. The discrepancy in distribution according to context may therefore reflect the introduction of two different types of vegetation although it is uncertain

349

§ 24 The Mollusca

what this could be, especially with regard to the graves. Neither species has a general ‘background’ distribution in different contexts at Kissonerga, which supports the suggestion that they were associated with particular commodities. The land snails (Table 24.4) are thought to have occurred naturally at Kissonerga and therefore their habitat preferences will reflect the environmental conditions prevailing in or close to the site. Many of the species are indicative of a dry open habitat: Chrondrula cf. tridens, Zebrina detrita, Rumina decollata and the smaller Helicidae, namely Candidula cf. cyparissias, ?Xerophila cretica, Helicella cf. obvia and Monacha syriaca. Cochlicella acuta is characteristic of open maritime habitats. Levantina sp. and Helix cf. cincta among the larger Helicidae also indicate a dry open habitat, but Eobania vermiculata and Helix aspersa are synanthropic species, thriving in man-made habitats such as gardens and vineyards. A brief survey of present-day land snails in the Kissonerga area, made by the author in September 1990, showed the last two species to be common whereas Helix cf. cincta, so frequent in the archaeological deposits at Kissonerga, was not in evidence. The single example of H. aspersa and the 36 Eobania from the excavations are primarily from general (50%) and disturbed (25%) deposits and many retain traces of their original colouring, unlike H. cf. cincta, suggesting that they may be relatively more recent. In some Eobania, traces of the delicate periostracum and epiphragm (papery coverings to the shell and, in time of drought, aperture respectively) are still present. It is therefore suggested that these synanthropic species were introduced by man into Cyprus, possibly after the main period of occupation at Kissonerga, and have since replaced H. cf. cincta as the dominant large helicid snail. Not all the land snails indicate a dry open environment: the Zonitidae Vitrea cf. cyprina and ?Aegopinella sp. require a moist habitat, and ?Orcula sp. also prefers moist shady places. This group of species could have been derived from the fringes of the riverside vegetation (or irrigated farm plots) which is indicated by the presence of the freshwater Oxyloma pfeifferi and Lymnaea truncatula. Lymnaea truncatula is the intermediate host of the liver fluke Fasciola hepatica which affects domestic animals, especially sheep, and occasionally man. The presence of this snail at Kissonerga raises the possibility that the parasite may have been present also. The large numbers of small Helicidae and the subterranean Ferussaciidae occurring in pits and graves (Table 24.8) has been discussed elsewhere (LAP II.2, 75-84). Thriving populations of Candidula cf. cyparissias and ?Xerophila cretica and of the three Ferussaciidae species (Caecilianella aegyptiaca, ?Caecilioides cf. petitianus and Calaxis unidentata) were found in both contexts, with large numbers of juveniles showing that

reproduction was taking place in situ. The Helicidae probably entered these contexts seeking shelter but they are not subterranean in habit and their presence shows that the pits and graves in which they occur must have retained some connection with the surface for at least some time after their construction. Caracollina lenticula is another small helicid which was occasionally found in pits and graves; this species prefers sheltered places and is often found among human habitation. The biology of the blind and subterranean Ferussaciidae is little known but they appear to have a predilection for graveyards (Step 1945) and are probably scavengers, feeding on the organic matter present in both pits and graves.

§ 24.8 Summary and conclusions The Mollusca recovered from the excavations at Kissonerga are characterised by high diversity (103 species) but relatively low numbers of individuals, with the exception of some land and freshwater snails. The marine species fall into several categories according to utilisation: food species (mainly limpets and topshells) with freshly broken, live-collected shells which are distributed over a wide area and a large number of contexts as ‘background rubbish’; shells used as tools or utensils, which are rare at Kissonerga; ornamental species such as Phalium spp., Trunculariopsis trunculus and Glycymeris spp. which had been holed for suspension and which occur in various contexts; species with a special or ‘ritual’ significance, such as Charonia spp. and the ‘sex symbols’ Columbella rustica and others, which occur in relatively large numbers and in all conditions (both ‘fresh’ and ‘worn’) and more frequently in pits and graves; various relatively large and usually beachworn specimens which occur in low numbers in all contexts and were probably picked up as curios; and small shore-dwelling species such as Gibbula spp. which were probably introduced along with seaweed. Food species do not occur in sufficient quantities to show that marine molluscs played a significant part in the economy: however, the existence of middens away from the site and/or the possibility that raw shellfish were consumed on the beach cannot be excluded. There is little evidence for any major changes in the utilisation of Mollusca at Kissonerga over much of its long period of occupation, although no shells were associated with the Neolithic Periods 1A and 1B and most of the samples date to the LChal (Period 4). For example, most of the limpets and topshells date to the late MChal and LChal (Periods 3B and 4) but these shells are also represented in earlier periods and the small size of the limpets suggests that the local limpet population may have been exploited for a long time. The ‘ritual’ Charonia spp. and the ‘sex symbol’ Columbella rustica were present from the EChal (Period 2). Perforated bivalves were also present in samples

350

§ 24 The Mollusca

from Periods 2 to 4, showing that the use of these shells as ornaments remained fashionable for a long period of time, whereas almost all (91.18%) of the Phalium ornaments came from LChal Period 4. The large land snail Helix cf. cincta may have been eaten and if so the large numbers of shells found at Kissonerga show that snails could have formed an important, if minor, component of the economy. The land and freshwater species are useful environmental indicators and suggest a dry open habitat but with a permanent running water supply in the form of the Skotinis stream, with adjacent marsh or reed beds and other riverside vegetation. Freshwater, brackish water and marsh species may indicate the use of aquatic and riverside vegetation at Kissonerga. Finally, large concentrations of small surface-dwelling land snails in pits and graves suggest that these features remained in open contact with the surface for some time after their construction.

Additional bibliographic references Biggs, H. E. 1963 On the molluscs collected during the excavating at Jericho, 1952-1958, and their archaeological significance, Man 153, 125-8. Campbell, A. C. 1982 The Hamlyn guide to the flora and fauna of the Mediterranean Sea. London. Reese, D. S. 1985 Shells, ostrich eggshells and other exotic faunal remains from Kition, pp 340-71 in V. Karageorghis, Kition V. Nicosia. Reese, D. S. 1987 Palaikastro shells and Bronze Age purple-dye production in the Mediterranean Basin, BSA 82, 201-206. Reese, D. S. 1990 Triton shells from east Mediterranean sanctuaries and graves, JPR 3, 5-14. Step, E. 1945 Shell life. London Suárez Díez, L. 1989 Conchas prehispánicas en Mexico (BAR IntSer 514) Oxford.

351

Chapter 25: Fish Remains by Brian Irving [Ed. For accompanying text, see § 13.]

Table 25.1. Catalogue of fish remains Record KM Period Status Unit Number Code 58 92 94 28 30 40 41 44 48 50 78 79 90 91 95 54 16

A80 A80 A79 A77 A77 A77 A77 A77 A61 A60 A77 A77 A77 A77 A77 A67 A63

21

1/2 1/2 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2/3A 2/3A

Count

Side Condition

Dim 1

Dim Skeletal element 2

OK OK OK M M M M M M M M M M M M M OK

1667 1667 1667 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 2078 2078 1666 1666 1666 1666 1666 1383 1554

3 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 4 31 24 1 1 1 2 1

x L R x x x x x x x x x R R R x R

5 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 5 3

0 0 0 0 10.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

A70 3A

C

1573

1

R

3

0

0

42 73 93 25 77 2 15

A70 A48 A21 A78 A78 A23 A49

3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A

C C C D D M M

1573 1516 1557 572 572 1579 1419

3 10 1 1 6 2 2

x x x L x L R

4 5 3 3 5 3 3

0 0 17.8 0 0 0 0

0 0 18.7 0 0 0 0

18

A49 3A

M

1419

1

L

4

0

0

otolith

19

A49 3A

M

1419

1

L

3

0

0

otolith

20

A23 3A

M

1579

1

L

3

0

0

otolith

23 32 33 35 39 53 56 57 63 64 65 72 74 81 84 1 4 24 31 46 86

A42 A25 A64 A35 A41 A65 A41 A41 A25 A25 A35 A24 A46 A42 A24 A57 A53 A57 A64 A57 A45

M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M OK OK OK OK OK OK

1419 1568 1426 1015 1015 1341 1015 1015 1568 1568 1015 1539 1542 1419 1539 551 535 551 1426 551 535

1 1 4 1 1 1 8 3 2 1 4 2 1 22 1 1 1 1 1 1 7

x x R L x x x x x x x x x x x x L L L x x

3 3 3 3 3 4 5 4 4 4 5 5 4 5 4 3 3 3 3 4 5

0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 3.8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

caudal vertebra caudal vertebra otolith quadrate abdominal vertebra otolith rib hypohyal cranial frag hypohyal rib rib rib rib haemal/neural arch otolith otolith otolith otolith otolith rib

3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A

352

cranial frag maxilla maxilla caudal vertebra abdominal vertebra caudal vertebra abdominal vertebra caudal vertebra otolith otolith cranial frag rib cleithrum maxilla hypohyal otolith otolith otolith otolith rib caudal vertebra posttemporal rib otolith otolith

Taxa

Indeterminate Serranidae (groupers) Serranidae (groupers) SPARIDAE (breams) SPARIDAE (breams) TRIGLIDAE (gurnard family) TRIGLIDAE (gurnard family) Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Serranidae (groupers) Serranidae (groupers) Serranidae (groupers) Indeterminate Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine Indeterminate Indeterminate Serranidae (groupers) SPARIDAE (breams) Indeterminate CLUPIDAE (herring family) Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine SPARIDAE (breams) SPARIDAE (breams) SPARIDAE (breams) SPARIDAE (breams) Scomber scombrus L. mackerel Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate CLUPIDAE (herring family) CLUPIDAE (herring family) SPARIDAE (breams) SPARIDAE (breams) Indeterminate Indeterminate

§ 25 Fish Remains

14

A58 3B

C

2065

2

L

3

0

0

otolith

27 49 10 6 8 34 36 52 71 83 85 7 11 13

A58 A58 A52 A55 A55 A62 A54 A62 A75 A32 A32 A76 A35 A76

3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B

C C D M M M M M M M M OK OK OK

2065 2065 560 1233 1233 1392 1490 1392 1418 1418 1418 1375 1015 1375

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 2

L x x R L L L x x x x x x L

3 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 3

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

otolith otolith otolith otolith otolith otolith otolith otolith otolith rib cranial frag otolith abdominal vertebra otolith

17

A66 3B

OK

2066

1

x

3

0

0

otolith

26 37 62 66 69 76 80 82 87 88 61 5 29 45 55 43 22 59 67 96 3 38 47 89 97 9 12 60 68 70 51 75

A44 A72 A76 A22 A28 A39 A38 A38 A43 A43 A82 A47 A30 A68 A20 A69 A27 A81 A27 A81 A50 A51 A59 A74 A26 A29 A73 A33 A29 A29 A56 A40

OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK D M M M M C D D D D M M M M M OK OK OK OK OK OK OK

1251 2060 1375 563 1225 1408 1375 1375 1015 1015 1012 326 326 1337 326 1277 510 518 510 518 1318 1416 210 1409 1372 526 2129 866 526 526 1477 1477

1 1 1 2 8 2 1 4 2 2 1 10 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

x L x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x R x x x x x R x x x x x

4 3 4 4 5 5 4 4 5 4 4 4 3 5 4 5 3 4 4 3 2 3 4 4 2 3 4 4 5 4 4 5

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3B 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3

Note - L=Left, R=Right and x=Indeterminate

353

cleithrum otolith otolith rib rib rib cranial frag rib rib haemal/neural arch rib centrum caudal vertebra otolith rib otolith caudal vertebra cranial frag haemal/neural arch basioccipital otolith otolith otolith otolith cervical vertebra abdominal vertebra otolith haemal/neural arch rib fin spine otolith rib

Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine SPARIDAE (breams) Indeterminate CLUPIDAE (herring family) CLUPIDAE (herring family) CLUPIDAE (herring family) SPARIDAE (breams) SPARIDAE (breams) Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate CLUPIDAE (herring family) CLUPIDAE (herring family) Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine Sardina pilchardus (Walbaum) pilchard or sardine SPARIDAE (breams) SPARIDAE (breams) Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate CLUPIDAE (herring family) SPARIDAE (breams) Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Zeus faber L. john dory Indeterminate Indeterminate Scarus sp. parrotfish CLUPIDAE (herring family) Liza ramada (Risso) thin-lipped mullet Indeterminate Indeterminate Epinephalus sp. grouper CLUPIDAE (herring family) CLUPIDAE (herring family) Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate Indeterminate

Chapter 26: Sedimentological Characterisation of Units 1667, 1556, 1570 and 1568 by Clare Peters and Richard Tipping Purpose A number of laterally extensive but archaeologically ‘barren’ sedimentary units are seen in several trenchsections, such as 780, 794 and 975. The origin of these units is unknown, but are thought to represent natural depositional processes across the site. In an attempt to define the frequency of events, and sediment sources, deposits comprising units 1568, 1570, 1556 and 1667 from Section 975 (= Section E-E1, Fig. 20, top) were analysed for particle size and mineral magnetic properties. Particle size differences can define subtle changes within archaeological contexts, and explore the nature of sedimentation, whether chaotic, pulsed or uniform. Differences in mineral magnetic characteristics can also distinguish such contrasts, and can in certain conditions allow sediment sources to be identified.

Table 26.1. Descriptions of the 11 natural exposures, and their resultant saturation magnetisation (concentration) values No. Description

Magnetic concentration (Am2kg-1)

1 topsoil from c. 60 cm depth in Plot 137, 30 cm above surface of Plot 159 - archaeological deposits suggest this point to be within the archaeological site.

0.108

2 topsoil from c. 75 cm depth in Plot 138E - also from within the archaeological site sensu lato.

0.131

3 alluvium/colluvium in cultivation terrace c. 4 m above stream bed.

0.144

4 alluvium/colluvium c. 2 m above surface of Plot 171, 1.3 m below that of Plot 160, c. 6 m above stream bed - deposit contains historic period sherds.

0.067

Methods

5 compact & homogenous marl bedrock.

0.011

From Section E-E1, thirty five contiguous samples of approximately 5.0 cm thickness were sampled into plastic bags in the field. These spanned 175 of the c. 210 cm of sediment, and encompassed all of contexts 1570, 1556 and 1667, the lower 1/3 of context 1568, and included one sample from the calcarenite marl ‘havara’ bedrock (Sample 35). Boundaries between all contexts are visually well-defined except that between 1667 and 1556. Subsequently, eleven samples of sediment from areas close to the archaeological site were taken from shallow natural exposures to serve as comparanda for the mineral magnetic measurements of ‘on-site’ sediments, to try to identify possible sediment sources. The locations of these samples are defined in Table 26.1. Particle size distributions for the 35 samples were obtained by dry sieving, and plotted as % by weight. Mineral magnetic measurements (mineralogy, concentration and domain state) on the particle size fraction